Digital PDFs

XX-0A7ED-92

2000

581 pages

Original

34MB

Document:	Digital Systems and Options Catalog Nov96
Order Number:	XX-0A7ED-92
Revision:	0
Pages:	581
Original Filename:

OCR Text

mamaoma

Systems and Options Catalog
November 1996

November 1996 Contents

Chapter I-Alpha Workstations

Chapter 2-Alpha Servers

Chapter 3--VAX Workstations/Servers

Chapter 4--Upgrades TradeIn '96

Chapter 5-Clustering Information

Chapter 6-Storage Devices

Chapter 7-Printers

Chapter 8-Digital Network Applications Support (NAS)

Customers:
,
,
Individual country product ()fferi"gs, parfnumbers, alldsystemv~idalltSltUlydif~
fer •. Consult your·local Digital.·sales representative for furtber·informatiori.
.......•.•.•. .·.i, ···.·..i }' i. i.; ':; . . . :
Internet .accC$s to~onfigltra.ti9Ilinforll1atio~:'.·.·. '.. .' .
jji~itai~)'~telft~.llltd9pti~"~.~Ca?alogfiles..are. ~p~a~e,<lonline ·~~d~"llil~1JI~. a~.~· ;>.;

.• · · · ;

'. ".
.
·j)igitai.Conjigllraii('ltUiil;ty,·,a·Wlndows-basedPC appiication~" tbafautomajI~lIy:ti:
(!ollfigures.A.111h.~$i3jIQ~:~ijd:AlphaS~rvef~,is~yail~"ble,a# ...' '.;.<.;
. ,;; .... ,'
4t1P:/lwww.,<ligita'~,(!0Ii);tJ()/ipf9/sQ(!l:.:;

••

·"

',...

http://ww.''':.~igitaIIcoinJillfo/alp'haServe~jacll.~tiiti····''·'"
~ote:::

••

i.e::"""'"

"', ,

.' . '.';' .' . t . : . · , ; ; · ,

yo~' ~~~e questio~, comments~ s~ggestions abo~t

cataIog,':~';",,, , '

If
or
,the
send mail via the Internet to decsoc@pko.mts.dec.com'

:!iFi;:ii;; ;<:';·r:

Digital believes the infonnation in this publication is accurate as of its publication date; such infonnation is subject to change \without notice. Digital is not
responsible for any inadvertent errors.
Digital Equipment Corporation makes no representation that the interconnection of its mass-storage products with products of other manufacturers will not
infringe on existing or future patent rights. Nor do the descriptions contained herein imply the granting of licenses to make, use, or sell equipment constructed or configured in accordance herewith.
Digital Storage Architecture (DSA) mass-storage products manufactured by Digital Equipment Corporation are designed to work with host computers and
other DSA mass-storage products designed by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility or liability if the
host computers, controllers, mass-storage servers, tape, software, diagnostics, or disk products of another manufacturer are used with DSA products.
The software described in this document is furnished under license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the tenns of such license.
The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation: ACMS, ADVANTAGE-NETWORKS, ALL-IN-I, Alpha AXP, AXP, applicationDEC,
BASEstar, BI, Bookreader, CDA, CDD, CDDlPlus, CDD/Administrator, CDDIRepository, CI, ClusterWide, CompacTape, Companion, DATATRIEVE,
DBMS, DDCMP, DOl, DEBET, DEC, DEC ACCESSWORKS, DEC Ada, DEC EtherWORKS, DEC FUSE, DEC GKS, DEC MAILworks, DEC Network
Save and Restore, DEC PHIGS, DEC VTX, DEC VUlT, DECa1c, DECa1c-PLUS, DECalert, DECaudio, DECbridge, DECchip, DECconcentrator, DECconnect, DEC design, DECdirect, DECdx, DECfonts, DECfonns, DECgraph, DECimage, DECintact, DEClaser, DECmate, DECmcc, DECmessageQ, DECmux,
DECNA, DECnet, DECnet-DOS, DECNIS, DECnetlE, DECnsr, DECO, DEComni, DECpacketprobe, DECpage, DECpc, DECperfonnance, DECpresent,
DECprint, DECquery, DECrouter, DECSA, DEC scan, DECscheduler, DEC server, DECslide, DEC spell, DECstation, DECsystem, DEC talk, DECtp, DECtrace, DEC video, DECvoice. DECvoiceBuilder, DECwindows, DEC write, DELNI, DELUA, DEMPR, DEPCA, DEQNA, DHB32, DSRVB-AA, DSI, DTIF,
DX, EDCS, EDT, Ether\WORKS, eXcursion, FMS, HSC, HSC40, HSC50, HSC60, HSC70, HSC90, HUB watch, lAS, InstantSQL, KDA, KDM, KI, KLESI,
KXJ11, LA, LA50, LA75 Companion, LA324, LASTport, LAT, LATprint, LNOl, LN03 PLUS, LN03, LP27, LPVll-SA, LQP02, LVP16, LXY, MAILworks, MD300, MD400, MD41O, MI, MicroIRSX, MicroVAX, MicroVAX I, MicroVAX II, MicroVMS, MOBILIZER, MSCP, MUXserver, NAS, NETsupport, Open Advantage, OpenVMS, PAS, PATHWORKS, PDP, PDP-ll, PowerFrame, PrintServer, PROBEwatch, Q-bus, RA, RC, RdbNMS, Recover-All,
ReGIS, RQD, RQDX, RQDX3, RRD42, RRD50, RSTS, RSTSIE, RSX, RSX-IIM, RSX-I1M-PLUS, RT, rtVAX, RVC, RX, RX2, RX33, RX50, RZ, SA,
SBI, SOl, Scholar, SQL Multimedia, SSU, STI, StorageServer, StorageServer 100, StorageWorks, TA, TE, ThinWire, TK, TM, TMSCP, TQK, TQK50, TS,
TS05, TU, TURBOchannel, UDA, ULTRIX Disk Shadowing, ULTRIX, UNIBUS, VAX, VAX 6000, VAX 9000, V AX APL, VAX Ada, VAX BASIC,
VAXC, VAXCDD, VAX COBOL GENERATOR, VAX COBOL, VAXDATATRIEVE, VAX DBMS, VAXDIBOL, VAX DOCUMENT, VAX DSM,
VAX ETHERnim, VAX FMS, VAX FORTRAN, VAX GKS, VAX LISP, VAX LMS/SM, VAx MACRO, VAX MAILGATE, VAX Notes, VAX OPS5,
VAX Pascal, VAX RALLY, VAX RMS, VAX RdbNMS, VAX Volume Shadowing, VAX SCAN, VAX SPM, VAX Supercomputer, VAX TEAMDATA,
VAXVALU, VAXXway, VAX-1l1750, VAX-1lI7S0, VAXBI, VAXcluster, VAXELN, VAXft, VAXlab,VAXmail, VAXmate, VAXserver, VAXset,
V AXshare, V AXsimPLUS, VAXstation, VAXstation 4000 VLC, VELOCITOR, VIDA, VMS, VR150, VR160, VT, VT100,VTlOOO, VT300, VT320,
VT330, VTX 2000, WPS, WPS-S, WPS-PLUS, XUI, ~nd the Digital logo.
20/20 and VIVID are trademarks of Access Technology, Inc. Adobe, Display PostScript, and PostScript are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Inc.
Alis is a registered trademark of Applix, Inc. Apple, LocalTalk, AppleShare, AppleTalk, HyperCard, HyperTalk, LaserWriter, Mac, Macintosh, MacTCP,
MacTerminal, and the Apple Logo are registered trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc. dBASE, dBASE III, dBASE III PLUS, dBASE IV, and Ashton-Tate
are registered trademarks of Ashton-Tate Corporation. AT&T, Datakit, System V, and Touch-Tone are trademarks of American Telephone & Telegraph
Company. AUDIOkit is a trademark and AUDIOtechns is a registered trademark of AUDIOtechs, Inc. A VS is a trademark of Stardent Computer Corporation. BASIC is a registered trademark of Trustees of Dartmouth College D.B.A. Dartmouth College. Bell is a trademark of Bell Telephone Companies.
BITNET is a trademark of the Corporation for Research and Educational Networking (CREN). CADRA-III, CADRA-RASTER, CADRA-VIEW,
CADRA3D, and ADT are trademarks of ADRA Systems, Inc. CalComp is a registered trademark of California Computer Products Corporation. ccMail is a
registered trademark of ccMail, Inc. CG is a registered trademark of Compugraphic Corporation. Chipcom is a registered trademark and Ethennodem is a
trademark of Chipcom Corporation. COMPAQ and Deskpro are registered trademarks of COMPAQ Computer Corporation. CorrecText and Roget's II: The
New Thesaurus are trademarks of Houghton Mifflin Company. CRA Y, UNICOS and CRAY Y.MP are trademarks of Cray Research, Inc. Data General is a
trademark of Data General Colporation. Data Products is a registered trademark of Data Products Corporation. Diamondtron is a registered trademark of
Mitsubishi Electronics America, Inc. Domain and Apollo are registered trademarks of Apollo Computer, Inc., a subsidiary of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Elite is a trademark of Seagate Technology. FailSafe is a trademark of Micro Techonology. FastPath is a registered trademark of Kinetin, Inc. FUSION is a
registered trademark of Network Research Corporation. Futurebus and Futurebus+ are trademarks of Force Computers GMBH, Fed. Rep. of Gennany. KAP
is a trademark of Kuck and Associates. KEYpak is a registered trademark of Keyword Office Technologies, Ltd. Hayes is a registered trademark of Hayes
Microcomputer Products, Inc. Helvetica is a registered trademark of Allied Corporation. Hewlett-Packard, LaserJet, HP, and HP-GL are registered trademarks of Hewlett-Packard Company. IBM, MicroChannel, NetViewProPrinter are registered trademarks and AS/400, Application Systeml400, DB2,
DISOSS, Office Vision, Operating Systeml400, OS/2, OS/400, PS/2, PROFS, SNA, SNADS, and VU/SP are trademarks of International Business Machines
Corporation, ITC Avant Garde Gothic, ITC Bookman, ITC Lubalin Graph, ITC Souvenir, ITC Zapf Chancery, and ITC ZapfDingbats are registered trademarks of International Typeface Corporation. Intel and Xpress are trademarks of Intel Corporation. Interleaf is a registered trademark of Interleaf, Inc. Jnet is
a registered trademark of Joiner Associates, Inc. LaserView Windows is a trademark of LaserData, Inc. Looking Glass Professional and VIS IX are registered
trademarks of VIS IX Software, Inc. 1-2.j, DIF, Lotus, and VisiCa1c are registered trademarks of Lotus Development Corporation. Lucid and Lucid Common
Lisp are trademarks of Lucid, Inc. MCI and MCI Mail are registered trademarks of MCI Communications Corporation, MICOM and Micro SOOIX.25 Concentrator Pad are trademarks of MICOM Systems, Inc. Microcom is a trademark of Microcom, Inc. Microsoft, MS, MS-DOS, MULTIPLAN, and XENIX are
registered trademarks and Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation. MUMPS is a registered trademark of Massachusetts General Hospital, NetBIOS is a trademark of Micro Computer Systems, Inc, NetWare and Novell are registered trademarks of Novell, Inc. NEXPERT is a registered trademark of
Neuron Data, Inc. Objectivity is a trademark of Objectivity, Inc. ON-TAP is a trademark of Integrated Software Design, Inc. Olivetti is a registered trademark of Ing. C. Olivetti. Easy*SQL and ORACLE is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation. OSF, OSFII, and OSFlMotif are registered trademarks of
Open Software Foundation, Inc. PageMaker is a registered trademark of Aldus Corporation. PAGER is a trademark of Datalogin, Inc. P ANTONE
MATCHING SYSTEM is a trademark of Pantone, Inc. Phoenix is a trademark of Advanced Technology, Inc. PICK is a trademark of Pick Systems, Inc.
Plexiglas is a registered trademark of Rohm & Haas Company. Presto serve is a registered trademark of Legato Systems, Inc. Proteon is a trademark of Proteon Associates, Inc. Quintus Prolog is a trademark of Quintus Computer Systems, Inc. Ryan McFarland is a trademark of Ryan McFarland Corporation,
SCO is a trademark of Santa Cruz Operations, Inc. Scribe is a registered trademark of Scribe Systems, Inc. SIMM is a trademark of Wang Laboratories, Inc,
StorageTek is a registered trademark of Storage Technology Corporation. Sun, SPARC, SunOS, and NFS are resistered trademarks and SPARCstation is a
trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. SuperCalc is a registered trademark of Computer Associates International, Inc. Teflon is a trademark of E. I. Du Pont
de Nemours & Company. Tek, TEK4014, TEK4125 and TEKTRONIX are registered trademarks of Tektronix, Inc. Trinitron is a registered trademark of
Sony Corporation. Uniplex is a trademark of Uniplex, Inc. UND( is a registered trademark of UNIX System Laboratories, Inc. Ventura Publisher is a trademark of Ventura Software, Inc. Vitalink and TransLAN are registered trademarks of Vitalink Communications Corp. Wavefront's Personal Visualizer is a
trademark of Wavefront Technologies, Inc. WingZ is a registered trademark of Informix Software, Inc. WINITCP is a trademark of the Wollongong Group.
WordPerfect is a trademark of WordPerfect Corporation. WordStar is a registered trademark of MicroPro International Corporation. 3Com, 3+ and EtherLink are registered trademarks of 3Com Corporation.
Copyright © 1996 by Digital Equipment Corporation, All Rights Reserved.

November 1996 Contents
Chapter I-Alpha Workstations
AlphaStation 255 ...................................................................................................... 1.1
AlphaStation 500 .................................................................................................... 1.11
AlphaStation 600 .................................................................................................... 1.28
AlphaStation 600 Rackmount ................................................................................. 1.38
AlphaStation Options ............................................................................................. 1.44
Alpha XL Personal Workstation for NT and Options .............................................. 1.68

Chapter 2-Alpha Servers
AlphaServer 400 ....................................................................................................... 2.1
AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal, Rackmount, and Cabinet. ............................................ 2.14
AlphaServer 1000A Pedestal, Rackmount, and Cabinet.. ........................................ 2.34
AlphaServer 2000 ................................................................................................... 2.57
AlphaServer 2100A ................................................................................................ 2.73
AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet.. ........................................................ 2.89
AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount.. .................................................................... 2.105
AlphaServer 4100/4000 ........................................................................................ 2.120
AlphaServer 8200 ................................................................................................. 2.148
AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount .............................................................................. 2.168
AlphaServer 8400 ................................................................................................. 2.174
AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount .............................................................................. 2.197

Chapter 3-VAX Workstations/Servers
VAXstation 4000 Model 96 ...................................................................................... 3.7
MicroVAX 3100 Servers .......................................................................................... 3.8
VAX 4000 Servers ................................................................................................. 3.26
VAX 7000 Servers ................................................................................................. 3.58

Chapter 4-Upgrades-TradeIn '96
AlphaStation 200 Upgrades ...................................................................................... 4.2
AlphaStation 500 Upgrades ...................................................................................... 4.2
AlphaStation 600 Upgrades ...................................................................................... 4.2
AlphaServer 400 Upgrades ............... '" ........ '" ....... '" ................................................ 4.3
AlphaServer 1000 Upgrades ..................................................................................... 4.3

Chapter 4-Upgrades-TradeIn '96 (continued)
AlphaServer 2000 Upgrades ................................................................. ;................... 4.4
AlphaServer 2100 Upgrades ..................................................................................... 4.4
AlphaServer 2100A Upgrades .................................................................................. 4.5
AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount Upgrades ............................................................... .4.5
AlphaServer 4000 Upgrades ..................................................................................... 4.6
AlphaServer 8200 Upgrades ..................................................................................... 4.7
AlphaServer 8400 Upgrades ................................................................................... 4.12
V AXstation 4000 Upgrades .................................................................................... 4.21
MicroV AX 3100 Desktop Server Upgrades ........................................................... .4.21
VAX 4000 Upgrades .............................................................................................. 4.22
VAX 7000 Upgrades .............................................................................................. 4.23

November 1996 Contents
Chapter 5-Clustering Information
OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details .................................................... 5.1
Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information .............................................. 5.23
PCI to Memory Channel Interconnect.. ................................................................... 5.42

Chapter 6-Storage Devices
StorageWorks Overview ........................................................................................ 6.1
StorageWorks Device Carriers, Shelves, Pedestals ............................................... 6.4
Device Carriers and BA356 Shelves ..................................................................... 6.4
BA35R and BA36R Rackmount Shelves .............................................................. 6.6
BA355 Rackmount Enclosure ............................................................................... 6.7
BA356 Deskside Pedestal ................................................................................... 6.10
BA346 Deskside Pedestal ................................................................................... 6.11
BA362 and BA364 Office Enclosures ................................................................. 6.12
BA353 Desktop Unit .......................................................................................... 6.13
Supported Devices Charts ................................................................................... 6.14
StorageWorks Cabinets ........................................................................................ 6.18
SW300 Deskside Cabinet ................................................................................... 6.18
SW500 Departmental Cabinet ............................................................................ 6.21
SW8xx Data Center Cabinet ............................................................................... 6.23
Storage Controllers/Adapters .............................................................................. 6.25
KZPSA Controller .............................................................................................. 6.25
KZP AA Controller ............................................................................................. 6.26
KZQSA .............................................................................................................. 6.26
KFMSA Adapter................................................................................................. 6.27
HSDI0 Controller ............................................................................................... 6.28
HSD30 Controller ............................................................................................... 6.30
HSJ Controllers ................................................................................................... 6.33
HSZ40 Controller ............................................................................................... 6.36
RAID Array 230 Plus Controller/Subsystem ....................................................... 6.38
RAID Array 230 Controller/Subsystem............................................................... 6.41
RAID Array 210 Controller ................................................................................ 6.44
DWZZB Bus Extender and Signal Converter ...................................................... 6.47
DWZZA Bus Extender and Signal Converter...................................................... 6.48
PCI to CI Storage Bus Adapter ........................................................................... 6.49
StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays .............................................................. 6.50
StorageWorks Enterprise Storage Arrays ........................................................... 6.55
StorageWorks FDDI Server Family .................................................................... 6.59
StorageWorks CI and DSSI RAID Subsystem ..................................................... 6.63
StorageWorks Disk Devices ................................................................................. 6.67
RZ Family of Disk Drives ................................................................................... 6.67
EZ3x1EZ6x Solid State Disks ............................................................................. 6.69
RX26 Flexible Diskette Drive ............................................................................. 6.71
RRD45 CD-ROM Drive ..................................................................................... 6.72
RWZ52 Multifunction Optical Drive .................................................................. 6.73
RW500 Optical Library Family .......................................................................... 6.74
StorageWorks Tape Devices ................................................................................. 6.76
TL810 DLT Automated Tape Library ................................................................. 6.76
TK812 DLT Automated Tape Library ................................................................ 6.77
TL820 DLT Automated Tape Library ................................................................. 6.78
TL822 DLT Automated Tape Library ................................................................. 6.80
TZ87ITZ88 DLT Cartridge Tape Drives ............................................................. 6.82
TZ877ITZ875 DLT Family of Magazine Tape Subsystems ................................ 6.84
DLT Tape Specifications .................................................................................... 6.88

November 1996 Contents
Chapter 6-Storage Devices
StorageWorks Tape Devices (continued)
TLZ09 DAT Tape Drive and TLZ7L Autoloader................................................ 6.90
TKZ9E Helican Scan Tape Drive ....................................................................... 6.93
TKZ61ffKZ62 Tape Drives ............................................................................... 6.95
TSZ07 Reel to Reel Tape Drive .......................................................................... 6.98
TZKll QIC Tape Drive .................................................................................... 6.100
Flexible/Optical Media Specifications Chart. .................................................... 6.101
StorageWorks Software ...................................................................................... 6.102
Storage Library System .................................................................................... 6.102
POLYcenter Archive/Backup for OpenVMS .................................................... 6.103
POLY center Save Set Manager for OpenVMS VAX ........................................ 6.105
StorageWorks Desktop Backup/Archiver .......................................................... 6.106
POLYcenter NetWorker Save and Restore for Digital UNIX ............................ 6. 108
POLY center Hierarchical Storage Management for OpenVMS ......................... 6.110
POLYcenter Hierarchical Storage Management for Digital UNIX .................... 6.111
POLY center File Optimizer for OpenVMS ....................................................... 6.112
POLY center Sequential Media Filesystem for OpenVMS ................................. 6.113
StorageWorks RAID Software for OpenVMS ................................................... 6.115
Media Robot Utility .......................................................................................... 6.116

Chapter 7-Printers
Nonimpact Printers Comparison Chart.. ................................................................ 7.1
Impact Printers Comparison Chart ........................................................................ 7.3
PrintServer 32 Plus ............................................................................................... 7.5
PrintServer 17/600 ................................................................................................ 7.6
PrintServer 32 Plus/PrintServer 17/600 Specifications .......................................... 7.7
LN17 and LN17ps Network Printers ..................................................................... 7.9
DEClaser 3500 ........... :....................................................................................... 7.11
DECcolorwriter 1000 .......................................................................................... 7.12
Colorwriter LSR 2000 ........................................................................................ 7 .14
LA30N Companion Printer ................................................................................. 7 .16
LA30W Companion Printer ................................................................................ 7 .18
LA400 MultiPrinter ............................................................................................ 7 .20
LA600 MultiPrinter ............................................................................................ 7 .22
LG04plus, LG08plus, LGL8plus, LG12plus Printers .......................................... 7.23
DEC print Supervisor for OpenVMS .................................................................... 7.24
DECprint Supervisor for Xerox Printers for OpenVMS Alpha ............................ 7.26
PrintServer Software ........................................................................................... 7 .27
Distributed Queuing Service ............................................................................... 7.28

Chapter 8-Digital Network Application Support (NAS)
Digital Network Application Support (NAS) At A Glance V8.0 ............................... 8.1

AlphaStation 255/233 and 255/300
Product Description

The AlphaStation 255/233 and 255/300 Desktop Workstations comprise a
family of entry to mid-range PCI-based Alpha Universal Client systems. The
AlphaStation 255 family delivers premium performance while providing access
to thousands of applications running on the Digital UNIX, OpenVMS or
Windows NT Workstation operating systems.
The AlphaStation 255/233 system uses the Alpha 21064A microprocessor
running at 233 MHz with performance measuring 3.80 SPECint95 and 5.09
SPECfp95. This entry level to low end system is ideal for running 2D CAD,
CASE, Multimedia and Software Development applications.
The AlphaStation 255/300 system also uses the Alpha 21064A microprocessor,
but at a higher speed of 300 MHz and with performance measuring 4.51
SPECint95 and 5.71 SPECfp95. This mid-range system is optimal for working
with 2D CAD and 3D CAD applications.
All AlphaStation 255 systems come packaged in a compact enclosure, with
capacity for up to 512 Mbytes of parity memory, 128-bit wide memory bus, four
storage slots, four option slots (2 PCI, 1 PCIIISA combination, 1 ISA) and a
1 Mbyte secondary cache. The high performance PCI I/O bus, running at 132
Mbytes/second, provides expansion for options such as high-performance
graphics, networking, and SCSI adapters without the need for additional tabletop
options or expansion boxes. All systems support a wide variety of industrystandard peripherals and PCIIISA options. Other standard features include
integrated Twisted Pair Ethernet (ThinWire is optional), stereo-quality audio,
external ports for serial/parallel communications, and external SCSI.
The AlphaStation 255 Family workstations come in a new design and color
enclosure. Only peripherals in the new color scheme and design can be ordered
with the new systems. Customer-installable chip upgrades provide investment
protection to all AlphaStation 255 users and Digital's Tradeln '96 program
offers a cost-effective upgrade path for users of older workstations. All
AlphaStation 255 systems come with the best hardware warranty in the industry
-a three year warranty.

Alpha Workstations

1.1

AlphaStation 255

Sy.stems
• Select country specific power cord and keyboard for all
systems. All systems come configured at 240V and can
be switched by the user. A U.S country kit including a
U.S. keyboard and power cord is available.
• Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems include factoryinstalled software (FIS).

• Windows NT systems include Windows NT Workstation
3.51 media (CD-ROM), license, and documentation in
shrink-wrapped package.
• All software updates are delivered on CD-ROM.
Options ordered will be factory installed unless specified
as spares.

AlphaStation 255 Desktop systems include
• Alpha dual issue microprocessor 21064A CPU with
1 Mbyte onboard secondary cache
• Deskside enclosure which includes:
- Four expansion slots:
Two PCI slots
One PCIIISA combination slot
One ISA slot
Two memory banks (Eight SIMM memory slots)
Integrated PCI-based Fast Narrow Single Ended
SCSI-2 controller with Direct Memory Access and
external SCSI-2 connector
- Four storage slots:
One Floppy diskette drive slot
One 5.25" removable media slot
Two 3.5" hard disk drive slots
- Integrated high-perfonnance Twisted Pair Ethernet
- 200-Watt power supply
- Two serial ports, support full modem control
- One bi-directional enhanced parallel port
- Keyboard port and mouse port
• Memory *
Hard Disk*
• Graphics *

• 600-Mbyte CD-ROM drive
• Monitor selection required for Advantage Packages
Keyboard and power cord selection (OpenVMS
keyboard available on Open VMS systems)
• Integrated Audio
• Headphone and microphone
• 3-button mouse
• English Hardware Documentation
• Hardware Warranty: I-year on-site, 2-year return to
factory
• Software Warranty: 90-day SPD confonnance with
advisory telephone support
• Digital UNIX V 3.2D 2-user base license
Digital Open3D license
Multimedia Services license
Digital NAS Client 150 license
Communique! starter license, or
• OpenVMS V6.2-1H1 base license plus I-user license
Digital Open3D license
Multimedia Services license
Digital NAS Client 150 license, or
• Windows NT Workstation 3.51 media kit,
Communique! starter license,
Digital Light & Sound license

* Included in Advantage Packages, selection required in Base Configurations

Ordering menus that follow include
• AlphaStation 255/233 Advantage and Base Configurations
• AlphaStation 255/300 Advantage and Base Configurations
Menus are streamlined for ease of ordering. Select Advantage Configurations to meet application and perfonnance needs.
• Multimedia
• CASE
• 2DCAD
• 3DCAD
To configure a customized system, use Base Configuration menus. Additional system options are in the AlphaStation
Option section.

Warranty Statement
AlphaStations are sold with specific warranty response times, hours of coverage, warranty duration, and a specific manner
by which the warranty service will be delivered. Digital also makes available extended coverage offerings to uplift or
extend the service coverage and/or response time: See Supplemental Services in AlphaStation Options section.

1.2 Alpha Workstations

AlphaStation 255

AlphaStation 255/233 ADVANTAGE CONFIGURATIONS
Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
AlphaStation 255/233
Application Profile
Operates at I20V I 240V

Digital UNIX

3D CAD
PB470-BA

Multimedia
PB470-DA

Y
Y

Y
32 Mbyte
1 Gbyte
PowerStorm
3DI0

Y
32 Mbyte
1 Gbyte
PowerStorm
3D30

Y
64 Mbyte
2 Gbyte

ZLXp-LI

Y
32 Mbyte
1 Gbyte
PowerStorm
3D30
Y
Y

CASE
PB470-CA

CPU Alpha dual issue microprocessor 21064A 233-MHz Y
Floppy diskette drive 1.44 MB
Accessible bay
CD-ROM 600 Mbyte
5.25" SCSI-2 bay Y
Ethernet (10BaseT), audio,
Y
head~hone, microphone, mouse
Operating; System
Y
Memory
1 bank
Y
3.5" xl" SCSI-2 bay Y
Internal hard disk drive
(a) 1 PCI slot
Graphics
Y
MultiMedia kit (AVP20-AA)
User Documentation-English

Digital UNIX

Digital UNIX!
OpenVMS
2DCAD
PB470-AAI
PB471-AA
Y

Digital UNIX

Resources Used

RemaininK available resources
lIO slots PCI
(b)
PCIIISA combo
ISA (half size)
Memory banks
Internal hard drives (2 maximum) 1" or 1.6" SCSI-2 bay
SCSI-2 External storage
(c,d)
1. Country Options
Select
(e)
Keyboards
1M

1
1
1
1
1
1/0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
5
5
5
1
1
1
1
LK47W-xxor
LK47W-xxor
LK47W-xxor
LK46W-xxor
LK46W-xx
LK46W-xx
LK46W-xx
LK46W-xx
Power Cord
BNxxx-xx
BNxxx-xx
BNxxx-xx
(0
1M BNxxx-xx
Note: LK47W-AA and LK46W-AA, English keyboards, include U.S. power cord, power cord does not need to be ordered separately.
2. Monitors
1
1
Select
1
IS" Color Monitor NHINHISH(g)
N/A
N/A
N/A
1M VRClS-WAlW3'W4
17" Color Monitor NHlNHlSH (g)
1M VRT17-WAlW3'W4 VRT17-WAlW3'W4 VRfl7-WAlW3'W4 VRT17-WAlW3'W4
21" Color Monitor NHINHISH(g)
1M VRC21-WAlW3'W4 VRC21-WAlW3'W4 VRC21-WAlW3'W4 VRC21-WAlW3/W4
Oor 1
oor 1
oor 1
3. Additional Memory
Select
oor 1
MSPOI-BA
32 Mbyte
1 bank
MSPOI-BA
MSPOI-BA
MSPOI-BA
0
64 Mbyte
MSPOI-BB
1 bank
MSPOI-BB
MSPOI-BB
MSPOI-BB
0
128 Mbyte
1 bank
MSPOI-BC
MSPOI-BC
MSPOI-BC
MSPOI-BC
0
256 Mbyte
MSPOI-BD
1 bank
MSPOI-BD
MSPOI-BD
MSPOI-BD
0
(h) Select
o or 1
oor 1
oor 1
4. Second hard disk drive
oor 1
(i) I" or 1.6" SCSI-2 bay 0
PBXRZ-ED
PBXRZ-ED
1.05 Gbyte drive 1.0"
PBXRZ-ED
PBXRZ-ED
1.05 Gbyte drive 1.0"
1" or 1.6" SCSI-2 bay 0
PBXRZ-EB
PBXRZ-EB
PBXRZ-EB
PBXRZ-EB
2.1 Gbyte drive 1.0" 7200 RPM I" or 1.6" SCSI-2 bay 0
PBXRZ-JB
PBXRZ-JB
PBXRZ-JB
PBXRZ-JB
2.1 Gbyte drive 1.0" 5400 RPM 1" or 1.6" SCSI-2 bay 0
PBXRZ-HB
PBXRZ-HB
PBXRZ-HB
PBXRZ-HB
(j) 1.6" SCSI-2 bay
PBXRZ-NA
4.3 Gbyte drive 1.6"
PBXRZ-NA
PBXRZ-NA
PBXRZ-NA
0
5. Accessible bay 3.5 x I"
oor 1
oor 1
0
Select
oor 1
Accessible bay
PBXRX-AB
PBXRX-AB
PBXRX-AB
Included
1.44 MB FloPQY diskette drive
0
6. Software Media and Documentation kits
Digital UNIX
o QA-MT4AA-H8 QA-MT4AA-H8 QA-MT4AA-H8 QA-MT4AA-H8
(k)
OpenVMS V6.2
QA-MTIAA-H8
OpenVMS V6.2-1HI
QA-MTIAG-H8
7. Additional Options: See AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options (m)
TIllnWire Ethernet MAU (lOBase2) Internal connection 0
PBXDC-DA
PBXDC-DA
PBXDC-DA
PBXDC-DA

Alpha Workstations

1.3

AlphaStation 255

Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
AlphaStation 255/233
Resources Used
Operates at 120V1240V
CPU Alpha dual issue microprocessor 21064A 233 MHz
Floppy diskette drive 1.44 MB
!Accessible bay
CD-ROM 600 Mbyte
5.25" SCSI-2 bay
Ethernet (iOBaseT), audio,
headphone, microphone, mouse
Integration Service
Operating system
User Documentation-English

Digital UNIX
PB47A-AA
Y

Open VMS
PB47A-BA
y

Y
Y

Y
Y
Y

Windows NT
PB47A-CA
y
Y
Y
Y
y
Y
Y

Remainin~ available resources

2
2
2
1
0
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
6
6
6
1
1
1
LK47W-xxor
LK47W-xxor
LK47W-xxor
LK46W-xx
LK46W-xx
LK46W-xx
(f)
Power Cord
BNxxx-xx
M
BNxxx-xx
BNxxx-xx
Note: LK47W-AA and LK46W-AA, English keyboards, include U.S. power cord, power cord does not need to be ordered separately.
2. Memory
Minimum Required
Minimum Required
Minimum Required
Memory Required
1
32 Mbyte
32 Mbyte
32 Mbyte
Optional Available
1 Select
lor 2
lor2
lor 2
32 Mbyte
1 bank
M
MSP01-BA
MSP01-BA
MSP01-BA
64 Mbyte
1 bank
MSPOI-BB
M
MSP01-BB
MSP01-BB
128 Mbyte
1 bank
M
MSP01-BC
MSP01-BC
MSP01-BC
256 Mbyte
1 bank
M
MSP01-BD
MSP01-BD
MSP01-BD
(h)
3. Disk drives 1 Required
Select
lor 2
lor2
lor 2
(i) 1" or 1.6" SCSI-2 bay M
1.05 Gbyte drive 1.0"
PBXRZ-ED
PBXRZ-ED
PBXRZ-ED
1.05 Gbyte drive 1.0"
1" or 1.6" SCSI-2 bay M
PBXRZ-EB
PBXRZ-EB
PBXRZ-EB
2.1 Gbyte drive 1.0" 7200 RPM 1" or 1.6" SCSI-2 baylM
PBXRZ-JB
PBXRZ-JB
PBXRZ-JB
2.1 Gbyte drive 1.0" 5400 RPM I" or 1.6" SCSI-2 baylM
PBXRZ-HB
PBXRZ-HB
PBXRZ-HB
4.3 Gbyte drive 1.6"
(j) 1.6" SCSI-2 bay
PBXRZ-NA
PBXRZ-NA
PBXRZ-NA
1M
4. Accessible bay 3.5 x I"
Select
o or 1
o or 1
0
1.44 MB Floppy diskette drive
Accessible bay
PBXRX-AB
PBXRX-AB
0
Included
5. Graphics
1 Required Select
1
1
1
PowerStorm 3D 10 Entry 2D (a) 1 PCI slot
M
PB2GA-JA
PB2GA-JA
PB2GA-JA
(a) 1 PCI slot
PowerStorm 3D30 8-plane
PBXGB-AA
M
PBXGB-AA
PBXGB-AA
PowerStorm 4D20 24-plane
1 PCI slot
M
PBXGB-CA
PBXGB-CA
PBXGB-CA
(a)
Z-buffer
(a) 1 PCI slot
ZLXp-LI 24-plane
PBXGC-AA
PBXGC-AA
PBXGC-AN
(a) 2 PCI slots
~LXp-L2 24-plane
M
PBXGC-BA
PBXGC-BA
PBXGC-BN
6. Monitors
Select
1
1
1
IS" Color Monitor NH/NH/SH(g)
M VRC15-WAlW31W4
VRC15-WAlW31W4
VRC15-WAlW31W4
17" Color Monitor NH/NH/SH (g)
M VRT17-WAlW31W4
VRT17-WAlW31W4
VRT17-WAlW31W4
21" Color Monitor NH/NH/SH(~)
M VRC21-WAlW31W4
VRC21-WAlW31W4
VRC21-WAlW31W4
7. Software Media and Documentation kits
Digital UNIX
QA-MT4AA-HS
0
(k)
OpenVMS V6.2
QA-MT1AA-HS
0
OpenVMS V6.2-IHI
QA-MT1AG-HS
0
Windows NT Workstation
QB-OQRAA-SA
0
S. Additional Options: See AlphaStation Options for a comp}"ehensive list of qualified options (m)
ThinWire Ethernet MAU (lOBase2) Internal connection 0
PBXDC-DA
PBXDC-DA
PBXDC·DA
I/O slots PCI
(b)
PCIIISA combo
ISA (half size)
Memory banks
Internal disk drives (2 maximum) 1" or 1.6" SCSI-2 baY§
SCSI-2 External
(c,d)
1. Country Options
Select
(e)
Keyboards
M

1.4 Alpha Workstations

AlphaStation 255

AlphaStation 255/233 (continued)
AlphaStation 255/233 Notes
(a) Up to 3 PowerStorm graphics options and 3 monitors are supported on Digital UNIX and Windows NT systems.
Up to 2 PowerStorm graphics options and 2 monitors are supported on OpenVMS systems. Graphics options require Digital
Open 3D media, included in factory installed software (PIS). Windows NT graphics options include Graphics Support Services
Software license, media and documentation. Windows NT graphics options must be homogeneous, (three PowerStorm 3D30
options or three PowerStorm 4D20 options). 3D multi screen not hardware accelerated for Windows NT.
Graphics options are supported in the following combinations with a maximum of 3 on Digital UNIX and Windows NT
systems and a maximum of 2 on OpenVMS systems:
One PowerStorm 3D 10 option, or
Three PowerStorm 3D30 options (two for OpenVMS), or
Three PowerStorm 4D20 options (two for OpenVMS), or
Any combination of PowerStorm 3D30 and PowerStorm 4D20 options are supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems.
Support for Windows NT must be homogeneous.
One ZLXp-LI on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT, or
One ZLXp-L2 (uses two PCI slots) on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems only.
(b) PCUISA combination slot is not supported for PCI options on systems running OpenVMS.
(c) For more than 7 internal or external devices, a fast SCSI-2 controller, which supports 7 devices, is required.
(d) Each external device requires a 3-foot SCSI cable
(e) Select country-specific keyboard from AlphaStation Options section. LK47W-xx = 1011102 key PC style Frost White keyboard,
LK46W-xx = 108 key LK201ILK401 style Frost White keyboard (preferred for OpenVMS users).
(f) Select country-specific power cord from AlphaStation Options section.
(g) -WA = NH (Northern Hemisphere) monitor with 120V power cord, -W3 = Northern Hemisphere monitor without power cord, -W4
= SH (Southern Hemisphere) monitor without power cord; select country specific power cord for -W3 and -W 4 variants from
AlphaStation Options section.
(h) The system can support the following hard drive configurations:
The system disk will be installed below the floppy if the drive size is 2.1 GB or smaller.(The 1.0 GB & 2.1 GB drives are 1.0"
high.)
(M aXlmumo
.
ft wo d·
rives t0tal ·mc Iu d·mgsys t em d·IS k)

HD bay beneath floppy
one 1.0" hard drive
nothing

HD bay beneath CD-ROM
one 1.0" hard drive or one 1.6" hard drive
one 1.6" hard drive

(i) Does not support Tag Command Queuing, Seek Reordering Spindle Sync, or Variable Sector Size.
(j) Maximum of one 1.6" SCSI-2 bay available.
(k) OpenVMS V6.2-1H1 kit is required for AlphaStation 255. It must be installed over OpenVMS V6.2 media when reloading
operating system
(m)Check availability of slots (initially 2 PCI, 1 PCIIISA combination, lISA). PCIIISA combination slot not supported for PCI
options on OpenVMS systems. ISA slot is a 112 sized slot.

Alpha Workstations

1.5

Alphastation 255

Y =in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
AlphaStation 255/300
Resources Used
AQplication Profile
Operates at 120V / 240V
CPU Alpha dual issue microprocessor 21064A 300 MHz
5.25" SCSI-2 bay_
CD-ROM 600 MbyJe
Ethernet (10BaseT), audio,
headphone, microphone, mouse
Operating System
Memory
1 bank
Internal hard disk drive
1" SCSI-2 bay
(a) 1 PCI slot
Graphics
2 PCI slot
User Documentation-English

Y
Y
Y

Digital UNIX / OpenVMS
2DCAD
PB480-AA / PB481-AA
Y
Y
y

Digital UNIX
3D CAD
PB480-CA
Y
y
y

Y
Y
Y

64 Mbyte
1 Gbyte
PowerStorm 3D30

64 Mbyte
2 Gbyte

4D40T
y

Remaining available resources
I/O slots PCI
1
0
(b)
PCI/ISA combo
1/0
1
ISA (half size)
1
1
Memory banks
1
1
Internal disk drives J2 maximum} 1" or 1.6" SCSI-2 b~s
1
1
(c,d)
SCSI-2 External storage
5
5
1. -Country Options
Select
1
1
(e)
Keyboards
M
LK47W -xx or LK46W-xx
LK47W-xx or LK46W-xx
(f)
Power Cord
M
BNxxx-xx
BNxxx-xx
Note: LK47W-AA and LK46W-AA, English keyboards, include U.S. power cord, power cord does not need to be ordered separately.
2. Monitors
1
Select
1
17" Color Monitor NHlNHlSH (g)
M
VRTI7-WAlW31W4
VRTI7-WAlW31W4
21" Color Monitor NHlNHlSH (g)
M
VRC21-WAlW31W4
VRC21-WAlW31W4
3. Additional Memory
Select
oor 1
o or 1
32 Mbyte
1 bank
MSPOI-BA
MSPOI-BA
0
64 Mbyte
MSPOI-BB
MSPOI-BB
1 bank
0
128 Mbyte
1 bank
MSPOI-BC
MSPOI-BC
0
256 Mbyte
1 bank
0
MSPOI-BD
MSPOI-BD
(h) Select
4. Second hard disk drive
o or 1
o or 1
(i) 1" or 1.6" SCSI-2 ba~ 0
1.05 Gbyte drive 1.0"
PBXRZ-ED
PBXRZ-ED
1.05 Gbyte drive 1.0"
1" or 1.6" SCSI-2 bay
PBXRZ-EB
PBXRZ-EB
0
2.1 Gbyte drive 1.0" 7200 RPM I" or 1.6" SCSI-2 bay
PBXRZ-JB
PBXRZ-JB
0
2.1 Gbyte drive 1.0" 5400 RPM I" or 1.6" SCSI-2 bay
PBXRZ-HB
PBXRZ-HB
0
(j) 1.6" SCSI-2 bay
4.3 Gbyte drive 1.6"
PBXRZ-NA
PBXRZ-NA
0
5. Accessible bay 3.5 x I"
Select
1
1
Accessible bay
PBXRX-AB
PBXRX-AB
1.44 MB FloQPY_ diskette drive
0
6. Software Media and Documentation kits
Digital UNIX
QA-MT4AA-H8
QA-MT4AA-H8
0
(k)
OpenVMS V6.2
QA-MTIAA-H8
0
OpenVMS V6.2-lHl
QA-MTIAG-H8
0
7. Additional Options: See AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options (m)
ThinWIre Ethernet MAU (lOBase2) Internal connection
PBXDC-DA
PBXDC-DA
0

Note: See AlphaStation 255/300 notes on Page 9.

1.6 Alpha Workstations

AlphaStation 255

AlphaStation 255/300 BASE CONFIGURATIONS
Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
AlphaStation 255/300
Resources Used
Operates at 120V1240V
CPU A1~ha dual issue microprocessor 21064A 300 MHz
Floppy diskette drive 1.44 MB
Accessible bay
CD-ROM 600 Mbyte
5.25" SCSI-2 bay
Ethernet (lOBaseT), audio,
heac!Phone, microphone, mouse
Integration Service
Operating system
User Documentation-English

Digital UNIX
PB48A-AA
Y

Open VMS
PB48A-BA
Y

Y
Y

Windows NT
PB48A-CA
Y
Y
y
y

Y
Y
Y

Y
Y

Remaining available resources
110 slots PCI
2
2
2
(b)
PCIIISA combo
1
1
0
ISA (half size)
1
1
1
Memory banks
2
2
2
Internal disk drives (2 maximum)_ 1" or 1.6" SCSI-2 bays
2
2
2
(c,d)
SCSI-2 External
6
6
6
1. Country Options
Select
1
1
1
(e)
Keyboards
M LK47W-xx or LK46W- LK47W-xx or LK46W- LK47W -xx or LK46Wxx
xx
xx
(I)
Power Cord
BNxxx-xx
BNxxx-xx
BNxxx-xx
M
Note: LK47W-AA and LK46W-AA, English keyboards, include U.S. power cord, power cord does not need to be ordered separately.
2. Memory
Minimum Required
Minimum Required
Minimum Required
Memory Required
1
32 Mbyte
32 Mbyte
32 Mbyte
Optional Available
1 Select
lor2
lor 2
lor 2
32 Mbyte
1 bank
M
MSPOI-BA
MSPOI-BA
MSPOI-BA
64 Mbyte
1 bank
M
MSPOI-BB
MSPOI-BB
MSPOI-BB
128 Mbyte
MSPOI-BC
MSPOI-BC
MSPOI-BC
1 bank
M
256 Mbyte
1 bank
MSPOI-BD
M
MSPOI-BD
MSPOI-BD
3. Disk drives 1 Required (h) Select
lor 2
lor 2
lor2
1.05 Gbyte drive 1.0"
(i) I" or 1.6" SCSI-2 bay M
PBXRZ-ED
PBXRZ-ED
PBXRZ-ED
1.05 Gbyte drive 1.0"
I" or 1.6" SCSI-2 bay M
PBXRZ-EB
PBXRZ-EB
PBXRZ-EB
2.1 Gbyte drive 1.0" 7200 RPM I" or 1.6" SCSI-2 bay M
PBXRZ-JB
PBXRZ-JB
PBXRZ-JB
2.1 Gbyte drive 1.0" 5400 RPM I" or 1.6" SCSI-2 bayj M
PBXRZ-HB
PBXRZ-HB
PBXRZ-HB
(j) 1.6" SCSI-2 bay
4.3 Gbyte drive 1.6"
M
PBXRZ-NA
PBXRZ-NA
PBXRZ-NA
4. Accessible bay 3.5 x I"
Select
o or 1
o or 1
0
1.44 MB Floppy diskette drive
Accessible bay
PBXRX-AB
PBXRX-AB
Included
0
5. Graphics
1 Required Select
1
1
1
(a) 1 PCI slot
PowerStorm 3D30 8-plane
PBXGB-AA
M
PBXGB-AA
PBXGB-AA
PowerStorm 4D20 24-plane
1 PCI slot
PBXGB-CA
PBXGB-CA
PBXGB-CA
M
(a)
Z-buffer
(a) 1 PCI slot
ZLX~-Ll 24--plane
M
PBXGC-AA
PBXGC-AA
PBXGC-AN
(a) 2 PCI slots
ZLXp-L224-plane
PBXGC-BA
PBXGC-BN
M
PBXGC-BA
6 Monitors
Select
1
1
1
17" Color Monitor NHlNHlSH (g)
M VRTI7-WAlW31W4
VRTI7-WAlW31W4
VRTI7-WAlW31W4
21" Color Monitor NHlNHlSH(g)
VRC21-WAlW31W4
VRC21-WAlW31W4
M VRC21-WAlW31W4
7 Software Media and Documentation kits
Digital UNIX
QA-MT4AA-H8
0
(k)
OpenVMS V6.2
QA-MTIAA-H8
0
OpenVMS V6.2-1Hl
QA-MTIAG-H8
0
Windows NT Workstation
QB-OQRAA-SA
0
8 Additional Options: See AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options (m)
ThinWire Ethernet MAU (lOBase2)_ Internal connection 0
PBXDC-DA
PBXDC-DA
PBXDC-DA

Alpha Workstations

1.7

AlphaStation 255
,.

,.\ ":::: .:~~:;' :.'i.' ':~

AlphaStation 255/300 Notes
(a) Up to 3 PowerStorm graphics options and 3 monitors are supported on Digital UNIX and Windows NT systems.
Up to 2 PowerStorm graphics options and 2 monitors are supported on OpenVMS systems. Graphics options require Digital
Open3D media, included in factory installed software (FIS). Windows NT graphics options include Graphics Support Services
Software license, media and documentation. Windows NT graphics options must be homogeneous, (three PowerStorm 3D30
options or three PowerStorm 4D20 options). 3D multi screen not hardware accelerated for Windows NT.
Graphics options are supported in the following combinations with a maximum of 3 on Digital UNIX and Windows NT

systems and a maximum of2 on OpenVMS systems:
Three PowerStorm 3D30 options (two for OpenVMS), or
Three PowerStorm 4D20 options (two for OpenVMS), or
Any combination of PowerStorm 3D30 and PowerStorm 4D20 options are supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems.
Support for Windows NT must be homogeneous.
One ZLXp-LI on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT, or
One ZLXp-L2 (uses two PCI slots) on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems only.
(b) PCIIISA combination slot is not supported for PCI options on systems running OpenVMS.
(c) For more than 7 internal or external devices, a fast SCSI-2 controller, which supports 7 devices, is required.
(d) Each external device requires a 3-foot SCSI cable
(e) Select country-specific keyboard from AlphaStation Options section. LK47W-xx = 1011102 key PC style Frost White keyboard,
LK46W-xx = 108 key LK201ILK401 style Frost White keyboard (preferred for OpenVMS users).
(f) Select country-specific power cord from AlphaStation Options section.
(g) -WA =NH (Northern Hemisphere) monitor with 120V power cord, -W3 =Northern Hemisphere monitor without power cord, -W4
= SH (Southern Hemisphere) monitor without power cord; select country specific power cord for -W3 and -W4 variants from
AlphaStation Options section.
(h) The system can support the following hard drive configurations:
The system disk will be installed below the floppy if the drive size is 2.1 GB or smaller.(The 1.0 GB & 2.1 GB drives are 1.0"
high.)
.
(MaXImum
.
0 f two d rIves
totaI·meIu d·mg system d·IS k)

HD bay beneath floppy

HD bay beneath CD-ROM

one 1.0" hard drive
nothing

one 1.0" hard drive or one 1.6" hard drive
one 1.6" hard drive

(i) Does not support Tag Command Queuing, Seek Reordering Spindle Sync, or Variable Sector Size.
(j) Maximum of one 1.6" SCSI-2 bay available.
(k) OpenVMS V6.2-lHI kit is required for AlphaStation 255. It must be installed over OpenVMS V6.2 media when reloading
operating system
(m)Check availability of slots (initially 2 PCI, 1 PCIIISA combination, liSA). PCIIISA combination slot not supported for PCI
options on OpenVMS systems. ISA slot is a 112 sized slot.

1.8 Alpha Workstations

AlphaStation 255
Internal

1.
2
3
4
5

Media adapter unit (MAU) (optional). Provides ThinWire Ethernet connections.
Memory SIMMs (two banks of 4 SIMMs each).
Power supply with internal fan.
Cable routing areas.
CD-ROM drive. Located below the CD-ROM drive is storage for one 1.6-inch-high 3.5-inch hard drive or one l-inch-high 3.5-inch
drive or two l-inch-high 3.5-inch hard drives.
6 Speaker.
7 3.5-inch, 1.44-MB floppy disk drive. Located below the floppy is storage for one 1.0-inch 3.5-inch hard drive. If this bay is used,
only ONE hard drive can be located below the CD-ROM. See disk drive installation rules footnote (h) under Base Configurations
on previous page.
8 Cooling fan.
9 Riser card for ISA and PCI option cards which provides 2 PCI slots, 1 PCIIISA combo slot, and liSA slot. OpenVMS users cannot
use the combo slot for PCI options.
10 Motherboard.
11 Typical PCI option card (size varies with option).

System Front

MLO-o13185

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Floppy drive
Floppy eject button
CD-ROM drive
CD-ROM eject button
Reset button (button resets system and causes self-test to run)
Power indicator (lights when system is on)
Disk activity indicator (lights when hard disk drive on embedded SCSI controller bus is in use)

Alpha Workstations

1.9

Alpna:statton 255 System Diagram and Specifications
System Rear

~
~;
i'
C-;: ;: O~= =(f= =· ~= =~ ~!; "8 ~,~
13

11
MLO-013186

1 Power on/off button
2 Key lock (locking mechanism for system)
3 MAU (Media adapter unit (optional ThinWire Ethernet connection»
4 Enhanced bi-directional parallel port (Connects an industry-standard parallel printer or other parallel device)
5 Kensington lock (optional), (Point for attaching system to another point for security)
6 Expansion slot (PC I slot)
7 Expansion slot (PC I slot)
8 Expansion slot (Combination slot: PCI or ISA. OpenVMS users cannot use this slot for PCI options)
9 Expansion slot (Used for ISA expansion options)
10 Headphone jack (Connector for headphones or customer-supplied external speakers)
11 Microphone jack (Connector for microphone)
12 Line-in connector (Brings audio signals into system)
13 Network LEDs (Green indicates system is linked to network. Yellow indicates network activity)
14 Twisted pair connector (Connector to embedded Ethernet controller)
15 COM port 2 (Connector for communications port 2)
16 COM port 1 (Connector for communications port 1)
17 SCSI port (Provides interface between system unit and external SCSI devices. Terminator required if no SCSI devices are present)
18 Mouse connector (Connects PS/2-compatible mouse)
19 Keyboard connector (Use to connect a 101-, 102-, or 108-key keyboard)
20 AC power connector (Connects system to AC power)
21 Voltage selector switch (Allows you to set your system to work with 115 or 230 Volts AC power)

Specifications
PCI
Fast SCSI-2 bus
Ethernet
Power Requirements
Line voltage
Voltage tolerance
Frequency single phase
Frequency tolerance
Maximum running current
Maximum power consumption
Operating Environment
Operating temperature
Operating humidity
Maximum wet bulb
Storage temperature
Storage humidity
Maximum wet bulb
Maximum altitude
Operating
Nonoperating
Nonoperating shock
Physical Characteristics
Height
Width
Depth
Weight

1.10 Alpha Workstations

132-Mbyte/second
lO-Mbyte/s transfer rate
10-Mbitls Twisted Pair standard
120/240 V
90-128/190-256 V
50/60 Hz
47-63 Hz
7 .ON3.3A with monitor
5.0N2.3A without monitor
200W
10 0 to 40 0 C (50 0 to 104 0 F)
10% to 90% relative humidity
28 0 C (82 0 F)
-40 0 C to 66 0 C (-40 0 F to 149 0 F)
10% to 90% relative humidity
46 0 C (114 0 F)
3,048 m (10,000 ft) maximum
12,190 m (40,000 ft) maximum
30G, 25 ms halfsine
13.0 cm ( 5.12 inches)
44.6 cm (17.56 inches)
48.4 cm (19.06 inches)
16 kg (351b)

AlphaStation suu

AlphaStation 500/266-500/333-500/400-500/500
Product Description

The AlphaStation 500 is a series of high performance desktop Workstations.
These systems deliver premium performance and provide access to thousands of
applications running on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT
Workstation systems.
The AlphaStation 500/266 uses the Alpha microprocessor 21164 running at
266 MHz. The CPU performance measures 329 SPECint92, 7.93 SPECint95,
405 SPECfp92, and 11.1 SPECfp95 with 2-Mbytes third level cache.
The AlphaStation 500/333 uses the Alpha microprocessor 21164 running at
333 MHz. The CPU performance measures 389 SPECint92, 9.02 SPECint95,
480 SPECfp92, and 12.5 SPECfp95 with 2-Mbytes third level cache.
The AlphaStation 500/400 uses the Alpha microprocessor 21164 running at
400 MHz. The CPU performance measures 12.3 SPECint95 and 14.1 SPECfp95
with 2-Mbytes third level cache.
The AlphaStation 500/500 uses the Alpha microprocessor 21164 running at
500 MHz. The CPU performance measures 15 SPECint95 and 20.4 SPECfp95
with 8-Mbytes third level cache.
The system is housed in a new base colored desktop enclosure-Top Gun Blue,
with capacity for up to 512 Mbyte of ECC memory on AlphaStation 500/266
and 500/333 systems, and 1 Gbyte on AlphaStation 500/400 and 500/500
systems, 256-bit wide memory bus, five storage slots, and four PCI expansion
slots. Three of the PCI expansion slots are 32-bit, while the fourth is a 64-bit
slot. The high performance 64-bit PCI 110 bus, running at 264-Mbytes/second
peak, provides expansion for options such as high performance graphics,
networking, and SCSI adapters. The system supports a wide variety of industrystandard peripherals and PC options. Other standard features include Twisted
Pair and ThinWire Ethernet, stereo-quality audio, an array of external ports for
serial/parallel communications, and external SCSI connectors. This
combination of standard features allows multiple in-box configurations without
the need for additional tabletop options or expansion boxes.
All AlphaStation 500 systems come with the best hardware warranty in the
industry-a three-year warranty.
Alpha Workstations

1.11

AIphaStation 500

Systems
• Digital UNIX systems include factory-installed software (PIS).
• Options ordered will be factory installed unless specified as spares.

AlphaStation 500 systems include
• Alpha microprocessor 21164 266-MHz CPU
with 2 MB of third level cache, or
• Alpha microprocessor 21164 333-MHz CPU
with 2 MB of third level cache, or
• Alpha microprocessor 21164 400-MHz CPU
with 2 MB of third level cache, or
Alpha microprocessor 21164 500 MHz CPU
with 8 MB of third level cache
• Desktop enclosure which includes:
- Four expansion! slots
One 64-bit PCI
Three 32-bit PCI
- Two memory banks for maximum:
512 MB on AlphaStation 500/266 and 500/333 and,
1.0 GB on AlphaStation 500/400 and 500/500
- Five storage slots
One dedicated diskette drive slot
One dedicated CD ROM drive slot
Three hard disk drives slots support
Three I" drives or
One 1" drive and one 1.6" drive
- Integral Fast Wide single ended SCSI-2 controller
with one external SCSI-2 connector, and high
2
performance 10MB/second Twisted Pair and
ThinWire Ethernet
- 320-Watt power supply

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•

- Two serial ports, support full modem control
- One parallel port
Keyboard port and mouse port
Memory (Advantage systems only)
Hard Disk (Advantage systems only)
Graphics (Advantage systems only)
Audio, headset, and microphone
3-button mouse
Hardware documentation
Hardware Warranty: Industry leading one-year on-site
and two-years return to Digital
Software Warranty: 90-day SPD conformance with
advisory telephone support
Digital UNIX V3.2D, or later, 2-user base license
Digital Open3D license
Multimedia Services license
Digital NAS Client 150 license
Communique! starter license, or
OpenVMS V6.2-lHl, or later, base plus I-user license
Multimedia Services license
Digital NAS Client 150 license
Communique! starter license, or
Windows NT Workstation V3.51 media kit
Communiuqe! starter license and CD-ROM,
Digital Light & Sound license and CD-ROM

1. 32-bit PCI options can be installed in 64-bit PCI slot. Option will run at 32-bit speed of 132 Mbyte/seconds instead of
64-bit speed of 264 Mbytes/seconds.
2. Twisted Pair connection required Shielded Twisted Pair cable BN26M-xx. See AlphaStation Options for additional
cabling information.

Ordering menu that follows includes
• AlphaStation 500/266, 500/333, 500/400, and 500/500 Advantage and Base Configurations
Menus are streamlined for ease of ordering. Select Advantage Configurations to meet application and performance needs
in the following areas:
• 2DCAD
• 3D Solids CAD
To configure a customized system, use Base Configuration menus. Additional system options are in the AlphaStation
Options section.

1.12 Alpha Workstations

AlphaStation 500

AlphaStation 500/266 ADVANTAGE CONFIGURATIONS
Y =in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
Digital UNIX 1
OpenVMS

Digital UNIX I
Windows NT

Digital UNIX

IDeAD
PB541-AA/PB541-BA

3D CAD
PB541-AB 1PB541-CA

3D CAD
PB541-AC

Y
Y
Y
Y

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

64MB
2MB
2GB
PowerStonn 3D30

128MB
2MB
2GB

ZLXp-U
Y

PowerStonn 4D5OT

1
2
1
2 x 1" or
1 x 1.6"

0
2
1
2 x 1" or
1 x 1.6"

Resources Used

AlphaStation 500/266
Application Profile
Operates at 120V1240V
CPU Alpha microprocessor
Floppy Disk Drive 1.44 MB
CD-ROM 600 Mbyte
Ethernet, Sound, Headset,
Microphone, Mouse
Operating system
Memory (a)
Cache
Internal storage
Graphics (b)

21164266-MHz
Dedicated bay
5.25" SCSI bay

1 bank
I" SCSI bay
1 PCI slot
2 PCI slots

User Documentation-English

Available resources after configuration
(c)
UO slots PCI-64 bit
PCI-32 bit
Memory banks
SCSI bays Two 3.5 x I" or
One 3.5 x 1.6" bay
1. Country Options

Select

LK47W-xx
M LK47W-xx 1LK46W-xx
(d)
Keyboard
BN19P-xx
M
BN19P-xx
(e)
Power Cord
Note:LK47W-AA and LK46W-AA, English keyboards, include U.S. power cord; power cord does not need to be ordered separately.
1
2. Color Monitors
Select
1
LK47W-xx
BN19P-xx

17" Color Monitor
21" Color Monitor

(f)
(f)

3. Additional Memory

Select

32-Mbyte
64-Mbyte
128-Mbyte
256-Mbyte

1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank

4. Additional hard drives

Select

1.05 Gbyte
2.1 Gbyte
4.3 Gbyte

I" or 1.6" SCSI bay
I" or 1.6" SCSI bay
(g) 1.6" SCSI bay

VRfl7-WAlWl'W4
VRC21-WAlWl'W4

1M
'M

VRT17-WAlWl'W4
VRC21-WA/Wl'W4

oor 1

0
0
0
0

MSP01-FA
MSP01-FB
MSP01-FC
MSP01-ID

MSP01-FA
MSP01-FB
MSP01-FC
MSP01-FD

Two 1" or One 1.6"

MSP01-FA
MSP01-FB
MSP01-FC
MSP01-FD
Two 1" or One 1.6"

0
0
0

PBXRW-EB
PBXRW-JB
PBXRW-NA

0
0
0
0

QA-lVIT4AA-HS
QA-MTlAA-HS
QA-MTlAG-HS

QA-MT4AA-HS

PCP3H-AG

VRT17-WAlWl'W4
VRC21-WAlWl'W4

5. Software Media and Documentation
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS V6.2
(h)
OpenVMS V6.2-1H1
Windows NT Documentation set

QA-OQRAA-GZ

6. Hardware System Lock
Kensington Lock

PCP3H-AG

7. Additional Options: Refer to AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options (j)

Alpha Workstations

1.13

AJphaStation 500

Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
AlphaStation SOO/266

Resources Used
21164 266-MHz
Dedicated bay
5.25" SCSI bay

Windows NT

PBS4A-AA

PBS4A-BA

PB54A-CA

Y
Y
Y
Y

2Mbyte
Y
Y
Y

1
3
2
3xl" or
1 x I" and 1 x 1.6"

1
3
2
3xl"or
1 x I" and 1 x 1.6"

1
3
2
3xl" or
1 x I" and 1 x 1.6"

Remaining available resources
(c)
110 slots PCI-64 bit
PCI-32 bit
Memory banks
SCSI bays Three 3.5 xl" or
One 3.5 x I" and
One 3.5 x 1.6" bays
Select

1. Country Options

OpenVMS

Y
Y
Y
Y

Operates at 120V/240V
CPU Alpha microprocessor
floppy Disk Drive 1.44 MB
CD-ROM 600MB
Ethernet, Sound, Headset,
Microphone, Mouse
Cache
Integration Service
Operating System
User Documentation - English

Digital UNIX

(d) Select 1
LK47W-xx
LK46W-xx
LK47W-xx
Keyboard
:M
(e) Select 1
1M
BN19P-xx
BN19P-xx
BN19P-xx
Power Cord
Note: LK47W-AA and LK46W-AA, English keyboards, include U.S. power cord; power cord does not need to be ordered separately.
2. Memory
Memory Required
Optional Available
32-Mbyte
64-Mbyte
128-Mbyte
256-Mbyte
512 Mbyte

1
1 Select
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
(k) 1 bank

1M
1M
1M
1M
1M

3. Hard drive required

1 Select

1.05 Gbyte
2.1 Gbyte
4.3 Gbyte

1.0" or 1.6" SCSI bay 1M
1.0" or 1.6" SCSI bay 1M
(g) 1.6" SCSI bay
1M
Select

4. Color Monitors
17" Color Monitor
21" Color Monitor

S. Graphics required

1 Select

(b) 1 PCI slot
PowerStorm 3D30
(b) 1 PCI slot
PowerStorm 4D20
(b) 2 PCI slots
PowerStorm 4D40T
(b) 2 PCI slots
PowerStorm 4D50T
(b) 2 PCI slots
PowerStorm 4D60T
ZLXp-LI 24-plane Pixelvision(b \ 1 PCI Slot
ZLXp-L2 24-plane Pixelvision(b 2 PCI Slots

1.14 Alpha Workstations

Minimum Required
32-Mbyte
1

MSPOI-FA
MSPOI-FB
MSPOI-FC
MSPOI-FD
MSPOl-FE

lor 2

lor2

PBXRW-EB
PBXRW-JB
PBXRW-NA

PBXRW-EB
PBXRW-lB
PBXRW-NA

lor 2
PBXRW-EB
PBXRW-lB
PBXRW-NA

1M
1M

VRT17-WAlWl'W4
VRC21-WAlWl'W4

1M
1M
M
M
M
M
M

PBXGB-AA
PBXGB-CA
PBXGI-AA
PBXGI-AB
PBXGI-AC
PBXGC-AA
PBXGC-BA

PBXGB-AA
PBXGB-CA

PBXGB-AA
PBXGB-CA
PBXGI-AA
PBXGI-AB
PBXGI-AC
PBXGC-AN
PBXGC-BN

PBXGC-AA
PBXGC-BA

AlphaStation 500

AlphaStation 500/266 BASE CONFIGURATIONS (continued)
Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
AlphaStation 500/266

Resources Used

Digital UNIX

OpenVMS

Windows NT

PB5:tA-AA

PB5:tA-BA

PB54A-CA

Operates at 120V1240V

Sa. PowerStorm Texture Memory Upgrades-supported on PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T graphics options only
4-Mbyte Texture memory
16-Mbyte Texture memory
32-Mbyte Texture memory

0
0
0

PBXGI-GA
PBXGI-GB
PBXGI-GC

0
0
0
0

QA-Mf4AA-HS

PCP3H-AG

PBXGI-GA
PBXGI-GB
PBXGI-GC

6. Software MediaIDocumentation
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS V6.2
(h)
OpenVMS V6.2-1H1
Windows NT Documentation set

QA-MflAA-HS
QA-MTlAG-HS
QA-OQRAA-GZ

7. Hardware System Lock
Kensington Lock

PCP3H-AG

S. 400 MHz CPU Board Upgrade for AlphaStation 500/266 MHz systems (i)
PB56U-AA
PB56U-AA
PB56U-AA
AlphaStation 266 MHz to 400 MHz CPU Board Upgrade 0
FM-WSDTP-IN
FM-WSDIP-IN
On-site CPU board upgrade installation service
FM-WSDTP-IN
0
FM-TRAVL-IN
FM-TRAVL-IN
FM-TRAVL-IN
On-site CPU board upgrade travel
0
Note: Installation and Travel are not included with CPU Board Upgrade. Order FM-WSDTP-IN and FM-TRAVL-IN separately.
9. Additional Options Refer to AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options. (j)
(a) Eight DIMM slots support two memory options (4 DIMMs per
option). Memory options can be mixed, see Note (k).
(b)Up to 3 PowerStorm 3D30 and/or 4D20 graphics options and 3
monitors are supported on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and
Windows NT systems. Graphics options require Digital
Open3D media, included in factory installed software (FIS).
Windows NT graphics options include Graphics Support
Services Software license, media and documentation.
Windows NT graphics options must be homogeneous, (three
PowerStorm 3D30 options or three PowerStorm 4D20
options). 3D multi screen not hardware accelerated for
Windows NT.
Graphics options are supported in the following
combinations on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows
NT systems:
• Three PowerStorm 3D30 options, or
• Three PowerStorm 4D20 options, or
Any combination of PowerStorm 3D30 and
PowerStorm 4D20 options are supported on
Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems.
Support for Windows NT must be homogeneous.
• One PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, or 4D60T, or
PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T require
minimum of Digital UNIX V4.0 or Windows NT 3.51,
and Digital Open3D V4.0A)
PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T options cannot
be mixed with any other graphics option and are
supported on Digital UNIX and Windows NT systems
only.
- Note: PowerStorm 4DxOT graphics options change
system to FCC Class A

• One ZLXp-L1, or
• One ZLXp-L2 (uses two PCI slots)
(c)Bottom two PCI slots support 112 length PCI options only
(d) Select country-specific keyboard from AlphaStation Options
section. LK46W-xx = OpenVMS style; LK47W-xx = Digital
UNIX, Windows NT sty Ie.
(e) Select country-specific power cord from AlphaStation Options
section.
(f) -WA = NH (Northern Hemisphere) monitor with 120V power
cord, -W3 = NH monitor without power cord, -W4 = SH
(Southern Hemisphere) monitor without power cord; select
country specific power cord for -W3 and -W4 variants.
(g) Maximum of one 1.6" disk drive supported.
(h) OpenVMS V6.2-1H1 kit is required for AlphaStation 500. It
must be installed over OpenVMS V6.2 media when reloading
operating system
(i) Upgrading CPU from 266 MHz to 400 MHz in the field causes
FCC classification of the AlphaStation 500 to be downgraded
from FCC Class B to FCC Class A. This does not affect
complete AlphaStation 500/400 systems shipped from Digital.
Installed Operating System software must be upgraded (i.e.
from Digital UNIX V3.2D to Digital UNIX V3.2F).
(j) Check availability of PCI slots before adding additional
options (initially 4 PCI).
(k)Note: Maximum of one 512 MB memory option supported in
AlphaStation 5001266. System supports two memory options
in any combination of, 32 MB, 64 MB, 128 MB, 256 MB for a
system maximum of 512 MBytes.

Alpha Workstations

1.15

AlphaStation 500

Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
AlphaStation 500/333
Application Profile
Operates at 120V/240V
CPU Alpha microprocessor
Floppy Disk Drive 1.44 MB
CD-ROM 600 Mbyte
Ethernet, Sound, Headset,
Microphone, Mouse
Operating system
(a)
Memory
Cache
Internal storage
(b)
Graphics

21164333-MHz
Dedicated bay
S .2S" SCSI bay

1 bank
I" bay 1 SCSI
1 PCI slot
2 PCI slots

User Documentation-English

Digital UNIX 1
Windows NT

Digital UNIX 1
OpenVMS

Resources Used

Digital UNIX

IDCAD

3D CAD

PBS51-AA/PBS51-BA

PBS51-AB/PBSSI-CA

3D CAD
PBS51-AC

Y
Y
Y
Y

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

Y
64MB
2MB
2GB
PowerStonn 3D30

Y
128MB
2MB
2GB

Y
128MB
' 2MB

ZLXp-L2/4DSOT
Y

PowerStonn 4DSOT
Y

1
2
1
2xP'or
lxl.6"

2
1
2xl" or
Ix 1.6"

2
1
2xl" or
lx1.6"

2GB

A vailable resources after configuration
(c)
I/O slots PCI-64 bit
PCI-32 bit
Memory banks
SCSI bays Two 3.S xl" or
One 3.S x 1.6" bay

1. Country Options

Select

(d)
LK47W-xx
Keyboard
LK47W-xx
1M LK47W-xx/LK46W-xx
(e)
Power Cord
BN19P-xx
BN19P-xx
BN19P-xx
1M
Note:LK47W-AA and LK46W-AA, English keyboards, include U.S. power cord; power cord does not need to be ordered separately.
2. Color Monitors
17" Color Monitor
21" Color Monitor

Select

1M
1M

(f)
(f)

3. Additional Memory

Select

32-Mbyte
64-Mbyte
128-Mbyte
256-Mbyte

1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank

4. Additional hard drives

Select

1.0S Gbyte
2.1 Gbyte
4.3 Gbyte

1" or 1.6" SCSI bay
1" or 1.6" SCSI bay
(g) 1.6" SCSI bay

VRT17-WAlW3'W4
VRC21-WAlW3'W4

VRT17-WAlW3'W4
VRC21-WAlWl'W4

VRT17-WAlWl'W4
VRC21-WAlWl'W4

oor 1

MSPOI-FA
MSPOI-FB
MSPOI-FC
MSPOI-FD

Two I" or One 1.6"

0
0
0

PBXRW-EB
PBXRW-JB
PBXRW-NA

0
0
0
0

QA-Mf4AA-H8
QA-MTlAA-H8
QA-MTlAG-H8

QA-Mf4AA-H8

PCP3H-AG

I
0
0
0
0

oor 1

5. Software Media and Documentation
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS V6.2
(h)
OpenVMS V6.2-1Hl
Windows NT Documentation set

QA-OQRAA-GZ

6. Hardware System Lock
Kensington Lock

PCP3H-AG

7. Additional Options: Refer to AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options (j)

1.16 Alpha Workstations

PCP3H-AG

AlphaStation 500

AlphaStation 500/333 BASE CONFIGURATIONS
Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
AlphaStation 500/333

Resources Used

Operates at 120V1240V
CPU Alpha microprocessor
Floppy Disk Drive 1.44 MB
CD-ROM 600 MB
Ethernet, Sound, Headset,
Microphone, Mouse
Cache
Integration Service
Operating System
User Documentation - English

21164333-MHz
Dedicated bay
5.25" SCSI bay

Y
y
y
y
y
y
y

Digital UNIX

OpenVMS

Windows NT

PB55A-AA

PB55A-BA

PB55A-CA

Y
Y
Y
Y

2Mbyte
Y
Y
Y

I
3
2
3xI" or
IxI" andIxI.6'

I
3
2
3xl" or
lxI" and Ix 1.6'

I
3
2
3xI" or
IxI" and I x 1.6'

Remaining available resources
(c)
I/O slots PCI-64 bit
PCI-32 bit
Memory banks
SCSI bays Three 3.5 x I" or
One 3.5 x I" and
One 3.5 x 1.6" bays
1. Country Options

Select

(d) Select 1
Keyboard
LK47W-xx
LK46W-xx
M
LK47W-xx
(e) Select 1
Power Cord
M
BN19P-xx
BN19P-xx
BN19P-xx
Note: LK47W-AA and LK46W-AA, English keyboards, include U.S. power cord; power cord does not need to be ordered separately.
2. Memory
Memory Required
Optional Available

Minimum Required
32-Mbyte
I

Minimum Required
32-Mbyte
1

MSPOI-FA
MSPOI-FB
MSPOI-FC
MSPOI-FD
MSPOI-FE

lor 2

1.0" or 1.6" SCSI bay M
1.0" or 1.6" SCSI bay M
(g) 1.6" SCSI bay
M

PBXRW-EB
PBXRW-JB
PBXRW-NA

VRI17-WAlWl'W4
VRC2I-WAlWl'W4

VRT17-WAlWYW4
VRC2I-WAlW3'W4

VRT17-WAlWl'W4
VRC2I-WAlW3'W4

PBXGB-AA
PBXGB-CA
PBXGI-AA
PBXGI-AB
PBXGI-AC
PBXGC-AA
PBXGC-BA

PBXGB-AA
PBXGB-CA

PBXGB-AA
PBXGB-CA
PBXGI-AA
PBXGI-AB
PBXGI-AC
PBXGC-AN
PBXGC-BN

I
I Select

32-Mbyte
64-Mbyte
128-Mbyte
256-Mbyte
512 Mbyte

3. Hard drive required

I Select

1.05 Gbyte
2.1 Gbyte
4.3 Gbyte
4. Color Monitors

1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank

M
M
M
M

Select

17" Color Monitor
21" Color Monitor

5. Graphics required

I Select

(b) 1 PCI slot
PowerStonn 3D30
(b) 1 PCI slot
PowerStonn 4D20
(b) 2 PCI slots
PowerStonn 4D40T
(b) 2 PCI slots
PowerStonn 4D50T
(b) 2 PCI slots
PowerStonn 4D60T
ZLXp-Ll 24-plane Pixelvision(b 1 PCI Slot
ZLXp-L2 24-plane Pixelvision(b 2 PCI Slots

M
M
1M
M
M
M
M
M
M

PBXGC-AA
PBXGC-BA

Alpha Workstations

1.17

AlphaStation 500

Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
AlphaStation 500/333

Resources Used

Operates at 120V/240V

Digital UNIX

OpenVMS

Windows NT

PB55A-AA

PB55A-BA

PB55A-CA

5a. PowerStorm Texture Memory Upgrades-supported on PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T graphics options only
4-Mbyte Texture memory
16-Mbyte Texture memory
32-Mbyte Texture memory

0
0
0

PBXGI-GA
PBXGI-GB
PBXGI-GC

0
0
0
0

QA-MT4AA-HS

PCP3H-AG

PBXGI-GA
PBXGI-GB
PBXGI-GC

6. Software MediaIDocumentation
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS V6.2
(h)
OpenVMS V6.2-1Hl
Windows NT Documentation set

QA-MI1AA-HS
QA-MTlAG-HS
QA.{)QRAA-GZ

7. Hardware System Lock
Kensington Lock

PCP3H-AG

S. 400 MHz CPU Board Upgrade for AlphaStation 500/333 MHz systems (i)
AlphaStation 333 MHz to 400 MHz CPU Board Upgrade 0
PB56U-AB
PB56U-AB
PB56U-AB
Installation Service for on-site CPU board upgrade
FM-WSDTP-IN
FM-WSDTP-IN
0
FM-WSDTP-IN
Travel for on-site CPU board upgrade
FM-rnAVI.,..IN
FM-rnAVI.,..IN
FM-rnAVI.,..IN
0
Note: Installation and Travel are not included with CPU Board Upgrade. Order FM-WSDTP-IN and FM-TRAVL-IN separately.
9. Additional Options Refer to AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options. (j)
(a) Eight DIMM slots support two memory options (4 DIMMs per
option). Memory options can be mixed, see Note (k).
(b)Up to 3 PowerStorm 3D30 and/or 4D20 graphics options and 3
monitors are supported on Digital UNIX, Open VMS and
Windows NT systems. Graphics options require Digital
Open3D media, included in factory installed software (FIS).
Windows NT graphics options include Graphics Support
Services Software license, media and documentation.
Windows NT graphics options must be homogeneous, (three
PowerStorm 3D30 options or three PowerStorm 4D20
options). 3D multi screen not hardware accelerated for
Windows NT.
Graphics options are supported in the following
combinations on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows
NT systems:
• Three PowerStorm 3D30 options, or
• Three PowerStorm 4D20 options, or
Any combination of PowerStorm 3D30 and
PowerStorm 4D20 options are supported on
Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems.
Support for Windows NT must be homogeneous.
• One PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, or 4D60T, or
PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T require
minimum of Digital UNIX V4.0 or Windows NT 3.51,
and Digital Open3D V4.0A)
PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T options cannot
be mixed with any other graphics option and are
supported on Digital UNIX and Windows NT systems
only.
Note: PowerStorm 4DxOT graphics options change
system to FCC Class A

1.18 Alpha Workstations

• One ZLXp-Ll, or
• One ZLXp-L2 (uses two PCI slots)
(c) Bottom two PCI slots support 112 length PCI options only
(d) Select country-specific keyboard from AlphaStation Options
section. LK46W-xx = OpenVMS style; LK47W-xx = Digital
UNIX, Windows NT style.
(e)Select country-specific power cord from AlphaStation Options
section.
(f) -WA = NH (Northern Hemisphere) monitor with 120V power
cord, -W3 = NH monitor without power cord, -W 4 = SH
(Southern Hemisphere) monitor without power cord; select
country specific power cord for -W3 and -W4 variants.
(g) Maximum of one 1.6" disk drive supported.
(h) Open VMS V6.2-1Hl kit is required for AlphaStation 500. It
must be installed over OpenVMS V6.2 media when reloading
operating system
(i) Upgrading CPU from 266 MHz to 400 MHz in the field causes
FCC classification of the AlphaStation 500 to be downgraded
from FCC Class B to FCC Class A. This does not affect
complete AlphaStation 500/400 systems shipped from Digital.
Installed Operating System software must be upgraded (i.e.
from Digital UNIX V3.2D to Digital UNIX V3.2F).
U) Check availability of PCI slots before adding additional
options (initially 4 PCI).
(k)Note: Maximum of one 512 MB memory option supported in
AlphaStation 500/333. System supports two memory options
in any combination of, 32 MB, 64 MB, 128 MB, 256 MB for a
system maximum of 512 MBytes.

AlphaStation 500

Alpb.:~St~tion 500/400 ADVANTAGE CONFIGURATIONS
Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
AlphaStation 500/400

Digital UNIX 1
OpenVMS

Digital UNIX 1
Windows NT

Digital UNIX

IDCAD
PB561-AA 1PB561-BA

3D CAD
PB561-AB 1PB561-CA

3D CAD
PB561-AC

Y
Y
Y
Y

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

Y
64MB
2MB
2GB
PowerStonn 3D30

Y
128MB
2MB
2GB

PowerStonn 4D5OT
Y

PowerStonn 4D6OT
Y

2
1
2xY'or
lxl.6"

2
1
2xl" or
1 x 1.6"

Resources Used

Application Profile
Operates at 120V1240V
CPU Alpha microprocessor
Floppy Disk Drive 1.44 MB
CD-ROM 600 Mbyte
Ethernet, Sound, Headset,
Microphone, Mouse
Operating system
(a)
Memory
Cache
Internal storage
(b)
Graphics

21164400-MHz
Dedicated bay
5.25" SCSI bay

1 bank
I" bay 1 SCSI
1 PCI slot
2 PCI slots

User Documentation-English
Available resources after configuration

110 slots

PCI-64 bit
(c)
PCI-32 bit
Memory banks
SCSI bays Two 3.5 x I" or
One 3.5 x 1.6" bay
1. Country Options

1
2
1
2xl" or
lxl.6"
Select

1
I
I
MI LK47W-xx/LK46W-xx

(d)
LK47W-xx
Keyboard
LK47W-xx
(e)
Power Cord
BN19P-xx
BN19P-xx
BN19P-xx
Note:LK47W-AA and LK46W-AA, English keyboards, include U.S. power cord; power cord does not need to be ordered separately.

2. Color Monitors
17" Color Monitor
21" Color Monitor

Select

M
M

(f)
(f)

3. Additional Memory

Select

32-Mbyte
64-Mbyte
128-Mbyte
256-Mbyte
512 Mbyte

1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank

4. Additional hard drives

Select

1.05 Gbyte
2.1 Gbyte
4.3 Gbyte

I" or 1.6" SCSI bay
I" or 1.6" SCSI bay
(g) 1.6" SCSI bay

0
0
0
0
0

VRT17-WAlWl'W4
VRC21-WAlWl'W4

o or 1

MSPOI-FA
MSPOI-FB
MSPOI-FC
MSPOI-FD
MSPOl-FE

Two I" or One 1.6"

0
0
0

PBXRW-EB
PBXRW-JB
PBXRW-NA

QA-MT4AA-H8
QA-MTlAA-H8
QA-MTlAG-H8

QA-MT4AA-H8

5. Software Media and Documentation
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS V6.2
(h)
OpenVMS V6.2-lHI
Windows NT Documentation set

0
0
0

I
QA-OQRAA-GZ

6. Hardware System Lock
Kensington Lock

PCP3H-AG

7. Additional Options: Refer to AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options (j)

Alpha Workstations

1.19

AlphaStation 500
..

'~' .. ;~ ;"

'":, ~ .,',,;;

".-:; >,' <~

Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
Resources Used

IAlphaStation SOO/400

Digital UNIX

OpenVMS

Windows NT

PBS6A-AA

PBS6A-BA

PBS6A-CA

Y
Y
Y
Y

2Mbyte

2Mbyte
Y
Y
Y

2Mbyte

Y
Y
Y

1
3
2
3xl" or
1 x I" and 1 x 1.6"

1
3
2
3xl"or
1 x I" and 1 x 1.6"

Operates at 120V1240V
CPU Alpha microprocessor
Floppy Disk Drive 1.44 MB

21164400-MHz
Dedicated bay
5.25" SCSI bay

CD-ROM 600 MB
Ethernet, Sound, Headset,
Microphone, Mouse
Cache
Integration Service
Operating System
User Documentation - English

Y
Y
Y

Remaining available resources
I/O slots PCI-64 bit
PCI-32 bit

(c)

Memory banks
SCSI bays Three 3.5 x I" or
One 3.5 x I" and
One 3.5 x 1.6" bays
1. Country Options

Select

(d) Select 1
,M
LK47W-xx
LK46W-xx
LK47W-xx
(e) Select 1
BN19P-xx
BN19P-xx
BN19P-xx
M
Note: LK47W-AA and LK46W-AA, English keyboards, include U.S. power cord; power cord does not need to be ordered separately.
Keyboard
Power Cord

2. Memory
Memory Required
Optional Available

1
1 Select
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank

M
M
M
M
M

1 Select

32-Mbyte
64-Mbyte
128-Mbyte
256-Mbyte
512 Mbyte
3. Hard drive required
1.05 Gbyte
2.1 Gbyte
4.3 Gbyte

(f)

S. Graphics required

1 Select

(f)

(b) 1 PCI slot
PowerStorm 3D30
(b) 1 PCI slot
PowerStorm 4D20
(b) 2 PCI slots
PowerStorm 4D40T
(b) 2 PCI slots
PowerStorm 4D50T
(b) 2 PCI slots
PowerStorm 4D60T
ZLXp-LI 24-plane Pixelvision(b 1 PCI Slot
ZLXp-L2 24-plane Pixelvision(b 2 PCI Slots

1.20 Alpha Workstations

Minimum Required
32-Mbyte
1

MSPOI-FA
MSPOI-FB
MSPOI-FC
MSPOI-FD
MSPOl-FE

lor2

lor 2

PBXRW-EB

PBXRW-JB
PBXRW-NA

M
M

VRT17-WAlWl'W4
VRC21-WAlWl'W4

M
1M
1M

PBXGB-AA
PBXGB-CA

1M
1M

PBXGB-AA
PBXGB-CA
PBXGI-AA
PBXGI-AB
PBXGI-AC

1M
1M

PBXGC-AA
PBXGC-BA

PBXGB-AA
PBXGB-CA
PBXGI-AA
PBXGI-AB
PBXGI-AC
PBXGC-AN
PBXGC-BN

Select

17" Color Monitor
21" Color Monitor

Minimum Required
32-Mbyte
1

PBXRW-EB
PBXRW-JB
PBXRW-NA

1.0" or 1.6" SCSI bay M
1.0" or 1.6" SCSI bay M
(g) 1.6" SCSI bay
M

4. Color Monitors

Minimum Required
32-Mbyte
1

AlphaStation 500

AlphaStation 500/400 BASE CONFIGURATIONS (continued)
Y =in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
AlphaStation 500/400

Resources Used

Digital UNIX

OpenVMS

Windows NT

PB56A-AA

PB56A-BA

PB56A-CA

Operates at 120V/240V

5a. PowerStorm Texture Memory Upgrades-supported on PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T graphics options only
4-Mbyte Texture memory
16-Mbyte Texture memory
32-Mbyte Texture memory

0
0
0

PBXGI-GA
PBXGI-GB
PBXGI-GC

0
0
0
0

QA-Mf4AA-HS

PCP3H-AG

PBXGI-GA
PBXGI-GB
PBXGI-GC

6. Software MediaIDocumentation
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS V6.2
(h)
OpenVMS V6.2-1Hl
Windows NT Documentation set

QA-MflAA-HS
QA-MTlAG-HS
QA-OQRAA-GZ

7. Hardware System Lock
Kensington Lock

PCP3H-AG

S. Additional Options Refer to AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options. (j)
(a) Eight DIMM slots support two memory options (4 DIMMs per
option). Memory options can be mixed.
(b)Up to 3 PowerStorm 3D30 and/or 4D20 graphics options and 3
monitors are supported on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and
Windows NT systems. Graphics options require Digital
Open3D media, included in factory installed software (FIS).
Windows NT graphics options include Graphics Support
Services Software license, media and documentation.
Windows NT graphics options must be homogeneous, (three
PowerStorm 3D30 options or three PowerStorm 4D20
options). 3D multi screen not hardware accelerated for
Windows NT.
Graphics options are supported in the following
combinations on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows
NT systems:
• Three PowerStorm 3D30 options, or
• Three PowerStorm 4D20 options, or
Any combination of PowerStorm 3D30 and
PowerStorm 4D20 options are supported on
Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems.
Support for Windows NT must be homogeneous.
• One PowerStorm 4D40T, 4DSOT, or 4D60T, or
PowerStorm 4D40T, 4DSOT, and 4D60T require
minimum of Digital UNIX V4.0 or Windows NT 3.S1,
and Digital Open3D V 4.0A)

PowerStorm 4D40T, 4DSOT, and 4D60T options cannot
be mixed with any other graphics option and are
supported on Digital UNIX and Windows NT systems
only.
Note: PowerStorm 4DxOT graphics options change
system to FCC Class A
• One ZLXp-Ll, or
• One ZLXp-L2 (uses two PCI slots)
(c)Bottom PCI slot supports 112 length PCI options only
(d) Select country-specific keyboard from AlphaStation Options
section. LK46W-xx = OpenVMS style; LK47W-xx = Digital
UNIX, Windows NT style.
(e) Select country-specific power cord from AlphaStation Options
section.
(f) -WA = NH (Northern Hemisphere) monitor with 120V power
cord, -W3 =NH monitor without power cord, -W 4 =SH
(Southern Hemisphere) monitor without power cord; select
country specific power cord for -W3 and -W 4 variants.
(g) Maximum of one 1.6" disk drive supported.
(h)OpenVMS V6.2-1Hl kit is required for AlphaStation SOO. It
must be installed over OpenVMS V6.2 media when reloading
operating system
(j) Check availability of PCI slots before adding additional
options (initially 4 PCI).

Alpha Workstations

1.21

AlphaStation 500

Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
AlphaStation 500/500

Digital UNIXI
OpenVMS

Resources Used

Digital UNIX 1
Windows NT

Digital UNIX

Windows NT

Application Profile

2DCAD

3D CAD

Operates at 120V/240V

PB571-AA1
PB571-BA

PB571-ABI
PB571-CA

PB571-AD

PB571-CC

CPU Alpha microprocessor

21164500-MHz

Floppy Disk Drive 1.44 MB

Dedicated bay

CD-ROM 600 Mbyte
Ethernet, Sound, Headset,
Microphone, Mouse

5.25" SCSI bay

Y
Y

Operating system
Memory

(a) 1 bank

Cache
Internal storage
Graphics

I" SCSI bay
(b) 1 PCI slot
2 PCI slots

4 MB Texture Memory
User Documentation-English

Y
Y

64MB
8MB

128MB

8MB

128MB
8MB

2GB

Y PowerStorm 3D30

PowerStorm 4D50T PowerStorm 4D60T PowerStorm 4D601
PBXGI-GA
PBXGI-GA
y
Y
Y

A vailable resources after configuration
I/O slots PCI-64 bit
PCI-32 bit
Memory banks

(c)

SCSI bays Two 3.5 x I" or
One 3.5 x 1.6" bay
1. Country Options

Select

1
2
1

0
2

2xl" or
Ix 1.6"

1
2xl" or
Ix 1.6"

1
2xl" or
lxl.6"

(d)
LK47W-xx
LK47W-xx
LK47W-xx
1M
(e)
BN19P-xx
BN19P-xx
Power Cord
BN19P-xx
1M
Note: LK47W-AA English keyboard, includes U.S. power cord; power cord does not need to be ordered separately.

Keyboard

2. Color Monitor

ISelect

17" Color Monitor

(I)

21" Color Monitor

(I)

BN19P-xx
1

1M VRT17-WAlW31W4 VRT17-WAlW31W4 VRT17-WA/W31W4 VRT17-WAlW31W4
1M VRC21-WAlW31W4 VRC21-WAlW31W4 VRC21-WAlW31W4 VRC21-WAlW3IW4

oor 1

MSPOI-FA
MSPOI-FB
MSPOI-FC

MSrol-FA

MSPOI-FA

MSPOI-FB

MSrol-FC

MSPOI-FC

MSPOI-FB
MSPOI-FC

MSPOI-FD
MSPOl-FE

1\vo I" or One 1.6"

1\vo P' or One 1.6"

PBXRW-EB

PBXRW-JB
PBXRW-NA

3. Additional Memory

Select

32-Mbyte
64-Mbyte

1 bank
1 bank

128-Mbyte

1 bank

256-Mbyte
512 Mbyte

1 bank
1 bank

4. Additional hard drive

ISelect

1.05 Gbyte
2.1 Gbyte

1" or 1.6" SCSI bay 0

PBXRW-EB

1" or 1.6" SCSI bay 0

PBXRW-JB
PBXRW-NA

4.3 Gbyte

LK47W-xx

(g) 1.6" SCSI bay

0
0
0
0

I I Tho I" or One 1.6" I 1\vo I" or One 1.6"
0

oor 1

5. Software Media and Documentation

0
0
0
0

Digital UNIX
OpenVMS V6.2
(h)
OpenVMS V6.2-1Hl
Windows NT Documentation

QA-Mf4AA-H8

QA-Mf4AA-H8
QA-MflAA-H8
QA-MTlAG-H8
QA-OQRAA-GZ

QA-OQRAA-GZ

6. Hardware System Lock
Kensington Lock

101

PCP3H-AG

7. Additional Options: Refer to AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options (j)

1.22 Alpha Workstations

PCP3H-AG

AlphaStation 500

AlphaStation 500/500 BASE CONFIGURATIONS
Y =in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
AlphaStation 500/500

Resources Used

2l164500-MHz
Dedicated bay
5.25" SCSI bay

Digital UNIX

OpenVMS

Windows NT

PB57A-AA

PB57A-BA

PB57A-CA

Y
Y
Y
Y

Y
y

5Mbyte
Y
Y
Y

I
3
2
3xl" or
Ixl" andIxl.6'

I
3
2
3xl" or
Ixl" and IxL6'

Y
Y

Remaining available resources

110 slots

1. Country Options

Select

(d) Select 1
LK47W-xx
LK46W-xx
LK47W-xx
1M
(e) Select 1
BN19P-xx
BN19P-xx
BN19P-xx
1M
Note: LK47W-AA and LK46W-AA, English keyboards, include U.S. power cord; power cord does not need to be ordered separately.
Keyboard
Power Cord

2. Memory
Memory Required
Optional Available

I
I Select

32-Mbyte
64-Mbyte
128-Mbyte
256-Mbyte
512 Mbyte
3. Hard drive required
1.05 Gbyte
2.1 Gbyte
4.3 Gbyte

1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank

1M
1M
1M
1M
1M

I Select
1.0" or 1.6" SCSI bay 1M
1.0" or 1.6" SCSI bay 1M
(g) 1.6" SCSI bay
1M

4. Color Monitors

Select

17" Color Monitor
21" Color Monitor

(0
(0

5. Graphics required

I Select

(b) 1 PCI slot
PowerStorm 3D30
(b) 1 PCI slot
PowerStorm 4D20
(b) 2 PCI slots
PowerStorm 4D40T
(b) 2 PCI slots
PowerStorm 4D50T
(b) 2 PCI slots
PowerStorm 4D60T
ZLXp-LI 24-plane Pixelvision(b 1 PCI Slot
ZLXp-L2 24-plane Pixelvision(b' 2 PCI Slots

Minimum Required
32-Mbyte
I

l\1SPOI-FA
l\1SPOI-FB
MSPOI-FC
MSPOI-FD
MSPOI-FE

MSPOI-FA
MSPOI-FB
MSPOI-FC
MSPOI-FD
MSPOI-FE

l\1SPOI-FA
MSPOI-FB
l\1SPOI-FC
l\1SPOI-FD
MSPOI-FE

lor 2

lor2

PBXRW-EB

PBXRW-EB
PBXRW-JB
PBXRW-NA

PBXRW-EB

PBXRW-JB
PBXRW-NA

1M
1M

VRT17-WAlWl'W4
VRC2I-WAlWl'W4

PBXGB-AA
PBXGB-CA
PBXGI-AA
PBXGI-AB
PBXGI-AC
PBXGC-AA
PBXGC-BA

PBXGB-AA
PBXGB-CA

PBXGB-AA
PBXGB-CA
PBXGI-AA
PBXGI-AB
PBXGI-AC
PBXGC-AN
PBXGC-BN

:M
;M
1M
1M
1M
1M

PBXGC-AA
PBXGC-BA

Alpha Workstations

1.23

AlphaStation 500

Y =in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
iAlphaStation 500/500

Resources Used

Digital UNIX

Operates at 120V1240V

PBS7A-AA

OpenVMS

Windows NT

PBS7A-BA

PBS7A-CA

5a. PowerStorm Texture Memory Upgrades-supported on PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T graphics options only
4-Mbyte Texture memory
16-Mbyte Texture memory
32-Mbyte Texture memory

0
0
0

PBXGI-GA
PBXGI-GB
PBXGI-GC

0
0
0
0

QA-MT4AA-HS

PCP3H-AG

PBXGI-GA
PBXGI-GB
PBXGI-GC

6. Software MediaIDocumentation
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS V6.2
(h)
OpenVMS V6.2-1Hl
Windows NT Documentation set

QA-MTIAA-HS
QA-MflAG-HS
QA-OQRAA-GZ

7. Hardware System Lock
Kensington Lock

PCP3H-AG

S. Additional Options Refer to AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options. (j)
(a) Eight DIMM slots support two memory options (4 DIMMs per
option). Memory options can be mixed.
(b)Up to 3 PowerStorm 3D30 and/or 4D20 graphics options and 3
monitors are supported on Digital UNIX, Open VMS and
Windows NT systems. Graphics options require Digital
Open3D media, included in factory installed software (PIS).
Windows NT graphics options include Graphics Support
Services Software license, media and documentation.
Windows NT graphics options must be homogeneous, (three
PowerStorm 3D30 options or three PowerStorm 4D20
options). 3D multi screen not hardware accelerated for
Windows NT.
Graphics options are supported in the following
combinations on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows
NT systems:
• Three PowerStorm 3D30 options, or
• Three PowerStorm 4D20 options, or
Any combination of PowerStorm 3D30 and
PowerStorm 4D20 options are supported on
Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems.
Support for Windows NT must be homogeneous.
• One PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, or 4D60T, or
PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T require
minimum of Digital UNIX V4.0 or Windows NT 3.51,
and Digital Open3D V4.0A)

1.24 Alpha Workstations

PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T options cannot
be mixed with any other graphics option and are
supported on Digital UNIX and Windows NT systems
only.
Note: PowerStorm 4DxOT graphics options change
system to FCC Class A
• One ZLXp-Ll, or
• One ZLXp-L2 (uses two PCI slots)
(c)Bottom PCI slot supports 112 length PCI options only.
(d) Select country-specific keyboard from AlphaStation Options
section. LK46W-xx =OpenVMS style; LK47W-xx =Digital
UNIX, Windows NT style.
(e) Select country-specific power cord from AlphaStation Options
section.
(f) -W A = NH (Northern Hemisphere) monitor with 120V power
cord, -W3 = NH monitor without power cord, -W4 = SH
(Southern Hemisphere) monitor without power cord; select
country specific power cord for -W3 and -W4 variants.
(g) Maximum of one 1.6" disk drive supported.
(h)OpenVMS V6.2-1Hl kit is required for AlphaStation 500. It
must be installed over OpenVMS V6.2 media when reloading
operating system
0) Check availability of PCI slots before adding additional
options (initially 4 PCI).

AlphaStation 500

Front Controls, Indicators, and Drive Bay Locations

i-~-=I ~\]"o~_ u~~l
'------t!~
MLD-013185

1
2
3
4
5

Floppy drive bay
Diskette eject button
CD drive bay
CD-ROM eject button
HaltlReset button

6
7
8

LED Indicator
LED Indicator
Louvered air intake

Location of external bay for 3.5-inch Floppy diskette device.
Releases a 3.5-inch diskette from the diskette drive.
Location of 5.25-inch CD-ROM device.
Opens the CD loading drawer
Jumper Selectable. When halt is pressed, system halts immediately.
When reset is pressed, resets system and causes self-test to run.
DC On, lights when system is on.
Lights to indicate SCSI activity.
Passageway for cooling air to enter system. Do not block air intake.

AlphaStation 500 system unit components

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Riser Card for PCI (peripheral component interconnect option cards)
Media adapter unit (MAU). Provides twisted pair and ThinWire Ethernet connections.
Audio Card
Memory modules (two banks with four DIMMs in each bank)
Power supply and fan
Right upper external drive bay for 5.25-inch x 1.6 inch device (CD-ROM)
Customer Configuration Label
Right lower internal drive bay for:
one 3.5-inch x 1.6 inch device (optional) or
one 3.5-inch x 1 inch device (optional) or
two 3.5-inch x 1 inch devices (optional)
9. Left upper external drive bay for 3.5-inch x 1 inch device (Floppy)
10. Left lower internal drive bay for 3.5-inch x 1 inch device (optional)
11. System cooling fan
12. System board
13. PCI expansion slots, three 32-bit slots; one full length and two half length
14. PCI expansion slot, one 64-bit slot, one full length slot

Alpha Workstations

1.25

AlphaStation 500

Rear Connectors

MA00995

1. OnlOff Switch
2. Voltage selection switch
3. Lock Slot
4. System (chassis) lock
5. Sound card stereo LINE OUT connector
6. Sound card stereo headphone jack
7. Top Cover Screw
8. Sound card microphone jack
9. Sound card stereo LINE IN connector
10. Twisted Pair connector
11. ThinWire connector
12. 64-bit PCI expansion slot
13. 14, 15
32-bit PCI expansion slots interface
16. Enhanced bi-directional parallel port

17. Wide SCSI connector - 68-pin
18. Keyboard connector
19. Mouse connector
20. COMI - Serial port connector
21. COM2 - Serial port connector
22. AC power connector

1.26 Alpha Workstations

Power
Allows user to set voltage from factory set 230V to 115 VAC power
Use with optional Kensington type security lock
Provides security for internal components
Routes audio signals to an external amplifier
Connects headphones, or amplified speakers
Secures top cover
Connects microphone. (2.20hm to 2.5V)
Brings audio signals into card (for example, from a stereo amplifier)
Connection to the embedded Ethernet controller
Connection to the embedded Ethernet controller
Used for PCI expansion options
Example shows PCI graphics adapter in bottom slot. Provides connection
between video/graphics expansion module (option) and supported monitor.
Connects industry-standard parallel printer or other parallel device. 25 pin subminiature D parallel port female connector
Provides interface between system unit and external SCSI devices.
68 pin high-density port (single-ended P cable)
Connects a VMS or PS/2 style keyboard
Connects a PS/2-compatible mouse. Miniature six position, circular DIN receptacle.
Connects serial devices. Nine position sub-miniature D series male connectors.
Connects serial devices. Nine position sub-miniature D series male connectors.
Connects the system to AC power.

AlphaStation 500
Specifications
PCI
Fast SCSI-2 bus

264-Mbyte/second (64-bit PCI)
20-Mbyte/s transfer rate

Power Requirements
Line voltage
Voltage tolerance
Frequency single phase
Frequency tolerance
Maximum running current
Maximum power consumption

1201240 V
90-128/190-25f6 V
50/60 Hz
47-63 Hz
7.0Al3.3A with monitor
5.OAl2.3A without monitor
320W

Operating Environment
Operating temperature
Temperature change rate
Operating humidity
Maximum wet bulb
Minimum dew point
Storage temperature
Storage humidity
Maximum wet bulb
Maximum altitude
Physical shock

10 0 to 40 0 C (50 0 to 104 0 F)
11 0 C/hour (20 0 F/hour)
10% to 90% relative humidity
28 0 C (82 0 F)
2 0 C (36 0 F)
-40 0 C to 66 0 C (-40 0 F to 149 0 F)
10% to 90% relative humidity
46 0 C (114 0 F)
2438 m (8,000 ft)
10 G, 10 ms (+/- 3 ms) duration

Vibration

5-10 Hz @ 0.02"DA, 10-500 Hz @ O.OIG
peak

Physical Characteristics
Height
Width
Depth
Weight

13.0 cm ( 5.12 inches)
44.6 cm (17.56 inches)
48.4 cm (19.06 inches)
32lb

Regulatory Approvals
Safety

TUV -GS, EN60950, IEC-950, CSA 22.2 #950,
UL 1950, EMC: FCC part 15 class "A",
CISPR-22, VCCI, CE

Alpha Workstations

1.27

Product Description

The AlphaStation 600 high performance deskside Workstation series delivers
premium performance and excellent expandability, providing access to tens of
thousands of applications running on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, and Windows
NT Workstation systems.
The AlphaStation 600 uses the Alpha microprocessor 21164:

• AlphaStation 600 5/266 MHz CPU performance measures 7.9 SPECint95,
and 11.4 SPECfp95 with 2 Mbytes third level cache.

• AlphaStation 600 5/333 MHz CPU performance measures 9.8 SPECint95,
and 13.3 SPECfp95 with 4 Mbyte third level cache.
The system is housed in a deskside enclosure with capacity for up to 1 Gbyte of
ECC memory, 256-bit wide memory bus, six storage slots, and eight option
slots. The high performance 64-bit PCI I/O bus, running at 267 Mbytes/second
peak, provides expansion for options such as high performance graphics,
networking, and SCSI adapters. Lower performance options are supported on
the EISA bus. The system supports a wide variety of industry-standard
peripherals and PCI and EISA options. Other standard features include Thick
wire, Twisted Pair, ThinWire Ethernet, stereo-quality audio, an array of external
ports for serial/parallel communications, and external SCSI connectors. This
combination of standard features allows multiple in-box configurations without
the need for additional tabletop options or expansion boxes.
All AlphaStation 600 systems come with the best hardware warranty in the
industry-a three-year warranty. Digital's Trade-In '96 program provides a costeffective upgrade path for users of older workstations.

1.28

Alpha Workstations

AlphaStation 600

Systems
• Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems include factory-installed software (PIS).
• Options ordered will be factory installed unless specified as spares.
AlphaStation 600 5/266 and 5/333 systems include
• Alpha microprocessor 21164 with 266-MHz CPU, or
• Alpha microprocessor 21164 with 333-MHz CPU
• Deskside enclosure which includes:
- Eight expansion slots
Three 64-bit PCI*
One 32-bit PCI
One 32-bit PCIJEISA combination
Three EISA
- Four memory options (thirty-two SIMM memory
slots)
- Six storage slots:
One dedicated diskette drive slot
Two removable media slots (CD-ROM included in
one slot)
Three 3.5-inch hard disk drive slots for 1- and 1.6inch (16-bit) wide ready drives
- 400-Watt power supply
- Two serial ports, support full modem control
- One parallel port
- Keyboard port and mouse port
• PCI-based option card with Fast Wide single ended
SCSI-2 controller with two external SCSI-2 connectors,
and high performance Thick wire, Twisted Pairt,
ThinWire Ethernet-uses one 32-bit PCI slot
• Memory (Advantage Configurations only)

• Cache (Advantage Configurations only)
• Hard Disk (Advantage Configurations only)
• Graphics (Advantage Configurations only)
1.44 Mbyte diskette drive
• 600 Mbyte CD-ROM drive
• Audio, headset, and microphone
• 3-button mouse
• Hardware documentation
• Hardware Warranty: Three-year on-site
Software Warranty: 90-day SPD conformance with
advisory telephone support*
• Digital UNIX V 3.2C 2-user base license
Digital Open3D license
Multimedia Services license
Digital NAS Client 150 license
Communique! starter license, and CD-ROM or
OpenVMS V6.2 base license plus concurrent use license
Digital Open3D license
Multimedia Services license
Digital NAS Client 150 license or
• Windows NT Workstation 3.51 media kit, Communique!
starter license and CD-ROM,
Digital Light & Sound license and CD-ROM

* 32-bit PCI option can be installed in 64-bit PCI slot. Option will run at 32-bit speed of 133 Mbyte/seconds instead of 64-bit speed
of 267 Mbytes/seconds.

t lOBaseT connection requires shielded twisted pair cable BN26M-xx, see AlphaStation Options for additional cabling information.
Ordering menus that follows include
• AlphaStation 600 5/266 and 5/333 Advantage Configurations and Base Configurations.
Menus are streamlined for ease of ordering. Select Advantage Configurations to meet application and performance needs.
To configure a customized system, use Base Configuration menus.
• 2DCAD
• 3D Solids CAD
System options are in a separate section.
Warranty Statement
AlphaStations are sold with specific warranty response times, hours of coverage, warranty duration, and a specific manner
by which the warranty service will be delivered. Digital also makes available extended coverage offerings to uplift or
extend the service coverage andlor response time: See Supplemental Services in AlphaStation Options section.

Alpha Workstations 1.29

AIphaStation 600

Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
AlphaStation 600 5/266

Resources Used

Application Profile
120V I 240V
CPU Alpha microprocessor 21164266-MHz
Floppy Disk Drive 1.44 MB Dedicated bay
CD-ROM 600 MB
5.25" SCSI bay
Headset, microphone, mouse 1 EISA slot
Ethernet
1 32-bit PCI slot
Operating System
(a) 1 option
Memory
Cache
I" SCSI bay
Internal storage
(b) 1 PCI slot
Graphics
2 PCI slots
User documentation-English

Digital UNIX
2D
EDA
PB621-AC

OpenVMS
2D
EDA
PB621-BC

Digital UNIX
3D Solids
CAD
PB621-AD

Windows NT
3D Solids
CAD
PB621-CD

y
y
y
y

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
y
y
y
y
Y

y
y
y
y
y
y

128MB
2MB
2GB
ZLXp-El

128MB
4MB
2GB

128MB
2MB
2GB

ZLXp-L2

Remaining available resources
I/O slots PCI 64-bit wide
2
2
1
1
PCI 32-bit wide
0
0
0
0
EISA
2
2
2
2
PCI I EISA Combo
1
1
1
1
3
Memory options
3
3
3
Occupied
0
0
0
Cache
0
SCSI bays Internal 5.25"
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
Internal 3.5"
2
(c)
SCSI External
Note: 3.5-inch hard disk drive supported in 5.25-inch CD-ROM bay, brackets are included. Brackets support 3.5 x I-inch disk drive only
1
1
1. Country Options
Select
1
1

(d)
LK471-xx
LK471-xx
PS/2 style keyboard
LK47l-xx
M
LK461-xx
VMS I VT style keyboard
LK461-xx
LK461-xx
LK461-xx
LK461-xx
(e)
BNxxx-xx
Power Cord
M
BNxxx-xx
BNxxx-xx
BNxxx-xx
Note: LK471-AA and LK461-AA, English keyboards, include U.S. power cord, power cord does not need to be ordered separately.
2. Monitors
Select
1
1
1
21" Color Monitor NWSH (f)
17" Color Monitor NWSH (f)

M
M

3. Additional Memory

Select

32MB
64MB
128MB
256MB

1 option
1 option
1 option
1 option

4. Wide hard drive

Select

1.05 GB drive 5400 RPM (g) I" bay 1 SCSI
2.1 GB drive 7200 RPM (g) I" bay 1 SCSI
4.3 GB drive 7200 RPM (g) 1.6" bay 1 SCSI
5. Removable media

Select

8 GB 4mmDATTLZ09
2.0 GB QIC TZKll

5.25" bay 1 SCSI
5.25" bay 1 SCSI

VRC21-PAlP4
VRTI7-PAlP4

0,1,2, or 3

0
0
0
0

MSPOI-CA
MSPOI-CB
MSPOI-CC
MSPOI-CD

0,1 or 2

0
0
0

PBXRW-EB
PBXRW-JB
PBXRW-NA

Oor 1

oor 1

oorl

PBXTL-DA
PBXTZ-AA

0
0

6. Software Media and Documentation kits
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT

QA-MT4AA-H8
0 QA-MT4AA-H8
QA-MTIAA-H8
0
0
7. Additional Options: See AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options (h)

1.30

Alpha Workstations

QA-OQRAA-GZ

AlphaStation 600

AlphaStation 600 5/333 ADVANTAGE CONFIGURATIONS
Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
AlphaStation 600 5/333

Resources Used

Application Profile
120 V / 240 V
CPU Alpha microprocessor 21164333-MHz
Floppy Disk Drive 1.44 MB Dedicated bay
CD-ROM 600 MB
5.25" SCSI bay
Headset, microphone, mouse 1 EISA slot
Ethernet
1 32-bit PCI slot
Operating System
(a) 1 option
Memory
Fast Cache
Internal storage
I" SCSI bay
(b) 1 PCI slot
Graphics
2 PCI slots
User documentation-English

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

Digital UNIX
2D
EDA
PB641-AC
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
128MB
4MB
2GB
3D30

OpenVMS
2D
EDA
PB641-BC
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
128MB
4MB
2GB
3D30

Digital UNIX
3D Solids
CAD
PB641-AE
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
128MB
4MB
2GB

Digital UNIX
3D Solids
MCAD
PB641-AF

Y
Y
128MB
4MB
2GB

128MB
4MB
2GB

4D60T
Y

4DSOT
Y

y
Y
Y

Windows NT
3D Solids
MCAD
PB641-CF
Y

y
Y
Y
Y
Y

Remaining available resources
110 slots PCI 64-bit wide
2
2
1
1
1
PCI 32-bit wide
0
0
0
0
0
EISA
2
2
2
2
2
PCIlEISA Combo
1
1
1
1
1
Memory options
3
3
3
3
3
Occupied
Cache
0
0
0
0
0
SCSI bays Internal 5.25"
1
1
1
1
1
Internal 3.5"
2
2
2
2
2
(c)
SCSI External
Note: 3.5-inch hard disk drive supported in 5.25-inch CD-ROM bay, brackets are included. Brackets support 3.5 x I-inch disk drive only
1. Country Options
Select
1
1
1
1
1
(d)
PS/2 style keyboard
LK471-xx
LK471-xx
LK471-xx
LK471-xx
LK471-xx
M
VMS / VT style keyboard
LK461-xx
LK461-xx
LK461-xx
LK461-xx
LK461-xx
(e)
Power Cord
BNxxx-xx
BNxxx-xx
BNxxx-xx
BNxxx-xx
BNxxx-xx
M
Note: LK471-AA and LK461-AA, English keyboards, include U.S. power cord, power cord does not need to be ordered separately.
2. Monitors
Select
1
1
1
1
21" Color monitor NHlSH (f)
M VRC21-PAlP4 VRC21-PAlP4 VRC21-PAlP4 VRC21-PAlP4 VRC21-PAlP4
17" Color monitor NHlSH (f)
M VRTI7-PAlP4 VRTI7-PAlP4 VRTI7-PAlP4 VRTI7-PAlP4 VRTI7-PAlP4
3. Additional Memory
Select
0,1,2, or 3
0,1,2, or 3
0,1,2, or 3
0,1,2, or 3
0,1,2, or 3
32MB
64MB
128MB
256MB

1 option
1 option
1 option
1 option

4. Wide hard drives

Select

1.05 GB drive 5400 RPM (g) I" bay 1 SCSI
2.1 GB drive 7200 RPM (g) I" bay 1 SCSI
4.3 GB drive 7200 RPM (g) 1.6" bay 1 SCSI
5. Removable media

Select

8 GB 4 mmDATTLZ09
2.0 GB QIC TZKll

5.25" bay 1 SCSI
5.25" bay 1 SCSI

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

MSPOI-CA
MSPOI-CB
MSPOI-CC
MSPOI-CD

0,1 or 2

PBXRW-EB
PBXRW-JB
PBXRW-NA

o or 1

Oor 1

oor 1

o or 1

oor 1

PBXTL-DA
PBXTZ-AA

6. Software Media and Documentation kits
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT

o QA-MT4AA-H8

QA-MT4AA-H8 QA-MT4AA-H8
QA-MT1AA-H8
0
QA-OQRAA-G2
0
7. Additional Options: See AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options (h)

Alpha Workstations 1.31

AlphaStation 600

Footnotes for AlphaStation 600 5/266 and 5/333 ADVANTAGE Configurations
(a) Thirty-two SIMM slots support four memory options (8 SIMMs per option). Memory options can be mixed.

(b) Up to 3 PowerStorm 3D30 and/or 4D20 graphics options and 3 monitors are supported on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows
NT systems. Graphics options require Digital Open3D media, included in factory installed software (FIS). Windows NT graphics
options include Graphics Support Services Software license, media and documentation. Windows NT graphics options must be
homogeneous, (three PowerStorm 3D30 options or three PowerStorm 4D20 options). 3D multi screen not hardware accelerated for
Windows NT.
Graphics options are supported in the following combinations on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT systems:
• Three PowerStorm 3D30 options, or
• Three PowerStorm 4D20 options, or
Any combination of PowerStorm 3D30 and
PowerStorm 4D20 options are supported on
Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems.
Support for Windows NT must be homogeneous.
• One PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, or 4D60T, or
- PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T require minimum of Digital UNIX V4.0 or Windows NT 3.51, and Digital Open3D
V4.0A)
- PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T options cannot be mixed with any other graphics option and are supported on Digital
UNIX and Windows NT systems only.
- Note: PowerStorm 4DxOT graphics options change system to FCC Class A
• One ZLXp-Ll, or
• One ZLXp-L2 (uses two PCI slots)
(c) See External Expansion for additional external storage options.
(d) Select country-specific keyboard from AlphaStation Options section.
(e) Select country-specific power cord from AlphaStation Options section.
(f) Monitors include video cable and 120V power cord, order country specific power cord for 240 V use from AlphaStation Options section.
(g) Internal SCSI uses a wide 68-pin connector. To add a narrow drive, order PBXKP-BA (wide to narrow adapter). Order one adapter for each additional
drive.
(h) Check availability of slots (initially 4 PCI, 1 PCIlEISA combination, 3 EISA).

1.32

Alpha Workstations

AlphaStation 600

AlphaStation 600 5/266 and 5/333 BASE CONFIGURATIONS
Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
AlphaStation 600 51266

Resources Used

120V1240V
CPU Alpha microprocessor

21164266-MHz

Floppy Disk Drive 1.44 MB
CD-ROM 600 MB
Headset, microphone, mouse
Ethernet
Integration Service
Operating system
User Documentation-English

Dedicated bay
5.25" SCSI bay
1 EISA slot
1 32-bit PCI slot

Y
Y
Y
y

AlphaStation 600 51333
120V1240V
CPU Alpha microprocessor
Floppy Disk Drive 1.44 MB
CD-ROM 600 MB
Headset, microphone, mouse
Ethernet
Integration Service
Operating system
User Documentation-English

Digital UNIX

Open VMS

Windows NT

PB62A-AA
Y

PB62A-BA
Y

PB62A-CA
y

Y
Y
Y
y
y
y
Y

Y
Y
y
y
y
y
y

y
y
y
y
y
y
y

Resources Used

Digital UNIX

Open VMS

Windows NT

21164333-MHz

PB64A-AA
y

PB64A-BA
y

PB64A-CA
y

Dedicated bay
5.25" SCSI bay
1 EISA slot
1 32-bit PCI slot

Y
y

y
y

Y
Y
y

Y
Y
y
y

y
y
y

Y
y
y

Y
Y
Y

Y
Y

Remaining available resources
I/O slots

PCI-64-bit wide
3
3
3
0
0
PCI 32-bit wide
0
EISA
2
2
2
1
1
PCI / EISA Combo.
1
(a)
4
4
Memory options
4
1
1
Cache
1
1
1
SCSI bays Internal 5.25"
1
3
3
3
Internal 3.50"
Note: 3.5-inch hard disk drive supported in 5.25-inch CD-ROM bay, brackets are included. Brackets support 3.5 x I-inch disk drive only
1. Country Options

Select

(b)
LK471-xx
LK471-xx
PSI2 style keyboard
M
LK471-xx
LK461-xx
LK461-xx
VMS / VT style keyboard
LK461-xx
(c)
Power Cord
M
BNxxx-xx
BNxxx-xx
BNxxx-xx
Note: LK471-AA and LK461-AA, include English keyboards and U.S. power cord. Power cord does not need to be ordered separately
2. Memory
Memory Required
Optional Available

1
2,3, or 4 Select
32MB
1 option
M
64MB
1 option
M
128MB
1 option
M
256MB
1 option
M
Note: To reach 1 GB maximum memory order MSPOI-CD options

3. Cache
2 MB cache for 51266 only
4 MB cache for 5/266 only
4 MB fast cache for 5/333 only

Select
M
M
M

Minimum Required Minimum Required Minimum Required
64MB
32MB
64MB
1,2,3 or 4
1,2,3 or 4
1,2,3, or 4
MSPOI-CA
MSPOI-CB
MSPOI-CC
MSPOI-CD

MSPOI-CA
MSPOI-CB
MSPOI-CC
MSPOI-CD

MSPOI-EA
MSPOI-EB
MSPOI-EC

Alpha Workstations 1.33

AlphaStation 600

·.~,plil,lSta~i()I1·.§OQ"$/~§6ar.4··.··.,5j333BASE,.,.C()NFIGURAttoNs'(€:qnii~tt~tl):)'?:::;':'l
Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
AlphaStation 600 5/266

Resources Used

120V/240V

21164 266-MHz

AlphaStation 600 5/333

Resources Used

120V/240V

21164333-MHz

5. Graphics

Select

Digital UNIX
PB62A-AA

Open VMS
PB62A-BA

Windows NT
PB62A-CA

Digital UNIX
PB64A-AA

Open VMS
PB64A-BA

Windows NT
PB64A-CA

1
PBXGB-AA
PBXGB-CA
PBXGI-AA
PBXGI-AB
PBXGI-AC
PBXGA-AA
PBXGA-BA
PBXGA-CA
PBXGC-AA
PBXGC-BA

1
PBXGB-AA
PBXGB-CA

1
PBXGB-AA
PBXGB-CA
PBXGI-AA
PBXGI-AB
PBXGI-AC
PBXGA-AN
PBXGA-BN
PBXGA-CN
PBXGC-AN
PBXGC-BN

PowerStorm 3D30 8-plane
PowerStorm 4D20 24-plane
PowerStorm 4D40T
PowerStorm 4D50T
PowerStorm 4D60T
ZLXp-E1 8-plane
ZLXp-E2 24-plane
ZLXp-E3 24-plane Z-buffer
ZLXp-L1 24-plane Pixelvision
ZLXp-L2 24-plane Pixelvision

(e) 1 PCI slot
(e) 1 PCI slot
(e) 2 PCI slots
(e) 2 PCI slots
(e) 2 PCI slots
(e) 1 PCI slot
(e) 1 PCI slot
(e) 1 PCI slot
(e) 1 PCI slot
(e) 2 PCI slots

E&S Freedom Series 3150
3 Performance Modules
1 MB texture memory
E&S Freedom Series 3250
5 Performance Modules
1 MB texture memory
E&S Freedom Series 3400
8 Performance Modules
4 MB texture memory

(0 1 PCI slot

M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M

(0 1 PCI slot

PBXGE-BD

(0 1 PCI slot

PBXGE-BG

PBXGA-AA
PBXGA-BA
PBXGA-CA
PBXGC-AA
PBXGC-BA

PBXGE-BB

Sa. PowerStorm Texture Memory Upgrades-supported on PowcrStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T graphics options only
0
PBXGI-GA
PBXGI-GA
4 MB Texture memory module
PBXGI-GB
PBXGI-GB
0
16 MB Texture memory module
PBXGI-GC
0
PBXGI-GC
32 MB Texture memory module
5b. E&S Graphics Memory Upgrade
4 MB Texture memory module
16 MB Texture memory module
6. Monitors
21" Color Monitor NHISH
17" Color Monitor NHISH
7. Removable media
8 GB 4 mm DAT TLZ09
2.0 GB QIC TZKll

0
0

PBXGE-CB
PBXGE-CC

0
0

1
VRC21-LAlP4
VRT17-PAlP4

0
0

oor 1
PBXTL-DA
PBXTZ-AA

o or 1
PBXTL-DA
PBXTZ-AA

0
0
0
0

DE425-AA
DE435-AA
DEFPA-AA
KZPAA-AA

Select
(g)
(g)
Select
5.25" SCSI bay
5.25" SCSI bay

8. Communication Options
EISA Ethernet
1 EISA slot
PCI High-performance Ethernet
1 PCI slot
PCI FDDI controller (fiber)
1 PCI slot
PCI Fast SCSI-2 controller*
1 PCI slot
* Maximum two Fast SCSI-2 controllers per system

1.34

Alpha Workstations

AlphaStation 600

AlphaStation 600 5/266 and 5/333 BASE CONFIGURATIONS (contillued)
Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
AlphaStation 600 5/266

Resources Used

Windows NT

21164266-MHz

Digital UNIX
PB62A-AA

Open VMS

120V/240V

PB62A-BA

PB62A-CA

AlphaStation 600 5/333

Resources Used

Digital UNIX

120V/240V

21164333-MHz

PB64A-AA

Open VMS
PB64A-BA

Windows NT
PB64A-CA

9. Software Media and Documentation kits

0 QA-MT4AA-H8
Digital UNIX
QA-MT1AA-H8
0
OpenVMS
0
Windows NT
EK-AS800-UI*
EK-AS800-UI*
0
AlphaStation 600 User Documentation
0
EK-AS800-IN*
EK-AS800-IN*
AlphaStation 600 Installation Guide
* English User Documentation and Installation Guide are included with Advantage and Base Configurations.

QA-OQRAA-GZ
EK-AS800-UI*
EK-AS800-IN*

10. 333 MHz CPU Upgrade with 4 MB Cache
PB62U-BA
PB62U-BA
0
AlphaStation 5/266 to 5/333 MHz CPU upgrade
Note: Installation is not included with CPU upgrade, order FM-WSDSD-IN separately 11. Additional Options: See AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options (h)

PB62U-BA

Footnotes for AlphaStation 600 5/266 and 5/333 BASE Configurations
(a) Thirty-two SIMM slots support four memory options (8 SIMMs per
option). Memory options can be mixed.
(b) Select country-specific keyboard from AlphaStation Options section.
(c) Select country-specific power cord from AlphaStation Options section.
(d) Internal SCSI uses a wide 68-pin connector. To add a narrow drive,
order PBXKP-BA (wide to narrow adapter). Order one adapter for each
additional drive.

(e) Up to 3 PowerStorm 3D30 and/or 4D20 graphics options and 3
monitors are supported on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and
Windows NT systems. Graphics options require Digital
Open3D media, included in factory installed software (FIS).
Windows NT graphics options include Graphics Support
Services Software license, media and documentation.
Windows NT graphics options must be homogeneous, (three
PowerStorm 3D30 options or three PowerStorm 4D20
options). 3D multi screen not hardware accelerated for
Windows NT.
Graphics options are supported in the following
combinations on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows
NT systems:
• Three PowerStorm 3D30 options, or
• Three PowerStorm 4D20 options, or
Any combination of PowerStorm 3D30 and
PowerStorm 4D20 options are supported on
Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems.
Support for Windows NT must be homogeneous.

• One PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, or 4D60T, or
PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T require
minimum of Digital UNIX V4.0 or Windows NT 3.51,
and Digital Open3D V4.0A)
- PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T options cannot
be mixed with any other graphics option and are
supported on Digital UNIX and Windows NT systems
only.
Note: PowerStorm 4DxOT graphics options change
system to FCC Class A
• One ZLXp-Ll, or
• One ZLXp-L2 (uses two PCI slots)
(f) E&S Freedom Series graphics are packaged in a deskside
pedestal and connect to PCI interface card in AlphaStation
system box by aW foot interface cable. Graphics options
include graphics subsystem, PCI interface card, interface
cable, and video cable for a VRC21-PAlP4 monitor. Country
specific power cord is required for each Freedom Series
graphics option. Texture memory module upgrades are
available for E&S Freedom Series graphics. Note: E&S
graphics cards are supported in both 64-bit and 32-bit PCI
slots; 64-bit slots are recommended for best performance.
(g) Monitors include video cable and 120V power cord, order country
specific power cord for 240V use from AlphaStation Options section.

(h) For PCI or EISA cards, check the availability of slots (initially
4 PCI, 1 PCIlEISA combination, 3 EISA).

Alpha Workstations 1.35

AlphaStation 600
;.">'.:;';

External Expansion

Resources Used

BA353 Narrow expansion box (3)

Ext.SCSI Bus 1 (1)

BA353-AA

BA356 Wide expansion box

Ext.SCSI Bus 2 (2)

BA356-KC

Fast Narrow Single Ended SCSI-2
Controller (4)

32- or 64-bit PCI slot

KZPAA-AA

* Maximum two Fast SCSI-2 controllers per system
AlphaStation 600 systems include 2 external SCSI buses
(1) First FWSE SCSI-2 controller supports five internal wide or narrow devices and two external narrow SCSI devices. Total external
bus length for first FWSE SCSI-2 controller is 1.2 meters, bus connector on rear bulkhead is a high density 50 pin narrow
connector.
(2) Second FWSE SCSI-2 controller supports seven external wide or narrow SCSI devices. Total external bus length for second
external FWSE SCSI-2 controller is 2.2 meters, requires BN21K-Ol for right angle connection to BA356-KC.
(3) To run narrow devices/enclosures off the Wide external SCSI bus, order a BN36A-OB, a 68-pin HD to 50-pin HD hi-byte terminator
adapter, and 50-pin HD to 50-pin HD BN21H-Ol SCSI cable.
(4) If additional external narrow storage is required, select KZPAA-AA Fast SCSI-2 controller (maximum two supported per system).
See AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of additional qualified options.

System Diagram

Removable
Media Drives
~::::+:Tf--- Floppy Drive

MLOl1831

1.36

Alpha Workstations

AlphaStation 600
Specifications
PCI -64 bit
PCI -32 bit
Fast Wide SCSI-2 bus
Ethernet

264 MB/second
132 MB/second
20 MB/s transfer rate
10 MBitis Twisted PairlThin Wire standard

Power Requirements
Line voltage
Voltage tolerance
Frequency single phase
Frequency tolerance
Maximum running current
Maximum power consumption

120 V/240 V
90-128 V/190-256 V
50 HzI 60 Hz
47-63 Hz
8.0Al4.0A A.C. without monitor
400WD.C.

Operating Environment
Operating temperature
Operating humidity
Maximum wet bulb
Storage temperature
Storage humidity
Maximum wet bulb
Maximum altitude
Operating
Nonoperating
Nonoperating shock

100 to 40 0 C (50 0 to 104 0 F)
20% to 80% relative humidity
40 0 C (104 0 F)
-200 C to 65 0 C (_40 F to 149 0 F)
10% to 90% relative humidity
65 0 C (149 0 F)
2,438 m (8,000 ft) maximum
4,876 m (16,000 ft) maximum
30G, 25 ms halfsine

Physical Characteristics
Height
Width
Depth
Weight

469.9 mm (18.5 inches)
241.3 mm (9.5 inches)
660.4 mm (26.0 inches)
31.8 kg (70 lb)

Regulatory
Agency Approval

AlphaStation 600 51266 is FCC Class B
AlphaStation 6005/333 is FCC Class A
(system and upgrade)

Alpha Workstations 1.37

AlphaStation 600 Rackmount

I' ··~.!pba~tatiQIi.•·.(j()O.···Ilac1{riiotint··'·····
Product Description

The AlphaStation 600 Rackmount Workstation is housed in a rackmountable
tower enclosure ready for integration into a 19" ANSIlEIA standard cabinet
enclosure. It offers the same functionality and footprint as the deskside system.
Configuration flexibility and storage expansion is easily obtainable through
many rackmounted options.
The AlphaStation 600 uses the DECchip 21164 processor.
. AlphaStation 600 5/266 MHz CPU perfonnance measures 288 SPECint92
and 428 SPECfp92 with 2 MB third level cache.
• AlphaStation 600 5/333 MHz CPU perfonnance measures 412 SPECint92
and 535 SPECfp92 with 4 MB third level cache.
The AlphaStation 600 workstation has capacity for up to 1 GB ofECC memory,
six internal storage cavities and eight total option slots. High perfonnance
options are supported on the 64-bit PCI 110 bus. Lower perfonnance options are
supported on the EISA bus.
The AlphaStation 600 workstation is sold with specific warranty response times,
hours of coverage, warranty duration, and a specific manner by which the
warranty service will be delivered. digital also makes available extended
coverage offerings to uplift or extend the service coverage and/or response time.
See Supplemental Services in AlphaStation Option Section.

1.38 Alpha Workstations

AlphaStation 6UU Kack.mount

Step l-System Building Blocks
•
•
•
•

AlphaStation 600 rackmount systems are available as System Building Blocks ..
Options ordered will be factory installed unless specified as spares.
Digital UNIX and OpenVMS system include factory-installed software (FIS).
For full functionality systems require:
- Minimum of one 64 MB memory option for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems
- Minimum of one 32 MB memory option for Windows NT systems
- 2 or 4 MB cache
- One hard disk drive
- Graphics option
- Keyboard and 120V or 240V power cord, see AlphaStation Options Section for country specific options

Note:For a comprehensive list of qualified options, see AlphaStation Options Section
Note:Minimum required options must be on purchase order at initial order acceptence.
Rackmount AlphaStation 600 5/266 and 5/333 systems include
• Rackmountable AlphaStation 600 enclosure with
• 1.44 MB diskette drive (in dedicated slot)
rackmount shelf and slide assembly which includes
• 600 MB CD-ROM (uses one 5.25" removable media
- Alpha microprocessor 21164 with 266-MHz CPU or
slot)
Alpha microprocessor 21164 with 333-MHz CPU
• Audio, headset, and microphone (uses one EISA slot)
Eight option slots
• 3-button mouse
Three 64-bit PCI*
• Video/KeyboardJMouse extension cables
One 32-bit PCI
• Rackmount Installation Guide
One 32-bit PCIlEISA combination
• Hardware documentation
Three EISA slots
• Hardware Warranty: Three year
- Four memory options (32 SIMM memory slots)
• Software Warranty: 90 day SPD confonnance with
- Six internal storage slots
advisory telephone support
One dedicated diskette drive slot
Two removable media slots
• Digital UNIX V3.2C two-user base license,
Three 3.5-inch hard disk drive slots for
Digital Open3D license, Multimedia Services license,
I" and 1.6" 16-bit wide drives
Digital NAS Client 150 license,
Communique! starter license and CD-ROM or
- 400 Watt power supply
• OpenVMS V6.2 base license plus I-user license,
- Two serial ports, supports full modem control
Digital Open3D license, Multimedia Services license,
- One parallel port
Digital NAS Client 150 license, or
- Keyboard port and mouse port
• Windows NT Workstation 3.51 media kit,
• PCI based Fast Wide Single Ended SCSI-2 controller
Communique! starter license and CD-ROM,
with two external SCSI-2 connectors, and high
Digital Light and Sound license and CD-ROM
perfonnance Thickwire, Twisted Pairt, ThinWire
Ethernet (uses one 32-bit PCI slot)
* 32-bit PCI option can be installed in 64-bit PCI slot. Option will run at 32-bit speed of 133 MB/seconds instead of 64bit speed of 267 MBs/seconds.
t 10BaseT connection requires shielded twisted pair cable BN26M-xx, see Step 7 for additional cabling information.
Note: Available remaining resources: Three 64-bit PCI slots, One PCIlEISA slot, 2 EISA slots
AlphaStation 600 5/266 Rackmount Workstations
Order Number
Operating System
Memory

Cache
CT·PB62A·AA
Digital UNIX
Recommended Recommended
CT·PB62A·BA
OpenVMS
Recommended Recommended
CT·PB62A·CA
Windows NT
Recommended Recommended
AlphaStation 600 5/333 Rackmount Workstations

Hard Drive
Recommended
Recommended
Recommended

Monitor

Graphics

Optional
Optional
Optional

PB64S·AA
PB64S·BA
PB64S·CA

Recommended
Recommended
Recommended

Optional
Optional
Optional

Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT

Recommended Recommended
Recommended Recommended
Recommended Recommended

Alpha Workstations

1.39

AlphaStation 600 Rackmount

Step2--~ennory

•
•
•
•

Minimum of one 64 MB (MSP01-CB) memory for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems
Minimum of one 32 MB (MSP01-CA) memory for Windows NT systems
System supports four memory options (8 SIMMS per option). Memory options can be mixed.
System maximum of 1 GB can only be obtained by selecting four (MSP01-CD) 264 MB memory options.

MSPOI-CA
MSPOI-CB
MSPOI-CC
MSPOI-CD

32-MB (8 x 4 MB 70 ns SIMMs) ECC
64-MB (8 x 8 MB 70 ns SIMMs) ECC
128-MB (8 x 16 MB 60 ns SIMMs) ECC
264-MB (8 x 32 MB 60 ns SIMMs) ECC

Step 3-Cache ~ennory
• One cache option must be on initial order.
• One cache memory option supported per system.
MSPOI-EA
MSPOI-EB
MSPOI-EC

2-MB cache for AlphaStation 5/266 systems only
4-MB cache for AlphaStation 51266 systems only
4-MB fast cache for AlphaStation 5/333 systems only

Step 4-Storage
• One hard disk drive must be on initial order.
• First Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) SCSI-2 controller supports five internal wide or narrow devices. If external
storage is required, select KZPAA-AA Fast SCSI-2 controller.
• Internal SCSI cable is 68-pin Wide SCSI connector. To add 8-bit narrow SCSI drives, order PBXKP-BA (Wide to
Narrow SCSI adapter). One adapter required for each narrow drive installed in system chassis.
• Three 3.5" x I" or 1.6" 16-bit Wide SCSI hard disk drives are supported in system chassis. One 5.25" removable media
slot supports one 3.5" xl" hard disk drive, brackets are included. Note: Brackets support 3.5 x I" disk drive only

16-bit Wide SCSI Drives
PBXRW-EB
PRXRW-JB
PBXRW-NA

1.05 GB 3.5" x I" 5400 RPM Wide SCSI disk drive
2.1 GB 3.5" x I" 7200 RPM Wide SCSI disk drive
4.3 GB 3.5" x 1.6" 7200 RPM Wide SCSI disk drive

External Storage
• 1st FWSE SCSI-2 controller supports five internal wide or narrow devices. Total external bus length is limited to 1.2
meters and is not recommended for external storage.
• 2nd FWSE SCSI-2 controller supports seven external wide or narrow devices. Total external bus length is limited to
2.2 meters. 2nd FWSE SCSI-2 controller should be limited to external narrow SCSI-2 devices.
• If additional external storage is required, select KZPAA-AA 8-bit Fast Narrow Single Ended (FNSE) SCSI-2 controller.
Maximum two per system.

Rackmountable StorageWorks Shelves
• Each rackmounted StorageWorks shelf requires seven inches of vertical rackmount space. Two shelves can occupy the
same space by using front and rear mounted shelves.
BA3SR-SF
BA3SR-SR
BA3SR-AF
BA3SR-AR

Rackmountable BA350 front mounted StorageWorks shelf for narrow 8-bit disks
Rackmountable BA350 rear mounted StorageWorks shelf for narrow 8-bit disks
Rackmountable BA356 front mounted StorageWorks shelf for wide 16-bit disks
Rackmountable BA356 rear mounted StorageWorks shelf for wide 16-bit disks

1.40 Alpha Workstations

AlphaStation 6UU Kaclilllount

Step 4-Storage
SCSI cables
BN21M-02/03
BN21N-02
BN21K-02

68-pin high density to 50-pin low density (wide to narrow) for tape applications.
68-pin high density to 50-pin high density for BA35R connection with tape and CD-ROM. Shelf
must be located directly above or below rackmount system chassis.
68-pin high density to BA36R wide StorageWorks shelf. Shelf must be located directly above or
below rackmount system chassis.

Step 5-Monitors
• Monitors include 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. If purchased in North America, -PA and -LA variants
include 120V power cord, otherwise power cords are not included, order separately from AlphaStation Options Section.
• Rackmount system include video, keyboard, and mouse extension cables.
Note: If additional monitor cable lentth is required, order 2T-45KM-AA (video, keyboard, mouse extention cable kit).
VRT17-PAlP4

VRC21-LAlL4

17" (16.0" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Trinitron
aperture grille CRT with 0.26 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating.
Auto-scanning from VGA to 1280 x 1024 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-I1, Energy Star, DPMS and
NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC
video cable. Select -PA for Northern Hemisphere or -P4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If
purchased in North American, -PA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -PA andP4 not included, order separately from AlphaStation Options Section.
21" (19.6" viewable image size) ultra high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure.
Diamondtron aperture grille CRT with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static
coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1600 x 1200 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. On Screen display
(OSD). Stereo viewing compatible. MPR-I1, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant.
1201240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. Select -LA
for Northern Hemisphere, or -L4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North
America, -LA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -LA and -L4 not included,
order separately from AlphaStation Options Section.

Step 6-Graphics Adapters
• Up to three ZLXp-Ex graphics options and three monitors are supported on Digital UNIX, Open VMS and Windows NT
systems.
- Windows NT graphics must be homogeneous (three
- Digital UNIX and OpenVMS support any
ZLXp-E1, or three -E2, or three -E3 graphics)
combination of ZLXp -E1, -E2 and -E3 graphics.
Options require Digital Open3D media included in
Options include Graphics Support Services Software
license, media and documentation. 3D multi screen
factory installed software (FIS) on Digital UNIX and
not hardware accelerated for Windows NT.
OpenVMS systems.
• Up to three PowerStorm graphics options are supported on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT systems.
- Windows NT graphics must be homogeneous (three
- Digital UNIX and OpenVMS support any
PowerStorm 3D30 or three PowerStorm 4D20
combination of PowerStorm 3D30 and 4D20
graphics. Options require Digital Open3D media
graphics). Options include Graphics Support
included in factory installed software (FIS) on
Services Software license, media and
documentation. 3D multi screen not hardware
Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems.
accelerated for Windows NT.
• ZLXp-Ex and PowerStorm 3D30 and 4D20 graphics options cannot be mixed in same system.
• One ZLXp-Lx graphics option supported per system; -Lx graphics cannot be mixed with any other graphics option.
• E&S Freedom Series graphics are packaged in a deskside pedestal and connect to PCI interface card in AlphaStation
system box by a 10-foot interface cable. Graphics options include graphics subsystem, PCI interface card, interface
cable, and video cable for a VRC21-PAlP4 monitor. Country specific power cord is required. Texture memory module
upgrades are available for E&S Freedom Series graphics.
• To upgrade E&S Freedom Series graphics memory, select one texture memory module for each performance module.
PBXGA-AA

ZLXp-El 2D 8-plane PCI graphics accelerator, 2 MB memory, 1280x1024, 72 Hz, 256 colors for
Digital UNIX and OpenVMS, uses 1 PCI slot

Alpha Workstations

1.41

AlphaStation 600 Rackmount

Step 6-Graphics Adapters (continued)
PBXGA-BA
PBXGA-CA
PBXGC-AA
PBXGC-BA
PBXGA-AN
PBXGA-BN
PBXGA-CN
PBXGC-AN

ZLXp-E2 2D/3D 24~plane PCI graphics accelerator, 8 MB memory, 1280x1024, 72 Hz, 16.7M colors
for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS, uses 1 PCI slot
ZLXp-E3 3D 24-plane PCI graphics accelerator, plus 24 bit Z-buffer, 16-MB memory, 1280x1024, 72
Hz, 16.7M colors for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS, uses 1 PCI slot
ZLXp-L1 24-plane supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS, uses 1 PCI slot
ZLXp-L2 24-plane supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS, uses 2 PCI slot
ZLXp-E1 2D 8-plane PCI graphics accelerator, 2 MB memory, 1280x1024, 72 Hz, 256 colors for
Windows NT
ZLXp-E2 2D/3D 24-plane PCI graphics accelerator, 8 MB memory, 1280x1024, 72 Hz, 16.7M colors
for Windows NT
ZLXp-E3 3D 24-plane PCI graphics accelerator, plus 24 bit Z-buffer, 16-MB memory, 1280x1024, 72
Hz, 16.7M colors for Windows NT
ZLXp-L1 24-plane supported on Windows NT, uses 1 PCI slot

PBXGB-CA

PowerStorm 3D30 2D 8-plane PCI graphics accelerator, 2 MB memory, 1280x1024, 72 Hz, 256 colors
for Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, and Windows NT, uses 1 PCI slot
PowerStorm 4D20 3D 24-plane double buffered PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer, 16 MB
memory, 1280x1024, 75 Hz (1600x1200 75 Hz 12 planes double buffered plus 24-bit Z-buffer) for
Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, and Windows NT, uses 1 PCI slot

PBXGE-BB
PBXGE-BD
PBXGE-BG
PBXGE-CB
PBXGE-CC

E&S Freedom Series 3150, 3 Performance Modules, 1 MB texture memory
E&S Freedom Series 3250, 5 Performance Modules, 1 MB texture memory
E&S Freedom Series 3400, 8 Performance Modules, 4 MB texture memory
4 MB Texture memory module upgrade for E&S Freedom Series graphics
16 MB Texture memory module upgrade for E&S Freedom Series graphics

PBXGB-AA

Step 7-Networks and Communications
Rackmount systems include PCI-based Ethernet controller(DE435-AA), uses one PCI slot.
• Select networking cable for DE435-AA:
- BNE4G-02 for AUI
- BN26M-xx for 10BaseT (twisted pair)
- BC16M-xx for ThinWire
DE425-AA
DE435-AA
DEFPA-AA

EISA Ethernet, uses 1 EISA slot
High-performance Ethernet. Supported by Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT, uses one PCI
slot
PCI-based Digital FDDI-SASIPCI (MMF) controller, Single attachment, uses one PCI slot

Step 9-Cabinet Enclosure
H9AIO-CE/CF

H9AII-BAIBB

H9A15-BAlBB

Digital Rackmount Cabinet Enclosure
Dimensions: 66.93-inches high, 23.62-inches wide, 33.84-inches deep
Usable rackmount dimensions: 56-inches high, 19-inches wide 30.8-inches deep
120 V contains (2) H7600-AA power controllers @ 24 amps each
240 V contains (2) H7600-AB power controllers @ 16 amps each. Maximum load 1,000 lbs
Digital Rackmount Cabinet Enclosure
Dimension: 43.31-inches high x 23.62-inches wide x 33.86-inches deep
Useable rackmount dimensions: 35-inches high, x 19-inches wide x 30.8-inches deep
120 V contains (1) H7600-AA power controller @ 24 amps each
240 V contains (1) H7600-AB power controller @ 16 amps each. Maximum load 750 lbs
Digital Rackmount Cabinet Enclosure
Dimensions: 78.74-inches high, 23.62-inches wide, 33.42-inches deep
Usable rackmount dimensions: 68.25-inches high, 19-inches wide 29.75-inches deep
120 V contains (2) H7600-AA power controllers @ 24 amps each
240 V contains (2) H7600-AB power controllers @ 16 amps each. Maximum load 1,000 lbs

Note: For cabinet enclosures without power controllers use H9A10-AB, H9All-BE or H9A15-BE

1.42 Alpha Workstations

AlphaStation 6UU KacKmounl

Step 8-Power Cords and Keyboards
Power Cords
Select either 120V or 240V power cord for connection within the rackmount cabinet enclosure from system to power
distribution panel or outlet.
BN20Z-4E
BN20Q-4E

120 V 60 HZ power cord, 15 foot terminal 3-18 SJT 125 V, 1781N NEMA connects
system to 5-15R outlet 60 HZ rackmounted power distribution unit
240 V 50 HZ power cord, 15 foot terminal 3-14 SJT 250 V, 1781N NEMA connects
system to 6-15R outlet 50 HZ rackmounted power distribution unit

Keyboards
LK471-A2 and LK461-A2 are English keyboards. Select country specific keyboard from AlphaStation Options section.
Note:lf additional monitor cable lentth is required, order 2T-45KM-AA (video, keyboard, mouse extention cable kit).
PS/2 style keyboard

OpenVMS / VT style keyboard

LK471-xx

LK461-xx

Specifications
Physical Characteristics
Height
Width
Depth
Weight

26.7 cm (10.5 in.)
48.2 cm (19.0 in.)
73.7 cm (29.0 in.) system chassis and shelf assembly
63.5 cm (25.0 in.) system chassis only
3l.5 kg (70 lb) approximately

Clearances
Front
Rear

124.04 cm (50 in.)
61 cm (24 in.)

Power Requirements
Line voltage
Voltage tolerance
Frequency single phase
Frequency tolerance
Maximum running current
Maximum power
consumption

120 V1240 V
90-128 V/190-256 V
50 Hz/ 60 Hz
47-63 Hz
8.0N4.0A AC without monitor
400WauDC

Operating Environment
Operating temperature
Operating humidity
Maximum wet bulb
Storage temperature
Storage humidity
Maximum wet bulb
Maximum altitude
Operating
Nonoperating
Nonoperating shock

10° to 40° C (50° to 104° F)
20% to 80% relative humidity
40° C (104° F)
-20° C to 65° C (_4° F to 149° F)
10% to 90% relative humidity
65° C (149° F)
2,438 m (8,000 ft) maximum
4,876 m (16,000 ft) maximum
30G, 25 ms halfsine

Recommended UPS for AlphaStation 600
4N-AEABF-CA
4N-AEABF -BG
4N-AEAEO-RA
4N-AEAEO-RB

1.5kVA Rackmount UPS for 120V
1.5kVA Rackmount UPS for 240V
Rackmount kit for 240 V systems 22 through 27-inches deep
Rackmount kit for 240 V systems 28 through 34-inches deep

Alpha Workstations

1.43

AlphaStation Options
Country Specific Keyboards and Power Cords
Monitors
Graphics
2D and 3D Input Devices
System Memory
Cache Memory
Internal SCSI Storage
SCSI Controllers and Adapters
External SCSI Storage
Communications
Multimedia
UPS
Software
User Documentation
Hardware Supplemental Services
Software Supplemental Services
Warranty Attributes

1.44

Alpha Workstations

AlphaStation Options
AlphaStation Country Specific Keyboards and Power Cords
• LK47W and LK46W are Frost White keyboards for AlphaStation 255 and 500 Systems only.
• LK471 and LK461 are Light Gray keyboards for all other AlphaStations.
Required option
Keyboard Country Table
North AmericaJEnglish
Arabic
Belgian
CanadianlFrench
Cyrillic
Czech
Danish
Finnish
French
German
Dutch
Greek
Hebrew
Hungarian
Icelandic
Italian
Latin American
Norwegian
Polish
Portuguese
Romanian
Slovak
Spanish
Swiss/Generic
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Swedish
SwedishlFinnish
Taiwanese
Thai
Turkish
Turkish F.
United KingdomlEnglish
Yugoslavia

Select

1011102 Key-PC style keyboard
1
LK471-AA *
LK471-BR
LK471-AB
LK471-AC
LK471-BT
LK471-BV
LK471-AD

LK47W-AA *
LK47W-BR
LK47W-AB
LK47W-AC
LK47W-BT
LK47W-BV
LK47W-AD

LK471-AP
LK471-AG
LK471-AH
LK471-BH
LK471-AT
LK471-BQ
LK471-CQ
LK471-AI
LK471-AR
LK471-AN
LK471-PB
LK471-AV

LK47W-AP
LK47W-AG
LK47W-AH
LK47W-BH
LK47W-AT
LK47W-BQ
LK47W-CQ
LK47W-AI
LK47W-AR
LK47W-AN
LK47W-PB
LK47W-AV

LK471-CZ
LK471-AS
LK471-AK

LK47W-CZ
LK47W-AS
LK47W-AK

LK471-AF
LK471-BI
LK471-CB
LK471-BU
LK471-BW
~K471-AE

rLK471-BY

LK47W-AF
LK47W-BI
LK47W-CB
LK47W-BU
LK47W-BW
LK47W-AE
LK47W-BY

108 Key-VT style keyboard
1
LK46W-AA*
LK461-AA *
LK461-AB
LK461-AC
LK461-BT
LK461-BV
LK461-AD
LK461-AF
LK461-AP
LK461-AG
LK461-AH
LK461-BH
LK461-AT
LK461-BQ

LK46W-AB
LK46W-AC
LK46W-BT
LK46W-BV
LK46W-AD
LK46W-AF
LK46W-AP
LK46W-AG
LK46W-AH
LK46W-BH
LK46W-AT
LK46W-BQ

LK461-AI

LK46W-AI

LK461-AN
LK461-BP
LK461-AV
LK461-BL
LK461-CZ
LK461-AS

LK46W-AN
LK46W-BP
LK46W-AV
LK46W-BL
LK46W-CZ
LK46W-AS

LK461-AK
LK461-AL
LK461-AM

LK46W-AK
LK46W-AL
LK46W-AM

LK461-BU
LK461-BW
LK461-A2
LK461-BY

LK46W-BU
LK46W-BW
LK46W-A2
LK46W-BY

* LK471-AA, LK461-AA, LK471W, and LK461W English keyboards, include U.S. power cord; power cord does not need to be ordered separately.
Power Cord
AfricalIndia
Australia, NZ
Denmark
Italy
Israel
North America
Central Europe
Switzerland
UK, Ireland

Select 1 System
BN19S-2E
BN19H-2E
BN19K-2E
BN19M-2E
BN18L-2E
BN19P-1K
BN03A-2E
BN19E-2E
BN26D-2E

Monitor
BN19S-2E
BN19H-2E
BN19K-2E
BN19M-2E
BN18L-2E
BN19P-1K
BN03A-2E
BN19E-2E
BN26D-2E

Alpha Workstations

1.45

Alpna~tation Uptions

AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications
Refer to System Sections for allowable option configurations.All options will be factory installed unless specified as Spares
on original order.
200
4/100

200
4/166, 4/233

2504/266

255/233
255/300

4004/233

500/266, 500/33
500/400, 500/50

6005/266
6005/333

VRCI5-KAlK4

VRCI5-WAlW31W4

VRTI7-PAlP4

VRTI7-WAlW31W4

VRC21-LAlL4

VRC21-WAlW31W4

Used On
!Monitors

Graphics
PB2GA-JA

(a)

YIN

PBXGA-AA

(b)

PBXGA-BA

(b)

~BXGA-CA

(b)

(a) Embedded in AlphaStation 2551233 Case Advantage
Configuration, and orderable for 2551233 Base systems.
Not orderable for AlphaStation 255/300 systems.
(b) Up to 3 ZLXp-Ex, or any combination of up to three ZLXp
-El, -E2 and -E3 graphics options and three monitors are

1.46 Alpha Workstations

supported on Digital UNIX and Open VMS systems.
Options require Digital Open3D media which is included
in factory installed software (PIS) on Digital UNIX and
OpenVMS systems.

AlphaStation Options
AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications
Refer to System Sections for allowable option configurations. All options will be factory installed unless specified as
Spares on original order.

Monitors

15" (13.9" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Flat-square VRC15-KAlK4
CRT with 0.28 mm dot pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from
VGA to 1024 x 768 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant.
1201240V universal power supply. Includes lA-meter HD15 male-to-male video cable. - Select-KA
for Northern Hemisphere or -K4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. - If purchased in North America,
-KA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -KA and -K4 not included, order
separately.
15" (13.9" viewable image size) high resolution color monitor with Frost White enclosure. Flat-square VRC15·WAJW31W4
CRT with 0.28mm dot pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from
VGA to 1024x768 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant.
1201240V universal power supply. Includes lA-meter HD15 male-to-male video cable. The -WA and
-W3 are for Northern Hemisphere operation. The -W4 is for Southern Hemisphere operation. The
-WA includes 120V power cord. Power cords for -W3 and -W4 not included, order separately.
17" (16.0" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Trinitron VRT17·PAlP4
aperture grille CRT with 0.26mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Autoscanning from VGA to 1280 x 1024 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and
NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0-meter HD15 male-to-BNC video
cable. Select -PA for Northern Hemisphere or -P4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in
North America, -PA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -PA and -P4 not included,
order separately.
17" (16.0" viewable image size) high resolution color monitor with Frost White enclosure. Trinitron VRT17·WAJW31W4
aperture grille CRT with 0.26mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. On
Screen Display (OSD). Auto-scanning from VGA to 1280x1024 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. Stereo
viewing compatible. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power
supply. Includes 1.8-meter HD15 male-to-male video cable. The -WA and -W3 are for Northern
Hemisphere operation. The -W4 is for Southern Hemisphere operation. The -WA includes 120V powe
cord. Power cords for -W3 and -W 4 not included, order separately.
21" (19.6" viewable image size) ultra high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure.
VRC21·LAlL4
Diamondtron aperture grille CRT with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static
coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1600 x 1200 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. On Screen display (OSD).
Stereo viewing compatible. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal
power supply. Includes 3.0-meter HD15 male-to-BNC video cable. Select -LA for Northern
Hemisphere, or -L4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -LA includes
120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -LA and -L4 not included, order separately.
21 inch (19.6" viewable image size) ultra high resolution color monitor with Frost White enclosure. VRC21·WAJW31W4
Diamondtron aperture grille CRT with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static
coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1600x1200 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. On screen Display (OSD).
Stereo viewing compatible. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal
power supply. Includes 3.0-meter HD15 male-to-male video cable. The -WA and -W3 are for Northerr
Hemisphere operation. The -W4 is for Southern Hemisphere operation. The -WA includes
120V power cord. Power cords for -W3 and -W4 not included, order separately.
Graphics
1 PCl slot
1 PCl slot
1 PCl slot
1 PCl slot

** PowerStorm 3D10 8-plane, PCI graphics accelerator, 1280x1024, 72Hz, 256

PB2GA·JA

colors for Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT
ZLXp-E1
2D 8-plane PCI graphics accelerator, 2 MB memory, 1280x1024, 72
PBXGA·AA
**
Hz, 256 colors for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS
** ZLXp-E2 2D/3D 24-plane PCI graphics accelerator, 8 MB memory, 1280x1024, PBXGA·BA
72 Hz, 16.7M colors for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS
ZLXp-E3
3D 24-plane PCI graphics accelerator, plus 24 bit Z-buffer, 16 MB
PBXGA·CA
**
memory, 1280x1024, 72 Hz, 16.7M colors for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS

** ZLXp-Ex graphics options and PowerStorm 3D30 and 4D20 graphics options cannot be mixed in same system.

Alpha Workstations 1.47

AlphaStation Options
AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications

Used On

200
41100

200
41166,4/233

2504/266

255/233
255/300

4004/233

500/266, 500/33
500/400, 500/50

6005/266
6005/333

Graphics
PBXGA-AN

(c)

PBXGA-BN

(c)

PBXGA-CN

(c)

PBXGI-AA

PBXGI-AB

PBXGI-AC

Y (d)

PBXGI-GA

Y (d)

PBXGI-GB

Y (d)

PBXGI-GC

PBXGB-AA

(e)

PBXGB-CA

(e)

PBXGC-AA

(I)

Y (g)

PBXGC-AN

(I)

PBXGC-BA

Y (g)

PBXGC-BN

PBXGE-BB
PBXGE-BD
PBXGE-BG
PBXGE-CB
PBXGE-CC
MSPOI-DA

(h)
(h)
(h)
(j)
(j)
(j)

N
N
N
N
N
Y

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

N
N
N
N
N
N

N
N
N
N
N
Y

(i)
(i)
(i)
(i)
(i)

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N

(c) Multi screen support for Windows NT must be homogeneous
(Three ZLXp -El, three -E2 or three -E3). Graphics options
include Graphics Support Services Software license, media
and documentation. 3D multi screen not hardware accelerated
for Windows NT.
(d) Supported on Digital UNIX and Windows NT systems only.
(e) Up to 3 PowerStorm 3D30 or 3 PowerStorm 4D20, or any
combination of up to 3 PowerStorm 3D30/4D20 graphics
options and 3 monitors are supported on Digital UNIX and
OpenVMS systems. Note: AlphaStation 255 support 2
PowerStorm graphics options and 2 monitors on OpenVMS
systems. Graphics options require Digital Open3D media,
included in factory installed software (PIS) on Digital UNIX
and OpenVMS systems. Multi screen support for Windows
NT must be homogeneous (3 PowerStorm 3D30 options or 3
PowerStorm 4D20). Windows NT graphics options include
Graphics Support Services Software license, media and
documentation. 3D multi screen not hardware accelerated for
Windows NT. PowerStorm 3D30 and 4D20 graphics options
1.48 Alpha Workstations

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

and ZLXp-Ex graphics options cannot be mixed in same
system.
(f) One ZLXp-Lx graphics option supported per system; -Lx
graphics cannot be mixed with any other graphics option.
(g) Currently supported on AlphaStation 5001500 Digital UNIX
and OpenVMS only.
(h) E&S Freedom Series graphics are packaged in a deskside
pedestal and connect to PCI interface card in AlphaStation
system box by a lO-foot interface cable. Graphics options
include graphics subsystem, PCI interface card, interface
cable, and video cable for a VRC21-LA1L4 monitor. Country
specific power cord required. Texture memory module
upgrades are available for E&S Freedom Series graphics.
Note: E&S 64-bit graphics supported in both 64-bit and 32bit PCI slots; 64-bit slots recommended for best performance.
(i) Currently supported on AlphaStation 500/266 and 500/300
systems only.
(j) To upgrade E&S Freedom Series graphics memory, select one
texture memory module for each performance module.

AlphaStation Options
AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications
Bus I Slots
Required
Graphics

1 PCI slot

Description

** ZLXp-E1 2D 8-plane PCI graphics accelerator, 2 MB memory, 1280x1024, 72 Hz, 256

PBXGA-AN

colors for Windows NT
1 PCI slot
** ZLXp-E2 2D/3D 24-plane PCI graphics accelerator, 8 MB memory, 1280x1024, 72 Hz, PBXGA-BN
16.7M colors for Windows NT
PBXGA-CN
1 PCI slot
** ZLXp-E3 3D 24-plane PCI graphics accelerator, plus 24 bit Z-buffer, 16 MB memory,
1280x1024, 72 Hz, 16.7M colors for Windows NT
PBXGI-AA
1 PCI slot
** PowerStorm 3D30 2D 8-plane PCI graphics accelerator, 2 MB memory, 1280xl024,
72 Hz, 256 colors for Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT
1 PCI slot
** PowerStorm 4D20 3D 24-plane double buffered PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer, PBXGI-AB
16 MB memory, 1280xl024 75Hz (1600x1200 75Hz 12 planes double buffered plus 24-bi
Z-buffer) for Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT
2 PCI slots (t) ** PowerStorm 4D40T Advanced 3D graphics accelerator with 16 MB video memory, 1280 PBXGI-AC
x 1024 resolution, 24 bit true color, double buffered, 24 bit Z-buffer, hardware accelerated
3D shading and texture mapping.
PBXGI-GA
2 PCI slots (t) ** PowerStorm 4D50T Advanced 3D graphics accelerator with enhanced performance,
16 MB video memory, 1280 x 1024 resolution, 24 bit true color, double buffered, 24 bit
Z-buffer, hardware accelerated 3D shading and texture mapping.
PBXGI-GB
2 PCI slots (t) ** PowerStorm 4D60T Advanced 3D Graphics accelerator with enhanced performance,
32 MB video memory, 1600 x 1280 resolution, 24 bit true color, double buffered 32 bit Z
buffer, hardware accelerated 3D shading and texture mapping.
PBXGI-GC
4 MB Texture Memory Module. Supports hardware accelerated texture mapping on
PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T graphics accelerators.
16 MB Texture Memory Module. Supports hardware accelerated texture mapping on
PBXGB-AA
PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T graphics accelerators.
PBXGB-CA
32 MB Texture Memory Module. Supports hardware accelerated texture mapping on
PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T Graphics Accelerators.
ZLXp-L1 3D 24-plane double buffered PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer, 16 MB PBXGC-AA
1 PCI slot
memory, 1280x1024 72 Hz, 1 rendering engine, for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS
ZLXp-LI 3D 24-plane double buffered PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer, 16 MB PBXGC-AN
1 PCI slot
memory, 1280x1024 72 Hz, 1 rendering engine, for Windows NT
ZLXp-L2 3D 24-plane double buffered PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer, 32 MB PBXGC-BA
2 PCI slots
memory, 1280xl024 72 Hz, 2 rendering engines, for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS
ZLXp-L2 3D 24-plane double buffered PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer, 32 MB PBXGC-BN
2 PCI slots
memory, 1280xl024 72 Hz, 2 rendering engines, for Windows NT
PBXGE-BB
1 PCI slot
E&S Freedom Series 3150, 3 Performance Modules, 1 MB texture memory
PBXGE-BD
1 PCI slot
. E&S Freedom Series 3250, 5 Performance Modules, 1 MB texture memory
PBXGE-BG
E&S Freedom Series 3400, 8 Performance Modules, 4 MB texture memory
1 PCI slot
PBXGE-CB
4 MB Texture memory module upgrade for E&S Freedom Series graphics
PBXGE-CC
16 MB Texture memory module upgrade for E&S Freedom Series graphics
MSPOI-DA
2 MB DRAM upgrade for PBXGA-JA

** ZLXp-Ex graphics options and PowerStorm 3D30 and 4D20
graphics options cannot be mixed in same system.

Support on Digital UNIX and Windows NT systems.
Minimum operating software required is: Digital UNIX V4.0,
and Windows NT 3.51. Hardware-accelerated texturing requires
Texture Memory Module.

Alpha Workstations

1.49

AlphaStation Options
AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications
200
41100

4/166, 4/233

2504/266

255/233
255/300

4004/233

500/266, 500/33
500/400, 500/50

6005/266
6005/333

PBXWA-AA

PBXWB-AA

PBXWT-AA

PBXWT-AB

PBXWT-AC

PBXWT-AD

PBXWT-BA
PBXWS-AA
PBXWS-WA

Y
Y
N

Y
y'

Y
Y
N

Y
N
Y

Y
Y
N

Y
N
Y

Y
Y
N

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N

N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y

Used On

200

2D and 3D Input Devices

System Memory

MSP01-AA
MSP01-AB
MSP01-AC
MSP01-AD
MSP01-AE
MSP01-BA
MSP01-BB
MSP01·BC
MSP01-BD
MSP01-FA
MSP01-FB
MSP01-FC
MSP01-FD
MSP01-FE
MSP01-CA
MSP01-CB
MSP01-CC
MSP01-CD

Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N

N
N
N

Cache Memory
MSP01-EA
MSP01-EB

1.50 Alpha Workstations

N
N

I
I

N
N

I
I

N
N

I
I

N
N

I
I

N
N

I
I

Y
y

AlphaStation Options
AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications
Description
2D and 3D Input Devices

Spaceball Model 3003 3D Motion Control Device. Full simultaneous six-degree-of-freedom control with
dynamic pan, zoom, and rotation of models (X,Y,Z translations and rotations) instantly. Serial port
interface. Includes Spaceware device driver on CD-ROM. Supported on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and
Windows NT. Check with ISV for application support status.
3-button Trackball. Replaces standard AlphaStation mouse as an alternative pointing device. Plugs into
AlphaStation mouse port. No special device drivers required. Supported on Digital UNIX, Open VMS and
Windows NT.
12" x 12" Digitizing Tablet with Opaque surface, user selectable resolution up to 2,540 lpi, 16 button
cordless cursor, serial interface cable, 9 to 25 pin adapter cable, Digital UNIX driver, Windows NT
(WinTab compliant) driver, OpenVMS driver, 120V North American wall mounted power supply.
12" x 12" Digitizing Tablet with Opaque surface, user selectable resolution up to 2,540 lpi, 16 button
cordless cursor, serial interface cable, 9 to 25 pin adapter cable, Digital UNIX driver, Windows NT
(WinTab compliant) driver, OpenVMS driver, 220V European wall mounted power supply.
12" x 12" Digitizing Tablet with Opaque surface, user selectable resolution up to 2,540 lpi, 16 button
cordless cursor, serial interface cable, 9 to 25 pin adapter cable, Digital UNIX driver, Windows NT
(WinTab compliant) driver, OpenVMS driver, 240V U.K. wall mounted power supply.
12" x 12" Digitizing Tablet with Opaque surface, user selectable resolution up to 2,540 lpi, 16 button
cordless cursor, serial interface cable, 9 to 25 pin adapter cable, Digital UNIX driver, Windows NT
(WinTab compliant) driver, OpenVMS driver, 100V Japan wall mounted power supply.
Two button click tip pen for PBXWT-Ax Digitizing Tablet
Spare 3-button mouse, Light Gray enclosure
Spare 3-button mouse, Frost White enclosure

PBXWA-AA

PBXWB-AA

PBXWT-AA

PBXWT-AB

PBXWT-AC

PBXWT-AD

PBXWT-BA
PBXWS-AA
PBXWS-WA

System Memory

1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank
1 bank

8 MB (2 x 4 MB SIMMs) 1Mx33
16 MB (2 x 8 MB SIMMs) 2Mx33
32 MB (2 x 16 MB SIMMs) 4Mx33
64 MB (2 x 32 MB SIMMs) 8Mx33
128 MB (2 x 64 MB SIMMs) 16Mx33
32 MB (4 x 8 MB SIMMs) 2Mx33
64 MB (4 x 16 MB SIMMs) 4Mx33
128 MB (4 x 32 MB SIMMs) 8Mx33
256 MB (4 x 64 MB SIMMs) 16Mx33
32 MB (4 x 8 MB DIMMs) 1Mx72
64 MB (4 x 16 MB DIMMs) 2Mx72
128 MB (4 x 32 MB DIMMs) 4Mx72
256 MB (4 x 64 MB DIMMs) 8Mx72
512 MB (4 x 128 MB DIMMs) 16Mx72
32 MB (8 x 4 MB SIMMs) 1Mx36
64 MB (8 x 8 MB SIMMs) 2Mx36
128 MB (8 x 16 MB SIMMs) 4Mx36
256 MB (8 x 32 MB SIMMs) 8Mx36

MSPOI-AA
MSPOI-AB
MSPOI-AC
MSPOI-AD
MSPOI-AE
MSPOI-BA
MSPOI-BB
MSPOI-BC
MSPOI-BD
MSPOI-FA
MSPOI-FB
MSPOI-FC
MSPOI-FD
MSPOI-FE
MSPOI-CA
MSPOI-CB

~SPOI-CC
~SPOI-CD

ICache Memory

-'2 MB 3 x .667 MB SIMMs
14 MB 3 x 1.33 MB SIMMs

JMSPOI-EA
IMSPoI-EB

Alpha Workstations

1.51

AlphaStation Options
AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications
Used On

200
41100

200
4/166,4/233

2504/266

255/233
255/300

4004/233

500/266, 500/33
500/400, 500/50

6005/266
6005/333

Y
N
Y

N
y

Y
N
Y

Internal SCSI Storage
PBXRX-AA
PBXRX-AB
PBXRD-CA

N
Y

Y
N
Y

PBXRD-CB

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
Y (c, d)
Y (c)
Y (c, e)

N
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
Y (c, d)
Y (c)
Y (c, e)

N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N

N
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
Y (d)
Y
Y (e)

N
Y (b)
N
Y (b)
Y (b)
Y (b)
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N

N
Y (b)
N
Y (b)
Y (b)
Y (b)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y (d)
Y
Y (e)

PBXRZ-BB
PBXRZ-EB
PBXRZ-ED
PBXRZ-HB
PBXRZ-JB
PBXRZ-NA
PBXRW-EB
PBXR\V-HB
PBXRW-JB
PBXRW-NA
PBXTL-DA
PBXTZ-AA
PBXTZ-CA

(a)
(a)

SCSI Controllers and Adapter
KZPAA-AA

KZPSA-BB

Y (f, g)

Y (g)

KZPDA-AA

Y (h)

DWZZB

KZPSC-AA
KZPSC-BA

N
N

Y (i)
Y (i)

Y (f, i)
Y (f, i)

Y (i)
Y (i)

Y (i, j)
Y (i, j)

PBXKP-BA

(k)

(a) Does not support Tag Command Queuing, Seek Reordering,
Spindle Sync, Variable Sector Size, or OpenVMS SCSI
clusters.
(b) To add a narrow SCSI drive to AlphaStation 500 and 600
systems, order wide to narrow adapter (PBXKP-BA) for each
drive.
(c) Supported as embedded only in place of CD-ROM drive
(d) Supported on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, and Windows NT
4.0. For use with Windows NT 3.51, obtain upgrade kit part
number QC-OOLAC-UC, which includes driver and
installation instructions. Driver and instructions are also
available at Web Site http://www.storage.digital.com under,
the "Technomania" section.
(e) Supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only. Windows
NT requires 4.0 minimum.
(f) Digital UNIX V3.2D and OpenVMS V6.2-1H1 both require
SRM console V6.1-2 minimum, which support bootable
versions of ARC/Alphabios, and V3.6 or V3.7 firmware CD-

1.52 Alpha Workstations

ROM which contains ARC/Alphabios images required to
build a bootable floppy (V3.6) or boot directly from the CDROM (V3.7). This allows user to configure referenced
adapters without re-flashing the SRM console. Refer to Web
Site:
http://ftp.digital.comlpublDigital/Alphalfirmware/utilities/
(g) Not supported on OpenVMS SCSI clusters.
(h) Supported on Digital UNIX and Windows NT only.
(i) Boot support of RAID set under OpenVMS requires
minimum of OpenVMS V6.2-1H3, previous versions support
data device RAID set only. Digital UNIX support requires
minimum of V3.2D, and requires patch OSF350-135.
U) KZPSC hardware Rev C or greater requires console firmware
upgrade to V6.0-21 or later. Access Website:
http://ftp.digital.com:80/publDigitallAlphalfirmware/interiml
(k) To add a narrow SCSI drive to AlphaStation 500 and 600
systems, order a wide to narrow adapter (PBXKP-BA) for
each drive.

AlphaStation Options
AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications
Bus / Slots
Required

Description

Internal SCSI Storage

3.5" x 1" bay
3.5" x 1" bay
5.25" bay

1.44 MB 3.5" diskette drive, included in most systems (FDI), Light Gray
1.44 MB 3.5" x 1 diskette drive, Frost White
600 MB 5.25" half-height quad-speed CD-ROM drive, included in most systems,
Light Gray
5.25" bay
600 MB 5.25" half-height quad-speed CD-ROM drive, included in most systems
Frost White
3.5 xl" or 1.6" bay 535 MB 3.5" xl" narrow hard disk drive 5400 RPM
3.5 x 1" or 1.6" bay 1.05 GB 3.5" x 1" narrow hard disk drive 5400 RPM
3.5 x 1" or 1.6" bay 1.05 GB 3.5" x 1", narrow hard disk drive 5400 RPM
3.5 x 1.6" bay
2.1 GB 3.5" x 1.6" narrow hard disk drive 5400 RPM
3.5 x 1" or 1.6" bay 2.1 GB 3.5" x 1.6", narrow hard disk drive 7200 RPM
4.3 GB 3.5" x 1.6", narrow hard disk drive 7200 RPM
3.5 x 1.6" bay
3.5 x 1" or 1.6" bay 1.05 GB 3.5" x 1", wide hard disk drive 5400 RPM
3.5 x 1" or 1.6" bay 2.1 GB 3.5" x 1" wide hard disk drive 5400 RPM
3.5 xl" or 1.6" bay 2.1 GB 3.5" x 1", wide hard disk drive 7200 RPM
4.3 GB 3.5" x 1.6", wide hard disk drive 7200 RPM
3.5 x 1.6" bay
5.25" bay
4.0/8.0 GB 5.25" x 1.6" 4-mm DAT drive
5.25" bay
2.0 GB 5.25" half-height QIC tape drive
5.25" bay
2.3 GB 5.25" half-height mini-cartridge QIC tape drive

PBXRX-AA
PBXRX-AB
PBXRD-CA
PBXRD-CB
PBXRZ-BB
PBXRZ-EB
PBXRZ-ED
PBXRZ-HB
PBXRZ-JB
PBXRZ-NA
PBXRW-EB
PBXRW-HB
PBXRW-JB
PBXRW-NA
PBXTL-DA
PBXTZ-AA
PBXTZ-CA

SCSI Controllers and Adapter

1 PCI slot
1 PCI slot
1 PCI slot
External
1 PCI slot
112 PCI slot
internal adapter

PCI-based Fast Narrow Single Ended (FNSE) SCSI-2 controller, maximum 2 per
system, requires BN21H-02 SCSI cable.
PCI-based Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI-2 controller, requires DWZZB-AA
adapter
PCI-based one port Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) SCSI-2 controller, requires
BN21K-02 SCSI cable.
SCSI bus extender and converter, Fast Wide Differential on one end to Fast Wide
Single Ended on other, requires BN21K-xx SCSI cable.
PCI-based one port RAID controller, requires BN31S-1E SCSI cable
PCI-based three port RAID controller, requires three BN31S-1E and one BN31K-OE
bulkhead kit adapter for third port connection (third port requires one additional PCI
bulkhead slot)
Wide to Narrow SCSI adapter

KZPAA-AA
KZPSA-BB
KZPDA-AA
DWZZB
KZPSC-AA
KZPSC-BA

PBXKP-BA

Alpha Workstations

1.53

AlphaStation Options

AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications
200
41166,4/233

2504/266

255/233
255/300

4004/233

500/266, 500/33
500/400, 500/50

6005/266
6005/333

y (c)

(c, e)

BA356-KC

Y (1)

BA362-AAIAB
BA364-AAIAB
TLZ09-DB

Y (g)
Y (g)
Y (h)

Y (g)
Y (g)
N

Y (g)
Y (g)
Y (h)

TLZ09-DC

Y (h)

TZ87-TA

Y (c, i)

Y (c)

TZ88N-TA

Y (c, i)

Y (c)

TZ875-TA

TZ885-NT

Y (c, i)

Y (c)

TZ887-NT

Y (c, i)

Y (c)

TZK20-DB
TZK20-DC
TZKll-DA
RRD45-DA

Y (j)
N
Y
Y

N
Y (j)
Y (c)
Y (c)

Y (j)
N
Y (c)
Y (c)

200
41100

Used On

External SCSI Storage (a, b)
BA353-AA

(d)

(a) For more than 7 internal or external devices, a fast SCSI-2
controller, which supports 7 devices, is required.
(b) Each external device requires a 3-foot SCSI cable.
(c) To run narrow devices/enclosures off the Wide external SCSI
bus, order BN36A-OB, 68-pin HD to 50-pin HD hi-byte
terminator adapter, and either 50-pin HD to 50-pin LD
BN23G-Ol one-meter cable for tabletop devices, or 50-pin
HD to 50-pin HD BN21H-Ol one-meter cable for
BA3501BA353.
(d) Supports 5400 RPM drives only.
(e) See AlphaStation 600 external expansion in order menu.
(f) For narrow connection to BA356-KC with AlphaStation 200,
250, 255, and 400, order a KZPAA-AA controller and
BN21N-02 SCSI cable. For wide connection off the external
wide bus on AlphaStations 500 and 600, order a BN21K-01.

1.54 Alpha Workstations

(g) For narrow device support from external 8-bit narrow SCSI
port on AlphaStations 200, 250, 255 and 400, order a onemeter 68-pin HD to 50-pin HD external SCSI cable BN31 V01. For wide device support from external 16-bit wide SCSI
port on AlphaStations 500 and 600, order a I-meter 68-pin
HD to 68-pin HD external SCSI cable BN31G-Ol.
(h) Supported on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, and Windows NT
4.0. For use with Windows NT 3.51, obtain upgrade kit part
number QC-OOLAC-UC, which includes driver and
installation instructions. Driver and instructions are also
available at Web Site http://www.storage.digital.com under,
the "Technomania" section.
(i) Supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only.
(j) Supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only. Windows
NT requires 4.0 minimum.

AlphaStation Options
AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications
Bus 1 Slots
Required

Description

External SCSI Storage

(e)
(e)

external
external
external
external
external
external
external
external
external
external
external
external
external

StorageWorks desktop expansion box (up to three devices). Requires BN2lH-01 off external BA353-AA
SCSI bus, or BN2lH-02 offKZPAA-AA SCSI controller
BA356-KC
Deskside unit with BA356 shelf and power supply BA35X-HF, pedestal kit BA35X-V A,
dual-speed blowers, l6-bit 110 module BA35X-MH, and North American power cord.
Supports up to seven Narrow and Wide device
StorageWorks desktop expansion for Narrow and Wide devices, supports up to two devices BA362·AAlAB
StorageWorks desktop expansion for Narrow and Wide devices, supports up to four devices BA364·AAlAB
8.0 GB 4-mm DAT tape drive, Tabletop, Frost White (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS, see note TLZ09·DB
(h) for Windows NT); includes SCSI cable
8.0 GB 4-mm DAT tape drive, Tabletop with wide to narrow SCSI adapter and cable, Frost TLZ09·DC
White (Digital UNIX, OpenVMS support, see note (h) for Windows NT)
20/10 GB DLT cartridge tape drive, single slot, Tabletop, requires BN23G-Ol SCSI cable
TZ87·TA
(Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only)
40120 GB DLT cartridge tape drive, single slot, Tabletop, requires BN23G-Ol SCSI cable
TZ88N·TA
(Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only)
100/50 GB TZ87 (5 cartridge loader) Tabletop, requires BN23G-Ol SCSI cable (Digital
TZ875·TA
UNIX and Open VMS only)
2001100 GB DLT (5 cartridge loader) Tabletop, requires BN23G-Ol SCSI cable (Digital
TZ885·NT
PNIX and OpenVMS only)
2801140 GB DLT (7 cartridge loader) Tabletop, requires BN23G-Ol SCSI cable (Digital
TZ887·NT
UNIX and OpenVMS only)
TZK20·DB
2.3 GB QIC tape drive, Tabletop, includes SCSI cable, Frost White
2.3 GB QIC tape drive, Tabletop with wide to narrow SCSI adapter and cable, Frost White TZK20·DC
TZKll·DA
2.0 GB QIC tape, Tabletop, requires BN23G-Ol SCSI cable
600 MB 5.25" half-height quad-speed CD-ROM drive, Tabletop, requires BN23G-Ol SCSI RRD45·DA
cable

(e) See AlphaStation 600 external expansion in order menu.

Alpha Workstations 1.55

AlphaStation Options
AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications
200
4/100

Used On

200
4/166, 4/233

2504/266

4004/233

500/266, 500/33
500/400, 500/50

6005/266
6005/333

N
y

Y
Y
Y
Y

Y
Y
N
Y

y
y
y
y

Y
Y
N
N
y

255/233
255/300

Communication Options-Check availability of PCI, EISA, and ISA slots

N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y (c)

Y
Y
y
y

Y
y

~BXDI-AA

Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y (c)

Y
YIN (d)

Y
Y (c)

N
N
N
N
N
N

PBXDI-AB

Y (c)

Y IN ,(d)

Y (c)

PBXDI-AC

Y (c)

YIN (d)

Y (c)

PBXDP-AA

N I Y (e, f)

N (e)

DE425-AA
DE450-CA
DE450-TA
~E500-XA

DE205-AC
DGLPB-AB
DIIAA-AA
DIIAA-AB
PBXDC-DA
PBXDF-AA
PBXDF-BA

(a)
(b)
(b)

N
y

N
Y

lPBXNP-AA
DEFPA-AA
DEFPA-DA
!DEFPA-UA
DEFPA-MA
DETTR-BAIBB

(e)

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N

DNSES-AA

(e)

Y (e)

Y
Y

N
N
N
Y

Y
Y

N
N
Y
Y

N
N

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

CXIOI-AA
CXIOI-AD
DJ-ML200-AA
PCP3H-AG
Multimedia and Audio
AVHOI-AA
~VP20-AA
AVPOO-AN
AVP23-CA

AVP03-CA
AV301-AA
AV321-AA
AV201-AA
AVCOO-AA
AVCOO-AE
AVCOO-AJ
AVCOO-CA

(a) Supported on Digital UNIX and Windows NT systems only.
(b) Supported on Windows NT systems only.
(c) Supported in ISAlcombination slot only.

1.56 Alpha Workstations

(d) Supported on AlphaStation 2551233 systems only.
(e) Supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems only.
(f) Supported on AlphaStation 255/300 systems only.

AlphaStation Options
AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications
Bus / Slots
Required

Description

Communication Options

1 EISA
1 PCI
1 PCI
1 PCI
lISA
1 PCI
lISA
lISA
lISA
lISA
IISAI
Combo slot
IISAI
Combo slot
1 IS AI
Combo slot
1 PCI
1 PCI
1 PCI
1 PCI
1 PCI
1 PCI

1 EISA
lISA
lISA
1 PCI
external

EISA Ethernet
DE42S-AA
PCI Ethernet, Twisted Pair, ThinWire, Thick wire
DE4S0-CA
PCI Ethernet, Twisted Pair
DE4S0-TA
PCI Fast Ethernet, 100 MB
DESOO-XA
ISA Ethernet for Digital UNIX and Windows NT
DE20S-AC
PCI to ATM adapter features multi-mode fiber cable interface and SONET/SDH framing,
DGLPB-AB
for Digital UNIX and Windows NT
ISA ISDN adapter/network interface card for Windows NT. U interface for U.S. and Canada DlIAA-AA
ISA ISDN adapter/network interface card for Windows NT. SIT interface for Europe, APA DIIAA-AB
Ethernet Halo AUI Card, ThinWire
PBXDC-DA
ISA modem 14.4K (U.S. only)
PBXDF-AA
ISA modem 28.8K (U.S. only)
PBXDF-BA
2-port ISA Synchronous communication controller, X.25/SNA V.24N.28 equivalent to EIA PBXDI-AA
232, supported in ISAlCombo slot only
2-port ISA Synchronous communication controller, X.25/SNA V 35, supported in
PBXDI-AB
ISAlCombo slot only
2-port ISA Synchronous communication controller, X25/SNA V 21IEIA-530, supported in PBXDI-AC
ISAlCombo slot only
2 port PCI synchronous communications controller, EIA-232, -422, -423, -449, -485,
PBXDP-AA
-530,V.35, and or X.21
PCI Token Ring Network Adapter for all operating systems
PBXNP-AA
PCI-based Digital FDDI-SASIPCI (MMF) controller, Single attachment
DEFPA-AA
PCI-based Digital FDDI-DASIPCI (MMF) controller, Dual attachment
DEFPA-DA
PCI-based Digital FDDI-SASIPCI (UTP) controller
DEFPA-UA
PCI-based Digital FDDI-DASIPCI (UTP) controller, Dual attachment
DEFPA-MA
10BaseT to AUI (UTP to thick wire) single port adapter/repeater, 1201240V, 120V variant DETTR-BAIBB
includes North American power cord; order country specific power cord for 240V variant.
Supported on all systems.
2 port EISA Synchronous communication controller, X.25/SNA V.24N.28 Equivalent to
DNSES-AA
EIA-232
16-64 Port Asynchronous Multiplexer for Digital UNIX and Windows NT
CXIOI-AA
16-224 Port Asynchronous Multiplexer for Digital UNIX and Windows NT
CXIOI-AD
PCI Prestoserve 2 MB Digital UNIX
DJ-ML200-AA
Kensington lock for added security
PCP3H-AG

MultiMedia and Audio

1 PCI slot
1 PCI slot
1 PCI slot

Replacement headphones and microphone
Video conferencing upgrade kit with camera for Digital UNIX
Video conferencing upgrade kit with camera for Windows NT
Video conferencing upgrade kit without camera for Digital UNIX
Video conferencing upgrade kit without camera for Windows NT
FullVideo Supreme for all systems
FullVideo Supreme JPEG for all systems
FullVideo Basic for Digital UNIX and Windows NT
Toshiba camera, North America
Toshiba camera, UK
Toshiba camera, Japan
Toshiba camera, Europe

AVHOI-AA
AVP20-AA
AVPOO-AN
AVP23-CA
AVP03-CA
AV301-AA
AV321-AA
AV201-AA
AVCOO-AA
AVCOO-AE
AVCOO-AJ
AVCOO-CA

Alpha Workstations

1.57

AlphaStation Options
AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications
200
4/100

200
41166,4/233

2504/266

255/233
255/300

4004/233

500/266, 500/33
500/400, 500/50

6005/266
6005/333

4N-AEABC-AF 120V
4N-AEABC-BF 240V
4N-AEABD-AF 120V
4N-AEABD-BF 240V
4N-AEABF-AA 120V

Y
Y
N
N
N

N
N
N
N
N

N
N
Y
Y
N

N
N
N
N
Y

4N-AEABF-BF 240V

y
y
y

Used On
Recommended UPS

Data Line Surge protectors (For complete protection select surge protectors for UPS products)
4N-GA249-AB
4N-GA249-CA
4N-GA249-BF

1.58 Alpha Workstations

y
Y
Y

Y
Y
Y

I
I
I

y
y
y

AlphaStation Options
AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications
Description
Recommended UPS

Prestige Model 650 for 120V systems
Prestige Model 650 for 240V systems
Prestige Model 800 for 120V systems
Prestige Model 800 for 240V systems
Prestige Model 1250 EXT for 120V systems. Unit includes plug-in battery extension provisions to
over 2 hours at full load
Prestige Model 1250 EXT for 240V systems. Unit includes plug-in battery extension provisions to
over 2 hours at full load

4N-AEABC-AF
4N-AEABC-BF
4N-AEABD-AF
4N-AEABD-BF
4N-AEABF-AA
4N-AEABF-BF

Data Line Surge protectors-Surge protectors for UPS products

Data line surge protector for two wire modem
Data line surge protector for 10BaseT
Data line surge protector for ThinWire

4N-GA249-AB
4N-GA249-CA
4N-GA249-BF

Alpha Workstations

1.59

AlphaStation Options
Operating System and Layered Software
Used On
Processor Code

200
4/100

200
4/166, 4/233

2504/266

255/233
255/300

4004/233

500/266, 500/333
500/400, 500/50~

6005/266
6005/333

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

Y
Y

Digital UNIX Media and Documentation
QA-MT4AA-H8
QA-MT4AA-GZ
QA-MT4AB-GZ
QA-MT5AA-GZ
QA-MT6AA-GZ

y
Y
Y
Y
Y

Digital UNIX Layered Products CD· ROM
QA·054AA·H8

Digital Open3D for Digital UNIX
QA-OAFAA·H8

Digital NAS Client 150 for Digital UNIX

Included with
operating system

OpenVMS Media and Documentation
QA·MTIAA-H8 (a)
Y
QA·MTIAG-H8
QA·MTIAH·GZ
y
QA-OOIAA·GZ

y
y

OpenVMS Layered Products CD·ROM
y
QA.03XAA-H8

Y
Y

N
Y

Digital Open 3D for OpenVMS
QA-OADAA-H8

Digital NAS Client 150 for OpenVMS

Included with
operating system

Media for Microsoft Windows NT
QB.OQRAA-SA
Y
QB-4LTAA-SA
Y

Support Services Software for Microsoft Windows NT
QM-356AA-AA
QB-356AA·SA
QA-356AA-GZ

y
Y

Y
Y

Layered Software
QA-4DEAA·GZ
QM-4DFAA·BA
QB-4DFAA-WA

(a) OpenVMS V6.2-1Hl kit is required for AlphaStation 255 and AlphaStation 500. It must be installed over OpenVMS V6.2 media when reloading
operating system

1.60 Alpha Workstations

AlphaStation UptlOns
Operating System and Layered Software

Digital UNIX Media and Documentation
Digital UNIX media and documentation on CD-ROM
Digital UNIX base hardcopy documentation
Digital UNIX End User Documentation
Digital UNIX Developer's Documentation
Digital UNIX Server Extension documentation

QA-MT4AA-H8
QA-MT4AA-GZ
QA-MT4AB-GZ
QA-MT5AA-GZ
QA-MT6AA-GZ

Digital UNIX Layered Products CD-ROM
Layered products media and documentation for on CD-ROM

IQA-054AA-H8

Digital Open3D for Digital UNIX
Digital Open3D for Digital UNIX media and documentation

IQA-OAFAA-H8

Digital NAS Client 150 for Digital UNIX
Digital NAS Client 150 license is included with Digital UNIX systems. Media available on layered
products CD-ROM.

IIncluded with
loperating system

OpenVMS Media and Documentation
OpenVMS V6.2 media and documentation on CD-ROM
OpenVMS V62-1Hl media and documentation on CD-ROM
OpenVMS Base hardcopy documentation
OpenVMS Full hardcopy documentation

QA-MTIAA-H8
QA-MTIAG-H8
QA-MTIAH-GZ
QA-OOIAA-GZ

OpenVMS Layered Products CD-ROM
Layered products media and documentation for OpenVMS on CD-ROM

IQA-03XAA-H8

Digital Open 3D for OpenVMS
Digital Open3D for OpenVMS media and documentation on CD

IQA-OADAA-H8

Digital NAS Client 150 for OpenVMS
Digital NAS Client 150 license is included with OpenVMS systems. Media available on layered
products CD-ROM.

IIncluded with
loperating system

Media for Microsoft Windows NT
Windows NT Media Kit (CD-ROM)
Digital Light & Sound Pack (License and CD-ROM)

IQB-OQRAA-SA
IQB-4LTAA-SA

Support Services Software for Microsoft Windows NT
QM-356AA-AA
License for Graphics Support Services Software for Microsoft Windows NT
Graphics Services Software for Microsoft Windows NT, license, media (diskette), and documentation QB-356AA-SA
Graphics Services Software for Microsoft Windows NT (documentation only)
QA-356AA-GZ
Layered Software
Communique! Administrators Guide and documentation kit for Digital UNIX
Communique! Starter license for Digital UNIX
Communique! Starter kit for Digital UNIX and Windows NT (License and CD-ROM)

QA-4DEAA-GZ
QM-4DFAA-BA
QB-4DFAA-WA

Alpha Workstations

1.61

AlphaStation Options
AlphaStation Concurrent Use Licenses
Used On
Processor Code

200
41100
E

200
4/166,4/233
E

2504/266
E

255/233
255/300
E

4004/233
E

500/266, 500/333
500/400, 500/50~
E

6005/266
6005/333
G

y
Y
Y
Y
Y

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

*=E

*=G

Y
Y

OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses
Note: OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at user
discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha cluster..
QL-MT3AA-3B
QL-MT3AA-3C
QL-MT3AA-3D
QL-MT3AA-3E
QL-MT3AA-3F
QL-MT3AA-3G
QL-MT3AA-3H
QL-MT3AA-3J
QL-MT3AA-3K
QL-MT2A *-AA

1.62 Alpha Workstations

y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

*=E

*=G

AlphaStation Options
AlphaStation Concurrent Use Licenses

Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses
Note:Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at user
discretion.
QL-MT7AM-3B
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I-user license
QL-MT7AM-3C
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 2-user license
QL-MT7AM-3D
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 4-user license
QL-MT7AM-3E
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 8-user license
QL-MT7AM-3F
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I6-user license
QL-MT7A*-AA
Digital UNIX Traditional unlimited user license
QL-MT6AE-AA
Digital UNIX server extension license
QL-MTSAE-AA
Digital UNIX developer's extension license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses
Note: OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at user
discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha cluster.
QL-MT3AA-3B
OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license
QL-MT3AA-3C
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 2-user license
QL-MT3AA-3D
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 4-user license
QL-MT3AA-3E
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 8-user license
QL-MT3AA-3F
OpenVMS Concurrent Use I6-user license
QL-MT3AA-3G
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 32-user license
QL-MT3AA-3H
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 64-user license
QL-MT3AA-3J
OpenVMS Concurrent Use I28-user license
QL-MT3AA-3K
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 256-user license
QL-MT2A *-AA
OpenVMS Traditional unlimited user license

Alpha Workstations

1.63

AJPha~tation Uptions

User Documentation
Used On

200
4/100

200
4/166, 4/233

2504/266

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N

255/233
255/300

4004/233

500/266, 500/33
500/400, 500/50

6005/266
6005/333

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
y
y

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N

User Documentation
EK-PCDTA-UI
EK-PCDTA-UP
EK-PCDTA-UG
EK-PCDTA-UU
EK-PCDTA-US
EK-PCDTA-UH
EK-PCCTA-UI
EK-PCDSA-TI
EK-PCDSA-UI
EK-PCDSA-CI
EK-PCDSP-UI
EK-PCDSP-CI
EK-PCDSG-UI
EK-PCDSG-CI
EK-PCDSI-UI
EK-PCDSI-CI
EK-PCDSS-UI
EK-PCDSS-CI
EK-PCDSH-UI
EK-PCDSH-CI
EK-PCDSY-UI
EK-PCDSY-CI
EK-AS800-UI
EK-AS800-IN
EK-VLLXA-UI
EK-VLLXS-ID
EK-VLLXF -UI
EK-VLLXG-ID
EK-VLLXI-UI
EK-VLLXD-UI
EK-VLLXJ-UI
EK-VLLXA-TI
EK-VLLXA-II
AK-QUBKA-CA
EK-A0864-UG
EK-A0865-UG
EK-A0866-UG
EK-A0867-UG
EK-A0868-UG
EK-A0869-UG
EK-ALPH5-UI

1.64 Alpha Workstations

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
y
y
Y
Y
Y
Y
y
Y
y
y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N

N
N
N
N
N
N
y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N

Y
Y
Y
Y
y

AlphaStation Options
User Documentation

User Documentation
User Documentation - English
User Documentation - French
User Documentation - German
User Documentation - Italian
User Documentation - Spanish
User Documentation - Dutch
User Documentation - English - Alpha Station 250 4/266
Technical Documentation
User Documentation - English
CPU Documentation - English
User Documentation - French
CPU Documentation - French
User Documentation - German
CPU Documentation - German
User Documentation - Italian
CPU Documentation - Italian
User Documentation - Spanish
CPU Documentation - Spanish
User Documentation - Dutch
CPU Documentation - Dutch
User Documentation - Japanese
CPU Documentation - Japanese
User Documentation - English
Installation Guide - English
AlphaStation 255 User Information - English
AlphaStation 255 User Information - Spanish
AlphaStation 255 User Information - French
AlphaStation 255 User Information - German
AlphaStation 255 User Information - Italian
AlphaStation 255 User Information - Dutch
AlphaStation 255 User Information - Japanese
AlphaStation 255 Technical Information
AlphaStation 255 Installation Information
AlphaStation 255 Service Guide Floppy
AlphaStation 500 Series User Information - German
AlphaStation 500 Series User Information - French
AlphaStation 500 Series User Information - Spanish
AlphaStation 500 Series User Information - Italian
AlphaStation 500 Series User Information - Dutch·
AlphaStation 500 Series User Information - Japanese
AlphaStation 500 Series User Information - English

EK-PCDTA-UI
EK-PCDTA-UP
EK-PCDTA-UG
EK-PCDTA-UU
EK-PCDTA-US
EK-PCDTA-UH
EK-PCCTA-UI
EK-PCDSA-TI
EK-PCDSA-UI
EK-PCDSA-CI
EK-PCDSP-UI
EK-PCDSP-CI
EK-PCDSG-UI
EK-PCDSG-CI
EK-PCDSI-UI
EK-PCDSI-CI
EK-PCDSS-UI
EK-PCDSS-CI
EK-PCDSH-UI
EK-PCDSH-CI
EK-PCDSY-UI
EK-PCDSY-CI
EK-AS800-UI
EK-AS800-IN
EK-VLLXA-UI
EK-VLLXS-UI
EK-VLLXF-UI
EK-VLLXG-UI
EK-VLLXI-UI
IEK-VLLXD-UI
EK-VLLXJ-UI
EK-VLLXA-TI
EK-VLLXA-II
AK-QUBKA-CA
EK-A0864-UG
EK-A086S-UG
EK-A0866-UG
EK-A0867-UG
EK-A0868-UG
EK-A0869-UG
EK-ALPHS-UI

Alpha Workstations

1.65

AlphaStation Options

AlphaStation Service Options
Hardware Supplemental Services
Year 2&3, 5x9, next day
Year 1-3, 5x9, 4 hour
Year 1-3, 5x12, 4 hour
Year 1-3, 6x16, 4 hour
Year 1-3, 7x24, 4 hour
Year 2-4, 5x9, next day
Year 1-4, 5x9, 4 hour
Year 1-4, 5x12, 4 hour
Year 1-4, 6x16, 4 hour
Year 1-4, 7x24, 4 hour
Year 2-5, 5x9, next day on site
Year 1-5, 5x9, 4 hour
Year 1-5, 5x12, 4 hour
Year 1-5, 6x16, 4 hour
Year 1-5, 7x24, 4 hour

2004/100
FM-AFXHW-36
FM-AF4HR-36
FM-AF512-36
FM-AF616-36
FM-AF724-36
FM-AFXHW-48
FM-AF4HR-48
FM-AF512-48
FM-AF616-48
FM-AF724-48
FM-AFXHW-60
FM-AF4HR-60
,M-AF512-60
FM-AF616-60
FM-AF724-60

200
4/166,4/233
FM-AFXHW-36
FM-AF4HR-36
FM-AF512-36
FM-AF616-36
FM-AF724-36
FM-AFXHW-48
FM-AF4HR-48
IFM-AF512-48
FM-AF616-48
FM-AF724-48
FM-AFXHW-60
FM-AF4HR-60
FM-AF512-60
FM-AF616-60
FM-AF724-60

2504/266
FM-AFXHW-36
FM-AF4HR-36
FM-AF512-36
FM-AF616-36
FM-AF724-36
FM-AFXHW-48
FM-AF4HR-48
FM-AF512-48
FM-AF616-48
FM-AF724-48
FM-AFXHW-60
FM-AF4HR-60
FM-AF512-60
FM-AF616-60
FM-AF724-60

255/233
255/300
FM-AFXHW-36
FM-AF4HR-36
FM-AF512-36
FM-AF616-36
FM-AF724-36
FM-AFXHW-48
FM-AF4HR-48
FM-AF512-48
FM-AF616-48
FM-AF724-48
FM-AFXHW -60
FM-AF4HR-60
FM-AF512-60
FM-AF616-60
FM-AF724-60

4002/233
FM-ACXHW-36
FM-AC4HR-36
FM-ACSI2-36
FM-AC616-36
FM-AC724-36
FM-ACXH2-48
FM-AC4HR-48
FM-AC512-48
FM-AC616-48
FM-AC724-48
FM-ACHXW-60
FM-AC4HR-60
FM-AC512-60
FM-AC616-60
FM-AC724-60

Software Supplemental Services
12-month - Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT
36-month - Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT
60-month - Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT

FM-A40SF-12
FM-A4VMS-12
FM-A4NTS-12
FM-A40SF-36
FM-A4VMS-36
IFM-A4NTS-36
FM-A40SF-60
FM-A4VMS-60
FM-A4NTS-60

IFM-A20SF-12
FM-A2VMS-12
FM-A2NTS-12
FM-A20SF-36
FM-A2VMS-36
FM-A2NTS-36
FM-A20SF-60
FM-A2VMS-60
FM-A2NTS-60

FM-M30SF-12
FM-M3VMS-12
FM-M3NTS-12
FM-M30SF-36
FM-M3VMS-36
FM-M3NTS-36
FM-M30SF -60
FM-M3VMS-60
FM-M3NTS-60

FM-M30SF-12
FM-M3VMS-12
FM-M3NTS-12
FM-M30SF-36
FM-M3VMS-36
FM-M3NTS-36
FM-M30SF-60
FM-M3VMS-60
FM-M3NTS-60

FM-A40SF-12
FM-A4VMS-12
FM-A4NTS-12
FM-A40SF-36
FM-A4VMS-36
FM-A4NTS-12
FM-A40SF-60
FM-A4VMS-60
FM-A4NTS-60

Monitor Supplemental Services
Year 2&3, 5x9, next day
Year 1-3, 5x9, 4 hour
Year 1-3, 5x12, 4 hour
Year 1-3, 6x16, 4 hour
Year 1-3, 7x24, 4 hour

FM-MNXHW-36 FM-MNXHW-36 FM-MNXHW-36 FM-MNXHW-36 IFM-MNXHW-36
FM-MN4HR-36 FM-MN4HR-36 FM-MN4HR-36 FM-MN4HR-36 FM-MN4HR-36
FM-MN512-36 FM-MN512-36 FM-MN512-36 FM-MN512-36 FM-MN512-36
FM-MN616-36 FM-MN616-36 FM-MN616-36 FM-MN616-36 FM-MN616-36
FM-MN724-36 FM-MN724-36 FM-MN724-36 FM-MN724-36 FM -MN724-36

Warranty Attributes
The above extended coverage offerings can be purchased at any time during the warranty duration. Supplemental Service
commencement date is the same as warranty commencement date.
Digital honors the warranty worldwide where Digital maintains a direct service presence. For orders placed with ultimate
destination in a country where Digital has an indirect presence, warranty is not available except with the express written
consent of the country distributor, and when Digital provides parts, parts replacement and training. Contact Digital
Services for additional Warranty information.
AlphaStations are covered by a three (3) year warranty
• One (1) year hardware service 8am - 5pm, Monday through Friday, next business day response.
• Years two (2) and three (3) Return-To-Digital support for hardware.
• Ninety (90) days software advisory level telephone support, 8am-5pm, Monday through Friday, for Digital UNIX,
OpenVMS, Multimedia Services (MMS), Open 3D, and NAS purchased and shipped with the hardware.
• In the case of distributor shipments to end users, Digital AlphaStation options integrated with the base hardware system,
including graphics, storage disks, keyboards and mouse will be covered by the three (3) year warranty.
• Monitor are covered by a 3-year Customer Returnable Unit (CRU) warranty.
1.66 Alpha Workstations

AlphaStation Options
AlphaStation Service Options
500/266, 500/333
6005/266
500/400, 500/500
6005/333
FM-AF4HR-36 FM-PBXHW-36
FM-AFXHW-36 FM-PB4HR-36
FM-AF512-36
FM-PB512-36
FM-AF616-36
FM-PB616-36
FM-PB724-36
FM-AF724-36
FM-AFXHW -48 FM-PBXHW -48
FM-AF4HR-48 FM-PB4HR-48
FM-AF512-48
FM-PB512-48
FM-AF616-48
FM-PB616-48
FM-AF724-48
FM-PB724-48
FM-AFXHW-60 FM-PBXHW -60
FM-AF4HR-60 FM-PB4HR-60
FM-AF512-60
FM-PB512-60
FM-AF616-60
FM-PB616-60
FM-AF724-60
FM-PB724-60
500/266, 500/333
6005/266
500/400
6005/333
FM-M30SF-12 FM-PB6UX-12
FM-M3VMS-12 FM-PB6VM-12
FM-M3NTS-12 FM-PB6NT-12
FM-M30SF -36 FM-PB6UX-36
FM-M3VMS-36 FM-PB6VM-36
FM-M3NTS-36 FM-PB6NT -36
FM-M30SF -60 FM-PB6UX-60
FM-M3VMS-60 FM-PB6VM-60
FM-M3NTS-36 FM-PB6NT -60

Hardware Supplemental Services
Years 2 and 3,5 x 9, next day response time
Years 1 to 3, 5 x 9, 4 hour response time
Years 1 to 3, 5 x 12, 4 hour response time
Years 1 to 3, 6 x 16,4 hour response time
Years 1 to 3, 7 x 24, 4 hour response time
Years 2 to 4,5 x 9, next day response time
Years 1 to 4, 5 x 9, 4 hour response time
Years 1 to 4, 5 x 12, 4 hour response time
Years 1 to 4, 6 x 16, 4 hour response time
Years 1 to 4, 7 x 24, 4 hour response time
Year 2-5, 5x9, next day on site
Years 1 to 5, 5 x 9, 4 hour response time
Years 1 to 5, 5 x 12,4 hour response time
Years 1 to 5, 6 x 16,4 hour response time
Years 1 to 5, 7 x 24, 4 hour response time
Software Supplemental Services
12 Month

36 Month

60 Month

Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT

500/266, 500/333
6005/266
Monitor Supplemental Services
500/400
FM-MNXHW -36 FM-MNXHW-36 Years 2 and 3, 5 x 9, next day response time
FM-MN4HR-36 FM-MN4HR-36 Years 1 to 3, 5 x 9, 4 hour response time
FM-MN512-36 FM-MN512-36 Years 1 to 3, 5 x 12,4 hour response time
FM-MN616-36 FM-MN616-36 Years 1 to 3, 6 x 16,4 hour response time
FM-MN724-36 FM-MN724-36 Years 1 to 3, 7 x 24, 4 hour response time

Alpha Workstations

1.67

l-upna AL yersonaJ Workstation for Windows NT

t,,'····Alp6a.··•.··~L.··p,~~s:9iiaI.·•.•Wor~t3ti6n·.·.·for'WilldOWS· •. NT··.
Product Description

"",1

Alpha XL Personal Workstation for Windows NT family is targeted at the
rapidly expanding market of Windows NT based workstations. The 64-bit
Alpha microprocessors accommodate demanding technical applications such as
2D CAD and 3D CAD. New 3D graphics options significantly improve
productivity for demanding, floating point intensive, graphics applications, such
as MCAD, ECAD, GIS and animation.
Alpha XL Personal Workstation for Windows NT is available in three models:
• Alpha XL 300-Alpha microprocessor 21164 300 MHz CPU
• Alpha XL 366-Alpha microprocessor 21164366 MHz CPU
• Alpha XL 433 Upgrade-Alpha microprocessor 21164 433 MHz CPU
All variants support Windows NT V3.51, or later. The operating system is
factory installed on Alpha XL Advantage Configurations.
The system enclosure supports integral Fast narrow SCSI-2 controller with one
external port, two PCI slots, one PCIIISA combination slot, and two ISA slots
for industry standard options. Storage bays support one 5.25" half height CDROM, one 3.5" floppy diskette, one internal 3.5" bay for hard disk drive, and
two front accessible bays for S.2S-inch or 3.S-inch devices. Other standard
features include integrated network adapter, two serial and one bi-directional,
enhanced parallel ports for serial/parallel communications, and external SCSI
connectors.
Alpha XL models come standard with a three-year limited warranty. Year one
features on-site service; years two and three are return to Digital service. This
warranty represents one of the most comprehensive in the industry and includes
product lifetime toll-free technical assistance.

1.68 Alpha Workstation

Alpha XL Personal Workstation for Windows NT

Alpha XL ADVANTAGE CONFIGURATIONS
Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
Alpha XL Workstation

Resources Used

Alpha XL 300

Alpha XL 366

21164300 MHz

120 V U.S. North America

(a)

SN-A22AA-NM

SN-A23AA-NM

240 V Worldwide

(b)

SN-A22WW -CM
y

SN-A23WW-CM

CPU Alpha microprocessor

32MB

21164366 MHz
Memory

1 bank

1.44 MB Floppy disk drive

3.5" x 1" bay

600 MB 4 x SCSI CD-ROM

5.25" x 1.6" SCSI bay

Internal storage

3.5" x 1.6" SCSI bay

1.05 GB

Matrox Millennium 2D/3D graphics

1 PCI slot

Ethernet

Integrated on-board

Windows NT Operating System (c) Included in country kit
Remaining available resources
IIO Slots: PCIIISAlCombination

1 I 2/1

Memory banks

1 12/1
1

5.25" x 1.6" bays

1
2

3.5" x 1.6" bays

SCSI Devices
1. Color Monitors

(d) Select

IS" (l3.9" viewable) Color monitor
17" (16.0" viewable) Color monitor
21" (19.6" viewable) Color monitor
2. Additional Memory

Select

32MB

1 bank

64MB

1 bank

128MB

1 bank

3. Additional Hard Drives

0
0
0

SN-PCXBV-YA/YaID

0
0
0

SN-PC77M-AK

1.0 GB SCSI

1.6" bay
1.6" bay

4.3 GB SCSI

1.6" bay

4. Network Connection

Select

PCI EtherWORKS adapter

1 PCI slot

PCI 10/100 mb FastEthernet

1 PCI slot

SN-PCXAV-ZIVZC

SN-PCXBV-YA/YaID

0
0
0

SN-PC77M-AK

(e) Select

2.1 GB SCSI

SN-PCXAV-YWYC

0
0
0

SN-PC77M-AL
SN-PC77M-AM

SN-PCXRE-AB
SN-PCXAR-AY
SN-PCXAR-AZ

SN-PCXAV-ZIVZC

lor2

0
0
0

SN-PCXAV-YWYC

SN-PC77M-AL
SN-PC77M-AM
lor 2

0
0
0

SN-PCXRE-AB
SN-PCXAR-AY
SN-PCXAR-AZ

Integrated

DE500-XA

5. Country Kits include keyboard, 3-button mouse, power cord, Windows NT media and license, Alpha XL User Guide
120V system

(a)

240V system

(b) See Options list

SN-PCAIN-xx

6. Additional Options: See Alpha XL Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options
(a) 120 V U.S. North America systems include country kit (SNPCAIN-AA) with keyboard, 3-button mouse, power cord,
Windows NT media and license, and Alpha XL User Guide.
(b) Country kit ordered for 240 V Worldwide systems determines
language variant of Windows NT and user documentation. See
Options list.
(c) Windows NT is factory-installed on all Advantage Systems.

(d) Monitors include video cable and 120 V power cord, order
country-specific power cord for 240 V use. See Option List.
(e) Integrated Fast SCSI-2 controller supports up to seven internal
and external SCSI devices. For more than seven, a second PCI
Fast SCSI-2 controller is required. See Options List.
(f) Network options (DE450, DE500) ordered for Europe,
Australia, and New Zealand are not factory integrated, options
ship as spares.

Alpha Workstations

1.69

1\.Jpna XL Yersonal Workstation for Windows NT

Y =in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
Alpha XL Workstation

Resources Used

Alpha XL 300

SN-A22AA-AH

SN-A22AA-AJ

120 V U.S. North America

(a)

SN-A22AA-AG

240 V Worldwide

(b)

SN-A22WW-AG

SN-A22WW-AH

SN-A22WW-AJ

CPU Alpha microprocessor

21164300 MHz

Memory

1 bank

32 MB

64 MB

128 MB

1.44 MB Floppy disk drive

3.5" x I" disk bay

600 MB 4 x SCSI CD-ROM

5.25" x 1.6" SCSI bay

Ethernet

Integrated on-board

Windows NT Operating System

Included in country kit Y

Remaining available resources

VO Slots: PCUISNCombination
Memory banks
5.25" x 1.6" bays
3.5" x 1.6" bays
SCSI Devices

1. Color Monitors

IS" (13.9" viewable) Color monitor

2/2/1

0 SN-PCXBV-YA/YmD 0 SN-PCXBV-YA/YaID 0 SN-PCXBV-YA/YCJrn
0 SN-PCXAV-YM'C 0 SN-PCXAV-YB'\'C 0 SN-PCXAV-YM'C
0 SN-PCXAV-ZIVZC 0 SN-PCXAV-ZIVZC 0 SN-PCXAV-ZWZC

17" (16.0" viewable) Color monitor
21" (19.6" viewable) Color monitor
2. Additional Memory Options

Select

I I

32MB

1 bank
1 bank
1 bank

0
0
0

SN-PC77M-AK

128MB

0
0
0

SN-PC77M-AK

64MB
3. Additional Hard Drives

2/2/1

(d) Select

1.0 GB SCSI

1.6" bay

2.1 GB SCSI

1.6" bay

4.3 GB SCSI

1.6" bay

SN-PC77M-AL
SN-PC77M-AM

1,2 or 3

0
0
0

SN-PCXRE-AB
SN-PCXAR-AY
SN-PCXAR-AZ

0
0
0

1,2 or 3

0
0
0

SN-PCXRE-AB
SN-PCXAR-AY
SN-PCXAR-AZ

SN-PC77M-AK
SN-PC77M-AL
SN-PC77M-AM
1,2 or 3

0
0
0

SN-PCXRE-AB
SN-PCXAR-AY
SN-PCXAR-AZ

4. Country Kits includes keyboard, 3-button mouse, power cord, Windows NT media and license, and Alpha XL User Guide
120V system

(a)

240V system

(b) See Options List

SN-PCA1N-xx

S. Graphics Accelerator

Select

Matrox Millennium 2D/3D Graphics 1 PCI slot

SN-PCXAG-AQ

PowerStorm 4D20 3D, 16MB

SN-PBXGB-CN

PowerStorm 4D40T 3D, 16 MB
PowerStorm 4D50T 3D, 16 MB
PowerStorm 4D60T 3D, 32 MB
Digital ZLXp-LI 3D, 16MB
Digital ZLXp-L2 3D, 32MB
AccelGraphics AG300 3D

0
0
1 PCI slot
0
1 PCI slot
0
1 PCI slot
0
1 PCI slot
0
1 PCI slot
0
1 PCI slot & 1 ISA slot 0
1 PCI slot

SN-PBXGI-AA
SN-PBXGI-AB
SN-PBXGI-AC
SN-PBXGC-AN
SN-PBXGC-BN
SN-PCXAG-AU

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

SN-PCXAG-AQ
SN-PBXGB-CN
SN-PBXGI-AA
SN-PBXGI-AB
SN-PBXGI-AC
SN-PBXGC-AN
SN-PBXGC-BN
SN-PCXAG-AU

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

SN-PCXAG-AQ
SN-PBXGB-CN
SN-PBXGI-AA
SN-PBXGI-AB
SN-PBXGI-AC
SN-PBXGC-AN
SN-PBXGC-BN
SN-PCXAG-AU

6. Additional Options: See Alpha XL Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options
(a) 120 V U.S. North America systems include country kit (SNPCAIN-AA) with keyboard, 3-button mouse, power cord,
Windows NT media and license, and Alpha XL User Guide.
(b) Country Kit ordered for 240 V Worldwide systems determines
language variant of Windows NT and user documentation. See
Options List.

1.70 Alpha Workstations

(c) Monitors include video cable and 120 V power cord, order
country-specific power cord for 240 V use. See Options List.
(d) Integrated Fast SCSI-2 controller supports up to seven internal
and external SCSI devices. For more than seven, a second PCI
Fast SCSI-2 controller is required. See Options List.

Alpha XL Personal Workstation for Windows NT

Alpha XL 366 BASE SYSTEMS
Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option
Alpha XL Workstation

Resources Used

Alpha XL 366

120 V U.S. North America

(a)

SN-A23AA-AG

SN-A23AA-AH

SN-A23AA-AJ

240 V Worldwide

(b)

SN-A23WW -AG

SN-A23WW -AH

SN-A23WW-AJ

CPU Alpha microprocessor

21164366 MHz

Memory

1 bank

1.44 MB Floppy disk drive

3.5" x I" disk bay

32 MB

64 MB

128 MB

Y
Y

600 MB 4 x SCSI CD-ROM

5.25" x 1.6" SCSI bay

Ethernet

Integrated on-board

Windows NT Operating System

Included in country kit Y

Remaining available resources

2/2/1

Memory banks

5.25" x 1.6" bays

3.5" x 1.6" bays

110 Slots: PCIIISNCombination

SCSI Devices
1. Color Monitors

o SN-PCXBV-YNYmD 0 SN-PCXBV-YNYmD 0 SN-PCXBV-YNYanJ

15" (13.9" viewable) Color monitor
17" (16.0" viewable) Color monitor

SN-PCXAV-YB'YC 0

21" (19.6" viewable) Color monitor

SN-PCXAV-ZWLC

2. Additional Memory Options

Select

SN-PCXAV-YBJYC 0

SN-PCXAV-YBJYC

SN-PCXAV-ZWZC

32MB

1 bank

SN-PC77M-AL

0
0

SN-PC77M-AK

1 bank

0
0

SN-PC77M-AK

64MB
128MB

1 bank

SN-PC77M-AM

3. Additional Hard Drives

(d) Select

SN-PC77M-AL

1,2 or 3

0
0
0

1,2 or 3

SN-PC77M-AK
SN-PC77M-AL
SN-PC77M-AM
1,2 or 3

1.0 GB SCSI

1.6" bay

2.1 GB SCSI

1.6" bay

0
0

SN-PCXAR-AY

0
0

SN-PCXAR-AY

0
0

SN-PCXAR-AY

4.3 GB SCSI

1.6" bay

SN-PCXAR-AZ

SN-PCXRE-AB

5. Country Kit includes keyboard, 3-button mouse, power cord, Windows NT media and license, and Alpha XL User Guide
120V system

(a)

240V system

(b) See Options List

SN-PCA1N-xx

SN-PCXAG-AQ

SN-PBXGI-AA

0
0
0

SN-PBXGI-AB

SN-PBXGI-AC

SN-PCXAG-AU

0
0
0
0

5. Graphics Accelerator

Select

Matrox Millennium 2D/3D Graphics 1 PCI slot

PowerStorm 4D20 3D, 16MB

1 PCI slot

PowerStorm 4D40T 3D, 16 MB

1 PCI slot

0
0
0

PowerStorm 4D50T 3D, 16 MB

1 PCI slot

SN-PBXGI-AB

PowerStorm 4D60T 3D, 32 MB

1 PCI slot

SN-PBXGI-AC

Digital ZLXp-LI 3D, 16MB

1 PCI slot

SN-PBXGC-AN

Digital ZLXp-L2 3D, 32MB

1 PCI slot

0
0
0

SN-PBXGC-BN

0
0
0
0
0
0
0

AccelGraphics AG300 3D

1 PCI slot & lISA slot 0

SN-PCXAG-AU

SN-PBXGB-CN
SN-PBXGI-AA

SN-PBXGB-CN

SN-PBXGC-AN
SN-PBXGC-BN

1
SN-PBXGB-CN
SN-PBXGI-AA

SN-PBXGC-AN
SN-PBXGC-BN
SN-PCXAG-AU

6. Additional Options: See Alpha XL Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options
(a) 120 V U.S. North America systems include country kit (SNPCAIN-AA) with keyboard, 3-button mouse, power cord,
Windows NT media and license, and Alpha XL User Guide.
(b) Country Kit ordered for 240 V Worldwide systems determines
language variant of Windows NT and user documentation. See
Options List.

Alpha Workstations

1.71

Alpna AL yersonal Workstation for Windows NT

~·.·.·:.:

,.,."'<

:..·:":: . ~:;,.

;·:•. •.•·.:·:.·:•'·::·l

Specifications
Height
Width
Depth

Color Monitors

43 cm (17 inches)
18 mm (7 inches)
43 mm (17 inches)

Description

SN-PCXBV-YA/YCIID 15" (13.9" viewable) high-resolution auto-scanning color monitor, flat-square invar CRT, 0.28 dot pitch,
refresh rates up to 75Hz non-interlaced from VGA through 1024x768 resolution modes, MPRII, Energy Star
compliant, 120/240V universal power supply, includes video cable. Select -YA for Northern Hemisphere
operation, variant includes 120V North American power cord. Select -TD for Northern HemispherelEurope,
and -YC for Southern Hemisphere operation. -TD and -YC variants require country specific power cords for
240V use.
17" (16.0" viewable) high-resolution auto-scanning color monitor, cylindrical aperature grill CRT, 0.26 dot
SN-PCXAV-YBlYC
~itch, refresh rates up to 75Hz non-interlaced from VGA through 1280x1024 resolution modes, MPRII,
IEnergy Star compliant, 120/240V universal power supply, includes video cable. Select -YB for Northern
Hemisphere, or -YC for Southern Hemisphere operation. Order country-specific power cords for 240V use.
SN-PCXAV-ZBfZC
21" (19.6" viewable) high-resolution auto-scanning color monitor, cylindrical aperature grill CRT, 0.31 dot
pitch, refresh rates up to 75Hz non-interlaced from VGA through 1280x1024 resolution modes, MPRII,
Energy Star compliant, 120/240V universal power supply, includes video cable. Select -ZB for Northern
Hemisphere, or -ZC for Southern Hemisphere operation. Order country specific power cords for 240V use.
Monitor Power Cords
BN22X-2E
BN19H-2E
BN19K-2E
BN18L-2E
BN24X-2E
BN19P-IK
BN03A-2E
BN19E-2E
BN26D-2E

Africa, India
Australia, New,Zealand
Denmark
Israel
Italy
North America
Other Europe
Switzerland
UK, Ireland

Graphics Options

Slots Required

SN-PCXAG-AQ
SN-PBXGB-CN

1 PCI slot
1 PCI slot

SN-PBXGI-AA

1 PCI slot

SN-PBXGI-AB

1 PCI slot

SN-PBXGI-AC

1 PCI slot

~escription

Matrox Millennium PCI 2D/3D adapter, 2 MB WRAM
PowerStorm 4D20 3D 24-plane double buffered PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer,
16MB VRAM
PowerStorm 4D40T Advanced 3D graphics accelerator with 16 MB video memory, 1280 x
1024 resolution, 24 bit true color, double buffered, 24 bit Z-buffer, hardware accelerated 3[
shading and texture mapping.
PowerStorm 4D50T Advanced 3D graphics accelerator with enhanced performance,
16 MB video memory, 1280 x 1024 resolution, 24 bit true color, double buffered, 24 bit Z[buffer, hardware accelerated 3D shading and texture mapping.
PowerStorm 4D60T Advanced 3D Graphics accelerator with enhanced performance,
32 MB video memory, 1600 x 1280 resolution, 24 bit true color, double buffered 32 bit Z
~uffer, hardware accelerated 3D shading and texture mapping.

SN-PBXGI-GA

4 MB Texture Memory Module. Supports hardware accelerated texture mapping on
PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T graphics accelerators.

SN-PBXGI-GB

16 MB Texture Memory Module. Supports hardware accelerated texture mapping on
PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T graphics accelerators.

SN-PBXGI-GC

32 MB Texture Memory Module. Supports hardware accelerated texture mapping on
PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T Graphics Accelerators.

1.72 Alpha Workstations

Alpha XL Personal Workstation for Windows NT

Alpha XL Workstation Options (continued)
Description

Graphics Options

Slots Required

SN·PCXAG·AU
SN·PBXGC·AN

1 PCI and lISA AccelGraphics AG300 PCI 3D adapter, 7.5 MB RAM
ZLXp-LI 3D 24-plane double buffered PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer, 16 MB
1 PCI slot
VRAM
ZLXp-L2 3D 24-plane double buffered PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer, 32 MB
1 PCI slot
VRAM
2 MB WRAM upgrade for Matrox Millennium adapter
6 MB WRAM upgrade for Matrox Millennium adapter

SN·PBXGC·BN
SN·PCCAM·CA
SN·PCCAM·CB

SN·PC77M·AK
SN·PC77M·AL
SN·PC77M·AM

Slots Required
1 slot
1 slot
1 slot

Description
32 MB (4 x 8 MB 70 ns SIMMs, 36-bit)
64 MB (4 x 16 MB 70 ns SIMMs, 36-bit)
128 MB (4 x 32 MB 70 ns SIMMs, 36-bit)

Storage Controller

Slots Required

IDescription
IPCI-based Fast Narrow Single Ended (FNSE) SCSI-2 controller

Memory

KZPAA·AA
Storage
SN·PCXRE·AB
SN·PCXAR·AY
SN·PCXAR·AZ
SN·PCXAT·AF

1 PCI slot

II
II

Slots Required
Description
1.6" bay
1.05 Gbyte 3.5" x I" hard disk drive 5400 RPM
1.6" bay
2.0 Gbyte 3.5" x 1.6", hard disk drive 7200 RPM
1.6" bay
4.0 Gbyte 3.5" x 1.6", hard disk drive 7200 RPM
5.25 x 1.6" bay ~.0/8.0 Gbyte 5.25" half-height 4mm SCSI DAT drive

Networks and Communications
DE4S0·CA

1 PCI slot

DESOO·XA
SN·PCXHF·AA

1 PCI slot
lISA slot

High-performance Ethernet. Select
BNE4G-02 for AUI
BN26K-xx for 10BaseT (twisted pair)
BCI6M-xx for ThinWire
10/100mbs Fast Ethernet
ISA Fax/Data Modem 28.8 baud

User Documentation
EK·ALXLA·UG
EK·ALXLF·UG
EK·ALXLG·UG
EK·ALXLJ·UG
EK·ALXLS·UG
EK·ALXLA·CG
EK·ALXLA·WI

Alpha XL User's Guide (English)
Alpha XL User's Guide (French)
Alpha XL User's Guide (Gennan)
Alpha XL User's Guide (Japanese)
Alpha XL User's Guide (Spanish)
Alpha XL CPU Guide
Alpha XL Warranty and Service Infonnation

Hardware Supplemental Services
FM·PCXHW·36
FM·PC4HR·12
FM·PC4HR·36
FM·PC724·12
FM·PC724·36

Years 2 and 3,5 x 9, Next day response time
Year 1, 5 x 9, 4 Hour Response time
Years 1 to 3, 5 x 9, 4 Hour Response time
Year 1, 7 x 24,4 Hour Response time
Years 1 to 3, 7 x 24, 4 Hour Response time

Software Supplemental Services
FM·PCXSW·12
FM·PCXSW·24
FM·PCXSW·36

12 Month Software Supplemental Support Services
36 Month Software Supplemental Support Services
60 Month Software Supplemental Support Services

Alpha Workstations

1.73

u. ..I" .... u

.L1.LJ.I.

~.I.~UJlUl nurKSlauon lor WIndows NT

CPU Upgrades
From

SN-A230U-AA

Alpha XL 233
Alpha XL 366
Alpha XL 266
Celebris XL 5100,5120,
5133,6150,6180,6200

366 MHz CPU and motherboard upgrade kit

SN-A230U-AB

Alpha XL 300
Alpha XL 366
Alpha XL 233, 266, 300 Alpha XL 433
Celebris XL 5100,5120,
5133,6150,6180,6200

366 MHz CPU upgrade kit
433 MHz CPU and motherboard upgrade kit

Alpha XL 366
Alpha XL 433
Celebris XL 5100,5120,
5133,6150,6180,6200

433 MHz CPU upgrade kit

SN-A2S0U-AA

SN-A2S0U-AB

1.74 Alpha Workstations

Includes

Order Number

Alpha XL Personal Workstation for Windows NT

Alpha XL Workstation Options
Alpha XL Country Kits
Note: Country Kit must be order for system to be operational. Windows NT Country Kit includes: country keyboard and power cord,
3-button mouse, user documentation, and Windows NT operating system license and media. Availability of local language Windows
NT is dependent upon Microsoft's release schedule.
Order Number

Area

Power Cord

Keyboard

Country

SN·PCAIN·AA
SN·PCAIN·AB
SN·PCAIN·AC
SN·PCAIN·AD
SN·PCAIN·AE
SN·PCAIN·AF
SN·PCAIN·AG
SN·PCAIN·AH
SN·PCAIN·AI
SN·PCAIN·AJ
SN·PCAIN-AK
SN·PCAIN·AL
SN·PCAIN·AM
SN·PCAIN·AN
SN·PCAIN·AP
SN-PCAIN-AQ
SN·PCAIN·AS
SN-PCAIN·AT
SN·PCAIN·AV
SN·PCAIN·AZ
SN·PCAIN·BH
SN·PCAIN·BI
SN·PCAIN·BK
SN·PCAIN·BL
SN·PCAIN·BP
SN·PCAIN·BQ
SN·PCAIN-BR
SN·PCAIN·BT
SN·PCAIN·BU
SN-PCAIN·BY
SN·PCAIN·CA
SN·PCAIN-CE
SN·PCAIN·CG
SN·PCAIN·CP
SN·PCAIN·CQ
SN·PCAIN-CS
SN·PCAIN-CV
SN·PCAIN-CZ
SN·PCAIN·EC

America
Europe
America
Europe
Europe
Europe
Europe
Europe
Europe
APA
Europe
Europe
Europe
Europe
Europe
America
Europe
Europe
Europe
APA
Europe
APA
APA
Europe
Europe
Europe
Europe
Europe
Europe
Europe
APA
APA
APA
APA
Europe
America
APA
Europe
Europe

PC7XC·AA
BN19C·2E
PC7XC-AA
BN19K·2E
BN19A·2E
BN19C·2E
BN19C·2E
BN19C·2E
BN19C·2E
PC7XC·AA
BN24T·2E
BN24T·2E
BN19C·2E
BN19C·2E
BN19C·2E
PC7XC·AA
BN19C·2E
BN18L·2E
BN19C·2E
BN19H-2E
BN19C·2E
PC7XC·AA
BN19C·2E
BN19C·2E
BN19C·2E
BN19C·2E
BN19C-2E
BN19C·2E
BN19C·2E
BN19C·2E
PC7XC·AE
PC7XC·AA
BN19C·2E
BN19C·2E
BN19C·2E
PC7XC·AA
BN19A·2E
BN19C·2E
BN19C·2E

PCXLA·GA
PCXLA·GB
PCXLA·GC
PCXLA-GD
PCXLA-GE
PCXLA·GF
PCXLA-GG
PCXLA·GH
PCXLA-GI
PCXJA·NA
PCXLA·GK
PCXLA-GL
PCXLA-GF
PCXLA·GN
PCXLA·GP
PCXAL·TB
PCXLA-GS
PCXLA·GT
PCXLA·GV
PCXLA·GA
PCXLA·HH
PCXLA·HI
PCXLA·HK
PCXLA·HL
PCXLA·GA
PCXLA·HQ
PCXLA·HR
PCXLA·HT
PCXLA·HU
PCXLA·HY
PCXLA·GA
PCXLA-GA
PCXLA·GA
PCXLA-GA
PCXLA·JQ
PCXLA·GR
PCXLA·GA
PCXLA·JZ
PCXLA·GA

U.S.
English
Belgium
Flemish
Canada
French
Denmark
Danish
U.K.lIreland
English
Swami
Finland
Germany / Austria
German
Holland
Dutch
Italy
Italian
Japan
~apanese
Switzerland
French
Switzerland
German
Sweden
Swedish
Norway
Norwegian
France/Belgium
French
Canada
French
Spain
Spanish
Israel
Hebrew
Portugal
Portuguese
AustralialNewZealand English
Greece
Greek
Tiawanese
Taiwan
Korea
Korean
Romania
Romanian
Poland
Polish
Hungary
Hugararian
Arabic
English
Russia
Russian
Turkey
Turkish
Serbia
Serbian
Far East
English
Phillipines
Filipino
Vietnam
Vietnamese
Thailand
Thai
Iceland
Icelandic
Latin America
Spanish
China
English
Czechoslavakia
Slovak
Europe
English

Keyboard
Language

Windows NT User
Language
Documentatior
English
French
French
Danish
English
Finish
German
Dutch
Italian
Japanese
French
German
English
English
French
French
English
English
Portuguese
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
Spanish
English
English
English

English
French
French
English
English
English
German
English
Italian
Japanese
French
German
English
English
French
French
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
Spanish
English
English
English

Alpha Workstations

1.75

AlphaServer 400

AlphaServer 400
Product Description

The AlphaServer 400 Mini Tower System is an Alpha microprocessor 233 MHz
CPU system. This highly reliable product offers many server specific features,
including management and security, with remote management possible via a
simple serial link. For investment protection, customers get a choice of three
popular operating systems: Digital UNIX (V3.2C), OpenVMS (V6.2) and
Microsoft Windows NT Server (V3.51). The product also has been designed to
allow for future, seamless upgrades to faster Alpha processors.
The server supports up to 384 MB of industry-standard SIMM memory and has
an integrated Fast Narrow SCSI-2 controller. The system enclosure supports five
storage devices including a floppy diskette drive, CD-ROM, and hard drives. Six
industry standard 110 expansion slots (two PCI, three ISA, and one PCIIISA slot
provide for options such as high-performance graphics, networking and SCSI
adapters.
Advanced server management features are provided with all AlphaServer 1000A
shipments via the bundled ServerWORKS Manager kit. The kit includes Simple
Network Management Protocol (SNMP) agents for Windows NT 3.51 and
Digital UNIX V3.2D. The SNMP agents for OpenVMS will be available with
the next release of TCPIIP Services for OpenVMS. The management console
software runs on a Windows PC and the SNMP agents are installed on the
AlphaServer. The SNMP agents collect critical server information including
system status, 110 information, storage and disk information and network status
information. Thresholds can be set to monitor key server events and alarms are
forwarded to the ServerWORKS console. Additionally, remote management can
be handled via a simple serial link.
All AlphaServer 400 systems come with a three year on-site warranty. Digital's
ADVANTAGE-UPGRADE Program provides a cost-effective upgrade path for
investment protection.

Alpha Servers 2.1

AlphaServer 400

Step l-Systems
• Digital UNIX and OpenVMS Packaged and Base systems ordered with one 1.05 GB disk include factory-installed
software (PIS).
• Windows NT Packaged and Base systems include Windows NT Server 3.51 plus 5-client media (CD-ROM) and license
in shrink-wrapped package.
• Options that are factory installable, will be installed unless specified as spares.
AlphaServer 400 Systems include
• Alpha microprocessor 21064A 233-MHz CPU
• 512-Kbyte onboard secondary cache
• Mini tower enclosure which includes:
- Six expansion slots: 2 PCI, 3 ISA, and 1 PCIIISA
combination slot
- Integrated PCI-based Fast Narrow SCSI-2 controller
with DMA and external SCSI-2 connector
- Six SIMM memory slots
- Five storage slots, including:
One dedicated diskette drive slot,
Three 5.25-inch slots for removable media or hard
disk drives, and
One interna13.5-inch hard disk drive slot
300-Watt power supply
- Two serial ports, support full duplex asynchronous
modem control
- One bi-directional enhanced parallel port

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•

- PS/2 style keyboard port and mouse port
32 MB of memory (Packaged systems only)
1.44 MB diskette drive in dedicated slot
High-performance Ethernet adapter-uses one PCI slot
(included in Packaged systems only)
3-button mouse
Hardware documentation (Americas and AP orders only)
Hardware Warranty: Three-year on-site*
Software Warranty: 90-day SPD conformance with
advisory telephone support*
Windows NT Server plus 5-client access, V3.51 media
kit or
Digital UNIX 2-user base license and Digital NAS Base
Server 200 license, and Server Extension License or
OpenVMS base license with System Manager license
and Digital NAS Base Server 200 license

* Service upgrades are available; see Step 11, Hardware and Software Supplemental Services.
Packaged Systems
• Packaged systems ordered in the Americas and Asia
Pacific (AP) include 120 V power cord packaged with
keyboard, and English hardware documentation.
• Select country-specific power cord, keyboard and
hardware documentation for all Packaged systems
ordered in Europe.
Order Number

Operating System

Memory

PBS23·AAJAB
PBS24·AAJAB
PBS2S·AAJAB

Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT Server

32MB
32MB
32MB

Note: xA = 120V and xB = 240V

2.2 Alpha Servers

• All Packaged systems include high-performance PCIbased Ethernet adapter-uses one PCI slot
• Windows NT Packaged systems include entry level
graphics (PB2GA) 1280 x 1024 x 256 colors, 72 Hzuses one PCI slot

1.05 GB
Monitor
Graphics
Hard Drive
Recommended Recommended Included
Recommended Recommended Included
Required
Included
Included

600MB
CD-ROM
Included
Included
Included

Ethernet
Included
Included
Included

AlphaServer 400

Step 1-Systems (continued)
Base Systems
• Digital UNIX and OpenVMS Base systems require:
- Minimum of 32 MB memory
- One hard disk drive
- Country-specific power cord

• Windows NT base systems require:
- Minimum of 32 MB memory
- One hard disk drive, one CD-ROM Drive
- Graphics Option
- Monitor and keyboard
- Country-specific power cord
• Graphics option, monitor, and keyboard for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS base systems are available as options if
required
Note:Mandatory items must be on purchase order at initial order acceptance.
Order
Number
PB51C-AA
PB51C-BA
PB51C-CA

1.05 GB
600 MB
Operating System
Memory
Graphics
Monitor
Hard Drive
CD-ROM
Ethernet
Digital UNIX
Mandatory Recommended Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended
OpenVMS
Mandatory Recommended Recommended Mandatory Recommended
Optional
Windows NT Server Mandatory
Required
Required
Mandatory
Mandatory
Optional

Step 2-Memory
• Six SIMM slots support 3 memory options (3 SIMM pairs) for maximum of 384 MB. Memory pairs can be mixed.
• Packaged systems include 32 MB memory, one MSPOI-AC. Base systems require minimum of 32 MB
• System maximum of 384 MB can only be obtained by starting with Base system and three MSPOI-AE 128 MB memory
options.
MSPOI-AA
MSPOI-AB
MSPOI-AC
MSPOI-AD
MSPOI-AE
DJ-ML200-AA

8 MB (2 x 4 MB 70ns SIMMs)
16 MB (2 x 8 MB 70ns SIMMs)
32 MB (2 x 16 MB 70ns SIMMs)
64 MB (2 x 32 MB 70ns SIMMs)
128 MB (2 x 64 MB 70ns SIMMs)
PCI-based 2-MB PrestoServe I/O Performance Enhancement Option; 1 per system only.

Step 3-Monitors
• Windows NT Packaged systems include video adapter that support 1024 x 768 and 1280 x 1024 resolution, 72 Hz
monitors. Systems require a graphics monitor to run all functions.
VRC15-KAlK4
15" (13.9" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Flat-square
CRT with 0.28 mm dot pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from
VGA to 1024 x 768 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant.
120/240V universal power supply. Includes 1.4 meter HD15 male to male video cable. Select -KA for
Northern Hemisphere or -K4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -KA
includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -KA and -K4 must be ordered separately.
VRT17-PAlP4

VRC21-LAlL4

21" (19.6" viewable image size) ultra high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure.
Diamondtron aperture grille CRT with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static
coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1600 x 1200 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. On Screen display
(OSD). Stereo viewing compatible. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 120/240V
universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. Select -LA for Northern
Hemisphere, or -L4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -LA includes
120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -LA and -L4 must be ordered separately.
Alpha Servers 2.3

AlphaServer 400

Step 4-Storage
• Select storage devices if required.
• Integrated Fast Narrow SCSI-2 controller supports maximum of seven narrow devices, four of which may be internal.
• Maximum Integrated SCSI bus length cannot exceed 3.0 meters.

Step 4a-Internal Storage
• System enclosure supports five narrow SCSI storage
devices: One dedicated diskette drive slot, three front
accessible 5.25-inch slots for removable media (tapes or
CD-ROM) or hard drives, and one internal 3.5-inch hard
drive slot. See system diagram.
• Packaged systems include: one 1.44 MB diskette drive,
one 1.05 GB narrow SCSI hard drive, and one CD-ROM.

•
•
•
•

Base systems include one 1.44 MB diskette drive.
Base systems require a minimum of one hard disk drive.
Windows NT Base systems require one CD-ROM drive.
Software distribution is only available on CD-ROM.

Removable Media Devices
PBXRD-CA
PBXTZ·AA
PBXTL·DA

600 MB 5.2S-inch half-height dual-speed CD-ROM drive (RRD45)
2.0 MB 5.2S-inch half-height QIC tape drive (TZKll)
8.0 MB 5.2S-inch half-height 4-mm DAT drive (TLZ09)

Internally Supported Hard Drives
PBXRZ·BB
PBXRZ·EB
PBXRZ·HB
PBXRZ·JB
PBXRZ·NA

540 MB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.S x I" SCSI hard disk drive (RZ25F-E)
1.05 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive (RZ26N-E)
2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive (RZ28M-E)
2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.S xl" SCSI disk drive (RZ28D-E)
4.3 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" SCSI hard disk drive (RZ29B-E)

Note: Wide drives installed in system enclosure require a wide SCSI controller and BC25V-IA cable.
PBXR'V·EA
PBXRW·EB
PBXRW·HB
PBXRW·JB
PBXRW·NA

LOS GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" half-height disk drive (RZ26L-W)
1.05 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" half-height disk drive (RZ26N-W)
2.1 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI disk drive (RZ28M-W)
2.1 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI disk drive (RZ28D-W)
4.3 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 X 1.6" SCSI disk drive (RZ29B-W

Step 4b-External Expansion
• Systems support three external devices on integrated
PCI-based Fast Narrow SCSI-2 controller when four
devices are installed in system enclosure.
• Seven external narrow SCSI devices are supported on
integrated Fast Narrow SCSI-2 controller if storage
devices are not installed in system enclosure.
• Select additional PCI-based wide or narrow SCSI-2
controllers if additional external storage is required.

• System supports a maximum of three PCI-based SCSI-2
controllers (Note: Packaged systems have only two PCI
slots available, due to embedded PCI-based Ethernet
controller.)
• PCI-based SCSI-2 controllers supports 7 additional
external devices.

Controllers
KZPAA·AA
BN21H·xx
KZPSA·BB
BN21K·Ol

2.4

Alpha Servers

PCI-based one-port high-performance Fast Narrow Single Ended (FNSE) SCSI-2 controller
Connects from KZPAA-AA to BA353 narrow storage enclosure
PCI-based one-port high-performance Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI controller. Supports
external disks only.
Connects from KZPSA to DWZZA-V A in narrow BA353, or DWZZB-VW in wide BA356IBA346
storage enclosure

AlphaServer 400

Step 4b-External Expansion (continued)
Controllers
KZPSC-AA*
BN31S-1E
BN31L-IE
KZPSC-BA*
BN31K-OE
BN31S-1E
BN31L-IE
KZPSM-AA
BC25V-IA
BN21K-xx
KFPSA-AA

One-port PCI backplane RAID Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) controller; includes StorageWorks
RAID Array 230 Subsystem family software and documentation kit. Supports external disks only.
Connects from KZPSC-AA to BA346IBA356 wide storage enclosure
Connects from KZPSC-AA to BA353 narrow storage enclosure
Three-port PCI backplane RAID (FWSE) controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230
Subsystem family software and documentation kit. Supports external disks only.
SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit for KZPSC-BA; required for connection to third port; uses one
PCI bulkhead slot
Connects from KZPSC-BA to BA346IBA356 wide storage enclosures
Connects from KZPSC-BA to BA353 narrow storage enclosure
PCI-based SCSI Ethernet combination controller. (FWSE) SCSI controller, 10 Mbit Ethernet
SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit for KZPSM-AA; connects from KZPSM-AA to bulkhead for
external storage; requires BN21K-xx
Connects from KZPSM-AA to bulkhead assembly kit to BA346IBA356 wide storage enclosure
PCI-based single-DSSI controller (OpenVMS systems only). See Step 4d DSSI cables.

* See Storage Devices for additional information on StorageWorks RAID Array 230 systems.
External Tabletop Tape Expansion
• Tabletop expansion units include North American power cord; order country-specific power cord for 240 V use.
• Each tabletop expansion unit requires 3-foot SCSI cable (BC09D-03)
TLZ09-DA
RRD45-FA

8.0 GB 5.25-inch half-height 4 mm DAT tape drive
600 MB 5.25-inch half-height quad-speed CD-ROM

External Disk Expansion
• BA353 expansion units are supported on wide and narrow SCSI controllers. Devices operate in narrow mode when
BA353 is connected to a Fast Wide SCSI controller.
• BA356 and BA346 expansion units are supported on Fast Wide SCSI controllers.
StorageWorks Modular Storage Options
BA353-AA
BA356-KC

BA346-KB

DWZZA-VA
DWZZB-VW

StorageWorks 8-bit Narrow Desktop expansion unit includes enclosure and 120 V power cord.
Supports up to three 3.5" narrow hard disk drives. Not supported with RAID controllers.
StorageWorks 16-bit Wide Pedestal expansion unit includes BA356 basic shelf, BA35X-HA universal
ac power supply, pedestal mounting kit, and 120 V power cord. Supports up to seven 3.5" wide or
narrow drives; narrow drives operate in narrow mode.
StorageWorks 16-bit Wide Pedestal expansion unit includes BA356 basic shelf, BA35X-HA universal
ac power supply, pedestal mounting kit, and 120 V power cord. Supports up to nine devices, two 5.25"
narrow and seven 3.5" wide or narrow drives; narrow drives operate in narrow mode.
Bi-directional SCSI signal converter and bus extender kit. 16 bit Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 on one
end and 8 bit Fast Narrow Single-Ended SCSI-2 on other end.
Bi-directional SCSI signal converter and bus extender kit. 16 bit Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 on one
end and 8 or 16 bit Fast Wide or Fast Narrow Single-Ended SCSI-2 on other end.

Externally supported SCSI devices
SCSI devices may be purchased separately and are customer installable.
RZ26N-VA
RZ28M-VA
RZ28D-VA
RZ29B-VA

1.05 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive
2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 xl" SCSI hard disk drive
2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI disk drive
4.3 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" SCSI hard disk drive

Alpha Servers 2.5

AIphaServer 400

Step 4b-ExternaI Expansion (continued)
Externally supported SCSI devices
RZ26N-VW
RZ2SM-VW
RZ2SD-VW
RZ29B-VW
RRD4S-VA
RRD4S-VV*

1.05 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" half-height disk drive
2.1 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI disk drive
2.1 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1;; SCSI disk drive
4.3 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 X 1.6" SCSI disk drive
600 MB 5.25-inch half-height compact disk drive
600 MB 5.25-inch half-height compact disk drive
I

* 600 MB CD-ROM drive can be added to RRD45-VA or TZKll-VA for a total of two 5.25-inch drives in one carrier.

Step 5-Graphics Adapters and Multimedia Options
Windows NT systems include entry-level (PB2GA-JB) graphics adapter.
Order Number
PBXGA-AA 1
PBXGA-BA1
PBXGA-CA1
PBXGA-AN2
PBXGA-BN2
PBXGA-CN2
PB2GA-JB

Description
ZLXp-EI 8-plane, PCI graphics accelerator,
2 Mpixels, 1280 x 1024 x 256 colors, 72 Hz
ZLXp-E2 24-plane, PCI graphics accelerator.
2 Mpixels, 1280 x 1024 x 256 colors, 72 Hz
ZLXp-E3 24-plane, PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer,
4 Mpixels, 1280 x 1024 x 256 colors, 72 Hz
ZLXp-EI 8-plane, PCI graphics accelerator,
2 Mpixels, 1280 x 1024 x 256 colors, 72 Hz
ZLXp-E2 24-plane, PCI graphics accelerator,
2 Mpixels, 1280 x 1024 x 256 colors, 72 Hz
ZLXp-E3 24-plane, PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer,
4 Mpixels, 1280 x 1024 x 256 colors, 72 Hz
TRI064 S3 PCI graphics accelerator, 1 MB DRAM
1280 x 1024 x 256, 72 Hz

Supported
Operating System
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT

Bus Slots Required!
Recommended Slot
One PClll, 2, 3a

Windows NT

One PClll, 2, 3a

Windows NT

One PClll, 2, 3a

Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
3
Windows NT

One PClll, 2, 3a

One PClll, 2, 3a
One PClll, 2, 3a
One PClll, 2, 3a

1 Multi-screen graphics options for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems. Options require Digital Open3D media which is included in
factory installed software (FIS)
2 Graphics options include Graphics Support Services Software for Windows NT license, media, and documentation.
3 PB2GA-JB graphics accelerator is included in Windows NT Packaged systems

Multimedia Options
AVAOI-AA

Window sound system; compatible sound card, headset and
microphone

AVHOI-AA

Headset and microphone for A V AO 1 sound card

AV301-AA

FullVideo Supreme for all systems

AV321-AA

FullVideo Supreme JPEG for all systems

AVCOO-AA

Toshiba camera, North America

2.6

Alpha Servers

Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT

One PClll, 2, 3a

AlphaServer 400

Step 7-Communications and Miscellaneous Adapters
• Packaged systems include high-performance Ethernet-Thick wire, Twisted Pair, ThinWire)
Order Number
DE20S-AC

Description
ISA-based EtherWORKS 3 Network Interface Card

DE43S-AA

DESOO-XA

PCI based High-performance Ethernet. Select AUI
(Thick wire), IOBaseT (Twisted Pair) or ThinWire
networking cableBNE4G-02 for AUI
BN26K-xx for 10BaseT (twisted pair)
BCI6M-xx for ThinWire
PCI-based Fast Ethernet network interface card

DEFPA-AA1

PCI-based DEC FDDI controller, Single Attachment

DEFPA-DA1

PCI-based DEC FDDI controller, Dual Attachment

DEFPA-UA1

PCI-based DEC FDDI (UTP) controller

DGLPB-AB

PCI-based ATMworks 350 adapter

PBXNP-AA1

PCI-based Token Ring adapter, no boot support.

CXIOI-AA

ISA Asynchronous MUX Adapter, 16 lines.
Expandable to 64 lines.
ISA Asynchronous MUX Adapter, 16 lines.
Expandable to 224 lines.
ISA Token Ring adapter

CXIOI-AD
DWllO-AA
PBXDI-AA
PBXDI-AB
PBXDI-AC
DIIAA-AA
DIIAA-AB
PBXDF-AA

IS A-based Two Port Synchronous Communications
controller with interface support for EIA232N.24N.28,
IS A-based Two Port Synchronous Communications
controller with interface support for V.35
IS A-based Two Port Synchronous Communications
controller with interface support for X.2I and EIA-530
ISA-based ISDN terminal adapter (U.S.)
IS A-based ISDN terminal adapter (non-U.S.)
Modem I4.4K

Supported
Operating Systems
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT

Bus Slots Required 1
Recommended Slot
One ISN3a, 4, 5, 6

Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT
Digital UNIX V3.2d-I
Windows NT 3.51
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT
Digital UNIX
Windows NT
Digital UNIX
Windows NT
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Windows NT
Windows NT

One PCIII, 2, 3a

One PCIII, 2, 3a
One PCIII, 2, 3a
One PCIII, 2, 3a
One PClII, 2, 3a
One PCIII, 2, 3a
OneISN3b,4,5,6
OneISN3b,4,5,6
One ISN3b, 4, 5, 6
One ISN3b, 4, 5, 6

Windows NT

One ISN3b, 4, 5, 6

Windows NT

One ISN3b, 4, 5, 6

Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows NT

One ISN3b, 4, 5, 6
OneISN3b,4,5,6
One ISN3b, 4, 5, 6

1 Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems require driver floppy.

Step 8-Printers
The AlphaServer 400 4/233 includes two serial ports and one bi-directional parallel port on rear of system enclosure. Either
port may be used as a printer port depending on printer type.

Alpha Servers 2.7

AlphaServer 400

Step 9-Software
Windows NT Servers
• Windows NT packaged and Base systems include Windows NT Server plus 5-client access V3.51 media (CD-ROM)
and license in shrink-wrapped package. Order documentation kit if required.
QA-23CAA-GZ

Windows NT Server documentation kit

Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses
Software Processor Code =E
Select user licenses and additional software as required. Media and documentation is recommended for first system on site.
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at
user discretion.
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I-user license
QL-MT7AM-3B
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 2-user license
QL-MT7AM-3C
QL-MT7AM-3D
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 4-user license
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 8-user license
QL-MT7AM-3E
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 16-user license
QL-MT7AM-3F
Digital UNIX Traditional unlimited user license
QL-MT7AE-AA
Digital UNIX server extension license
QL-MT6AE-AA
Digital UNIX C developer's extension license
QL-MTSAE-AA
Digital UNIX Media and Documentation
QA-MT4AA-H8
QA-MT4AA-GZ
QA-MT4AB-GZ
QA-MTSAA-GZ
QA-MT6AA-GZ

Digital UNIX media and documentation (end user, developer, server) on CD-ROM
Digital UNIX full hardcopy documentation
Digital UNIX end user documentation
Digital UNIX developer's documentation
Digital UNIX server extension documentation

Digital UNIX Layered Products (CD-ROM)
Digital UNIX systems include Multimedia Services License, order media and documentation separately. Media and
documentation for Multimedia Services is included in Digital UNIX Layered Products CD-ROM.
QA-OS4AA-H8

Layered products media and documentation for Digital UNIX on CD-ROM

Internet for AlphaServers
QB-4GQAA-KA
QB-4GQAA-KB

Internet AlphaServer Software (USA and Canada Only)
Internet AlphaServer Software (International)

Digital UNIX Logical Storage Manger
QL-2GVAE-AA
QT-2GVAE-AA

Digital UNIX Logical Storage Manager License
Digital UNIX Logical Storage Manger Product Support Services

POLY CENTER NetWorker Save and Restore Licenses
QL-2ALAE-AA
QL-3P2AE-AA

2.8 Alpha Servers

POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore Server License
POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore Archive Server Add-on License. Note: NetWorker
Server License is a requirement for Archive License.

AlphaServer 4UU

Step 9-Software (continued)
DECsafe Available Server for Digital UNIX
QL-OSSAE-AA
QB-OSSAE-AA

DECsafe ASE UIA Traditional license
DECsafe ASE UIA Traditional license and configuration guide

Server Extension License
QL-MT6AE-AA
QL-MTSAE-AA

Digital UNIX server extension license
Digital UNIX C developer's extension license

Digital NAS Base Server 200 for Digital UNIX
QL-36MAE-RA
QT-36MAE-L9

Digital NAS Base Server 200 for Digital UNIX Update license
Digital NAS Base Server 200 for Digital UNIX Layered Product Support Service

DECnet for Digital UNIX
QL-MTJAE-AA
QL-MTKAE-AA

DECnetlOSI end-system license for Digital UNIX
DECnetlOSI extended function license for Digital UNIX

OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses
OpenVMS Concurrent Use license provide the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of
concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one system to
another at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and Open VMS Alpha cluster.
QL-MT3AA-3B
QL-MT3AA-3C
QL-MT3AA-3D
QL-MT3AA-3E
QL-MT3AA-3F
QL-MT3AA-3G
QL-MT3AA-3H
QL-MT3AA-3J
QL-MT3AA-3K
QL-MT2AE-AA

OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 2-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 4-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 8-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use I6-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 32-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 64-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use I28-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 256-user license
OpenVMS Traditional unlimited user license

OpenVMS Media and Documentation-required for first system on site
QA-MTIAA-H8
QA-MTIAP-H8
QA-MTIAH-GZ

OpenVMS V6.2 media and documentation on CD-ROM
OpenVMS V6.I-IH2 media and documentation on CD-ROM
OpenVMS hardcopy documentation

OpenVMS Layered Products (CD-ROM)
QA-03XAA-H8

Layered products media and documentation for OpenVMS on CD-ROM

Digital NAS Base Server 200 for OpenVMS
QL-23EAE-RA
QT-23EAE-L9

Digital NAS Base Server 200 for OpenVMS upgrade license
Digital NAS Base Server 200 for OpenVMS Layered Product Support Service

DECnet for OpenVMS
QL-MTGAE-AA
QL-MTHAE-AA

DECnet extended function license for OpenVMS
DECnet end-system to extended function upgrade license for OpenVMS

Alpha Servers 2.9

AlphaServer 400

Step 9-Software (continued)
Support Services Software for Microsoft Windows NT
ZLXp-Ex graphics options for Windows NT servers include the following license, media and documentation.
QM-356AA-AA
QB-356AA-SA
QA-356AA-GZ

License for ZLXp-Ex Support Services Software for Microsoft Windows NT
ZLXp-Ex Support Services Software for Microsoft Windows NT-license, media (diskette) and
documentation
ZLXp-Ex Support Services Software for Microsoft Windows NT (documentation only)

Step lO-Power Cords, Keyboards, and Documentation
• Packaged systems ordered in the Americas and Asia Pacific (AP) include 120 V V.S. power cord packaged with
keyboard, and English hardware documentation. Select country-specific power cord, keyboard and documentation for all
Packaged systems ordered in Europe.
• Base systems require country-specific power cord
• Windows NT Base systems require a keyboard. Selection of keyboard is optional for Digital VNIX and OpenVMS
Base systems.
• Packaged and Base systems include mouse.
• LK471-xx are 1011102 key PC style keyboards. LK461-xx are 108 key VT style keyboards.
Power Cord

PC style keyboards

VT style keyboards

Country

BN19P-IK

LK471-A2

LK461-A2

BN19C-2E

LK471-AB

LK461-AB

BN19K-2E

LK471-AD

LK461-AD

BN19C-2E

LK471-AP

LK461-AP

BN19C-2E

LK471-AM

LK461-AM

BN19C-2E

LK471-AG

LK461-AG

BN19M-2E

LK471-AI

LK461-AI

BN19C-2E

LK471-AN

LK461-AN

BN19C-2E

LK471-AV

LK461-AV

BN19C-2E

LK471-AS

LK461-AS

BN19E-2E

LK471-AK

LK461-AK

BN19A-2E

LK471-AE

LK461-AE

BN18L-2E

LK471-AT

LK461-AT

BN19S-2E

LK471-AA

LK461-AA

BN19H-2E

LK471-AA

LK461-AA

North America, Japan (English)
Belgium (French)
Denmark
France
Sweden (Finnish)
Germany
Italy
Norway
Portugal
Spain
Switzerland (French)
VK, Ireland
Israel (Hebrew)
Africa, India (English)
Australia, New Zealand (English)

Mouse-included in all Packaged and Base systems
PCXAS-AA
PS/2 compatible 3-button Mouse
User Documentation-select for 240 V systems
User Documentation
EK-PCSVA-UI
EK-PCSVF-UI
EK-PCSVG-UI
EK-PCSVI-UI
EK-PCSVS-UI
EK-PCSVD-UI
EK-PCSVJ-UI

2.10 Alpha Servers

V ser Documentation-English
V ser Documentation-French
V ser Documentation-German
V ser Documentation-Italian
V ser Documentation-Spanish
Vser Documentation-Dutch
V ser Documentation-Japanese

AlphaServer 400

Step 11-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services
Hardware-Americas and Asia Pacific only
• Systems include three-year, on-site, 24 hr. response hardware warranty.
• Select optional Hardware Supplemental Support Services if required.
FM-CH4HR-36
FM-CH512 -36
FM-CH616 -36
FM-CH724 -36
FM-CHXHW-48
FM-CH512-48
FM-CH616-48
FM-CH724-48
FM-CHXHW-60
FM-CH4HR-60
FM-CH512 -60
FM-CH616 -60
FM-CH724 -60

Years 1-3,5 x 9,4 hour response
Years 1-3,5 x 12,4 hour response
Years 1-3,6 x 16,4 hour response
Years 1-3, 7 x 24, 4 hour response
Year 4, 5x9, next day, On-site
Years 1-4, 5x9, 4 hour response
Years 1-4, 6x16, 4 hour response
Years 1-4, 7x24, 4 hour response
Years 1-5, next day, On-site
Years 1-5,5 x 9,4 hour response
Years 1-5,5 x 12,4 hour response
Years 1-5,6 x 16,4 hour response
Years 1-5, 7 x 24, 4 hour response

Software-Americas and Asia Pacific only
• Systems include 90-day Conformance to SPD and
Telephone Advisory Support. Select optional Software
Supplemental Support Services, if required.
• Software Supplemental Support Service options upgrade
90-day service to time period indicated below.
• Software Supplemental Support Services for Digital
UNIX includes advisory and remedial software support

with new version license rights for Digital UNIX and
NAS 200.
• Software Supplemental Support Services for OpenVMS
include advisory and remedial software support with new
version license rights for Open VMS and NAS 200.
• Software Supplemental Support Services for Windows
NT include advisory and remedial software support for
the time period indicated

FM-CHOSF-12
FM-CHOSF-36
FM-CHOSF-60

1 year Software Supplemental Support Services for Digital UNIX systems
3 year Software Supplemental Support Services for Digital UNIX systems
5 year Software Supplemental Support Services for Digital UNIX systems

FM-CHVMS-12
FM-CHVMS-36
FM-CHVMS-60

1 year Software Supplemental Support Services for OpenVMS systems
3 year Software Supplemental Support Services for OpenVMS systems
5 year Software Supplemental Support Services for OpenVMS systems
1 year Software Supplemental Support Services for Windows NT systems
3 year Software Supplemental Support Services for Windows NT systems
5 year Software Supplemental Support Services for Windows NT systems

FM-CHNTS-12
FM-CHNTS-36
FM-CHNTS-60

Step lla-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services (Europe only)
Eur:ope does not have specific part numbers for Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. Prices can be
quoted using the Excelerator tool; contact MCS Sales in your country for information on Hardware and Software
Supplemental Support Services.

Alpha Servers 2.11

AlphaServer 400
AlphaServer 400 System Diagram

3.5- or 5.25-inch
Removable Media

BU-3464

Enclosure - Rear

Specifications
pel
ISA
Fast SeSI-2 bus
Ethernet

132 MB/second
16 MB/second
10 MB/s transfer rate
DE435-xx 10-Mbitls Twisted PairIThin Wire and AUI
thick wire

Power Requirements

Line voltage
120/240 V
V oltage tolerance
88-1321176-264 V
Frequency single phase 50/60 Hz
47-63 Hz
Frequency tolerance
8.0Al4.0A
Maximum running
current
Maximum power
300W
consumption
Operating Environment
Operating temperature 10° to 40° e (50° to 104° F)
Operating humidity
20% to 80% relative humidity
Maximum wet bulb 40° e (104° F)
-20° e to 65° e (_4° F to 149° F)
Storage temperature
Storage Humidity
Maximum wet bulb
Maximum altitude
Operating
Nonoperating
Nonoperating shock

10% to 90% relative humidity
65° e (149° F)
2,438 m (8,000 ft) maximum
4,876 m (16,000 ft) maximum
30G, 25 ms halfsine

Physical Characteristics

Height
Width
Depth
Weight

2.12 Alpha Servers

43 cm (17 inches)
18 cm (7 inches)
43 cm (17 inches)
12+ kg (28+ lb)

AlphaServer 400
Prestige Model 800 "On-line" UPS
For complete protection, UPS products should be used with data line surge
protectors.
4N-AEABD-AF

4N-AEABD-BF

4N-GA249-AB

For 120 Vac, 50 or 60 Hz systems
Includes detachable 6-foot input power cord with 5-15P
plug and four NEMA 5-15R output receptacles.
For 240 Vac, 50 or 60 Hz systems
Selectable 220,230 or 240V ac output. Uses system power
cord for detachable IEC 320 input connection at UPS.
Unit has 3 IEC 320 receptacles and includes two output
jumpers with IEC 320 connectors to connect to system.
Surge Protectors for 2 wire modem

Surge Protectors for 10BaseT
Surge Protectors for ThinWire
4N-AEAEO-PAlPB Optional hot-swap power pass with built in surge
protected outlets including one extra off-line for laser'
printer. -PA for 120 V, -PB for 220 V models.
4N-AEWAR-G1
5 year vendor on-site exchange warranty upgrade
(available in Intercontinental U.S. only at time of
purchase).

4N-GA249-CA
4N-GA510-BF

Monitoring and Unattended Shutdown Software for above UPS systems only
• Include cables, media and documentation.
• SNMP Network connectivity adapters (4N-AEAEO-DAlDC) Twisted
Pair/ThinWire are available.
4N-AEAES-AAIAB Windows NT for Alpha and Intel x86
4N-AEAES-AK

Digital UNIX

4N-AEAES-EM

OpenVMS

Alpha Servers 2.13

Alpha:server 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

'AlpltaSefv~r.:l000 • ·.I?~destal--Rack,mo:u ~-~~bil1et
Product Description The AlphaServer 1000 5/300 system is a 300 MHz Alpha
microprocessor server, with 2 MB ECC cache. For investment protection,
customers get a choice of three popular operating systems: Digital UNIX,
Open VMS, and Microsoft Windows NT Server. Integrated on system
motherboard are SVGA controller, diskette controller, two serial ports, one
parallel port, and keyboard and mouse controller.
Advanced server management features are provided with all AlphaServer 1000
shipments via the bundled ServerWORKS Manager kit. The kit includes Simple
Network Management Protocol (SNMP) agents for Windows NT 3.51 and
Digital UNIX V3.2D. The SNMP agents for OpenVMS will be available with
the next release of TCP/IP Services for OpenVMS. The management console
software runs on a Windows PC and the SNMP agents are installed on the
AlphaServer. The SNMP agents collect critical server information including
system status, I/O information, storage and disk information and network status
information. Thresholds can be set to monitor key server events and alarms are
forwarded to the ServerWORKS console.

AlphaServer 1000 5/300 Pedestal System offers up to 10 internal storage
devices including a floppy diskette drive, a CD-ROM drive and provision for an
additional removable media device. Pedestal systems support up to 1 GB of
memory and over 30 GB of internal storage with seven 4.3 GB narrow
StorageWorks disk drives. The AlphaServer 1000 pedestal enclosure offers
high-reliability features such as fully redundant power supplies, internal RAID,
hot swap disk, dual Fast NarrowlWide SCSI backplane, and ECC memory.
AlphaServer 1000 5/300 Rackmount and Cabinet Systems offer up to six
internal storage devices including a floppy diskette drive, a CD-ROM drive and
provision for an additional removable media device. Rackmount systems
support up to 1 GB of memory and over 12.9 GB of internal storage with three
4.3 GB narrow disk drives. Rackmount systems support additional storage
through four SCSI expansion ports located on rear panel of system for
connecting StorageWorks shelves, each external expansion port requires a SCSI
controller. Rackmount and Cabinet systems do not offer redundant power
supplies or hot swap internal disk support, hot swap disk are supported in
rackmount StorageWorks shelves.
2.14 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Lalllnet

Step 1-AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal Systems
• Windows NT systems include Windows NT Server plus S-client access license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American
English.
• Digital UNIX and OpenVMS Packaged systems and Base systems ordered with a minimum of a 1.0S GB disk, include
factory installed software.
• Uninterruptable Power Supplies are available; see UPS Information following System Specifications.
• Options ordered that are factory installable, will be factory installed unless specified as spares.

Pedestal Systems include
• Alpha microprocessor 21164 300-MHz CPU with 2 MB
ECC onboard cache
• Pedestal enclosure which includes:
- 10 expansion slots: Seven EISA slots, two PCI slots
and one PCIlEISA combination slot
- Integrated Fast Narrow SCSI-2 controller with DMA
and external SCSI-2 connector
- Integrated SVGA graphics controller
20 industry-standard SIMM slots
10 storage slots:
One diskette drive slot
One CD-ROM drive slot
One additional removable media slot
Seven StorageWorks hard drive slots
- 4S0-Watt self-sensing, self-switching (120/240V,
60/S0Hz) power supply
- Two serial ports, support full duplex asynchronous
modem control
- One bi-directional enhanced parallel port
- PS/2 style keyboard port and mouse port

• 1.44 MB diskette drive (RX23L) in dedicated slot
• 3-button mouse
North American variants include 120V power cord
(North America, Japan). Mandatory selection of
country-specific power cord for all non-North American
variants, see Step 10.
• English language documentation. Certain language
selections are available, see Step
· EISA Configuration Utility (ECU)
• Integrated Server Management
• Hardware Warranty
• Three-year on-site*
• Software Warranty: 90-day SPD conformance with
advisory telephone support*
• Windows NT Server plus S-client access license, media
(CD-ROM) kit, or
• Digital UNIX 2-user base license, Digital NAS 200 Base
Server license and Server Extension license or
· OpenVMS base license with System Manager license
and Digital NAS 200 license

Pedestal Packaged Systems include
•
•
•
•

• North American variants include a 101-key, PC style
North American English keyboard. Select countrysepcific keyboard for non-North American variants, see
Step 10.

PCI-based Ethernet-uses one PCI slot.
600 MB CD-ROM-uses one removable media slot.
One hard drive, see below
One memory option, see below

* Service upgrades are available; see Step 12, Hardware and Software Supplemental Services.
5/300 Pedestal Packaged Systems
Keyboard

Memory

Hard Drive

Monitor

120 V

Included

64MB

2.1GB

Required

Mandatory

Required

64MB

2.1GB

Required

Included

64MB

2.1GB

Recommended

FIS

Mandatory

Recommended

64MB

2.1GB

Recommended

FIS

Inc!uded

Included

64MB

2.1GB

Recommended

FIS

Mandatory

Recommended

64MB

2.1GB

Recommended

Order Number

Operating System

PB75B-AA

Windows NT

Included*

PB75B-AB

Windows NT

Mandatory

PB75B-FA

Ditital UNIX

FIS

PB75B-FB

Ditital UNIX

PB75B-MA

OpenVMS

PB75B-MB

OpenVMS

O/S Media

Power cord

* Windows NT Server license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English.
KEY: Mandatory items must be on purchase order at initial order acceptance
Required items are essential for full system operation.
Recommended items enhance system functionality
FIS = Factory Installed Software

Alpha Servers 2.15

Alpna~erver IUUU Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Pedestal Base systems
5/300 Pedestal Base systems

Operating System OIS Media Power cord
Included)
I20V

Keyboard

Memory Hard Drive

CD·ROM

PB75C·AA

Order Number

Windows NT

Included

Required

PB75C·AB

Windows NT

Required

PB75C·FA

Digital UNIX

FIS 3

Included

Required

Required RecorrrrnendedRecorrrrnended

PB75C·FB

Digital UNIX

FIS 3

Mandatory Recommended Required

Required RecorrrrnendedReconunended

PB75C·MA

OpenVMS

FIS

PB75C·MB

OpenVMS

Mandatory Mandatory
I20V
I20V

Included

Monitor

Required

Required ReconunendedReconunended

Mandatory Recorrrrnended Required

Required RecorrrrnendedReconunended

1. Windows NT Server license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English.
2. lOI-key, PC style, North American English, keyboard.
3. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS Base systems ordered with a minimum of a 1.05 GB disk, include factory installed software (FIS).

KEY: Mandatory items must be on purchase order at initial order acceptance
Required items are essential for full system operation
Reconunended items enhance system functionality
FIS =Factory Installed Software

2.16 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Kackmount-Lamnel

Step 1~-AlphaServer 1000 Rackmount Systems
• Windows NT North American variants include Windows NT license, media (CD-ROM) kit, North American English
- Selection of language specific Windows NT license, media (CD-ROM) kit is mandatory for all non-North American
variants.
• Digital UNIX and OpenVMS Packaged systems include factory installed software (FIS) on hard disk drive. Base
systems ordered with minimum of LOS Gbyte hard disk drive include factory installed software.
• See Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS) information following System Specifications.
• Options ordered will be factory installed unless specified as spares.

Note: AlphaServer 1000 rackmount systems do not support dual power supply configurations
Rackmount Systems include
• Alpha microprocessor 21164 300 MHz CPU with 2 MB
ECC on-board cache
• Rackmountable enclosure with
- Ten expansion slots: Seven EISA slots, two PCI slots
and one PCIlEISA combination slot
- Integrated Fast Narrow Single Ended SCSI-2
controller with DMA and external SCSI-2 connector.
Integrated SVGA graphics controller
20 industry-standard SIMM slots
6 internal storage slots:
One dedicated diskette slot
One CD-ROM slot
One additional removable media slot
Three fixed hard disk drive slots
- 4S0-Watt self-sensing, self-switching (1201240V,
60/S0Hz) power supply
- Two serial ports, support full duplex asynchronous
modem control
- One bi-directional enhanced parallel port

•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

- PS/2 style keyboard port and mouse port
1.44 Mbyte diskette drive (RX23L) in dedicated slot.
Three-button mouse.
IS-foot Power cord (120V1240V as appropriate).
Rackmount hardware (shelf and rails)
English Language documentation kit.
EISA Configuration Utility
Integrated Server Management.
Hardware Warranty: Three-year on-site*
Software Warranty: 90-day SPD conformance with
advisory telephone support*
Windows NT Server plus S-client access license, media
(CD-ROM) kit ort
Digital UNIX 2-user base license, Digital NAS Base
Server 200 license, or
OpenVMS base license with System Manager license,
Digital NAS Base Server 200 license.

* Service upgrades are available; see Step 12, Hardware and Software Supplemental Services on AlphaServer 10004/266 deskside system menu.
t Windows NT language specific media kit is mandatory for non-North American variants; see Step 9.
Rackmount Packaged Systems include
•
•
•
•

PCI based Ethernet (DE43S-AA)-uses one PCI slot.
One 2.1 Gbyte narrow hard disk drive
64 MB memory
600 Mbyte CD-ROM-uses one removable media slot.

• North American variants include a 101-key, PC style
North American English keyboard. Select countrysepcific keyboard for non-North American variants, see
Step 10.
Cabinet enclosure available separately, see Step 11.

5/300 Rackmount Packaged systems
Order Number

Operating System

Keyboard

Memory

Hard Drive

Monitor

PB75P-AA

Windows NT

Included*

PB75P-AB

Windows NT

Mandatory

120V

Included

64MB

2.1 GB

Required

240 V

Required

64MB

2.1 GB

Required

PB75P-FA

Digital UNIX

FIS

120V

Included

64MB

2.1 GB

Recommended

PB75P-FB

Digital UNIX

PB75P-MA

OpenVMS

FIS

240 V

Recommended

64MB

2.1 GB

Recommended

FIS

120V

Included

64MB

2.1 GB

Recommended

PB75P-MB

OpenVMS

FIS

240 V

Recommended

64MB

2.1 GB

Recommended

OIS Media

Power cord

* Windows NT Server license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English.
KEY: Mandatory items must be on purchase order at initial order acceptance
Required items are essential for full system operation
Recommended items enhance system functionality
FIS = Factory Installed Software

Alpha Servers 2.17

AtphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Rackmount Base System
• Base systems include 120V or 240V power cord depending on variant chosen.
• Cabinet enclosure available separately, see Step 11.
5/300 Rackmount Base Systems

Order Number

Operating System O/S Media Power cord
l

PB75S-AA

Windows NT

Included

PB75S-AB

Windows NT

Mandatory

PB75S-FA

Digital UNIX

Keyboard

Memory Hard Drive

I20V

Included

Required

240 V

Required

CD-ROM

Monitor

Required

FIS

I20V

Recommended Required

Required Recommended Recommended

PB75S-FB

Digital UNIX

FIS

240 V

Recommended Required

Required Recommended Recommended

PB75S-MA

OpenVMS

FrS 3

120 V

Recommended Required

Required Recommended Recommended

OpenVMS

240 V

Recommended Required

Required Recommended Recommended

PB75S-MB

FIS

1. Windows NT Server license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English
2. 1OI-key, PC style, North American English, keyboard.
3. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS Base systems ordered with a minimum of a 1.05 GB disk, include factory installed software (FIS).
KEY: Mandatory items must be on purchase order at initial order acceptance
Required items are essential for full system operation
Recommended items enhance system functionality
FIS =Factory Installed Software

5/300 Cabinet Packaged systems include
Cabinet enclosure (H9AI0-CE/-CF, 120 V or 240 V)
with AlphaServer 1000 5/300 Rackmount Packaged
System, plus
- One BA36R-AF front-mounted StorageWorks shelf*
AlphaServer 1000 Rackmount Cabinet Systems ship with
dual (2) H7600-xx cabinet power distribution units and
the following power cords.
- 120 V systems (H7600-AA) =2 x 24A terminated
with NEMA L5-30P (plugs) and require NEMA L530R (receptacles)

- 240 V systems (H7600-AB) =2 x 16A terminated
with NEMA L6-20P (plugs) and require NEMA L620R (receptacles)
• H9AI0-CE/-CF Cabinet Dimensions
- Outside: 66.9-inches high, 23.62-inches wide,
33.8-inches deep
- Usable internal rackmount: 56-inches high, 19-inches
wide, 32.2-inches deep

* BA36R-SF StorageWorks wide shelf requires a Fast Wide SCSI controller and SCSI cable, see Step 4b. Select SCSI
devices for installation in BA36R-SF StorageWorks shelf from Step 4e.
5/300 Cabinet Packaged systems

Order Number

Description

PB75R-AA*

Windows NT Rackmount Packaged system (PB75P-AA)
Windows NT Rackmount Packaged system (PB75P-AB)
Digital UNIX Rackmount Packaged system (PB75P-Fx)
OpenVMS Rackmount Packaged system (PB75P-Mx)

PB75R-AB
PB75R-FAlFB
PB75R-MAIMB

* Windows NT Server license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English.

2.18 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Lanmet

Step 2-Memory
• Packaged Systems include 64 MB memory (one PB7MA-AC) memory kit.
• System supports up to four memory kits (each kit includes five industry-standard SIMMs, the fifth SIMM in each kit is
for ECC support.
• System maximum of 1 GB can be obtained by selecting Base System and four PB7MA-CE 256 MB memory kits.
PB7MA-CB
PB7MA-CC
PB7MA-CD
PB7MA-CE
DJ-ML200-BA

32 MB 70ns (8 MB SIMMs) memory kit
64 MB 70ns (16 MB SIMMs) memory kit
128 MB 70ns (32 MB SIMMs) memory kit
256 MB 70ns (64 MB SIMMs) memory kit
PCI-based 4 MB PrestoServe 110 Performance Enhancement Option; maximum one per system.

Step 3-Monitors
· Windows NT systems require a graphics monitor to run all functions.
• EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) is accessible via the console port for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems. Optional
graphics capability is available. Select graphics adapter, monitor, and country specific keyboard for Digital UNIX and
OpenVMS systems if required.
• Graphics monitors other than those listed below can be used if compatible with graphics adapter included with system.
- OpenVMS supports 640 x 480 x 256 @ 60Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 60Hz
- Digital UNIX supports 640 x 480 x 256 @ 60 Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 60Hz
- Windows NT supports 640 x 480 x 256 @ 60 Hz, 640 x 480 x 256 @ 72 Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 56 Hz, 800 x 600 x
256 @ 60 Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 72 Hz.

Note: Higher resolution available with optional EISA or PCI graphics adapters (see Step 5).
VRClS-KAlK4
15" (13.9" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Flat-square
CRT with 0.28 mm dot pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from
VGA to 1024 x 768 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant.
1201240V universal power supply. Includes 1.4 meter HD15 male to male video cable. Select-KA
for Northern Hemisphere or -K4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America,
-KA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -KA and -K4 must be ordered separately,
see Step 10.
VRT17-PAlP4

VRC21-LAlL4

Alpha Servers 2.19

AJpna~erver IUUU Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step 4-Storage
Configuration rules for Pedestal Internal Storage
• Integral Fast Narrow Single Ended (FNSE) SCSI-2
controller supports maximum of seven devices:
- Two internaI5.25-inch removable media devices
- Four 3.5-inch hard disk drives in internal storage
assembly
- One external storage device.
• Pedestal enclosure supports seven 3.5-inch narrow disk
drives in internal storage assembly

• Internal storage assembly is nonnally configured for
split-bus with four drives on first bus and three drives on
second bus. By attaching the jumper cable and moving
the tenninator internal storage assembly can be reconfigured for single-bus mode with support for a
maximum of seven disk drives on one additional SCSI
adapter.
• An additional SCSI-2 controller is required to support
internal storage assembly if set for split-bus mode.

Configuration rules for Rackmount Internal Storage
• Integral Fast Narrow Single Ended (FNSE) SCSI-2
controller supports maximum of seven devices:
- Two internaI5.25-inch removable media devices
- Three internal 3.5-inch disk drives

- Two external storage devices. Maximum external
cable length cannot exceed 1.5 meters.
• Rackmount enclosure supports three 3.5-inch narrow
disk drives.

Step 4a-Internal Storage
All Pedestal and Rackmount systems include 1.44 MB diskette drive in dedicated slot.
• Pedestal and Rackmount Packaged systems include:
- One CD-ROM drive
- One 2.1 GB narrow hard drive

Removable Media Devices
PBXRD-CA
PBXTZ-AA
PBXTL·DA

600 MB 5.25 inch half-height dual-speed CD-ROM drive (RRD45)
2.0 GB 5.2S-inch half-height SCSI QIC tape drive (TZKll)
8.0 GB 5.25-inch half-height SCSI 4 mm DAT drive (TLZ09)

Pedestal System Hard Drives
Wide disk drives require wide SCSI-2 controllers to operate in 16-bit wide mode.
RZ26N·VA
RZ28D·VA
RZ28M·VA
RZ29B·VA
RZ26N·VW
RZ28D·VW
RZ28M·VW
RZ29B·VW

1.05 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive
2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive
2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive
4.3 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" SCSI hard disk drive
1.05 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive
2.1 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive
2.1 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive
4.3 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" SCSI hard disk drive

Pedestal system internal SCSI cables and terminators
PB7HA·AA
PB7HA·BB
PB7HA·BA

2.20 Alpha Servers

Internal SCSI cable and terminator for FNSE SCSI controllers and 8-bit narrow devices (50 pin)
Internal SCSI cable and terminator for FNSE SCSI controllers and 16-bit wide devices (68-pin)
Internal SCSI cable and terminator for FWSE SCSI controllers and 16-bit wide devices (68-pin)

AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step 4a-Internal Storage (continued)
Rackmount System Hard Disk Drives (internal only)
• Order -EJ variants when configuring initial order
• Order PBXR*-xx variants when ordering as spares and/or for field installation

Note: Rackmount systems support "VA" and "VW" variants only when installed in external narrow BA35R or wide
BA36R StorageWorks Shelves.
RZ26N-EJ
RZ28M-EJ
RZ28D-EJ
RZ29B-EJ

1.05 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive (PBXRZ-EB for field installation)
2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive (PBXRZ-HB for field installation)
2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive (PBXRZ-JB for field installation)
4.3 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" hard disk drive (PBXRZ-NA for field installation)

Step 4b-Storage Controllers
• Maximum two KZESC-xx one- and three-port EISAbased RAID controllers supported per system.
- KZESC-xx StorageWorks RAID Array 210 includes
EISA backplane RAID controller and StorageWorks
RAID Array 210 Subsystem family software and
documentation kit for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX and
Windows NT.
- KZESC-xx controller installed in Pedestal system
requires a PB7HA-AA SCSI cable kit for connection
to internal StorageWorks shelf, two kits required for
split bus mode.
- Maximum number of EISA-based controllers of all
types is limited by the total number of available EISA
slots and available IRQs.
• Maximum of three KZPSC-xx one- and three port PCIbased RAID controllers supported per system. Note:
Packaged systems have two PCI slots available due to
installed PCI-based Ethernet controller.
KZPSC-xx controllers are supported in PCI slots 0, 1
and 2 only
KZPSC-xx StorageWorks RAID Array 230 includes
PCI backplane RAID controller and StorageWorks

•

•
•

RAID Array 230 Subsystem family software and
documentation kit for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX and
Windows NT.
- KZPSC-AA controller installed in Pedestal system
requires a PB7HA-BA SCSI cable kit for connection
to internal StorageWorks shelf, two kits required for
split bus mode.
KZPSA-BB PCI-based one-port Fast Wide Differential
SCSI controller supports externally connected wide disks
in StorageWorks enclosures and Rackmount shelves with
DWZZB signal converter, or narrow disks in narrow
StorageWorks enclosures and Rackmount shelves with
DWZZA signal converter. Internal storage assembly
hard drives are not supported on Fast Wide Differential
Controller.
Each controller requires one bus slot, except KFESB
which requires two bulkhead slots when system is
middle node in an OpenVMS cluster.
SCSI cables are not included and must be ordered
separately.
External DSSI cables are not included and must be
ordered separately.

SCSI Controllers
Note: Pedestal systems require SCSI terminator and cable kit to connect SCSI controller to internal storage assembly:
• PB7HA-AA from FNSE SCSI-2 controller to 8-bit narrow devices in internal storage assembly(50 pin)
• PB7HA-BA from FWSE SCSI-2 controller to 16-bit wide devices in internal storage assembly(68-pin)
• PB7HA-BB from FNSE SCSI-2 controller to 16-bit wide devices in internal storage assembly (68-pin)
Rackmount Cabinet systems include KZPAA FNSE SCSI-2 controller and one BN21H-02 SCSI cable to connect to
BA35R-SF StorageWorks shelf.
KZPAA-AA
BN21H-xx

KZPDA-AA
BN21K-02

Alpha Servers

2.21

AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step 4b-Storage Controllers (continued)
KZPSA·BB
BN21K·Ol

KZESC·AA*

BN21H·02
BN21N·02
KZESC-BA*

CK·SWX:CR·AA
BN21H·02
BN21N·02
KZPSC·AA*

BN31S·1E
BN31L·IE
KZPSC·BA*
BN31K.OE
BN31S·1E
BN31L·IE
KZPSM·AA
BC25V·IA
BN21K·xx

PCI-based one-port high-performance Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI controller. Supports
external disks only.
Connects from KZPSA to DWZZA-VA in narrow StorageWorks enclosures and narrow
StorageWorks rackmount shelves, or DWZZB-VW in wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide
StorageWorks rackmount shelves
One-port EISA backplane RAID (FNSE) controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 210
Subsystem family software and documentation kit. Pedestal system requires PB7HA-AA SCSI cable
kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf
Connects from KZPAA-AA to narrow StorageWorks enclosures and narrow StorageWorks
rackmount shelves
Connects from KZESC-BA to wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount
shelves
Three-port EISA backplane RAID controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 210 Subsystem
family software and documentation kit. Pedestal system requires PB7HA-AA SCSI cable kit for
connection to internal StorageWorks shelf.
SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit for KZESC-BA, required for connecting second and third ports to
builkhead slot
Connects from KZESC-BA to narrow StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount
., shelves
Connects from KZESC-BA to wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount
shelves
One-port PCI backplane RAID Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) controller; includes StorageWorks
RAID Array 230 Subsystem family software and documentation kit. Pedestal system requires
PB7HA-BA SCSI cable kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf.
Connects from KZPSC-AA to wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount
shelves
Connects from KZPSC-AA to narrow StorageWorks enclosures and narrow StorageWorks
rackmount shelves
Three-port PCI backplane RAID (FWSE) controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230
Subsystem family software and documentation kit. Pedestal system requires PB7HA-BA SCSI cable
kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf.
SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit for KZPSC-BA; required for connection to third port; uses one
PCI bulkhead slot.
Connects from KZPSC-BA to wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount
shelves
Connects from KZPSC-BA to narrow StorageWorks enclosures and narrow StorageWorks rackmount
shelves
PCI-based SCSI Ethernet combination controller. (FWSE) SCSI controller, 10 Mbit Ethernet.
SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit for KZPSM-AA; connects from KZPSM-AA to bulkhead for
external storage; requires BN21K-xx SCSI cable
Connects from KZPSM-AA bulkhead assembly kit wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide
StorageWorks rackmount shelves

* See Storage Devices for additional information on StorageWorks RAID Array 2xO Subsystems
DSSI Controllers
KFPSA·AA

PCI-based single-DSSI controller (OpenVMS systems only). See Step 4f DSSI cables.

KFESB·AA

EISA-based single-DSSI controller (OpenVMS systems only). Uses one EISA slot if system is end
node in OpenVMS cluster, or two slots if system is middle node in OpenVMS cluster. Maximum
two (if end node in cluster) or maximum of one (if middle node in cluster). See Step 4f DSSI cables.

2.22

Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step 4c-External Tape Expansion
• Integral Fast Narrow SCSI-2 controller can be extended
outside the system enclosure via the SCSI-out port to
support external SCSI devices. Maximum external bus
length including cable and device cannot exceed 1.0
meter.
• External tape drives are also supported on optional PCIbased high-performance SCSI controllers; KZPAA-AA
(maximum external bus length including cable and tape
device cannot exceed 3.0 meter) and KZPSA-BB
(maximum external bus length including cable and tape
device cannot exceed 25.0 meters).

• External tape drives are not supported on one- and threeport (KZESC-xx) high performance Fast-SCSI-2
controllers.
• External tape drives supported on one- and three-port
(KZPSC-xx) high performance SCSI controllers on
Windows NT only.
• Each tabletop tape device requires a three-foot high
density 50-pin to low density 50-pin SCSI cable
(BN23G-OE).

External Tapes supported on Windows NT servers
8.0 GB 4 mm DAT tape drive
32.0 GB 4 mm DAT autoloader
2.0 GB 5.25-inch tabletop QIC tape drive
20 GB, DLT tape drive
100 GB, DLT tape autoloader
140 GB, DLT tape autoloader
3 Foot Molded SCSI Cable, required for each tabletop tape device

TLZ09
TLZ7L 1,2
TZKll-DA
2
TZ87
2
TZ87S
2
TZ877
BN23G-OE

External Tapes supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS servers
3
TLZ09
TLZ7L 1,2,3
TZKll-DA3
TKZ60-FAfFC
3

TKZ60-EA
TKZ61

TKZ61-AC

TKZ62
TKZ62-AC

TKZlS-TA
TKZlS-VA3,5
TSZ07-CA
3
TSZ07-AA
2
TZ87
3
TZ87-VA
2
TZ87S
TZ877
TZ88

TKZ9E-TA

TKZ9E-VA3
BN23G-OE

8.0 GB 4 ffiffi DAT tape drive
32.0 GB 4 mm DAT autoloader
2.0 GB 5.25-inch tabletop QIC tape drive
400 MB IBM 3480/3490 compatible tabletop tape drive
400 MB IBM 3480/3490 compatible tabletop tape drive
400 MB IBM compatible tape autoloader
400 MB IBM compatible tape autoloader
2.4 GB IBM compatible tape autoloader
2.4 GB IBM compatible tape autoloader
10 GB, 8 ffiffi, tabletop tape drive
10 GB, 8 mm, tabletop tape drive
40/140 MB, reel/reel, tabletop tape drive
401140 MB, reel/reel, tabletop tape drive
20 GB, DLT tape drive
20 GB, DLT tape drive
100 GB, DLT tape autoloader
140 GB, DLT tape autoloader
20/40 GB, DLT tape drive
2/517/10/14GB 8mm helical scan tape drive, tabletop
2/517/10/14GB 8mm helical scan tape drive in StorageWorks SBB carrier
3 Foot Molded SCSI Cable, required for each tabletop tape device.

I Includes four cartridge loader. Larger magazines are supported.

2 Base operating systems support sequential back-up mode only; additional software is required for random access backup. See Storage Devices for details.
3 Variants for use in Rackmount systems
4 8mm drive requires OpenVMS MK-driver patch when connected to KZPSA controller in OpenVMS system.
5 Windows NT require layered driver software QB-4STAA-SA

Alpha Servers 2.23

AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step 4d-External Disk Expansion for Pedestal Systems
• BA353 expansion units are supported on wide and narrow SCSI controllers. Devices operate in narrow mode when
BA353 is connected to a Fast Wide SCSI controller.
• BA356 and BA346 expansion units are supported on Fast Wide SCSI controllers.

StorageWorks Modular Storage Options
BA353·AA
BA356·KC

BA346·KB

DWZZA·VA
DWZZB·VW

See Storage Device for additional ordering information for StorageWorks modular storage expansion and supported devices.

Step 4e-External Disk Expansion for Rackmount and Cabinet Systems
•
•
•
•
•

External BA35R Rackmount StorageWorks shelves are supported on all Fast SCSI-2 controllers.
External BA36R Rackmount StorageWorks shelves are supported on Fast Wide SCSI controller.
AlphaServer 1000 Rackmount systems provide four SCSI expansion ports on rear panel of system.
Order BN21H-02 cable to connect a single BA35R StorageWorks shelf to controllers.
Order BN31 *-xx cable to connect a single BA36R StorageWorks shelf to controllers.

Rackmount StorageWorks Shelves
BA35R·SF
BA35R·SR
BA36R·AF
BA36R·AR
DWZZA·VA
DWZZB·VW

Rackmounted BA350 front mounted StorageWorks shelf for Narrow SCSI disks
Rackmounted BA350 rear mounted StorageWorks shelf for Narrow SCSI disks
Rackmounted BA356 front mounted StorageWorks shelf for Wide SCSI disks
Rackmounted BA356 rear mounted StorageWorks shelf for Wide SCSI disks
Bi-directional SCSI signal converter and bus extender kit. 16 bit Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 on
one end and 8 bit Fast Narrow Single-Ended SCSI-2 on other end. Requires BN21K-** cable.
Bi-directional SCSI signal converter and bus extender kit. 16 bit Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 on
one end and 8 or 16 bit Fast Wide Single-Ended SCSI-2 on other end. Requires BN21K-** cable.

Hard Disk Drives for Rackmount StorageWorks Shelves (External only)
• Wide drives require wide controller to operate in 16-bit wide mode.
• Wide drives are supported in BA36R Rackmount StorageWorks shelves
• Narrow drives are supported in BA35R Rackmount StorageWorks shelves
RZ26N·VA
RZ28M·VA
RZ28D·VA
RZ29B·VA

2.24 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step 4e-External Disk Expansion for Rackmount and Cabinet Systems (continued)
Hard Disk Drives for Rackmount StorageWorks Shelves (External only)
RZ26N-VW
RZ2SM-VW
RZ2SD-VW
RZ29B-VW

1.05 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive
2.1 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive
2.1 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive
4.3 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" SCSI hard disk drive

* Wide drives operate in 8-bit narrow mode when connected to integral Fast Narrow Single Ended SCSI-2 controller
Step 4f-DSSI Cables
• EISA-based DSSI controller (KFESB-AA) uses "Micro-Ribbon" connection.
• KFESB to any external "Pin-Socket" DSSI connection (V AX 4000s, R400X) requires BC22Q-xx DSSI cable.
• KFESB to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI straight connection (all other DSSI systems and storage devices requiring
straight connection) requires BC21Q-xx DSSI cable.
• KFESB to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI right-angle connection (all other DSSI systems and storage devices
requiring right-angle connection) requires BC29S-xx DSSI cable.

Step 5-Graphics Adapters
· Integrated SVGA graphics controller supports the following monitors:
- Digital UNIX supports 640 x 480 x 256 @ 60 Hz monitors, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 60 Hz monitors
- OpenVMS supports 640 x 480 x 256 @ 60 Hz monitors, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 60 Hz monitors
- Windows NT supports 640 x 480 x 256 @ 60 Hz, 640 x 480 x 256 @ 72 Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 56 Hz, 800 x 600 x
256 @ 60 Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 72 Hz
• EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) is accessible via the console port for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems. Optional
graphics capability is available. Select graphics adapter, monitor, and country specific keyboard for Digital UNIX and
OpenVMS systems if required.
PB2GA-JB
PBXGA-AA
PBXGA-AN
PBXGA-BA
PBXGA-BN

PCI TRI064 S3 1-MB DRAM graphics accelerator, 1280 x 1024 x 256, 72 Hz (Windows NT,
Digital UNIX, OpenVMS systems)
PCI-based ZPXp-El 8-plane 1024 x 768 graphics adapter (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS)
PCI-based ZPXp-El 8-plane 1024 x 768 graphics adapter (Windows NT)
PCI-based ZPXp-E2 24-plane 1024 x 768 graphics adapter (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS)
PCI-based ZPXp-E2 24-plane 1024 x 768 graphics adapter (Windows NT)

Step 6-Networks and Communications
• Packaged systems include PCI-based Ethernet controller,
uses one PCI slot
• Two additional PCI-based controllers supported per
system.
• Select networking cable for Ethernet controller
- BNE4G-02 for AUI
DE43S-AA
DESOO-XA
DEFPA-AA*
DEFPA-DA*
DEFPA-UA*
DGLPB-AB
PBXNP-AA

- BN26K-xx for 10BaseT (twisted pair)
- BC16M-xx for ThinWire
Maximum number of each EISA-based network
controllers supported per system:
- Three DE425-AA, Three DEFEA-xA
- Four DW300-AA, Four DNSES

PCI-based Digital Etherworks 32-bit high-performance network interface card
PCI-based Fast Ethernet network interface card (see PCI Option Slot Table)
PCI-based DEC FDDIcontroller, Single Attachment
PCI-based DEC FDDlcontroller, Dual Attachments
PCI-based DEC FDDI (UTP) controller
PCI-based ATMworks 350 adapter
PCI-based Token Ring adapter, no boot support. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems require
driver floppy.

Alpha Servers 2.25

AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step 6-Networks and Communications (continued)
EISA-based Ethernet, OpenVMS and Digital UNIX only
EISA-based DEC FDDIcontroller, Single Attachment
EISA-based DEC FDDI (UTP) controller
EISA-based DEC FDDIcontroller, Dual Attachment (requires two slots)
EISA-based Token-Ring adapter includes NetWare V2.15 driver, LAN Manager Driver, and
documentation (Not supported by DECnetlOSI for OpenVMS)
EISA-based synchronous communications controller, Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems only

DE425-AA
DEFEA-AA
DEFEA-UA
DEFEA-DA
DW300-AA
DNSES-AA
CXIOI-AA
CXIOI-AD
PBXDI-AA
PBXDI-AB
PBXDI-AC
DlIAA-AA
DlIAA-AB

ISA Asynchronous MUX Adapter, 16 lines. Expandable to 64 lines. Supported on Windows NT and
Digital UNIX only.
ISA Asynchronous MUX Adapter, 16 lines. Expandable to 224 lines. Supported on Windows NT and
Digital UNIX only.
IS A-based Two Port Synchronous Communications controller with interface support for EIA232N.24N.28, Windows NT only
IS A-based Two Port Synchronous Communications controller with interface support for V.35,
Windows NT only
IS A-based Two Port Synchronous Communications controller with interface support for X.21 and
EIA-530, Windows NT only
ISA-based ISDN terminal adapter (U.S.); Windows NT only
ISA-based ISDN terminal adapter (non-U.S.); Windows NT only

* Supported as data device only.
Step 7-Additional Power Supply-Pedestal Systems Only
Note: AlphaServer 1000 Rackmount and Cabinet systems do not support dual power supply configurations
• Additional power supply may be added to AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal system for n+1 redundancy.
• Country specific power cord must be ordered separately, see Step 10.
H7290-AA

450-Watt Redundant Power Supply Option

See UPS infonnation following System Specifications.

Step 8-Terminals and Printers
Systems include two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports with 9-pin D-subminiature connectors.
Select terminals and serial printers as required. A 9-pin to MMJ adapter (H8571-J) is required for each connection. A cable
must be ordered unless otherwise provided.

Step 9-Software
• North American variants of Windows NT Packaged and Base systems include Windows NT Server plus 5-client access
license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English. Selection of language specific Windows NT media kit is
mandatory for non-North American variants.
Windows NT Server plus 5-c1ient access license, media (CD-ROM) kits
QB-23CAA-SB
QB-23C8A-SB
QB-23CPA-SB
QB-23CGA-SB
QB-23CSA-SB
QB-23CUA-SB

2.26 Alpha Servers

Windows NT Server license, media kit AmericanINorth American English
Windows NT Server license, media kit International English
Windows NT Server license, media kit French
Windows NT Server license, media kit German
Windows NT Server license, media kit Spanish
Windows NT Server license, media kit Italian

AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step 9-Software (continued)
Windows NT Server plus 5-client access license, media (CD-ROM) kits
QB-23CJA-SB
QB-23CDA-SB
QB-23CMA-SB
QB-23CNA-SB
QB-23CFA-SB
QB-23CHA-SB
QB-23CVA-SB
QB-23C4A-SB
QB-23C3A-SB
QB-23C2A-SB

Windows NT Server license, media kit Japanese
Windows NT Server license, media kit Danish
Windows NT Server license, media kit Swedish
Windows NT Server license, media kit Norwegian
Windows NT Server license, media kit Finnish
Windows NT Server license, media kit Dutch
Windows NT Server license, media kit Portuguese
Windows NT Server license, media kit Korean
Windows NT Server license, media kit Taiwanese
Windows NT Server license, media kit PRC Chinese

Windows NT Server Optional software and documentation
QA-23CAA-GZ
QA-23C8A-GZ
QB-4G45A-AA

Windows NT Server documentation kit
Windows NT International Server documentation kit
Purveyor Web Server Software Vl.l for Process Software Corp.

Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses
Software Processor Code =E
• Digital UNIX Packaged and Base systems require operating system media and documentation for first system on site.
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at
user discretion.
QL-MT7AM-3B
QL-MT7AM-3C
QL-MT7AM-3D
QL-MT7AM-3E
QL-MT7AM-3F
QL-MT7AE-AA
QL-MT5AE-AA

Digital UNIX Media and Documentation-required for first system on site
QA-MT4AA-H8
QA-MT4AA-GZ

Digital UNIX media and on-line documentation on CD-ROM
Digital UNIX full hardcopy documentation

Digital UNIX Layered Products CD-ROM
QA-054AA-H8

Layered products media and documentation for Digital UNIX on CD-ROM

DECnet for Digital UNIX
QL-MTJAE-AA
QL-MTKAE-AA

DECnet/OSI end-system license for Digital UNIX
DECnet/OSI extended function license for Digital UNIX

Internet AlphaServer Software for Digital UNIX
• Internet AlphaServer Software consists of license, CD-ROM media, and documentation for software listed below.
• Please reference the Internet AlphaServer 100041233 menu for complete list of available Internet software and services.
QB-4GQAA-KA
QB-4GQAA-KB

Internet AlphaServer Software (USA and Canada only)
Internet AlphaServer Software (International)

Alpha Servers 2.27

AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step 9-Software (continued)
OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses
Software Processor Code =E
• OpenVMS Packaged and Base systems require operating system media and documentation for first system on site.
OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved between systems at user
discretion. OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses can also be shared in a mixed OpenVMS V AX and OpenVMS Alpha
Cluster.
QL.MT3AA·3B
QL·MT3AA·3C
QL.MT3AA·3D
QL·MT3AA·3E
QL.MT3AA·3F
QL·MT3AA·3G
QL·MT3AA·3H
QL·MT3AA·3J
QL·MT3AA·3K
QL·MT2AE·AA

OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 2-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 4-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 8-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use I6-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 32-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 64-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 128-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 256-user license
OpenVMS Traditional unlimited user license

OpenVMS Media and Documentation-required for first system on site
QA·MTIAA·H8
QA·OOIAA·GZ

OpenVMS media and on-line documentation CD-ROM
OpenVMS hardcopy documentation

OpenVMS Layered Products CD·ROM
QA·03XAA·H8

Layered products media and documentation for OpenVMS on CD-ROM

DECnet for OpenVMS
QL·MTGAE·AA
QL.MTHAE·AA

DEC net extended function license for OpenVMS
DECnet end-system to extended function upgrade license for OpenVMS

DSSI Information
EK·410AB·MG
EK·D4AXP· TS

DSSI VMS cluster Installation Guide
DSSI VMS cluster Troubleshooting Guide

Step lO-Power Cords, Keyboards, and Documentation
Pedestal and Monitor Power Cords
• North American variants include BN26J-IK 120 V (North American, Japan) power cord. If an other power cord is
selected, both power cords ship with system.
BN26J·IK
BN19H·2E
BN19C·2E
BN19A·2E
BN19E·2E
BN19K·2E
BN19N·2E
BN19S·2E
BN18L·2E

2.28

Alpha Servers

North American, Japan, 120 V
Australia, New Zealand, 2.5 meters long
Central Europe, 2.5 meters long
U.K., Ireland, 2.5 meters long
Switzerland, 2.5 meters long
Denmark, 2.5 meters long
Italy, 2.5 meters long
Egypt, India, South Africa, 2.5 meters long
Israel, 2.5 meters long

AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step to-Power Cords, Keyboards, and Documentation (continued)
Rackmount Power Cords
• 120V and 240V 15 foot power cords are included with all systems, variant designates power cord voltage (See Step 1).
Note: AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal system power cords are less then 15-feet long and are not supported in Rackmount
cabinet enclosure
BN20Q-4E
BN20Z-4E

15-feet 50Hz power cord connects system to power distribution unit located inside cabinet
15-feet 60Hz power cord connects system to power distribution unit located inside cabinet

Keyboards
• North American variants include LK471-AA keyboard (see Step 1). For these variants, if an additional keyboard is
ordered, both keyboards ship with system.
• LK471-xx are 101 key PC style keyboards. LK461-xx are 108 key VT style keyboards.
LK471-A2

LK461-A2*

LK471-AB

LK461-AB

LK471-AD

LK461-AD

LK471-AE

LK461-AE

LK471-AG

LK461-AG

LK471-AI

LK461-AI

LK471-AK

LK461-AK

LK471-AN

LK461-AN

LK471-AP

LK461-AP

LK471-AS

LK461-AS

LK471-AV

LK461-AV

LK471-AQ

LK461-AQ

LK471-AC

LK461-AC
LK461-AL
LK461-AM

North American, Japan (English)
Belgium (French
Denmark
United Kingdom (English)
Germany
Italy
Switzerland (Generic)
Norway
France
Spain
Portugal
Canada (English)
Canada (French)
Switzerland (German)
Sweden

Mouse and Extension Cable Kit
PBXWS-AA
2T-4S0KM-AA

3-button mouse (included with all systems, order as spare or replacement)
Extension cable kit for VGA, PC style keyboard, and mouse, for use with Rackmount systems.

Pedestal Documentation: Customer and Service Kit
Customer Kit

Service Kit

QZ-OOMAA-GZ
QZ-OOMPA-GZ
QZ-OOMSA-GA
QZ-OOMJA-GZ
QZ-OOMUA-GZ
QZ-OOMGA-GZ
AG-Q9SHA-BE

QA-OOMAB-GZ
QA-OOMPB-GZ
QZ-OOMSB-GZ
QZ-OOMJB-GZ
QZ-OOMUB-GZ
QZ-OOMGB-GZ

Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer 1000 4/266-English
Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer 1000 41266-French
Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer 1000 4/266-Spanish
Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer 1000 4/266-Japanese
Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer 1000 41266-Italian
Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer 1000 4/266-German
Customer and Service kit On-line documentation-English

Alpha Servers 2.29

AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step II-Cabinet Enclosure
Select cabinet enclosure for Packaged and Base AlphaServer 1000 Rackmount systems, if required.
• H9A10 19-inch EIA Cabinet Enclosure Dimensions
- Outside: 66.9-inches high, 23.62-inches wide, 33.8-inches deep
- Internal usable rackmountable space: 56-inches high, 19-inches wide, 32.2-inches deep
H9AIO-CE
H9AIO-CF
H9AIO-CG
H9AIO-CH
H9AIO-AB
H9AIO-AD

120V Retma Cabinet assembly with dual power controller
240V Retma Cabinet assembly with dual power controller
120V Retma Cabinet assembly with dual power controller and front door
240V Retma Cabinet assembly with dual power controller and front door
Retma Cabinet assembly with no power controller
Retma Cabinet assembly with front door, with no power controller

Step 12-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services
Hardware-Americas and Asia Pacific only
• Systems include three-year hardware warranty, on-site with 5 x 9, 24-hour response time.
• Select optional Hardware Supplemental Support Services if required.
FM-MK4HR-36
FM-MKS12-36
FM-MK616-36
FM-MK724-36
FM-MKXHW-60
FM-MK4HR-60
FM-MKS12-60
FM-MK616-60
FM-MK724-60

5 x 9, 4-hour response time
5 x 12, 4-hour response time
6 x 16, 4-hour response time
7 x 24, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5, next day, Onsite
Years 1-5, 5x9, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5, 5x12, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5, 6x16, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5, 7x24, 4-hour response time

Software-Americas and Asia Pacific only
• Systems include 90-day Conformance to SPD and Telephone Advisory Support. Select optional Software Supplemental
Support Services, if required.
• Software service upgrades for Windows NT include advisory and remedial software support for the time period
indicated.
• Software service upgrades for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS include advisory and remedial software support with new
version license rights for operating system and Digital NAS 200 for the time period indicated.
FM-MKNTS-12
FM-MKNTS-36
FM-MKNTS-60
FM-MKOSF-12
FM-MKOSF-36
FM-MKOSF -60
FM-MKVMS-12
FM-MKVMS-36
FM-MKVMS-60

12-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 10004/266 systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 1000 41266 systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 10004/266 systems
12-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 10004/266 systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 100041266 systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 10004/266 systems
12-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 10004/266 systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 100041266 systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 1000 4/266 systems

Step 12a-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services (Europe only)
Europe does not have specific part numbers for Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. Prices can be
quoted using the Excelerator tool; contact MCS Sales in your country for information on Hardware and Software
Supplemental Support Services.
2.30 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-LaOmet

Specifications
Shipping Dimensions
Height
l
Width
Depth l

Pedestal
60 em (23.8 in.)
43 em (16.9 in)
65 em (25.6 in)

Weight

43 kg (95 lb) typical
71 kg (156lb) maximum

Installed Dimensions
Height
Width
Depth
Weight

44.2 em (18.1 in.)
35.8 em (14.1 in.)
53.3 em (23 in.)
39 kg (86 lb) typical
51 kg (113 lb) maximum

Clearances
Front
75 em (29.5 in.)
Rear
15 em (6 in.)
Sides
None
Environmental
Pedestal
Temperature
10-40° C (50-104° F)
Operating2
Not tested
Nonoperating
Storage (60 days)
-40-66° C (-40-151 ° F)
11 ° Clhr (20° Flhr)
Rate of change
Relative humidity
Operating
20-80%
Nonoperating
20-80%
Storage (60 days)
10-95%
Rate of change
20%lhr
Maximum wet bulb
28° C (82° F)
temperature operating
Storage (60 days)
39° C (115°F)
Minimum dew point
temperature operating
Maximum heat dissipation Current
Single supply
2390 Btulhr
Dual supply
4097 Btulhr
Air flow and quality
Intake location
Front
Exhaust location
Rear
Altitude
Operating
2000 m (6562 ft)
3600 m (12,000 ft)
Nonoperating
Mechanical shock
Operating
7.5GlOms
Nonoperating
20 G peak 30 ms
Vibration
Operating
10-500 Hz .1 G peak
Acoustics A verageDec1ared
Operating
6.2 LwA, B6.5 LwAd, B
Idle
6.0 LwA, B6.3 LwAd, B
2
3

Rackmount
26.7 em (10.5 in.)
48.2 em (19.0 in.)
73.7 em (29.0 in.) system chassis
& rackmount hardware
63.5 em (25.0 in.) system chassis
29 kg (65 lb) typical

Service clearance
124.04 em (50.0 in.)
61.00 em (24.0 in.)
None
Rackmount
10-35° C (50-95° F)
Not tested
-40-66° C (-40-151° F)
11 ° Clhr (20° Flhr)
20-80%
20-80%
10-95%
20%lhr

Front
Rear
2000 m (6562 ft)
3600 m (12,000 ft)

20 G peak 30 ms
10-500 Hz .1 G peak
6.2 LwA, B6.5 LwAd, B
6.0 LwA, B6.3 LwAd, B

Dimensions of shipping pallet; fork-lift access is on the width dimension.
Maximum operating temperature at Sea Level. Reduce by 1 C (1.8 F) for each 600 m (2000 ft) above Sea
Level.
Higher altitudes are possible if maximum operating temperature is reduced (see Temperature, above); other
restrictions may apply, such as maximum permissible altitude for hard drive.

Alpha Servers 2.31

i\.lpna~erver 1UUU Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Specifications (continued)
Electrical-Universal Power Supplies are 120/240 Vac
Pedestal
Rackmount
120 Vac / 220-240 Vac
100-120 Vac / 220-240 Vac
Nominal ac voltage
Operating Voltage range
90-128 Vac /180-264 Vac
90-132 Vac /180-264 Vac
Single
Single
Power source phase
50-60 Hz
Nominal frequency
60Hz
59-61 Hz / 47-53 Hz
47-53 Hz
Frequency range
Maximum inrush current
50 Amps / 50 Amps
50 Amps
RMS current at nominal
Voltage (steady state)
Single power supply
8.0 Amps /4.0 Amps
Dual power supply
4.6 Amps each supply / 2.2 Amps
each supply
Power cord
Type
IEC 320 C13
4.57 m (15 ft.)
190 cm (75 in.)
Length
NEMAL5-30P
NEMA5-15
U.S. plug
Socket NEMA L5-30R
NEMAL6-20P
240 V plug
Socket NEMA L6-20R
Regulatory
UL Listed to UL1950 (2nd
UL Listed to UL1950 (2nd
Agency approvals
edition)
edition)
CSA Certified to CAN/CSACSA Certified to CAN/CSAC22.2 No. 950-M89
C22.2 No. 950-M89
TUV EN 60950 VDE 0805 GS TUV EN 60950 VDE 0805 GS
marked ZH1I618
marked ZH1I618
FCC 15J Part 15 Class B VerifiedEMKO-TSE (74-SEC), summary
CE Class B Verified
of Nordic deviations
VCCI Class II ITE
FCC 15J Part 15 Verified Class A
Verified
CE Class A verified
VCCI Class II ITE
Reviewed to
EN 60 950/A1, JAN. 1993
AS 3260 Australian Standard
SS 436 1450 Swedish Standard European norm, January 1993
IEC950 (2nd edition)
NZS 6661:1989 New Zealand
Standard
EN 60 950: 1992 European Norm
IEC 950 (2nd edition)

Prestige 1250EXT
UPS offerings include EIA232 port for local or netowrk monitoring. For complete protection, UPS products should be
used with data line surge protectors and UPS monitoring software.

Pedestal UPS
4N-AEABF-AA

Prestige 1250EXT, 1250 VN900W, 1 phase, 60 Hz, 120V 6-foot cord with 5-15P plug, (4)
5-15R receptacle, 9 minutes battery at full UPS load.

4N-AEABF-BF

Prestige 1250EXT, 1250 V N900W, 1 phase, 50 Hz, 200-240V in/out selectable. Uses
system power cord for detachable IEC320 input connection at UPS. Includes (3) IEC320
lOA output receptacles, (2) output jumpers with IEC320 connectors to system.

4N-AEAEO-PA
4N-AEAEO-PB

Hot-swap Power-Pass Module for 60 Hz UPS with (7) 5-15R Surge Protected outlets.
Hot-swap Power-Pass Module for 50 Hz UPS with (6) IEC320, lOA surge protected outlets.

4N-AEWAR-Gl

Prestige 5 year on-site exchange warranty upgrade (U.S. only).

2.32 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Specifications (continued)
Rackmount UPS
4N-AEABF-CA

1.5k va Rackmount 120V UPS. Rackmount kit included for mounting dimensions 6.17inches high x 17-inches wide x 24-inches deep, Weight 811bs.

4N-AEABF-BG

1.5k va Rackmount 240V UPS. Requires rackmount kit for dimensions 9.6-inches high x
5.6-inches wide x 15.8-inches deep, Weight 33 lbs

4N-AEAEO-RA

Rackmount kit for dimensions 22-27-inches deep

4N-AEAEO-RB

Rackmount kit for dimensions 28-34-inches deep

Data Surge Protection
4N-GA249-AB*

Surge potector, modem connection, wall plug-in

4N-GA249-CA *

Surge protector, 10BaseT connection, wall plug-in

4N-GASI0-BF

Surge Protector, ThinWire connection, device port

4N-GA24S-xx

Surge Protector, mUlti-port connection, din raiUrackmount

* Additional plug-in data modules (4N-GA240-xx) available.
Monitoring and Unattended Shutdown Software for above UPS systems only
• Include cables, media and documentation
4N-AEAES-AA

Single system shutdown for Windows NT

4N-AEAES-BA

NW management and multi system shutdown for Windows NT*

4N-AEAES-AK

Single system shutdown for Digital UNIX

4N-AEAES-BK

NW management and multi system shutdown for Digital UNIX*

4N-AEAES-EM

Single system shutdown for OpenVMS

* Require network adapters: 4N-AEAEO-DAIDC for 120V 60 Hz; or 4N-AEAEO-DBIDD for 220V 50 Hz
-DA and -DB = Twisted Pair; -DC and -DD = ThinWire

Alpha Servers 2.33

AlphaServer lOOOA

Product Description The AlphaServer 1000A is an Alpha microprocessor
server, available in 333 MHz and 400 MHz versions, with 2 MB ECC cache,
available in three packages, Pedestal, Rackmount, and Cabinet systems ..
Customers have a choice of three popular operating systems: Digital UNIX,
OpenVMS, and Microsoft Windows NT Server. The AlphaServer 1000A offers
the following high-reliability features: heat sensor, fan failure and power supply
sensors, and ECC memory. Integrated on system motherboard are fast wide
single-ended SCSI-2 controller, diskette controller, two serial ports, one parallel
port, and keyboard and mouse controller.
Advanced server management features are provided with all AlphaServer 1000A
shipments via the bundled ServerWORKS Manager kit. The kit includes Simple
Network Management Protocol (SNMP) agents for Windows NT 3.51 and
Digital UNIX V3.2D. The SNMP agents for OpenVMS will be available with
the next release of TCP/IP Services for OpenVMS. The management console
software runs on a Windows PC and the SNMP agents are installed on the
AlphaServer. The SNMP agents collect critical server information including
system status, I/O information, storage and disk information and network status
information. Thresholds can be set to monitor key server events and alarms are
forwarded to the ServerWORKS console. Additionally, remote management can
be handled via a simple serial link.
The AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal System offers up to 10 internal storage
devices including a floppy diskette drive and a CD-ROM, one 5.25-inch bay for
an optional removable media drive, and seven hot swap StorageWorks wide or
narrow disk drives. The system supports up to 1 GB of memory and over 30 GB
of internal storage with seven 4.3 GB disks.
The AlphaServer lOOOA Rackmount System offers up to 6 internal storage
devices including a floppy diskette drive and a CD-ROM, one 5.25-inch bay for
an optional removable media drive, and three wide and/or narrow disk drives.
The system supports up to 1 GB of memory and over 12.9 GB 'of internal storage
with three 4.3 GB disks. Cabinet systems are rackmount systems mounted with
front facing StorageWorks shelf and two power distribution units into a standard
19" EIA Cabinet.

2.34 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step l-AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal Systems
• Windows NT Packaged and Base systems
- North American variants include Windows NT license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English
- Selection of language specific Windows NT license, media (CD-ROM) kit is mandatory for all non-North American
variants, see Step 9.
• Digital UNIX and OpenVMS Packaged systems include factory installed (FIS) software on hard disk drive. Base
systems ordered with a minimum of a 1.05 GB disk, include factory installed software.
• Uninterruptable Power Supplies are available; see UPS Information following System Specifications.
• Options ordered that are factory installable, will be factory installed unless specified as spares.
Pedestal Systems include
• Alpha microprocessor 21164
- 333 MHz CPU with 2 MB ECC onboard cache, or
• Alpha microprocessor 21164
- 400-MHz CPU with 2 MB ECC onboard cache
• Pedestal enclosure with:
- Seven PCI slots
Two EISA slots
- Integral Fast Wide Single-Ended SCSI-2 controller
supports wide and narrow devices
- 20 SIMM memory slots support 4 memory options
- 10 storage slots:
One diskette drive slot
One CD-ROM drive slot
One additional removable media slot
Seven StorageWorks wide and/or narrow hard drive
slots
- 450-Watt self-sensing, self-switching (1201240V,
60/50Hz) power supply
- Two serial ports, support full duplex asynchronous
modem control
- One bi-directional enhanced parallel port
- PS/2 style keyboard port and mouse port

• 1.44 MB diskette drive in dedicated slot
• 3-button mouse
• North American variants include 120V power cord
(North America, Japan). Mandatory selection of
country-specific power cord for all non-North American
variants, see Step 10.
English language documentation. Certain language
selections are available; see Step 10.
EISA Configuration Utility (ECU)
• Integrated Advanced Server Management features,
including ServerWorks Manager kit
Hardware Warranty: Three-year on-site*
• Software Warranty: 90-day SPD conformance with
advisory telephone support*
• Windows NT Server plus 5-c1ient access license, media
(CD-ROM) kit ort
• Digital UNIX 2-user base license, Internet AlphaServer
System Software kit, Digital NAS Base Server 200
license or
• OpenVMS base license with System Manager license
and Digital NAS Base Server 200 license

* Service upgrades are available; see Step 12, Hardware and Software Supplemental Services

t Windows NT language specific media kit is mandatory for non-North American variants; see Step 9.
Pedestal Packaged Systems include
• PCI-based Fast 100 Ethernet (Twisted Pair) -uses one
PCI slot
• 600 MB CD-RaM-uses one removable media slot
One hard drive, see below
• One memory option, see below

• North American Windows NT and Digital UNIX
variants include a 101-key, PC style U.S. English
keyboard.
• North American OpenVMS variants include a 108 key,
VT style U.S. English keyboard.
• Select country-specific keyboard for all non-U.S.
variants, see Step 10.

Note: Selection of graphics option is mandatory for Windows NT Pedestal Packaged Systems
.

!S/333 .petlestalipack~ged Systems. with' 1.05 GB hard"disk drive

Order Number
PB76B-AA

Operating System OIS Media Power cord
Windows NT
Included*
120V

PB76B-AB

IWindows NT

Mandatory Mandatory

".,

Keyboard

........
Memory Disk

Included
Required

64MB 1.05 GB
64MB 1.05 GB

....

'.'

...
.....

..•. <

....

.....

,
".

Graphics

Monitor

Mandatory
Mandatory

Required
Required

Alpha Servers 2.35

AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Pedestal Packaged Systems

~/333pedestalpackagedSystems. with2XGBh~rd • diskdHve

, ~

:".
....

.......••.

.,,:,

...

.,;:.:

:."

..
.....

Order Number

Operating System OIS Media Power cord

Keyboard

Memory

PB76B-FA

Digital UNIX

PIS

Included

64MB 2.1 GB Recommended Recommended

PB76B-FB

Digital UNIX

PIS

PB76B-MA

OpenVMS

PIS

PB76B-MB

OpenVMS

PIS

120V

Disk

Graphics

Monitor

Mandatory Recommended 64MB 2.1 GB Recommended Recommended
120V

Included

64MB 2.1 GB Recommended Recommended

Mandatory Recommended 64MB 2.1 GB Recommended Recommended
:

.....

s1400PedestalPackaged Systems with 2.1GB l1arddiskdrive
Order Number

Operating System OIS Media Power cord

PB78B-AA

Windows NT

Included*

PB78B-AB

Windows NT

Mandatory Mandatory

PB78B-FA

Digital UNIX

PIS

PB78B-FB

Digital UNIX

PIS

PB78B-MA

OpenVMS

PIS

PB78B-MB

OpenVMS

PIS

120V
120V

....

.....:

....... :

...

Keyboard

Memory

Disk

Graphics

Monitor

Included

128MB 2.1 GB

Mandatory

Required

128MB 2.1 GB

Mandatory

Required

Included

128MB 2.1 GB Recommended Recommended

Mandatory Recommended 128MB 2.1 GB Recommended Recommended
120V

Included

128MB 2.1 GB Recommended Recommended

Mandatory Recommended 128MB 2.1 GB Recommended Recommended

* Windows NT Server license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English.
KEY: Mandatory items must be on purchase order at initial order acceptance.
Required items are essential for full system operation.
Recommended items enhance system functionality.
FIS = Factory Installed Software
Pedestal Base Systems
Note: Selection of graphics option is mandatory for Windows NT Pedestal Base Systems
.

. . :

~/333 Pedestal' Base Systems

Order Number

Operating
System

:';':.

....

.,.

.::

.':

OISMedia Power cord

PB76C-AA

Windows NT

Included!

PB76C-AB

Windows NT

Mandatory Mandatory

PB76C-FA

Digital UNIX

FIS

PB76C-FB

Digital UNIX

FIS

iPB76C-MA

Open VMS

FIS

PB76C-MB

Open VMS

~/4QqP~~~~~t]J:~S~:~y~te~

120V
120V

.'.:

Keyboard

::;."

:.'

. ::

..'

Memory &
Hard Drive

120 V

Graphics

....

CD-ROM

Monitor

Required

Mandatory

Required

Mandatory

Required

Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended
Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended

Mandatory Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended
,.,

.,' "~d"~; ~ "

u,,,,

:.. ···Y.

.. '

PB78C-AA

Windows NT

Included

Windows NT

Mandatory Mandatory

PB78 C-FA

Digital UNIX

FIS2

PB78C-FB

Digital UNIX

FIS2

PB78C-MA

Open VMS

PIS:.!

Open VMS

FIS2

120V
120V

':.'.:.. :

. . .:

....::

.':

:':

::::::,:·.·I::::·

• . . . . . . :.:..

. ..:::.::

. ":.'.

:\:..::.... , ...
.

:::.::

Mandatory

Required

Mandatory

Required

Included

.:::

Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended

Mandatory Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended
120V

Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended

Mandatory Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended

1. Windows NT Server license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English.
2. Base systems ordered with a minimum of a 1.05 GB disk, include factory installed software (FIS).
KEY: Mandatory items must be on purchase order at initial order acceptance.
Required items are essential for full system operation.
Recommended items enhance system functionality.
FIS = Factory Installed Software

2.36 Alpha Servers

Mandatory Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended

PB78C-AB

PB78C-MB

.....

AlphaServer 1000A Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step l-AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal Systems (continued)
PCI Option Slot Table
• Use table for options restricted to slots 0, 1 and 2 only.
Order Number
KZPSC-AA
KZPSC-BA
DJ-ML200-BA
DESOO-XA
PBXGA-JB

Description
One-port PCI-based RAID Controller
Three port PCI-based RAID Controller
4 MB PCI Prestoserve option
PCI-based Fast Ethernet network interface card
PCI based S3 TRIO Graphics Adapter

Max # Restriction applies to
Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, Windows NT
3
Windows NT only
3
Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, Windows NT
1
Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, Windows NT
2
1
OpenVMS only

Step la-AlphaServer lOOOA Rackmount Systems
• Windows NT Packaged and Base systems
- North American variants include Windows NT license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English
- Selection of language specific Windows NT license, media (CD-ROM) kit is mandatory for all non-North American
variants, see Step 9.
· Digital UNIX and OpenVMS Packaged systems include factory installed (FIS) software on hard disk drive. Base
systems ordered with a minimum of a 1.05 GB disk, include factory installed software.
• Uninterruptable Power Supplies are available; see UPS Information following System Specifications.
· Options ordered that are factory installable, will be factory installed unless specified as spares.
Note: AlphaServer 1000A rackmount systems do not support dual power supply configurations
Rackmount Systems include
• Alpha microprocessor 21164 333-MHz CPU with 2 MB
ECC onboard cache, or
• Alpha microprocessor 21164 400-MHz CPU with 2 MB
ECC onboard cache
• Rackmount enclosure with:
- Seven PCI slots
Two EISA slots
Integral Fast Wide Single-Ended SCSI-2 controller
supports wide and narrow devices
- 20 SIMM memory slots support 4 memory options
6 storage slots:
One diskette drive slot
One CD-ROM drive slot
One additional removable media slot
Three fixed wide and/or narrow hard disk drive slots
- 450-Watt self-sensing, self-switching (120/240V,
60/50Hz) power supply
- Two serial ports, support full duplex asynchronous
modem control
- One bi-directional enhanced parallel port

- PS/2 style keyboard port and mouse port
• 1.44 MB diskette drive in dedicated slot
Three-button mouse
• IS-foot power cord (120V/240V as appropriate)
• Rackmount hardware (shelf and rails)
• English language documentation kit.
• EISA Configuration Utility (ECU)
• Integrated Advanced Server Management features,
including ServerWorks Manager kit
. !
• Hardware Warranty: Three-year on-sIte
• Software Warranty: 90-day SPD conformance with
advisory telephone support!
• Windows NT Ser~er plus 5-client access license, media
(CD-ROM) kit or
Digital UNIX 2-user base license, Digital NAS Base
Server 200 license or
OpenVMS base license with System Manager license
and Digital NAS Base Server 200 license.

1 Service upgrades are available; see Step 12, Hardware and Software Supplemental Services
2 Windows NT language specific media kit is mandatory for non-North American variants; see Step 9.

Alpha Servers

2.37

AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

I
Rackmount Packaged Systems include
• PCI-based Fast 100 Ethernet (Twisted Pair)-uses one
PCI slot
• One hard disk drive, see below
• Memory, see below
600 MB CD-ROM-uses one removable media slot
• North American Windows NT and Digital UNIX
variants include a 101-key, PC style U.S. English
keyboard.

• North American OpenVMS variants include a 108 key,
VT style U.S. English keyboard.
• Select country-specific keyboard for non-North
American variants, see Step 10.
• Systems include 120V or 240V power cord depending on
variant chosen.
• Cabinet enclosure available separately, see Step II.

Note: Selection of graphics option is mandatory for Windows NT Rackmount Packaged Systems
.'.

~j333 RackfuotintPackagedSYstemsWithi.05 'GB harddiskdri~e
.
.
Order Number Operating System OIS Media Power cord
Keyboard
Included
PB76P-AA
Windows NT
Included*
120V

PB76P-AB
PB76P-FA
PB76P-FB
PB76P-MA
PB76P-MB

Windows NT
Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
OpenVMS

Mandatory

240 V

Required

PIS
PIS
PIS

120V
240 V

Included
Recommended
Included

120V

Recommended
240 V
..
'... :. ,<'
5/400.RacklllountPackagedsystelllswith·2~iGB·liard.aiskdrive
"
Order Number Operating System OIS Media Power cord
Keyboard
Included
PB78P·AA
Windows NT
Included*
120V
PB78p·AB
Mandatory
Required
240 V
lWindows NT

'.'

PB78p·MB

Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX

PIS
PIS

120V
240 V

OpenVMS
OpenVMS

PIS
PIS

120V
240 V

Included
Recommended
Included
Recommended

2.38 Alpha Servers

....

...•.; . ; . ;

...

. .........

Monitor
Required

64MB

Mandatory
Required
Recommended Recommended
Recommended Recommended
Recommended Recommended

64MB

Recommended Recommended
...:,

..
.'

PB78p·FA
PB78p·FB
PB78p·MA

Mandatory

64MB
64MB
64MB

PIS

...

Graphics

Memory
64MB

Memory
128MB

.;:

..........

Graphics
Mandatory

".",
'

..........:

...

Monitor
Required

128MB
128MB

Mandatory
Required
Recommended Recommended

128MB
128MB

Recommended Recommended
Recommended Recommended
Recommended Recommended

128MB

AlphaServer 1000A Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step l-AlphaServer lOOOA Rackmount Systems (continued)
Rackmount Base System
• Base systems include 120V or 240V power cord depending on variant chosen.
• Cabinet enclosure available separately, see Step 11.
Note: Selection of graphics option is mandatory for Windows NT Rackmount Base Systems
5/333 Rackmount Base Systems

Keyboard

Memory &
Hard Drive

Graphics

CD-ROM

Monitor

120V

Required

Mandatory

Required

240 V

Required

Mandatory

Required

Digital UNIX

Mandatory
PIS:.!

120V

Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended

Digital UNIX

PIS:.!

240 V

Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended

OpenVMS

PIS2

120V

Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended

OpenVMS

PIS:.!

240 V

Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended

Order Number

Operating
System

OIS Media Power cord

PB76S-AA

Windows NT

Included

PB76S-AB

Windows NT

PB76S-FA
PB76S-FB
PB76S-MA
PB76S-MB

5/400 Rackmount Base Systems
1

Required

Mandatory

Required

Mandatory

Required

PB78S-AA

Windows NT

Included

PB78S-AB

Windows NT
Digital UNIX

Mandatory
PIS:.!

240 V

PB78S-FA

120V

Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended

PB78S-FB

Digital UNIX

PIS2

240 V

Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended

PB78S-MA

OpenVMS

PIS2

120 V

Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended

PB78S-MB

OpenVMS

PIS:.!

240 V

Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended

120 V

1. Windows NT Server license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English
2. Base systems ordered with a minimum of a 1.05 GB disk, include factory installed software (FIS).
KEY: Mandatory items must be on purchase order at initial order acceptance.
Required items are essential for full system operation.
Recommended items enhance system functionality.
FIS = Factory Installed Software
PCI Option Slot Table
• Use table for options restricted to slots 0, 1 and 2 only.
Order Number
KZPSC-AA
KZPSC-BA
DJ-ML200-BA
DE500-XA
PBXGA-JB

Description
One-port PCI-based RAID Controller
Three port PCI-based RAID Controller
4 MB PCI Presto serve option
PCI-based Fast Ethernet network interface card
PCI based S3 TRIO Graphics Adapter

Max # Restriction applies to
Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, Windows NT
3
Windows NT only
3
1
Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, Windows NT
Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, Windows NT
2
1
OpenVMS only

Alpha Servers 2.39

AlphaServer 1000A Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step ·. ·1 b__Alplt~Server •.l()OOA·CaijillefSY~~~~s .• •· .· "
Cabinet Packaged Systems include
• AlphaServer 1000A Cabinet Systems ship with dual (2) H7600-xx cabinet power distribution units and the following
power cords.
- 120 V systems (H7600-AA) =2 x 24A terminated with NEMA L5-30P (plugs) and require NEMA L6-20R
(receptacles)
- 240 V systems (H7600-AB) =2 x 16A terminated with NEMA L6-20P (plugs) and require NEMA L6-20R
(receptacles)
• H9AI0-CE/-CF Cabinet Dimensions
- Outside: 66.9-inches high, 23.62-inches wide,
33.8-inches deep
- Usable internal rackmount: 59.5-inches high, 19-inches wide, 30.83-inches deep.
5/333 and 5/400 Cabinet Packaged Systems include

• Cabinet enclosure (H9AI0-CE/-CF, 120 V or 240 V) with AlphaServer 1000A Rackmount Packaged System, plus
- One BA36R-AF front-mounted StorageWorks shelf. Note: BA36R-AF StorageWorks wide shelf requires a Fast
wide SCSI controller, SCSI disk drive, and SCSI cable, see Step 4b. Select SCSI devices for installation in BA36RAF StorageWorks shelf from Step 4e.
.
..

5/333 Cabinet Packaged Systems

.'.

...

........

PB76R-AA*

Windows NT Rackmount Packaged system (PB76P-AA)

PB76R-AB

Windows NT Rackmount Packaged system (PB76P-AB)

PB76R-FAlFB

Digital UNIX Rackmount Packaged system (PB76P-FAIFB)

rB76R-MAIMB

Open VMS Rackmount Packaged system (PB 76P-MAlMB)

5/400CabilletPackaged Systems

......................

..
.

'.'

PB78R-AB

Windows NT Rackmount Packaged system (PB78P-AA)
Windows NT Rackmount Packaged system (PB78P-AB)

PB78R-FAlFB

Digital UNIX Rackmount Packaged system (PB78P-FAlFB)

PB78R-MAIMB

OpenVMS Rackmount Packaged system (PB78P-MAlMB)

PB78R-AA*

. '.,

.: ..............

< .

'·:·c . ... ....
."

* Windows NT Server license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English ..
Step 2-Memory
• Packaged Systems include one 64 MB or one 128 MB memory kit.
• System supports up to four memory kits (each kit includes industry-standard SIMMs and ECC support).
• System maximum of 1 GB can be obtained by selecting Base System and four PB7MA-AE/CE 256 MB memory kits.
Memory kits for
5/333 and 5/400 systems iDescription

PB7MA-CB
PB7MA-CC
PB7MA-CD
PB7MA-CE
DJ-ML200-BA

2.40 Alpha Servers

32 MB 70ns (8 MB SIMMs) memory kit
64 MB 70ns (16 MB SIMMs) memory kit
128 MB 70ns (32 MB SIMMs) memory kit
256 MB 70ns (64 MB SIMMs) memory kit
PCI-based 4 MB PrestoServe I/O Performance Enhancement Option; maximum one per system.

AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step 3-Monitors
• Windows NT systems require a graphics monitor to run all functions.
• EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) is accessible via the console port for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems. Optional
graphics capability is available. Select graphics adapter, monitor, and country specific keyboard for Digital UNIX and
OpenVMS systems if required.
• Graphics monitors other than those listed below can be used if compatible with graphics adapter included with system.
- OpenVMS supports 640 x 480 x 256 @ 72Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 72Hz
- Digital UNIX supports 640 x 480 x 256 @ 72Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 72Hz
- Windows NT supports 640 x 480 x 256 @ 72Hz, 640 x 480 x 256 @ 72 Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 56 Hz, 800 x 600 x
256 @ 60 Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 72 Hz.

Note: Higher resolution available with optional EISA or PCI graphics adapters (see Step 5).
VRC15-KAlK4

15" (13.9" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Flat-square
CRT with 0.28 mm dot pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from
VGA to 1024 x 768 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant.
120/240V universal power supply. Includes 1.4 meter HD15 male to male video cable. Select -KA for
Northern Hemisphere or -K4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -KA
includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -KA and -K4 must be ordered separately, see
Step 10.

VRT17-PAlP4

VRC21-LAlL4

21" (19.6" viewable image size) ultra high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure.
Diamondtron aperture grille CRT with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static
coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1600 x 1200 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. On Screen display
(OSD). Stereo viewing compatible. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V
universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. Select -LA for Northern
Hemisphere, or -L4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -LA includes
120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -LA and -L4 must be ordered separately, see Step 10.

Step 4-Storage
Configuration rules for Pedestal Internal Storage
• Integral Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) SCSI-2
controller supports maximum of seven wide and/or
narrow devices:
- Two internal narrow 5.25-inch removable media
devices
- Six narrow or wide 3.5-inch hard disk drives in
internal storage assembly
- One external narrow storage device. Maximum
external SCSI cable length cannot exceed .5 meters

• Pedestal enclosure supports ten storage devices: one
dedicated diskette drive slot, two removable media slots,
seven 3.5-inch internal hard disk drives.
• Pedestal system internal storage assembly is configured
in single-bus mode and can be reconfigured in split bus
mode.
• An additional SCSI-2 controller is required to support
internal storage assembly if set for split-bus mode.

Configuration rules for Rackmount Internal Storage
• Integral Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) SCSI-2
controller supports maximum of five wide and/or narrow
devices:
- Two internal narrow 5.25-inch removable media
devices.

- Three narrow or wide 3.5-inch internal hard disk
drives (each narrow drive ordered requires a wide to
narrow SCSI adapter (PBXKP-BA).
• Rackmount enclosure supports six storage devices: one
dedicated diskette drive slot, two removable media slots,
three 3.5-inch internal hard disk drives.

Alpha Servers 2.41

AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Removable Media Devices
PBXRD-CA
PBXTZ-AA
PBXTL-DA

600 MB 5.25 inch half-height dual-speed CD-ROM drive (RRD45)
2.0 GB 5.25-inch half-height SCSI QIC tape drive (TZKll)
8.0 GB 5.25-inch x 1.6-inch SCSI 4 mm DAT drive (TLZ09)

Pedestal System Hard Drives
RZ26N-VW
RZ28D-VW
RZ28M-VW
RZ29B-VW

1.05 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive
2.1 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive
2.1 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive
4.3 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" SCSI hard disk drive

Pedestal system internal SCSI Cable Kits
PB7HA-AA
PB7HA-BA

BC25V-IH

Includes 50 conductor cable from 8-bit narrow SCSI controller to internal storage assembly, cable
from internal storage assembly to external bulkhead, and external terminator.
Includes 68 conductor cable from 16-bit wide SCSI controller to internal storage assembly, cable
from internal storage assembly to wide SCSI external bulkhead, jumper cable to put internal storage
assembly into single bus mode, and external single-ended wide SCSI terminator.
Includes one 68 conductor cable from 16-bit wide SCSI controller to wide SCSI external bulkhead.

Rackmount System Hard Disk Drives (internal only)
• Order -W variants when configuring initial order
• Order PBXRW-xx variants when ordering as spares and/or for field installation
• Order -VA and -VW variants when adding external storage to Narrow BA35R or Wide BA36R Rackmount
StorageWorks shelves

Rackmount Hard Disk Drives (Internal only)
RZ26N-W
RZ28M-W
RZ28D-W
RZ29B-W
PBXRW-EB
PBXRW-HB
PBXRW-JB
PBXRW-NA

2.42 Alpha Servers

1.05 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5-inch half-height disk drive
2.1 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5-inch half-height disk drive
2.1 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5-inch half-height disk drive
4.3 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5-inch half-height disk drive
1.05 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive
2.1 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive
2.1 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive
4.3 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5-inch half-height disk drive

AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step 4b-Storage Controllers
• Maximum three PCI-based KZPSC-xx SCSI controllers
supported per system. KZPSC-xx controllers are
supported in PCI slots 0, I and 2 only.
• Maximum two EISA-based KZESC-xx SCSI controllers
supported per system. Maximum number of EISA-based
controllers of all types is limited by the total number of
available EISA slots and available IRQs.
• KZPSC-xx StorageWorks RAID Array 230 includes PCI
backplane RAID controller and StorageWorks RAID
Array 230 Subsystem family software and
documentation kit for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX and
Windows NT.
- KZPSC-AA one-port controller installed in Pedestal
system requires a PB7HA-BA SCSI cable kit for
connection to internal StorageWorks shelf, two kits
required for split bus mode.
- KZPSC-BA three-port controller installed in Pedestal
system requires one PB7HA-BA SCSI cable kit for
connection to internal StorageWorks shelf, split-bus
mode requires two SCSI cable kits.
Note: If all three ports on KZPSC-BA controller are
used, third external port blocks an additional PCI
bulkhead slot.
• KZESC-xx StorageWorks RAID Array 210 includes
EISA backplane RAID controller and StorageWorks

RAID Array 210 Subsystem family software and
documentation kit for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX and
Windows NT.
- KZESC-AA one-port controller installed in Pedestal
system requires one PB7HA-AA SCSI cable kit for
connection to internal StorageWorks shelf, split-bus
mode requires two SCSI cable kits.
- KZESC-BA three-port controller installed in Pedestal
system requires one PB7HA-AA SCSI cable kit for
connection to internal StorageWorks shelf, split-bus
mode requires two SCSI cable kits.
Note: If all three ports on KZESC-BA controller are
used for external storage, third external port blocks an
additional PCI bulkhead slot.
• KZPSA-BB PCI-based one-port Fast Wide Differential
SCSI controller supports externally connected wide disks
in BA356IBA36R with DWZZB signal converter, or
narrow disks in BA35R with DWZZA signal converter.
Internal hard disk drives are not supported on FWD
controller.
• SCSI cables are not included and must be ordered
separately.
• External DSSI cables are not included and must be
ordered separately.

SCSI Controllers
KZPAA-AA
BN21H-xx

KZPSA-BB
BN21K-Ol

KZPDA-AA
BN21K-02
KZPSC-AA*

BN31S-1E
BN31L-IE
KZPSC-BA*

BN31K-OE
BN31S-1E
BN31L-IE

PCI-based one-port high-performance Fast Narrow Single Ended (FNSE) SCSI-2 controller
Connects from KZPAA-AA to narrow StorageWorks enclosures and narrow StorageWorks
rackmount shelves. Pedestal system requires PB7HA-AA SCSI cable kit for connection to internal
StorageWorks shelf
PCI-based one-port high-performance Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI controller. Supports
external disks only.
Connects from KZPSA to DWZZA-VA in narrow StorageWorks enclosures and narrow
StorageWorks rackmount shelves, or DWZZB-VW in wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide
StorageWorks rackmount shelves
PCI-based one-port Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) SCSI controller
Connects from KZPDA to wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount
shelves.
One-port PCI backplane RAID Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) controller; includes StorageWorks
RAID Array 230 Subsystem family software and documentation kit. Pedestal system requires
PB7HA-BA SCSI cable kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf.
Connects from KZPSC-AA to wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount
shelves
Connects from KZPSC-AA to narrow StorageWorks enclosures and narrow StorageWorks
rackmountshelves
Three-port PCI backplane RAID (FWSE) controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230
Subsystem family software and documentation kit. Pedestal system requires PB7HA-BA SCSI cable
kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf.
SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit for KZPSC-BA; required for connection to third port; uses one
PCI bulkhead slot.
Connects from KZPSC-BA to wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount
shelves
Connects from KZPSC-BA to narrow StorageWorks enclosures and narrow StorageWorks rackmount
shelves

Alpha Servers 2.43

Alpna~erver lUUUA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step 4b-Storage Controllers (continued)
SCSI Controllers
KZESC-AA*

BN21H-02
BN21N-02
KZESC-BA*

CK-SWXCR-AA
BN21H-02
BN21N-02
KZPSM-AA
BC25V-IA
BN21K-xx

One-port EISA backplane RAID (FNSE) controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 210
Subsystem family software and documentation kit. Pedestal system requires PB7HA-AA SCSI cable
kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf
Connects from KZPAA-AA to narrow StorageWorks enclosures and narrow StorageWorks
rackmountshelves
Connects from KZESC-BA to wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount
shelves
Three-port EISA backplane RAID controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 210 Subsystem
family software and documentation kit. Pedestal system requires PB7HA-AA SCSI cable kit for
connection to internal StorageWorks shelf.
SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit for KZESC-BA, required for connecting second and third ports to
builkhead slot
Connects from KZESC-BA to narrow StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount
shelves
Connects from KZESC-BA to wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount
shelves
PCI-based SCSI Ethernet combination controller. (FWSE) SCSI controller, 10 Mbit Ethernet.
SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit for KZPSM-AA; connects from KZPSM-AA to bulkhead for
external storage; requires BN21K-xx SCSI cable
Connects from KZPSM-AA bulkhead assembly kit wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide
StorageWorks rackmount shelves

* See Storage Devices for additional information on StorageWorks RAID Array 2xO Subsystems
DSSI Controllers
KFPSA-AA

PCI-based single-DSSI controller (OpenVMS systems only). See Step 4fDSSI cables.

KFESB-AA

Step 4c-External Tape Expansion
• Integral Fast Wide Single Ended SCSI-2 controller
installed in Pedestal systems can be extended outside the
system enclosure for narrow devices only.
- 0.5 meters when internal narrow device is connected
and StorageWorks assembly is configured in singlebus mode in Pedestal enclosure only.
- 1.0 meters when internal narrow device is connected
and StorageWorks assembly is configured in split-bus
mode in Pedestal enclosure only.
• External tape drives are also supported on optional PCIbased SCSI controllers.

- KZPAA-AA-maximum bus length including cable
and tape device cannot exceed 3.0 meters.
- KZPSA-BB-maximum bus length including cable
and tape device cannot exceed 25.0 meters.
• External tape drives supported on one- and three-port
(KZPSC-xx) SCSI controllers on Windows NT systems
only.
• External tape drives are not supported on one- and threeport (KZESC-xx) Fast-SCSI-2 controllers.
Each tabletop tape device requires high density 50-pin
to low density 50-pin SCSI cable (BN23G-OE).

External Tapes supported on Windows NT Servers
TLZ09
TLZ7e,2
TZKll-DA
TZ872
2
TZ875
2
TZ877
BN23G-OE

2.44 Alpha Servers

8.0 GB 4 mm DAT tape drive
32.0 GB 4 mm DAT autoloader
2.0 GB 5.25-inch tabletop QIC tape drive
20 GB, DLT tape drive
100 GB, DLT tape autoloader
140 GB, DLT tape autoloader
3 Foot Molded SCSI Cable, required for each tabletop tape device

AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step 4c-External Tape Expansion (continued)
External Tapes supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS servers
3

TLZ09
12 3
TLZ7L • •
TZKll.DA

TKZ60·FAlFC
TKZ60.EA
TKZ61

TKZ61.AC

TKZ62
TKZ62.AC
TKZlS·TA

TKZlS.VA •
TSZ07·CA
TSZ07.AA
TZ87

TZ87.VA
TZ87S
TZ877
TZ88

2
2

TKZ9E.TA

TKZ9E.VA

BN23G·OE

8.0 GB 4 mm DAT tape drive
32.0 GB 4 mm DAT autoloader
2.0 GB 5.25-inch tabletop QIC tape drive
400 MB IBM 3480/3490 compatible tabletop tape drive
400 MB IBM 3480/3490 compatible tabletop tape drive
400 MB IBM compatible tape autoloader
400 MB IBM compatible tape autoloader
2.4 GB IBM compatible tape autoloader
2.4 GB IBM compatible tape autoloader
10 GB, 8 mm, tabletop tape drive
10 GB, 8 mm, tabletop tape drive
401140 MB, reeVreel, tabletop tape drive
401140 MB, reeVreel, tabletop tape drive
20 GB, DLT tape drive
20 GB, DLT tape drive
100 GB, DLT tape autoloader
140 GB, DLT tape autoloader
20/40 GB, DLT tape drive
2/517110/14 GB 8 mm helical scan tape drive, tabletop
2/517/10/14 GB 8 mm helical scan tape drive in StorageWorks SBB carrier
3 Foot Molded SCSI Cable, required for each tabletop tape device.

1 Includes four cartridge loader. Larger magazines are supported.

2 Base operating systems support sequential back-up mode only; additional software is required for random access backup. See Storage Devices for details.
3. Variants for use in Rackmount systems
4. 8 mm drive requires OpenVMS MK-driver patch when connected to KZPSA controller in OpenVMS system.
5. Windows NT require layered driver software QB-4STAA-SA

BA346·KB

DWZZA·VA
DWZZB·VW

See Storage Device for additional ordering infonnation for StorageWorks modular storage expansion and supported devices.

Alpha Servers

2.45

AJPba~erver IUUUA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step 4e-External Disk Expansion for Cabinet Systems
• External BA35R Rackmount StorageWorks shelves are
supported on all Fast SCSI-2 controllers.
• External BA36R Rackmount StorageWorks shelves are
supported on Fast Wide SCSI controller.
• AlphaServer 1000 Rackmount systems provide four
SCSI expansion ports on rear panel of system.

• Order BN21H-02 cable to connect a single BA35R
StorageWorks shelf to controllers.
• Order BN31 *-xx cable to connect a single BA36R
StorageWorks shelf to controllers.

Rackmount StorageWorks Shelves
BA36R-AF
BA36R-AR
BA35R-SF
BA35R·SR
DWZZA-VA
DWZZB-VW

Rackmounted BA356 front mounted StorageWorks shelf for Wide SCSI disks
Rackmounted BA356 rear mounted StorageWorks shelf for Wide SCSI disks
Rackmounted BA350 front mounted StorageWorks shelf for Narrow SCSI disks
Rackmounted BA350 rear mounted StorageWorks shelf for Narrow SCSI disks
Bi-directional SCSI signal converter and bus extender kit. 16 bit Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 on
one end and 8 bit Fast Narrow Single-Ended SCSI-2 on other end. Requires BN21K-** cable.
Bi-directional SCSI signal converter and bus extender kit. 16 bit Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 on
one end and 8 or 16 bit Fast Wide Single-Ended SCSI-2 on other end. Requires BN21K-** cable.

See Storage Devices for additional ordering information for StorageWorks modular storage expansion and supported devices.

1.05 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 xI" SCSI hard disk drive
2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive
2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.5 xI" SCSI hard disk drive
4.3 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" SCSI hard disk drive
1.05 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive
2.1 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive
2.1 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive
4.3 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" SCSI hard disk drive

* Wide drives operate in 8-bit narrow mode when connected to integral Fast Narrow Single Ended SCSI-2 controller
Step 4f-DSSI Cables
• EISA-based DSSI controller (KFESB-AA) uses "Micro-Ribbon" connection.
• KFESB to any external "Pin-Socket" DSSI connection (VAX 4000s, R400X) requires BC22Q-xx DSSI cable.
• KFESB to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI straight connection (all other DSSI systems and storage devices requiring
straight connection) requires BC21Q-xx DSSI cable.
• KFESB to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI right-angle connection (all other DSSI systems and storage devices
requiring right-angle connection) requires BC29S-xx DSSI cable.

2.46 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-t;abinet

Step 5-Graphics Adapters
Note: Selection of graphics option is mandatory for Windows NT Pedestal Packaged Systems
EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) is accessible via the console port for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems. Optional
graphics capability is available. Select graphics adapter, monitor, and country specific keyboard for Digital UNIX and
OpenVMS systems if required.
PB2GA-JB
PB2GA-FB
PBXGA-AA
PBXGA-AN
PBXGA-BA
PBXGA-BN
PB2GA-JA

PCI based Tri064 S3 1 MB DRAM graphics adapter 1024 x 768 (Digital UNIX, OpenVMS,
Windows NT)
ISA based ATI Mach64 2 MB DRAM graphics adapter 1280 x 1024 (Digital UNIX, OpenVMS,
Windows NT)
PCI based ZPXp-El 8-plane 1024 x 768 graphics ac~apter (Digital UNIX)
PCI based ZPXp-El 8-plane 1024 x 768 graphics adapter (Windows NT)
PCI based ZPXp-E2 24-plane 1024 x 768 graphics adapter (Digital UNIX)
PCI based ZPXp-E2 24-plane 1024 x 768 graphics adapter (Windows NT)
PCI based PowerStorm 3D10 8-plane 1280x1024 graphics, (Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, Windows NT)

Step 6-Networks and Communications
• Packaged systems include PCI-based Fast 100 Ethernet (Twisted Pair) controller (DE500-XA), uses one PCI slot.
• All options use one slot except DEFEA-DA which uses two slots
• Select networking cable for Ethernet controller
- BN26K-xx for 10BaseT (twisted pair)
• Maximum number of each EISA-based network controllers supported per system:
- Two DE425-AA, Two DEFEA-xA, Two DW300-AA, Two DNSES
DESOO-XA
DE42S-AA
DE4S0-CA
DEFPA-AA*
DEFPA-DA*
DEFPA-UA*
DGLPB-AB
PBXNP-AA

PCI-based Fast Ethernet network interface card (see PCI Option Slot Table)
EISA-based Ethernet; OpenVMS and Digital UNIX only
PCI based Digital Etherworks 32-bit network interface card (twisted pair, Thick wire, ThinWire)
PCI-based DEC FDDlcontroller, Single Attachment; maximum seven on OpenVMS and
Windows NT, four on Digital UNIX.
PCI-based DEC FDDlcontroller, Dual Attachment, maximum seven on OpenVMS and Windows NT,
four on Digital UNIX.
PCI-based DEC FDDI (UTP) controller; maximum seven on OpenVMS and Windows NT, four on
Digital UNIX.
PCI-based ATMworks 350 adapter
PCI-based Token Ring adapter, no boot support. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems require
driver floppy.

* Supported as data device only.
DEFEA-AA
DEFEA-DA
DEFEA-UA
DW300-AA
DNSES-AA
CXIOI-AA
CXIOI-AD
PBXDI-AA
PBXDI-AB
PBXDI-AC
DlIAA-AA
DllAA-AB

EISA-based DEC FDDlcontroller, Single Attachment
EISA-based DEC FDDIcontroller, Dual Attachment (requires two slots)
EISA-based DEC FDDI (UTP) controller
EISA-based Token-Ring adapter includes NetWare V2.15 driver, LAN Manager Driver, and
documentation (Not supported by DECnet/OSI for OpenVMS)
EISA-based synchronous communications controller; Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems only
ISA Async MUX Adapter, 16lines-expandable to 64lines; Windows NT and Digital UNIX only
ISA Async MUX Adapter, 16lines-expandable to 224 lines; Windows NT and Digital UNIX only
ISA-based Two Port Synchronous Communications controller with interface support for EIA232N.24N.28; Windows NT only
ISA-based Two Port Synchronous Communications controller with interface support for V.35;
Windows NT only
ISA-based Two Port Synchronous Communications controller with interface support for X.21 and
EIA-530; Windows NT only
ISA-based ISDN terminal adapter (U.S.); Windows NT only
ISA-based ISDN terminal adapter (non-U.S.); Windows NT only
Alpha Servers

2.47

Alpha~erver IUUUA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step 7-Additional Power Supply-Pedestal Systems Only
Note: AlphaServer 1000A Rackmount and Cabinet systems do not support dual power supply configurations
• Additional power supply may be added to AlphaServer 1000A Pedestal system for n+ 1 redundancy.
• Country specific power cord must be ordered separately, see Step 10.
450-Watt Redundant Power Supply Option

H7290-AA

See UPS information following System Specifications.

Step 8-Printers and Remote Console
The KCRCM is an EISA form-factor card that enables a remote user to gain access to the system's console terminal port,
and reset, halt, and power cycle the system. It functions independently of the operating system.
KCRCM-AA
KCRCM-BA
KCRCM-CA
KCRCM-DA

Remote System access for IIOV North American
Remote System access for 220V Europe
Remote System access for 220V U.K.
Remote System access for 240V AustralialNew Zealand

Systems include two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports with 9-pin D-subminiature connectors.
Select serial printers as required. A 9-pin to MMJ adapter (H857I-J) is required for each connection. A cable must be
ordered unless otherwise provided.

Step 9-Software
• North American variants of Windows NT Packaged and Base systems include Windows NT license, media (CD-ROM)
kits (see Step 1). Note: Selection of language specific Windows NT media kit is mandatory for non North American
variants.
• Order documentation kit if required.
Windows NT Server plus S-client access license, media (CD-ROM) kits
QB-23CAA-SB
QB-23C8A-SB
QB-23CPA-SB
QB-23CGA-SB
QB-23CSA-SB
QB-23CUA-SB
QB-23CJA-SB
QB-23CDA-SB

Windows NT Server license, media kit North American English
Windows NT Server license, media kit International English
Windows NT Server license, media kit French
Windows NT Server license, media kit German
Windows NT Server license, media kit Spanish
Windows NT Server license, media kit Italian
Windows NT Server license, media kit Japanese
Windows NT Server license, media kit Danish

Windows NT Server plus S-client access license, media (CD-ROM) kits
QB-23CMA-SB
QB-23CNA-SB
QB-23CFA-SB
QB-23CHA-SB
QB-23CVA-SB
QB-23C4A-SB
QB-23C3A-SB
QB-23C2A-SB

Windows NT Server license, media kit Swedish
Windows NT Server license, media kit Norwegian
Windows NT Server license, media kit Finnish
Windows NT Server license, media kit Dutch
Windows NT Server license, media kit Portuguese
Windows NT Server license, media kit Korean
Windows NT Server license, media kit Taiwanese
Windows NT Server license, media kit PRC Chinese

Windows NT Server Optional software and documentation
QA-23CAA-GZ
QA-23C8A-GZ
QB-4G45A-AA
2.48 Alpha Servers

Windows NT Server documentation kit
Windows NT International English Server documentation kit
Purveyor Web Server Software Vl.l for Process Software Corp.

AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step 9-Software (continued)
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses
Software Processor Code

• Digital UNIX Packaged and Base systems require operating system media and documentation for first system on site.
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at
user discretion.
QL-MT7AM-3B
QL-MT7AM-3C
QL-MT7AM-3D
QL-MT7AM-3E
QL-MT7AM-3F
QL-MT7AE-AA
QL-MT5AE-AA

Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I-user license
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 2-user license
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 4-user license
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use S-user license
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 16-user license
Digital UNIX Traditional unlimited user license
Digital UNIX developer's extension license

Digital UNIX Media and Documentation-required for first system on site
QA-MT4AA-H8
QA-MT4AA-GZ

Digital UNIX media and on-line documentation on CD-ROM
Digital UNIX full hardcopy documentation

Digital UNIX Layered Products CD-ROM
QA-054AA-H8

Layered products media and documentation for Digital UNIX on CD-ROM

DECnet for Digital UNIX
QL-MTJAE-AA
QL-MTKAE-AA

DECnetJOSI end-system license for Digital UNIX
DECnetJOSI extended function license for Digital UNIX

OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses
Software Processor Code

• OpenVMS Packaged and Base systems include OpenVMS V6.2-IH2 kit (QA-MTIAG-HS), it must be installed over
OpenVMS V6.2 media when reloading operating system.
OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved between systems at user
discretion. OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses can also be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha
Cluster.
QL-MT3AA-3B
QL-MT3AA-3C
QL-MT3AA-3D
QL-MT3AA-3E
QL-MT3AA-3F
QL-MT3AA-3G
QL-MT3AA-3H
QL-MT3AA-3J
QL-MT3AA-3K
QL-MT2AE-AA

OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 2-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 4-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use S-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 16-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 32-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 64-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 12S-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 256-user license
OpenVMS Traditional unlimited user license

OpenVMS Media and Documentation
QA-MTIAA-H8
QA-MTIAG-H8
QA-OOIAA-GZ

OpenVMS V6.2 media and on-line documentation CD-ROM
OpenVMS V6.2-IH2 media and on-line documentation CD-ROM
OpenVMS hardcopy documentation

Alpha Servers 2.49

AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step 9-Software (continued)
OpenVMS Layered Products CD-ROM
QA-03XAA-H8

Layered products media and documentation for OpenVMS on CD-ROM

DECnet for OpenVMS
QL-MTGAE-AA
QL-MTHAE-AA

DECnet extended function license for OpenVMS
DEC net end-system to extended function upgrade license for OpenVMS

DSSI Information
EK-4l0AB-MG
EK-D4AXP-TS

DSSI VMS cluster Installation Guide
DSSI VMS cluster Troubleshooting Guide

Step lO-Power Cords, Keyboards, and Documentation
Pedestal and Monitor Power Cords
• North American variants include BN26J-IK 120 V (North American, Japan) power cord. If an other power cord is
selected, both power cords ship with system.
North American, Japan, 120 V, 75-inches long
Australia, New Zealand, 2.5 meters long
Central Europe, 2.5 meters long
U.K., Ireland, 2.5 meters long
Switzerland, 2.5 meters long
Denmark, 2.5 meters long
Italy, 2.5 meters long
Egypt, India, South Africa, 2.5 meters long
Israel, 2.5 meters long

BN26J-1K
BN19H-2E
BN19C-2E
BN19A-2E
BN19E-2E
BN19K-2E
BN19M-2E
BN19S-2E
BN18L-2E

Rackmount Power Cords
• 120V and 240V 15 foot power cords are included with all systems, variant designates power cord voltage (see Step 1).

Note: AlphaServer 1000A Pedestal system power cords are less then 15-feet long and are not supported in cabinet
enclosures.
15-feet 240 V, 50Hz power cord connects system to power distribution unit located inside cabinet
15-feet 120 V, 60Hz power cord connects system to power distribution unit located inside cabinet

BN20Q-4E
BN20Z-4E

Keyboards
• Some variants include a keyboard (see Step 1). For these variants, if an additional keyboard is ordered, both keyboards
ship with system.
101 key PC style keyboard
Windows NT
LK47l-A2
LK47l-AB
LK47l-AC
LK47l-AD
LK47l-AE
LK47l-AF
LK47l-AG
LK47l-AH

Digital UNIX
LK47l-A2
LK471-AB
LK47l-AC *
LK47l-AD
LK47l-AE
LK47l-AF
LK47l-AG
LK47l-AH

* Requires Digital UNIX V4.0 or hig~er

2.50

Alpha Servers

Language

U.S.lEnglish
Belgian
CanadianlFrench
Danish
United Kingdom
Finnish
German
Dutch

108 key VT style keyboard
OpenVMS
LK46l-A2
LK46l-AB
LK46l-AC
LK46l-AD
LK46l-A2
LK46l-AF
LK46l-AG
LK46l-AH

Digital UNIX
LK46l-A2
LK46l-AB
LK46l-AC
LK46l-AD
LK46l-A2
LK46l-AF
LK46l-AG
LK46l-AH

AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step 10-Power Cords, Keyboards, and Documentation (continued)
Keyboards
101 key PC style keyboard
Windows NT
LK471-AI

Digital UNIX
LK471-AI

LK471-AK
LK471-AF
LK471-AN
LK471-AP

LK471-AS
LK471-AV

Language

Italian
Swiss/French
Swiss/Gennan
Swiss/Generic
Swedish
Norwegian
French
CanadianlEnglish
Spanish
Portuguese

108 key VT style keyboard
OpenVMS
LK461-AI
LK461-AK
LK461-AL

Digital UNIX
LK461-AI
LK461-AK
LK461-AL

LK461-AM
LK461-AN
LK461-AP

LK461-AM
LK461-AN
LK461-AP
LK641-AQ *
LK461-AS
LK461-AV

LK461-AS
LK461-AV

* Requires Digital UNIX V4.0 or higher
Mouse and Extension Cable Kit
PBXWS-AA
2T-4S0KM-AA

3-button mouse (included with all systems, order as spare or replacement)
Extension cable kit for VGA, PC style keyboard, and mouse, for use with Rackmount systems.

Pedestal Documentation: Customer and Service Kits
• All variants include (QZ-OOMAA-GZ) English customer kit documentation. Select other language customer kits if
required. If an other customer kit is selected, both will ship.
• Select service kits for all systems if required.
Customer Kit

Service Kit

QZ-OOMAA-GZ

QA-OOMAB-GZ

QZ-OOMPA-GZ
QZ-OOMSA-GA
QZ-OOMJA-GZ
QZ-OOMUA-GZ
QZ-OOMGA-GZ
AG-Q9SHA-BE

Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer IOOOA-English
Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer IOOOA-French
Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer IOOOA-Spanish
Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer 1OOOA-Japanese
Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer IOOOA-Italian
Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer 1000A-Gennan
Customer and Service kit On-line documentation-English

Step II-Cabinet Enclosure
Select cabinet enclosure for Packaged and Base AlphaServer IOOOA Rackmount systems, if required.
• H9AIO 19-inch EIA Cabinet Enclosure Dimensions
- Outside: 66.9-inches high, 23.62-inches wide, 33.8-inches deep
- Intemalusable rackmountable space: 59.5-inches high, 19-inches wide, 30.83-inches deep
H9A10-CE
H9A10·CF
H9A10·CG
H9A10·CH
H9A10-AB
H9A10·AD

Alpha Servers 2.51

AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step II-Cabinet Enclosure (continued)
H9AIO Cabinets for Europe
Select H9AI0-CJ/CKICT/CU/GGIGH
• Variants denote depth dimensions, as well as door placement (front or rear and lift or swing)
• European geography cabinets contain H7600-DB IEC 309 power distribution unit (200V-240V, SO-60HZ, 16A 12 IEC
320 C13 outlets)

H9A15 Cabinets for U.S.
• For applications requiring additional internal cabinet rackmount space
H9AlS-BAlBB
H9AlS-BCIBD
H9A1 S-CAICB
H9AlS-CC/CD
H9AlS-BE

120 V EIA Cabinet 71.7S" high x 19" wide x 29.7S" deep, with dual power controllers, rear swing
door
120 V EIA Cabinet 71.87" high x 19" wide x 29.7S" deep, with dual power controllers, front and
rear swing doors
120 V EIA Cabinet 71.7S" high x 19" wide x 37-12" deep, with dual power controllers, rear swing
door
120 V EIA Cabinet 71.7S" high x 19" wide x 37-12" deep, with dual power controllers, front and
rear swing doors
120 V EIA Cabinet 71.87" high x 19" wide x 29.7S" deep, with dual power controllers, front and
rear swing doors

H9A15 Cabinets for Europe
H9AlS-BE
H9AlS-CE
H7600-DB

EIA Cabinet 71.87" high x 19" wide x 29.7S" deep, requires H7600-DB power controllers, rear
swing doors
EIA Cabinet 71.7S" high x 19" wide x 37-12" deep, requires H7600-DB power controllers, rear
swing door
Power Distribution Unit, 2 pole 16A circuit breaker, 200V-240V, SO-60HZ, 16A for use in 19 inch
cabinets, 12 IEC 320 C13 outlets, with EINANSI (RETMA) rails, IEC 309 power plug

Step I2-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services
Hardware-Americas and Asia Pacific only
• Systems include three-year hardware warranty, on-site with S x 9, 24-hour response time.
• Select optional Hardware Supplemental Support Services if required.
FM-MK4HR-36
FM-MKS12-36
FM-MK616-36
FM-MK724-36
FM-MKXHW-60
FM-MK4HR-60
FM-MKS12-60
FM-MK616-60
FM-MK724-60

2.52 Alpha Servers

S x 9, 4-hour response time
S x 12, 4-hour response time
6 x 16, 4-hour response time
7 x 24, 4-hour response time·
Years I-S, next day, Onsite
Years I-S, Sx9, 4-hourresponse time
Years I-S, Sx12, 4-hour response time
Years I-S, 6x16, 4-hour response time
Years I-S, 7x24, 4-hour response time

AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

Step 12-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services (continued)
Software-Americas and Asia Pacific only
• Systems include gO-day Conformance to SPD and Telephone Advisory Support. Select optional Software Supplemental
Support Services, if required.
• Software service upgrades for Windows NT include advisory and remedial software support for the time period
indicated.
• Software service upgrades for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS include advisory and remedial software support with new
version license rights for operating system and Digital NAS 200 for the time period indicated.
FM-MKNTS-12
FM-MKNTS-36
FM-MKNTS-60
FM-MKOSF-12
FM-MKOSF -36
FM-MKOSF-60
FM-MKVMS-12
FM-MKVMS-36
FM-MKVMS-60

l2-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer lOOOA systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer lOOOA systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer lOOOA systems
l2-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer lOOOA systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer lOOOA systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer lOOOA systems
l2-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer lOOOA systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer lOOOA systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer lOOOA systems

Alpha Servers 2.53

AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal System Specifications
Shipping Dimension
Height
Width
Depth
Weight

60 cm (23.8 in.)
43 cm (16.9 in)
65 cm (25.6 in)
43 kg (95 lb) typical
71 kg (156Ib) maximum

Installed Dimensions
Height
Width
Depth
Weight

46 cm (18.1 in.)
35.8 cm (14.1 in.)
58.6 cm (23.1 in.)
39 kg (86Ib) typical
51 kg (113 lb) maximum

Clearances

Operating

Service

Front
Rear
Sides

75 cm (29.5 in.)
15 cm (6 in.)
None

75 cm (29.5 in.)
75 cm (29.5 in.)
75 cm (29.5 in.)

Operating *
Nonoperating
Storage (60 days)
Rate of change
Operating
Nonoperating
Storage (60 days)
Rate of change
Operating
Storage (60 days)
Operating
Storage (60 days)
Current
2390 Btulhr
4097 Btulhr
Intake location
Exhaust location
Particle size
Concentration
Operating!
Nonoperating
Operating
Nonoperating
Operating

10-40° C (50-104° F)
Not tested
-40-66° C (-40-151° F)
11 ° Clhr (20° Flhr)
20-80%
20-80%
10-95%
20%lhr
28° C (82° F)
39° C (115°F)
12° C (36° F)
Not tested

Environmental
Temperature

Relative humidity

Maximum wet bulb
temperature
Minimum dew point
temperature
Maximum heat dissipation
Single supply
Dual supply
Air flow and quality

Altitude
Mechanical shock
Vibration
Acoustics

Operating
Idle

Front
Rear
NIA
NIA
2000 m (6562 ft)
3600 m (12,000 ft)
7.5 G IOms
20 G peak 30 ms
10-500 Hz.l G peak
AverageDeclared
6.2 L WA, B6.5 LWAd , B
6.0 L WA, B6.3 L WAd , B

Electrical-Power Supplies are universal 120/240 Vac
Nominal ac voltage
Operating Voltage range
Power source phase
Nominal frequency
Frequency range
Maximum inrush current
RMS current at nominal
voltage (steady state)
Single power supply
Dual power supply
Power cord

100-120 Vac
90-128 Vac
Single
60 Hz
59-61 Hz
50 Amps

220-240 Vac
180-256 Vac
Single
50Hz
49-51 Hz
50 Amps

8.0 Amps
4.0 Amps
4.6 Amps each supply
2.2 Amps each supply
Type
IEC 320 C13
190 cm (75 in.)
Length
U.S. plug
NEMA 5:15
* Maximum operating temperature at Sea Level. Reduce by 1 C (1.8 F) for each 600 m
(2000 ft) above Sea Level.
t Higher altitudes are possible if maximum operating temperature is reduced (see
Temperature, above); other restrictions may apply, such as maximum permissible
altitude for hard drives.

Alpha Servers 2.54

AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal System Specifications (continued)
Regulatory
Agency approvals

Reviewed to

UL Listed to UL1950 (2nd edition)
CSA Certified to CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 950-M89
TUV EN 60950 VDE 0805 GS marked ZH1I618
FCC 15J Part 15 Class B Verified
CE Class B Verified
VCCl Class II lTE
AS 3260 Australian Standard
SS 436 1450 Swedish Standard
NZS 6661:1989 New Zealand Standard
EN 60 950: 1992 European Norm
IEC 950 (2nd edition)

AlphaServer lOOOA Rackmount System Specifications
Shipping Dimension
Height
Width
Depth

26.7 cm (10.5 in.)
48.2 cm (19.0 in)
63.5 cm (25.0 in) system chassis
73.7 cm (29.0 in) system chassis & rackmount hardware
29 kg (65 lb)
Service
124.04 cm (50.0 in)
61.0 em (24.0 in)
None

Weight
Clearances
Front
Rear
Sides
Environmental
Temperature
Operating
10-35° C (50-95° F)
Nonoperating
Not tested
-40-66° C (-40-151 ° F)
Storage (60 days)
Relative humidity
20-80%
Operating
20-80%
Nonoperating
10-95%
Storage (60 days)
20%lhr
Rate of change
Air flow and quality
Front
Intake location
Exhaust location
Rear
Electrical-Power Supplies are universal 120/240 Vac
Nominal ac voltage
100-120 Vac
220-240 Vac
Operating Voltage range
90-128 Vac
180-256 Vac
Power source phase
Single
Single
Nominal frequency
60 Hz
50Hz
49-51 Hz
Frequency range
59-61 Hz
50 Amps
50 Amps
Maximum inrush current
RMS current at nominal
voltage (steady state)
4.0 Amps
Single power supply
8.0 Amps
Power cord
Type
IEC 320 C13
Length
4.57 m (15 ft.)
NEMA5-15
U.S. plug
Regulatory
Agency approvals
UL Listed to UL1950 (2nd edition)
CSA Certified to CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 950-M89
TUV EN 60950 VDE 0805 GS marked ZHl/618
EMCO-TSE (74-SEC), Summary of Nordic deviations
FCC 15J Part 15 Class A verified
CE Class A verified
VCCI Class II lTE
Reviewed to
AD 3260 Australian Standard
ASINZS 3260:1963, AustralianlNew Zealand Standard
EN 60 950: January 1993 European Norm
nd
lEC 950 (2 edition)

Alpha Servers 2.55

AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet

AlphaServer lOOOA System Specifications (continued)
Prestige 1250EXT
UPS offerings include EIA232 port for local or netowrk monitoring. For complete protection, UPS products should be
used with data line surge protectors and UPS monitoring software.
4N-AEABF-AA
4N-AEABF-BF

4N-AEAEO-PA
4N-AEAEO-PB
4N-AEWAR-Gl

Prestige 1250EXT, 1250 V N900W, 1 phase, 60 Hz, 120V 6-foot cord with 5-15P plug, (4) 5-15R
receptacle, 9 minutes battery at full UPS load.
Prestige 1250EXT, 1250 V N900W, 1 phase, 50 Hz, 200-240V in/out selectable. Uses system power
cord for detachable IEC320 input connection at UPS. Includes (3) IEC320 lOA output receptacles,
(2) output jumpers with IEC320 connectors to system.
Hot-swap Power-Pass Module for 60 Hz UPS with (7) 5-15R Surge Protected outlets.
Hot-swap Power-Pass Module for 50 Hz UPS with (6) IEC320, lOA surge protected outlets.
Prestige 5 year on-site exchange warranty upgrade (U.S. only).

Data Surge Protection
4N-GA249-AB*
4N-GA249-CA*
4N-GASIO-BF
4N-GA24S-xx

Surge protector, modem connection, wall plug-in
Surge protector, 10BaseT connection, wall plug-in
Surge Protector, ThinWire connection, device port
Surge Protector, mUlti-port connection, din raiUrackmount

* Additional plug-in data modules (4N-GA240-xx) available.
Monitoring and Unattended Shutdown Software for above UPS systems only (Include cables, media and documentation)
4N-AEAES-AA
4N-AEAES-BA
4N-AEAES-AK
4N-AEAES-BK
4N-AEAES-EM

Single system shutdown for Windows NT
NW management and multi system shutdown for Windows NT*
Single system shutdown for Digital UNIX
NW management and multi system shutdown for Digital UNIX*
Single system shutdown for OpenVMS

* Require network adapters: 4N-AEAEO-DAIDC for 120V 60 Hz; or 4N-AEAEO-DBIDD for 220V 50 Hz
-DA and -DB = Twisted Pair; -DC and -DD = ThinWire

Alpha Servers 2.56

AlphaServer 2UUU Systems

AlphaServer 2000
Product Description

The AlphaServer 2000 systems are low-cost Alpha symmetric multiprocessing
(SMP) PCIlEISA-based servers. They offer support for OpenVMS, Digital
UNIX and Windows NT, and are suitable for general-purpose commercial, highperformance application and database, and PC LAN Superserver computing
environments.
The AlphaServer 2000 family consists of:
• AlphaServer 20005/300 (21164 microprocessor) features a 291 MHz CPU
with 4 MB cache
• AlphaServer 20005/375 (21164A microprocessor) features a 375 MHz CPU
with 8 MB cache.
Each can be configured with up to two processors with symmetric
mUltiprocessing. They also support up to 1 GB of memory and 32 GB of internal
disk storage.
The system bus bandwidth is 667 MB/second and the high-performance PCI I/O
subsystem has a peak bandwidth of 132 MB/second. The 33 MB/ second EISA
I/O bus supports a variety of industry-standard EISA options.
The AlphaServer 2000 systems support StorageWorks storage devices. Highavailability features, including internal RAID and hot swap of disks, offer data
security in mission-critical environments. RAID levels supported are 0
(striping), 1 (shadowing), 0+ 1 (striped shadowing), and 5 (striping with parity).
AlphaServer 2000 systems are offered in a compact pedestal enclosure that
easily fits beneath a desk.

Alpha Servers 2. 57

AlphaServer 2000

Step I-Systems
• Digital UNIX and OpenVMS operating system media
and documentation kit is required for first system on site;
see Step 9
• Windows NT system includes Windows NT Server plus
5-client access V3.51 media (CD-ROM) and license in
shrink-wrapped package.
• Systems ordered in the Americas and Asia Pacific (AP)
include 120 V power cord and U.S. keyboard unless

alternate is specified. Select country specific power cord
and keyboard for all systems ordered in Europe.
• Uninterruptable Power Supplies are available; see UPS
Information in System Specifications.
• Options ordered will be factory installed unless specified
as spares.

AlphaServer 2000 5/300, and 5/375 Systems include
• Alpha microprocessor 21164
- 291 MHz CPU with 4 MB onboard cache or
• Alpha microprocessor 21164A
- 375 MHz CPU with 8 MB onboard cache
• BA720 pedestal enclosure which includes:
- Integral 10 MB/s Fast SCSI-2 controller (8-bit)
- Two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports,
9-pin D-subminiature connectors
- One bi-directional enhanced parallel port,
25-pin D-subminiature connector
- Keyboard port and mouse port
- 8-s10t RZxx storage assembly supports 8-bit (narrow)
or 16-bit (wide) disk drives
Two 5.25-inch, half-height removable media slots
- Seven EISA slots
- Three PCI slots
- 400-Watt power supply

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

2.88 MB diskette drive in dedicated slot
600 MB CD-ROM (uses one removable media slot)
4.3 GB hard drive (uses one storage assembly slot)
Video Graphics Adapter (uses one EISA slot)
- 1280 x 1024 graphics resolution
Ethernet DE435-AA Card (uses one PCI slot)
Memory indicated below
3-button mouse
Keyboard (Americas and AP orders only)
Power cord (Americas and AP orders only)
Customer documentation
EISA Configuration Utility (ECU)
Hardware Warranty: Three-year, on-site, with 5 x 9,
24-hour response time*
Software Warranty: 90-day SPD conformance with
advisory telephone support*

* Service upgrades are available; see Step 11, Hardware and Software Supplemental Services.
Windows NT systems include
Windows NT Server plus 5-client access V3.5 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package
Order Number

CPU's

Memory

Storage

Slots available for additional options

1 x 4.3 GB
1 x 4.3 GB

6 EISAl2 PCI
6 EISAl2 PCI

1 x4.3 GB
1 x4.3 GB

6EISAl2PCI
6 EISAl2 PCI

AlphaServer 2000 5/300-291 MHz Windows NT Systems
DN-244DI-B9
DN-244DI-D9*

1
2

128 MB
128 MB

AlphaServer 2000 5/375-375 MHz Windows NT Systems
DN-245DI-S9
DN-245DI-D9*

* Includes 2nd Power Supply

2.58 Alpha Servers

1
2

128 MB
128 MB

AlphaServer ~uuu

Step l-Systems (continued)
Digital UNIX systems include
• Digital UNIX operating system base license.
• Digital NAS Base Server 200 for Digital UNIX license
(QL-306AG-AA) includes the following layered
products: (order media and documentation separately).
- PrintServer Software (Licensed with appropriate
Digital Printer)
- DECmessageQ for Digital UNIX Run-Time only
- Digital DCE Run-Time Services for Digital UNIX
- Objectbroker for Digital UNIX Run-Time only

- POLYCENTER Advanced File System utilities
- POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore for
Digital UNIX (Server)
- PATHWORKS for Digital UNIX LAN Manager
PATHWORKS for Digital UNIX Netware
- Digital UNIX Server Extensions
- Logical Storage Manager
• Digital UNIX operating system is factory installed.

Order Number

Storage

CPU's

Memory

Slots available for additional options

AlphaServer 2000 5/300-291 MHz Digital UNIX Systems
DA-244D1-B9
1
128 MB
1 x 4.3 GB
DA-244D1-D9*
2
128 MB
1 x 4.3 GB

6 EISAl2 PCI
6 EISAl2 PCI

AlphaServer 20005/375-375 MHz Digital UNIX Systems
DA-245D1-S9
1
128 MB
1 x 4.3 GB
DA-245D1-D9*
2
128 MB
1 x 4.3 GB

6 EISAl2 PCI
6 EISAl2 PCI

* Includes 2nd Power Supply
OpenVMS systems include
• OpenVMS operating system base license.
• Digital NAS Base Server 200 for OpenVMS license
(QL-23EAG-AA) includes the following layered
products: (order media and documentation separately).
- DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS Alpha
- DECwindows Motif Worldwide support for
OpenVMS Alpha
- DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS Alpha, (Base,
Plus, Open)
- PrintServer Software (Licensed with appropriate
Digital printer)
DECmessageQ for OpenVMS Alpha Run-time
option only
Order Number

CPU's

Memory

- Objectbroker for OpenVMS Alpha Run-time option
only
- Polycenter Software Distribution for OpenVMS
Alpha (Client)
- DEC net for OpenVMS Alpha End System
- DECnetiOSI for OpenVMS Alpha End System
- DEC TCP/IP services for OpenVMS Alpha
PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (LAN Manager)
- PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (Macintosh)
- PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (Netware)
• OpenVMS operating system is factory installed.
Storage

Slots available for additional options

1 x4.3 GB
1 x4.3 GB

6 EISAl2 PCI
6 EISAl2 PCI

1 x4.3 GB
1 x4.3 GB

6 EISAl2 PCI
6 EISAl2 PCI

AlphaServer 2000 5/300-291 MHz OpenVMS Systems
DY -244D1-B9
DY -244D1-D9*

1
2

128 MB
128 MB

AlphaServer 2000 5/375-375 MHz OpenVMS Systems
DY-245D1-S9
DY -245D1-D9*

1
2

128 MB
128 MB

* Includes 2nd Power Supply

Alpha Servers 2.59

AJphaServer 2000

Step 2-Additional CPUs (Symmetrical Multiprocessing (SMP) Upgrades)
Order up to one additional CPU, for a maximum of two.
• Additional CPU must match the speed of CPU in system.
• Two CPU systems require additional power supply (see Step 7).
Windows NT Server upgrade includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor; SMP license is not required.
Windows NT Server upgrade includes one 5/375 MHz CPU processor; SMP license is not required.

480NR·AA
490NR·AA

Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor and Digital UNIX SMP license.
Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 5/375 MHz CPU processor and Digital UNIX SMP license.

480AR·AA
490AR·AA

OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor, OpenVMS SMP license.
OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 5/375 MHz CPU processor, OpenVMS SMP license.

480YR·AA
490YR·AA

Step 3-Memory
• Select memory from Step 3a for 128 MB systems

Step 3a-Memory for 128 MB systems
• D*-24*DI-J9 system include 128 MB memory (MS-452-BA); order additional memory using the following table. No

other combinations are supported.
Table for system maximum of 1.0 GB
Total Memory Required

Order Quantities Shown
MS452·BA

MS452·UB

0
1
0
1
1
1

1
1
3
3
4
6

256MB
384MB
512MB
640MB
768MB
1.0GB
MS452·BA
MS452·UB

128 MB memory board (carrier with 8 x 16 MB SIMMs)
128 MB add-on memory (8 x 16 MB SIMMs) for MS452-BA

Step 3b-Prestoserve Non-Volatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM)
• Supported on Digital UNIX systems only. Requires Digital UNIX V3.0b or above operating system software.
• Maximum one Prestoserve option per system.
Dj·ML200·AA
Dj·ML200·BA
Dj·ML200·CA

2.60 Alpha Servers

2-MB PCI Prestoserve option
4-MB PCI Prestoserve option
8-MB PCI Prestoserve option

AlphaServer 2000

Step 4-Monitors
Graphics monitors other than those listed below can be used if compatible with graphics adapter included with system.
Windows NT systems
• Windows NT systems require a graphics monitor to run all system functions.
• Video adapter included in system supports up to 1280 x 1024 resolution, 72-Hz monitors.
Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems
• All console functions, including the EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) and the RAID Configuration Utility (RCU) can
be performed using a standard video terminal (VT2xx, VT3xx, VT4xx, VT5xx) connected to one of the system's serial
ports (See Step 8).
• For graphics console functionality, order a graphics monitor.
• Video adapter included in system supports up to 1280 x 1024 resolution, 72-Hz monitors.
VRC15·KAlK4

VRT17·PAlP4

VRC21·LAJL4

15" (13.9" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Flatsquare CRT with 0.28 mm dot pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning
from VGA to 1024 x 768 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK
compliant. 120/240V universal power supply. Includes 1.4 meter HD15 male to male video cable.
Select -KA for Northern Hemisphere or -K4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in
North America, -KA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -KA and -K4 not
included, order separately.
17" (16.0" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Trinitron
aperture grille CRT with 0.26mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Autoscanning from VGA to 1280 x 1024 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and
NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video
cable. Select -PA for Northern Hemisphere or -P4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased
in North American, -PA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -PA and -P4 not
included, order separately.
21" (19.6" viewable image size) ultra high-resolution color monitor with Ligh Gray enclosure.
Diamondtron aperture grille CRT with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static
coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1600 x 1200 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. On Screen display
(OSD). Stereo viewing compatible. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 120/240V
universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. Select -LA for Northern
Hemisphere, or -L4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -LA
includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -LA and -L4 not included, order separately.

Step 5-Storage
Internal Disk Storage Assembly
• Included storage assembly supports eight 3.5-inch disk
drives.
• Internal storage assembly is normally configured for
split-bus (two SCSI buses), four drives per bus. By
reversing the positions of the terminator and jumper.
plugs, internal storage assembly can be reconfigured for
single-bus operation with a maximum of seven disk
drives per storage assembly.
• Manufacturing normally configures internal storage
assembly in split-bus mode. If there are not enough
storage controllers to support the number of internal disk
drives ordered, manufacturing will configure the internal
storage assembly for single-bus mode.
• Internal storage assembly drive slots are physically
interleaved with electrically contiguous drives in every
other slot.

Internal storage assembly supports 8-bit (narrow) and
16-bit (wide) modes of operation.
For Wide mode, select controllers and disks from
Step 5a.
- For Narrow mode, select controllers and disks from
Step 5b.
• Integral Fast SCSI-2 controller supports maximum of
seven devices in system enclosure (two 5.25-inch
removable media devices and five 3.5-inch disk drives).
All disk drives connected to this controller will operate
in narrow mode.
• Note: Wide disk drives configured on a narrow bus will
operate in narrow mode. Narrow disk drives configured
on a wide bus will operate in narrow mode. Wide and
narrow devices can be mixed on a single bus.

Alpha Servers 2.61

AlphaServer 2000

Step 5a-Controllers and Storage Devices for 16-bit (Wide) Mode
• Wide Storage Assembly Shelf
- 16-bit devices require wide (l6-bit) shelves.
- System has wide-ready shelf. Internal StorageWorks
shelf is electrically compatible with 16-bit drives.
• PCI-based one- and three-port (KZPSC-AAlAB)
controllers, and one-port Fast Wide Differential
(KZPSA-BB) controller allow wide devices to operate
in 16-bit mode.
Wide drives operate in narrow (8-bit) mode when
connected to narrow SCSI controllers, such as Integral
Internal Fast SCSI-2 controller, PCI-based Fast SCSI-2
controller (KZPAA-AA), and EISA-based controller
(KZESC-xx).
• Maximum of two PCI-based one- and three-port
KZPSC-xx controllers supported per system.
• One- and three-port StorageWorks RAID Array 230
controllers (KZPSC-xx) support hard drives only; tape
drives not supported.
Three-port StorageWorks RAID 230 (KZPSC-BA)
supports up to 21 disk drives in up to eight logical
groups. RAID slots must be created to support more than
eight physical disk drives.
• PCI-based Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI controller
(KZPSA-BB) supports externally connected wide disks

in BA356 using DWZZB wide differential to wide
single-ended converter, or narrow disks using DWZZA
wide differential to narrow single-ended converter in
BA356.
• KZPSA-BB controller on Windows NT systems support
supports up to 15 disks. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS
systems support 7 disks.
• Cabling information for Fast-SCSI-2 controllers
- Internal cables are supplied as needed for factory
installed configurations. BC25U-2H cable is used
from KZPSC-xx controller to internal shelf.
- External cables are not included and must be ordered
separately.
- KZPSA-BB External cables:
BN21K-xx from KZPSA to DWZZA, DWZZB and
HSZ40 (straight to right angle)
BN21W-OB Y SCSI-2 cable 68-pin for KZPSA in
mid-bus configurations
- KZPSC-xx External cables:
BN31S-1E from KZPSC-xx to BA356
- If all three ports on KZPSC-BA controller are used,
use SCSI cable BN31K-OE for third port external
connection. Note: Third external port blocks one
EISA slot.

Storage Controllers for Wide Mode
KZPSC·AA
KZPSC·BA
KZPSA·BB
KZPSM·AA

One-port PCI backplane RAID controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem
family software and documentation kit for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX and Windows NT
Three-port PCI backplane RAID controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem
family software and documentation kit for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX and Windows NT
PCI-based Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI controllers
PCI-based combination Ethernet and Fast Wide Single-Ended (FWSE) SCSI controller

Hard Drives for Wide Mode
RZ26N·VW
RZ28D·VW
RZ29B·VW

1.05 GB, 3.5-inch half-height disk drive
2.1 GB, 3.5-inch half-height disk drive
4.3 GB, 3.5-inch half-height disk drive

External Disk Expansion for Wide Mode
• External BA356 StorageWorks modular storage pedestals are supported on all Fast Wide SCSI-2 controllers listed
above.
• External BA356 is not supported on integral Fast SCSI-2 controller due to insufficient remaining external bus length.
• SCSI cable BN21K-xx for KZPSA, and BN31S-1E for KZPSC, is required to connect an external BA356 modular
storage pedestal to controller.
BA356·KC

2.62 Alpha Servers

Modular storage pedestal includes BA356-xx basic shelf, BA35X-HA universal ac power supply,
pedestal mounting kit, and 120 V power cord; requires SCSI cable (BN31S-1E) ) for KZPSC-xx
controllers. Order country specific power cord for 240 V use from Step 10.

AlphaServer zuuu

Step Sb-Internal Removable Media Devices
• Systems include 600 MB CD-ROM; system supports one additionaIS.2S-inch half-height removable media device.
Removable Media Devices
RRD45-AC
TLZ09-LG
TZKll-LG

600 MB, S.2S-inch half-height Quad-Speed CD-ROM
S.O GB, S.25-inch half-height SCSI 4-mm DAT drive
2.0 GB, S.2S-inch half-height SCSI QIC tape drive

Step Sc-External Storage
Tabletop Tape Expansion
• Integral Fast SCSI-2 controller, if not connected to internal storage assembly, can be extended outside the system
enclosure via the SCSI-out port to support external SCSI devices. If not used for external expansion, SCSI-out port must
be terminated with external terminator (12-37004-04) included with system.
• External tape drives are also supported on optional KZPAA Fast SCSI-2 (Narrow) controllers only; maximum external
bus length, including cable and tape device cannot exceed 3.0 meters. External tape drives not supported on KZESC-xx
or KZPSC-xx controllers.
• Each tabletop tape device requires three-foot SCSI cable (BC09D-03).
TLZ09-DA
TLZ7L-DA 1,2
TZS7-TA
SZl07-AA
TSZ07-BAICA
TKZ15-TA

S.O GB, 4mm DAT tabletop tape drive
32.0-96.0 GB 4-mm DAT autoloader
20.0 GB S.2S-inch tabletop tape drive
140.0 GB loader(Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only)
1600/62S0-bitlinch 9-track tabletop magtape drive (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only)
S.O GB Smm tabletop tape drive (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only)

1 Includes four cartridge loader. Twelve cartridge magazine supported (TLZ7L-12).
2 Windows NT operating system does not support unattended back-up mode without third-party software.

Step Sd-DSSI Storage (OpenVMS systems only)
• System supports up to two KFESA or four KFESB
EISAJDSSI adapters; KFESA and KFESB adapters can
be mixed on the same system.
- Maximum of two adapters if all KFESA.
- Maximum of two adapters if one is KFESA.
- Maximum of four adapters if all KFESB.
- Maximum of three KFPSA adapters.
• Maximum number of EISA-based controllers of all types
in combination is governed by EISA bus IRQ address
assignments; see EISA Bus IRQ Address Table.
• Each internal storage assembly in system in single/splitbus mode supports one/two HSD10 DSSIISCSI
converters.
Disk drives installed "behind" HSD10 must be narrow.
Cabling information for DSSI controllers:
- DSSI devices supported on OpenVMS only.
- DSSI cables must be ordered separately.
- KFESB/KFPSA uses "Micro-Ribbon" connection.

- KFESB/KFPSA to any external "Pin-Socket" DSSI
connection requires BC22Q-xx.
- KFESB/KFPSA to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI
straight connection requires BC21Q-xx.
- KFESB/KFPSA to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI
right-angle connection requires BC29S-xx DSSI
cable.
- KFESB/KFPSA to HSD10 requires BC29S-xx. If
HSD 10 is factory installed, BC29S-06 cable is
included.
- HSD10 to HSD10 (inside system) requires BC29U-02.
- BC29U-06 (KFESB to HSD10) is provided if factory
installed.
- HSD10 to HSD10 (between systems) requires BC29T-09.
- HSD10 to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI
connection (all other DSSI systems and storage
devices) requires BC29S-xx for straight connection to
external device; or BC29T-09 for right-angle
connection to external device.

Alpha Servers 2.63

AIPba~erver 2000

Step Sd-DSSI Storage (OpenVMS systems only) continued
DSSI Adapters
KFESB-AA
KFPSA-AA
HSDIO-AA

EISA-based single-DSSI controller (OpenVMS systems only); maximum four per system
PCI-to-DSSI controller (OpenVMS Systems only); maximum three per system.
StorageWorks Array Controller mounts in BA350-xx shelf; supports up to seven SCSI-2 disks, see
Storage section for additional devices supported.

Step Se-PCI to CI Storage Host Adapter (OpenVMS Systems only)
CIPCA-AA

BNCIA-IO
BNCIA-20
BNCIA-45

PCI-to-CI adapter
Maximum two per system; requires one PCI slot and one EISA slot.
Minimum Operating System Version: OpenVMS 6.2-IH2
Minimum Console Revision: V4.4
Requires one of the following CI cables per adapter:
IO-meter CI cable
20-meter CI cable
45-meter CI cable

Step 6-Networks and Communications
• Systems include integral Ethernet controller
(AUI, ThinWire, IOBaseT selectable).
• Select networking cable:
- BNE4G-xx for AUI
- BCI6M-xx for ThinWire (H8255-00 terminator
cable required)
- BN25G-xx for IOBaseT (twisted pair)
Order Number
DEFEA-AA
DEFEA-DA
DEFEA-UA
DW300-AA

DNSES-AA
CXIOI-AAIAD
DIIAA-AA
DIIAA-AB
DE500-XA
DE435-AA
iDEFPA-AA*
DEFPA-DA*
PEFPA-UA*
PBXNP-AA

• Maximum of three PCI-based network controllers
supported.
• See EISA Bus IRQ Address Table for maximum number
of each EISA-based network controller, and total
number of EISA-based controllers of all types in
combination, supported per system.

Description

EISA-based DEC FDDIcontroller Single Attachment
EISA-based DEC FDDlcontroller Dual Attachment
(requires 2 EISA slots)
EISA-based DEC FDDlcontroller UTP Attachment
EISA-based Token-Ring adapter includes NetWare V2.15
driver, LAN Manager Driver, and documentation (Not
supported by DECnetJOSI for Open VMS)
EISA-based synchronous communications controller
EISA-based asynchronous mUltiplexer
Digiboard ISA Datafire-U ISDN controller
(available as spare only)
Digiboard ISA Datafire-ST ISDN controller
(available as spare only)
PCI -based Fast Ethernet controller
PCI-based Digital Etherworks 32-bit high-performance
network interface card
PCI to FDDI Adapter, SAS, MMF, SC
PCI to FDDI Adapter, DAS, MMF, SC
PCI to FDDI Adapter, SAS, TP-PMD
PCI Token Ring Adapter

Maximum # supported
Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT

2
I

2
4

2
I

3
2
0

0
2
I

2
3

2
2
2
I

2
2
2
0

* Cables: Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to "MIC" (concentrator): BN34D-xx; Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to "SC": BN34B-xx; Fiber, Duplex, "sc" to
"ST": BN34A-xx; Copper STP, 8 cond, wired pin-pin: BN26M-xx; Copper STP, 8 cond, wired cross-over: BN26S-03.

2.64 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 2000

Step 6a-MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect
Digital UNIX Systems
• Require Digital UNIX V3.2E (Digital UNIX V3.2D plus TruCluster software or MEMORY CHANNEL Driver
software).
• Each system node in a MEMORY CHANNEL cluster requires a software license.
• Servers in a compute-server array require a Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL License.
• Servers in a TruCluster high-availability environment require a license for TruCluster for Digital UNIX.
OpenVMS Systems
• Require OpenVMS V7.1 and OpenVMS Cluster license
MEMORY CHANNEL requirements for currently installed AlphaServer 2000' s:
- Console firmware at revision 4.4 or higher.
- B2111-AA module at revision H or higher; if not at this level order H3095-AA option.
Note: Since systems with MEMORY CHANNEL typically employ robust disk storage arrays that benefit from multiple
high-performance controllers, new customers should consider AlphaServer 2100A systems which include eight PCI
slots.
Check installed AlphaServer 2000 for MEMORY CHANNEL readiness:
• POO»> examine -b econfig:20008
- At the console prompt, enter examine -b econfig:2000S
• econfig: 20008 04
- If a hexidecimal value, 04 or greater is returned, I/O module supports MEMORY CHANNEL.
- If a hexidecimal value is less than 04 is returned, order the following:
H3095-AA

CPU backplane, Revision H

Note: New AlphaServer 2000's systems shipped from the factory are MEMORY CHANNEL ready.
• For two-system nodes, order one CCMAA-BA per system and one BCI2N-I0 cable to connect them.
• For three or more system nodes, order CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) one CCMAA-AA and one BCI2N10 cable per system node.
• CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) is configured with four CCMLA-AA Line Cards and supports up to four
nodes. Expansion up to eight system nodes can be achieved by adding up to four additional CCMLA-AA Line Cards.
CCMAA-BA
CCMHA-AA
CCMLA-AA
BC12N-IO
QB-3RLAG-AA
QB-4ZCAG-AA
QL-MUZAG-AA

PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller -Maximum two supported on AlphaServer 2000
MEMORY CHANNEL Hub with 4 Line Cards
MEMORY CHANNEL Line Card for use with MEMORY CHANNEL Hub (CCMHA-AA)
MEMORY CHANNEL Cable
TruCluster Software for Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL license
OpenVMS Cluster license

CCMHA-AA, MEMORY CHANNEL Hub, includes BNI9P-2E line cord for Canada, Japan, US operation. For other
regions, order one of the following:
BN19A-2E
BN19S-2E
BN19C-2E
BN18L-2E
BN19E-2E
BN24X-2E
BN19K-2E
BN19H-2E

Ireland, United Kingdom
Egypt, India
Central Europe
Israel
Switzerland
Italy
Denmark
Australia, New Zealand

Alpha Servers 2.65

Alpna~erver 2UUU

Step 7-Additional Power Supply
• Additional power supply required if configured system includes two CPUs. In single CPU configurations, the additional
power supply may be added for n+l redundancy.

• Americas and Asia Pacific orders:
- If additional power supply is factory installed, 120 V
U.S. power cord is included when alternate is not
selected.
- If additional power supply is ordered as spare, power
cord must be ordered separately, see Step 10.
H7895-AA

• European orders:
- If additional power supply is factory installed or
ordered as spare, country specific power cord must be
ordered separately, see Step 10.
• See UPS information following System Specifications

400-Watt power supply

Step 8-Terminals and Printers
Systems include two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports with 9-pin D-subminiature connectors.

Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems
Console terminals can either be graphics monitor connected to the included video graphics adapter (See Step 4), or a serial
video terminal. If a serial video terminal is used as the console terminal, it must be VT220, VT320, VT420, or VT520
compatible. These terminals have the graphics capability required for the EISA Configuration Utility.
Select terminals and serial printers as required. A 9-pin to MMJ adapter (H8571-J) is required for each connection. A cable
must be ordered unless otherwise provided.
Select terminals and serial printers as required. A 9-pin to MMJ adapter (H8571-J) is required for each connection. A cable
must be ordered unless otherwise provided.

Step 9-Software
Windows NT systems
System includes Windows NT Server plus 5-client access V3.5 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package.
Order documentation kit if required.
QA-23CAA-GZ

Windows NT Server documentation kit

Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses
Select user licenses and additional software as required. Media and documentation is required for first system on site.

Software Processor Code =G for all software, 1-2 processors
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at
user discretion.
QL-MT7AM-3B
QL-MT7AM-3C
QL-MT7AM-3D
QL-MT7AM-3E
QL-MT7AM-3F
QL-MT7AG-AA
QL-MT5AG-AA

2.66 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 2000

Step 9-Software (continued)
Digital UNIX Media and Documentation-required for first system on site
QA-MT4AA-H8
QA-MT4AA-GZ

Digital UNIX media and on-line documentation on CD-ROM
Digital UNIX full hardcopy documentation

Digital UNIX Layered Products CD-ROM
QA-054AA-H8

Layered products media and documentation for Digital UNIX on CD-ROM

DECnet Licenses
QL-MTJAG-AA
QL-MTKAG-AA

DECnetlOSI end-system license for Digital UNIX
DECnetlOSI extended function license for Digital UNIX

OpenVMS Concurrent Use User Licenses
Select user licenses and additional software as required. Media and documentation is required for first system on site.

Software Processor Code =G for all software, 1-4 processors
OpenVMS Concurrent Use license provide the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of
concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one system to
another at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS V AX and OpenVMS Alpha cluster.
QL-MT3AA-3B
QL-MT3AA-3C
QL-MT3AA-3D
QL-MT3AA-3E
QL-MT3AA-3F
QL-MT3AA-3G
QL-MT3AA-3H
QL-MT3AA-3J
QL-MT3AA-3K
QL-MT2AG-AA

OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 2-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 4-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 8-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use I6-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 32-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 64-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 128-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 256-user license
OpenVMS Traditional unlimited user license

OpenVMS Media and Documentation-required for first system on site
QA-MTIAA-H8
QA-MTIAG-H8
QA-OOIAA-GZ

OpenVMS media and documentation on CD-ROM
OpenVMS V6.2-IHI media and documentation on CD-ROM, included with system
OpenVMS hardcopy documentation

OpenVMS Layered Products CD-ROM
QA-03XAA-H8

Layered products media and documentation for OpenVMS on CD-ROM

DECnet Licenses
QL-MTGAG-AA
QL-MTHAG-AA

DEC net extended function license for OpenVMS
DEC net end-system to extended function upgrade license for OpenVMS

DSSI Information
EK-410AB-MG
EK-D4AXP-TS

DSSI VMScluster Installation Guide
DSSI VMS cluster Troubleshooting Guide

Alpha Servers 2.67

AlphaServer 2000

Step to-Keyboards and Power Cords
Systems ordered in the Americas and Asia Pacific include 120 V U.S. power cord and keyboard unless alternate is
specified. Select country specific power cord and keyboard for all systems ordered in Europe.

Keyboards
WindowsNTI
Digital UNIX

OpenVMS

LK471-A2

LK461-A2

LK471-AB

LK461-AB
LK461-AC

LK471-AD

LK461-AD

LK471-AE

LK461-AE
LK461-AF

LK471-AG

LK461-AG
LK461-AH

LK471-AI

LK461-AI

LK471-AK

LK461-AK
LK461-AL
LK461-AM

LK471-AN

LK461-AN

LK471-AP

LK461-AP
LK461-AQ

LK471-AS

LK461-AS

LK471-AV

LK461-AV

U.S.lEnglish
Belgian
CanadianlFrench
Danish
United Kingdom
Finnish
German
Dutch
Italian
Swiss/Generic
Swiss/German
Swedish
Norwegian
French
CanadianlEnglish
Spanish
Portuguese

Power Cords
BN09A-IK*
BN19H-2E
BN19C-2E
BN19A-2E
BN19E-2E
BN19K-2E
BN19M-2E
BN19S-2E
BN18L-2E

U.S., Canada, Japan, 120 V
AustralialNew Zealand
Central Europe
U .K.IIrel and
Switzerland
Denmark
Italy
India/South Africa
Israel

* Orderable as 17-00083-09

2.68 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 2000

Step II-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services
Hardware-Americas and Asia Pacific only
• System includes three-year hardware warranty, on-site with 5 x 9, 24-hour response time. Select optional Hardware
Supplemental Support Services if required.
AlphaServer 2000 Systems 5/300 Systems
FM-S64HR-36
FM-S64HR-60
FM-S6S12-36
FM-S6S12-60
FM-S6616-36
FM-S6616-60
FM -S6724-36
FM -S6724-60

Years 1-3,5 x 9, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5,5 x 9, 4-hour response time
Years 1-3,5 x 12, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5,5 x 12, 4-hour response time
Years 1-3,6 x 16, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5,6 x 16, 4-hour response time
Years 1-3, 7 x 24, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5,5 x 24, 4-hour response time

AlphaServer 2000 Systems 5/375 Systems
FM-S84HR-36
FM-S84HR-60
FM-S8S12-36
FM-S8S12-60
FM-S8616-36
FM-S8616-60
FM-S8724-36
FM-S8724-60

Years 1-3,5 x 9, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5,5 x 9, 4-hour response time
Years 1-3, 5 x 12, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5,5 x 12, 4-hour response time
Years 1-3,6 x 16, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5,6 x 16, 4-hourresponse time
Years 1-3, 7 x 24, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5,5 x 24, 4-hour response time

Software-Americas and Asia Pacific only
• Systems include 90-day Conformance to SPD and Telephone Advisory Support. Select optional Software Supplemental
Support Services, if required.
• Software service upgrades for Windows NT include advisory and remedial software support for the time period
indicated.
• Software service upgrades for Digital UNIX include advisory and remedial software support with new version license
rights for operating system and Digital NAS Base Server 200 for the time period indicated.
• Software service upgrades for OpenVMS include advisory and remedial software support with new version license
rights for operating system and Digital NAS Base Server 200 for the time period indicated.
AlphaServer 2000 Systems
FM-4SNTS-12
FM-4SNTS-36
FM-4SNTS-60
FM-DSOSF-12
FM-DSOSF -36
FM-DSOSF -60
FM-DSVMS-12
FM-DSVMS-36
FM-DSVMS-60

12-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 2000 systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 2000 systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 2000 systems
12-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2000 systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2000 systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2000 systems
12-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2000 systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2000 systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2000 systems

Alpha Servers 2.69

AlphaServer 2000

Step lla-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services-Europe only
Europe does not have specific part numbers for Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. Prices can be
quoted using the Excelerator tool; contact MCS Sales in your country for information on Hardware and Software
Supplemental Support Services.
AlphaServer 2000 System EISA Bus IRQ Address Table

Option
DE422
PB2GA

DEFEA
DNSES

DW300·AA
KZESC
KFESA
KFESB
PB2SX

CXIOI

5
0

EISA Bus IRQ Addresses
9
10 11
12
8
-

0
N
N
N

0
0

0
0
0
0

0
-

N
N

0
0

Maximum of Each Supported
Digital UNIX
Windows NT
OpenVMS

2
5

0
0
0

2
0
4

0
0
0

2
2
4
0

0
0
1

0
0
0

Table Codes:

o=address is available for device
- =address not available for device
N in address location 9 =address is assigned, but its use is precluded due to presence of PB2GA-xx Video Graphics
Adapter
Configuration Rules and Information
• EISA Bus IRQ address assignments are for Digital UNIX
and OpenVMS systems only.
• Video Graphics Adapter is included in all systems listed
in Step 1. It occupies one EISA bus slot, leaving seven
physical slots for all other EISA-based controllers.
• In some cases, the maximum each [device] supported
is less than the number of EISA bus addresses available;
this is due to other limitations.
Only one device can occupy any given IRQ address; if
multiples of a device are configured, each device
occupies a separate address.

2.70 Alpha Servers

• Match each device to be configured to one available
address. (Note: With the table as a worksheet, use a
pencil to fill in an "0" for each device; fill in only one
"0" per column.)
• The actual IRQ address assignment will be made by the
EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) which is run during
system manufacture, or in the installed system if the
EISA bus is re-configured.
• Prestoserve option (PB2SX) does not require an IRQ
address. PB2SX is supported on Digital UNIX systems
only.

AlphaServer 2000
Specifications
Shipping Dimension
Height
Width·
Depth·
Weight

109 cm (43.3 in.)
102 cm (40.0 in.)
61 cm (24.0 in.)
79 kg (174 lb) typical
97 kg (213 lb) maximum

Installed Dimensions
Height
Width
Depth
Weight

60.5 cm (23.8 in.)
43 cm (16.9 in.)
65 cm (25.6 in.)
54 kg (109 lb) typical
71 kg (156Ib) maximum

Clearances

Operating

Service

Front
Rear
Sides

75 cm (29.5 in.)
15 cm (6 in.)
None

75 cm (29.5 in.)
75 cm (29.5 in.)
75 cm (20/5 in.)

Environmental
Temperature

Relative humidity

Operating
Nonoperating
Storage (60 days)
Rate of change
Operating
Nonoperating
Storage (60 days)
Rate of change
Operating Storage (60 days)

Maximum wet bulb
temperature
Operating
Minimum dew point
Storage (60 days)
temperature
Maximum heat dissipation Current
Single supply
2390 Btuthr
Dual supply
4097 Btuthr
Intake location
Air flow and quality
Exhaust location
Particle size
Concentration
J
Operating
Altitude
Nonoperating
Operating
Mechanical shock
Nonoperating
Operating
Vibration
Acoustics
Operating
Idle

10 0 - 40 0 C (50 0 - 1040 F)
Not tested
-40 0 - 66 0 C (-40 0 - 151 0 F)
11 0 Clhr (20 0 Flhr)
20-80%
20-80%
10-95%
20%lhr
28 0 C (82 0 F)"
46 0 C (115 0 F)
2 0 C (36 0 F)
Not tested

Front
Rear
N/A
N/A

2000 m (6562 ft)
3600 m (12,000 ft)
7.5GlOms
20 G peak 30 ms
10-500 Hz.1 G peak
AverageDeclared
6.2 LwA, B6.5 LwAd, B
6.0 LwA, B6.3 LwAd, B

Regulatory
Agency approvals

Reviewed to

UL Listed to UL1950 (2nd edition)
CSA Certified to CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 950-M89
TUV EN 60950 VDE 0805 GS marked ZHl/618
FCC 15J Part 15 Class B Verified
CE Class B Verified
VCCI Class II ITE
AS 3260 Australian Standard
SS 436 14 50 Swedish Standard
NZS 6661:1989 New Zealand Standard
EN 60950: 1992 European Norm
IEC 950 (2nd edition)

1 Dimensions of shipping pallet; fork-lift access is on the width dimension
2 Maximum operating temperature at Sea Level. Reduce by 1 C (1.8 F) for each 600 m
(2000 ft) above Sea Level.
3 Higher altitudes are possible if maximum operating temperature is reduced (see
Temperature, above); other restrictions may apply, such as maximum permissible
altitude for hard drives.

Alpha Servers

2.71

AlphaServer 2000

Recommended Power ProtectionlUPS Solutions for AlphaServer 2000 systems
Digital's UPS offerings feature robust On-line design and include EIA232 port for local or network monitoring and plug &
play battery extentions. U.S.models feature 3 year hot-swap warranty.
Note: For complete protection all UPS products should be used with data line surge protector.
Prestige UPS - North American Model

4N-AEABG-AF

Prestige 2kVA (1.3kW), single phase, 60HZ, 120V with 6 ft. cord, 5-20P and (4) 5-15R and
(1) 5-20R receptacle; internal 4 minute battery at full UPS load. For unit with extended battery
substitute -AG (7 minutes) or -AH (14 minutes).
4N-AEABF-BAIBB HalflFull add-on battery pack for above UPS. Adds 7/15min per pack.
Prestige UPS - International Model
4N-AEAAH-AS

4N-AEAAH-AB
4N-AEWAR-Gl

Prestige 2.5kVA (1750W) single phase, 50 HZ, 200-240V inlout selectable, 2 module design.
6 ft. input cord with VDE stripped pigtail connection for attachment of country specific plug
(by customer). Unit includes (1) IEC320, 20A output receptacle which can be optionally extended
to choice of Schuko, French,Brittish or Australian (4N-AEACH-DA - DD) receptacle modules;
8 minute battery at full UPS load.
Add on battery pack for above UPS. Adds 15 minute per pack.
Prestige five year on-site exchange warranty upgrade, U.S. only

Companion Data Surge Protection
4N-GA249-AB
4N-GA249-CA
4N-GA510-BF
4N-GA245-xx
4N-GA240-xx

Modem connection (wa11 plug-in unit)
10BaseT connection (wall plug-in unit)
ThinWire connection (device port)
Multi-port connection (din raillrackmount)
Additional plug-in data modules for 4N-GA249 series devices. All devices include 5 year hot-swap
warranty.

UPS Monitoring and Unattended Shutdown Software (for above UPS systems only)
Includes cable, media and documentation.
Monitoring Software

Windows NT

Digital UNIX

OpenVMS

Single system shutdown

4N-AEAES-AA

4N-AEAES-AK

Network Management and multiple system shutdown*

4N-AEAES-BA

4N-AEAES-BK

4N-AEAES-EM
Call for information

* Connect-UPS Adapter required: DAlDB=twisted pair, DCIDD=ThinWire

4N-AEAEO-DAIDC
4N-AEAEO-DBIDD

2.72 Alpha Servers

Connect UPS Adapter 120V (North American)
Connect UPS Adapter 220V (International)

AlphaServer 2100A

. AlphaServer 2100A
Product Description

AlphaServer 2100A systems are low-cost Alpha symmetric multiprocessing
(SMP) PCIlEISA-based servers. They offer support for OpenVMS, Digital
UNIX and Windows NT, and are suitable for general-purpose commercial,
high-performance application and database, and PC LAN Superserver
computing environments.
AlphaServer 2100A 41275 (Alpha 21064A microprocessor) features a
275-MHz CPU with 4 MB cache; AlphaServer 2100A 5/250 (Alpha 21164
microprocessor) features a 250-MHz CPU with 4 MB cache; AlphaServer
2100A 5/300 (Alpha 21164 microprocessor) features a 291-MHz CPU with
4 MB cache. Each can be configured with up to four processors of the same
speed for symmetric multiprocessing. The systems support up to 2 GB of
memory and 64 GB of internal disk storage.
The system bus bandwidth is 667 MB/second and the high-performance
PCIIIO subsystem has a peak bandwidth of 132 MB/second. The 33 MBI
second EISA 110 bus supports a variety of industry-standard EISA options.
The AlphaServer 2100A is configured with 8 PCI slots and 3 EISA slots.
AlphaServer 2100A systems supports StorageWorks storage devices. Highavailability features, including optional internal RAID and hot swap of disks,
offer data security in mission-critical environments. RAID levels supported
are 0 (striping), 1 (shadowing), 0+ 1 (striped shadowing), and 5 (striping with
parity).
AlphaServer 2100A systems are also offered in a rackmountable enclosure.

Alpha Servers 2. 73

AlphaServer 2100A

Step 1-Systems
See System Bus Slot Table and PCI Option Slot Chart for
slot configuration rules.
Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems require operating
system media and documentation kit for first system on
site; see Step 9.
Windows NT systems include Windows NT Server plus
5-client access V3.51 media (CD-ROM) and license in
shrink-wrapped package.

Systems ordered in the Americas and Asia Pacific (AP)
include 120 V U.S. power cord and keyboard unless
alternate is specified. Select country specific power cord
and keyboard for all systems ordered in Europe.
Uninterruptable Power Supplies are available; see UPS
Information following System Specifications.
Options ordered will be factory installed unless specified
as spares.

AlphaServer 2100A 4/275, 5/250, and 5/300 Systems include
Alpha microprocessor 21064
- 275-MHz CPU with 4 MB onboard cache or
Alpha microprocessor 21164
- 250 MHz CPU with 4 MB onboard cache or
- 291 MHz CPU with 4 MB onboard cache
BA740 large pedestal enclosure which includes
- Integral 10 MB/s Fast SCSI-2 controller,
8-bit (narrow)
Ethernet Card (uses 1 PCI slot)
Two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports, 9-pin
D-subminiature connectors
- One parallel port, 25-pin D-subminiature connectors
- Keyboard port and mouse port
- 8-slot RZxx storage assembly, 8-bit (narrow) or
16-bit (wide)
- Three 5.25-inch, half-height removable media slots
- Eight PCI slots
- Three EISA slots

o
o

o
o
o

- 602-Watt power supply
1.44 MB diskette drive in dedicated slot
600 MB Quad-Speed CD-ROM (uses one removable
media slot)
2.1 GB 7200 RPM disk drive (uses one storage assembly
slot)
Video Graphics Adapter (uses 1 PCI slot)
Memory (indicated below)
3-button mouse
Keyboard (Americas and AP only)
Power cord (Americas and AP only)
Customer documentation
EISA Configuration Utility
Hardware Warranty: Three-year, on-site, with 5 x 9,
24-hour response time*
Software Warranty: 90-day SPD conformance with
advisory telephone support*

* Service upgrades are available; see Step 11, Hardware and Software Supplemental Services.
Windows NT Systems include
Windows NT Server plus 5-client access 3.51 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package.

Order Number

Memory

Hard Drive

PCI !EISA slots available for additional options

AlphaServer 2100A 4/275-275 MHz Windows NT Systems
DN-252S1-J9
DN-252S1-K9

128 MB
512 MB

1 x 2.1 GB
1 x 2.1 GB

6 PCI 1 3 EISA
6 PCI 13 EISA

AlphaServer 2100A 5/250-250 MHz Windows NT Systems
DN-253S1-J9
DN-253S1-K9

128 MB
512 MB

1 x 2.1 GB
1 x 2.1 GB

6 PCI 1 3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA

AlphaServer 2100A 5/300-291 MHz Windows NT Systems
DN-254S1-J9
DN-254S1-K9

2.74 Alpha Servers
".:

128 MB
512 MB

1 x 2.1 GB
1 x 2.1 GB

6 PCI 1 3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA

AlphaServer 2100A

Step 1-Systems (continued)
Digital UNIX Systems include
• Digital UNIX operating system base license (V3.2D-2)
• Digital NAS Base Server 200 for Digital UNIX license
(QL-306AG-AA) includes the following layered products
(order media and documentation separately).
- PrintServer Software (Licensed with appropriate
Digital Printer)
- DECmessageQ for Digital UNIX Run-Time only
- Digital DCE Run-Time Services for Digital UNIX
- Objectbroker for Digital UNIX Run-Time only
Order Number

Memory

- POLYCENTER Advanced File System utilities
- POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore for
Digital UNIX (Server)
- PATHWORKS for Digital UNIX LAN Manager
PATHWORKS for Digital UNIX Netware
- Digital UNIXServer Extensions
- Logical Storage Manager
• Digital UNIX operating system is factory installed.

Hard Drive

AlphaServer 2100A 4/275-275 MHz Digital UNIX systems
DA-252S1-J9
128 MB
1 x 2.1 GB
DA-252S1-K9
512 MB
1 x 2.1 GB
AlphaServer 2100A 5/250-250 MHz Digital UNIX systems
DA-253S1-J9
128 MB
1 x 2.1 GB
DA-253S1-K9
512 MB
1 x 2.1 GB
AlphaServer 2100A 5/300-291 MHz Digital UNIX systems
DA-254S1-J9
128 MB
1 x 2.1 GB
DA-254S1-K9
512 MB
1 x 2.1 GB

PCIlEISA slots available for additional options
6 PCII 3 EISA
6 PCI I 3 EISA
6PCI/3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA

OpenVMS Systems include
· OpenVMS operating system base license. (V6.2-1Hl)
• NAS 200 for OpenVMS license (QL-23EAG-AA),
includes the following layered products (order media and
documentation separately).
- DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS Alpha
- DECwindows Motif Worldwide support for OpenVMS
Alpha
- DEC print Supervisor for OpenVMS Alpha, (Base,
Plus, Open)
- PrintServer Software (Licensed with appropriate
Digital printer)
DECmessageQ for OpenVMS Alpha Run-time option
only

- Objectbroker for OpenVMS Alpha Run-time option
only
- Polycenter Software Distribution for OpenVMS Alpha
(Client)
- DECnet for OpenVMS Alpha End System
- DECnetiOSI for OpenVMS Alpha End System
- DEC TCP/IP services for OpenVMS Alpha
PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (LAN Manager)
- PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (Macintosh)
- PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (Netware)
• OpenVMS operating system is factory installed.
• OpenVMS V6.21-1Hl media on CD (QA-MTIAG-H8)
included.

Order Number
Memory
Hard Drive
AlphaServer 2100A 4/275-275 MHz OpenVMS systems

PCIlEISA slots available for additional options

1 x 2.1 GB
1 x 2.1 GB

6 PCII 3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA

AlphaServer 2100A 5/250-250 MHz OpenVMS systems
DY-253S1-J9
128 MB
1 x 2.1 GB
DY-253S1-K9
512 MB
1 x 2.1 GB

6 PCII 3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA

AlphaServer 2100A 5/300-291 MHz OpenVMS systems
DY-254S1-J9
128 MB
1 x 2.1 GB
DY-254S1-K9
512 MB
1 x 2.1 GB

6 PCI/3 EISA
6 PCI I 3 EISA

DY-252S1-J9
DY-252S1-K9

128 MB
512 MB

Alpha Servers 2.75

AlphaServer 2100A

Step 1-Systems (continued)
• Use System Bus Slot Table for slot configuration rules when adding additional CPUs and memory.
• See PCI Option Slot Table for options supported in specific PCI slots.
System Bus Slot Table
Recommended Slots

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Slot 5

Slot 6

Slot 7

1 CPU system

CPU 0

Memory 0

Memory 1

Memory 2

2 CPUs system
3 CPUs system

CPU 0

CPU 1

Memory 0

Memory 1

Memory 2

Memory 3
Memory 3

CPU 2

CPU 0

CPU 1

Memory 0

Memory 1

Memory 2

Memory 4

4 CPUs system

CPU 3

CPU 0

CPU 1

Not available

CPU 2

Memory 0

Memory 1

PCI Option Slot Table
• Some PCI options are not supported behind a PCI-PCI bridge on specific operating systems. Use the following table for
options restricted to slots 4, 5, 6 and 7 only. All other options supported on the AlphaServer 2100A not listed here are
supported in any PCI slot (0, 1,2,3,4,5,6, 7).
Order Number
KZPSA-BB
PB2GA-JBl

Description
One-port Fast Wide Differential SCSI controller
S3-Tri064 Graphics option 1MB

Max Supported in
PCI slots only
#
4,5,6,7
3
4,5,6,7
1

CCMAA-BA

PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller

4,5,6,7

Operating System
Windows NT
Windows NT
Digital UNIX

1 Graphics option standard in all systems

Step 2-Additional CPUs (Symmetrical Multiprocessing (SMP) Upgrades)
Order up to three additional CPUs, for a maximum of four-See System Bus Slot Table for configuration rules.
• Additional CPUs must match the speed of CPU in system.
• Four-CPU systems are restricted to two memory slots.
Note: Adding CPUs may require an additional power supply (see Step 7).
Additional CPUs
460NR-AA
470NR-AA
4S0NR-AA

Windows NT SMP upgrade, includes one 4/275 MHz CPU processor; SMP license is not required.
Windows NT SMP upgrade, includes one 51250 MHz CPU processor; SMP license is not required.
Windows NT SMP upgrade, includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor; SMP license is not required.

460AR-AA
470AR-AA
4S0AR-AA

Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 4/275 MHz CPU processor and Digital UNIX SMP license.
Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 5/250 MHz CPU processor and Digital UNIX SMP license.
Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 MHx CPU processor and Digital UNIX SMP license.

460YR-AA
470YR-AA
4S0YR-AA

OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 41275 MHz CPU processor and OpenVMS SMP license.
OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 51250 MHz CPU processor and OpenVMS SMP license.
OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor and OpenVMS SMP license.

2.76 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 2100A

Step 3-Memory
See System Bus Slot Table for slot configuration rules.
•
•
•
•
•

One, two, and three CPU systems support a total of four memory boards in any combination.
Four CPU systems support total of two memory boards in any combination.
Windows NT 3.51 supports up to 2 GB of memory, requires Windows NT 3.51 Service Pack 4
Digital UNIX V3.2D-2 supports up to 2 GB of memory.
OpenVMS V6.2 1-lH1 supports up to 2 GB of memory.

MS450-BA
MS451·DA
MS451·FA

64 MB memory module (AlphaServer 2100A 41275 systems only)
128 MB memory module
512 MB memory module

Step 3a-Prestoserve Nonvolatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM)
• Supported on Digital UNIX systems only
• Maximum one Prestoserve option per system
DJ-ML200-AA
DJ·ML200·BA
DJ·ML200·CA

2 MB PCI Presto serve option
4 MB PCI Presto serve option
8 MB PCI Prestoserve option

Step 4-Monitors
Graphics monitors other than those listed below can be used if compatible with graphics adapter included with system.
Windows NT systems
• Windows NT systems require a graphics monitor to run all system functions.
• Video adapter included in system supports 1024 x 768 resolution, 72-Hz monitors.
Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems
• All console functions, including the EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) and the Standalone Configuration Utility can be
performed using a standard video terminal (VT2xx, VT3xx, VT4xx, VT5xx) connected to one of the system's serial
ports (See Step 8).
• For graphics console functionality, order a graphics monitor.
• Video adapter included in system supports 1024 x 768 resolution, 72-Hz monitors.
VRC15·KAlK4

VRT17·PAJP4

VRC21·LAlL4

21" (19.6" viewable image size) ultra high-resolution color monitor with Ligh Gray enclosure.
Diamondtron aperture grille CRT with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static
coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1600 x 1200 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. On Screen display
(OSD). Stereo viewing compatible. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 120/240V
universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. Select -LA for Northern
Hemisphere, or -L4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -LA
includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -LA and -L4 not included, order separately.
Alpha Servers 2. 77

AlphaServer 2100A

Step 5-Storage
Internal Disk Storage Assembly
• Included storage assembly supports eight 3.5-inch disk
drives.
• Integral8-bit Fast SCSI-2 controller supports maximum
of seven devices in system enclosure (three 5.25-inch
removable media devices and four 3.5-inch disk drives).
All disk drives connected to this controller operate in
narrow mode.
• One additional storage assembly in system enclosure
supports eight additionaI3.5-inch disk drives. Additional
storage assembly requires an additional power supply
(see Step 7).
• Internal storage assemblies are normally configured for
split-bus (two buses), four drives per bus. By reversing
the positions of the terminator and jumper plugs, internal
storage assemblies can be reconfigured for single-bus

operation with a maximum of seven disk drives per
storage assembly.
• Manufacturing normally configures internal storage
assemblies in split-bus mode. If there are not enough
storage controllers to support the number of internal disk
drives ordered, Manufacturing will configure the internal
storage assemblies for single-bus mode.
• Internal storage assembly drive slots are physically
interleaved with electrically contiguous drives in every
other slot.
• Note: Wide disk drives configured on a narrow bus will
operate in narrow mode. Narrow disk drives configured
on a wide bus will operate in narrow mode. Wide and
narrow devices can be mixed on a single bus.

Additional Storage Assembly for Internal Disk Storage
• Storage assembly supports 16-bit (wide) and/or 8-bit (narrow) modes.
• Requires an additional power supply (see Step 7).
• Includes SCSI cables for factory integration and for field installation if ordered as spare.
BA3SE-SA

Storage assembly supports eight 3.5-inch, half-height hard drives

Step Sa-Controllers and Storage Devices for 16-bit (Wide) Mode
• Internal StorageWorks 16-bit Wide Shelves:
- 16-bit devices require 16-bit (wide) shelves.
- Internal StorageWorks shelf is electrically compatible
with 16-bit (wide) drives.
• Wide Storage Controllers allow wide devices to operate
in 16-bit mode.
KZPSC-xx PCI-based one- and three-port StorageWorks RAID 230 controllers support hard drives only;
tapes are not supported.
- Three-port StorageWorks RAID 230 controller
KZPSC-BA supports up to 21 disk drives in up to
eight logical groups. RAID sets must be created to
support more than eight physical disk drives.
Maximum of four KZPSC-xx controllers supported per
system.
KZPSA-BB PCI-based one-port Fast Wide Differential
SCSI controller supports externally connected wide
disks in BA356 using DWZZB fast wide differential to
wide single-ended converter, or narrow disks using
DWZZA fast wide differential to narrow single-ended
converter in BA356.
KZPSA-BB controller on Windows NT systems
support supports up to 15 disks. Digital UNIX and
OpenVMS systems support 7 disks.

• Maximum of four PCI- or EISA-based RAID controllers
supported per system.
• Note: Wide drives operate in narrow (8-bit) mode when
connected to narrow SCSI controllers, such as Integral
Fast SCSI-2 controller.
• Cabling information for Fast SCSI-2/3 controllers
- Internal cables are supplied as needed for factory
installed configurations. BC25T-3L cable is used from
KZPSC-xx or KZPSM-AA controllers to internal
shelf.
- External cables are not included and must be ordered
separately.
- KZPSA-BB External cables:
BN21K-xx from KZPSA to DWZZA, DWZZB and
HSZ40 (straight to right angle)
BN21 W-OB Y SCSI-3 cable 68-pin for KZPSA in
mid-bus configurations
- KZPSC-xx External cables:
BN31S-1E from KZPSC-xx to BA356
- If all three ports on KZPSC-BA controller are used,
use SCSI cable BN31K-OE for third port external
connection. Note: Third external port blocks one PCI
or EISA bulkhead.

Storage Controllers for Wide Mode
KZPSC-AA
KZPSC-BA

2.78 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 2100A

Step Sa-Controllers and Storage Devices for 16-bit (Wide) Mode (continued)
Storage Controllers for Wide Mode
KZPSA-BB
KZPSM-AA

One-port PCI-based Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI controller
PCI-based Combination Ethernet and Fast Wide SCSI controller

Hard Drives for Wide Mode
RZ26N-VW
RZ28D-VW
RZ29B-VW

1.05 GB, 3.5-inch half-height disk drive
2.1 GB, 3.5-inch 7200 RPM half-height disk drive
4.3 GB, 3.5-inch 7200 RPM half-height disk drive

External Disk Expansion for Wide Mode
o

External BA356 StorageWorks modular storage pedestals are supported on all Fast Wide SCSI-2/3 controllers listed in
Step 5a.
External BA356 is not supported on integral Fast SCSI-2.
SCSI cable BN21K-xx for KZPSA, and BN3IS-lE for KZPSC, is required to connect an external BA356 modular
storage pedestal to controller.

BA356-KC

Modular storage pedestal includes BA356-xx basic shelf, BA35X-HF universal ac power supply,
pedestal mounting kit, and 120 V power cord; requires SCSI cable (BN31S-1E) for KZPSC-xx
controllers. Order country specific power cord for 240 V use from Step 10.

Step 5b-Internal Removable Media Devices
Systems include 600 MB CD-ROM; system supports two additionaI5.25-inch half-height removable media devices, or one
5.25-inch, full-height removable media device.
Removable Media Devices
RRD45-AC

TLZ09-LG
TZKll-LG

600 MB 5.25-inch half-height quad-speed CD-ROM
8.0 GB 5.25-inch half-height SCSI 4-mm DAT
2.0 GB 5.25-inch half-height SCSI QIC tape

Step 5c-External Storage
Tabletop Tape Expansion
o

o
o

The integral Fast SCSI-2 controller cannot be extended outside the system enclosure to support external SCSI devices.
External tape drives are supported on optional Fast SCSI-2 8-bit narrow controller (KZPAA-AA) only.
Each tabletop tape device requires three-foot SCSI cable (BC09D-03)

Storage Controller for Narrow Mode (required for external tape expansion)
KZPAA-AA

PCI-based one-port high performance Fast SCSI-2 controller

Alpha Servers 2. 79

AlphaServer 2100A

Step 5c-External Storage (continued)
Tape Drives for Narrow Mode
TLZ09-DA
TLZ7L-DA 1• 2
TZS7-TA
SZl07-AA
TSZ07-BAICA
TKZ15-TA

8.0 GB, 4mm DAT tabletop tape drive
32.0-96.0 GB 4-mm DAT autoloader
20.0 GB DLT 5.25-inch tabletop tape drive
140.0 GB DLT loader (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only)
1600/6250-bitlinch 9-track tabletop magtape drive (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only)
5.0 GB 8mm tabletop tape drive (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only)

(1)

Includes four cartridge loader. Twelve cartridge magazine supported (TLZ7L-12).

(2)

Windows NT operating system does not support unattended back-up mode without third-party Arcada software.

Step 5d-DSSI Storage (OpenVMS systems only)
• System supports up to two KFESA or KFESB
EISAlDSSI adapters; KFESA and KFESB adapters can
be mixed on the same system.
• System supports four KFPSA PCI DSSI adapters.
• Each internal storage assembly in system in single/splitbus mode supports one/two HSD 10 DSSIISCSI
converters.
• Disk drives installed "behind" HSD10 must be 8-bit
(narrow).
• Cabling information for DSSI controllers:
• DSSI cables must be ordered separately.
- KFESBIKFPSA uses "Micro-Ribbon" connection.
- KFESBIKFPSA to any external "Pin-Socket" DSSI.
connection requires BC22Q-xx.
- KFESBIKFPSA to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI
straight connection requires BC21Q-xx.

- KFESB/KFPSA to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI
right-angle connection requires BC29S-xx DSSI cable.
- KFESBIKFPSA to HSD10 requires BC29S-xx. If
HSD lOis factory installed, BC29S-06 cable is
included.
- HSD10 to HSD10 (inside system) requires BC29U-02.
- BC29U-06 (KFESB to HSD10) is provided if factory
installed.
- HSD 10 to HSD 10 (between systems) requires BC29T-09.
HSD10 to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI
connection (all other DSSI systems and storage
devices) requires BC29S-xx for straight connection to
external device; or BC29T-09 for right-angle
connection to external device.

DSSI Adapters
KFPSA-AA
KFESB-AA
HSDIO-AA

PCI-to-DSSI controller (OpenVMS systems only); maximum four per system.
EISA-based single-DSSI controller (OpenVMS systems only); maximum two per system
StorageWorks Array controller; supports seven SCSI-2 disks, tape, and optical devices. (See Storage
section for supported devices.)

DSSI Option Pack
• OpenVMS DSSI starter option pack includes:
- Two KFESB-AA EISA-based DSSI adapters
- Two HSD10-AA DSSIISCSI converter
SD002-AA

- Three RZ28 2-GB disk drives
- Two BC29S-06 DSSI cables*
- VMScluster license (QL-MUZAG-AA)

OpenVMS DSSI Starter Option Pack

* Additional cables are required to connect to external DSSI storage devices or systems
Step 5e-PCI to CI Storage Host Adapter (OpenVMS Systems only)
CIPCA-AA

BNCIA-IO
BNCIA-20
BNCIA-45

2.80 Alpha Servers

PCI-to-CI adapter,
Maximum two per system; requires one PCI slot and one EISA slot.
Minimum Operating System Version: OpenVMS 6.2-1H2
Minimum Console Revision: V 4.4
Requires one of the following CI cables per adapter:
10-meter CI cable
20-meter CI cable
45-meter CI cable

AlphaServer 2100A

Step 6-Networks and Communications
• See PCI Option Slot Chart for slot configuration rules.
• Systems include Ethernet controller (AUI, IOBaseT, or ThinWire selectable)
· Select networking cable
- BNE4C-xx for AUI
- BN25G-xx for IOBaseT
- BCI6M-xx for ThinWire, and H8225-00 Terminator
• Maximum of 4 PCI-based network controllers supported.
Maximum # supported
Order Number

Description

DEFEA-AA
DEFEA-DA

EISA-based DEC FDDlcontroller Single Attachment

Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT
2

EISA-based DEC FDDIcontroller Dual Attachment (requires 2
EISA slots)

DEFEA-UA

EISA-based DEC FDDIcontroller UTP Attachment

DNSES-AA
CXIOl-AAlAD

EISA-based synchronous communications controller
ISA-based asynchronous multiplexer

3
2

DIIAA-AA

Digiboard ISA datafire-U ISDN Controller (Available as a
SPARE Only)

DIIAA-AB

Digiboard ISA datafire-ST ISDN Controller (Available as a
SPARE Only)

4
4

DEFPA-AA*

PCI to FDDI Adapter, SAS, MMF, SC

DEFPA-DA*

PCI to FDDI Adapter, DAS, MMF, SC

DEFPA-UA*

PCI to FDDI Adapter, SAS, TP-PMD

DE43S-AA

PCI-based Digital Etherworks 32-bit High Performance
Network Interface Card

DESOO-XA

PCI-based Fast Ethernet controller

PBXNP-AA

PCI Token Ring Adapter

* Cables: Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to "MIC" (concentrator): BN34D-xx; Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to "SC": BN34B-xx; Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to
"ST": BN34A-xx; Copper STP, 8 cond, wired pin-pin: BN26M-xx; Copper STP, 8 cond, wired cross-over: BN26S-03.

Step 6a-MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect
Digital UNIX Systems
• Require Digital UNIX V3.2E (Digital UNIX V3.2D plus TruCluster software or MEMORY CHANNEL Driver
software).
• Each system node in a MEMORY CHANNEL cluster requires a software license.
• Servers in a compute-server array require a Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL License.
• Servers in a TruCluster high-availability environment require a license for TruCluster for Digital UNIX.
OpenVMS Systems
• Require OpenVMS V7.1 and OpenVMS Cluster license
Configuring information:
• For two-system nodes, order one CCMAA-BA per system and one BCI2N-IO cable to connect them.
• For three or more system nodes, order CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) one CCMAA-BA and one BC12N10 cable per system node.
• CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) is configured with four CCMLA-AA Line Cards and supports up to four
nodes. Expansion up to eight system nodes can be achieved by adding up to four additional CCMLA-AA Line Cards.
Note: CCMAA-BA (PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller) must be installed in PCI slots 4-7

Alpha Servers

2.81

AlphaServer 2100A

Step 6a- MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect (continued)
CCMAA·BA
CCMHA·AA
CCMLA·AA
BC12N·I0
QB·3RLAG·AA
QB·4ZCAG·AA
QL·MUZAG·AA

PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller-Maximum two supported on AlphaServer 2100A
MEMORY CHANNEL Hub with 4 Line Cards
MEMORY CHANNEL Line Card for use with MEMORY CHANNEL Hub (CCMHA-AA)
MEMORY CHANNEL Cable
TruCluster Software for Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL license
OpenVMS Cluster license for Alpha systems

CCMHA-AA, MEMORY CHANNEL Hub, includes BN19P-2E line cord for Canada, Japan, US operation. For other
regions, order one of the following:
BN19A·2E
BN19S·2E
BN19C·2E
BN18L·2E
BN19E·2E
BN24X·2E
BN19K·2E
BN19H·2E

Ireland, United Kingdom
Egypt, India
Central Europe
Israel
Switzerland
Italy
Denmark
Australia, New Zealand

Step 7-Additional Power Supply
• Additional power supply is required if configured system includes second storage assembly, or
- More than two CPUs are installed, or
- Two CPUs and more than one memory board is installed
• In lesser configurations, the additional power supply may be ordered for n+1 redundancy.
• Americas and Asia Pacific orders:
• European orders:
- If additional power supply is factory installed or
- If additional power supply is factory installed, 120 V
U.S. power cord is included when alternate is not
ordered as spare, country specific power cord must be
selected.
ordered separately, see Step 10.
- If additional power supply is ordered as spare, power
cord must be ordered separately, see Step 10.
H7893·AA

602-watt power supply

Step 8-Terminals and Printers
Systems include two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports with 9-pin D-subminiature connectors.
Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems
Console terminals can either be graphics monitor connected to the included video graphics adapter (See Step 4), or a serial
video terminal. If a serial video terminal is used as the console terminal, it must be VT320, VT420, or VT520 compatible.
These terminals have the graphics capability required for the EISA Configuration Utility.
Select terminals and serial printers as required. A 9-pin to MMJ adapter (H8571-J) is required for each connection. A cable
must be ordered unless otherwise provided.

Step 9-Software
Windows NT systems
Systems include Windows NT Server plus 5-client access V3.51 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package.
Order documentation kit if required.
QA·23CAA·GZ
2.82 Alpha Servers

Windows NT Server documentation kit

AlphaServer 2100A

Step 9-Software (continued)
Digital UNIX systems
Select user licenses and additional software as required. Media and documentation is required for first system on site.

Software Processor Code = G for all software, 1-4 processors
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use license provide the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of
concurrent users on a designated Digital UNIX system. Digital UNIX Concurrent Use licenses are not specific to a single
system and can be moved from one system to another at user discretion.

QL-MT7AG-AA

Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I-user license
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 2-user license
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 4-user license
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use S-user license
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I6-user license
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 32-user license
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 64-user license
Digital UNIX Traditional unlimited user license

QL-MTSAG-AA

Digital UNIX developer's extension license

QL-MT7AM-3B
QL-MT7AM-3C
QL-MT7AM-3D
QL-MT7AM-3E
QL-MT7AM-3F
QL-MT7AM-3G
QL-MT7AM-3H

Digital UNIX Media and Documentation-required for first system on site
QA-MT4AA-H8
QA-MT4AA-GZ

Digital UNIX media and on-line documentation on CD-ROM
Digital UNIX full hardcopy documentation

Digital UNIX Layered Products CD-ROM
QA-054AA-HS

Layered products media and documentation for Digital UNIX on CD-ROM

DECnet Licenses
QL-MTJAG-AA
QL-MTKAG-AA

DECnetlOSI end-system license for Digital UNIX
DECnetlOSI extended function license for Digital UNIX

OpenVMS systems
Select user licenses and additional software as required. Media and documentation is required for first system on site.

Software Processor Code =G for all software, 1-4 processors
OpenVMS Concurrent Use User Licenses
OpenVMS Concurrent Use license provide the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of
concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one system to
another at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha cluster.
QL-MT3AA-3B
QL-MT3AA-3C
QL-MT3AA-3D
QL-MT3AA-3E
QL-MT3AA-3F
QL-MT3AA-3G
QL-MT3AA-3H
QL-MT3AA-3J
QL-MT3AA-3K
QL-MT2AG-AA

OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 2-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 4-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use S-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use I6-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 32-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 64-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use I2S-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 256-user license
OpenVMS Traditional unlimited user license

Alpha Servers 2. 83

AlphaServer 2100A

Step 9-Software (continued)
OpenVMS Media and Documentation-required for first system on site
QA-MTIAA-H8
QA-MTIAG-H8
QA-OOIAA-GZ

OpenVMS media and documentation on CD-ROM
Open VMS V6.2-1H1 media and documentation on CD-ROM, included with system
OpenVMS hardcopy documentation

OpenVMS Layered Products CD-ROM
QA-03XAA-H8

Layered products media and documentation for OpenVMS on CD-ROM

DECnet Licenses
QL-MTGAG-AA
QL-MTHAG-AA

DECnet extended function license for OpenVMS
DECnet end-system to extended function upgrade license for OpenVMS

DSSI Information
EK-410AB-MG
EK-D4AXP-TS

DSSI VMS cluster Installation Guide
DSSI VMSc1uster Troubleshooting Guide

LK471-AN
LK471-AP
LK471-AS
LK471-AV

2.84

Alpha Servers

OpenVMS
LK461-A2
LK461-AB
LK461-AC
LK461-AD
LK461-AE
LK461-AF
LK461-AG
LK461-AH
LK461-AI
LK461-AK
LK461-AL
LK461-AM
LK461-AN
LK461-AP
LK461-AQ
LK461-AS
LK461-AV

U.S.lEnglish
Belgian
CanadianfFrench
Danish
United Kingdom
Finnish
German
Dutch
Italian
Swiss/Generic
Swiss/German
Swedish
Norwegian
French
CanadianlEnglish
Spanish
Portuguese

AlphaServer 2100A

Step 10-Keyboards and Power Cords (continued)
Power Cords
BN27Y-IJ*
BN19H-2E
BN19C-2E
BN19A-2E
BN19E-2E
BN19K-2E
BN19M-2E
BN19S-2E
BN18L-2E

U.S., Canada, Japan, 120 V
AustralialNew Zealand
Central Europe
U KlIrel and
Switzerland
Denmark
Italy
India/South Africa
Israel

* Orderable as 17-00083-15

Step II-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services
Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services-Americas and Asia Pacific only
• Systems include three-year warranty, on-site with 5x9, 24-hour response time.
AlphaServer 2100 4/275 Systems
FM-454HR-36
FM-454HR-60
FM-45512-36
FM-45512-60
FM-45616-36
FM-45616-60
FM-45724-36
FM-45724-60

Years 1-3, 5 x 9, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5, 5 x 9, 4-hour response time
Years 1-3,5 x 12, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5,5 x 12, 4-hour response time
Years 1-3,6 x 16, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5,6 x 16, 4-hour response time
Years 1-3, 7 x 24, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5, 7 x 24, 4-hour response time

AlphaServer 2100 5/250 and 5/300 Systems
FM-S54HR-36
FM-S54HR-60

Years 1 - 3, 5 x 9, 4-hour response time
Years 1 - 5, 5 x 9, 4-hour response time

FM-S5512-36
FM-S5512-60

Years 1 - 3, 5 x 12, 4-hour response time
Years 1 - 5, 5 x 12, 4-hour response time

FM-S5616-36
FM-S5616-60

Years 1 - 3, 6 x 16, 4-hour response time
Years 1 - 5, 6 x 16, 4-hour response time

FM-S5724-36
FM-S5724-60

Years 1 - 3, 7 x 24, 4-hour response time
Years 1 - 5, 7 x 24, 4-hour response time

Alpha Servers 2. 85

AlphaServer 2100A

Step II-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services (continued)
Software-Americas and Asia Pacific only
Systems include 90-day Conformance to SPD and Telephone Advisory Support. Select optional Software Supplemental
Support Services, if required.
Software service upgrades for Windows NT include advisory and remedial software support for the time period
indicated.
Software service upgrades for Digital UNIX· include advisory and remedial software support with new version license
rights for operating system and Digital NAS Base Server 200 for the time period indicated.
Software service upgrades for OpenVMS include advisory and remedial software support with new version license
rights for operating system and Digital NAS Base Server 200 for the time period indicated.
AlphaServer 2100A 4/275,5/250, and 5/300 Systems
FM-45NTS-12
FM-45NTS-36
FM-45NTS-60
FM-SEOSF-12
FM-SEOSF-36
FM-SEOSF-60
FM-SEVMS-12
FM-SEVMS-36
FM-SEVMS-60

12-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 2100A systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 2100A systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 21 OOA systems
12-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2100A systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2100A systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2100A systems
12-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2100A systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2100A systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2100A systems

Step lIb-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services-Europe only
Europe does not have specific part numbers for Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. Prices can be
quoted using the Excelerator tool; contact MCS Sales in your country for information on Hardware and Software
Supplemental Support Services.

2.86 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 2100A
Specifications
Shipping Dimension
Height
Width*
Depth*
Weight
Installed Dimensions
Height
Width
Depth
Weight
Clearances
Front
Rear
Sides
Environmental
Temperature

Relative humidity

Maximum wet bulb
temperature
Minimum dew point
temperature
Maximum heat dissipation
Single supply
Dual supply
Air flow and quality
Altitude
Mechanical shock
Vibration
Acoustics

Electrical
Nominal ac voltage
Voltage range (Vac)
Power source phase
Nominal frequency (Hz)
Frequency range (Hz)
Maximum inrush current
RMS current at nominal
voltage (steady state)
Power cord

119 cm (46.9 in.)
102 cm (40.0 in.)
61 cm (24.0 in.)
85 kg (187 lb) typical
114 kg (250 lb) maximum
70 cm (27.6 in.)
43 cm (16.9 in.)
81 cm (31.9 in.)
75 kg (165 lb) typical
100 kg (220 lb) maximum
Operating
75 cm (29.5 in.)
15.2 cm (6 in.)
None

Service
75 cm (29.5 in.)
76.2 cm (30 in.)
76.2 cm (30 in.)

Operating **
Nonoperating
Storage (60 days)
-40°-66° C (-40°-151 ° F)
Rate of change
11 ° Clhr (20° Flhr)
Operating
20-80%
Nonoperating
20-80%
Storage (60 days)
10-95%
Rate of change
20%lhr
Operating Storage (60 days) 28° C (82° F)
46° C (115°F)
2° C (36° F)
Operating
Storage (60 days)
Not tested
Theoretical
Current
920 Watt, 3142 Btulhr
800 Watt, 3005 Btulhr
1675 Watt, 5720 Btulhr
1280 Watt, 4371 Btulhr
Intake location
Front
Exhaust location
Rear
2000 m (6562 ft)
Operating t
3600 m (12,000 ft)
Nonoperating
Operating
7.5 G 10 ms
20 G peak 30 ms
Nonoperating
Operating
10-500 Hz .1 G peak
LNPEc (Bels)
Operating
6.6 maximum per ISO 7779
100-120 Vac
88-132 Vac
Single
60Hz
47-63 Hz
50 Amps

220-240 Vac
180-264 Vac
Single
50Hz
47-63 Hz
50 Amps

8.5 Amps
Type
Length
U.S. plug

4.0 Amps
IEC 320 C16
240 cm (113 in.)
NEMA 5-15, Socket EIC
320 Sheet, C-15

* Dmensions of shipping pallet; fork-lift access is on the width dimension.
** Maximum operating temperature at Sea Level. Reduce by IDe (1.8 F) for each 600 m (2000 ft)
0

above Sea Level.
Higher altitudes are possible if maximum operating temperature is reduced (see Temperature,
above); other restrictions may apply, such as maximum permissible altitude for hard drives.

Alpha Servers 2. 87

AlphaServer 2100A
Specifications (continued)
Regulatory
Agency approvals

Reviewed to

UL Listed to UL1950
CSA Certified to CAN! C22.2 No. 950-M89
TUV EN 60950 GS VDE 0805 Gsmarke ZH1I61
IEC 950
FCC 151 Part 15 (Class A)
CE
AS 3260 Australian Standard
SS 436 1450 Swedish Standard
NZS 6661:1989 New Zealand Standard
EN 60 950: 1992 European Norm

Recommended Power ProtectionJUPS Solutions for AlphaServer 2100A Systems
UPS offerings feature on-line design and include EIA232 port for local or network monitoring. Prestige units feature a
three piece modular design that allows users to safely swap out components without disconnecting the critical load and
"plug and play" battery and receptacle extensions. Units include 7 minute battery at full UPS rated output (14 minutes for
fully configured system). U.S. models include a three-year, 24-hour hot swap warranty.
Prestige UPS - North American Model
4N-AEAAH-AM
4N-AEACH-xx
4N-AEAAH-AB

UPS, 3.0kVN2.0KW Rating, 208V in, l20/208V out, L6-30P Input Plug,
(1) L5-30R, (4) 5-l5R Output Receptacles--call for information on l20V input models
Optional Receptacle Extension, -AA - AE available
Add-on Battery

Prestige UPS - International Model
4N-AEAAH-AS
4N-AEACH-xx
4N-AEAAH-AB
4N-AEWAR-G2
4N-AEACH-HA

UPS, 3.0kVA12.lKW Rating, 200-240V selectable in/out, IEC 309 Input Plug,
(3) IEC 320 lOA, (1) IEC 320 20A
Optional Receptacle Extension, -DA - DD available (Shuko, French, British, Australian)
Add-on Battery
Prestige 5-year on-site exchange warranty upgrade for models sold and serviced in the U.S.
Optional mobile module stacker standard unit for above UPS
HBIHCIHD=1I2/3 added battery modules

Companion Data Surge Protection
Modem connection (wall plug-in unit)
4N-GA249-AB
4N-GA249-CA
lOBaseT connection (wall plug-in unit)
4N-GASI0-BF
ThinWire connection (device port)
4N-GA24S-xx
Multi-port connection (din rail/rackmount)
4N-GA240-xx
Additional plug-in data modules for 4N-GA249 series devices. AC panel protection also available.
All devices include 5 year hot-swap warranty.

UPS Monitoring and Unattended Shutdown Software (for above UPS systems only)
Includes cable, media and documentation.
Monitoring Software
Single system shutdown
Network Management and multiple system shutdown*
* Connect-UPS Adapter required
DAlDB=twisted pair, DCIDD=ThinWire
4N-AEAEO-DAIDC
4N-AEAEO-DBmD

2.88 Alpha Servers

Windows NT
4N-AEAES-AA
4N-AEAES-BA

Connect UPS Adapter l20V (North American)
Connect UPS Adapter 220V (International)

Digital UNIX
4N-AEAES-AK
4N-AEAES-BK

OpenVMS
4N-AEAES-EM
Call for information

AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet

AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount
Product Description

AlphaServer 2100A 4/275, 5/250, and 5/300 Rackmount Systems are
rackmountable versions of the respective AlphaServer 2100A systems having
the same features and functionality but with minimal internal storage capacity:
most data is stored in StorageWorks modular shelves. The AlphaServer 2100A
family is configured with eight PCI slots and three EISA slots.
The AlphaServer 21 OOA Rackmount system unit is designed to be installed in a
30-inch deep cabinet equipment with standard EIA or METRIC rails using only
14-inches of vertical space. It is an ideal system building block.
AlphaServer 2100A, 4/275, 5/250, and 5/300 Cabinet Systems include
AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount system and two StorageWorks Shelves
configured into industry standard H9A10 cabinets.
AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet systems are designed for those
installations where floor space is at a premium, where large disk storage arrays
and/or other expansion is required, or when high availability systems are
required.
Points to consider when selecting a Packaged Cabinet System:
• Rackmount unit installed in cabinet systems supports two removable media
devices and two hard disk drives. Rackmount unit includes one quad-speed
CD-ROM drive and one 7200 RPM 2 GB hard disk drive. Additional disk,
controllers, and cables must be ordered separately.
• Power cords are included for AlphaServer Rackmount unit and other
rackmountable options on same purchase order as AlphaServer Cabinet.
• Each Rackmount BA36R-AF/AR 16-bit wide SCSI StorageWorks shelf
requires seven inches of vertical space; an -AF front mounted and -AR rear
mounted shelf can be placed back to back in the same seven-inch space.
• Power controller as well as voltage and total current requirements.

Alpha Servers 2.89

AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet

Step l-Systems
• AlphaServer 2100A Cabinet systems ship with two each
of the following power cords (power controller to
cabinet).
- 120 VAC systems: NEMA Locking, 4.57 m (15 feet),
NEMA L5-30P, Socket NEMA L5-30R
- 240 VAC systems: NEMA Locking 4.57 m (15 feet),
NEMA L6-20P, Socket NEMA L6-20R
• AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount systems include 120V or
240V Cabinet system compatible power cords. Select
country-specific power cord for other 240V use.
• All systems include keyboard. Select country-specific
keyboard for 240 V use. Selected keyboard ships in lieu
of U.S. variants.

• All systems ship with extender cables for use with mouse
and keyboard.
• AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount unit and rackmountable
options ordered on same purchase order as AlphaServer
2100A Cabinet system ship with correct power cords for
that configuration.
• Options ordered will be factory installed unless specified
as spares.
• Uninterruptable Power Supplies are available; see UPS
information following Specifications, or call for specific
Rackmount configuration support.

AlphaServer 2100A Cabinet Units include
• One H9A I O-Cx cabinet enclosure
• One AlphaServer 2100A 41275,5/250 or 5/300 rackmountable unit.
• Two 16-bit Wide StorageWorks shelves; one BA36R-AF (front mounted) and one BA36R-AR (rear mounted). 35 inches
of H9AIO-Cx cabinet rack space remains available.

AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount Units include
• Alpha microprocessor 21064 275-Mhz CPU with
4 MB onboard cache, or
• Alpha microprocessor 21164 250-Mhz CPU with
4 MB onboard cache, or
• Alpha microprocessor 21164 291-Mhz CPU with
4 MB onboard cache
• BA744 Rackmountable enclosure which includes:
- Integral 10 MB/s 8-bit narrow Fast SCSI controller
- Two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports,
9-pin D-subminiature connectors
- One parallel port, 25-pin D-subminiature connectors
- Two RZxx hard disk drives slots
- Two 5.25-inch, half-height removable media slots
- Eight PCI slots
- Three EISA slots
- 840-Watt power supply

• Ethernet AUI, 10BaseT (twisted pair), or ThinWire
selectable (uses one PCI slot),
• 1.44-MB diskette drive in dedicated slot
• 2.0 GB 7200 rpm hard disk drive (uses one RZxx disk
slot)
• 600 MB Quad Speed CD-ROM (uses one removable
media slot)
• Video Graphics Adapter (uses one PCI slot)
• Three-button mouse
• Keyboard (Americas and AP orders only)
Memory indicated below
Customer documentation
EISA configuration utility
Hardware Warranty Three-year, on-site with 5 x 9, 24hour response time*
• Operating System Warranty 90-day SPD conformance
with advisory telephone support*

* Service upgrades are available; see Step 11, Hardware and Software Supplemental Services.
Windows NT Rackmount and Cabinet Systems include
• Windows NT Server plus 5-client access, 3.5 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package.

Windows NT Rackmount Systems-Requires cabinet
Order Number

Model

Memory

PCIlEISA slots available

DN-2S2YI-B9
DN-2S2YI-C9

4/275
4/275

128MB
512MB

DN-2S3YI-B9
DN-2S3YI-C9

5/250
5/250

128MB
512MB

DN-2S4YI-B9
DN-2S4YI-C9

5/300
5/300

128MB
512MB

6 PCII 3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA

2.90 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet

Step l-Systems (continued)
Windows NT Cabinet Systems-Includes cabinet
Order Number

Model

Memory

DN-262FI-B21B3
DN-262FI-C2/C3

4/275
4/275

128MB
512MB

6 PCI I 3 EISA
6 PCI I 3 EISA

120 V I 240 V
120 V I 240 V

DN-263FI-B21B3
DN-263FI-C2/C3

5/250
5/250

6 PCII 3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA

DN-264FI-B21B3
DN-264FI-C2/C3

5/300
5/300

128MB
512MB
128MB
512MB

120 V I 240 V
120 V I 240 V
120 V 1240 V
120 V I 240 V

PCIlEISA slots available Cabinet Power Required

6 PCI/3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA

Digital UNIX Rackmount and Cabinet Systems include
• Digital UNIX V3.2D-2 operating system base license
• NAS Base Server 200 for Digital UNIX license
QL-306AG-AA);
includes the following layered products (order media and
documentation separately):
- PATHWORKS for Digital UNIX (kit only, no license)
- Poly center Advanced File System utilities

- Objectbroker for Digital UNIX Runtime
- DECmessageQ for Digital UNIX Runtime
- DCE Runtime
- Digital UNIX Server Extensions
- PrintServer software (kit only, licensed with printer)
• Base operating system is factory installed

Note: Operating system media and documentation is required for first system on site; see Step 9.
Digital UNIX Rackmount Systems-Requires cabinet
Order Number

Model

Memory

PCIfEISA slots available

DA-2S2YI-B9
DA-2S2YI-C9

4/275
4/275

6 PCII 3 EISA
6 PCI I 3 EISA

DA-2S3YI-B9
DA-2S3YI-C9

5/250

128MB
512MB
128MB
512MB

DA-2S4YI-B9
DA-2S4YI-C9

5/300
5/300

128MB
512MB

6 PCII 3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA

Digital UNIX Cabinet Systems-Includes cabinet
Order Number

Model

Memory

PCIJEISA slots available

Cabinet Power Required

DA-262FI-B21B3
DA-262FI-C2/C3

6 PCI/3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA

120 V I 240 V
120 V I 240 V
120V 1240V
120V 1240V

DA-264FI-B21B3
DA-264FI-C2/C3

5/300
5/300

128MB
512MB
128MB
512MB
128MB
512MB

6 PCII 3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA

DA-263FI-B21B3
DA-263FI-C2/C3

4/275
4/275
5/250
5/250

6 PCII 3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA

120 V I 240 V
120 V I 240 V

Alpha Servers 2.91

AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet

Step 1-Systems (continued)
OpenVMS Rackmount and Cabinet Systems include
- DECwindows Motif for Open VMS
- Objectbroker for Open VMS (ACA Services)
- DECmessageQ for OpenVMS Runtime
- DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS, Base
- DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS, Plus
- DECprint Supervisor for Open VMS, Open
- PrintServer software (kit only, licensed with printer
• OpenVMS operating system is factory installed.
• OpenVMS V6.2-1H1 media on CD-ROM included

• OpenVMS V6.2-1H1 operating system base license.
• NAS Base Server 200 for OpenVMS license
(QL-23EAG-AA), includes the following layered
products (order media and documentation separately):
- DEC net for OpenVMS End System
- DECnetlOSI for OpenVMS End Node
- PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (LAN Manager); kit
only, no license
DEC TCPIIP services for OpenVMS
Polycenter Software Distribution (Client)

OpenVMS Rackmount Systems-Requires cabinet
Order Number

Model

Memory

PCIlEISA slots available

DY-252YI-B9
DY-252YI-C9

4/275
4/275
5/250
51250
5/300
5/300

128MB
512MB

6 PCII 3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA
6 PCII 3 EISA
6 PCI I 3 EISA

PCIlEISA slots available Cabinet Power Required

DY-253YI-B9
DY -253YI-C9
DY-254YI-B9
DY-254YI-C9

128MB
512MB

OpenVMS Cabinet Systems-Includes cabinet
Order Number

Model

Memory

DY-262FI-B21B3
DY-262FI-C2/C3

4/275
4/275
5/250
5/250
5/300
5/300

128MB
512MB

6 PCI 13 EISA
6 PCI I 3 EISA

120 V I 240 V
120 V I 240 V

128MB
512MB

6 PCI I 3 EISA
6 PCI 13 EISA

120 V I 240 V
120 V I 240 V

128MB
512MB

6 PCI I 3 EISA
6 PCI I 3 EISA

120 V 1240 V
120 V 1240 V

DY-263FI-B21B3
DY-263FI-C2/C3
DY-264FI-B21B3
DY-264FI-C2/C3

System Bus and PCI Bus Configuration Rules
• Use System Bus Slot Table for slot configuration rules when adding additional CPUs and memory.
• See PCI Option Slot Table for options supported in specific PCI slots.

System Bus Slot Table
Slot 3

Slot 4

Slot 5

Slot 6

Slot 7

CPU 0

Memory 0

Memory 1

Memory 2

Memory 3

CPU 0

CPU 1

Memory 0

Memory 1

Memory 2

Memory 3

CPU 2

CPU 0

CPU 1

Memory 0

Memory 1

Memory 2

Memory 3

CPU 3

CPU 0

CPU 1

Memory 0

CPU 2

Not available

Memory 1

Recommended Slots

Slot 1

Slot 2

1 CPU system
2 CPUs system
3 CPUs system
4 CPUs system

2.92 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet

Step l-Systems (continued)
PCI Option Slot Table
• Some PCI options are not supported behind a PCI-PCI bridge on specific operating systems. Use the following table for
options restricted to slots 4, 5, 6 and 7 only. All other options supported on the AlphaServer 2100A not listed here are
supported in any PCI slot (0, 1,2, 3,4, 5, 6, 7).
Max Supported in
#
PCI slots only
4,5,6,7
3

Order Number
KZPSA-BB
PB2GA-JBl

Description
One-port Fast Wide Differential SCSI controller
S3-Tri064 Graphics option 1MB

CCMAA-AA

PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller

4,5,6,7
4,5,6,7

Operating System
Windows NT
Windows NT
Digital UNIX

1 Graphics option standard in all systems.

Step 2-CPU Symmetrical Multiprocessing (SMP) Upgrade
CPU Upgrades
• Order up to three additional CPUs, for a maximum of four; see System Bus Slot Table.
• Additional CPUs must match the speed of CPU in system.
• Four-CPU systems are restricted to two memory slots.
460NR-AA
470NR-AA
480NR-AA

Windows NT SMP upgrade includes one 41275 MHz CPU processor; SMP license is not required.
Windows NT SMP upgrade includes one 5/250 MHz CPU processor; SMP license is not required.
Windows NT SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor; SMP license is not required.

460AR-AA
470AR-AA
480AR-AA

Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 4/275 MHz CPU processor and Digital UNIX SMP license.
Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 51250 MHz CPU processor and Digital UNIX SMP license.
Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor and Digital UNIX SMP license.

460YR-AA
470YR-AA
480YR-AA

OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 4/275 MHz CPU processor and OpenVMS SMP license.
OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 5/250 MHz CPU processor and OpenVMS SMP license.
OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor and OpenVMS SMP license.

Step 3-Memory
See System Bus Slot Table for slot configuration rules.
•
•
•
•
•

One- to three- CPU systems support a total of four memory boards in any combination.
Four CPU systems support total of two memory boards in any combination.
Windows NT V 3.5 support up to 2 GB memory, requires Windows NT 3.51 Service Pack 4.
Digital UNIX V 3.2 support up to 2 GB memory.
OpenVMS V 6.2 supports up to 2 GB memory.

MS450-BA
MS451-DA
MS451-FA

64 MB memory module (supported on 41275 systems only)
128 MB memory module
512 MB memory module

Step 3a-Prestoserve Nonvolatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM)
• Supported on Digital UNIX systems only
• Maximum one Presto serve option per system
DJ-ML200-AA
DJ-ML200-BA
DJ-ML200-CA

2 MB PCI Presto serve option
4 MB PCI Presto serve option
8 MB PCI Prestoserve option
Alpha Servers

2.93

AlpbaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet

Step 4-Monitors
Graphics monitors other than those listed below can be used if compatible with graphics adapter included with system.
Windows NT systems
• Windows NT systems require a graphics monitor to run all system functions.
• Video adapter included in system supports 1024 x 768 resolution, 72-Hz monitors.
Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems
• All console functions, including the EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) and the RAID Configuration Utility (RCU) can
be performed using a standard video terminal (VT2xx, VT3xx, VT4xx, VT5xx) connected to one of the system's serial
ports (See Step 8).
• For graphics console functionality, order a graphics monitor.
• Video adapter included in system supports 1024 x 768 resolution, 72-Hz monitors.
VRC15·KA!K4

VRT17·PAlP4

VRC21·LAlL4

Step 5-Storage
• Integral Fast SCSI-2 controller supports maximum of seven devices (CD-ROM, one additiona15.25-inch half-height
removable media device and two hard disk drives inside base chassis), All disk drives connected to this controller
operate in Narrow (8-bit) mode.
• Select Wide (16-bit) mode controllers, disks and StorageWorks shelves from Step 5b for external expansion.
Note: Wide disk drives configured on a Narrow bus operate in narrow mode. Narrow disk drives configured on a wide
bus operate in narrow mode. Wide and narrow devices can be mixed on a single bus.

Step 5a-Internal Storage
Systems include one internal RZ28 disk drive, and one CD-ROM drive.
Removable Media Devices (select one additional device)
RRD45·AC
TZKll·LG
TLZ09·LG

2.94 Alpha Servers

600 MB 5.25-inch quad-speed half-height CD-ROM
2.0 GB 5.25-inch half-height SCSI QIC tape drive
8.0 GB 5.25-inch half-height SCSI 4mm DAT drive

AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet

Step Sa-Internal Storage (continued)
Hard Disk Drives (select one additional hard disk drive)
RZ26N-EJ
RZ28D-EJ
RZ29B-EJ

1.05 GB 3.5-inch 5400 RPM half-height disk drive
2.0 GB 3.5-inch 7200 RPM half-height disk drive
4.3 GB 3.5-inch 7200 RPM half-height disk drive

Step Sb-External Storage for 16-bit (Wide) Mode
• Additional storage is supported outside AlphaServer 2l00A Rackmount system unit. BA36R-AF/-AR rackmountable 16bit StorageWorks shelves are recommended.
• AlphaServer 2l00A Cabinet systems include one BA36R-AF (front mounted) and one BA36R-AR (rear mounted) l6-bit
wide StorageWorks shelves. A controller is required to support installed StorageWorks shelves in Cabinet systems.
Configuration Rules
• l6-bit Wide devices require Wide StorageWorks Shelves
(BA36R) to operate in wide mode.
• PCI-based one- and three-port (KZPSC-AAlBA) RAID
controllers, and one-port Fast Wide Differential
(KZPSA-BB) controller allow wide devices to operate in
l6-bit mode.
• Maximum of four PCI-based one- and three-port
(KZPSC-xx) RAID controllers supported per system.
- One- and three-port StorageWorks RAID 230
controllers (KZPSC-xx) support hard disk drives only;
tape drives are not supported.
- Three-port StorageWorks RAID 230 (KZPSC-BA)
supports up to 21 disk drives in up to eight logical
groups. RAID slots must be created to support more
than eight physical disk drives.
• Maximum of four PCI or EISA RAID controllers
supported per system.
• PCI-based Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI controller
(KZPSA-BB) supports externally connected wide disks
in BA36R using DWZZB wide differential to wide
single-ended converter, or narrow disks using DWZZA
wide differential to narrow single-ended converter in
BA35R.

• KZPSA-BB controller on Windows NT systems supports
up to 15 disks. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems
support 7 disks.
· SCSI cables are not included and must be ordered
separately.
• KZPSA-BB Cables
BN2lK-xx from KZPSA to DWZZA, DWZZB, and
HSZ40 (straight to right angle)
BN2lW-OB Y SCSI-2 cable 68-pin for KZPSA in
mid-bus or DECsafe configurations.
· KZPSC-xx Cables
- BN3lL-lE from KZPSC-xx to BA35R
- BN3lS-lE from KZPSC-xx to BA36R
· If all three ports on KZPSC-BA are used, use
2T-KZPSC-KT cable kit for third port connection.
Does not block EISA slot.
• KZPSM-AA Cables
- BC25V-lH from KZPSM to external 68-pin bulkhead
- BN2lK-02 from bulkhead to external BA36R wide
storage.
· KZPDA-AA Cables
- BN2lK-02 from KZPDA to BA36R wide storage

Storage Controllers for Wide Mode
KZPSC-AA
KZPSC-BA
MSIOO-AA
MSIOO-AB
KZPSC-UB
KZPSA-BB
KZPSM-AA
KZPDA-AA

One-port PCI-based controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem family software
and documentation kit for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX, and Windows NT
Three-port PCI-based controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem family
software and documentation kit for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX, and Windows NT
16 MB Cache memory option for KZPSC-AAlBA, maximum one per controller
32 MB Cache memory option for KZPSC-AAlBA, maximum one per controller
Battery back-up for Cache memory option
PCI-based Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI controller
PCI-based combination Ethernet and Fast Wide SCSI controller
PCI based Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) SCSI-2 controller

Hard Disk Drives for Wide Mode
RZ26N-VW
RZ28D-VW
RZ29B-VW

1.05 GB 3.5-inch half-height disk drive
2.1 GB 3.5-inch half-height disk drive
4.3 GB 3.5-inch half-height disk drive

Alpha Servers 2.95

AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet

Step Sb-External Storage for 16-bit (Wide) Mode (continued)
Rackmountable StorageWorks Shelves for Wide Mode
•
•
•
•

BA36R StorageWorks shelves are supported on all Fast Wide SCSI-2 controllers listed in Step 5b.
External BA36R is not supported on integral Fast SCSI-2 controller due to insufficient remaining external bus length.
SCSI cable BN21K-xx for KZPSA, and BN31S-1E for KZPSC, is required to connect BA36R to controller.
See Step 10 for additional power cords.

BA36R-AF
BA36R-AR

Rackmountable BA356 StorageWorks Shelf; front accessible
Rackmountable BA356 StorageWorks Shelf; rear accessible

Step Sc-DSSI Storage (OpenVMS systems only)
• System supports up to two KFESA or two KFESB
EISAlDSSI adapters. KFESA and KFESB adapters can
be mixed on same system.
• Each BA35R StorageWorks shelf in single/split-bus
mode supports one/two HSDIO DSSI/SCSI converters.
• Wide disks installed "behind" HSDIO will run in narrow
mode.
• Cabling information for DSSI controllers:
DSSI devices supported on OpenVMS only
- DSSI cables must be ordered separately
- KFESB uses "Micro-Ribbon" connection
- KFESB to any external "Pin-Socket" DSSI connection
requires BC22Q-xx
- KFESB to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI straight
connection (all other DSSI systems and storage

devices requiring straight connection) requires
BC21Q-xx
- KFESB to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI rightangle connection (all other DSSI systems and storage
devices requiring right-angle connection) requires
BC29S-xx DSSI cable
- Order BC29S-09 DSSI cable for HSDIO in BA36R-Ax
shelves (see 'A' on DSSI-based Storage Diagram)
- Order BC29U-02 DSSI cable for HSDIO in adjacent
BA36R-Ax shelves (see 'B' DSSI-based on Storage
Diagram)
Order BC29V-06 DSSI cable for HSDIO in nonadjacent BA36R-Ax shelves (see 'C' DSSI-based on
Storage Diagram)

DSSI Adapters
KFPSA-AA
KFESB-AA
HSDIO-AA

PCI-to-DSSI controller (OpenVMS systems only); maximum four per system.
EISA-based single-DSSI controller (OpenVMS systems only); maximum two per system.
StorageWorks Array controller; supports seven SCSI-2 disks, tape, and optical devices. (See Storage
section for supported devices.)

DSSI Option Pack
• OpenVMS DSSI starter option pack includes:
- Two KFESB-AA EISA-based DSSI adapters
- Two HSDIO-AA DSSI/SCSI converters
- Three RZ28 2 GB disk drives
- Two BC29S-06 DSSI cables (KFESB to HSDIO)*
- VMS cluster license (QL-MUZAG-AA)
SD002-AA

2.96 Alpha Servers

OpenVMS DSSI Starter Option Pack

AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet

Step 5d-External Storage for Storage Controllers
• Requires seven inches of vertical space, although a front and rear shelf can be mounted back-to-back in the same seven
inch space.
• See Step 10 for additional power cords.
BA35R-MF
BA35R-MR

Rackmountable BA350-MA controller shelf; front access
Rackmountable BA350-MA controller shelf, rear access

Step 5e-PCI to CI Storage Host Adapter (OpenVMS Systems only)
CIPCA-AA

BNCIA-IO
BNCIA-20
BNCIA-45

PCI-to-CI adapter,
Maximum two per system; requires one PCI slot and one EISA slot.
Minimum Operating System Version: OpenVMS 6.2-1H2
Minimum Console Revision: V4.4
Requires one of the following CI cables per adapter:
10-meter CI cable
20-meter CI cable
45-meter CI cable

Step 6-Networks and Communications
• See PCI Option Slot Chart for slot configuration rules.
• Systems include Ethernet controller (AUI, 10BaseT, or ThinWire selectable)
• Select networking cable
- BNE4C-xx for AUI
- BN25G-xx for 10BaseT
- BC16M-xx for ThinWire, and HS225-00 Terminator
· Maximum of 4 PCI-based network controllers supported.

Order Number
DE435-AA

Description
PCI-based Digital Etherworks 32-bit High Performance
Network Interface Card

DE5OO-XA

PCI-based Fast Ethernet controller

DEFPA-AA*

PCI to FDDI Adapter, SAS, MMF, SC

Maximum # supported
Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT
4
4
4

2
4
4

4
1

EISA-based DEC FDDIcontroller Single Attachment

DEFEA-DA

EISA-based DEC FDDIcontroller Dual Attachment (requires 2
EISA slots)

DEFPA-DA*

PCI to FDDI Adapter, DAS, MMF, SC

DEFPA-UA*
PBXNP-AA

PCI to FDDI Adapter, SAS, TP-PMD
PCI Token Ring Adapter

DEFEA-AA

DEFEA-UA

[EISA-based DEC FDDlcontroller UTP Attachment

DNSES-AA

EISA-based synchronous communications controller

CXIOI-AAlAD

ISA-based asynchronous multiplexer
Digiboard ISA datafire-U ISDN Controller (Available as a
SPARE Only)

2
1

DIIAA-AA
DIIAA-AB

Digiboard ISA datafire-ST ISDN Controller (Available as a
SPARE Only)

* OpenVMS does not have boot support. Cables: Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to "MIC" (concentrator): BN34D-xx; Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to
"SC": BN34B-xx; Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to "ST": BN34A-xx; Copper STP, 8 cond, wired pin-pin: BN26M-xx; Copper STP, 8 cond,
ired cross-over: BN26S-03.

Alpha Servers 2.97

1\.lpna~erver 2lUUA Rackmount and Cabinet

Step 6a-MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect
Digital UNIX Systems
• Requires Digital UNIX V3.2E (Digital UNIX V3.2D plus TruCluster software or MEMORY CHANNEL Driver
software).
• Each system node in a MEMORY CHANNEL cluster requires a software license.
• Servers in a compute-server array require a Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL License.
• Servers in a TruCluster high-availability environment require a license for TruCluster for Digital UNIX.
OpenVMS Systems
• Require OpenVMS V7.1 and OpenVMS Cluster license
Configuring information:
• For two-system nodes, order one CCMAA-BA per system and one BCI2N-I0 cable to connect them.
• For three or more system nodes, order CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) one CCMAA-BA and one BCI2N10 cable per system node.
• CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) is configured with four CCMLA-AA Line Cards and supports up to four
nodes. Expansion up to eight system nodes can be achieved by adding up to four additional CCMLA-AA Line Cards.
• CCMRA-AA Rackmount Kit for Hub; takes 8.75-in rail space.
Note: CCMAA-BA (PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller) must be installed in PCI slots 4-7.
CCMAA-BA
CCMHA-AA
CCMRA-AA
CCMLA-AA
BC12N-IO
QB-3RLAG-AA
QB-4ZCAG-AA
QL-MUZAG-AA

PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller-Maximum two supported.
MEMORY CHANNEL Hub with 4 Line Cards
MEMORY CHANNEL Hub Rackmount Kit (8.75-in)
MEMORY CHANNEL Line Card for use with MEMORY CHANNEL Hub (CCMHA-AA)
MEMORY CHANNEL Cable
TruCluster Software for Digital UNIX, includes Digital UNIX driver
Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL license
OpenVMS Cluster license for Alpha systems

Step 7-Additional Power Supply
• Dual power distribution is provided to internal, mounted equipment. There are no power supplies in H9AI0 Cabinet.
• Standard 840-Watt power supply in AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount system is sufficient for a fully configured system.
• An additional power supply for n+ 1 redundancy may be ordered
H7804-AA
H7804-AB
H7804-AC

Additional power supply with 120 VAC cord
Additional power supply with 240 VAC cord
Additional power supply with 240 VAC IEC cord

Note: The H7893-AA power supply for AlphaServer 2100A pedestal is not compatible with, and will not mount in the Rackmount
system.

Step 8-Terminals and Printers
System includes two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports with 9-pin D-subminiature connectors.
Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems
Console terminals can either be graphics monitor connected to the included video graphics adapter (See Step 4), or a serial
video terminal. If a serial video terminal is used as the console terminal, it must be VT220, VT320, VT420, or VT520
compatible. These terminals have the graphics capability required for the EISA Configuration Utility.
Select terminals and serial printers as required. A 9-pin to MMJ adapter (H8571-J) is required (one included with system)
for each connection. A cable must be ordered unless otherwise provided.

2.98 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet

Step 9-Software
Windows NT Systems
Systems include Windows NT Server plus 5-client access 3.5 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package.
Order documentation kit if required.
QA-23CAA-GZ

Windows NT Server documentation kit

Digital UNIX Systems
Select user licenses as required. Media and documentation is required for first system on site.
Software processor code =G for all software, one to four processors.
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use license provides the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number
of concurrent users on a designed Digital UNIX system. Digital UNIX Concurrent Use licenses are not specific to a single
system and can be moved from one system to another at user discretion

QL-MT7AG-AA

QL-MTSAG-AA

Digital UNIX developer's extension license

QL-MT7AM-3B
QL-MT7AM-3C
QL-MT7AM-3D
QL-MT7AM-3E
QL-MT7AM-3F

Digital UNIX Media and Documentation-required for first system on site
QA-MT4AA-H8
QA-MT4AA-GZ

Digital UNIX media and on-line documentation on CD-ROM
Digital UNIX full hardcopy documentation

Digital UNIX Layered Products CD-ROM
QA-OS4AA-H8

Layered products media and documentation for Digital UNIX on CD-ROM

DECnet Licenses
QL-MTJAG-AA
QL-MTKAG-AA

DECnetJOSI end-system license for Digital UNIX
DECnetJOSI extended function license for Digital UNIX

OpenVMS Systems
Select user licensees as required. Media and documentation is required for first system on site.
Software processor code = G for all software, one to four processors
OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses
OpenVMS Concurrent Use license provides the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of
concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one system to
another at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha cluster.
QL-MT3AA-3B
QL-MT3AA-3C
QL-MT3AA-3D
QL-MT3AA-3E
QL-MT3AA-3F
QL-MT3AA-3G

Alpha Servers

2.99

AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet

Step 9-Software (continued)
OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses
QL.MT3AA·3H
QL·MT3AA·3J
QL.MT3AA·3K
QL·MT2AG·AA

OpenVMS Concurrent Use 64-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 128-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 256-user license
Open VMS Traditional unlimited user license

OpenVMS Media and Documentation-required for first system on site
QA·MTIAA·H8
QA.MTIAG·H8
QA·MTIAH·GZ

OpenVMS media and documentation on CD-ROM
OpenVMS V6.2-1Hl media and documentation on CD-ROM, included with system
OpenVMS hardcopy documentation

OpenVMS Layered Products CD·ROM
QA·03XAA·H8

Layered products media and documentation for Open VMS on CD-ROM

DECnet Licenses
QL.MTGAG·AA
QL·MTHAG·AA

DECnet extended function license for OpenVMS
DECnet end-system to extended function upgrade license for OpenVMS

DSSI Information (OpenVMS systems only)
EK·410AB·MG
EK·D4AXp·TS

DSSI VMScluster Installation Guide
DSSI VMScluster Troubleshooting Guide

Step IO-Power Cords and Keyboards
Cabinet System Power Cords
• Power connection to H9AI0-xx Cabinet is site specific.
• AlphaServer 2100A Cabinet systems ship with two each of the following power cords for power to the cabinet
- 120 VAC systems: NEMA locking, 4.57 m (15 feet), NEMA L5-30P, Socket NEMA L5-30R
- 240 V AC systems: NEMA locking, 4.57 m (15 feet), NEMA L6-20P, Socket NEMA L6-20R
Rackmount System Power Cords
• Systems ordered include U.S. power cord or 240V cabinet system compatible power cord. Select other 240V countryspecific power cord.
• Select power cord for each power supply installed in AlphaServer Rackmount system.
Included*
BN19J·2E
BN19D·2E
BN19B·2E
BN04B·2E
BN19L·2E
BN19N·2E
BN19T·2E
BN19Y·2E

U.S., Canada, Japan, 120 V
Australia, New Zealand
Central Europe
U.K., Ireland
Switzerland
Denmark
Italy
Egypt, India, South Africa
Israel

* Orderable as 17-00083-51

2.100 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet

Step to-Power Cords and Keyboards (continued)
Monitor Power Cords
• Select country-specific power cord for 240 V use.
BN27S·03
BN19H-2E
BN19C-2E
BN19A-2E
BN19E-2E
BN19K·2E
BN19M·2E
BN19S-2E
BN18L·2E

U.S., Canada, Japan, 120 V
Australia, New Zealand
Central Europe
U.K., Ireland
Switzerland
Denmark
Italy
Egypt, India, South Africa
Israel

StorageWorks Power Cords
Select additional power cords for N+ 1 power use.
BN27S·03
BN27Z·03

U.S., Canada, Japan
240V Cabinet Systems

Keyboards
Systems ordered in the Americas and Asia Pacific include U.S. English keyboard unless alternate is specified. Select
country-specific keyboard for all systems ordered in Europe.
WindowsNTI
Digital UNIX
LK471·A2
LK471·AB
LK471·AD
LK471-AE
LK471·AG
LK471·AI
LK471·AK

LK471·AN
LK471·AP
LK471·AS
LK471·AV

OpenVMS
LK461·A2
LK461·AB
LK461·AC
LK461·AD
LK461·AE
LK461-AF
LK461-AG
LK461·AH
LK461-AI
LK461-AK
LK461-AL
LK461-AM
LK461-AN
LK461-AP
LK461-AQ
LK461-AS
LK461-AV

U .S.lEnglish
Belgian
CanadianlFrench
Danish
United Kingdom
Finnish
German
Dutch
Italian
Swiss/Generic
Swiss/German
Swedish
Norwegian
French
CanadianlEnglish
Spanish
Portuguese

Alpha Servers 2.101

AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet

Step 11-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services
Hardware Supplemental Support Services-Americas and Asia Pacific only
• Systems include three-year hardware warranty, on-site with 5 x 9, 24-hour response time.
• Select optional Hardware Supplemental Support Services if required.
AlphaServer 2100A 4/275 Systems
FM-454HR-36
FM-4S4HR-60
FM -45724-36
FM -45724-60

3 year 5 x 9 4-hour response time
5 year 5 x 9 4-hour response time
3 year 7 x 24 4-hour response time
5 year 7 x 24 4-hour response time

AlphaServer 2100A 5/250 and 5/300 Systems
FM-S54HR-36
FM-S54HR-60
FM -S5724-36
FM-S5724-60

3 year 5 x 9 4-hour response time
5 year 5 x 9 4-hour response time
3 year 7 x 24 4-hour response time
5 year 7 x 24 4-hour response time

Software-Americas and Asia Pacific only
• Systems include 90-day Conformance to SPD and Telephone Advisory Support. Select optional Software Supplemental
Support Services, if required.
• Software service upgrades for Windows NT include advisory and remedial software support for the time period
indicated.
• Software service upgrades for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS include advisory and remedial software support with new
version license rights for operating system and Digital NAS Base Server 200 for the time period indicated.
AlphaServer 2100A 4/275,5/250, and 5/300 Systems
FM -45NTS-12
FM-45NTS-36
FM -45NTS-60
FM -SEOSF -12
FM-SEOSF -36
FM -SEOSF -60
FM-SEVMS-12
FM-SEVMS-36
FM-SEVMS-60

12-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 2100A systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 2100A systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 2100A systems
12-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2100A systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2100A systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2100A systems
12-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2100A systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2100A systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2100A systems

2.102 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet

Specifications
Installed Dimensions

Rackmount

Cabinet

Height
Width
Depth
Weight

35 cm (14 in.)
45 cm (19 in.)
70.5 cm (27.75 in.)
45.5kg (100 lb)

170 cm (66.9 in)
60 cm (23.6 in.)
85 cm (34 in.)
286 kg (630 lb)

Clearances

Operating

Service

Front
Rear
Sides

20.3 cm (8 in.)
20.3 cm (8 in.)
None

142 cm (56 in.)
61 cm (24 in.)
61 cm (24 in.)

10°_40° C (50°-104° F)

10°_35° C (50°-95° F)

-40°-66° C (-40°-151 ° F)
11 ° Clhr (20° Flhr)

-40°-66° C (-40°-151 ° F)
\1 ° Clhr (20° Flhr)

10-90% noncondensing
10-90% noncondensing
10-95% noncondensing
20% 1 hr
1200 Watt AC,
4,080 BTUlhr

10-90% noncondensing
10-90% noncondensing
10-95% noncondensing
3450 Watt AC,
11,730 BTUlhr

200CFM
Front
Rear

400 CFM
Front
Top and Rear

2000 m (6562 ft)
3600 m (12,000 ft)

Environmental
Temperature
Operating*
Nonoperating
Storage (60 days)
Rate of change
Relative humidity
Operating
Nonoperating
Storage (60 days)
Rate of change
Maximum heat dissipation
Air flow and quality
Operating
Intake location
Exhaust location
Altitude
Operating
Nonoperating
Mechanical shock
Operating
Nonoperating
Vibration
Operating
Acoustics
Operating LNPEc (Bels)

20% Ihr

109 pk for 10 ± 3 ms
5 g pk for 10 ± 3 ms
20 g pk for 10 ± 3 ms
20 g pk for 10 ± 3 ms
16-200 Hz @0.25g max 200500 Hz @O.lg peak
10-500 Hz @ 0.1 g peak
6.5 max per ISO 7779

6.4 max per ISO 7779

Voltage range (AVS)
Power source phase
Nominal frequency (Hz)
Frequency range (Hz)
Maximum rated current
Maximum power
consumption (Watts)
Power cord
Type
Length
U.S. plug

100-120/220-240 Vac
Single
50 - 60 Hz
49 - 61 Hz
lOa/5a
1,200 W (PFC = 0.99, lOA
@ 120 V)
lEC 320 C16
452 cm (178 in.)
NEMA 5-15, Socket lEC
320 Sheet, C-15

100-1201 20-240 Vac
Single
50 - 60 Hz
49 - 61 Hz
16 a 18 a
3,450 W

Agency approvals

UL Listed to UL1950
CSA Certified to CAN/C22.2 No. 950-M89
TUV EN 60950GS VDE 0805
lEC 950
FCC 15J Part 15 (Class A)
CE
AS3260 Australian Standard
NZS 6661:1989 New Zealand Standard
EN 60950:1992 European Norm

Electrical

Reviewed to

NEMA locking
4.57 m (15 feet)
NEMA L5-30P, Socket
NEMAL5-30R
NEMA L6-20P, Socket
NEMAL6-20R

* Msaximum operating temperature at Sea Level. Reduced by 1°C(1.8°F) for each 600 m (2000 feet)
above Sea Level.

t Higher altitudes are possible if maximum operating temperature is reduced (see
Temperature above); other restrictions may apply, such as maximum permissable
altitude for hard disk drives.

Alpha Servers 2.103

AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet System Specifications
6kVA Prestige Modular "On Line" UPS
For complete protection, UPS products should be used with data line surge
protectors.
Maximum stacked dimension: 33.6 H x 9.9 W x 15.9 D.
4N-AEAAJ-CM

4N-AEAAJ-CS

Prestige 6kVA (4kW), 1 phase, 60Hz, 208V-120V/208V.
Includes 6-foot input power cord with L6-30P, 2 L5-30R
and 8 5-15R receptacles. Modular hot-swap design with 7
minute battery at fun load, plug and play batteries and
receptacle provisions. 3-Year hot-swap warranty.
Select 4N-AEAAJ-CP for 240V-2401120V operation.
Same as above except with 216-20R, 8 5-15R receptacles.
4N-AEAAJ-CR for 240V-2401120V operation.

4N-GA249-AB

Surge Protectors for 2 wire modem

4N-GA249-CA

Surge Protectors for 10BaseT

4N-GASIO-BF

Surge Protectors for ThinWire

PUPS Plus for Storage, Arrays
PUPS Plus models are 200-240V selectable output, hardwired input/output with
optional plug-in output receptacle modules.
4N-AEAAL-BA

PUPS Plus 10 kVA (7kW), 1 phase, 50/60 Hz, 173-276V
in, 9 minutes battery at fun load.

4N-BEAAN-BA

PUPS Plus 15 kVA (7kW), 3 phase, 50/60 Hz, 173-276V
in, 10 minutes battery at fun load. Select 4N-AEACM-BP
and 4N-AEACM-BJ for plug in connection to 120 V to
AlphaServer 2100A and auxiliary SW800 Cabinet.

4N-AEACM-BP

PUPS Plus 15kVA Receptacle module 4 L5-30R,
1 L21-30R

4N-AEACM-BJ

PUPS plus 15kVA Receptacle module 1 L21-30R,
15-15R

UPS Monitoring and Unattended Shutdown Software (for above UPS
systems only)
• Include cables, media and documentation.
• SNMP Network connectivity adapters (4N-AEAEO-DAlDC) Twisted
PairlThinWire are available.
6kVA Prestige Modular UPS
4N-AEAES-AA
4N-AEAES-AK
4N-AEAES-EM

Windows NT for Alpha and Intel x86
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS

PUPS Plus UPS
4N-AEAES-AA
4N-AEAES-AK
4N-AEAES-FM

2.104 Alpha Servers

Windows NT for Alpha and Intel x86
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS

AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount

AlphaServer 2100ALP Rackmount
Product Description

AlphaServer 2100A LP 5/300 and 5/375 Rackmount Systems are compact
versions of the AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount family. They have the same
C-bus architecture, use the same CPUs and memory, support the same options,
and run the same operating systems as the AlphaServer 2100A System. But they
occupy only seven inches of vertical rack space. This makes the AlphaServer
2100A LP the ideal building block for densely-packed rackmounted systems and
single-cabinet clusters.
AlphaServer 2100A LP rackmount systems have two PCI buses with four PCI
slots per bus. The high performance PCI 110 subsystem has a peak bandwidth of
264 MB per second. This feature makes the AlphaServer 21 OOA LP a superior
110 system for environments in which the 110 throughputlbandwidth of a single
PCI bus would be functionally challenged.
AlphaServer 2100A LP rackmount systems support up to two 5/300 or 5/375
CPUs. Packaged Systems that include two CPU boards are now available.

Alpha Servers 2.105

AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount

Step I-Systems
• Select AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount systems with one CPU or two CPUs installed.
• AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount systems include 120V or 240V Cabinet compatible power cord. Select countryspecific power cord for other 240V use.
• Options ordered will be factory installed unless specified as spares.
• Systems do not include video graphics adapter, CD-ROM, keyboard or mouse. These options can ordered separately.
• Systems are for rackmount use only, in Digital or customer provided cabinet.
• Uninterruptable Power Supplies are available; call for specific Rackmount configuration support.
AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount Systems include
• One or two Alpha microprocessor 21164 291-MHz
CPU(s), each include 4 MB onboard cache, or
• One or two Alpha Microprocessor 21164A 375-MHz
CPU(s), each include 8 MB onboard cache
• BA743 Rackmountable enclosure with:
- Integral 10 MB/s 8-bit narrow Fast SCSI controller
- Two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports, 9-pin
D-subminiature connectors
- One parallel port, 25-pin D-subminiature connector
- One RZxx hard disk slot (includes drive)
- One 5.25-inch, half-height removable media slot
- Nine expansion slots: Seven PCI slots, one EISA slot,
one PCIlEISA combination slot
Note: PCI slots are split between two PCI buses with
four slots each
- 570-Watt power supply

• Integral Ethernet AUI or 10BaseT (twisted pair)
• 1.44 MB diskette drive in dedicated slot
4.3 GB 7200 RPM hard disk
(installed in only internal hard disk slot)
Memory indicated below
Customer documentation
EISA configuration utility
• Chassis rackmount slide kit
• Video/keyboard/mouse extension cables
• Hardware Warranty Three-year, on-site with
5 x 9 24-hour response time*
Operating System Warranty 90-day SPD conformance
with advisory telephone support*

* Service upgrades are available; see Step 11, Hardware and Software Supplemental Services.
Digital UNIX Systems include
• Digital UNIX V3.2D-2 operating system base license
• NAS Base Server 200 for Digital UNIX license
QL-306AG-AA); includes the following layered products
(order media and documentation separately)
- PATHWORKS for Digital UNIX (kit only, no license)
- Polycenter Advanced File System utilities

Note: Operating system media and documentation is required for first system on site; see Step 8.
Digital UNIX Rackmount Systems-Requires cabinet
CT-A254V-B9
CT-A254V-C9
CT-A255V-B9
CT -A255V -C9

5/300
5/300
5/375
5/375

128MB
512MB
128MB
512MB

7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA
7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA
7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA
7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA

128MB
512MB
128MB
512MB

7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA
7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA
7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA
7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA

Model
CT-A254V-D9
CT-A254V-E9
CT-A255V-D9
CT-A255V-E9

2.106 Alpha Servers

5/300
5/300
5/375
5/375

AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount

Step 1-Systems (continued)
OpenVMS Systems include
- DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS
- Objectbroker for OpenVMS (ACA Services)
- DECmessageQ for OpenVMS Runtime
- DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS, Base
- DEC print Supervisor for OpenVMS, Plus
- DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS, Open
- PrintServer software (kit only, licensed with printer
• OpenVMS operating system is factory installed.
• OpenVMS V6.2-1H1 media on CD-ROM included

• OpenVMS V6.2-1H1 operating system base license.
• NAS Base Server 200 for OpenVMS license
(QL-23EAG-AA), includes the following layered
products (order media and documentation separately)
- DECnet for OpenVMS End System
- DECnetiOSI for OpenVMS End Node
- PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (LAN Manager);
kit only, no license
DEC TCPIIP services for OpenVMS
Poly center Software Distribution (Client)

Note: Operating system media and documentation is required for first system on site; see Step 8
OpenVMS Rackmount Systems-Requires cabinet
Single-CPU Systems
CT -Y254V-B9
CT-Y254V -C9
CT-Y255V-B9
CT-Y255V -C9
rrwo-cpu Systems
CT-Y254V -D9
CT-Y254V-E9
CT-Y255V-D9
CT-Y255V-E9

PCIlEISA slots available
7 PCI, 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA
7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA
7 PCI, 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA
7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA
PCIlEISA slots available
7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA
7 PCI, 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA
7 PCI, 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA
7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA

Memory
128MB
512MB
128MB
512MB
Memory
128MB
512MB
128MB
512MB

Model
5/300
5/300
5/375
5/375
Model
5/300
5/300
5/375
5/375

Windows NT Rackmount Systems include
• Windows NT Server plus 5-client access, 3.51 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package.
• Windows NT systems require a graphics option, see Step 4.
Windows NT Rackmount Systems-Requires cabinet
Single-CPU Systems
CT-N254V-B9
CT-N254V-C9
CT-N255V-B9
CT-N255V-C9
[fW()-CPU Systems··
CT-N254V-D9
CT-N254V-E9
CT-N255V-D9
CT-N255V-E9

Model
5/300
5/300
5/375
5/375
. ·Model·
5/300
5/300
5/375
5/375

Memory .
128MB
512MB
128MB
512MB
. Memory
128MB
512MB
128MB
512MB

PCIlEISA slots .·available
7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA
7 PCI, 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA
7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA
7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA
PCIlEISAslots·available
7 PCI, 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA
7 PCI, 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA
7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA
7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA

PCI Option Slot Table
Order Number

Description

Supported in PCI
Hose 0 slots only

Restrictions apply to

PB2GA-JB

S3-Tri064 Graphics option 1MB

6,7,8,9

Digital UNIX, Windows NT, OpenVMS

CCMAA-BA

PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL
controller

6,7,8,9

Digital UNIX

MWl

Alpha Servers 2.107

AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount

Step 2--CPU Symmetrical Multiprocessing (SMP) Upgrade
System Bus Slot Table
Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

1 CPU system

Slot 1
Memory

Memory

CPU

Memory

2 CPUs system

Memory

CPU

Slot Assignments

CPU Upgrades
• Order up to one additional CPU for a maximum of two.
• Additional CPUs must match the speed of CPU in system.
• Two-CPU systems are restricted to two memory slots.
Note: Two-CPU Packaged systems include two CPUs and are restricted to two memory options
480NR·AA
490NR·AA

Windows NT SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor; SMP license is not required.
Windows NT SMP upgrade includes one 5/375 MHz CPU processor; SMP license is not required.

480AR·AA
490AR·AA

Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor and Digital UNIX SMP license.
Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 5/375 MHz CPU processor and Digital UNIX SMP license.

480YR·AA
490YR·AA

OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor and OpenVMS SMP license.
OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 5/375 MHz CPU processor and OpenVMS SMP license.

Step 3-Memory
•
•
•
•
•

One-CPU systems support a total of three memory boards in any combination.
Two-CPU systems support total of two memory boards in any combination.
Windows NT V 3.5 support up to 1.5 MB memory (requires Windows NT 3.51 Service Pack 4).
Digital UNIX V 3.2 support up to 1.5 GB memory.
OpenVMS V6.2 supports up to 1.5 GB memory.

MS451·DA
MS451·FA

128 MB memory module
512 MB memory module

Step 3a-Prestoserve Nonvolatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM)
• Supported on Digital UNIX systems only
• Maximum one Prestoserve option per system
DJ·ML200·AA
DJ·ML200·BA
DJ·ML200·CA

2.108 Alpha Servers

2 MB PCI Prestoserve option
4 MB PCI Prestoserve option
8 MB PCI Prestoserve option

AlphaServer 2100A LP Kaclrnlount

Step 4-Graphics Option and Monitors
Windows NT systems
• Windows NT systems require a graphics option to run all system functions.
Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems
• All console functions, including the EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) and the RAID Configuration Utility (RCU) can
be performed using a standard video terminal (VT2xx, VT3xx, VT4xx, VT5xx) connected to one of the system's serial
ports (See Step 7).
• For graphics console functionality, select graphics option, mouse, keyboard and monitor.
Video Graphics Adapter (VGA)
PB2GA·JB

S3-Trio64 Graphics option, supports 1024x768 resolution, 72-Hz monitors, uses one PCI slot

Mouse
PBXWS-AA

3-button mouse

Keyboard
Select keyboard from Step 9.
Monitor
Graphics monitors other than those listed below can be used if compatible with graphics adapter ordered with system.
VRC15·KAlK4

VRT17·PAlP4

VRC21.LAlL4

21" (19.6" viewable image size) ultra high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure.
Diamondtron aperture grille CRT with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static
coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1600 x 1200 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. On Screen display
(OSD). Stereo viewing compatible. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V
universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. Select -LA for Northern
Hemisphere, or -U for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -LA
includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -LA and -L4 not included, order separately.

Alpha Servers 2.109

Alpha~erver ZIOOA LP Rackmount

Step 5-Storage
· Integral Fast SCSI-2 controller supports internal devices only (CD-ROM or tape, and hard disk drive inside base
chassis). Disk drive connected to this controller operates in Narrow (8-bit) mode.
• Select Wide (16-bit) mode controllers, disks and StorageWorks shelves from Step 5b for external expansion.
Note: Wide disk drives configured on a Narrow bus operate in narrow mode. Narrow disk drives configured on a wide
bus operate in narrow mode. Wide and narrow devices can be mixed on a single bus.

Step Sa-Internal Storage
• Systems include one internal RZ29B disk drive and one internal RX23L floppy drive.
Removable Media Devices (select one device)
RRD45·AC

TZKll·LG
TLZ09·LG

600 MB 5.25-inch quad-speed half-height CD-ROM
2.0 GB 5.25-inch half-height SCSI QIC tape drive
8.0 GB 4 mm DAT 93 Mb/minute 5.25" half-height SCSI tape drive (Digital UNIX, OpenVMS)

Step 5b-External Storage for 16-bit (Wide) Mode
• Additional storage is supported outside AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount system unit. BA36R-AF/-AR rackmountable
16-bit StorageWorks shelves are recommended.
Configuration Rules
• 16-bit Wide devices require Wide StorageWorks Shelves
(BA36R) to operate in wide mode.
• PCI-based one- and three-port (KZPSC-AAlBA) RAID
controllers, and one-port Fast Wide Differential
(KZPSA-BB) controller allow wide devices to operate in
16-bit mode.
• Maximum of four PCI-based one- and three-port
(KZPSC-xx) RAID controllers supported per system.
- One- and three-port StorageWorks RAID 230
controllers (KZPSC-xx) support hard disk drives only;
tape drives are not supported.
• Three-port StorageWorks RAID 230 (KZPSC-BA)
supports up to 21 disk drives in up to eight logical
groups. RAID slots must be created to support more than
eight physical disk drives.
• PCI-based Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI controller
(KZPSA-BB) supports externally connected wide disks
in BA36R using DWZZB wide differential to wide
single-ended converter, or narrow disks using DWZZA
wide differential to narrow single-ended converter in
BA35R.

2.11 0 Alpha Servers

• KZPSA-BB controller on Windows NT systems supports
up to 15 disks. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems
support 7 disks.
• SCSI cables are not included and must be ordered
separately.
• KZPSA-BB Cables
BN21K-xx from KZPSA to DWZZA, DWZZB, and
HSZ40 (straight to right angle)
BN21W-OB Y SCSI-2 cable 68-pin for KZPSA in
mid-bus or DECsafe configurations.
• KZPSC-xx Cables
- BN31L-IE from KZPSC-xx to BA35R
- BN31S-1E from KZPSC-xx to BA36R
- If all three ports on KZPSC-BA are used, select 2TKZPSC-KT cable kit for third port connection.
• KZPSM-AA Cables
- BC25V-IH from KZPSM to external 68-pin bulkhead
- BN21K-02 from bulkhead to external BA36R wide
storage.
• KZPDA-AA Cables
- BN21K-02 from KZPDA to BA36R wide storage

AlphaServer ZlUUA L.l" KaCKDlounl

Step 5b-External Storage for 16-bit (Wide) Mode (continued)
Storage Controllers for Wide Mode
KZPSC-AA
KZPSC-BA
MSIOO-AA
MSIOO-AB
KZPSC-UB
KZPSA-BB
KZPSM-AA
KZPDA-AA

Hard Disk Drives for Wide Mode
RZ26N-VW
RZ2SD-VW
RZ29B-VW

1.05 GB 3.5-inch half-height disk drive
2.1 GB 3.5-inch half-height disk drive
4.3 GB 3.5-inch half-height disk drive

Rackmountable StorageWorks Shelves for Wide Mode
• BA36R StorageWorks shelves are supported on all Fast Wide SCSI-2 controllers listed in Step 5b.
• SCSI cable BN21K-xx for KZPSA, and BN31S-1E for KZPSC, is required to connect BA36R to controller.
• See Step 9 for additional power cords.
BA36R-AF
BA36R-AR

Rackmountable BA356 StorageWorks Shelf; front accessible
Rackmountable BA356 StorageWorks Shelf; rear accessible

Step 5c-DSSI Storage (OpenVMS systems only)
• System supports up to four KFPSA PCIIDSSI adapters.
• Each BA35R StorageWorks shelf in single/split-bus
mode supports one/two HSD 10 DSSIISCSI converters.
• Wide disks installed "behind" HSD10 will run in narrow
mode.
• Cabling information for DSSI controllers:
- DSSI devices supported on OpenVMS only
- DSSI cables must be ordered separately
- KFPSA uses "Micro-Ribbon" connection
- KFPSA to any external "Pin-Socket" DSSI connection
requires BC22Q-xx
- KFPSA to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI straight
connection (all other DSSI systems and storage
devices requiring straight connection) requires
BC21Q-xx
- KFPSA to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI rightangle connection (all other DSSI systems and storage
devices requiring right-angle connection) requires
BC29S-xx DSSI cable
- Order BC29S-09 DSSI cable for HSD10 in BA36R-Ax
shelves
- Order BC29U-02 DSSI cable for HSD10 in adjacent
BA36R-Ax shelves
- Order BC29V-06 DSSI cable for HSD10 in nonadjacent BA36R-Ax shelves

Alpha Servers 2.111

Alpna~erver ~lUUA LP Kackmount

DSSI Adapter
KFPSA-AA
HSDIO-AA

PCI-based single-DSSI controller, maximum four per system (OpenVMS systems only)
StorageWorks Array controller; supports seven SCSI-2 disks, tape, and optical devices. (See Storage
section for supported devices.)

Step Sd-External Storage for Storage Controllers
Rackmount BA350-xx controller shelves requires seven inches of vertical space; a front and rear shelf can be mounted
back-to-back in the same seven inch space. See Step 9 for additional power cords
Rackmountable BA350-MA controller shelf; front access
Rackmountable BA350-MA controller shelf; rear access

BA35R-MF
BA35R-MR

Step Se-PCI to CI Storage Host Adapter (OpenVMS Systems only)
CIPCA-AA

PCI-to-CI adapter, maximum two per system; requires one PCI slot and one EISA slot. Requires one
of the following CI cables per adapter:
10-meter CI cable
20-meter CI cable
45-meter CI cable

BNCIA-IO
BNCIA-20
BNCIA-45

Step 6-Networks and Communications
• See PCI Option Slot Chart for slot configuration rules.
• Systems include integral Ethernet adapter (AUI or 10BaseT selectable)
• Select networking cable
- BNE4G-xx for AUI
- BN25G-xx for 10BaseT
• Maximum of 4PCI-based network controllers supported.
Maximum # supported
Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT
2
2
0

Order Number
DNSES-AA

Description
EISA-based synchronous communications controller

CXIOl-AA/AD

ISA-based asynchronous multiplexer

DIIAA-AA

Digiboard ISA datafire-U ISDN Controller
(available as spare only)

DIIAA-AB

Digiboard ISA datafire-ST ISDN Controller
(available as spare only)

DEFPA-AA*

PCI to FDDI Adapter, SAS, MMF, SC

DEFPA-DA*

PCI to FDDI Adapter, DAS, MMF, SC

DEFPA-UA*
DE435-AA

PCI to FDDI Adapter, SAS, TP-PMD

PCI-based Digital Etherworks 32-bit High Performance Network
Interface Card

DE500-XA

Fast EtherWORKS PCI 101100 network interface card

PBXNP-AA

PCI-based Token ring network adapter

* OpenVMS does not have boot support. Cables: Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to "MIC" (concentrator): BN34D-xx; Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to "SC": BN34B-xx;
Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to "ST": BN34A-xx; Copper STP, 8 cond, wired pin-pin: BN26M-xx; Copper STP, 8 cond, wired cross-over: BN26S-03.

2.112 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount

Step 6a-MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect
Digital UNIX Systems
• Require Digital UNIX V3.2E (Digital UNIX V3.2D plus TruCluster software or MEMORY CHANNEL Driver
software).
• Each system node in a MEMORY CHANNEL cluster requires a software license.
• Servers in a compute-server array require a Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL License.
• Servers in a TruCluster high-availability environment require a license for TruCluster for Digital UNIX.
OpenVMS Systems
• Require OpenVMS V7.1 and OpenVMS Cluster license
Configuring information:
• For two-system nodes, order one CCMAA-BA per system and one BCI2N-I0 cable to connect them.
• For three or more system nodes, order CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) one CCMAA-BA and one BCI2N10 cable per system node.
• CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) is configured with four CCMLA-AA Line Cards and supports up to four
nodes. Expansion up to eight system nodes can be achieved by adding up to four additional CCMLA-AA Line Cards.
• CCMRA-AA Rackmount Kit for Hub; takes S.75-in rail space.
Note: CCMAA-BA (PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller) must be installed in PCI Hose 0 slots 6-9, and in redundant
mode both CCMAA-BAs must be installed in PCI Hose 0 slots 6-9.
CCMAA·BA
CCMHA·AA
CCMRA·AA
CCMLA·AA
BC12N·I0
QB·3RLAG·AA
QB·4ZCAG·AA
QL·MUZAG·AA

PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller-Maximum two supported.
MEMORY CHANNEL Hub with 4 Line Cards
MEMORY CHANNEL Hub Rackmount Kit (S.75-in)
MEMORY CHANNEL Line Card for use with MEMORY CHANNEL Hub (CCMHA-AA)
MEMORY CHANNEL Cable
TruCluster Software for Digital UNIX, includes Digital UNIX driver
Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL license
OpenVMS Cluster license for Alpha systems

Step 7-Terminals and Printers
System includes two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports with 9-pin D-subminiature connectors.
Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems
Console terminals can either be graphics monitor connected to the ordered video graphics adapter (See Step 4), or a serial
video terminal. If a serial video terminal is used as the console terminal, it must be VT220, VT320, VT420, or VT520
compatible. These terminals have the graphics capability required for the EISA Configuration Utility.
Select terminals and serial printers as required. A 9-pin to MMJ adapter (HS571-J) is required (one included with system)
for each connection. A cable must be ordered unless otherwise provided.

Alpha Servers 2.113

AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount

Step 8-Software
Windows NT Systems
Systems include Windows NT Server plus 5-client access 3.51 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package .
. Order documentation kit if required.
QA-23CAA-GZ

Windows NT Server documentation kit

Digital UNIX Systems
Select user licenses as required. Media and documentation is required for first system on site.
Software processor code = G for all software, one to four processors.
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use license provides the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number
of concurrent users on a designed Digital UNIX system. Digital UNIX Concurrent Use licenses are not specific to a single
system and can be moved from one system to another at user discretion

QL-MT7AG-AA

QL-MTSAG-AA

Digital UNIX developer's extension license

QL-MT7AM-3B
QL-MT7AM-3C
QL-MT7AM-3D
QL-MT7AM-3E
QL-MT7AM-3F

Digital UNIX Media and Documentation-required for first system on site
QA-MT4AA-H8
QA-MT4AA-GZ

Digital UNIX media and on-line documentation on CD-ROM
Digital UNIX full hardcopy documentation

Digital UNIX Layered Products CD-ROM
QA-OS4AA-H8

Layered products media and documentation for Digital UNIX on CD-ROM

DECnet Licenses
QL-MTJAG-AA
QL-MTKAG-AA

DECnetlOSI end-system license for Digital UNIX
DECnetlOSI extended function license for Digital UNIX

OpenVMS Systems
Select user licensees as required. Media and documentation is required for first system on site.
Software processor code =G for all software, one to four processors

2.114 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount

Step 8-Software (continued)
OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses
OpenVMS Concurrent Use license provides the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of
concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one system to
another at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS V AX and OpenVMS Alpha cluster.
QL.MT3AA·3B
QL·MT3AA·3C
QL.MT3AA·3D
QL·MT3AA·3E
QL·MT3AA·3F
QL·MT3AA·3G
QL.MT3AA·3H
QL·MT3AA·3J
QL·MT3AA·3K
QL·MT2AG·AA

OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 2-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 4-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 8-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 16-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 32-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 64-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 128-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 2S6-user license
OpenVMS Traditional unlimited user license

OpenVMS Media and Documentation-required for first system on site
QA·MTIAA·H8
QA·MTIAG·H8
QA·MTIAH·GZ

OpenVMS media and documentation on CD-ROM
OpenVMS V6.2-1Hl media and documentation on CD-ROM (included with system)
OpenVMS hardcopy documentation

OpenVMS Layered Products CD·ROM
QA·03XAA.H8

Layered products media and documentation for OpenVMS on CD-ROM

DECnet Licenses
QL·MTGAG·AA
QL·MTHAG·AA

DEC net extended function license for OpenVMS
DECnet end-system to extended function upgrade license for OpenVMS

DSSI Information (OpenVMS systems only)
EK·410AB·MG
EK·D4AXP·TS

DSSI VMS cluster Installation Guide
DSSI VMScluster Troubleshooting Guide

Step 9-Power Cords and Keyboards
System Power Cords
Systems include 120V or 240V cabinet compatible power cord. Select country-specific power cord for other 240V use.
Included*
BN19J·2E
BN19D·2E
BN19B·2E
BN04B·2E
BN19L·2E
BN19N·2E
BN19T·2E
BN19Y·2E

U.S., Canada, Japan, 120 V
Australia, New Zealand
Central Europe
U.K., Ireland
Switzerland
Denmark
Italy
Egypt, India, South Africa
Israel

* Orderable as 17-00083-51

Alpha Servers 2.115

AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount

Step 9-Power Cords and Keyboards (continued)
Monitor Power Cords
Select country-specific power cord for 240V use.
BN27S-03
BN19H-2E
BN19C-2E
BN19A-2E
BN19E-2E
BN19K-2E
BN19M-2E
BN19S-2E
BN18L-2E

U.S., Canada, Japan, 120V
Australia, New Zealand
Central Europe
U.K., Ireland
Switzerland
Denmark
Italy
Egypt, India, South Africa
Israel

StorageWorks Power Cords
Select additional power cords for N+l power use.
BN27S-03
BN27Z-03

U.S., Canada, Japan
240V Cabinet Systems

Keyboards
Order keyboard if graphics monitor was ordered in Step 4.

Windows NT/
Digital UNIX
LK471-A2

OpenVMS
LK461-A2

LK471-AB

LK461-AB
LK461-AC

LK471-AD

LK461-AD

LK471-AE

LK461-AE
LK461-AF

LK471-AG

LK461-AG
LK461-AH

LK471-AI

LK461-AI

LK471-AK

LK461-AK
LK461-AL
LK461-AM

LK471-AN

LK461-AN

LK471-AP

LK461-AP
LK461-AQ

LK471-AS

LK461-AS

LK471-AV

LK461-AV

2.116 Alpha Servers

U.S .!English
Belgian
CanadianlFrench
Danish
United Kingdom
Finnish
German
Dutch
Italian
Swiss/Generic
Swiss/German
Swedish
Norwegian
French
CanadianlEnglish
Spanish
Portuguese

AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount

Step to-Cabinet Enclosure
Select cabinet enclosure for AlphaServer 21 OOA LP rackmount systems, if required.
• H9A10 19-inch EIA Cabinet Enclosure Dimensions
- Outside 66.9-inches high, 23.62-inches wide, 33.8-inches deep
- Internal useable rackmountable space: 56-inches high, 19-inches wide, 30.8 inches deep.
• H9A15 19-inch EIA Cabinet Enclosure Dimensions
- Outside 78.7-inches high, 23.62-inches wide, 33.4-inches deep
- Internal useable rackmountable space: 68.25-inches high, 19-inches wide, 29.8 inches deep.
• H9A11 19-inch EIA Cabinet Enclosure Dimensions
- Outside 43.3-inches high, 23.62-inches wide, 33.8-inches deep
- Internal useable rackmountable space: 35-inches high, 19-inches wide, 30.8 inches deep.
H9AIO-CE
H9AIO-CJ
H9AIO-CG
H9AIO-CK
H9A15-BA
H9AII-BA

Retma Cabinet, 56" x 30.83", No front door, Dual Power controller, 120V
Retma Cabinet, 56" x 30.83", No front door, Dual Power controller, 240V
Retma Cabinet, 56" x 30.83", Front door, Dual Power controller, 120V
Retma Cabinet, 56" x 30.83", Front door, Dual Power controller, 240V
Retma Cabinet, 68.25" x 29.75", No front door, Dual Power controller, l20V
Retma Cabinet, 35" x 30.83", No front door, 120V

Step tt-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services
Hardware--Americas and Asia Pacific only
• Systems include three-year hardware warranty, on-site with 5 x 9, 24-hour response time .
•, Select optional Hardware Supplemental Support Services if required.
AlphaServer 2100A LP 5/300 Systems
FM-S54HR-36
FM-S54HR-60
FM-S5724-36
FM-S5724-60

3 year 5 x 9 4-hour response time
5 year 5 x 9 4-hour response time
3 year 7 x 24 4-hour response time
5 year 7 x 24 4-hour response time

AlphaServer 2100A LP 5/375 Systems
FM-S94HR-36
FM-S94HR-60
FM -S9724-36
FM-S9724-60

3 year 5 x 9 4-hour response time
5 year 5 x 9 4-hour response time
3 year 7 x 24 4-hour response time
5 year 7 x 24 4-hour response time

Software--Americas and Asia Pacific only
• Systems include 90-day Conformance to SPD and Telephone Advisory Support. Select optional Software Supplemental
Support Services, if required.
• Software service upgrades for Windows NT include advisory and remedial software support for the time period
indicated.
• Software service upgrades for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS include advisory and remedial software support with new
version license rights for operating system and Digital NAS Base Server 200 for the time period indicated.
AlphaServer 2100A LP 5/300 and 5/375 Systems
FM-45NTS-12
FM-45NTS-36
FM-45NTS-60

Alpha Servers 2.117

Alpha~erver 2100A LP Rackmount

Step II-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services (continued)
AlphaServer 2100A LP 5/300 and 5/375 Systems
FM-SEOSF-12
FM-SEOSF-36
FM-SEOSF-60
FM-SEVMS-12
FM-SEVMS-36
FM-SEVMS-60

12-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2100A systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2100A systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2100A systems
12-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2100A systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2100A systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2100A systems

Step lla-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services (Europe only)
Europe does not have specific part numbers for Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. Prices can be
quoted using the Excelerator tool; contact MCS Sales in your country for information on Hardware and Software
Supplemental Support Services.

2.118 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount
Specifications
Installed Dimensions
Height
Width
Depth
Weight

17 cm (7 in.)
45 cm (19 in.)
67.3 cm (26.5 in.)
34.1 kg (75Ib)

Environmental
Temperature
Operating *
Nonoperating
Rate of change
Relative humidity
Operating
Maximum wet bulb temp
Nonoperating
Maximum wet bulb temp
Rate of change
Maximum heat dissipation
Air flow
Intake location
Exhaust location
Altitude
Operating **
Nonoperating
Mechanical shock
Operating
Nonoperating
Vibration
Operating

10-35° C (50°-95° F)
-40°-66° C (-40°-151° F)
11 ° Clhr (20° F/hr)
10-90% noncondensing
28° C (82° F)
10-95% noncondensing
46° C (115° F)
20% Ihr

800 Watt (2,766 BTUlhr)
100CFM
Front
Rear
3048 m (10,000 ft)
12,192 m (40,000 ft)
20 g pk for 10 ± 3 ms
20 g pk for 10 ± 3 ms
5-15.65 Hz @0.020" DA
15.65-200 Hz @0.25g peak
200-500 Hz @O.lOg peak
5-300 Hz
@1.034g nns

Non-operating
Acoustics
Operating LNPEc (Bels) 6.5 max per ISO 7779

Electrical
Voltage range (AVS)
power source phase
Nominal frequency (Hz)
Frequency range (Hz)
Maximum rated current
Maximum power
consumption (Watts)
Agency approvals

Power cord

Reviewed to

Type
Length
u.S. plug

100-120/220-240 Vac

Single
50 - 60 Hz
47 - 63 Hz
8.2 a 1 4.1 a
810 W (PFC = 0.99, 8.2A @ 100 V)
UL Listed to UL1950
CSA Certified to CAN/CSA 22.2 No. 950-M93
TUV EN 60950GS VDE 0805
IEC 950
FCC 15J Part 15 (Class A)
CE
IEC 320 C13
300 cm (118 in.)
NEMA 5-15, Socket IEC 320 Sheet, C-15
AS3260 Australian Standard
NZS 6661:1989 New Zealand Standard
EN 60 950:1992 European Nonn

Maximum operating temperature at Sea Level. Reduced by 1°C (I.SOP) for each 600 m
(2000 feet) above Sea Level.
** Higher altitudes are possible if maximum operating temperature is reduced (see Temperature
above); other restrictions may apply, such as maximum permissable altitude for hard disk drives.

Alpha Servers

2.119

AIphaServer 4100/4000

1····•

·.:AlpliaServ~r.•··4100/4000···· .

Product Description

The AlphaServer 4000, Digital's low-end price performer and very attractive
entry point into the AlphaServer 4100 family of server systems, now teams with
the top-of-the-line AlphaServer 4100 to further explode the mid-range server
market.
The AlphaServer 4000 is based on the same technology as the AlphaServer
4100. Both systems support eight PCI slots and industry-standard fast wide SCSI
devices. And, both also support next generation Alpha microprocessors on
Digital UNIX, Windows NT and OpenVMS operating systems. Systems include
Fast Wide SCSI controller, PCI-based Fast Ethernet, graphics adapter, one
memory option, and 4.3 GB wide SCSI disk drive installed in a StorageWorks
shelf.

Highlights
• Cabinet systems support for up to four System Drawers and up to eight
StorageWorks shelves. Pedestal systems support one System Drawer and up
to three StorageWorks shelves
• AlphaServer 41005/400 and 5/300 CPU board upgrades are available as well
as system upgrades from AlphaServer 4000 to AlphaServer 4100 systems.
• MEMORY CHANNEL Cluster support
• System management enhancements for managing mUltiple System Drawers

New ordering rules
• The basic "building block" is the System Drawer-complete with CPU,
memory, Ethernet controller, SCSI controller, S3 TRIO graphics adapter,
licenses, documentation, and 3-year warranty.
• Second essential "building block" is the enclosure-pedestal or cabinet,
complete with StorageWorks shelf (BA36R-SBIRA) and 4.3 GB SCSI disk.
Cabinet enclosures include System Drawer mounting kit/power cord.
Both "building blocks" must be ordered to complete an AlphaServer 4100/4000
system.
Note: AlphaServer 4100 5/300E ordering rules have not changed. See May 1996
harcopy Digital Systems and Options Catalog for configuration rules.
2.120 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 4100/4000

Step l-AlphaServer 4100/4000 Systems
• Configuration menus require the selection of two part numbers.
- Minimum of one System Drawer from Step la, and
- System Enclosure from Step lb.
Note: System Drawer can be ordered to add to an existing AlphaServer 4100 or 4000 Cabinet system, selection of an
additional enclosure is not required.

Step la-AlphaServer System Drawer
• Selection of one System Drawer for installation in a Pedestal or Cabinet Enclosure selected from Step Ibis required.
- AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer supports up to four CPUs and up to four memory options.
- AlphaServer 4000 System Drawer supports up to two CPUs and up to two memory options.
• Cabinet Enclosure includes mounting kit and power cord for first System Drawer.
- Each additional System Drawer ordered for Cabinet Enclosure requires a Mounting Kit (CK-BA30A-AA) and Power
Kit (CK-H9AI0-EBIEC).
Note: Ordering a System Drawer to add to an existing AlphaServer 4100/4000 Cabinet system requires a Mounting Kit
(CK-BA30A-AA) and Power Kit (CK-H9AI0-EBIEC). Ordering a System Drawer to add to a non-H9AI0-EEIED
cabinet (i.e. third-party) requires a suitable Mounting Kit and Power Kit.
System Drawer includes
- AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer with
Alpha microprocessor 211645/300 MHz CPU, 2 MB
secondary cache, or
Alpha microprocessor 211645/400 MHz CPU, 4 MB
secondary cache
4100 System Drawer supports
3 additional CPU slots (same type)
3 additional memory option slots
AlphaServer 4000 System Drawer with
Alpha microprocessor 21164 5/300 MHz CPU, 2 MB
secondary cache, or
Alpha microprocessor 21164 5/400 MHz CPU, 4 MB
secondary cache
4000 System Drawer supports
1 additional CPU slot (same type)
1 additional memory option slot
Eight PCI Slots (five available)
Integral FNSE (internal-only SCSI bus) to support
removable media (CD-ROMs and tapes)
Integral CD-ROM drive (standard)
1.44 MB Diskette Drive (standard)

- Two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports,
9-pin D-subminiature connectors
- One parallel port, 25-pin D-subminiature connectors
- Keyboard and mouse ports
- Power supply
• Memory listed below (included memory uses one
memory slot)
• Ethernet (10/100 Mbit) Controller (uses one PCI slot)
• One-port Fast Wide Single-Ended (FWSE) SCSI
Controller (uses one PCI slot)
• S3 TRIO 1 MB RAM Graphics Adapter
(uses one PCI slot)
• 3-button Mouse
• Keyboard (Americas and AP orders only). Select
country specific keyboard for all systems ordered in
Europe.
• Integral Remote System Console
• Operating System license
• Customer documentation
• Hardware and Software Warranty, see Step 12

Selection of one System Drawer is required for each Pedestal or Cabinet Enclosure ordered from Step 1b

Alpha Servers 2.121

AlphaServer 4100/4000

AlphaServer 4100 Windows NT System Drawer-Selection of one System Drawer required.
• Video monitor is required for system management; order separately if not available at customer site.
• Systems include Windows NT Server plus 5-client access 3.51 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped
package. Microsoft Service Pack 4 or greater is required, and is available from Microsoft.
Order Number

CPU

Cache

Memory

DN-SlHAA-CA

5/400
5/400
5/400
5/400

4MB
4MB
4MB

128MB
512MB
1 GB
2GB
128MB
512MB

DN-SIFAA-FC

5/300
5/300
5/300

4MB
2MB
2MB
2MB

DN-SIFAA-GA

5/300

2MB

DN-SlHAA-EA
DN-SlHAA-FA
DN-SlHAA-GA
DN-SIFAA-CC
DN-SIFAA-EC

1 GB
2GB

A vailable Slots
5 PCI
5PCI
5 PCI
5PCI
5 PCI
5 PCI
5 PCI
5 PCI

AlphaServer 4100 Digital UNIX System Drawer-Selection of one System Drawer required
• Systems include Digital UNIX operating system base license, and Digital NAS Base Server 200 for Digital UNIX
license (order media and documentation separately).
• Digital UNIX operating system is factory installed.
Order Number
!DA-SIHAB-CA
DA-SIHAB-EA
iDA-SlHAB-FA
DA-SIHAB-GA
DA-SIFAB-CC
DA-SIFAB-EC
DA-SIFAB-FC
!DA-51FAB-GA

CPU
5/400
5/400
5/400
5/400

Cache

5/300
5/300
5/300
5/300

2MB
2MB

4MB
4MB
4MB
4MB

2MB
2MB

Memory
128MB
512MB
1 GB
2GB
128MB
512MB
1 GB
2GB

A vailable Slots
5 PCI
5 PCI
5 PCI
5 PCI
5 PCI
5 PCI
5 PCI
5 PCI

AlphaServer 4100 OpenVMS System Drawer-Selection of one System Drawer required.
• Systems include OpenVMS operating system base license, operating system media and documentation, and Digital NAS
Base Server 200 for OpenVMS license (order Digital NAS media and documentation separately).
• OpenVMS operating system is factory installed.
Order Number

CPU
5/400
5/400

Cache

5/400
5/400

4MB
4MB

DY-SIFAB-EC

5/300
5/300

2MB
2MB

!DY-SlFAB-FC

5/300

2MB

DY-SIFAB-GA

5/300

2MB

DY-SlHAB-CA
iDY-SlHAB-EA
DY-SIHAB-FA
DY-SlHAB-GA
DY-SlFAB-CC

2.122 Alpha Servers

4MB
4MB

Memory
128MB
512MB

A vailable Slots
5PCI
5PCI

1 GB
2GB
128MB
512MB

5PCI
5 PCI

1 GB
2GB

5PCI
5 PCI
5 PCI
5 PCI

AlphaServer 4100/4000

AlphaServer 4000 5/400 and 5/300 Systems
AlphaServer 4000 Windows NT System Drawer-Selection of one System Drawer is required.
• Video monitor is required for system management; order separately if not available at customer site.
• Systems include Windows NT Server plus 5-client access 3.51 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped
package. Microsoft Service Pack 4 or greater is required, and is available from Microsoft.
Order Number

CPU

Cache

Memory

DN-52HAA·CA

5/400

128MB

DN·52HAA·EA

51400

DN·52HAA·FA

5/400

4MB
4MB
4MB

Available Slots
5 PCI

512MB
1 GB

5 PCI
5 PCI

[DN·52HAA·GA

5/400

4MB

2GB

5 PCI

DN·52FAA·CA

5/300

2MB
2MB
2MB
2MB

128MB
512MB
1 GB
2GB

5 PCI
5 PCI

DN·52FAA·EA

5/300

DN·52FAA·FA

5/300

DN·52FAA·GA

5/300

5 PCI
5 PCI

AlphaServer 4000 Digital UNIX System Drawer-Selection of one System Drawer is required.
• Systems include Digital UNIX operating system base license, and Digital NAS Base Server 200 for Digital UNIX
license (order media and documentation separately).
• Digital UNIX operating system is factory installed.
Order Number

CPU

DA·52HAB·CA

5/400

DA·52HAB·EA

5/400

DA·52HAB·FA

5/400

IDA·52HAB.GA

5/400

Cache
4MB

Memory
128MB

Available Slots
5 PCI

4MB
4MB
4MB

512MB
1 GB
2GB

5 PCI
5 PCI
5 PCI

128MB
512MB
1 GB

5 PCI
5 PCI

2GB

DA·52FAB·CA

5/300

DA·52FAB·EA

5/300

DA·52FAB·FA

5/300

2MB
2MB
2MB

DA·52FAB·GA

5/300

2MB

5 PCI
5 PCI

AlphaServer 4000 OpenVMS System Drawer-Selection of one System Drawer is required.
• Systems include OpenVMS operating system base license, operating system media and documentation, and Digital NAS
Base Server 200 for OpenVMS license (order Digital NAS media and documentation separately).
• OpenVMS operating system is factory installed.
Order Number

CPU

DY·52HAB·CA

51400

DY·52HAB·EA

5/400

DY·52HAB·FA

5/400

DY·52HAB·GA

5/400

Cache
4MB
4MB
4MB
4MB

Memory
128MB
512MB
1GB

Available Slots
5 PCI
5 PCI

2GB

5 PCI
5 PCI

DY·52FAB·CA

5/300

DY·52FAB·EA

5/300

2MB
2MB

128MB
512MB

5 PCI
5PCI

DY·52FAB·FA

5/300

2MB

DY·52FAB·GA

5/300

2MB

1GB
2GB

5 PCI
5 PCI

Alpha Servers 2.123

AlphaServer 4100/4000

Step Ib-Enclosures and Cabinet Accessories
• Selection of an Enclosure or Mounting Kit is required.
- Pedestal Enclosure supports one System Drawer, up to three StorageWorks shelves.
- Cabinet Enclosure supports up to four System Drawers, up to eight StorageWorks shelves.
• Pedestal and Cabinet enclosure include StorageWorks Shelf and one 4.3 GB hard disk drive.
Note: Ordering a System Drawer to add to an existing AlphaServer 4100/4000 Cabinet system requires a Mounting Kit
(CK-BA30A-AA) and Power Kit (CK-H9AI0-EBIEC). Ordering a System Drawer to add to a non-H9A10-EEIED
cabinet (i.e., third-party) requires a suitable Mounting Kit and Power Kit.
Pedestal Enclosure
BA30P-AB
BA30P-BB

Pedestal with StorageWorks Shelf and 4.3 GB hard drive for Americas, AP
Pedestal with StorageWorks Shelf and 4.3 GB hard drive for Europe; order two country-specific
power cords from Step 8.

Cabinet Enclosure-includes System Drawer mounting kit (CK-BA30A-AA), power cord, AC distribution with one
CK-H9AI0-EBIEC power kit. Two additional power kits are supported.
H9AIO-ED
H9AIO-EE

19" RETMA Cabinet with StorageWorks Shelf and 4.3 GB hard drive for Americas, AP
19" Metric Cabinet with StorageWorks Shelf and 4.3 GB hard drive for Europe

Mounting Kits-includes 6-foot keyboard and mouse extender cable, 10 foot video cable, and AC power cord
CK-BA30A-AA

System Drawer Mounting Kit; required for each additional drawer added to cabinet

Cabinet Power Kits
•
•
•
•
•

Initial systems include five available AC outlets; each cabinet power kit provides six additional AC outlets.
Required for installation of additional System Drawers in H9AI0-EDIEE cabinets.
May be required for installation of BA36R-JAIRA StorageWorks shelves; see Step 5c.
Maximum of three power kits per cabinet, one included with enclosure.
Power kit is not required for fourth drawer installed in cabinet.

CK-H9AIO-EB
CK- H9AIO-EC

AlphaServer 4xOO RETMA Cabinet Power Kit
AlphaServer 4xOO Metric Cabinet Power Kit

Step 2-Additional CPU Modules (SMP Upgrades)
• AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer supports three additional CPU
• AlphaServer 4000 System Drawer supports one additional CPU
• CPUs (i.e., 5/300 2 MB) and operating system must be of the same type in each System Drawer.
KN302-BC
KN304-BC
KN302-BA
KN304-BA
KN302-BB
KN304-BB

2.124 Alpha Servers

Windows NT SMP upgrade, includes one 5/300 (2 MB) CPU; SMP license not required
Windows NT SMP upgrade, includes one 5/400 (4 MB) CPU; SMP license not required
Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 (2 MB) CPU and Digital UNIX SMP license
Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 5/400 (4 MB) CPU and Digital UNIX SMP license
OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 (2 MB) CPU and Open VMS SMP license
OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 5/400 (4 MB) CPU and OpenVMS SMP license

AlphaServer 4100/4000

Step 3-Additional Power Supply
• Power supply included with System Drawer provides support for two processors, memory, and I/O adapters.
H7291-AA

450 watt power supply
~lphaServer 4100

AlphaServer 4000

1st 450 Watt Power supply (included) Supports up to two CPUs

Supports up to two CPUs

2nd 450 Watt Power supply

Provides N+ 1 for two CPU systems

3rd 450 Watt Power supply

Supports third or fourth CPU or
Provides N+1 for up to two CPUs
Provides N+ 1 for up to four CPU s

N/A

Step 4-Memory
• All System Drawers include one memory option.
• AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer supports three additional memory option slots for maximum of 4 GB total.
• AlphaServer 4000 System Drawer supports one additional memory option slot for maximum of 2 GB total.
Note: Field installation of memory requires largest memory option to be placed in Memory Slot O.
MS320-CA
MS330-EA
MS330-FA
MS330-GA

128 MB memory option
512 MB memory option
1 GB memory option
2 GB memory option

Step 5-Storage
• System Drawer includes one 16-bit Fast Wide Single-Ended (FWSE) SCSI controller with SCSI cable.
• Pedestal and Cabinet enclosure includes:
- One BA356 16-bit Wide StorageWorks shelf kit (BA36R-xx), and one 4.3 GB 7200 RPM 16-bit wide disk drive

Step Sa-Disk Drives
RZ28D-VA
RZ29B-VA
RZ28D-VW
RZ29B-VW

2.1 GB 7200 RPM 8-bit Narrow SCSI disk drive
4.3 GB 7200 RPM 8-bit Narrow SCSI disk drive
2.1 GB 7200 RPM 16-bit Wide SCSI disk drive
4.3 GB 7200 RPM 16-bit Wide SCSI disk drive

Step 5b-Removable Media
• All System Drawers include CD-ROM drive in integral 5.25" drive slot connected to integral FNSE SCSI-2 controller.
• System Drawer installed in Pedestal Enclosure supports one additional removable media device. Optional 5.25" halfheight removable media slot in Pedestal systems is connected to integral FNSE SCSI-2 controller.
Tape Drive and additional CD-ROM for Pedestal systems only
TLZ09-LKI
RRD4S-AB

8 GB 4 mm DAT 93 MB/min (compressed) 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive, frost white
600 MB quad speed CD-ROM 5.25-inch drive

I Supported on OpenVMS and Digital UNIX only

Alpha Servers 2.125

AlphaServer 4100/4000

Step Sb-Removable Media (continued)
Tape Drives and additional CD-ROM for StorageWorks shelves in Pedestal and Cabinet systems
1

TLZ09·VA
TLZ7L·VA

TKZ15·VA
2
TZ88N·VA
TZKll·VA
RRD45·VA

8 GB 4 mm DAT 93 MB/min (compressed) 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier
32/96 GB 4 mm 1.5 GBIhr 5.25-inch SCSI tape loader in StorageWorks carrier
5/10 GB 8 mm Helical Scan 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier
20/40 GB DLT 3 MB/s SCSI cartridge tape drive in 5.25-inch StorageWorks carrier
2 GB QIC tape drive in StorageWorks carrier
600 MB quad speed CD-ROM drive in StorageWorks carrier

1 Supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems only.
2 Supported under Windows NT with Service Pack 4 (available from Microsoft).

DLT Tape Loaders for Cabinet systems
TZ885·NE
TZ887·NE

100/200 GB SCSI five cartridge rackmount SCSI tape subsystem for SW500, SW800, and
H9AlO-EDIEE cabinets; one loader supported per cabinet
140 GB native/280 GB compressed, seven cartridge rackmount SCSI tape subsystem for SW500/
W800 and H9AlO-EDIEE cabinets, requires BN30B-02 cable if mounted in H9AlO-EDIEE cabinet,
two loaders supported per cabinet

Tabletop Tape Drives
TZ875·TA

100 GB five data cartridge tabletop tape subsystem, l20-V/240-V selectable power, TK compatible

Step Sc-StorageWorks Shelves
Pedestal and Cabinet enclosures include one BA36R StorageWorks Shelf Kit.

• Pedestal Enclosure supports maximum of three BA36Rxx StorageWorks Shelves.
• Cabinet Enclosure supports maximum of eight BA36Rxx StorageWorks Shelves.
• Maximum of two BA35R-MR or BA350-MB controller
shelves supported in RETMAlMETRIC cabinet.

• Additional StorageWorks shelves require controller(s)
and cables.
• Field installation of StorageWorks shelves may require
additional Cabinet Power Kits (CK-H9AlO-EBIEC).
Check available outlets to determine number of kits
needed.

Split-bus Configuration Rules
• StorageWorks shelves are configured by default in single
bus mode (seven SCSI devices/shelf). If split-bus mode
is required, the following components must be on the
order and specified as configured.
- Split-bus mode active terminator (BA35X-ME) for
BA36R-xx shelf
- SCSI controller for each active SCSI port

- Cables to connect each active SCSI port to BA36R-xx
shelf
- Include the devices to be configured for each active
SCSI port
Shelves will be split in the sequence installed, unless
specified otherwise.

BA36R StorageWorks Shelf Kits
BA36R StorageWorks Shelf Kits include BA356 l6-bit Wide StorageWorks shelf, and l6-bit personality module with
power supply in system building block (SBB), mounting hardware and power cord.
• Each BA356 shelf supports:
- seven 3.5-inch hard disk drives or
- one 5.25-inch device and four 3.5-inch hard disk drives or
- two 5.25-inch devices and one 3.5-inch hard disk drive
• Installation of redundant power supply reduces number of 3.5-inch devices by one.

2.126 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 4100/4000

Step Sc-StorageWorks Shelves
BA36R-SB
BA36R-RA
BA36R-JA
CK-BA35X-HF
BA35X-ME

Pedestal StorageWorks shelf kit (Worldwide)
RETMA Cabinet StorageWorks shelf kit (Americas and AP)
Metric Cabinet StorageWorks shelf kit (Europe)
Optional 150-Watt universal ac input redundant power supply, includes power cord
Split-bus mode active terminator for BA36R shelf

see Slots (7)

Power
Supply

StorageWorks Shelf

Step Sd-Backplane Storage Controllers
• Systems include KZPDA-AA PCI one-port Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) SCSI controller, and BN21K-02 cable.
• The following controllers can be configured in AlphaServer 4100/4000 System Drawers.
• Charts indicate minimum level of operating system support. Note: Minimum operating system level support for Digital
UNIX with MEMORY CHANNEL is V3.2G.
Maximum # Supported
Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS
V3.2FN3.2G V6.2-1H3
3.51
2
2
2

Order Number

Description

KZPDA-AA

PCI one port FWSE SCSI controller

BN21K-02

2-meter SCSI cable, required for each StorageWorks shelf SCSI
port attached to KZPDA controller. Note: 1 KZPDA per PCI bus.
Maximum # Supported

Order Number
KZPAA-AA

Description

BN21N-02

2-meter 8-bit to 16-bit SCSI cable

Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS
V3.2FN3.2G V6.2-1H3
3.51
2
2
2

PCI one port FNSE SCSI controller

KZPAA-AA I
IIIlllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll

-- .

BN21N_02:dJ-

(2 METER)

0,@

~_~iiii~~D

(!)

SlorageWorks Shelf

Alpha Servers 2.127

AlphaServer 4100/4000

Step 5d-Backplane Storage Controllers (continued)
Maximum # Supported
Order Number
KZPSC-AA

KZPSC-UB
~N31S-1E

BN31S-02

Description
PCI one-port RAID controller; includes RAID array 230
Subsystem family software and documentation kit; tape drives no
supported
Cache battery-backup for KZPSC controller

Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS
3.51
V3.2FN3.2G V6.2-1H3
3
3
3

I.S-meter SCSI cable, required for each StorageWorks shelf
attached to KZPSC controller
02-meter SCSI cable-Note: Manufacturing may substitute this
cable for certain cabinet configurations.

I KZPSC-AA I
-------

------ 1:1

Gil

111m

111II11
StorageWorks Shelf

Maximum # Supported
Order Number
KZPSC-BA

KZPSC-UB
BN31S-1E

BN31S-02
BN31K-OE
KZPAC-SB

:Description
PCI three-port RAID controller, includes RAID array 230
Subsystem family software and documentation kit; tape drives no
supported; must order BN31 S-IE cable for each active port.
Order BN3IK-OE or KZPAC-SB for third port connection.
Cache battery-backup for KZPSC controller

Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS
3.51
V3.2FN3.2G V6.2-1H3
3*
3*
3*

I.S-meter SCSI cable, required for each StorageWorks shelf
attached to KZPSC controller. Note: Manufacturing may
substitute the BN31S-02 cable for certain cabinet configurations.
02-meter SCSI cable
SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit for KZPSC-BA; required for
connection to third port; uses one PCI bulkhead slot.
SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit with two ports for KZPSC-BA,
allows connection of 2 third-port outputs using one PCI bulkhead
slot

* Maximum of three controllers supported when KZPAC-SB two port SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit is used for two third-port connections.

2.128 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 4100/4000

Step Sd-Backplane Storage Controllers (continued)
KZPSC-BA

----c cell
---- c

DDD

KZPSC-BA

::::-cc cell

DDD

Maximum # Supported
Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS
V3.2FN3.2G V6.2-1H3
3.51

Order Number

pescription

KZPSA-BB

PCI one-port FWD SCSI controller; requires DWZZB-VW
signal converter if connecting directly to StorageWorks shelf.
02-meter 16-bit SCSI cable (internal)
03-meter 16-bit SCSI cable (external)
05-meter 16-bit SCSI cable (external)
IO-meter 16-bit SCSI cable (external)
15-meter 16-bit SCSI cable (external)
20-meter 16-bit SCSI cable (external)

BN21K-02
BN21K-03
BN21K-05
BN21K-10
BN21K-15
BN21K-20

StorageWorks Shelf with DWZZB

-----

-ElEl

ElElf"'f\'1f"'f\'1=IIIIIElC~t;;;.t.I ..... _ C I
StorageWorks Shelf with HSZ40-CX

Alpha Servers 2.129

AlphaServer 4100/4000

Step 5d-Backplane Storage Controllers (continued)
Maximum # Supported
Order Number

~escription

KFPSA·AA

!PCI-DSSI controller. Connecting to StorageWorks shelf
directly, requires HSDxx controller.

BC29S·06

Connection to HSD 10 installed in BA36R Pedestal shelf

BC29S·09

Connection to HSD 10 installed in BA36R Cabinet shelf

OpenVMS
V6.2·1H3

Maximum # Supported
Order Number

~escription

CIPCA·AA

PCI -to-CI adapter
Requires one PCI slot and one EISA slot.
Requires one of the following CI cables per adapter.

~NCIA.IO

10-meter CI cable
20-meter CI cable
f45-meter CI cable

BNCIA·20
BNCIA·45

OpenVMS
V6.2·1H3

Step 5e--Non-Backplane External Storage Controllers
• Maximum of two BA35R-MR or BA350-MB controller shelves are supported in the H9A10-EDIEE or H9B10-EBIEC
cabinets.
• The following controllers are supported for mounting in AlphaServer 4000/4100 systems.
SCSI controllers
•
•
•
•

Minimum operating system support: Digital UNIX V3.2G, OpenVMS V6.2-1H3, Windows NT 3.51.
Controllers require KZPSA-BB Fast Wide Differential SCSI controller.
HSZ40-Cx requires BA35R-MR or BA350-MB controller shelf.
HSZ40-Cx requires BN21N-02 for connection from HSZ40-Cx to BA36R StorageWorks shelf.

HSZ40·CA
HSZ40·CD
HSZ40·CF

StorageWorks Array controller; supports 42 SCSI-2 disks, optical disks, RAID 0, includes base
firmware and license
StorageWorks Array controller with 16 MB cache; supports 42 SCSI-2 disks, optical disks,
RAID 0, includes base firmware and license
StorageWorks Array controller with 32 MB cache; supports 42 SCSI-2 disks, optical disks,
RAID 5, includes base firmware and license

DSSI controllers
•
•
•
•
•

Supported on OpenVMS systems only.
HSD10-Bx mounts in BA36R-xx StorageWorks shelf.
HSD10-Bx requires BC29S-06/09 for connection from KFPSA to BA36R shelf.
HSD30-Cx requires BA35R-MR or BA350-MB StorageWorks Controller shelf.
HSD30-Cx requires BN21N-02 for connection from HSD30-Cx to BA36R StorageWorks shelf.

HSDIO·BA
HSDIO·BD
HSDIO·BF

StorageWorks DSSI Array controller, supports 7 SCSI-2 disks, tapes, optical devices
StorageWorks DSSI Array controller with 16 MB cache, supports 7 SCSI-2 disks, tapes, optical disks
StorageWorks DSSI Array controller with 32 MB cache, supports 7 SCSI-2 disks, tapes, optical disks

HSD30·CA

StorageWorks DSSI Array controller; supports 18 SCSI-2 disks, tapes, optical devices, RAID 0, and
includes base firmware and license
StorageWorks DSSI Array controller with 16 MB cache; supports 18 SCSI-2 disks, tapes, optical
disks, RAID 0; includes base firmware and license
StorageWorks DSSI Array controller with 32 MB cache; supports 18 SCSI-2 disks, tape, optical
disks, RAID 0; includes base firmware and license

HSD30·CD
HSD30·CF

2.130 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 4100/4000

Step Se-Non-Backplane External Storage Controllers (continued)
CI Controllers
•
•
•
•

Supported on OpenVMS systems only.
Requires CIPCA-AA Storage controller and cables (Step Sd).
Requires BA3SR-MR or BA3S0-MB StorageWorks Controller shelf.
HSZ40-Cx requires BN21N-02 for connection from HSZ40-Cx to BA36R StorageWorks shelf.

HSJ40-CD
HSJ40-CF

CI Array controller 16 MB cache
CI Array controller 32 MB cache

Controller Accessories
H879-AA
H885-AA
BN21W-OB
BN30B-02
BN35S-02
BA35R-MR
BA350-MB
CK-BA35X-HF
SC008-AC/AD

External SCSI 68-pin, male 8-bit or 16-bit differential terminator
SCSI Tri-link connector, 68-pin, two female and one male connector
SCSI Y cable, 68-pin, two female and one male
IEC to IEC power cord, gray, for H9A10-EDIEE cabinet connection
IEC to IEC power cord, black, for H9AIO-EDIEE cabinet connection
Rackmount StorageWorks controller shelf with RETMA mounting kit, order BN30B-02 separately
Rackmount StorageWorks controller shelf with METRIC mounting kit, order BN30B-02 separately
Power supply for n+1 redundant support in BA3SR-MRlBA3S0-MB StorageWorks controller shelf
Star Coupler Passive Hub device, supports eight CI ports

Step Sf-I/O Expansion Options
AlphaServer 4100/4000 Expander Cabinet
To expand AlphaServer 4100/4000 systems, cabinet enclosures (H9A10-EBIEC) can be joined to RETMA or Metric
expander cabinets (H9B10-EBIEC). Loading rules are the same as for H9A10-EBIEC cabinet enclosures. CK-BA30A-AA
System Drawer mounting kit must be ordered for first drawer loaded into the H9B 10-EBIEC cabinet.
H9BIO-EBIEC

AlphaServer 4100/4000 RETMAIMETRIC expander cabinet with joiner kit and single
CK-H9A10-EBIEC power kit. Order additional power kits as required.

AlphaServer 4100/4000 System Management Station Kit
To efficiently manage multiple System Drawers in a cabinet system, the AlphaServer 4100/4000 supports a System
Management Station Kit that allows multiple System Drawers to be controlled from a single terminal, keyboard and mouse
housed inside an AlphaServer 4100/4000 cabinet.
• System Management Station Kit requires a cabinet and 19" of space. Station kit includes:
- IS" color monitor, keyboard and mouse
- Console switch box and mounting shelf
- Cables for first two System Drawers (up to 8 System Drawers can be supported with additional cables)
- Door with console monitor access (factory installation only)
H4020-AA
2T-H7085-10

System Management Station Kit for AlphaServer 4100/4000 systems
System Management Station Kit dual cable, 10-feet in length; each cable kit supports up to two
additional System Drawers

Alpha Servers

2.131

AlphaServer 4100/4000

Step Sf-I/O Expansion Options (continued)
StorageWorks Cabinets
SW800-GA
SW800-GB
SWSOO-GC
SWSOO-GD
SW300-GA

SWSOO Data Center Cabinet, 60Hz, Top Gun Blue, 1700 mm high, SOO mm wide
SW800 Data Center Cabinet, 50Hz, Top Gun Blue, 1700 mm high, SOO mm wide
SW500 Departmental Cabinet, 60Hz, Top Gun Blue, 1100 mm high, 600 mm wide
SW500 Departmental Cabinet, 50Hz, Top Gun Blue, 1100 mm high, 600 mm wide
SW300 Departmental Cabinet, 60Hz, Top Gun Blue, 1100 mm high, 600 mm wide

StorageWorks Accessories
DWZZB-VW
BN21K-02
BN21K-03
BN21K-05
BN21K-I0
BN21K-IS
BN21K-20'

FWD SCSI-2 signal converter on one end and FWSE on other end; requires BN21K-xx cables.
02-meter 16-bit SCSI cable
03-meter 16-bit SCSI cable
05-meter 16-bit SCSI cable
10-meter 16-bit SCSI cable
15-meter 16-bit SCSI cable
20-meter 16-bit SCSI cable

Step 6--Networks and Communications
• Systems include DE500-XA PCI 10/l00-Mbit Ethernet controller (uses one PCI slot).

Order Number

Description

DESOO-XA

PCI 1O/lOO-Mbit Fast Ethernet controller (Twisted Pair)

BN2SG-03
BN2SG-04
BN2SG-07

3-meter (9.S ft.) cable for 10BaseT Twisted Pair connection
4-meter (13.1 ft.) cable for 10BaseT Twisted Pair connection
7-meter (22.3 ft.) cable for 10BaseT Twisted Pair connection

Order Number
~E4S0-CA

Description
PCI 10-Mbit Ethernet controller; AUI, 10BaseT, or 10Base2

BNE4C-02
!BNE4C-OS

2-meter cable for AUI connection, EthernetlIEEE S02.3 devices
5-meter cable for AUI connection

~N2SG-03

3-meter cable for 10BaseT Twisted Pair connection
4-meter cable for 10BaseT Twisted Pair connection
7-meter cable for 10BaseT Twisted Pair connection
6-ft cable for 10Base2 ThinWire connection
15-ft cable for 10Base2 ThinWire connection
30-ft cable for 10Base2 ThinWire connection

BN2SG-04
BN2SG-07
BCI6M-06
BCI6M-1S
~CI6M-30

Order Number
DEFPA-AB

»escription
PCI to FDDI Adapter, single attachment station (SAS), multimode fiber (MMF), SC connector

DEFPA-DB

PCI to FDDI Adapter, DAS, MMF, SC connector

BN34D-03
BN34D-I0
BN34B-03
BN34B-I0
BN34B-20
BN34B-30

3-meter MIC-SC dual fiber optic cable
10-meter MIC-SC dual fiber optic cable
3-meter SC to SC dual fiber optic cable
10-meter SC to SC dual fiber optic cable
20-meter SC to SC dual fiber optic cable
30-meter SC to SC dual fiber optic cable

2.132 Alpha Servers

Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS
3.51
V3.2FIV3.2G V6.2-1H3
4

Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS
3.51
V3.2FIV3.2G V6.2-1H3
4
4
4

Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS
3.51
V3.2FIV3.2G V6.2-1H3
4

AlphaServer 4100/4000

Step 6-Networks and Communications (continued)
Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS
V3.2FIV3.2G V6.2-1H3
3.51
4
4
4

Order Number

Description

DEFPA-UB

PCI to FDDI Adapter, SAS, TP-PMD, requires BN25H-03

DEFPA-MB

PCI to FDDI Dual Adapter, DAS, TP-PMD, requires BN25H-03

BN25H-03

3-meter FDDI crossover cable

Order Number

Description

PBXNP-AA

;PCI Token Ring adapter

BN25G-03
BN25G-04
BN25G-07

3-meter (9.S ft.) cable
l4-meter (13.1 ft.) cable
7-meter (22.3 ft.) cable

Order Number

Description

DNSES-AA

EISA-based synchronous communications controller

Order Number
CXIOI-AA

Description
IS A-based asynchronous multiport MUX 16 port XEM

Digital UNIX
V3.2FIV3.2G
1

CXIOI-AD
CXIOI-AB
CXIOI-AC
CXIOI-AE
CXIOI-AF

IS A-based asynchronous multiport MUX 16 port EPC
ISA-based asynchronous multiport MUX expander XEM
IS A-based asynchronous MUX cable converter (RJ45-DB25)
IS A-based asynchronous multiport MUX expander EPC
IS A-based asynchronous MUX adapter (RJ45-MJ11), Spack

I V6.2-1H3

Digital UNIX OpenVMS

V3.2FIV3.2G

Digital UNIX OpenVMS
V3.2FIV3.2G V6.2-1H3
2

Step 6a-MEMORY CHANNEL Controller
Digital UNIX Systems
•
•
•
•

Require Digital UNIX V3.2G and System Console Firmware Revision 2.0.
Each system node in a MEMORY CHANNEL cluster requires a software license.
Servers in a compute-server array require a Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL License.
Servers in a TruCluster high-availability environment require a license for TruCluster for Digital UNIX.

OpenVMS Systems
• Require OpenVMS V7.1 and OpenVMS Cluster license
Configuring information:
• Two PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL Controllers (CCMAA-BA) supported for redundancy/failover.
• For two-system nodes, order one CCMAA-BA per system and one BCI2N-I0 cable to directly connect adapters.
• For three or four system nodes order one CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub), and one CCMAA-BA and one
BCI2N-I0 cable per system node.
• CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) is configured with four CCMLA-AA Line Cards and supports up to four
nodes. Expansion up to eight system nodes can be achieved by adding up to four additional CCMLA-AA Line Cards.
• Maximum two CCMAA-BA supported per System Drawer.
Nodes
2
3-4
5-S

MEMORY CHANNELs
2CCMAA-BA
3-4 CCMAA-BA
5-S CCMAA-aA

MEMORY CHANNEL Hubs

Line Cards

1 CCMHA-AA
1 CCMHA-AA

1-4 CCMLA-AA

Alpha Servers 2.133

AlphaServer 4100/4000

Step 6a-MEMORY CHANNEL Controller (continued)
CCMAA-BA
CCMHA-AA
CCMLA-AA
CCMRA-AA
BC12N-IO
BN3SS-02
QB-3RLAG-AA
QB-4ZCAG-AA
QL-MUZAG-AA

PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL Controller-Single port MEMORY CHANNEL option
100 MB MEMORY CHANNEL Hub with 4 Line Cards
MEMORY CHANNEL Line Card for use with MEMORY CHANNEL Hub (CCMHA-AA)
Rackmount kit for mounting MEMORY CHANNEL hub;
CCMHA-AA requires BN35S-02 power cord for rackmount configurations
MEMORY CHANNEL cable
MEMORY CHANNEL Hub power cord
TruCluster Software for Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL license
OpenVMS Cluster license for Alpha systems

For stand alone configurations, CCMHA-AA MEMORY CHANNEL Hub, includes BNI9P-2E power cord for Canada,
Japan, US operation. For other regions, order power cords from Step 8.

Step 7-Monitors
Systems include PCI-based S3 Trio (PB2GA-JB) graphics option, uses one PCI slot.
• Windows NT systems: a monitor is require unless available on site.
• Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems: all console functions, including RAID Configuration Utility (RCU) can be
performed using a standard video terminal (VT2xx, VT3xx, VT4xx, VT5xx) connected to one of system serial ports.
VRClS-WAlW31W4

15" (13.9" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor, Flat-square CRT with 0.28 dot pitch
and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti-static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1024 x 768 at 75Hz
refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power
supply. Includes video cable.
-WA = NH (Northern Hemisphere) monitor with 120V power cord
-W3 =Northern Hemisphere monitor without power cord
-W4 =SH (Southern Hemisphere) monitor without power cord; select country specific power cord
for -W3 and -W 4 variants.

VRT17-WAlW31W4

17" (16.0" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor. Trinitron aperture grille CRT with
0.26mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to
1280 x 1024 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant.
120/240V universal power supply. Includes video cable.
-WA =NH (Northern Hemisphere) monitor with 120V power cord;
-W3 =Northern Hemisphere monitor without power cord
-W4 =SH (Southern Hemisphere) monitor without power cord; select country specific power cord
for -W3 and -W4 variants.

VRC21-WAlW31W4

21" (19.6" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor. Diamondtron aperture grille CRT
with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti-static coating. Auto-scanning from
VGA to 1280 x 1024 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant.
1201240V universal power supply. Includes video cable.
-WA =NH (Northern Hemisphere) monitor with 120V power cord
-W3 =Northern Hemisphere monitor without power cord
-W 4 =SH (Southern Hemisphere) monitor without power cord; select country specific power cord
for -W3 and -W 4 variants.

2.134 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 4100/4000

Step 8-Keyboards and Power Cords
Pedestal systems ordered in the Americas and Asia Pacific Area include 120 V U.S. power cord and keyboard unless
alternate is specified. Select country specific power cord (quantity of two) and keyboard for all Pedestal systems ordered in
Europe.
Cabinet systems are 208-240 V single phase and include country specific wiring. No power cord selection is required.
Select country specific keyboard for all Cabinet systems ordered in Europe.
Windows NT/
OpenVMS
Digital UNIX keyboard keyboard
LK47W-A2
LK46W-A2
LK47W-AB
LK46W-AB
LK46W-AC
LK47W-AD
LK46W-AD
LK47W-AE
LK46W-AE
LK46W-AF
LK47W-AG
LK46W-AG
LK46W-AH
LK47W-AI
LK46W-AI
LK47W-AK
LK46W-AK
LK46W-AL
LK46W-AM
LK47W-AN
LK46W-AN
LK47W-AP
LK46W-AP
LK46W-AQ
LK47W-AS
LK46W-AS
LK47W-AV
LK46W-AV

Frost White

U.S .!English
Belgian
CanadianlFrench
Danish
United Kingdom
Finnish
German
Dutch
Italian
Swiss/Generic
Swiss/German
Swedish
Norwegian
French
CanadianlEnglish
Spanish
Portuguese

Power Cords (Note: Quantity of two required for Pedestals)
BN19A-2E
BN19C-2E
BN19E-2E
BN19H-2E
BN19K-2E
BN18L-2E
BN19M-2E
BN19S-2E

U.K.IIreland
Central Europe
Switzerland
AustralialNew Zealand
Denmark
Israel
Italy
India/South Africa

Step 9-Terminals and Printers
Systems include two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports with 9-pin D-subminiature connectors, and two 9-pin to MMJ
adapters (H8571-J).
Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems
Console terminals can either be a graphics monitor connected to the included video graphics adapter or a serial video
terminal. If a serial video terminal is used as the console terminal, it must be VT220, VT320, VT420, or VT520
compatible.
Select terminals, printers, and cables as required.

Alpha Servers 2.135

AlphaServer 4100/4000

Step 10-Upgrades
CPU Upgrades
304XR-BW
302XR-AW
304XR-AW

Upgrades 5/300 MHz CPU to 5/400 MHz CPU; requires mandatory return of 300 MHz CPU
Upgrades 5/300E MHz CPU to 5/300 MHz CPU; requires mandatory return of300E MHz CPU
Upgrades 5/300E MHz CPU to 5/400 MHz CPU; requires mandatory return of 300E MHz CPU

System Upgrades
Order Number

From

Includes

DN-SIZIL-AA

AlphaServer 4000

AlphaServer 4100

AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer for Windows NT. Requires
mandatory return of AlphaServer 4000 System Drawer.

DA-SIZIJ-AA

AlphaServer 4000

AlphaServer 4100

AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer and Digital UNIX base system
license. Requires mandatory return of AlphaServer 4000 System
Drawer and Digital UNIX license.

DY-SlZlK-AA

AlphaServer 4000

AlphaServer 4100

AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer and OpenVMS base system
license. Requires mandatory return of AlphaServer 4000 System
Drawer and OpenVMS license.

Step 11--Software
Windows NT systems
Systems include Windows NT Server plus 5-client access 3.51 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package.
Order documentation kit if required.
QA-23CAA-GZ

Windows NT Server documentation kit

Digital UNIX systems
Select user licenses and additional software as required.
Software Processor Code

=G for all software, 1-4 processors

Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at
user discretion.

QL-MT7AM-3G
QL-MT7AM-3H
QL-MT7AG-AA

QL-MTSAG-AA

Digital UNIX developer's extension license

QL-MT7AM-3B
QL-MT7AM-3C
QL-MT7AM-3D
QL-MT7AM-3E
QL-MT7AM-3F

2.136 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 4100/4000

Step tt-8oftware (continued)
Digital UNIX Media and Documentation
QA-MT4AA-HS
QA-MT4AA-GZ

Digital UNIX media and on-line documentation on CD-ROM
Digital UNIX full hardcopy documentation

Digital UNIX Layered Products CD-ROM
QA-054AA-HS

Layered products media and documentation for Digital UNIX on CD-ROM

DECnet Licenses
QL-MTJAG-AA

DECnetlOSI end-system license for Digital UNIX

OpenVMS systems
Select user licenses and additional software as required
Software Processor Code =G for all software, 1-4 processors
OpenVMS Concurrent Use User Licenses
OpenVMS Concurrent Use license provide the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of
concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one system to
another at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha cluster.
QL-MT3AA-3B
QL-MT3AA-3C
QL-MT3AA-3D
QL-MT3AA-3E
QL-MT3AA-3F
QL-MT3AA-3G
QL-MT3AA-3H
QL-MT3AA-3J
QL-MT3AA-3K
QL-MT2AG-AA

OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 2-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 4-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 8-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use I6-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 32-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 64-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use I28-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 2S6-user license
OpenVMS Traditional unlimited user license

OpenVMS Media and Documentation
QA-MTIAA-HS
QA-09SAA-GZ

OpenVMS media and documentation on CD-ROM
OpenVMS base hardcopy documentation

OpenVMS Layered Products CD-ROM
QA-03XAA-HS

Layered products media and documentation for OpenVMS on CD-ROM

DECnet Licenses
QL-MTGAG-AA
QL-MTHAG-AA

DECnet extended function license for OpenVMS
DEC net end-system to extended function upgrade license for OpenVMS

Alpha Servers 2.137

AlphaServer 4100/4000

Step l~Hardware and Software Support Supplemental Services
Hardware Warranty
The AlphaServer 4100/4000 System Drawer and components installed in the System Drawer (such as CPU, memory, PCI
controllers, power supplies) have a 3-year onsite, 5-day per week, 9-hour per day hardware warranty, with next day
response time.
StorageWorks components contained in the Pedestal or Cabinet Systems are supported by the comprehensive
StorageWorks Warranty: 5-years for disks, 3-years for controllers, 2-years for tape devices, and I-year for other
components. The first year includes onsite next day response time.
Network products in the Pedestal or Cabinet Systems carry the Network Products Warranty.
Users can upgrade to higher levels of service through a variety of hardware supplemental services.

Software Warranty
The AlphaServer 4100/4000 Software warranty for all three operating systems features 90-day telephone advisory support
with I-year conformance to SPD. Users can upgrade to higher levels of service through a variety of software supplemental
services.

Value Added Services
The AlphaServer Support Plan is designed to accommodate critical system availability needs. The comprehensive suite of
recommended services will maximize uptime and satisfaction, by enabling customers to select, at the time of their system
purchase, the right level of support for their information technology (IT) and business environment.
The AlphaServer Support Plan builds on the foundation of Installation and Supplemental Services to include Startup
Services, Silver/Gold Support, System Healthcheck, and Availability ReviewlPartnership.

Installation
It is recommended that onsite installation service be included as a separate entry on any quotation.
FM-51CPU-IN
FM-51MEM-IN
FM-51DWR-IN
FM-51PED-IN
FM-51CAB-IN
FM-TRAVL-IN

Add-on SMP Installation
Add-on Memory Installation
AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer Installation
AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal Installation
AlphaServer 4100/4000 Cabinet Installation
One time travel charge per installation

AlphaServer 4100/4000 Software Support Supplemental Services
Windows NT
FM-51NTS-12
FM-51NTS-36
FM-51NTS-60

I-year, Software Support Supplemental Service
3-year, Software Support Supplemental Service
5-year, Software Support Supplemental Service

Digital UNIX
FM-51UNS-12
FM-51UNS-36
FM-51UNS-60
FM-51UNN-12
FM-51UNN-36
FM-51UNN-60

2.138 Alpha Servers

I-year, Full Software Support Supplemental Service
3-year, Full Software Support Supplemental Service
5-year, Full Software Support Supplemental Service
I-year, Node Software Support Supplemental Service
3-year, Node Software Support Supplemental Service
5-year, Node Software Support Supplemental Service

AlphaServer 4100/4000

Step 12-- Hardware and Software Support Supplemental Services
OpenVMS
FM-SIVMS-12
FM-Sl VMS-36
FM-Sl VMS-60
FM-SIVNS-12
FM-SIVNS-36
FM-SIVNS-60

Digital UNIX or OpenVMS SMP Upgrade
FM-SIVMP-12
FM-SIVMP-36
FM-SIVMP-60

I-year, Digital UNIX or OpenVMS SMP Upgrade
3-year, Digital UNIX or OpenVMS SMP Upgrade
5-year, Digital UNIX or OpenVMS SMP Upgrade

AlphaServer 4100/4000 Hardware Supplemental Maintenance Services
AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
FM-SAXHW-60
FM-SA4HR-36
FM-SA4HR-60
FM-SAS12-36
FM-SAS12-60
FM-SA616-36
FM-SA616-60
FM-SA724-36
FM-SA724-60
FM-SGSND-60
FM-SG4HR-36
FM-SG 4HR-60
FM-SGS12-36
FM-SGS12-60
FM-SG616-36
FM-SG616-60
FM-SG724-36
FM-SG724-60
FM-SRXHW -60
FM-SR4HR-36
FM-SR4HR-60
FM-SRS12-36
FM-SRS12-60
FM-SR616-36
FM-SR616-60
FM-SR724-36
FM-SR724-60

2-5-year 5 x 9, next day, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
3-year 5 x 9, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
5-year 5 x 9, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
3-year 5 x 12, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
5-year 5 x 12, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
3-year 6 x 16, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
5-year 6 x 16, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
3-year 7 x 24, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
5-year 7 x 24, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
2-5-year 5 x 9, next day, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
3-year 5 x 9, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
5-year 5 x 9, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
3-year 5 x 12, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
5-year 5 x 12, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
3-year 6 x 16, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
5-year 6 x 16, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
3-year 7 x 24, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
5-year 7 x 24, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
5-year 5 x 9, next day, 2 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
3-year 5 x 9, four hour, 2 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
5-year 5 x 9, four hour, 2 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
3-year 5 x 12, four hour, 2 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
5-year 5 x 12, four hour, 2 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
3-year 6 x 16, four hour, 2 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
5-year 6 x 16, four hour, 2 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
3-year 7 x 24, four hour, 2 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer
5-year 7 x 24, four hour, 2 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer

Alpha Servers 2.139

AlphaServer 4100/4000

Step 12- Hardware and Software Support Supplemental Services (continued)
AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal
FM-SBXHW-60
FM-SHS12-36
FM-SHS12-60
FM-SH724-36
FM -SH724-60

2-5-year 5 x 9, next day, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal
3-year 5 x 12, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal
5-year 5 x 12, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal
3-year 7 x 24, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal
5-year 7 x 24, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal

AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet
FM-SB4HR-36
FM-SB4HR-60
FM -SBS12-36
FM -SBS12-60
FM-SB616-36
FM-SB616-60
FM-SB724-36
FM-SB724-60
FM-SHXHW-60
FM-SH4HR-36
FM-SH4HR-60
FM-SH616-36
FM-SH616-60

3-year 5 x 9, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet
5-year 5 x 9, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet
3-year 5 x 12, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet
5-year 5 x 12, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet
3-year 6 x 16, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet
5-year 6 x 16, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet
3-year 7 x 24, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet
5-year 7 x 24, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet
2-5-year 5 x 9, next day, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet
3-year 5 x 9, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet
5-year 5 x 9, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet
3-year 6 x 16, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet
5-year 6 x 16, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet

AlphaServer 4100/4000 Memory
FM-SLXHW-60
FM-SL4HR-36
FM-SL4HR-60
FM-SLS12-36
FM -SLS12-60
FM-SL616-36
FM-SL616-60
FM-SL724-36
FM-SL724-60
FM-SQXHW-60
FM-SQ4HR-36
FM-SQ4HR-60
FM-SQS12-36
FM-SQS12-60
FM-SQ616-36
FM-SQ616-60
FM-SQ724-36
FM-SQ724-60

2.140 Alpha Servers

2-5-year 5 x 9, next day, 128/512 MB Memory option
3-year, 5 x 9, four hour, 128/512 MB Memory option
5-year, 5 x 9, four hour, 128 1 512 MB Memory option
3-year 5 x 12, four hour, 128/512 MB Memory option
5-year 5 x 12, four hour, 128/512 MB Memory option
3-year 6 x 16, four hour, 128/512 MB Memory option
5-year 6 x 16, four hour, 128/512 MB Memory option
3-year 7 x 24, four hour, 128/512 MB Memory option
5-year 7 x 24, four hour, 128/512 MB Memory option
2-5-year 5 x 9, next day, 1 GB Memory option
3~year, 5 x 9, four hour, 1 GB Memory option
5-year, 5 x 9, four hour, 1 GB Memory option
3-year 5 x 12, four hour, 1 GB Memory option
5-year 5 x 12, four hour, 1 GB Memory option
3-year 6 x 16, four hour, 1 GB Memory option
5-year 6 x 16, four hour, 1 GB Memory option
3-year 7 x 24, four hour, 1 GB Memory option
5-year 7 x 24, four hour, 1 GB Memory option

Alpha~erver 41UU/4UUU

Step 12-- Hardware and Software Support Supplemental Services (continued)
AlphaServer 4100/4000 CPU Add-on Options
FM-SJXHW-60
FM-SJ4HR-36
FM-SJ4HR-60
FM-SJS12-36
FM-SJS12-60
FM-SJ616-36
FM-SJ616-60
FM-SJ724-36
FM-SJ724-60

2-5-year 5 x 9, next day, CPU SMP Add-on option
3-year, 5 x 9, four hour, CPU SMP Add-on option
5-year, 5 x 9, four hour, CPU SMP Add-on option
3-year 5 x 12, four hour, CPU SMP Add-on option
5-year 5 x 12, four hour, CPU SMP Add-on option
3-year 6 x 16, four hour, CPU SMP Add-on option
5-year 6 x 16, four hour, CPU SMP Add-on option
3-year 7 x 24, four hour, CPU SMP Add-on option
5-year 7 x 24, four hour, CPU SMP Add-on option

Alpha Servers 2.141

1\.lpna~erver 41UU/4UUU

Specifications
Specifications
External Dimensions

Pedestal System

Cabinet System

System Drawer

Height
Width

75 cm (29.5 in)
49 cm (19.3 in)

30 cm (11.8 in)
45 cm (17.7 in)

Depth
Weight

90 cm (35.4 in)
113.6 kg (250 lb)

170 cm (67.0 in)
60 cm (23.6 in) Rack
l
71 cm (28.0 in) Stabilizer
97 cm (38.2 in)
350.9 kg (772 lb)

Clearances

Operating!
20 em(7.9in)
20 em (79 in)
20 em (7.9 in)

Service

Operating!

Service

61 em (24.1 in)
61 em (24.1 in)
61 em (24.1 in)

OOem (23.6in)
OOem (23.6in)
20 em (79in)

100 em (39.4 in)
100 em (39.4in)
61 em (24.Din)

Operating!
20 em(7.9in)
20 em (7.9in)

Pront
Rear
Sides

69 cm (27.2 in)
45.5 kg (100 lb)

Service
20 em (7.9 in)
20 em (7.9in)

Environmental
Temperature (minimax)
2

Operating
Nonoperating
Storage (60 days)
Rate of Change

10°_ 35°C (50°- 95°P)
-40°- 66°C (-40°- 150.8°P)
-40°- 66°C (-40°- 150.8°P)
11 0_ 19.8°Clhr (20°- 36°Plhr)

10°_ 35°C (50°- 95°P)
-40°- 66°C (_40°_ 150.8°P)
-40°- 66°C (-40°- 150.8°P)
11°- 19.8°Clhr (20°- 36°Plhr)

10°_ 35°C (50°- 95°P)
-40°- 66°C (-40°- 150.8°P)
-40°- 66°C (-40°- 150.8°P)
11°- 19.8°Clhr (20°- 36°Plhr)

20-90% noncondensing
10-95%
10-95%
3
1800 Watts, 6143 Btulhr
3
1450 Watts, 6143 Btulhr

20-90% noncondensing
10-95%
10-95%
4800 Watts, 16382 Btulhr
4800 Watts, 16382 Btulhr

20-90% noncondensing
10-95%
10-95%
1100 Watts, 3754 Btulhr
700Watts, 3754 Btulhr

200 cubic ft.lmin
Rear
Front

300 cubic ft.lmin4
Rear
Pront and Top

200 cubic ft.lmin
Rear
Front

3,050 m (10,000 ft)
12,200 m (40,000 ft)

10 G, 10+/-3 ms
5-16
.02in-da G
16-200
0.25 G
200-500
0.1 G
6.2 LNPEc (Bels)

10 G, 10+/-3 ms
5-16
.02in-da G
16-200
0.25 G
200-500
0.1 G
6.7 LNPEc (Bels)

10 G, 10+/-3 ms
.02in-da G
5-16
16-200
0.25 G
200-500
0.1 G
5.8 LNPEc (Bels)

Relative Humidity
Operating
Nonoperating
Storage (60 days)

4100 Max Heat Dissipation
4000 Max Heat Dissipation
Airflow
Quantity
Intake
Exhaust

Altitude
Operating
Nonoperating

Mechanical Shock
Operating

Vibration (minimax)

Acoustics
Electrical (minimax)
Voltage
Phase
Nominal Prequency (Hz)
Maximum rated current

u.S.

Europe

u.S.

Europe

100-120Vac
Single
50-60
12 Amps
(multiple
cord set)

200-240 Vac
Single
50-60
10 Amps
(multiple
cord set)

200-240Vac
Single
50-60
24 Amps

220-240 Vac
Single
50/60
24 Amps

920
550

config-specific config-specific 650
config-specific config-specific 430

AlphaServer 4100 typical power 720
AlphaServer 4000 typical power 550
consumption, Watts

100-120/200-240Vac
Single
50-60
8.4 Amps/4.2 Amps
(single cord set)
8 Amps/4 Amps
(multiple cord set)

Power Cord
Length
Plug

Agency Approvals

450cm (177") 200-250cm
450cm (177") 450cm
NEMA 5-15P Country specificNEMA L6-30P IEC309,32A
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 950-M95 CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 950-M95
UL 1950, Ed.3
UL 1950, Ed.3
EN 60 950, Ed.2, A3
EN 60 950, Ed.2, A3

250 cm (98.4 in)
IEC 320
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 950-M95
UL 1950, Ed.3
EN 60 950, Ed.2, A3

1 Stabilizers will nest with other AlphaServer 4100/4000 cabinets so that cabinets can be installed with zero side clearance.
2 Maximum operating temperature at sea level. Reduce by 1C (1.8P) for every 600 m (2000 ft) above sea level.
3 Maximum power consumption for two line cords.
4 Cabinet fans only.
2.142 Alpha Servers

Alpha~erver 'HUU/'tUUU

Recommended Power ProtectionlUPS Solutions for AlphaServer 4100/4000 Systems
Digital's UPS offerings feature robust on-line design and include EIA232 port for local or network monitoring. Prestige
units feature a three-piece modular design which allows ~sers to safely swap out components without disconnecting the
critical load and "plug and play" battery and receptacle extensions. Prestige models include a three-year, 24-48 hour hotswap warranty. All units include maintenance bypass.
Note: For complete protection all UPS products should be used with data line surge protectors--4N-GA249-AB (2 wire
modem), 4N-GA249-CA* (IOBaseT), 4N-GA5l0-BF (ThinWire), 4N-GAZ45-xx (din rail multiport).
* Additional plug-in data modules available (4N-GA240-xx).

Solutions for Pedestal Systems
4N-AEAAH-AM

4N-AEAAH-AS

4N-AEWAR-G2
4N-AEACH-HA

Prestige 3 kVA (2 kW), single phase, 60Hz, 208V-1201208V, 6 ft. cord with L6-30P and (1) LS-30R, (4) S-ISR
receptacles. and 7 minute battery at full UPS load, 240V-2401120V operation also available.
4N-AEACH-AA - AE receptacle extensions available.
Prestige 3 kV A (2.1 kW), single phase, SOHz, 200-240V in/out selectable, 6 ft. input cord with VDE stripped
pigtail connection for attachment of country specific plug (by customer). Unit includes (3) IEC320, lOA and
(1) IEC320 20A output receptacle which can be optionally extended to choice of Schuko, French, British, or
Australian (4N-AEACH-DA - DD) receptacle extensions, 7 minute battery at full UPS load.
Prestige 5 year on-site exchange warranty upgrade for 4N-AEAAH-AM, U.S. only.
Optional mobile module stacker with seismic mount provisions for above UPS.

Solutions for Cabinet Systems
Number of Systems
1-3 Systems
4 Systems or more

UPS Model
60Hz
50Hz
4N-AEAAJ-CLl
4N-AEAAJ-CU
4N-AEAAL-BA
4N-AEAAL-BA

Type
2

6 kV A Prestige
10 kV A PUPS Plus

Receptacle Module for Plug-in
Connection
60Hz
50Hz
Included
Hardwired
4N-AEACK-BN Hardwired

l208-1201208V shown; substitute -CT for 240-1201240V models.
20ptional mobile module stacker with seismic mounting provisions for 6 kVA Prestige-4N-AEACH-HD.
UPS Models
4N-AEAAJ-CL

Prestige 6 kVA (4 kW), single phase, 60Hz, 208-1201208V, 6 ft. cord with L6-30P and (2) L6-30R, (8) S-ISR
receptacle. Modular hot-swap design with 7 minute battery at full UPS load, extendible plug and play batteries
and receptacle provisions. Substitute -CT for 240V 240/120V operation.

4N-AEAAJ-CU
4N-AEAAL-BA

Prestige 6 kVA (4 kW) SOHz package, single phase, SOHz, 200-240V in/out selectable, hardwired input/output.
PUPS plus 10 kV A (7 kW), single-phase, SO/60Hz, 173-276V in, 9 minute battery at full UPS load. 200-240V
selectable output, hardwired input/output with optional plug-in output receptacle modules.
PUPS plus 10 kV A receptacle module (3)L6-30R, (3)5-20R, (2)LS-20R.

4N-AEACK-BN
4N-AEWAR-G3/G4

Prestige S year on-site exchange warranty upgrade for 4N-AEAAH-CMlCT. G4 provides on-site remedial and
start-up service.

UPS Monitoring and Unattended Shutdown Software (for above UPS systems only)
Includes cables, media and documentation; Digital UNIX and OpenVMS on CD-ROM, Windows NT on 3.5-in diskette.
UPS System
Windows NT
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Prestige UPS
4N-AEAES-AA
4N-AEAES-AK
4N-AEAES-EM
PUPS Plus UPS
Network Management and multi system shutdown*

4N-AEAES-AA
4N-AEAES-BA

4N-AEAES-~J{

4N-AEAES-FM

4N-AEAES-BK

Call for information

*Network Management and/or multi system shutdown for Windows NT and Digital UNIX requires the Connect-UPS
Network Adapter (SNMPlManageWorks compatible); see below.
UPS System
Prestige 6 kV A and PUPS Plus UPS
DAlDB=Twisted pair; DCIDD=ThinWire

60Hz Application

50Hz Application

4N-AEAEO-DAIDC

4N-AEAEO-DBIDD

Alpha Servers 2.143

fl.lpna;:,erVer'llUU/4UUU

PCI Card Cage

AlphaServer 4100 Pedestal System

Diskette Drive
CD-ROM Drive

~~
AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer

=Optional

2.144 Alpha Servers

PCI Bulkhead

AlphaServer 4100/4000

5.25" Removable
Media Slot
PCI Card Cage

AlphaServer 4000 Pedestal System

Maximum (8)

PCIOptions
PCI Bulkhead

AlphaServer 4000 System Drawer

t '~"-":'."'~"'~::~

, J

k:."L~:.,.,;';. ;~J

= Optional

Alpha Servers 2.145

AlphaServer 4100/4000

System /
Drawers ~

~
AlphaServer 4100/4000 Cabinet

StorageWorks
Shelves

StorageWorks
Disk Shelf
or
StorageWorks
Controller Shelf

',I!.~c,.....::~+--!--

TZ88x-xx
Tape Loader
AlphaServer 4100/4000 Cabinet

2.146 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 4100/4000

StorageWorks
Shelves
Expander
Cabinet

StorageWorks
Shelves
StorageWorks
Shelves

System
Management
Console

System
Drawers

Memory
Channel
Hub
System
Drawers

AlphaServer 4100/4000 Cabinet

I
;"';C""';'*M;t

=Optional

Alpha Servers 2.147

AlphaServer 8200

AlphaServer 8200
Product Description

AlphaServer 8200 is the highest performance office system in the industry. It
can be configured with up to six of the world's fastest microprocessors (Alpha
microprocessor 21164) with 5/300 MHz, 5/350 MHz, or 5/440 MHz CPUs. With
the enormous capacity of the Alpha 64-bit architecture-up to 6 GB of memory,
and PCI 110 of up to 108 slots-this server offers room for growth for the largest
and most complex applications.
AlphaServer 8200 runs Digital UNIX or OpenVMS operating systems and offers
the reliability and availability features customers require for bet-your-business
environments. Clusters, hot swap disks, RAID, redundant power, ECC memory
and data paths, fault management, and un interruptible power system are all
available.
Small enterprises and large departments can have an office server with
unprecedented performance, capacity, and reliability for those applications
previously available on enterprise systems. Large databases, complex
simulations, data warehousing, and decision support are a few examples of the
kinds of applications the AlphaServer 8200 can support with ease. And, with up
to 6 GB of memory, this office server can provide all the benefits that Very
Large MemoryNery Large DatabCJ.se (VLMlVLDB) systems have provided in
the past.
For technical/scientific users, the AlphaServer 8200 provides supercomputer
performance in the office. The AlphaServer 8200 has single processor floatingpoint performance that dominates the competition in the generic benchmarks
and wins at the application level as well.

Alpha Servers 2.149

AlphaServer 8200

Step I-Base Servers

AlphaServer 8200 5/300 and 5/350 Systems require
- Digital UNIX V3.2B or later, and OpenVMS V6.2 or
later
AlphaServer 8200 5/440 Systems require
- Digital UNIX V3.2G or Digital UNIX V4.0a,
or OpenVMS V6.2-1H3, or later
Software media and documentation required for first
system on site. See Step 13 for ordering information.
Console terminal required to install system. See Step 10
unless terminal is available on site.
Base Servers include 5 slot backplane-three slots are
used by CPU module, memory module, and
KFTIA-AA system I/O module.
- Two slots available for additional CPU, memory, or
system I/O module(s).

CD-ROM drive and RZ28D-VA SCSI disk drive
included in BA656 Internal Storage Drawer are
connected via single-ended SCSI-2 port on KFTIA-AA
system I/O module.
Four additional narrow 3.5-inch StorageWorks
devices can be added in BA656 Internal Storage
Drawer.
Universal Single-Phase power supply supplies necessary
power for system; requires selection of power cord from
Step 2.
Redundant power supply (N+l) can be added if required.
For recommended power protection, UPS products, see
section following Specifications.

AlphaServer 8200 Base Servers include
o

o
o
o
o

Processor module with
- One or two Alpha microprocessor 21164
5/300 or 5/350 MHz CPU(s), each CPU includes
4 MB Backup cache, or
- Two Alpha microprocessor 21164
5/440 MHz CPUs, each includes 4 MB Backup cache
System I/O module (KFfIA-AA) includes
- I/O channel
- Two twisted-pair 802.3lEthemet
- Single-ended SCSI-2 port
- Three Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI-2 ports
Three CK-KFfIA-AA Cabinet Kits
128,256,512 MB, or 2 GB of memory
BA656 Internal St~rage Drawer
RZ28D-VA 2 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive

5/300 Servers

5/350 Servers

DA-281AB-A9

DA-281CB-A9

DA-281AD-A9

DA-281CD-A9

DY-281AB-A9

DY-281CB-A9

DY-281AD-A9

DY-281CD-A9

5/440 Servers

",:

'.;'~":,

DA-281BB-A9

DA-281DB-A9

DA-281BC-A9

DA-281DC-A9

DA-281BD-A9

DA-281DD-A9

DA-282FD-A9

DA-281BF-A9

DA-281DF-A9

DA-282FF-A9

DY-281BB-A9

DY-281DB-A9

DY-282FB-A9

DY-281BC-A9

DY-281DC-A9

DA-282FB-A9

DY -281BD-A9

DY -281DD-A9

DY-282FD-A9

DY-281BF-A9

DY-281DF-A9

DY-282FF-A9

2.150 Alpha Servers

o
o

600 MB CD-ROM drive
Universal single phase power
48 VDC power supply
Shielded console cable included for connection to
console terminal (BCI6E-25)
Factory Installed Software
Operating System Software
- Digital UNIX base license or
- OpenVMS base license
Digital NAS Base Server 200 software
One year hardware product warranty
90-day software product warranty
Installation of the system cabinet is included with
AlphaServer 8200 5/440 Base Servers only
Operating System

Memory

Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX

128MB
512MB

OpenVMS
OpenVMS

128MB
512MB
\'~

, ';'.",. :,,} '~.>}"';:'~

Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
OpenVMS
OpenVMS
OpenVMS

·,1

128MB
256MB
512MB
2GB
128MB
256MB
512MB
2GB

AlphaServer 8200

Step l-AlphaServer 8200 Systems (continued)
AlphaServer 8200 Expanded Base Server includes
• Processor module with two Alpha microprocessor 21164
5/350 MHz or 5/440 MHz CPU s; each CPU includes
4 MB Backup cache
• System I/O module with four I/O channels (KFlliA-M)
• PCI Shelf Mount Box (DWLPB-CA)
• PCI Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI Adapter
(KZPSA-BB)
• Digital Etherworks 32-bit Network Interface Card
(DE435-AA) or Fast Ethernet Card (DE500-XA)
• 512 MB or 2 GB of memory
• BA656 Internal Storage Drawer
• SCSI-2 16-bit wide StorageWorks shelf (BA356-JB)
• StorageWorks SCSI Signal Converter (DWZZB-VW)
• BN21K-01 Fast Wide Differential cable
• RZ28D-VW 2 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive
(located in BA356-JB)
~/3S0 Servers (Dual-CPU)
DA-281DD-B9
DY -281DD-B9
5/440 Servers (Dual-CPU)
DA-282FD-B9
DY-282FD-B9
DA-282FF-B9
DY -282FF -B9

• 600 MB CD-ROM drive
• PCI single-ended SCSI controller (KZPAA-AA) and
BN21H-02 SCSI cable (connects to CD-ROM)
Universal single phase power
48 VDC power supply
Shielded console cable included for connection to
console terminal
Factory Installed Software
• Operating System Software
- Digital UNIX base license or
- OpenVMS base license
• Digital NAS Base Server 200 software
• One year hardware product warranty
• 90 day software product warranty
• System installation included with AlphaServer 8200
5/440 Expanded Base Servers only

Operating System
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Operating System
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS

Memory
512MB
512MB
Memory
512MB
512MB
2GB
2GB

Step la-AlphaServer 8200 5/300 System Building Blocks
Note: System Building Blocks are an alternative to standard Base Servers or Expanded Base Servers; they provide
flexibility in configuring the AlphaServer 8200 with a choice of memory and I/O options.
System Building Block Requirements
•
•
•
•
•
•

Minimum of one memory module
Minimum of one system 110 module
SCSI controller
Systems require Digital UNIX V3.2B or later, and OpenVMS V6.2 or later
Console terminal required unless available on site
System includes 5 slot backplane-three slots are used by CPU, memory and system I/O modules
- Two slots available for additional CPU, memory, or system I/O module(s)
• CD-ROM drive included in BA656 Internal Storage Drawer-SCSI controller must be ordered separately
- BA656 Internal Storage Drawer is restricted to CD-ROM drive only when KZPAA is selected
- If KFfHA-AA I/O module is selected, the following items must be ordered to provide interface to CD-ROM in
BA656 internal storage drawer. If KFfIA-AA I/O module is selected these items are not required
DWLPB-CA
KZPAA-AA

PCI shelf mount box; AlphaServer 8200 system cabinet only, maximum three per cabinet.
PCI single-ended SCSI controller for CD-ROM connection only-no other SCSI options can be installed in BA656 internal storage drawer if KZPAA is used as CD-ROM interface. KZPAA is restricted as CD-ROM connection only, no other disk of tape connections supported-maximum one
per system. Requires BN21H-02 SCSI cable

• If Factory Installed Software is required, BA356-JB and appropriate disk drive and controller must be ordered
separately.
• Universal single phase power supply will supply necessary power for system. Redundant power supply (N+1) can be
added if required.
Alpha Servers

2.151

AlphaServer 8200

Step la-AlphaServer 8200 5/300 System Building Blocks (continued)
AlphaServer 8200 5/300 System Building Blocks include
• Processor module with one or two Alpha microprocessor
21164/300 MHz CPU(s); each includes 4 MB Backup
cache
• BA656 Internal Storage Drawer
• 600 MB CD-ROM drive
• Universal single phase power
• 48 VDC power supply
prdcl' Number
DA-281AY-A9
DY-281AY -A9
DA-281BY-A9
DY-281BY-A9

Operating System
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS

• Operating System Software
- Digital UNIX base license or
- OpenVMS base license
• Digital NAS Base Server 200 software
• One year hardware product warranty
• 90 day software product warranty

CPU·······, . .

Single-CPU Systems
Single-CPU Systems
Dual-CPU Systems
Dual-CPU Systems

Memory
Required
Required
Required
Required

; .. I10ModUI~·:; .
Required
Required
Required
Required

Step Ib-AlphaServer Expansion Packages-Digital UNIX systems only
DECsafe packages contain all necessary hardware (excluding console terminal) and software to provide a complete and
operational system in a DECsafe high availability environment. Note: This package is only orderable with a Digital UNIX
system configuration. It is not orderable as a stand alone, upgrade, or spared on the order.
8YFEB-EX

DECsafe High Availability SCSI Package includes:
Six RZ28D-VW 2.1 GB, 3.5-inch disk drives in BA356-JB shelf
TZ87 20 GB, 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in second BA356-JB shelf
Two DWZZB-VWs to convert Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI signals
from KFI'IA-AA and KZPSA-BB for use in BA356-JB shelf
PCI Plug-in unit (DWLPB-CA), with KZPSA-BB Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI controller
BN21K cables and CK-KFfIA-AA cable kit
DECsafe Available Server software license kit

Step 2-Power Cord
BN23H-4E
BN20P-4E

60 Hz-AC line cord for Single Phase Power, one per cabinet (4.5 meters in length)
50 Hz-AC line cord for Single Phase Power, one per cabinet (4.5 meters in length)

Note: See Specifications for infonnation on appropriate power cord to order. If redundant supply (H7266-AD/AE) is
ordered, power cord is included and does not have to be ordered separately.

Step 3-Additional CPU Modules (SMP Upgrades)
• Up to two additional CPU modules can be added to Base Servers, Expanded Base Servers and System Building
Blocks-system maximum of three CPU modules.
• Combining 5/300 MHz, 5/350 MHz, and 5/440 MHz CPU modules in the same system is not supported.
• For more than two processor modules in a system, a minimum of two memory modules are recommended for optimal
system performance.
• All SMP upgrades include processor module with Alpha microprocessor(s), SMP extension license, and end-user
product warranty.
5/300 Servers
751P2-AX
752P2-AX
751PI-AX
752PI-AX

2.152 Alpha Servers

5/350 Servers
753P2-AX
754P2-AX
753PI-AX
754PI-AX

5/440 Servers
756P2-AX
756PI-AX

Operating System
Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
OpenVMS

CPU Module Type
Single-CPU
Dual-CPU
Single-CPU
Dual-CPU

AlphaServer 8200

Step 4-Memory
Maximum of 6 GB per system. Note: A short term memory size restriction is currently in effect for 5/300 MHz systems
only. Memory modules must be ordered in a quantity of one or two of the same size-add-on memory size must be the
same as that included with Base Server or Expanded Base Server selected or the initial memory module selected for a
System Building Block configuration. The maximum memory supported is temporarily two 2 GB memory modules,
resulting in a system maximum of 4 GB.
For Base Servers two additional memory modules can be added for a system maximum of three.
System Building Blocks require the selection of one memory module-system maximum of three.
• The maximum of three memory modules is reduced by one for each additional CPU module selected from Step 3 and
each system IJO module added from Step 6.
o
Each memory module has built in two-way interleaving; additional interleaving is accomplished by adding more
memory modules.
o

MS7CC-BA
MS7CC-CA
MS7CC-DA
MS7CC·EA
MS7CC·FA

128 MB memory module
256 MB memory module
512 MB memory module
1073 MB memory module
2147MB memory module

Step 4a-Memory Upgrades
Memory upgrades are field installed only (not configured in Manufacturing).
MS7CC·UA
MS7CC·UB

128 MB memory upgrade (8 MB SIMMs); upgrades 128 MB (-BA) module to
256 MB (-CA) module
512 MB memory upgrade (32 MB SIMMs); upgrades 512 MB (-DA) module to
1 GB (-EA) module

Step 4b-Prestoserve Nonvolatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM)
• Supported on Digital UNIX systems only.
o
Maximum one Presto serve IJO performance enhancement option per system.
o
Includes Presto serve license and documentation kit.
DJ·ML200·BA
DJ·ML200·CA
DJ·ML300·BA

4 MB Prestoserve, PCI option-requires DWLPB-CNCB
8 MB Presto serve, PCI option-requires DWLPB-CNCB
4 MB Prestoserve, KFfIA-AA daughter card mounting-requires KFfIA-AA

Step 5-IJO Expansion Buses
PCI IJO bus is available on AlphaServer 8200. Application and system configuration determine maximum configuration.
Configuration limits exist at IJO bus level and controller level. Verify maximum number of allowable controllers listed in
Controller Configuration Table.
o
o
o

Each DWLPB-CAICB (PCI shelf mount box) includes 12 PCI slots and required cable for connection to IJO channel.
Each PCI shelf mount box requires one IJO channel connection to KFTHA-AA or KFTIA-AA, see Step 6.
Maximum of nine IJO channels available (KFTIA plus two KFTHAs)

DWLPB·CA
DWLPB·CB
KFE70·BA

PCI shelf mount box for AlphaServer 8200 system cabinet only-maximum three per cabinet.
PCI shelf mount box for AlphaServer 8200 expansion cabinet only-maximum four per cabinet.
EISA Bridge option; PCI to EISA bridge module set-must reside in first DWLPB-CA in system
cabinet only. Converts 12-slot PCI bus to 2 EISA, 6 PCIJEISA, and 2 PCI slots. Includes RX26
diskette drive, mounting hardware, and cables to mount RX26 in processor system unit. Maximum
one EISA Bridge option supported per system. This option is required to support KZPSC SCSI RAID
controllers. It includes diskette drive required to run the RAID Configuration Utility (RCU).

Alpha Servers 2.153

AlphaServer 8200

Step 6-System 110 Modules
• KFfIA-AA system I/O module included with Base Server; KFTHA-AA included with Expanded Base Server-any
combination of KFTIA or KFTHA modules can be added for a system maximum of three.
- Maximum nine I/O channels available on AlphaServer 8200 (two KFTHA-AA modules, one KFTIA-AA module).
• System Building Block requires the selection of one I/O module.
KFTHA-AA
KFTIA-AA

System 110 module with four 110 channels for DWLPB-CAICB boxes.
System 110 module with one 110 channel for DWLPB-CAICB shelf mount box, includes
- two 802.3 twisted-pair Ethernet ports-requires BN26M cable per port
- one single-ended SCSI-2 port-requires BN2lH cable
- three FWD (Fast Wide Differential) SCSI-2 ports-requires CK-KFTIA-AA and BN2lK cable
per port (Note: Base Servers include KFfIA-AA with three CK-KFTIA-AA cabinet kits.)
One of the following optional FDDI daughter cards can be added to KFTIA-AA-see Step 9 for
cables.
- Single attachment station multi-mode fiber card (DEFPZ-AA) or
- Twisted-pair copper card (DEFPZ-UA)
Prestoserve (DJ-ML300-BA) can be added to KFfIA-AA.

BN26M-xx
BN21H-xx
CK-KFTIA-AA
BN21K-xx
BN21K-02*
BN21K-03*
BN21K-OS/IO

Ethernet twisted-pair cable; 8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, EIAITIA Category 5 cable
SCSI-2 single-ended cable; 50-pin male straight to 50-pin male straight. Connects KFTIA-AA
single-ended SCSI-2 port to StorageWorks shelf.
Cabinet kit for Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI-2 port. One kit required for each used port on
KFTIA -AA-maximum three per KFTIA-AA. Cabinet kit includes Y-cable and FWD terminator.
SCSI-2 Fast Wide Differential cables; 68-pin male straight to 68-pin male right-angle. Connects
KFTIA-AA FWD SCSI-2 ports to DWZZA-VA or DWZZB-VW (cable lengths in meters).
Connects from KFTIA FWD port to DWZZB-VW in BA356-JB in system cabinet (front)
Connects from KFTIA FWD port to DWZZB-VW in BA356-JB in system cabinet (rear)
Connects from KFTIA FWD port to DWZZB-VW in BA356-JB in expansion cabinet (front or rear)
Connects from KFTIA FWD port to DWZZB-VW in BA356-SB in SW500 and SW800 Cabinets

* Manufacturing may substitute correct cable length depending on configuration.

Step 7-Storage Controllers
• KFTIA-AA I/O module included with Base Server; KFfHA-AA I/O module included with Expanded Base Server;
System Building Blocks require I/O module.
• DWZZA-AA requires minimum revision E02 for connecting any Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 port from KFTIA-AA
or KZPSA-BB to externally mounted TZ8xx tape loaders.
• DWZZB-VW Fast Wide Differential Single-ended SCSI Converter requires minimum revision AOI for connecting FWD
SCSI-2 signals from KFTIA-AA or KZPSA-BB to BA356-JB StorageWorks Shelf.
• System maximum of two KZPSC-AAIBA SCSI RAID controllers.
• Tape and optical devices are not supported on KZPSC SCSI RAID controllers.
Storage Controllers--PCI-based
KZPSA-BB

PCI Fast Wide Differential SCSI Adapter. OpenVMS supports eight per PCI, maximum 26 with
OpenVMS V6.2-IH3 per system. Digital UNIX supports eight per PCI, maximum 32 per system
(uses one PCI slot). Provides one SCSI-2 bus. The KZPSA supports DECsafe Available Server.

BN21K-xx

SCSI-2 Fast Wide Differential cables; 68-pin male straight to 68-pin male right-angle. Connects

BN21K-Ol*

KZPSA-BB Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 port to DWZZA-VA or DWZZB-VW.
Connects from KZPSA to DWZZB-VW in BA356-JB in system cabinet (front)

* Manufacturing may substitute correct cable length depending on configuration.

2.154 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer H2UU

Step 7-Storage Controllers (continued)
Storage Controllers-PCI·based
BN21K·02*
BN21K·03*
BN21K·05/10
KZPSC·AA

BN31S·1E
KZPSC·BA

BN31K·OE
BN31S·1E

MSIOO·AAt
MSIOO·ABt
KZPSC·UB
KFPSA·AA

BC21Q-xx
BC22Q·xx
CIPCA·AA

BNCIA·xx

Connects from KZPSA to DWZZB-VW in BA356-JB in system cabinet (rear)
Connects from KZPSA to DWZZB-VW in BA356-JB in expansion cabinet (front or rear)
Connects from KZPSA to DWZZB-VW in BA356-SB in SW500 and SWSOO cabinets
PCI SCSI RAID Controller with 1 port. OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support two per PCI,
maximum two per system (uses one PCI slot, and KFE70-BA-EISA Bridge option). Provides one
Fastlwide/single-ended connection. Allows RAID levels 0,1, and 5. Tape drives not supported.
1.5 meter wide SCSI cable. For connections from PCI RAID controller to BA356-JB Wide SCSI
StorageWorks Shelf located in same cabinet.
PCI SCSI RAID Controller with 3 ports. OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support two per PC I,
maximum two per system (uses two PCI slots, and KFE70-BA-EISA Bridge option). Provides three
Fastlwide/single-ended connections. Allows RAID levels 0,1, and 5. Tape drives not supported.
Required for KZPSC-BA to use third port on module. Connects internally from KZPSC-BA module
to second PCI slotlbulkhead.
1.5 meter single-ended wide SCSI cable. For connections from PCI RAID controller to BA356-JB
Wide SCSI StorageWorks Shelf located in same cabinet. One required for each used port on
KZPSC-BA module.
16 MB Cache memory option for KZPSC-AAlBA, maximum one per controller, field installable
only
32 MB Cache memory option for KZPSC-AAlBA, maximum one per controller, field installable
only
Battery back-up for Cache memory option
PCI DSSI Adapter (OpenVMS only)-Requires OpenVMS V6.2-1H2 or later; minimum System
Console Firmware Revision 3.09. Maximum twelve per PCI, twenty-four per system with OpenVMS
V6.2-1H3. (End node only). Note: KFPSA and KFMSB are not supported on same DSSI bus.
External shielded cable (MRlMR connectors) Select required length-09, 16,25,50 ft.
External shielded cable (MRIPS connectors) Select required length-16, 25, 50 ft.
PCI-to-CI Adapter (OpenVMS ooly)-Requires OpenVMS V6.2-1H2 or later, minimum System
Console Firmware Revision 3.09. Maximum two per PCI, two per system; uses one PCI slot for
adapter and one EISA slot for power only. Note: KFE70 option is not required.
Computer interconnect cable sets-Connects CIPCA to Star Coupler. Select required length-10, 20,
or 45 m (10 m = 32.S ft, 20 m = 65.6 ft, 45 m = 147.6 ft)

* Manufacturing may substitute correct cable length depending on configuration.
t Requires AlphaServer 8200 minimum System Console Firmware Revision V3.2.2, OpenVMS V6.2-1H2 and Digital UNIX V3.2D or later operating
system software.

Step 8-Storage
Note: When multiple storage devices are configured with the system, specify which devices should be installed inside the
system cabinet, inside the system expansion cabinet, or installed in the external StorageWorks cabinet. Line item
sequencing will allow Manufacturing to configure storage options in the appropriate cabinet.
• List storage options to be integrated in system cabinet immediately following system part number.
• List storage options to be integrated in StorageWorks cabinet immediately following StorageWorks cabinet part
number.
• Order appropriate BN21x-xx SCSI cables for connecting controllers and storage options.

Alpha Servers

2.155

AlphaServer 8200

Step 8a-Internal Storage (System Cabinet)
Wide SCSI devices are supported in BA356-JB Wide SCSI StorageWorks shelves inside the System cabinet. They are also
supported in external StorageWorks cabinets via BA356-SB rackmount options for the SW500 and SW800 cabinets. The
BA356-JB includes BA35X-HG 48V/150W DC power supply and BA35X-RD metric mounting hardware.
System cabinet provides space for up to six BA356 StorageWorks shelves; each shelf holds a maximum of two 5.25-inch
devices and one 3.5-inch device or seven 3.5-inch devices. Typical configurations require a signal converter, i.e.,
DWZZB-VW which counts as one 3.5-inch device.
• DWZZB-VW is a Fast Wide Differential to Fast Wide Single-Ended Converter.
• BA656 Internal Storage Drawer included in base systems; provides space for four additional narrow 5400 RPM and
7200 RPM SCSI 3.5-inch devices.
• BA356-JB StorageWorks shelves support narrow and wide SCSI 5400 RPM and 7200 RPM disk drives.
Wide SCSI Options
BA356-JB

Wide SCSI-2 StorageWorks Shelf-includes 16-bit 110 personality module, 48V/150W DC power
supply, DC fans, and rackmounting hardware. Supports 16-bit wide SCSI devices and some 8-bit
narrow SCSI devices depending on compliance with minimum revision levels.

DWZZB-VW

Wide SCSI-2 StorageWorks Signal Converter-required to convert FWD signals from KFfIA-AA
and KZPSA-BB for use in the BA356-JB StorageWorks shelves.

BA35X-MG

8-bit 110 Personality Module-can be used in place of 16-bit 110 personality module for direct
connection to narrow single-ended controllers, field installable only.

16-bit Wide Drives
RZ26N-VW
RZ28M-VW
RZ28D-VW
RZ29B-VW

1.05 GB 16-bit 5400 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier
2.1 GB 16-bit 5400 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier
2.1 GB 16-bit 7200 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier
4.3 GB 16-bit 7200 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier

8-bit Narrow Drives
RZ26N-VA

1.05 GB 8-bit 5400 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier

RZ28M-VA

2.1 GB 8-bit 5400 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier

RZ28D-VA

2.1 GB 8-bit 7200 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier

RZ29B-VA

4.3 GB 8-bit 7200 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier

Note:

To ensure 16-bit wide SCSI operation, use wide SCSI drives with wide SCSI controllers in wide SCSI StorageWorks shelves with wide SCSI
cables. See Storage Devices-StorageWorks Supported Devices for 8-bit and 16-bit Expansion Table for minimum hardware revision levels.

Tape Devices (Note: Tape and Optical Devices not supported on KZPSC SCSI RAID controller.)
TLZ09-VA
TKZ15-VA
TZ87-VA
TZ88N-VA

8.0 GB DAT 3.5" SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier. OpenVMS V6.2-1H3 and Digital UNIX
V3.2C required along with System Console Firmware Revision 3.0-9.
5/10 GB Helical Scan 8-mm, 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier
20.0 GB DLT 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier
20/40 GB DLT 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier

Optical Disk
RWZ52-VA

1.3 GB Optical Drive in StorageWorks carrier

Solid State Disks (Supported with KZPSC, KZPSA, KFfIA)-cannot be combined with RZxx disks/tapes on same SCSI bus
EZ31-VW
EZ32-VW
EZ64-VA
EZ69-VA

2.156 Alpha Servers

134 MB Solid State Disk; requires OpenVMS V6.2 or later and Digital UNIX V3.2C or later
268 MB Solid State Disk; requires OpenVMS V6.2 or later and Digital UNIX V3.2C or later
475 MB Solid State Disk; requires OpenVMS V6.2 or later and Digital UNIX V3.2C or later
950 MB Solid State Disk; requires OpenVMS V6.2 or later and Digital UNIX V3.2C or later

AlphaServer 8200

Step 8b-External Storage (I/O Expansion Cabinet)
I/O expansion cabinet (H9B10-EA) provides space for a maximum of 16 BA356-JB SCSI StorageWorks shelves and a
maximum of four DWLPB-CB PCI shelf mount boxes. Disk and tape drives supported are the same as Step 8a Internal
Storage. See configuration limitations in Step lIb.

Step 8c-External Storage
The following list describes available disk storage devices, capacities, and shelf type, and available tape drives. These
supported options can be added as required.
Storage Cabinets

Capacity

SW5XX, SW8XX

6-227 GB

SCSI Disk Drives
RZ26N-VA
RZ28M-VA, RZ28D-VA
RZ29B-VA
RZ26N-VW
RZ28M-VW, RZ28D-VW
RZ29B-VW

1.05 GB
2.1 GB

4.3GB
1.05 GB
2.1 GB
4.3GB

Narrow
Narrow
Narrow
Wide
Wide
Wide

Tape Drives
TZ87, TZ857*, TZ877, TZ88,
See Storage Devices for ordering information.
TZ885, TZ887, TSZ07, TKZ15-VA,
TLZ09, TKZ09, TKZ60, TKZ61,
TKZ62, TL810, TL812, TL820,
TL822, TL826
Optical Libraries
RW525-ZA
RW531-ZC
RW532-ZF
RW536-ZF
RWZ52-FA

19 GB Optical Library, 1 drive

38 GB Optical Library, 2 drives
76 GB Optical Library, 4 drives
170 GB Optical Library, 4 drives

1.3 GB Tabletop Optical Library

* Loader support for Digital UNIX is available via DECnsr.

Step 9-Networks and Communications
Two twisted-pair 802.3lEthernet controllers on KFfIA-AA system I/O module are included with each Base Server; DE435
or DE500 network interface card included with Expanded Base Server. See Step 6 for twisted-pair Ethernet cable part
number. Optional DEFPZ-AAlUA (FDDI) daughter card can be installed on KFTIA-AA system I/O module. Select
additional devices if required. Note: Connection of system to Ethernet requires twisted-pair cable. See Network Products
Guide for details.
LAN Communications Controllers-KFTIA-AA daughter cards
• Maximum one FDDIcontroller daughter card per KFTIA-AA I/O module.
• System maximum of three FDDlcontroller daughter cards.
FDDlcontroller Fiber - Single attachment station--daughter card for mounting on KFTIA-AA.
DEFPZ-AA
Requires BN24x cable.
Fiber-Optic Cable, Dual 2.5 mm Bayonet "ST" type connectors
BN24E-xx
Fiber-Optic Cable, Dual 2.5 mm Bayonet "ST" type connector to FDDI "MIC" connector
BN24D-xx
DEFPZ-UA
BN26M-xx
BN26S-xx

FDDlcontroller Fiber - Twisted-pair copper-daughter card for mounting on KFTIA-AA.
Requires BN26x cable.
8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, EIA/TIA Category 5 cable
8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, crossover, EIAffIA Category 5 cable

Alpha Servers 2.157

AlphaServer 8200

Step 9-Networks and Communications (continued)
LAN Communications Controllers--PCI based
• Requires DWLPB-CAlCB, PCI shelf mount box.
• System maximum of six DEFPA-AAlDA/UAfMA FDDI controllers
DE43S-AA

DE4S0-CA

DE4S0-TA

DESOO-XA
DEFPA-AA

DEFPA-DA

BN34A-xx
BN34B-xx
BN34D-xx
DEFPA-MA

DEFPA-UA

BN26M-xx
BN26S-xx
BN2SH-03
DGLPB-AB

2.158 Alpha Servers

Digital Etherworks 32-bit High Performance Network Interface Card--.supports twisted-pair,
thick wire, and ThinWire (uses one PCI slot). Open VMS and Digital UNIX support eight per PCI,
maximum eight per system. Requires appropriate cable.
PCI-to-Ethernet 3-port Adapter-{uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS (V6.2) and Digital UNIX
(V3.2C) support eight per PCI, maximum eight per system. Two patch kits required to support
PE450 with Open VMS V6.2.
PCI-to-Ethernet I-port Adapter-{uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS (V6.2) and Digital UNIX
(V3.2C) support eight per PCI, maximum eight per system. Two patch kits required to support
DE450 with Open VMS V6.2.
Fast Ethernet (100 Mbit) PCI Adapter-{uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS (V6.2) and Digital UNIX
(V3.2C) support eight per PCI, maximum eight per system.
FDDlcontroIler Fiber - Single attachment station MultiMode Fiber-(uses one PCI slot).
OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support six per DWLPB, maximum six per system with Digital UNIX
V3.2G and OpenVMS V6.2, V6.2-1H2, V6.2-1H3 operating system releases. Requires BN34x "SC"
type connecting cable.
FDDlcontroIler Fiber - Dual attachment station MultiMode Fiber-(uses one PCI slot).
OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support six per DWLPB, maximum six per system with Digital UNIX
V3.2G and Open VMS V6.2, V6.2-1H2, V6.2-1H3 operating system releases. Requires BN34x "SC"
type connecting cable.
MultiMode Fiber Optic Duplex cable--"SC" connector to "ST" connector
MultiMode Fiber Optic Duplex cable--"SC" connector to "SC" connector
MultiMode Fiber Optic Duplex cable--"SC" connector to "MIC" connector
FDDlcontroIler Copper - Dual attachment station DAS-(uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS and
Digital UNIX support six per DWLPB, maximum six per system with Digital UNIX V3.2G and
OpenVMS V6.2, V6.2-1H2, V6.2-1H3 operating system releases. Requires BN26x or BN25H
connecting cables.
FDDlcontroller Fiber - Single attachment station UTP-(uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS and
Digital UNIX support six per DWLPB, maximum six per system with Digital UNIX V3.2G and
OpenVMS V6.2, V6.2-1H2, V6.2-1H3 operating system releases. Requires BN26x or BN25H
connecting cables.
8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, EIAITIA Category 5 cable
8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, crossover, EIAITIA Category 5 cable
3-meter Unshielded twisted pair RJ45 connectors
ATMworks 350 ATM PCI bus adapter (uses one PCI slot). Digital UNIX V4.0a supports four per
PCI, maximum four per system.

AlphaServer 8200

Step 9-Networks and Communications (continued)
LAN Communications Controllers-EISA based
• Requires DWLPB-CA and KFE70-BA, EISA bridge module set.
• See EISA Bus IRQ Address Table.
DNSES-AA
Synchronous Communications Controller-(uses one EISA slot). Digital UNIX and OpenVMS
support one per EISA, maximum one per system. Requires BC19x cable.
BC19B-02
EIA-422-NV.ll adapter cable; can be extended with BC55D-33
BC19D-02
EIA-232-DN.24 adapter cable; can be extended with BC22F-xx
BC19E-02
EIA-423-NV.I0 adapter cable; can be extended with BC55D-33
V.35 adapter cable; can be extended with BC19L-25
BC19F-02
DW300-AA
Token Ring Adapter-(uses one EISA slot) Digital UNIX supports one per EISA, maximum one
per system. Requires BN26M cable.
BN26M-xx
802.51T0ken Ring twisted-pair cable; 8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, EIAITIA Category 5 cable
CXIOI-AA
Digiboard Asynchronous XemlISA Multiport Serial Card with 16 RJ4S PORTSlXem Port(uses one EISA slot) supports one per EISA, maximum one CXIOI-ANAD per system. Supported on
Digital UNIX systems only.
CXIOI-AB
Digiboard PORTSlXem, 16 RJ4S Port Concentrator-mounts separately from PCI bus.
Maximum of three CXIOI-AB can be attached to CXIOI-AA; provides up to 48 additional ports.
Supported on Digital UNIX systems only.
CXIOI-AD
Digiboard Asynchronous EPCIX Multiport Serial Card with 16 RJ4S Port EPC/CON-16
Concentrator-(uses one EISA slot) supports one per EISA, maximum one CXIOI-ANAD per
system. Supported on Digital UNIX systems only.
CXIOI-AE
Digiboard EPC/CON-16 Concentrator-mounts separately from PCI bus. Maximum of three
CXIOI-AE can be attached to CXIOI-AD; provides up to 48 additional ports. Supported on Digital
UNIX systems only.
Digiboard RJ45 to DB25 Male Converter
CXIOI-AC
CXIOI-AF
Digiboard RJ45 to DECMJ11 Adapter-Eight per package
Local and Wide Area Communications Servers
Each communications server requires 802.3IEthemet connection. Depending on server selected, either ThinWire BNC-type
connection (e.g., BC16M cable) or thick wire 15-pin AUI transceiver cable (e.g., BNE3x) is required. Additional items
also required-see the Network Products Guide.
Network Connectivity Products
See Network Products Guide for details.

Step 9a-MEMORY CHANNEL Controller
Digital UNIX Systems
• Requires Digital UNIX V3.2E (Digital UNIX V3.2D plus TruCluster software or MEMORY CHANNEL Driver
software).
• Each system node in a MEMORY CHANNEL cluster requires a software license.
• Servers in a compute-server array require a Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL License.
• Servers in a TruCluster high-availability environment require a license for TruCluster for Digital UNIX.
• The following options are not currently supported with MEMORY CHANNEL: DJ-ML200, DNSES-AA, CIPCA
CIXCD, DE500-XA
OpenVMS Systems
• Requires OpenVMS V7.1 and OpenVMS Cluster License
• The following options are not currently supported with MEMORY CHANNEL: DNSES-AA, DE500-XA

Alpha Servers 2.159

AIphaServer 8200

Step 9a-MEMORY CHANNEL Controller (continued)
MEMORY CHANNEL requirements for currently installed AlphaServer 8200 systems:
- Console firmware at revision V2.3 or higher.
- CCMAA-BA Adapter must be installed in slots 0-7 of a DWLPA-CA PCI; no restriction for DWLPB-CA PCI bus.
o

For two-system nodes, order one CCMAA-BA per system and one BC12N-I0 cable to connect them.
For three or more system nodes, order CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) one CCMAA-BA and one BC12N10 cable per system node.
CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) is configured with four CCMLA-AA Line Cards and supports up to four
nodes. Expansion up to eight system nodes can be achieved by adding up to four additional CCMLA-AA Line Cards.

CCMAA-BA
CCMHA-AA
CCMLA-AA
BC12N-IO
QB-3RLAQ-AA
QB-4ZCAQ-AA
QL-MUZAQ-AA

PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller-Maximum two supported.
MEMORY CHANNEL Hub with 4 Line Cards
MEMORY CHANNEL Line Card for use with MEMORY CHANNEL Hub (CCMHA-AA)
MEMORY CHANNEL Cable
TruCluster Software for Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL license
OpenVMS Cluster license for Alpha systems

Ireland, United Kingdom
Egypt, India
Central Europe
Israel
Switzerland
Italy
Denmark
Australia, New Zealand

Step 10-Console Terminal
o
o

Console terminal with EIA-232 25-pin DSUB connector and printer required unless otherwise available.
Shielded console cable is included for connection to the console terminal.

VT510-xx
LA30N-xx
LK411-xx

VT510 terminal
LA30 printer
Keyboard

Step 11-Expansion-System Cabinet and 110 Expansion Cabinet
Step lla-System Cabinet
o
o
o

System Cabinet includes one single-phase power supply.
Provides space for additional redundant (N+l) power supply.
BA656 Internal Storage Drawer included in system cabinet; provides space to accommodate four additionaI3.5-inch
narrow SCSI devices including one tape device.
Provides space for six BA356-JB SCSI StorageWorks Shelves, three DWLPB-CA (PCI shelf mount boxes) or
combination of StorageWorks and PCI shelves.
- For each DWLPB-CA placed in system cabinet, subtract two BA356-JB shelves from maximum available. Example:
One DWLPB-CA in system cabinet allows for a maximum of four BA356-JB shelves.

Shelf Mount Boxes

Quantity

StorageWorks shelves (BA356-JB)
PCI shelf mount box (DWLPB-CA)

6 maximum (see limits above)

2.160 Alpha Servers

3 maximum

AlphaServer 8200

Step llb-IIO Expansion Cabinet
•
•
•
•

I/O expansion cabinet includes one single-phase power supply.
Provides space for additional redundant (N+1) power supply.
Maximum four I/O channels supported in each I/O expansion cabinet.
Space for 16 BA356-JB SCSI StorageWorks Shelves, four DWLPB-CB (PCI Rack mount boxes) or combination
StorageWorks and PCI shelves.
- For each DWLPB-CB placed in expansion cabinet, subtract two BA356-JB shelves from maximum available.
Example: Three DWLPB-CB in expansion cabinet allows for a maximum of ten BA356-JB shelves.

Shelf Mount Boxes

Quantity

StorageWorks shelf (BA356-JB)
PCI shelf mount box (DWLPB-CB)

16 maximum (see limits above)
4 maximum

H9BIO-EA

110 Expansion Cabinet-Single Phase power, maximum two per system

Note: See Step 2 for selection of appropriate power cord-one per I/O expansion cabinet. If redundant supply (H7266AD/AE) is ordered, power cord is not required.

Step 12-Power Options
• Power options are available for AlphaServer 8200 system and expansion cabinets.
• System cabinet and expansion cabinet includes one power supply (H7266-AA)-200-240 V AC input voltage, 48VDC,
2400 watt, output supply.
• Power system supports N+ 1 power redundancy and battery backup capability.
· If redundant power supply is ordered, power cord in Step 2 no longer required.
H7266-AD
H7266-AE

Single Phase 48V DC redundant power supply-60 Hz power connector, maximum one per cabinet
Single Phase 48V DC redundant power supply-50 Hz power connector, maximum one per cabinet

Note: See Specifications for infonnation on appropriate power supply to order.

Step 12a-Battery Backup Options
• Optional battery backup requires addition ofH7267-AA to each power supply in system cabinet and expansion cabinets.
• Battery backup provides up to 5 minutes of capacity to power contents of system and expansion cabinets.
H7267-AA
H7239-AA

Battery Backup Option Kit-Includes batteries, charger board, installation manual for adding battery
backup operation to one power supply (H7266-AA, H7266-AD, H7266-AE). Can be field installed.
Battery Pack replacement option-Includes two battery packs for replacement of batteries in power
supply (H7266-AA, H7266-AD, H7266-AE). Field installed only.

Step 12b-Power Option for BA356 StorageWorks Shelves
• Provides N+1 power for BA356-JB StorageWorks shelves.
• Occupies one slot in StorageWorks shelf.
BA35X-HG

48V DC 150W Redundant Power Supply for StorageWorks shelf; includes 48VDC jumper cable for
connecting to first power supply in StorageWorks shelf.

Alpha Servers 2.161

AlphaServer 8200

Step 13-Software
Select user licenses and additional software as required. Note: Media and documentation required for first system on site.
Software Processor Code

Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at
user discretion.
QL-MT7AM-3B
QL-MT7AM-3C
QL-MT7AM-3D
QL-MT7AM-3E
QL-MT7AM-3F
QL-MT7AM-3G
QL-MT7AM-3H
QL-MT7AQ-i\A
QL-MT5AQ-AA
QL-MT6AQ-AA
QL-MTJAQ-AA
QL-MTKAQ-AA
QB-05SAQ-AA

Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I-user license
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 2-user license
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 4-user license
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 8-user license
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I6-user license
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 32-user license
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 64-user license
Digital UNIX Traditional unlimited user license
Digital UNIX developer's extension license
Digital UNIX server extension license
DECnetJOSI end-system license
DECnetJOSI extended function license
DECsafe Available Server license and documentation (Digital UNIX only). Media available on
layered product CD-ROM. KZMSA or KZPSA adapter required.

Digital UNIX Media and Documentation
QA-MT4AA-H8
QA-MT4AA-GZ
QA-MT4AB-GZ
QA-MT5AA-GZ
QA-MT6AA-GZ

Digital UNIX media and on-line documentation (base system, complementary products) on CD-ROM
Digital UNIX full hardcopy documentation
Digital UNIX end user hardcopy documentation subkit
Digital UNIX developer's extension hardcopy documentation subkit
Digital UNIX server extension hardcopy documentation subkit

OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses
OpenVMS Concurrent Use license provide the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of
concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one system to
another at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha cluster.
QL-MT3AA-3B
QL-MT3AA-3C
QL-MT3AA-3D
QL-MT3AA-3E
QL-MT3AA-3F
QL-MT3AA-3G
QL-MT3AA-3H
QL-MT3AA-3J
QL-MT3AA-3K
QL-MT2AQ-AA
QL-MTFAQ-AA
QL-MTHAQ-AA

2.162 Alpha Servers

OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 2-user license
Open VMS Concurrent Use 4-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 8-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use I6-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 32-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 64-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use I28-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 256-user license
OpenVMS Traditional unlimited user license
DECnetJOSI end-system license
DECnetJOSI extended function license

AlphaServer 8200

Step 13-Software (continued)
OpenVMS Media and Documentation
QA-MTIAA-HS
QA-09SAA-GZ
QA-OOIAA-GZ

OpenVMS media and documentation on CD-ROM
OpenVMS base hardcopy documentation
OpenVMS full hardcopy documentation

Layered Products CD-ROM
QA-OS4AA-HS
QA-03XAA-HS

Layered products media and documentation for Digital UNIX
Layered products media and documentation for OpenVMS

Digital NAS Base Server 200 Software
Digital NAS Base Server 200 software included with base AlphaServer 8200 systems. Media available on layered product
CD-ROM.

Step 14-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services
Hardware---Americas and Asia Pacific only
• Systems include one-year hardware warranty, on-site, same day, 4-hour response time.
• Select optional Hardware Supplemental Support Services if required.
AlphaServer 8200
One CPU
Two CPUs
less than 2 GB memory less than 2 GB memory

TwoCPUs
2 GB memory

FM-SU4HR-36

FM-SD4HR-36

FM-SG4HR-36

FM-SUS12-36

FM-SDS12-36

FM-SGS12-36

FM-SU616-36

FM-SD616-36

FM-SG616-36

FM-SU724-36

FM -SD724-36

FM-SG724-36

FM-SU4HR-60

FM-SD4HR-60

FM-SG4HR-60

FM-SUS12-60

FM-SDS12-60

FM-SGS12-60

FM-SU616-60

FM-SD616-60

FM-SG616-60

FM-SU724-60

FM -SD724-60

FM-SG724-60

Years 1-3,5 x 9, 4-hour response time
Years 1-3,5 x 12, 4-hour response time
Years 1-3,6 x 16, 4-hour response time
Years 1-3, 7 x 24, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5,5 x 9, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5,5 x 12, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5,6 x 16, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5,7 x 24, 4-hour response time

Software---Americas and Asia Pacific only
• Systems include 90-day Conformance to SPD and Telephone Advisory Support. Select optional Software Supplemental
Support Services, if required.
• Software service upgrades for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS include advisory and remedial software support with new
version license rights for operating system and Digital NAS Base Server 200 for the time period indicated.
AlphaServer 8200 One CPU Systems
FM-S2UOS-12
FM-S2UOS-36
FM-S2UOS-60

12-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX one CPU systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX one CPU systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX one CPU systems

AlphaServer 8200 One CPU Systems
FM-S2UVM-12
FM-S2UVM-36
FM-S2UVM-60

12-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS one CPU systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS one CPU systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS one CPU systems

Alpha Servers 2.163

AIphaServer 8200

Step 14-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services (continued)
AIphaServer 8200 Two CPU Systems
FM·82DOS·12
FM·82DOS·36
FM·82DOS·60
FM·82DVM·12
FM·82DVM·36
FM·82DVM·60

12-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX two CPU systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX two CPU systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX two CPU systems
12-month Software Supplemental Support for Open VMS two CPU systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for Open VMS two CPU systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS two CPU systems

Step 14a-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services (Europe only)
Europe does not have specific part numbers for Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. Prices can be
quoted using the Excelerator tool; contact MCS Sales in your country for information on Hardware and Software
Supplemental Support Services.

Step IS-Environmental Power Products
See UPS Solutions for AlphaServer 8200 systems following Specifications.

2.164 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 8200

Optional Controller Configuration Table
I

With multiple adapters that provide the same interface available on different VO buses it is possible to exceed operating
system limit on the number of ports supported for that interface. Follow these guidelines for maximum number of ports
that each operating system supports. Fill in this table under the relevant area, add up number of controllers/ports available,
and verify that operating system limits will not be exceeded. Do not exceed these values.
A
B
Number
Number
of
of
PortslBuses Options

Option Name
SCSI Options
Included KFTIA·AA liD module, one single-ended and three FWD
SCSI ports*
Additional KFTIA·AA liD module, one single-ended and three
FWD SCSI ports
KZPSA·BB PCI fast wide differential SCSI adapter
Add column "C"-must be less than or equal to value listed under
operating system to be used.

C
Total
Ports
(A *B)

Digital UNIX OpenVMS
Limit
Limit

4
1

802.3lEthernet Options
Included KFTIA-AA 110 module, two 802.3IEthernet ports*
Additional KFTIA·AA 110 module, two 802.3IEthernet ports
DE435·AA PCI 802.3IEthernet controller, DE450 and DE500
Add column "C"-must be less than or equal to value listed under
operating system to be used.

2
2

FDDI Options
Included KFTIA·AA liD module, optional FDDI daughter card
installed (DEFPZ·AAlUA)*
Additional KFTIA·AA liD module, optional FDDI daughter card
installed (DEFPZ·AAlUA)
DEFPA·AA/DA/UA/MA PCI FDDlcontroller, one port each
!Add column "C"-must be less than or equal to value listed under
operating system to be used.

1
1
1

*Applies to Base Servers only.
EISA Bus IRQ Address Table
Configuration Rules and Information
• EISA Bus IRQ address assignments are for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems only.
• In some cases, the maximum number of each supported device is less than number of EISA bus addresses available; this
is due to other limitations.
• Only one device can occupy any given IRQ address; if multiples of a device are configured, each device occupies a
separate address.
• Match each device to one available address. (Note: With the table as a worksheet, fill in "0" for each device; fill in only
one "0" per column).
• Actual IRQ address assignment will be made by EISA Configuration Utility (ECU), which is run during system
manufacture, or in the installed system if EISA bus is reconfigured.
Maximum of Each Supported
EISA Bus IRQ Addresses
Option
iDNSES.AA

DW300·AA

CXIOl·AA
CXIOl·AD

0
0

10
0
0

12
0

14
0

15
0
0

0
0

OpenVMS

Digital UNIX

1
1
1
1

0
0
0

Table Codes:

o = address is available for device
-

= address not available for device
NA = Not Applicable

Alpha Servers 2.165

AlphaServer 8200
System Cabinet
Front
I

Rear
I

0
0
0

I
Processor
System Unit

D-

DB ~
StorageWorks or
PCI I/O Shelves*
StorageWorks
Shelves

~~~JIJ~JIJ

}

Power Supplies

...

{

~ri'
······'1
- : ' . <,; .•.... ,
BU-3480

Expansion Cabinet
Front

Rear

StorageWorks
Shelves

StorageWorks or
PCI I/O Shelves*

.t(..

{ff§g=/

~~:lll~JIl

}

CCl Panel

{

}

Power Supplies

{
J-L-L--'--"-'=

* A PCI I/O shelf extends into the rear of the cabinet

A StorageWorks shelf cannot be located behind a PCI shelf.
BU-3481

2.166 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 8200
Specifications
Physical Characteristics

Operating

Shipping

Height
Width
Depth
Weight
Minimum configuration
Maximum configuration

170.0 cm (67.0 in.)
60.0 cm (23.6 in.)
92.5 cm (36.4 in.)

194.0 cm (76.25 in.)
91.5 cm (36.0 in.)
121.5 cm (47.9 in.)

318 kg (700 lb.)
591 kg «1300 lb.)

363 kg (800 lb)
636 kg (1400 lb.)

Clearances

Operating

Service

Front
Rear
Sides

1.0 m (40 in.)
.75 m (29.5 in.)

1.5 m (59 in.)
1.0 m (40 in.)

Environmental

Operating

Non-Operating

Temperature
Humidity
Altitude
Vibration
Heat dissipation·

10° to 35°C (50° to 95°F)
-40° to 66°C (-40° to 151°F)
10% to 90%
10% to 95%
0-2.4 km (0-8200 ft)
9,100 m (30,000 ft)
2-22 Hz @ 0.01 "da minimum 22-500 Hz @ 0.25g max.
Minimally configured system1
(system cabinet)
3200 Btu/hr, 930 W
Fully configured system2
(system cabinet)
9100 Btu/hr, 2647 W
Fully configured system3
(system cabinet with two
110 expansion cabinets)
21,300 Btu/hr, 6234 W

Regulatory
UL Listed to UL1950
CSA Certified to CAN/C22.2 No. 950-M89
FCC Part 15 (Class A)
CE Declaration #1259
EN 60950/Al, Jan. 1993, European Norm
Reviewed to
AS/NZS 3260:1993, AustralianlNew Zealand Standard
EMKO-TSE{ 74-SEC} Summary of Nordic Deviations
lEC950, 2nd Ed., 2nd Amend.
US/Canada/Japan
Europe/AP
Power Requirements4
Nominal AC input line voltage 202-240 (208) V Japan (202) V 202-240 (240) V
Frequency range
50-60 Hz
50-60 Hz
Phases
Single-phase line-to-line
Single-phase line-to-line
or line-to-neutral
or line-to-neutral
16 Arms
16 Arms
Maximum input current
Surge current
80 A peak
80 A peak
16 A
16 A
Rating
BN23H-4E
BN20P-4E
Power cord part number
4.5 meters (15 feet)
4.5 meters (15 feet)
Power cord length
DEC 12-30333-03
DEC 12-16886-00
Power ~ap (system)
NEMAL6-30P
NEMAL6-30R
Receptacle
lEC 309 (32Ai
2 Pole/3-Wire (220-240V)
PCSIPDSIPDU/uPS cable
BC26E
Agency approvals

1 Minimally configured system contains one power supply, one CPU module, one memory module, one System
I/O module, one CD-ROM, and one RZ28 disk drive.
2 Fully configured system contains two power supplies, one CPU module, two memory modules, two System I/O
modules, one CD-ROM, 16 RZ28 drives, two PCI shelves, and two StorageWorks shelves.
3 Fully configured system and two expansion cabinets consists of the above "fully configured system" and two
expansion cabinets which each contain one PCI shelf, 14 StorageWorks shelves, and 84 RZ28 disk drives.
4 Power system provides unity power factor which allows full utilization of the input line current (Watts = VA).
5 Receptacle type is Hubbell 332R6 or equivalent.

Alpha Servers 2.167

AlphaServer 8200 UPS Solutions

Recommended On-Line Power ProtectionlUPS Solutions for AlphaServer 8200 systems
For complete protection, UPS products should be used with data line surge protectors-4N-GA249-AB (2 wire modem),
4N-GA249-CA (lOBaseT), 4N-GASI0-BF (ThinWire). See TVSS section of Environmental Products Chapter.
System

Storage

UPS Model

Receptacle Module for Plug-in Connection

AlphaServer 8200
(Single phase)

None

4N-AEAAJ-CL (60 Hz)
4N-AEAAJ-CU (50 Hz)

Included

50Hz
Hardwired

SWSOO or
Expansion Cabinet

4N-AEAAL-BA

4N-AEACK-BN

Hardwired

SW800

4N-AEAAN-BA (60 Hz)
4N-AEAAN-BE (50 Hz)

4N-AEACM-BN

Hardwired

60Hz

UPS Models
4N-AEAAJ-CL

4N-AEAAJ-CU
4N-AEAAL-BA
4N-AEAAN-BA
4N-AEAAN-BE
Options
4N-AEACM-BN
4N-AEACM-BK
4N-AEACH-HD

Prestige 6kVA (4kW), single phase, 60 Hz, 208V-120/208V, 6 ft. cord with L6-30P and (2) L6-30R, (8) S-lSR
receptacles. Modular hot-swap design with 7 minutes battery at full load, extendible plug and play batteries and
receptacle provisions. Unit includes 3 year hot swap warranty. Substitute -CT for 240V-2401120V operation.
Prestige 6kVA (4kW) SO Hz package, single phase, SO/60 Hz, 200-240V in and out, selectable; hardwired
input/output.
PUPS plus IOkVA (7kW), single-phase, SO/60Hz, 176-276V in, 200-240V out, 9 minutes battery at full load;
hardwired with optional plug-in output receptacle modules.
PUPS plus lSkVA (10kW), three-phase, SO/60Hz, 176-2S6V in, 200-240V out, 10 minutes battery at full load;
hardwired with optional plug-in output receptacle modules.
PUPS plus lSkVA (lOkW), three-phase, SO/60Hz, International model rated 380/41SV in, 380/41S1220V out;
hardwired input/output.
PUPS plus lSkVA receptacle module (3) L6-30R, (3) S-20R, (2) LS-20R
PUPS plus lSkVA receptacle module (2) L21-30R, (3) S-20R
Mobile module stacker for Prestige 6kVA models (includes siesmic supports)

UPS Monitoring and Unattended Shutdown Software (for above UPS systems only)
Includes cables, media and documentation.
UPS System

Digital UNIX

OpenVMS

Prestige UPS

4N-AEAES-AK

4N-AEAES-EM

PUPS plus UPS

4N-AEAES-AK

4N-AEAES-FM

Network Management or multi shutdown*

4N-AEAES-BK

Call for information

* Requires Connect-UPS Network Adapter (SNMP compatible) - for Digital UNIX systems, suffixes denote twisted pairlThinWire
4N-AEAEO-DAIDC for 60Hz applications
4N-AEAEO-DEIDD for SOHz applications

2.168 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount

AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount
Product Description

The AlphaServer 8200 5/300, 5/350 and 5/440 Rackmount Systems are based on
a rackmounted drawer that provides the environment for the five slot card cage
and modules for the AlphaServer 8200 5/300, 5/350 and 5/440 departmental
server. The Rackmount provides the same functionality plus support for XMI
and VME in the tall 81" cabinet or any other 19" RETMA cabinet with the
proper depth. It is the highest performance departmental server in the industry. It
can be configured with up to six of the world's fastest microprocessors (Alpha
microprocessor 21164). With the enormous capacity of the Alpha 64-bit
architecture, up to 6 GB of memory, PCI, XMI and VME of up to a combination
of more than 100 slots, this server offers room for growth for the largest and
most complex applications.
The AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount runs OpenVMS or Digital UNIX operating
systems and offers the reliability and availability features customers require for
bet-your-business environments. Clusters, hot swap disks, RAID, ECC, memory
and data paths, fault management along with space for many supported options
including third party 19" RETMA compatible options are available.
All system building blocks and options stand alone as 19" rackmount assemblies
and plug directly into 240V AC power strips provided with the system cabinet,
all air flow is front to rear in order to allow ultimate flexibility in the final
configuration of unique systems, and all cable egress is from the rear which
helps in the management of high interface cable situations.
The AlphaServer 8200 provides supercomputer performance for the department.
The AlphaServer 8200 has single processor floating point performance that
dominates the competition in the generic benchmarks and wins at the
application level as well. And, with up to 6 GB of memory, this server can
provide all the benefits that Very Large MemoryN ery Large Database
(VLMNLDB)systems have provided in the past.
Note: This Configuration menu for the Rackmount AlphaServer 8200 is
intended to be a supplement to the non Rackmount Standard 8200. Only the
unique Rackmount Features and Options will be listed here. Refer to
AlphaServer 8200 configuration menu for: SMP Expansion, Memory, Supported
Options, Storage Devices, and Software.

Alpha Servers 2.169

AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount

Step I-Base Server System
• AlphaServer 8200 5/300 and 5/350 Systems require
- Digital UNIX V3.2B or later, and OpenVMS V6.2 or
later
• AlphaServer 8200 5/440 Systems require
- Digital UNIX V3.2G or later, and OpenVMS V6.2IH3 or later
• Software media and documentation required for first
system on site.
• Console terminal required unless available on site.

• Base Servers include 5 slot backplane-three slots are
used by CPU module, memory module, and
KFTIA-AA system 110 module.
- Two slots available for additional CPU, memory, or
system 110 module(s).
• CD-ROM and RZ28-VA disk included in BA36R
StorageWorks shelf, are connected via single ended
SCSI-2 port on KFfIA-AA system 110 module.
- Three additionaI3.5-inch Storage Works devices can
be added to the BA36R Storage shelf.
• 240V Universal single phase power is required for
system, see Step 2.

AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount Base Systems include
• Processor module with
- One or two Alpha microprocessor 21164
5/300 or 5/350 MHz CPU(s), each CPU includes
4 MB Backup cache, or
- Two Alpha microprocessor 21164
5/440 MHz CPUs, each includes 4 MB Backup cache
• AlphaServer 8200 5/440 Systems require
- Digital UNIX V3.2G or Digital UNIX V4.0a,
or OpenVMS V6.2-1H3, or later
System 110 module (KFTIA-AA) includes 110 channel
for DWLPR-A9 or DWLMR-BA, two twisted-pair
802.3IEthemet, single-ended SCSI-2 port, and three Fast
Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI-2 ports
• 128 MB, 256 MB, 512 MB, or 2 GB of memory
• BA36R-AF StorageWorks Storage Shelf

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

RZ28-VA 2 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk
600 MB CD-ROM drive
Universal 240V single phase power
H9AI5-CB 80" cabinet with rear door, side panels, and
vented top
Factory installed software
Digital UNIX base license or Open VMS base license
NAS 200 Software
One year hardware product warranty
90 days software product warranty
Requires 31.5 inches of vertical rackmounting space
System installation included with AlphaServer 8200
5/440 Base Servers only

Single"CPU Systems
!

5/300 Servers

5/350 Servers

5/440 Servers

Operating System

Memory

DA-AMIAB-A9
DA-AMIAD-A9

DA-AMICB-A9
DA-AMICD-A9

N/A
N/A

Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX

128MB
512MB

DY -AMIAB-A9
DY-AMIAD-A9

DY-AMICB-A9
DY-AMICD-A9

N/A
N/A

OpenVMS
OpenVMS

128MB
512MB

p\ltil~cPU.Systems

DA-AMIBB-A9
DA-AMIBC-A9
DA-AMIBD-A9
DA-AMIBF -A9

DA-AMIDB-A9
DA-AMIDC-A9
DA-AMIDD-A9
DA-AMIDF-A9

DY-AMIBC-A9
DY -AMIBD-A9
DY-AMIBF-A9

DY-AMIDC-A9
DY-AMIDD-A9
DY-AMIDF-A9

2.170

Alpha Servers

DA-AM2FB-A9
N/A

DA-AM2FD-A9
DA-AM2FF-A9
N/A

DY-AM2FD-A9
DY-AM2FF-A9

\: '\"'~'1' ~.L,:::;;,;:;··; ;:~

•• y

Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX

128MB
256MB
512MB
2GB

OpenVMS
OpenVMS
OpenVMS

256MB
512MB
2GB

AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount

Step la-AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Rackmount System Building Blocks
Note: System Building Blocks are an alternative to standard Base Servers listed in Step 1. They provide flexibility in
configuring the AlphaServer 8200 with a choice of memory and 1I0 options.
System Building Block Requirements
•
•
•
•
•
•

Minimum of one Memory module
Minimum of one System 110 module
SCSI controller
Systems require Digital UNIX V3.2B or later, and OpenVMS V6.2 or later
Console terminal required unless available on site
System includes 5 slot backplane-three slots are used by CPU, memory, and system 1I0 modules
- Two slots available for additional CPU, memory, or system 1I0 module(s)
• The SBB is the 5 slot Rackmount 8200 drawer with either a single or dual CPU.
• If factory installed Software is required, a BA36R-AF StorageWorks Shelf, CD-ROM and system disk are required.
· If required a cabinet and appropriate controller can be ordered separately.
Ordering Information
300 MHz Rackmount SBB
751XR-A9
752XR-A9

A ready to mount AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount Drawer 240V with single CPU. No memory. No
1I0. No operating system. Requires 24.5 inches of vertical rackmounting space.
A ready to mount AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount Drawer 240V with dual CPU. No memory. No 1I0.
No operating system. Requires 24.5 inches of vertical rackmounting space.

350 MHz Rackmount SBB
753XR-A9
754XR-A9

440 MHz Rackmount SBB
756XR-A9

A ready to mount AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount Drawer 240V with dual CPU. No memory. No 1I0.
No operating system. Requires 24.5 inches of vertical rackmounting space.

· If KFfHA-AA 1I0 module is selected the following PCI or XMI components must be ordered to provide the interface to
CD-ROM drive in the BA35R-SF or BA36R-AF.
· If KFfIA-AA 1I0 module is selected these components are not required.
Required for PCI systems:
DWLPR-A9
KZPAA-AA*
BN21H-02

Rackmount PCI unit
PCI single-ended SCSI controller
SCSI cable

* KZPAA is restricted as CD-ROM controller only. Maximum one per system.
Required for XMI systems:
DWLMR-BA
KZMSA-AB
CK-KZMSA-RB
BN21H-02

Rackmount XMI unit
XMI single-ended SCSI controller
KZMSA internal cabinet kit. One required for each KZMSA.
SCSI cable

Note: Complete system configuration beginning with Step 2.

Alpha Servers 2.171

AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount

Step 2-Power Controllers
Two required for each system cabinet. Cabinets are equipped with two (2) H7600-AB power controllers. Each H7600
requires 1.75 inches of vertical mounting space.
North America 220/240V 24 Amp Twist-Lock
Elsewhere 220/240 16 Amp Pin-and-Sleeve

H7600-AB
H7600-BB

Step 3-CPU Symmetric MultiProcessing (SMP) Expansion
• See Step 3 AlphaServer 8200 configuration menu

Step 4-AlphaServer Expansion Packages
• Consult CSS

Step 5-Memory
• See Step 4 of AlphaServer 8200 configuration menu

Step 6-1/0 Expansion Buses
The PCI, EMI and VME I/O buses are available on AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount systems. Application and system
configuration constraints will determine maximum configuration. Configuration limits exist at the I/O bus level and
controller level. Verify maximum number of allowed controllers as listed in Controller Configuration Table.
•
•
•
•

Each DWLPR-A91B9 (PCI or PCI with EISA Drawer) contains 12 PCI slots
Each DWLMR-A9 (XMI Rackmount Drawer) contains 14 XMI slots
Each 2T-DWLVR-A9 (VME Rackmount Chassis) contain 6 VME slots
The PCI and XMI shelves connect directly to system via a HOSE cable to either the KFfIA-AA or KFfHA-AA.
Maximum nine HOSE connections supported per system.
• VME Chassis is connected to system via a PCI with a PCI to VME bridge Kit. Maximum of one supported per PCI.
• Both EISA and VME cannot be supported in the same PCI chassis.
DWLPR-A9

PCI Rackmount Chassis contains 12 PCI slots. Each DWLPR-A9 requires 7 inches of vertical
rackmounting space.

KFE70-CA

DWLPR-B9

2T-DWLVR-A9Z.3

DWPVC-AA
DWPVC-BA
BC32D-08
BC32E-03

PCI to EISA Bridge; Converts 12-s10t PCI bus to 2 EISA, 6 PCIlEISA, and 2 PCI slots.
Includes RX26 diskette drive, mounting hardware, and cables to mount RX26. Maximum one
EISA Bridge option supported per system.) Each KFE70-CAlDWLPR-A9 requires 8.75 inches
of vertical rackmounting space.
12 Slot PCI Drawer with KFE70-CA embedded. Contains 2 EISA, 6 PCIlEISA, and 2 PCI
slots. Maximum one DWLPR-B9 unit is supported per system.) Each DWLPR-B9 requires 8.75
inches of vertical rackmounting space.
6 VME Slot Rackmount Chassis; connects to system via PCI with a PCI to VME Bridge Kit.
(Maximum one VME supported per PCI). Each 2T-DWLVR-A9 requires 14 inches of vertical
rackmounting space, a line card kit, and both signal cables listed below.
PCI to VME line card kit for OpenVMS systems, or
PCI to VME line card kit for Digital UNIX
and
Signal cable from PCI to VME I/O panel, and
Signal cable from VME I/O panel to VME module

1 Maximum of one EISA bus per system.
2 The EISA option and the VME option cannot be supported together on the same PCI Chassis.
3. Selection of either PCI to VME line card kit for OpenVMS or Digital UNIX is required for 6 VME Slot Rackmount chassis
(2T-DWLVR-A9). Either line card kit requires both signal cables (BC32D-08 and BC32E-03).

2.172 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer H2UU Kaclilllount

Step 7-System 110 Modules
• See Step 6 AlphaServer 8200 configuration menu.

Step 8-Storage Controllers
• See Step 7 AlphaServer 8200 configuration menu
• BA36R-AF/AR (Wide) StorageWorks shelves and BA35R-AF/AR (Narrow) StorageWorks shelves are recommended
for use with Rackmount systems. Select appropriate SCSI cables to connect from controller to these shelves.

Step 9-Storage
• See Step 8 AlphaServer 8200 configuration menu
• BA36R-AF and BA36R-AR wide StorageWorks shelves, and
BA35R-AF and BA35R-AR narrow StorageWorks shelves are supported on Rackmount systems.
• 8-bit narrow and 16-bit wide devices are supported on Rackmount systems
• Base system includes one StorageWorks shelf, a CD-ROM drive and one hard disk drive leaving 4 slots for 3.5" devices.
Note: BA655 or BA658 are not supported on Rackmount systems

Step 10-Networks and Communications
• See Step 9 Digital AlphaServer 8200 configuration menu
- DWLPR-A9 required for PCI based options
- DWLPR-B9 required for EISA based options
- KFE70-CA (EISAlPCI bridge)

Step II-Console Terminal
• Console terminal with EIA-232 25-pin DSUB connector and printer required unless otherwise available.
• Shielded console cable is included for connection to console terminal.
VT510-xx

VT510 terminal.

Step 12-Expansion (Storage Expansion Cabinet and 110 Expansion Cabinet)
If expansion is required, disks, tapes, I/O chassis or other, select same cabinet and power controllers as used in system
cabinet and stack. 71.75" rack space available. Use only devices with 240V AC or 120V1240V AC front ends.

Step 13-Power Expansion Components
• Base system cabinet includes two H7600-AB power controllers and one power supply.
• Redundant (N+1) power supply option is not supported on the Rackmount AlphaServer 8200 system.
• Battery backup capability is not supported on the Rackmount AlphaServer 8200 system. The use of UPS system is
recommended.

Step 14-Software
• See Step 13 AlphaServer 8200 configuration menu.

Alpha Servers 2.173

Alpna~erver lS:lUU Kackmount

Step 1S-Environmental Power Products
See AlphaServer 8200 UPS Solutions following Specifications in AlphaServer 8200 configuration menu ..

Configuring system in H9A15 Cabinet
The H9A15 cabinet is 80" tall and has 79.75" of standard 19" vertical rack space.
o

o
o
o

o
o

AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount SBB is 24.75" and can be mounted no lower than 7" from the bottom of cabinet to
provide bottom access to clock module replacement.
BA36R-AF is usually above the SBB with system disk and CD-ROM.
PCI drawer is recommended for bottom of cabinet with System Building Block above.
Two H7600 power strips can be mounted on rear in back of system storage shelf. One power strip should be used solely
for SBB with second supporting other cabinet options.
All other empty spaces can filled with options as required, or blank dress bezels will be installed.
The items usually configured in cabinet with SBB are all standard 19" RETMA compatible and occupy different heights
and depths. See chart below.

Options
System Building Block
~CI drawer (no EISA)
PCI drawer with EISA
XMI drawer

Rack Height
24.75"
7.00"
8.75"

6 slot VME drawer
BA36R-AF/AR shelves

7.00"
7.00"

Depthl
32.00"
25.00"
25.00"
34.50"
23.50"
10.00"

15.75"

1. Does not include cable egress allowance.

Specifications
Physical Characteristics

Operating

Shipping

Height
Width
Depth
Weight

202.0 cm (79.5 inches)
60.0 cm (23.6 inches
103.6 cm (40.8 inches)
318 kg (700 1b)

225.4 cm (88.8 inches)
91.5 cm (36.0 inches)
121.5 cm (47.9 inches)
352 kg (775 lb)

Clearance

Operating

Service

Front
Rear
Side

1.0 m 40 inches
.75 m 29.5 inches

1.5 m 59 inches
1.0 m 40 inches

Environmental

Operating

Non-operating

Temperature
Humidity
Altitude
Vibration

10° to 35°~ (50 to 95°F)
10% to 90%
o to 2.4M (0 to 8200 ft)
2-22Hz @ O.01"da min.

-40° to 66°C (-40° to 151°F)
10% - 95%
9,100m (30,000 ft)
22-500Hz @ 0.25 g max.

Heat Dissipation
Minimum Configuration
Max Single Cabinet
Configuration

3200 Btulhr, 930W
9100 Btulhr, 2647W

Power Requirements
Nominal AC input voltage
Frequency range
Phases
Max input current (Max Config)
Plugs from Cabinet
Receptacle
Regulatory Approvals

2.174 Alpha Servers

200-240V AC
47-63 Hz
Single-Phase
13.3 Arms
NEMA L6-20P (QTY=2)
NEMA L6-20R (QTY=2)
UL,CSA,IEC,FCC,CE

AlphaServer 84UU

AlphaServer 8400
Product Description

The AlphaServer 8400-using the world's fastest microprocessors, the Alpha
21164300 MHz, 350 MHz, or 440 MHz CPUs-is the world's fastest and
highest capacity enterprise server. It is the solution for the most demanding
business problems, at the best price.
The AlphaServer 8400 supports up to 12 processors with 4 GB memory, two
processors with 14 GB of memory, and any combination between these
maximums, with 1.2 GB/sec (peak) of liD. The balanced system design and fast
processors allow the AlphaServer 8400 to hold the industry record for the tpc-c
open systems benchmark with the best price/performance. Based on the Linpack
1000 x 1000 benchmark, the AlphaServer 8400 delivers more than 3 GFLOPS in
a single platform. This makes the AlphaServer 8400 the industry's best
commercial and technical server at the best price/performance.
The AlphaServer 8400 supports the Digital UNIX and OpenVMS operating
systems. For investment protection, the DEC and V AX 7000 products can be
upgraded to the AlphaServer 8400 in a few hours, giving them unsurpassed
performance today and the room to grow into the future. The AlphaServer 8400
platform has been designed to take full advantage of future generations of Alpha
microprocessors, with scaleable performance.
The AlphaServer 8400 enterprise servers join the AlphaServer line, with low
cost, high performance PCI liD, providing up to 144 PCI slots on 12 different
physical PCI buses. With over 1.2 GB/sec of liD, customers can build the largest
database servers with commodity components and have the reliability and
availability of expensive mainframes.
The AlphaServer 8400 includes a one year hardware warranty, on-site, 4 hour
response, five days per week. System installation is included with the new
AlphaServer 8400 5/440 system.

Alpha Servers 2.175

AlphaServer 8400

Step I-Base Servers
- Six slots available for additional CPU, memory, or
system I/O module(s).
• CD-ROM connected via single-ended SCSI-2 port on
KFTIA-AA system I/O module.
• RZ28D-VW SCSI disk drive and DWZZB-VW are
located in BA660-AB StorageWorks shelf and connected
via Fast Wide Differential (FWD) port on KFTIA-AA
system I/O module, using one CK-KFfIA-AA.
• For recommended power protectionJUPS products, see
section following Specifications.

• AlphaServer 8400 5/300 and 5/350 Systems require
- Digital UNIX V3.2B or later, and OpenVMS V6.2 or
later
• AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Systems require
- Digital UNIX V3.2G or Digital UNIX V4.0a,
or OpenVMS V6.2-1H3, or later
• Software media and documentation required for first
system on site. See Step 13 for ordering information.
• Console terminal required to install system. See Step 11
unless terminal is available on site.
• System includes 9 slot centerplane-three slots used by
the CPU module, memory module, and system I/O
module.
AIphaServer 8400 Base Servers include
• Processor module with
- One or two Alpha microprocessor 21164
5/300 or 5/350 MHz CPU(s), each CPU includes
4-MB Backup cache, or
- Two Alpha microprocessor 211645/440 MHz CPUs,
each CPU includes 4-MB Backup cache
• System I/O module (KFTIA-AA) includes
- I/O channel
- Two twisted-pair 802.3lEthemets
- Single-ended SCSI-2 port
- Three Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI-2 ports
• Three CK-KFTIA-AA cabinet kits
• 256 MB, 512 MB, or 2 GB of memory
• BA660-AB StorageWorks Plug-in-unit (PIU)
• RZ28D-VW 2 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk

•
•
•
•

600 MB CD-ROM drive
DWZZB-VW SCSI signal converter
Three-Phase Power Subsystem with power cord
48 VDC power regulator
Shielded console cable is included for connection to the
console terminal
Factory Installed Software
Operating System Software
- Digital UNIX base license or
- OpenVMS base license
Digital NAS Base Server 200 software
One year hardware product warranty
90 day software product warranty
Installation of the system cabinet is included with
AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Base Servers only

Order Number

Power

Operating System

Memory

DA-291AC-BAlBBIBC
DA-291AD-BAlBBIBC
DA-291AF -BAlBBIBC
DY-291AC-BAlBBIBC
DY-291AD-BAlBBIBC
DY-291AF-BAlBBIBC

Three Phase
Three Phase
Three Phase
Three Phase
Three Phase
Three Phase

Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
OpenVMS
OpenVMS

256MB
512MB
2GB
256MB
512MB
2GB

h::,'

, . r.>. . ,
~

~ ,".'" ,~'-

.;
~".

,,'

DA-291BC-BAlBBIBC
DA-291BD-BAlBBIBC
DA-291BF-DAlDBillC
DY-291BC-BAlBBIBC
DY-291BD-BAlBBIBC
DY-291BF-DAlDBillC

Three Phase
Three Phase
Three Phase
Three Phase
Three Phase
Three Phase

Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
OpenVMS
OpenVMS

256MB
512MB
2GB
256MB
512MB
2GB

DA-291DD-AAIAB/AC

Three Phase
Three Phase
Three Phase
Three Phase

Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
OpenVMS

512MB
2GB
512MB
2GB

DA-291DF-AAIAB/AC
DY-291DD-AAIAB/AC
DY-291DF-AAIAB/AC

Note: xA =60 Hz, 208 V, xB =50 Hz, 380/416 V, xC =50160 Hz, 202 V Japan
All Three Phase power variations include attached power cord.

2.176 Alpha Servers

.... ', .. ",

'"i/';

AlphaServer 8400

Step I-Base Servers (continued)
~/440 Dual-CPU Systems

DA-292FC-AAIABIAC
DA-292FD-AAIAB/AC
DA-292FF-AAIAB/AC
DY-292FC-AAIAB/AC

DY-292FD-AAIAB/AC
DY-292FF-AAIAB/AC

Three Phase
Three Phase
Three Phase
Three Phase
Three Phase
Three Phase

Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
OpenVMS
OpenVMS

256MB
512MB
2GB
256MB
512MB
2GB

Note: xA =60 Hz, 208 V, xB = 50 Hz, 380/416 V, xC =50160 Hz, 202 V Japan
All Three Phase power variations include attached power cord.

AlphaServer 8400 Expanded Base Servers include:
• Processor module with two Alpha microprocessor
211645/300 MHz, 5/350 MHz, or 5/440 MHz CPUs;
each CPU includes 4-MB Backup cache
• System I/O module (KFTHA-AA) with four I/O channels
• 512 MB or 2 GB of memory
• BA660-AB StorageWorks Plug-in-unit
• RZ28D-VW 2 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk
• BN21K-02 2-meter SCSI cable(s)
- Two with 5/300 and 5/350 systems
- One with 5/440 systems
• DWZZB-VW SCSI signal converter(s)
- Two with 5/300 and 5/350 systems
- One with 5/440 systems
600 MB CD-ROM drive
PCI 12 slot Plug-in-unit(s)
- One DWLPB-AA and one DWLPB-BA with
5/300 and 5/350 systems
- One DWLPB-AA with 5/440 systems
• PCI Fast Wide Differential SCSI controller(s)
- Eight KZPSA-BBs with 5/300 and 5/350 Digital
UNIX systems

•
·

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•

- Seven KZPSA-BBs with 5/300 and 5/350 OpenVMS
systems
- One KZPSA-BB with 5/440 systems
PCI Fast Narrow Single-Ended SCSI controller
KZPAA-AA for CD-ROM connection only
Digital Etherworks 32-bit Network Interface Card
- DE435-AA with 5/300 and 5/350 systems
- DE500-XA with 5/440 systems
BN21H-02 2-meter SCSI cable
Two 48 VDC power regulators
- Three-Phase power subsystem includes power cord
Shielded console cable for connection to console
terminal
Factory Installed Software
Operating System Software
- Digital UNIX base license or
- OpenVMS base license
Digital NAS Base Server 200 software
One year hardware product warranty
90 day software product warranty
Installation of the system cabinet is included with
AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Expanded Base Servers only

Order Number
DA-291BD-CAlCB/CC
DA-291BF -HAlHBIHC
DY -291BD-CAlCB/CC
DY-291BF-HAlHBIHC

Dual-CPU

Power

Operating System

Memory

5/300
5/300
5/300
5/300

Three Phase
Three Phase
Three Phase
Three Phase

Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
OpenVMS

512MB
2GB
512MB
2GB

DA-291DD-BAlBBIBC
DA-291DF-BAlBBIBC
DY-291DD-BAlBBIBC
DY-291DF -BAlBBIBC

5/350
5/350
5/350
5/350

Three Phase
Three Phase
Three Phase
Three Phase

Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
OpenVMS

512MB
2GB
512MB
2GB

DA-292FD-BAlBBIBC
DA-292FF-BAlBBIBC
DY -292FD-BAlBBIBC
DY -292FF-BAlBBIBC

5/440
5/440
5/440
5/440

Three Phase
Three Phase
Three Phase
Three Phase

Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
OpenVMS

512MB
2GB
512MB
2GB

Note: xA =60 Hz, 208 V, xB =50 Hz, 380/416 V, xC =50160 Hz, 202 V Japan
All Three Phase power variations include attached power cord.

Alpha Servers 2.177

AlphaServer 8400

Step la-AlphaServer 8400 5/300 System Building Blocks
System Building Blocks are an alternative to standard Base Servers, or Expanded Base Servers. They provide flexibility in
configuring the AlphaServer 8400 5/300 with a choice of memory and I/O options.
System Building Block Requirements:
- Minimum of one Memory module
- Minimum of one 110 module
- CD-ROM Drive
o
o
o

Systems require Digital UNIX V3.2B or later, and OpenVMS V6.2 or later.
Console terminal required unless available on site.
System consists of 9 slot backplane-three slots used by CPU, memory, and system I/O modules.
- Six slots available for additional CPU, memory, or system I/O module(s).
If KFTHA -AA I/O module is selected the following PCI or XMI options must be ordered to provide the interface to
CD-ROM drive.

Required for PCI systems
DWLPB-AA
PCI plug-in unit. See Step 5 for details.
KZPAA-AA
PCI single-ended SCSI controller for CD-ROM connection only; KZPAA is restricted as CD-ROM
connection only, no other disk or tape connections are supported-maximum one per system.
BN21H-02
SCSI cable
Required for XMI systems
DWLMA-AA
XMI plug-in unit. See Step 6 for details.
KZMSA-AB
XMI single-ended SCSI controller
BN21H-02
SCSI cable
o

o
o

CD-ROM, 600 MB 5.25-inch in cabinet drive (RRDCD-CA) is required and must be ordered separately.
If Factory Installed Software is required, BA660-AB, appropriate disk drive, and controller must be ordered separately.
Redundant power supply (N+l) can be added if required.

AlphaServer 8400 5/300 System Building Blocks
o

Processor module with one or two Alpha microprocessor
21164/300 MHz CPU(s);
each includes 4 MB Backup cache
Three-Phase Power Subsystem with power cord
48 VDC power regulator

• Digital UNIX base license or
o
OpenVMS base license
o
Digital NAS Base Server 200 software
o
One year hardware product warranty
o
90 day software product warranty

Order Number

Power

Operating System

Memory

I/O Module

DA-291AY-AAIAB/AC

Three Phase
Three Phase

Digital UNIX
OpenVMS

Required
Required

Three Phase
Three Phase

Digital UNIX
OpenVMS

Required
Required

DY -291AY-AAIAB/AC
DA-291BY-AAIAB/AC
DY-291BY-AAIAB/AC

Note: xA =60 Hz, 208 V, xB =50 Hz, 380/416 V, xC =50160 Hz, 202 V Japan
All Three Phase power variations include attached power cord.

2.178 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 8400

Step Ib-AlphaServer Expansion Packages
AlphaServer Expansion Packages are designed to be added to Base AlphaServers, Expanded Base Servers, and System
Building Blocks to create fully functional DECsafe high availability and CI cluster systems. They include all the necessary
hardware (excluding console terminal) and software to provide complete and operational systems.
Note: These packages are only orderable with a system configuration. They are not orderable as stand alone, upgrade
options or spared on the order.
Digital UNIX AlphaServer Expansion Package
8YFKC·EAlEB
DECsafe High Availability SCSI Package includes:
SW800-FAIFB StorageWorks cabinet
HSZ40-CD StorageWorks array controller in BA350-MB
Six RZ28D-VW 2.1 GB 3.5-inch disk drives in BA356-SB shelf
DWZZB-VW SCSI Signal Converter
TZ87-V A 20 GB, 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in BA356-SB shelf
PCI Plug-in unit (DWLPB-AA) with two KZPSA-BB Fast Wide Differential SCSI adapters
Two BN21K 10-meter cables for connecting HSZ40 to KZPSAs in system cabinet
BN2lH I-meter cable from HSZ40 to shelf
DEC safe Available Server software license kit
OpenVMS AlphaServer Expansion Package
8YCAA·AX
Cluster Add·on Package includes:
DWLMA-AA XMI plug-in unit
CIXCD-AC XMI CI controller
One BNCIA lO-meter cable
OpenVMS cluster License (QL-MUZAQ-AA)
Note: ANEA = 60 Hz, 1201208 V; ABIEB = 50 Hz, 220-240/380-415V.

Step 2-Additional CPU Modules (SMP Upgrades)
• System maximum of six processor modules (total of 12 CPUs).
• Combining 5/300 MHz, 5/350 MHz, and 5/440 MHz CPU modules in the same system is not supported.
• For more than three processor modules in a system, a minimum of two separate memory modules are recommended for
optimal system performance.
• All SMP upgrades include processor module with Alpha microprocessor(s) SMP license, and end-user product warranty.
5/300 Servers
751P2·AX
752P2·AX
751Pl·AX
752Pl·AX

5/350 Servers
753P2·AX
754P2·AX
753Pl·AX
754Pl·AX

5/440 Servers
N/A
756P2·AX
N/A
756Pl·AX

CPU Module Type

Operating System

Single-CPU
Dual-CPU
Single-CPU
Dual-CPU

Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
OpenVMS

Alpha Servers 2.179

AlphaServer 8400

Step 3-Memory
Maximum 14 GB per system. Note: A short term memory size restriction is currently in effect for 5/300 MHz systems
only. Memory modules must be ordered in a quantity of one, two, or four of the same size; add-on memory size must be
the same as that included with Base Server or Expanded Base Server selected or the initial memory module selected for a
System Building Block configuration. The maximum memory supported is temporarily four 2 GB memory modules,
resulting in a system maximum of 8 GB.
• For Base Servers or Expanded Base Servers order up to six additional memory modules-system maximum seven.
• System Building Blocks require the selection of one memory module-system maximum seven.
• Maximum of seven memory modules is reduced by one for each additional CPU module added from Step 3 and each
additional System 110 module added from Step 5.
• Each memory module has built in two-way interleaving; additional interleaving is accomplished by adding more
memory modules.
MS7CC-BA
MS7CC-CA
MS7CC-DA
MS7CC-EA
MS7CC-FA

128 MB memory module
256 MB memory module
512 MB memory module
1073 MB memory module
2147MB memory module

Step 3a-Memory Upgrades
• Memory upgrades are field installed only (not configured in Manufacturing).
MS7CC-UA
MS7CC-UB

128 MB memory upgrade (8 MB SIMMs); upgrades 128 MB (-BA) module to
256 MB (-CA) module
512 MB memory upgrade (32 MB SIMMs); upgrades 512 MB (-DA) module to
1 GB (-EA) module

Step 3b-Prestoserve Non-Volatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM)
• Supported on Digital UNIX systems only.
• Maximum one Prestoserve 110 performance enhancement option per system.
• Includes Prestoserve license and documentation kit.
DJ-ML200-BA
DJ-ML200-CA
DJ-ML300-BA

4 MB Prestoserve; PCI option-requires DWLPB-AAIBA
8 MB Prestoserve; PCI option-requires DWLPB-AAIBA
4 MB Prestoserve; KFTIA-AA daughter card mounting, requires KFTIA-AA

Step 4-1/0 Expansion Buses
PCI and XMI 110 expansion buses are available on AlphaServer 8400 systems. Application and system configuration
determines maximum 110 configuration. Configuration limits exist at 110 bus level and controller level. With different 110
buses present in the system, verify maximum number of allowed controllers listed in the Controller Configuration Table.
• Each DWLPB-AAIAB (PCI plug-in unit) includes a 12-slot PCI bus and uses one rear expansion bay. SCSI disks in
BA660-AB plug-in units can occupy the corresponding front expansion bay.
• Each DWLPB-AAIAB (PCI plug-in unit) has one open space for addition ofDWLPB-BAlBB (second PCI expansion
box) or BA661-AA (Wide SCSI StorageWorks shelf)
• Each DWLMA-AAIBA (XMI plug-in unit) includes one 12-slot XMI channel-uses two expansion bays, front and
back.
• Each PCI and XMI plug-in unit requires one 110 channel connection to either KFTHA-AA or KFTIA-AA, see Step 6.
• Maximum of twelve 110 channels supported (three KFTHAs).

2.180

Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 8400

Step 4-1/0 Expansion Buses (continued)
DWLPB-AA

DWLPB-AB

DWLPB-BA
DWLPB-BB
BA661-AA

KFE70-AA

DWLMA-AA
DWLMA-BA

PCI plug-in unit with one PCI box for AlphaServer 8400 system cabinet only, maximum two per
system cabinet, two per system. Requires one I/O channel connection on either KFfIA-AA or
KFfHA-AA.
PCI plug-in unit with one PCI box for AlphaServer 8400 expansion cabinet only, maximum two
per expansion cabinet, four per system. Maximum of six DWLPB-AA and DWLPB-AB (PCI plug-in
units) per system. Requires one I/O channel connection on either KFfIA-AA or KFTHA-AA.
Second PCI expansion box for mounting in DWLPB-AA-maximum one per DWLPB-AA.
Requires one I/O channel connection on either KFfIA-AA or KFfHA-AA.
Second PCI expansion box for mounting in DWLPB-AB-maximum one per DWLPB-AB.
Requires one I/O channel connection on either KFfIA-AA or KFfHA-AA.
Wide SCSI StorageWorks Shelf (BA356-LB) can be added to DWLPB-ANAB in place of second
PCI expansion box (DWLPB-BNBB). Maximum one BA661-AA per DWLPB-ANAB, and
maximum of six BA661-AA per system. Supports 16-bit (Wide) SCSI and some 8-bit (Narrow) SCSI
devices.
EISA Bridge option-PCI to EISA bridge module set-must reside in first DWLPB-AA in system
cabinet only. Converts PCI bus from 12-slot bus to 2 EISA, 6 PCIlEISA, and 2 PCI slots. Includes
RX26 floppy drive, mounting hardware, and cables to mount RX26 below CD-ROM in the system
cabinet. Maximum of one EISA Bridge option per system. This option is required to support KZPSC
SCSI RAID controllers. It includes the floppy disk drive required to run the RAID Configuration
Utility (RCU).
XMI plug-in unit for system cabinet-maximum two per system. Requires one I/O channel
connection on either KFTIA-AA or KFfHA-AA.
XMI plug-in unit for 110 expansion cabinet-maximum two per cabinet, four per system. Total
maximum six DWLMA-AA and DWLMA-HA (XMI plug-in units) per system. Requires one I/O
channel connection on either KFfIA-AA or KFTHA-AA.

Step 5-System 110 Modules
• KFfIA-AA system I/O module included with Base Server; KFfHA-AA included with Expanded Base Server-any
combination of KFTIA or KFTHA modules can be added for a maximum of three.
- Maximum twelve I/O channels available on AlphaServer 8400.
• System Building Block requires the selection of one I/O module.
KFTHA-AA
KFTIA-AA

BN26M-xx
BN21H-xx

System 110 module with four 110 channels for PCI or XMI plug-in units
System 110 module with one 110 channel for PCI or XMI plug-in units. Includes
- two 802.3 twisted-pair Ethernet ports-requires BN26M cable per port
- single-ended SCSI-2 port-requires BN21H cable
- three FWD (Fast Wide Differential) SCSI-2 ports-requires CK-KFfIA-AA and
BN21K cable per port
One of the following optional FDDI daughter cards can be added to KFfIA-AA-see Step 8 for
cables.
- Single attachment station multi-mode fiber card (DEFPZ-AA) or
- Twisted-pair copper card (DEFPZ-UA)
- Presto serve (DJ-ML300-BA) can be added to KFfIA-AA.
Ethernet twisted-pair cable; 8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, EIAffIA Category 5 cable.
SCSI-2 Single-ended cable; 50-pin male straight to 50-pin male straight. Connects KFTIA-AA
single-ended SCSI-2 port to StorageWorks shelf.

Alpha Servers 2.181

AlphaServer 8400

Step 5-System 110 Modules (continued)
CK-KFTIA-AA
BN21K-xx
BN21K-02*
BN21K-03*
BN21K-OS/lO

Cabinet kit for FWD (Fast Wide Differential) SCSI-2 port. One kit required for each used port on
KFfIA-AA, maximum three per KFfIA-AA. Cabinet kit includes Y-cable and FWD terminator.
SCSI-2 Fast Wide Differential cables; 68-pin male straight to 68-pin male right-angle. Connects
KFTIA-AA Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 ports to DWZZA-VA or DWZZB-VW.
Connects from KFfIA FWD port to DWZZB-VW in BA660-AB System cabinet (rear)
Connects from KFTIA FWD port to DWZZB-VW in BA661-AA in DWLPB-xx PIU
Connects from KFfIA FWD port to DWZZB-VW in BA660-AB System cabinet (front)
Connects from KFTIA FWD port to DWZZB-VW in BA660-AB Expansion cabinet (front or rear)
Connects from KFTIA FWD port to DWZZB-VW in BA356-JB in SW500 and SW800 Cabinets

Manufacturing may substitute correct cable length depending on configuration.

Step 6-Storage Controllers
· KFTIA-AA included with each Base Server; KFfHA-AA included with Expanded Base Server-PCI, EISA, and XMI
storage controllers can be added.
- Requires corresponding PCI plug-in unit (DWLPB-AAIABIBAlBB) or XMI plug-in unit (DWLMA-AAlBA).
• DWZZA-AA requires minimum revision E02 for connecting any Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 port from KFTIA-AA
or KZPSA-BB to TZ8xx tape loaders.
• DWZZB-VW Fast Wide Differential Single-ended SCSI Converter requires minimum revision A01 for connecting FWD
SCSI-2 signals from KFfIA-AA or KZPSA-BB to BA356-JB StorageWorks Shelf.
• System maximum of two KZPSC-AAIBA SCSI RAID controllers.
• Tape and optical devices are not supported on KZPSC SCSI RAID controllers.
PCI-based Storage Controllers
KZPSA-BB

BN21K-xx
BN21K-Ol*
BN21K-02*
BN21K-OS/lO

PCI Fast Wide Differential SCSI Adapter-OpenVMS V6.2-1H3 supports eight per PCI,
maximum 26 per system. Digital UNIX supports eight per PCI, maximum 32 per system (uses one
PCI slot). Provides one SCSI-2 bus. KZPSA supports DECsafe Available Server.
SCSI-2 Fast Wide Differential cables-68-pin male straight to 68-pin male right-angle. Connects
KZPSA-BB Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 port to DWZZA-VA or DWZZB-VW.
Connects from KZPSA to DWZZB-VW in BA660-AB System cabinet (rear)
Connects from KZPSA to DWZZB-VW in BA661-AA in DWLPB-xx PIU
Connects from KZPSA to DWZZB-VW in BA660-AB System cabinet (front)
Connects from KZPSA to DWZZB-VW in BA660-AB Expansion cabinet (front or rear)

KZPSC-AA

PCI SCSI RAID Controller with 1 port-OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support two per PCI,
maximum two per system (uses one PCI slot and KFE70-AA EISA Bridge option). Provides one
Fast/wide/single-ended connection. Allows RAID levels 0,1, and 5. Tape drives not supported.

BN31S-1E

1.5 meter single-ended wide SCSI cable for connections from PCI RAID controller to BA660-AB
system cabinet (rear only) and BA661-AA.

2.182 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 8400

Step 6-Storage Controllers (continued)
PCI-based Storage Controllers
KZPSC-BA
PCI SCSI RAID Controller with 3 ports-OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support two per PCI,
maximum two per system (uses two PCI slots and KFE70-AA EISA Bridge option). Provides three
Fast Wide/single-ended connections. Allows RAID levels 0,1, and 5. Tape drives not supported.
BN31K-OE
Required for KZPSC-BA to use third port on module connects internally from KZPSC-BA module to
second PCI slotlbulkhead.
1.5 meter single-ended wide SCSI cable for connections from PCI RAID controller to BA660-AB
BN31S-1E
system cabinet (in front and rear locations) and BA661-AA. One required for each used port on
KZPSC-BA module.
16 MB Cache memory option for KZPSC-AAlBA, maximum one per controller, field installable
MSIOO-AAt
only.
32 MB Cache memory option for KZPSC-AAlBA, maximum one per controller, field installable
MSIOO-ABt
only.
Battery back-up for Cache memory option.
KZPSC-UB
PCI DSSI Adapter (OpenVMS only)-Requires OpenVMS V6.2-1H2 or later; minimum
KFPSA-AA
System Console Firmware Revision 3.09. Maximum twelve per PCI, 24 per system with OpenVMS
V6.2-1H3. (End node only) Note: KFPSA and KFMSB not supported on the same bus.
External shielded cable (MRJMR connectors) Select required length-09, 16,25,50 ft
BC21Q-xx
BC22Q-xx
External shielded cable (MRIPS connectors) Select required length-16, 25, 50 ft
PCI-to-CI Adapter (OpenVMS only)-Requires OpenVMS V6.2-1H2 or later, minimum System
CIPCA-AA
Console Firmware Revision 3.09. Maximum two per PCI, two per system; uses one PCI slot for
adapter and one EISA slot for power only. Note: KFE70 option is not required.
Computer interconnect cable sets-Connects CIPCA to Star Coupler. Select required length-10, 20,
BNCIA-xx
or 45 m (10 m = 32.8 ft, 20 m = 65.6 ft, 45 m = 147.6 ft)
XMI-based Storage Controllers
KZMSA-AB
Fast single-ended SCSI-2 Diskffape Adapter-OpenVMS supports six per XMI, maximum 12 per
system. Digital UNIX supports 10 per XMI, maximum 16 per system (uses one XMI slot). Provides
two single-ended SCSI-2 buses. KZMSA supports DECsafe Available Server.
CK-KZMSA-LA
Two 30-inch internal cabinet cables-One kit per KZMSA required.
DSSI Adapter (OpenVMS only)-Supports six per XMI, maximum 12 per system (uses one XMI
KFMSB-AA
slot) Provides two DSSI buses; each bus provides seven ports for DSSI Integrated Storage Element
(IS E) devices; no more than two tapes per bus. Maximum three DSSI cluster nodes supported.
Two 8-foot internal cabinet cables and two DSSI terminators. One kit per KFMSB required.
CK-KFMSB-LC
DSSI Controller Upgrade-Upgrades KFMSA-xx to KFMSB-AA. Includes KFMSB-AA,
KFMSB-UA
CK-KFMSB-LC, and requires return of KFMSA-xx.
XMI CI Controller-OpenVMS supports four per XMI, maximum 10 per system. Digital UNIX
CIXCD-AC
supports one per XMI, maximum one per system (uses one XMI slot). The CIXCD requires one
BNCIA cable set to connect system to Star Coupler. OpenVMS Cluster software license required for
each system when multiple OpenVMS systems are used in cluster environment. Note: One CIXCD is
supported on Digital UNIX systems for expanded disk interconnect capability only.
Computer interconnect cable sets-Connects Star Coupler to system and SW800. Select required
BNCIA-xx
length-10, 20, or 45 m (10 m = 32.8 ft, 20 m = 65.6 ft, 45 m = 147.6 ft).

Requires AlphaServer 8400 minimum System Console Firmware Revision V3.2.2, OpenVMS V6.2-1H2 and Digital UNIX
V3.2D or later operating system software.

Alpha Servers

2.183

AlphaServer 8400

Step 7-Storage
Note: When multiple storage devices are configured with the system, specify which devices should be installed inside the
system cabinet, inside the system expansion cabinet, or installed in the external StorageWorks cabinet. Line item
sequencing allows Manufacturing to configure storage options in the appropriate cabinet.
- List storage options to be integrated in system cabinet immediately following the system part number.
- List storage options to be integrated in StorageWorks cabinet immediately following StorageWorks cabinet part
number.
- Order the appropriate BN21 *-** SCSI cables for connecting controllers and SCSI storage options.
• Wide SCSI devices are supported in BA660-ABIBA661-AA StorageWorks PIUs, or external StorageWorks cabinets.
BA660-ABIBA661-AA support both wide and narrow SCSI 5400 RPM and 7200 RPM disk drives.
• System cabinet provides space for four disk plug-in units (PIU) if no PCI or XMI plug-in units are installed. Each of the
two pairs of expansion bays (front to back) in bottom of system cabinet can hold one Battery PIU, one XMI PIU, one
PCI PIU, one PCI PIU plus one SCSI disk PIU, one SCSI disk PIU, or two SCSI disk PIUs.
• System cabinet provides space for up to seven StorageWorks shelves-three BA660-AB plug-in-units (each includes
two StorageWorks shelves) and one BA661-AA StorageWorks shelf. Each shelf holds a maximum of two 5.25-inch
devices and one 3.5-inch device or seven 3.5-inch devices. Typical configurations will require a signal converter, i.e.,
DWZZB-VW which counts as one 3.5-inch device.
Wide SCSI Options
BA660-AB

Wide SCSI-2 StorageWorks plug-in-unit-includes two BA356-LB modular expansion shelves, 16bit I/O personality module, 48VI150W DC power supply, DC fans, and AlphaServer 8400 mounting
hardware. Supports 16-bit wide SCSI devices and some 8-bit narrow SCSI devices depending on
compliance with minimum hardware revision levels.

BA661-AA

Wide SCSI-2 StorageWorks Shelf-includes 16-bit I/O personality module, 48VI150W DC power
supply, DC fans, mounting hardware and BA356-LB.Can be added to DWLPB-AAIAB in place of
second PCI expansion box (DWLPB-BAlBB). Maximum one BA661-AA per DWLPB-AAlAB;
maximum six BA661-AA per system. Supports 16-bit (wide) SCSI and some 8-bit (narrow) SCSI
devices.

DWZZB-VW

Wide SCSI-2 StorageWorks Signal Converter-required to convert FWD signals from KFTIA-AA
and KZPSA-BB for use in BA660-AB and BA661-AAlBA.

BA3SX-MG

8-bit I/O Personality Module-can be used in place of 16-bit I/O personality module for direct
connection to narrow single-ended controllers, field installable only.

16-bit Disk Drives
RZ26N-VW
RZ28M-VW
RZ28D-VW
RZ29B-VW

8-bit Disk Drives
RZ26N-VA

1.05 GB 8-bit 5400 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier

RZ28M-VA

2.1 GB 8-bit 5400 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier

RZ28D-VA

2.1 GB 8-bit 7200 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier

RZ29B-VA

4.3 GB 8-bit 7200 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier

Note: To ensure 16-bit wide SCSI operation, use wide SCSI drives with wide SCSI controllers in wide SCSI StorageWorks shelves
with wide SCSI cables. See Storage Devices-StorageWorks Supported Devices for 8-bit and 16-bit Expansion Table for minimum hardware revision levels.

2.184 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 84UU

Step 7-Storage (continued)
Tape Devices

TLZ09-VA
TKZlS-VA
TZ87-VA
TZ88N-VA

8.0 GB DAT 3.5" SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier. OpenVMS V6.2-1H3 and Digital UNIX
V3.2C required along with System Console Firmware Revision 3.0-9.
5110 GB Helical Scan 8-mm, 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier
20.0 GB DLT 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier; must be mounted in BA660-AB
located in rear of cabinet or BA661-AA located in DWLPB-xx.
20/40 GB DLT 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier

Optical Disk

RWZS2-VA

1.3 GB Optical Drive in StorageWorks carrier

Solid State Disks (Supported with KZMSA, KZPSC, KZPSA, KFfIA)-cannot be combined with RZxx disks/tapes on same SCSI bus.

EZ31-VW
EZ32-VW
EZ64-VA
EZ69-VA

Step 7a-StorageWorks Expansion Packages
StorageWorks Expansion Packages have been created to simplify ordering StorageWorks options. They are intended to be
used with Expanded Base Servers.
• Order the correct number of HSZ40-TL packages to fill the BA350-MB RAID controller shelves in the SW82x
StorageWorks Cabinet package.
• Order disk drives separately.
• SW820/SW821 StorageWorks Expansion Packages-all BA356 shelves operate in split-bus mode.
• All SW82x StorageWorks Expansion Packages include redundant power supplies (BA35X-HF)-this reduces the
number of available slots in each BA356 shelf to six in the SW822 and three on each split-bus of the SW820/SW821.
StorageWorks Expansion Packages

SW820-LAILB

SW821-LAILB

SW822-LAILB

HSZ40-TL

SW800 StorageWorks Cabinet with five BA350-MB RAID controller shelves, 15 BA356-JC device
shelves, 15 BA35X-MG 8-bit 110 personality modules for BA356, 30 BN21H-02 SCSI-2 single-ended
cables, 20 BA35X-HFredundant power supplies, 15 BA35X-ME terminator boards-split-bus mode
SW800 StorageWorks Cabinet with seven BA350-MB RAID controller shelves, 14 BA356-JC device
shelves, 14 BA35X-MG 8-bit 110 personality modules for BA356, 28 BN2IH-02 SCSI-2 single-ended
cables, 21 BA35X-HFredundant power supplies, 14 BA35X-ME terminators boards-split-bus mode
SW800 StorageWorks Cabinet with three BA350-MB RAID controller shelves, 18 BA356-JC device
shelves, 18 BA35X-MG 8-bit 110 personality modules for BA356, 18 BN21H-02 SCSI-2 singleended cables, 21 BA35X-HF redundant power supplies
Two HSZ40B SCSI RAID array controllers each with 32 MB cache, HSZ Traditional License
(QL-2YJA9-AA), RAID HSZ40 Firmware License (QL-3JOA9-AA), Mirror Firmware HSZ40
Traditional License (QL-4DTA9-AA), BN21K-20 20-:-meter cable, BN21L-OB . 15-meter cable

Step 7b-External Storage (110 Expansion Cabinet)
110 expansion cabinet (H9FOO-BAlBBIBCIBD) provides space for up to six SCSI disk plug-in units (PIU) if no other
PCIIXMI plug-in unit (PIU) is configured in the expansion cabinet. Each of the two pairs of expansion bays in the bottom
of the cabinet can hold one Battery PIU, one PCI PIU, one XMI PIU, or two SCSI disk PIUs. Two expansion bays in the
top of the expansion cabinet can hold up to two SCSI disk PIUs. Disk and tape drives supported are the same as Step 7
Internal Storage.

Alpha Servers

2.185

AlphaServer 8400

Step 7c-External Storage
Following list describes available disk storage devices and capacities. These supported options can be added as required.
Storage Cabinets
SWSXX, SW8XX
SCSI Disk Drives
RZ26N-VA
RZ28M-VA, RZ28D-VA
RZ29B-VA

Capacity
6-227 GB
Capacity
1.05 GB
2.1 GB
4.3GB
1.05 GB
2.1 GB
4.3 GB

Narrow
Narrow
Narrow
Wide
Wide
Wide

RZ26N-VW
RZ28M-VW, RZ28D-VW
RZ29B-VW
Tape Drives
See Storage Devices for ordering information.
TZ87, TZ8S7*, TZ877, TZ88,
TZ88S, TZ887, TSZ07, TKZlS-VA,
TKZ09, TKZ60, TKZ61, TKZ62,
TL810, TL812,TL820, TL822,
TL826
Optical Libraries
RWS2S-ZA
19 GB Optical Library, 1 drive
38 GB Optical Library, 2 drives
RWS31-ZC
RWS32-ZF
76 GB Optical Library, 4 drives
RWS36-ZF
170 GB Optical Library, 4 drives
RWZS2-FA
1.3 GB Tabletop Optical Library

Loader support for Digital UNIX is available via DECnsr.

Step 8-Networks and Communications
Two twisted-pair 802.3lEthernet controllers on KFfIA-AA system I/O module included with Base Server; DE435 or
DE500 network interface card included with Expanded Base Server. See Step 5 for twisted-pair Ethernet cable part
number. Optional DEFPZ-AAlUA (FDDI) daughter card can be installed on KFTIA-AA system I/O module. Select
additional devices if required. Note: Connection of system to Ethernet requires twisted-pair cable. See Network Products
Guide for details.
LAN Communications Controllers-KFTIA-AA Daughter Cards
• Maximum one FDDIcontroller fiber daughter card per KFfIA-AA I/O module
FDDlcontroller Fiber - Single Attachment Station-daughter card for mounting on KFfIA-AA.
DEFPZ-AA
Requires BN24x cable.
Fiber-Optic Cable, Dual 2.5mm Bayonet "ST" type connectors
BN24E-xx
BN24D-xx
Fiber-Optic Cable, Dual 2.5mm Bayonet "ST" type connector to FDDI "MIC" connector
DEFPZ-UA
FDDlcontroller Fiber - Twisted-pair Copper--daughter card for mounting on KFfIA-AA.
Requires BN26x cable.
8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, EIAITIA Category 5 cable
BN26M-xx
BN26S-xx
8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, crossover, EIAITIA Category 5 cable
LAN Communications Controllers-PCI based
• Requires DWLPB-ANABIBAIBB
• System maximum of six DEFPA-AAfDAIUNMA FDDlcontrollers.
DE43S-AA
Digital Etherworks 32-bit High Performance Network Interface Card--supports twisted-pair,
thick wire and ThinWire (uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support eight per PCI,
maximum eight per system. Requires appropriate cable.
DE4S0-CA
PCI-to-Ethernet 3-port Adapter-(uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS (V6.2) and Digital UNIX
(V3.2C) support eight per PCI, maximum eight per system. Two patch kits required to support
DE450 with OpenVMS V6.2.
DE4S0-TA
PCI-to-Ethernet I-port Adapter-(uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS (V6.2) and Digital UNIX
(V3.2C) support eight per PCI, maximum eight per system. Two patch kits required to support
DE450 with OpenVMS V6.2.
2.186 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 84UU

Step 8-Networks and Communications (continued)
LAN Communications Controllers-PCI based (continued)
DESOO-XA

Fast Ethernet (100 Mbit) PCI Adapter-(uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS (V6.2) and Digital UNIX
(V3.2C) support eight per PCI, maximum eight per system.

DEFPA-AA

FDDlcontroller Fiber - Single attachment station MultiMode Fiber-(uses one PCI slot).
OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support six per DWLPB, maximum six per system with Digital UNIX
V3.2G and OpenVMS V6.2, V6.2-IH2, V6.2-IH3 operating system releases. Requires BN34x "SC"
type connecting cable.

DEFPA-DA

FDDlcontroller Fiber - Dual attachment station MultiMode Fiber-(uses one PCI slot).
OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support six per DWLPB, maximum six per system with Digital UNIX
V3.2G and OpenVMS V6.2, V6.2-IH2, V6.2-IH3 operating system releases. Requires BN34x "SC"
type connecting cable.

BN34A-xx

MultiMode Fiber-Optic Duplex cable--"SC" connector to "ST" connector
MultiMode Fiber-Optic Duplex cable--"SC" connector to "SC" connector
MultiMode Fiber-Optic Duplex cable--"SC" connector to "MIC" connector

BN34B-xx
BN34D-xx
DEFPA-l\1A

DEFPA-UA

BN26M-xx
BN26S-xx
BN2SH-03
DGLPB-AB

FDDlcontroller Copper - Dual attachment station DAS-(uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS and
Digital UNIX support six per DWLPB, maximum six per system with Digital UNIX V3.2G and
OpenVMS V6.2, V6.2-IH2, V6.2-IH3 operating system releases .. Requires BN26x or BN25H
connecting cables.
FDDIcontroller Fiber - Single attachment station UTP-(uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS and
Digital UNIX support six per DWLPB, maximum six per system with Digital UNIX V3.2G and
OpenVMS V6.2, V6.2-IH2, V6.2-IH3 operating system releases .. Requires BN26x or BN25H
connecting cables.
8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, EIAffIA Category 5 cable
8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, crossover, EIAffIA Category 5 cable
3-meter Unshielded twisted pair RJ45 connectors
ATMworks 350 ATM PCI bus adapter (uses one PCI slot). Digital UNIX V4.0a supports four per
PCI, maximum four per system.

LAN Communications Controllers-EISA based

• Requires DWLPB-AA and KFE70-AA, EISA bridge module set.
• See EISA Bus IRQ Address Table.
DNSES-AA

---------------------------------------------------------------------Synchronous Communications Controller-(uses one EISA slot). Digital UNIX and OpenVMS.
support one per EISA, maximum one per system. Requires BC I9x cable

BC19B-02
BC19D-02
BC19E-02
BC19F-02
DW300-AA
BN26M-xx

EIA-422-AN.II adapter cable, can be extended with BC55D-33
EIA-232-DN.24 adapter cable, can be extended with BC22F-xx
EIA-423-AN.IO adapter cable, can be extended with BC55D-33
V.35 adapter cable, can be extended with BC19L-25
Token Ring Adapter-(uses one EISA slot). Digital UNIX supports one per EISA, maximum one
per system. Requires BN26M cable.
802.5/Token Ring twisted-pair cable; 8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, EIAITIA Category 5 cable.

CXIOl-AA

Digiboard Asynchronous XemlISA Multiport Serial Card with 16 RJ45 PORTSlXem Port(uses one EISA slot). Digital UNIX only, supports one per EISA, maximum one CXIOI-AAIAD per
system.

CXIOI-AB

Digiboard PORTSlXem, 16 RJ45 Port Concentrator-mounts separately from PCI bus.
Maximum of three CXIOI-AB can be attached to CXIOI-AA, provides up to 48 additional ports.
Digital UNIX only.

CXIOI-AD

Digiboard Asynchronous EPCIX Multiport Serial Card with 16 RJ45 Port EPC/CON-16
Concentrator-(uses one EISA slot). Digital UNIX one per EISA, maximum one CXIOI-AAIAD
per system. Digital UNIX only.

CXIOI-AE

Digiboard EPC/CON-16 Concentrator-mounts separate from PCI bus. Maximum three CXIOlAE can be attached to the CXIOI-AD provides up to 48 additional ports. Digital UNIX only.
Digiboard RJ45 to DB25 Male Converter
Digiboard RJ45 to DECMJ11 Adapter-8 per package

CXIOI-AC
CXIOI-AF

Alpha Servers 2.187

AlphaServer 8400

Step 8-Networks and Communications (continued)
LAN Communications Controllers-XMI based
802.3lEthernet controHer-XMI-to-Ethemet adapter, (uses one XMI slot). OpenVMS supports four
DEMNA-M
per XMI, maximum six per system. Digital UNIX supports six per XMI, maximum eight per system.
DEMNA cabinet kit-required with DEMNA-M
CK-DEMNA-KN
DEMFA-AA

DEC FDDIcontroHer 400~XMI-to-FDDI adapter, Single attachment station with fiber MIC
connector; (uses one XMI slot). OpenVMS supports four per XMI, maximum four per system.
Digital UNIX supports seven per XMI, maximum eight per system.

Local and Wide Area Communications Servers
Each communications server requires 802.3lEthemet connection. Depending on the server selected, either ThinWire BNCtype connection (e.g., BC16M cable) or thick wire IS-pin AUI transceiver cable (e.g., BNE3x) is required. Additional
items also required-see Network Products Guide for ordering information.
Network Connectivity Products
See Network Products Guide for details.

Step Sa-MEMORY CHANNEL Controller
Digital UNIX Systems
• Require Digital UNIX V3.2E (Digital UNIX V3.2D plus TruCluster software or MEMORY CHANNEL Driver
software).
• Each system node in a MEMORY CHANNEL cluster requires a software license.
• Servers in a compute-server array require a Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL License.
• Servers in a TruCluster high-availability environment require a license for TruCluster for Digital UNIX.
• The following options are not currently supported with MEMORY CHANNEL: DJ-ML200, DNSES-AA, CIPCA
CIXCD, DESOO-XA
OpenVMS Systems
• Require Open VMS V7.1 and OpenVMS Cluster License
• The following options are not currently supported with MEMORY CHANNEL: DNSES-AA, DESOO-XA
MEMORY CHANNEL requirements for currently installed AlphaServer 8400 systems:
- Console firmware at revision V2.3 or higher.
- CCMAA-BA Adapter must be installed in slots 0-7 of a DWLPA-CA PCI; no restriction for DWLPB-CA PCI bus.
• For two-system nodes, order one CCMAA-BA per system and one BCI2N-I0 cable to connect them.
• For three or more system nodes, order CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) one CCMAA-BA and one BCI2N10 cable per system node.
• CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) is configured with four CCMLA-AA Line Cards and supports up to four
nodes. Expansion up to eight system nodes can be achieved by adding up to four additional CCMLA-AA Line Cards.
CCMAA-BA
CCMHA-AA
CCMLA-AA
BC12N-IO
QB-3RLAQ-AA
QB-4ZCAQ-AA
QL-MUZAQ-AA

Ireland, United Kingdom
Egypt, India
Central Europe
Israel
Switzerland
Italy
Denmark
Australia, New Zealand

AlphaServer 8400

Step 9-Console Terminal
• Console terminal with EIA-232 25-pin DSUB connector and printer required unless otherwise available.
• Shielded console cable is included for connection to the console terminal.
VT510-xx
VT510 terminal
LA30N-xx
LA30 printer
LK411-xx
Keyboard

Step 10-Expansion (System Cabinet and liD Expansion Cabinet)
Step lOa-System Cabinet Expansion
· System Cabinet includes one three-phase power regulator
- provides space for two additional three-phase power regulators.
• Maximum four 110 channels per cabinet allowed. PCI and XMI plug-in units each require one 110 channel connection.
• Four lower expansion bays are available for plug-in units. The lower bays accommodate plug-in units as follows.
AlphaServer 8400 System Cabinet
Expansion Bay
Location
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower

Plug-In Unit
(PIU)
Disk plug-in unit (BA660-AB)
XMI plug-in unit (DWLMA-AA)
Battery plug-in unit(H7237-AAJAC/CAlCB)
PCI plug-in unit
(DWLPB-AA)

Quantity
Four maximum
Two maximum
One maximum
Two maximum

Expansion Bays Occupied
Front or Rear
Front and Rear
Front and Rear
Rear only

Step lOb-I/O Expansion Cabinet
• 110 Expansion Cabinet includes one three-phase power regulator
- Provides space for two additional three-phase power regulators
H9FOO-BAlBBIBC

110 expansion cabinet-Three phase power, maximum two per system.
Note: -BA =60 Hz, 208V, -BB =50 Hz, 380/416V, -BC =50160 Hz, 202V.

• Expansion cabinet can be configured to hold all disk plug-in units or combination of disk plug-in units and PCI or XMI
plug-in units.
- Six expansion bays-two upper and four lower-are available for plug-in units. The two upper bays accommodate
maximum of two disk plug-in units. The four lower bays accommodate plug-in units as follows:
Expansion Bay
Location
Upper
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower

Plug-In Unit
(PIU)
Disk plug-in unit (BA660-AB)
Disk plug-in unit (BA660-AB)
PCI plug-in unit
(DWLPB-AB)
XMI plug-in unit (DWLMA-BA)
Battery plug-in unit (H7237-AAlAC/CAlCB)

Quantity
Two maximum
Four maximum
Two maximum
Two maximum
One maximum

Expansion Bays Occupied
Front or Rear
Front or Rear
Rear only
Front and Rear
Front and Rear

Step II-Power Expansion Components
• System Cabinet and Expansion Cabinets must be same type; either three-phase or single-phase. Mixing of three-phase
and single-phase cabinets in same system configuration is not allowed.
• Three-phase power provides optional N+ 1 redundant power regulator and optional battery backup/UPS capability.
• Determine the need for adding second power regulator by filling in the EPU- Power Configuration Table. Note: The
Power Configuration Table provides a manual method for determining the need of second power regulator. Equivalent
power unit (EPU) is an equivalent value of power used (48 VDC) by each option.

Alpha Servers 2.189

AlphaServer 8400

Step 11a-Three-Phase Expansion Components
H9BOO-AF

H7237-AA

H7238-AA
H7237-CAICB

H7238-BAIBB
H7263-AAIAB

H7263-AC/AD

Battery option for I/O Expansion Cabinet-fully loaded battery cabinet supports three power
regulators, provides for 60 minutes uninterruptible power (UPS). Maximum one per H9FOOBAlBBIBC expansion cabinet.
Battery plug-in unit with batteries for battery backuplUPS capability-maximum one per cabinet.
Use in system cabinet and/or H9FOO-BAlBBIBC expansion cabinet. Includes four batteries to support
48 V power regulator and cabling for additional H7238-AA battery options.
4-pack battery option-one required per optional 48 V power regulator to support battery
backup/UPS capability. For use only with the H7237-AA.
Battery plug-in unit, includes one H7263-AAIAB (BBU capable power regulator) and batteries for
battery backuplUPS capability. Must be ordered at time of system purchase if BBU functionality is
required.
Additional battery UPS. Includes H7263-AAIAB (BBU capable power regulator and H7238-AA
4-pack battery option). Required with H7237-CAICB for second and third regulator support.
Three-Phase 48 VDC power regulator with BBU capability-maximum three per cabinet. Second
regulator may be required to supply adequate power depending on configuration. Third regulator
assures N+ 1 power redundancy and higher availability in the event of power regulator failure. See
Power Configuration Table.
Same as above regulator without BBU capability. One include with system.

Step 11b--Single-Phase to Three-Phase Power Upgrade
• Includes new AC distribution box with attached line cord, DC subrack, one three-phase 48VDC power regulator.
· If single phase power system has two power regulators, an additional three-phase 48VDC power regulator is required.
H7268-AAIAB/AC

Single-Phase to Three-Phase Upgrade Kit, Converts system to three-phase power subsystem.
-AA= 60 H~, 208V, -AB = 50 Hz, 380/416V, -AC = 50/60 Hz, 202V

Step 11c-Power Option for StorageWorks Shelves in StorageWorks Plug-in-Units
• Provides N+l power for BA660-AB, BA661-AA StorageWorks PIUs/shelves.
• Occupies one slot in StorageWorks shelf.
BA3SX-HG

48V DC 150W Redundant Power Supply for BA660-AB, BA661-AA-includes 48VDC jumper
cable for connecting to first power supply in StorageWorks shelf.

Step 12-Software
Select user licenses and additional software as required. Media and documentation recommended for first system on site.
Software Processor Code =Q
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses
Digital UNIX Concurrent Use licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at
user discretion.
QL-MT7AM-3B
QL-MT7AM-3C
QL-MT7AM-3D
QL-MT7AM-3E
QL-MT7AM-3F
QL-MT7AM-3G
QL-MT7AM-3H
QL-MT7AQ-AA
QL-MTSAQ-AA
QL-MT6AQ-AA

2.190 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 8400

Step 12-Software (continued)
QL-MTJAQ-AA
QL-MTKAQ-AA
QB-05SAQ-AA

DECnetlOSI end-system license
DECnetlOSI extended function license
DECsafe Available Server license and documentation (Digital UNIX only). Media available on
layered product CD-ROM. KZMSA or KZPSA adapter required.

Digital UNIX Media and Documentation
QA-MT4AA-H8
QA-MT4AA-GZ
QA-MT4AB-GZ
QA-MT5AA-GZ
QA-MT6AA-GZ

Digital UNIX media and on-line documentation (base system, complementary products) on CDROM
Digital UNIX full hardcopy documentation
Digital UNIX end user hardcopy documentation subkit
Digital UNIX developer's extension hardcopy documentation subkit
Digital UNIX server extension hardcopy documentation subkit

OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses
OpenVMS Concurrent Use license provide the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of
concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one system to
another at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha cluster.
QL-MT3AA-3B
QL-MT3AA-3C
QL-MT3AA-3D
QL-MT3AA-3E
QL-MT3AA-3F
QL-MT3AA-3G
QL-MT3AA-3H
QL-MT3AA-3J
QL-MT3AA-3K
QL-MT2AQ-AA
QL-MTFAQ-AA
QL-MTHAQ-AA
QL-MUZAQ-AA

OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 2-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 4-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 8-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 16-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 32-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 64-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 128-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 256-user license
OpenVMS Traditional unlimited user license
DECnetlOSI end-system license
DECnetlOSI extended function license
OpenVMS cluster software license. Required with each system that connects to an OpenVMS
cluster.

OpenVMS Media and Documentation
QA-MTIAA-H8
QA-09SAA-GZ
QA-OOIAA-GZ

OpenVMS media and documentation on CD-ROM
OpenVMS base hardcopy documentation
OpenVMS full hardcopy documentation

Layered Products CD-ROM
QA-054AA-HS
QA-03XAA-HS

Layered products media and documentation for Digital UNIX
Layered products media and documentation for OpenVMS

Digital NAS Base Server 200 Software
Digital NAS 200 Base Server software included with base AlphaServer 8400 systems. Media available on layered product
CD-ROM.

Alpha Servers 2.191

AJphaServer 8400

Step 13-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services
Hardware-Americas and Asia Pacific only
• Systems include one-year hardware warranty, on-site, same day, 4-hour response time.
• Select optional Hardware Supplemental Support Services if required.

AlphaServer 8400
TwoCPUs
less than 2 GB memory
FM-4Y4HR-36
FM·4YS12·36
FM·4Y616·36
FM·4Y724·36
FM·4Y4HR·60
FM·4YS12·60
FM·4Y616·60
FM·4Y724·60

TwoCPUs
2GBmemory
FM·4Z4HR·36
FM·4Z512·36
FM·4Z616·36
FM·4Z724·36
FM·4Z4HR·60
FM·4Z512·60
FM·4Z616·60
FM·4Z724·60

Years 1-3,5 x 9, 4-hour response time
Years 1-3,5 x 12, 4-hour response time
Years 1-3,6 x 16, 4-hour response time
Years 1-3, 7 x 24, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5, 5 x 9, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5,5 x 12, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5,6 x 16, 4-hour response time
Years 1-5, 7 x 24, 4-hour response time

12-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX two CPU systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX two CPU systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX two CPU systems
12-month Software Supplemental Support for Open VMS two CPU systems
36-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS two CPU systems
60-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS two CPU systems

Step 13a-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services (Europe only)
Europe does not have specific part numbers for Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. Prices can be
quoted using the Excelerator tool; contact MCS Sales in your country for information on Hardware and Software
Supplemental Support Services.

Step 14-Environmental Power Products
See UPS Solutions for AlphaServer 8400 systems following Specifications.

2.192 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 8400
AlphaServer 8400 EPU (Equivalent Power Units)-Power Configuration Table
• Second power regulator may be needed to supply additional 48V power to the system.
• Mixing of three-phase and single-phase power regulators in system configuration is not allowed.
• Use chart to determine need for second power regulator.
• IfEPU is greater than 80, order second power regulator (three-phase regulator-H7263-AC/AD) or H7263-ANAB if
BBU is required).
• EPU must not exceed 180.
EPU Values
System
Cabinet
Options

Options
Base system includes power regulator, CPU module,
30
system ua module, memory module
ua expansion cabinet (H9FOO-BAfBBIBC) includes
one power regulator
Additional 5/300 CPU modules-751PI-AX, 751P2-AX
11
Additional 5/300 CPU modules-752PI-AX, 752P2-AX
13
Additional 5/350 CPU modules-753PI-AX, 753P2-AX
12
Additional 5/350 CPU modules-754PI-AX, 754P2-AX
14
Additional dual 5/440 CPU modules-756PI-AX, 756P2-AX
8
KFfIA-AA System ua module
4
KFfHA-AA System ua module
3
MS7CC-BA 128 MB memory
5
MS7CC-CA 256 MB memory
5
MS7CC-DA 512 MB memory
5
MS7CC-EA 1 GB memory
5
MS7CC-FA 2 GB memory
5
!Add PCI options
DWLPB-AA/ABIBAfBB
1
KZPSA-BB
1
KZPSC-AAfBA
1
DE435-AA, DE450-AA, DE500-XA
1
DEFPA-ANDNUAIMA
1
KFE70-AA
1
Add EISA options
DNSES-AA
1
DW300-AA
1
CXIO l-AA/AD
1
Add XMI options
DWLMA XMI plug-in unit
4
KZMSA-AB XMI SCSI controller
3
KFMSB-AA DSSI disk/tape adapter
3
CIXCD-AC XMI CI controller
4
DEMNA-M XMI Ethernet controller
3
DEMFA-AA XMI FDDI adapter
5
Disk and Tape options
,'>, ',:,',"
RZ26, RZ28, RZ29 -VA SCSI disk drive
1
RZ26, RZ28, RZ29 -VW SCSI disk drive
1
TLZ07, TLZ09, TLZI5-VA SCSI tape drive
1
1L81O, 1L820, TZ86, TZ87, TZ88 -VA SCSI tape drive
3
DWZZA-VA/DWZZB-VW SCSI signal converter
Total

Quantity

Total
EPU
(Qty times
EPU)

EPUValues
Expansion
Cabinet
Options

Quantity

Total
EPU
(Qty times
EPU)

".,;

,'""

,,'

",'

,',

,,' ,,>.', ' ,,' ,,',"

",'

,',',

<i", 1".,:,""':'iL ;;,.'""':.,:,,

0
I",: ,," ',",
"

""',

I"'"
I"

')
'"

',:

',,>, ,); ,""', >''':''", ' -':;'"
,"

".,'""

"'"i"

Note: Depending on configuration, system offers integral UPS capability that supports all in-cabinet components for at least 11
minutes. If UPS support is required for external devices, e.g., console terminals, terminal servers, printers, and modems, a
universal UPS can be ordered separately.

Alpha Servers 2.193

AlphaServer 8400
Optional Controller Configuration Table
With multiple adapters that provide the same interface available on different 110 buses (PCI or XMI), it is possible to
exceed operating system limit on number of ports supported for that interface. Follow these guidelines for maximum
number of ports that each operating system will support. Fill in table under the relevant area, add up the number of
controllers/ports available, and verify the operating system limits will not be exceeded. Do not exceed these values.
A
B
Number
Number
of
of
PortslBuses Options

Option Name
SCSI Options
Included KFTIA-AA I/O module, one single-ended and three FWD
SCSI ports*
Additional KFTIA-AA I/O module, one single-ended and three
FWD SCSI ports
KZPSA-BB PCI fast wide differential SCSI adapter
KZMSA-AB XMI fast single-ended SCSI adapter
Add column "C"-must be less than or equal to value listed under' ,',
!'.
operating system to be used.
802.3lEthemet Options
Included KFTIA-AA I/O module, two 802.3lEthemet ports*
Additional KFTIA-AA I/O module, two 802.3lEthemet ports
DE435-AA PCI 802.3lEthemet controller, DE450, DE500
DEMNA-M XMI 802.3lEthemet controller
Add column "C"-must be less than or equal to value listed under
operating system to be used.
FDDI Options
Included KFTIA-AA I/O module, optional FDDI daughter card
installed (DEFPZ-AAlVA)*
Additional KFTIA-AA I/O module, optional FDDI daughter card
installed (DEFPZ-AAlVA)
DEFPA-AAI-DAI-UAIMA PCI FDDIcontroller, one port each
DEMFA-AA XMI FDDlcontroller
Add column "C"-must be less than or equal to value listed under i':'
operating system to be used.

Digital UNIX OpenVMS
Limit
Limit
,,-

:" 'i,

.i'

1
2

" <
:

'::::"

',:,::,:
",'

: ': , .. ::':,,:' "">"

"
"

'iii:,

t,,< , '" ':",.': •.
:,

"2~L--,- --:

1''-'',:
"

:,,,":',,(;;

"",.",,;

I'"

2
2
1
1

",:, ";' ,. ~,

"",;'

C
Total
Ports
(A * B)

',:,,:

"i,

',,;;:

1
1
1
1
"':',;,,'::':

: :': '.":',,"::::,;,
,0:

':,,';':,

:,:,',
:

EISA Bus IRQ Address Table
Configuration Rules and Information
• EISA Bus IRQ address assignments are for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems only.
• In some cases, the maximum number of each supported device is less than the number of EISA bus addresses available;
this is due to other limitations.
• Only one device can occupy any given IRQ address; if multiples of a device are configured, each device occupies
separate address.
• Match each device to one available address. (Note: With the table as a worksheet, fill in "0" for each device; fill in only
one "0" per column.)
• Actual IRQ address assignment will be made by the EISA Configuration Utility (ECU), which is run during system
manufacture, or in the installed system if the EISA bus is reconfigured.
EISA Bus IRQ Addresses
Option
DNSES-AA

~W300-AA

CXIOl-AA

CXIOI-AD

Table Codes:
o = address is available for device,

2.194 Alpha Servers

8
0

Maximum of Each Supported

0
0

12
0
-

14
0

15
0
0

10
0
0

9
0
0

- =address not available for device

NA =Not Applicable

OpenVMS

Digital UNIX

1
0
0
0

1
1
1
1

AlphaServer 8400

CD-ROM

High-speed
System
Interconnect
Bus
1-12 CPUs
Memory
110 Port

Operator
Control
Panel

48-Volt
Power
Regulator

I
Space for
Additional
Power
Regulators

Space for
one or two
BA655 or
BA660 PIUs

48-Volt
Power
Regulator

Space for
Additional
Power
Regulators

I
Cooling Assembly

Expansion Bay for:
PCI lID Channel
BA655 PIU
BA660 PIU
One BA660 StorageWorks PIU included

Expansion Bay for:
XMII/O Channel
PCIIIO Channel
BA655 PIU
BA660 PIU
Batteries for UPS

I
Cooling Assembly

Expansion Bay for:
XMI lID Channel
PCI lID Channel
BA655 PIU
BA660 PIU
Batteries for UPS

Expansion Bay for:
XMII/O Channel
PCIIIO Channel
BA655 PIU
BA660 PIU
Batteries for UPS

BU·3310A

System Cabinet

I/O Expansion Cabinet

Note: Three-Phase Power Systems support up to three Power Regulators.

5.25-in.
Devices

3.5-in.
Devices

XMI Plug-in Unit
(occupies two bays)

Battery Plug-in Unit
(occupies two bays)
BU-3482

Alpha Servers

2.195

AlphaServer 8400
Specifications
Physical Characteristics

Operating

Shipping

Height
Width
Depth
Weight, full configuration
Without batteries
With batteries

170.0 cm (67.0 in.)
80.0 cm (31.5 in.)
87.5 cm (34.4 in.)

195.0 cm (76.7 in.)
109.5 cm (43.1 in.)
121.0 cm (47.5 in.)

408 kg (900 lb.)
545 kg (1200 lb.)

448 kg (1000 lb.)
585 kg (1300 lb.)

Clearances

Operating

Service

Front
Rear
Sides

1.0 m (40 in.)
1.0 m (40 in.)

1.5 m (59 in.)
1.0 m (40 in.)

Environmental

Operating

Non-Operating

Temperature
Humidity
Altitude
Vibration
Heat dissipation!

15° to 28°C (59° to 82°F)
20% to 80%
0-2.4 km (0-8000 ft)
2-22 Hz @ 0.01 "da minimum

-40° to 66°C (-40° to 151°F)
10% to 95%
9,100 m (30,000 ft)
22-500 Hz @ 0.25g max.

Minimally configured systeml
(system cabinet)
3,400 Btulhr, 1,000 W

Fully configured system2
(system cabinet)
15,700 Btulhr, 4,600 W

Fully configured system3
(system cabinet with two
I/O expansion cabinets)
30,600 Btulhr, 9,000 W

Regulatory
Agency approvals

Reviewed to
Power Requirements!
2
Three-Phase Power Subsystem
Nominal voltage
Frequency range
Phases
Maximum input current/phase
Surge current
Rating
Power cap (system)
Receptacle (site)
(Industry equivalent)
PCSIPDSIPDUIUPS cable

UL Listed to UL1950
UL Classified to IEC950
CSA Certified to CAN/CSA-C22.2, No. 950-M89
FCC Part 15 (Class A)
CE Declaration #1171
AS 3260, Australian Standard
EN 60950, European Norm
US/Canada
120/208 V
50-60Hz
3-phase star
4-wire N-GND

Europe/AP
380-415 V
50-60Hz
3-phase star
4-wire N-GND

24 A rms
50 A peak
30A
DEC 12-12314-00
DEC 12-12315-01
NEMA L21-30R
BC24W

12.8 A rms
50 Apeak
16A
DEC 12-30333-02
See footnote 4
IEC 309
BN29X

Japan
202 V
50-60 Hz
3-phase delta
4-wire mid-GND or
3-wire junction GND
24 Arms
50 A peak
30A
DEC 12-12314-00
DEC 12-12315-01
NEMA L21-30R
BC24W

Minimally configured system contains one regulator, one CPU module, one memory module, one KFTIA-AA
module, CD-ROM, and RZ28 disk drive.
2 Fully configured system contains two power regulators, four CPU modules, three memory modules, two
System I/O modules, one DWLPB-AA, one DWLPB-BA, three BA655-AB, CD-ROM, 36 RZ28 drives.
3 Fully configured system and expansion cabinets consist of the above "fully configured system" and two
expansion cabinets which each contain one DWLPB-AB, one DWLPB-BB, six KZPSA-BB, five BA655-AB,
and 60 RZ28 drives.
4 Receptacle type is Hubbell 516R6 or equivalent

2.196 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 8400
UPS Solutions
For complete protection, UPS products should be used with data line surge protectors-4N-GA249-AB (2 wire modem),
4N-GA249-CA (lOBaseT), 4N-GA5l0-BF (ThinWire). See TVSS section of Environmental Products Chapter.
System
AlphaServer 8400
(Single phase)

AlphaServer 8400
(Three-phase)

Storage

UPS Model

Receptacle Module for Plug-in Connection
60Hz

50Hz

None, SWSOO, or
Expansion Cabinet

4N·AEAAL·BA

4N·AEACK·BN

Hardwired

SW800

4N·AEAAN·BA (60 Hz)
4N·AEAAN·BE (50 Hz)

4N·AEACM·BN

Hardwired

None

4N·AEAAN·BA (60 Hz)
4N·AEAAN·BE (50 Hz)

4N·AEACM·BK

Hardwired

SW800 or Expansion
Cabinet

4N·AEAAN·BA (60 Hz)
4N·AEAAN·BE (50 Hz)

4N·AEACM·PA

Hardwired

UPS Models
4N·AEAAL·BA
4N·AEAAN·BA
4N·AEAAN·BE
Options
4N·AEACK·BN
4N·AEACM·BK
4N·AEACM·BN
4N·AEACM·PA

PUPS plus 10kVA (7kW), single-phase, SO/60Hz, 176-276V in, 200-240V out, 9 minutes battery at full load;
hardwired with optional plug-in output receptacle modules.
PUPS plus lSkVA (lOkW), three-phase, SO/60Hz, 176-2S6V in, 200-240V out, 10 minutes battery at full load;
hardwired with optional plug-in output receptacle modules.
PUPS plus lSkVA (lOkW), three-phase, SO/60Hz, International model rated 380/41SV in, 380/41S1220V out;
hardwired input/output.
PUPS plus lOkV A receptacle module (3) L6-30R, (3) S-20R, (2) LS-20R
PUPS plus lSkVA receptacle module (2) L21-30R, (3) S-20R2
PUPS plus lSkVA receptacle module (2) L6-30R, (2) L21-30R, (1) S-20R2
PUPS plus lSkV A dual receptacle module:
Module 1: (2) L21-30R and conduit kit for connecting Module 1 to Module 2
Module 2: (2) L21-30R, (3) S-20R2

UPS Monitoring and Unattended Shutdown Software (for above UPS systems only)
Includes cables, media and documentation.
UPS System
Prestige UPS

OpenVMS
4N·AEAES·EM

Digital UNIX

PUPS plus UPS

4N·AEAES·FM
Call for information

4N·AEAES·AK

Network Management or mult shutdown*

4N·AEAES·AK
4N·AEAES·BK

Requires Connect-UPS Network Adapter (SNMP compatible) - for Digital UNIX systems, suffixes denote twisted pairIThinWire
4N-AEAEO-DAIDC for 60Hz applications
4N-AEAEO-DEIDD for SOHz applications

Alpha Servers 2.197

AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount

Product Description

The AlphaServer 8400 5/300, 5/350, and 5/440 Rackmount systems are
23.5-inch wide versions of the nine-slot AlphaServer 8400 enterprise server. The
Rackmount provides the same functionality and supports VME as well as XMI
and PCI in the tall 80" H9A15 cabinet with extended depth. It is the highest
performance enterprise server in the industry. It can be configured with up to
twelve of the world's fastest microprocessors (Alpha microprocessor 21164).
With the enormous capacity of the Alpha 64-bit architecture, up to 14 GB of
memory, PCI, XMI and VME of up to a combination of more than 100 slots,
this server offers room for growth for the largest and most complex applications.
The AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount runs OpenVMS or Digital UNIX operating
systems and offers the reliability and availability features customers require for
bet-your-business environments. Clusters, hot swap disks, RAID, ECC, memory
arid data paths, fault management along with space for any supported option
including third party 19" RETMA compatible options are available.
All System Building Blocks and options stand alone as 19" rackmount
assemblies and plug directly into 240V AC. All cable egress is from the rear
which helps in manage high interface cable situations.
The AlphaServer 8400 provides supercomputer performance for the business.
The AlphaServer 8400 has single processor floating point performance that
dominates the competition in the generic benchmarks and wins at the
application level as well. And, with up to 14 GB of memory, this server can
provide all the benefits that Very Large MemoryNery Large Database
(VLMNLDB) systems have provided in the past.
Note: This Configuration menu for the Rackmount AlphaServer 8400 is
intended to be a supplement to the non Rackmount Standard 8400. Only the
unique Rackmount features and options are listed. Refer to the AlphaServer
8400 configuration menu for SMP Expansion, memory, storage devices and
software.

2.198 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount

Step I-Base Server System
o

o
o

AlphaServer 8400 5/300 and 5/350 Systems require
- Digital UNIX V3.2B or later, and OpenVMS V6.2 or
later
AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Systems require
- Digital UNIX V3.2G or later, and OpenVMS V6.2IH3 or later
Software media and documentation required for first
system on site.
Console terminal required unless available on site.
System includes 9 slot centerplane-three slots used by
the CPU module, memory module, and system 110
module.

- Six slots available for additional CPU, memory, or
system 110 module(s).
CD-ROM and RZ28-V A disk included in BA36R
StorageWorks shelf, are connected via single ended
SCSI-2 port on KFfIA-AA system 110 module, or from
KFTHA-AA 110 module with PCI single ended SCSI
controller.
- Three additionaI3.5-inch Storage Works devices can
be added to the BA36R Storage shelf.
240V Universal single phase power is required for
system, see Step 2.

AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount Base Servers include
o

Processor module with
- One or two Alpha microprocessor 21164
5/300 or 5/350 MHz CPU(s), each CPU includes
4 MB Backup cache, or
- Two Alpha microprocessor 211645/437 MHz CPUs,
each CPU includes 4 MB Backup cache
AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Systems require
- Digital UNIX V3.2G or Digital UNIX V4.0a,
or OpenVMS V6.2-1H3, or later
System 110 module (KFTIA-AA) includes
- 110 channel
- Two twisted-pair 802.3lEthernets
- Single-ended SCSI-2 port
- Three Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI-2 ports

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o

128 MB, 256 MB, 512 MB, or 2 GB of memory
BA36R-AF StorageWorks Storage Shelf
RZ28-VA 2 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk
600 MB CD-ROM drive
Universal 240V single phase power
Factory installed software
Digital UNIX base license or Open VMS base license
NAS 200 Software
One year hardware product warranty
90 days software product warranty
System installation included with AlphaServer 8400
5/440 Base Servers only

pual-CPU Systems

300 MHz

350 MHz

440 MHz

CT -ANIBC-A9
CT -ANIBD-A9
CT -ANIBF -A9
CT-ANIBC-V9
CT -ANIBD-V9
DY-ANIBF-V9

N/A

CT -ANIDD-A9
CT -ANIDF-A9

DA-AN2FD-A9
DA-AN2FF-A9

N/A

CT-ANIDD-V9
CT -ANIDF-V9

DY-AN2FD-A9
DY-AN2FF-A9

Operating System
Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
OpenVMS
OpenVMS

Memory
256MB
512MB
2.0GB
256MB
512MB
2.0GB

Alpha Servers

2.199

AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount

Step la-AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Rackmount System Building Blocks
System Building Blocks are an alternative to standard Base Servers listed in Step 1. They provide flexibility in configuring
the AlphaServer 8400 with a choice of memory and I/O options.
System Building Block Requirements
•
•
•
•
•
•

Minimum of one Memory module
Minimum of one System 110 module
CD-ROM drive
Systems require Digital UNIX V3.2B or later, and OpenVMS V6.2 or later.
Console terminal required unless available on site.
System includes 9 slot backplane-three slots are used by CPU, memory, and system I/O modules.
- Six slots available for additional CPU, memory, or system I/O module(s).
• SBB is a 9 slot Rackmount card cage in a chassis and H9A15 cabinet with power and cooling.
• If factory installed Software is required, a BA36R-AF StorageWorks Shelf, CD-ROM and system disk are required.
• If required a cabinet and appropriate controller can be ordered separately.
Ordering Information
440 MHz Cabinet SBB
756XS-A9

One dual 440 MHz CPU module in H9A15 cabinet with one power strip and packaging. No
operating system, no I/O module, no memory.

· If KFfHA-AA I/O module is selected the following PCI or XMI components must be ordered to provide the interface to
CD-ROM drive in the BA35R-SF or BA36R-AF.
· If KFTIA-AA I/O module is selected these components are not required.

Required for PCI systems:
DWLPR-A9
KZPAA-AA*
BN21H-02

Rackmount PCI unit
PCI single-ended SCSI controller
SCSI cable

* KZPAA is restricted as CD-ROM controller only. Maximum one per system.
Required for XMI systems:
DWLMR-BA
KZMSA-AB
CK-KZMSA-RB
BN21H-02

Rackmount XMI unit
XMI single-ended SCSI controller
KZMSA internal cabinet kit. One required for each KZMSA.
SCSI cable

Note: Complete system configuration beginning with Step 2.

Step 2-Power Controllers
AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount systems include two power cords, one from system box and one from H7600-AA power
controller. Both power cords are 20 Amp Twist-Lock for use in Americas.
Other geographies may request H7600-BB power controller (ships with international Pin-and-Sleeve and appropriate power
cord for system).
H7600-AB
H7600-BB

2.200 Alpha Servers

North America 220/240V 24 Amp Twist-Lock
Elsewhere 220/240 16 Amp Pin-and-Sleeve

AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount

Step 3-CPU Symmetric MultiProcessing (SMP) Expansion
• See Step 2 AlphaServer 8400 configuration menu

Step 4-AlphaServer Expansion Packages
• Consult CSS

Step 5-Memory
• See Step 3 of AlphaServer 8400 configuration menu

Step 6-110 Expansion Buses
The PCI, EMI and VME I/O buses are available on AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount systems. Application and system
configuration constraints will determine maximum configuration. Configuration limits exist at the I/O bus level and
controller level. Verify maximum number of allowed controllers as listed in Controller Configuration Table.
• Each DWLPR-A91B9 (PCI or PCI with EISA Drawer) contains 12 PCI slots
• Each DWLMR-A9 (XMI Rackmount Drawer) contains 14 XMI slots
• Each 2T-DWLVR-A9 (VME Rackmount Chassis) contain 6 VME slots
- VME chassis with 12 and 21 VME slots are available; requires PCI to VME Bridge Kit and cables. Consult CSS.
• PCI and XMI shelves connect directly to system via a HOSE cable to either the KFTIA-AA or KFTHA-AA. Maximum
nine Hose connections supported per system.
• VME Chassis is connected to system via PCI with a PCI to V~E bridge Kit. Maximum of one supported per PCI.
• Both EISA and VME cannot be supported in the same PCI chassis.
DWLPR-A9
KFE70-CA

DWLPR-B9

2T-DWLVR-A92,3

DWPVC-AA
DWPVC-BA
BC32D-08
BC32E-03

PCI Rackmount Chassis contains 12 PCI slots. Each DWLPR-A9 requires 7 inches of vertical
rackmounting space ..
PCI to EISA Bridge; Converts 12-slot PCI bus to 2 EISA, 6 PCIlEISA, and 2 PCI slots.
Includes RX26 diskette drive, mounting hardware, and cables to mount RX26. Maximum one
EISA Bridge option supported per system.) Each KFE70-CA/DWLPR-A9 requires 8.75 inches
of vertical rackmounting space.
12 Slot PCI Drawer with KFE70-CA embedded. Contains 2 EISA, 6 PCIlEISA, and 2 PCI
slots. Maximum one DWLPR-B9 unit is supported per system.) Each DWLPR-B9 requires 8.75
inches of vertical rackmounting space.
6 VME Slot Rackmount Chassis; connects to system via PCI with a PCI to VME Bridge Kit.
(Maximum one VME supported per PCI.) Each 2T-DWLVR-A9 requires 14 inches of vertical
rackmounting space, a line card kit, and both signal cables listed below.
PCI to VME line card kit for OpenVMS systems, or
PCI to VME line card kit for Digital UNIX systems
and
Signal cable from PCI to VME I/O panel, and
Signal cable from VME I/O panel to VME module

1 Maximum of one EISA bus per system.
2 The EISA option and the VME option cannot be supported together on the same PCI Chassis.
3. Selection of either PCI to VME line card kit for OpenVMS or Digital UNIX is required for 6 VME Slot Rackmount chassis.
(2T-DWLVR-A9). Either line card kit requires both signal cables (BC32D-08 and BC32E-03).

Alpha Servers

2.201

AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount

Step 7-System 110 Modules
• See Step 5 AlphaServer 8400 configuration menu.

Step 8-Storage Controllers
• See Step 6 AlphaServer 8400 configuration menu.
• BA36R-AF/AR (Wide) StorageWorks shelves and BA35R-AFIAR (Narrow) StorageWorks selves are recommended for
use with Rackmount systems. Select appropriate SCSI cables to connect from controller to these shelves.

Step 9-Storage
• See Step 8 AlphaServer 8400 configuration menu.
• BA36R-AF and BA36R-AR wide StorageWorks shelves, and
BA35R-AF and BA35R-AR narrow StorageWorks shelves are supported on Rackmount systems.
• 8-bit narrow and 16-bit wide devices are supported on Rackmount systems.
• Base system includes one StorageWorks shelf, a CD-ROM drive and one hard disk drive leaving 4 slots for 3.5" devices.
Note: BA655 or BA658 are not supported on Rackmount systems.

Step 10-Networks and Communications
• See Step 8 Digital AlphaServer 8400 configuration menu.
- DWLPR-A9 required for PCI based options
- DWLPR-B9 required for EISA based options
- KFE70-CA (EISAlPCI bridge)

VT510 terminal.

Step 12-Expansion (Storage Expansion Cabinet and 110 Expansion Cabinet)
If expansion is required, disks, tapes, 110 chassis or other, select same cabinet and power controllers as used in system
cabinet and stack. 71.75" rack space available. Use only devices with 240V AC or 120V!240V AC front ends.

Step 13--Power Expansion Components
• Base system cabinet includes two H7600-AB power controllers and one power supply.
• Redundant (N+ 1) power supply option is not supported on the Rackmount AlphaServer 8400 system.
• Battery backup capability is not supported on the Rackmount AlphaServer 8400 system. The use of UPS system is
recommended.

Step 14-Software
• See Step 12 AlphaServer 8400 configuration menu.

2.202 Alpha Servers

AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount

Step 1S-Environmental Power Products
See AlphaServer 8400 UPS Solutions following Specifications in AlphaServer 8400 configuration menu.

Configuring system in H9A15 Cabinet
The H9A15 cabinet is 80" tall and has 71.75" of standard 19" vertical rack space.
o
o

o
o
o

AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount SBB is 36.75" and is mounted 14 inches from top of cabinet.
BA36R-AF is mounted directly above the SBB with system disk and CD-ROM.
To preserve air flow the only options supported above SBB are: front and rear mounted BA36R-xx shelves, PCI drawer
(no EISA), and VME drawer.
PCI drawer with EISA, and XMI drawer are recommended for bottom of cabinet, below SBB.
One H7600 power strips can be mounted in bottom of cabinet.
Remaining 21-inches of available space in bottom of cabinet can be filled with options as required.
The items usually configured in cabinet with SBB are all standard 19" RETMA compatible and occupy different heights
and depths. See chart below.
Rack Height

Depth!

36.75"

23.5"

7.00"

25.00"

~CI drawer with EISA

8.75"

25.00"

XMI drawer
6 slot VME drawer

15.75"

34.50"

7.00"

23.50"

BA36R-AFIAR shelves

7.00"

10.00"

Cabinet Configuration Table
System Building Block

PCI drawer (no EISA)

1. Does not include cable egress

Specifications
Physical Characteristics

Operating

Shipping

Height
Width
Depth
Weight

202.0 cm (79.5 inches)
60.0 cm (23.6 inches
103.6 cm (40.8 inches)
363 kg (800 lb)

225.4 cm (88.8 inches)
91.5 cm (36.0 inches)
121.5 cm (47.9 inches)
397 kg (875Ib)

Clearance

Operating

Service

Front
Rear
Side

1.0 m 40 inches
.75 m 29.5 inches

1.5 m 59 inches
1.0 m 40 inches

Environmental

Operating

Non-operating

Temperature
Humidity
Altitude
Vibration

10° to 35°C (50 to 90°F)
10% to 90%
oto 2.4M (0 to 8200 ft)
2-22 Hz @ 0.01" da min.

-40° to 66°C (-40° to 151°F)
10% - 95%
9, 100m (30,000 ft)
22-500 Hz @ 0.25 g max.

Heat Dissipation
Minimum Configuration
Maximum Configuration

3200 Btulhr, 930 W
14400 Btulhr, 4200 W

Power Requirements
Nominal AC input voltage
Frequency range
Phases
Max input current (Max Config)
Plugs from Cabinet
Receptacle
Regulatory Approvals

200-240V AC
47-63 Hz
Single-Phase
20.3 Arms
NEMA L6-20P (QTY=2)
NEMA L6-20R (QTY=2)
UL, CSA, IEC, FCC, CE

Alpha Servers 2.203

VAXstation 4000 Model 96

VAXstation 4000 Model 96
Product Description

.·1
The V AXstation 4000 Model 96 system is a high-performance, OpenVMS VAX
workstation. The Model 96 system supports three graphic options: LCSPX
(accelerated 2D); SPXg (8-plane 3D with 16-bit Z-Buffer); and SPXgt (24-plane
3D with 24-bit Z-Buffer). SPXg graphics provide hardware acceleration for 2D
and 3D vectors and solid fill. SPXgt is most useful in accelerating the
performance of applications that make extensive use of smooth-shaded graphics
and true-color imaging.
Main memory can be configured at 16, 32, 64, 80, or 128 Mbytes, and the
system includes 256 Kbytes of writeback cache. A TURBOchannel adapter
option provides direct connectivity to Digital-supported TURBOchannel
options, including thick wire Ethernet, additional SCSI, or FDDI controllers.
V AXstation 4000 Model 96 memory modules, internal storage devices, and
graphics option upgrades are customer installable. Internal storage permits a
maximum of two 3.5-inch hard disks and one removable media device (diskette,
compact disc, or tape drive). External expansion is supported in StorageWorks
BA353 modular storage units.
V AXstation 4000 Model 96 Base System software licenses include the
OpenVMS operating system and Network Application Support (NAS 150) for
VAXstations. Systems ordered with a factory-installed disk will have OpenVMS
and DECwindows Motif factory installed.
The V AXstation 4000 Model 96 system is ideal for applications such as
CAD/CAM/CAE, medical and other forms of imaging, econometrics, process
control/CIM, mapping, geophysical analysis, scientific visualization, and is
suitable as a trader workstation. It provides a level of V AXstation performance
that enables users to run the most computationally demanding applications.
To allow VAXstation 3100 and VAXstation 4000 Model 60 users to take full
advantage of the processing performance of the V AXstation 4000 Model 96
system, upgrade kits are available. To provide investment protection, SPXg and
SPXgt color graphics cards and monitors can be transferred from a V AXstation
4000 Model 60 system to an upgraded V AXstation 4000 Model 96 system.

VAX Systems 3.1

VAXstation 4000 Model 96

Step I-Systems
120-V Base Systems include a U.S. keyboard and all required power cords. If a 240 V system is selected, the appropriate
country kit or keyboard and power cord are required from Step 14.
• Graphics, TURBOchannel, and synchronous communication options are customer installable and will ship as SPARES.
• Other options ordered with Base Systems will be factory installed unless specified as SPARES.
VAXstation 4000 Model 96 Base Systems include
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

• 2.7-meter (9-foot) color/monochrome video cable
• 1.8-meter (6-foot) power cord (120-V systems only)
• 0.9-meter (3-foot) monitor power cord (monitor to
system box)
• Universal power supply that automatically adjusts to
88-132 Vac or 176-264 Vac
• Software licenses: OpenVMS V AX and Digital NAS
Client 150 for VAXstations
DECwindows Motif, DECmessageQ RT,
ObjectBroker RT, DECnet End Node, DECnetiOSI
End System, DEC TCPIIP Client, VMScluster Client
• English-language user documentation

Base module
Memory-eight SIMM connectors
Cache memory: 256 Kbytes
ThinWire/thick wire Ethernet controller on base
system module
Synchronous SCSI controller on base system module
2D color/grayscale graphics board (LCSPX)
U.S. keyboard (120 V only)
Three-button mouse
One DEC-423 serial line
One EIA-232D serial line with modem control

Note: Base Systems ordered with a factory-installed disk include factory-installed software (FIS).
Order Number

Memory

Monitor

Hard Disk Drive: 1.0 Gbyte

CD-ROM: 600 MB

PV71A-BAIBB

16MB
64MB

Required
Required

72
72

Included

PV71A-BCIBD

Note: BA, Be = 1201240 V Northern Hemisphere; BB,BD =240 V Southern Hemisphere

Step 2-Monitor (Required for Base Systems)
Note: V AXstation 4000 Model 96 does not support dual-and quad-monitor configurations.
VRT17-PAlP4

VRC21-LAlL4

21" (19.6" viewable image size) ultra high-resolution color monitor with Ligh Gray enclosure.
Diamondtron aperture grille CRT with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static
coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1600 x 1200 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. On Screen display
(OSD). Stereo viewing compatible. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 120/240V
universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 maIe to BNC video cable. Select -LA for Northern
Hemisphere, or -L4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -LA includes
120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -LA and -L4 not included, order separately.

Note:xA = 120/240 V Northern Hemisphere; x4 =240V Southern Hemisphere

Step 3--Storage
Select storage devices if required. Factory-installed variants (-EM) include factory-installed software (FIS) which includes
OpenVMS and DECwindows MOTIF.
• System disk must be ordered if the system is not being booted over the network by a server.
• Maximum of seven SCSI devices, not to exceed two internal hard drives, one removable media device, and four external
devices; or up to six external SCSI devices (with only one internal drive).
Note:FIS is not a substitute for a software load device; media and documentation are required for first system on site.

3.2 VAX Systems

V AXstation 4000 Model 96

Step 3a-Internal Storage (FactorylField Installed)
Systems have three internal storage cavities.
Slot I-Removable media (RX26, RRD4S, TLZ09, TZK11)
Slot 2-3.S-inch disk RZ26N or RZ28M
Slot 3-3.S-inch disk RZ26N, or RZ28M
Select up to one half-height removable media device.
RX26 -ES/uL
RRD45-EN
TLZ09-HF
TZK20-HG

2.8 MB 3.S-inch internal diskette drive
600 MB internal, dual speed compact disk drive
8.0 Gbyte 4-mm DAT tape drive
2.3 GB QIC tape drive

Select up to two 3.S-inch half-height disk drives. Factory-installed variants (-EM) include factory-installed software (PIS).
RZ26N-EN
RZ28M-EN

1.0S-Gbyte internal disk drive
2.1-Gbyte internal disk drive

Step 3b-External Storage (Expansion Box)
TLZ09-TA
TZK20-DB
TZ88N-TA*

8 GB 4-mm DAT tabletop tape drive
2.3 GB QIC tabletop tape drive
40 GB SCSI tabletop tape drive

For StorageWorks BA3S3 modular storage expansion box information, see Storage Devices.

Step 3c--Workstands
BA46X-AA
H9855-AA

Vertical floor stand for one V AXstation 4000 system.
Horizontal workstand for one V AXstation 4000 system.

Step 4--Memory
Systems include 16 MB (4 x 4-MB SIMMs) or 32* MB (8 x 4-MB SIMMs). Additional memory may be added in 16-or 64MB increments if four memory slots are available. Eight SIMM memory slots total; 16-and 64-MB modules may be
combined.
MS44L-AA
MS44-DC

4 MB parity (1 x 4-MB, 100-ns SIMMs)
64 MB parity (4 x 16-MB, 100-ns SIMMs)

* Increasing memory in 32-MB systems requires removal of 4 x 4-MB SIMMs.
Step 5-TURBOchannel Adapter (Customer Installable)
• TURBOchannel adapter provides one single-width bus slot for Digital or third-party options.
• Adapter requires OpenVMS VAX VS.S-2HW or higher.
• Required for TURBOchannel options (Step Sa).
DWCTX-BX

TURBOchannel adapter module

VAX Systems 3.3

VAXstation 4000 Model 96

Step Sa-TURBOchannel Options (Customer Installable)
• Requires a TURBOchannel adapter.
• Each option requires one TURBOchannel slot.
• The following TURBOchannel options have OpenVMS V AXldriver support.
PMAD-AB
PMAZ-AB
DEFTA-AA

Thick wire Ethernet TURBOchannel option card
Additional SCSI TURBOchannel option card
DEC FDDlcontroller 700 (fiber optic) option card. Requires DEC LAN device driver kit VI.O
(QA-OPAAA-H51H8) with OpenVMS VAX V5.5-2.

Step 6--Synchronous Communication Options
Select synchronous communication option if TURBOchannel adapter was not selected from Step 5.
V AX Wide Area Network (WAN) device driver license is required before adding asynchronous communication controller.
Order license, media (TK50 or magtape), and documentation.
QL-VA WA9-AA
QA-VA WAA-HS
QA-VA WAA-HM
QA-VAWAA-GZ

VAX WAN VI.2 device driver license
VAX WAN VI.2 device driver media (TK50)and documentation
VAX WAN V 1.2 device driver media (magtape)and documentation
VAX WAN V1.2 device driver documentation

Step 6a--Synchronous Communication Controller (Customer Installable)
DSW21-AA
DSW21-AB
DSW21-AC
DSW21-AD
DSW21-AE
DSW21-AF

One-line synchronous communication controller and EIA-232 V.24 synchronous modem cable
One-line synchronous communication controller and EIA-423 V.IO synchronous modem cable
One-line synchronous communication controller and EIA-422 V.36 synchronous modem cable
One-line synchronous communication controller and V.35 synchronous modem cable
One-line synchronous communication controller and EIA-530 synchronous modem cable
One-line synchronous communication controller and X.21 synchronous modem cable

Step 7-Networking Cables
BC16M-xx
BNE3H-xx
BNE3L-xx

ThinWire Ethernet cable (xx = 06/15/30 feet in length)
Thick wire transceiver cable with straight connector (PVC)(xx 05/10/20/40 meters in length)
Thick wire transceiver cable with straight connector (Tefion)(xx 05/10/20/40 meters in length)

=
=

Note: Right-angle Ethernet cables are not supported.

Step ~Printers
Order printers if required.

Step 9-Hardware Documentation
Information kits ship with every system. Information kits include the following documents: VAXstation 4000 Model 90
Quick Installation Card, Owners and System Installation Guide, and Options Installation Guide.

3.4 VAX Systems

VAXstation 4000 Model 96

Step to--Graphics Options (Customer Installable)
o
o
o

Graphics options are listed with compatible monitors.
Upgrades include video cables.
Recommended configurations for SPXg/gt are 24-32 MB of memory and I-Gbyte internal disk.

Note: Model 96 will not support dual-or quad-monitor configurations.
VAXstation 4000 Model 96 Graphics
Order Number Description
LCSPX 8-plane 2D color/grayscale graphics
PV71G-AA
1280 x 1024 resolution, 72 Hz
PV71G-BAI
SPXg 8-plane 3D color graphics with
16-bit Z-Buffer, 1280 x 1024 resolution, 72 Hz
SPXgt 24-plane 3D color graphics with
PV71G-CA 1
24-bit Z-Buffer, 1280 x 1024 resolution, 72 Hz

Compatible Monitor

17-inch C VRTI7-HAlH4
21-inch C VRC21-LAlH4

66172
66172

1. SPXg and SPXgt options include DEC PHIGS Runtime license and require DECwindows Motif V1.1 media.

Step tt--8oftware Media and Documentation
VAXstation 4000 Model 96 systems require OpenVMS VAX V5.5-2HW or higher; a media and documentation kit is
recommended for the first system on site.
o

VAXstation 4000 Model 96 systems include the following Base System license P AKs: OpenVMS VAX operating
system and Digital NAS Client 150 for V AXstations (DECwindows Motif, DECmessageQ RT, ObjectBroker RT,
DECnet End Node, DECnetlOSI End System, DEC TCPIIP Client, VMS cluster Client)

OpenVMS VAX and DECwindows Media and Documentation
QA-09SAA-HS
QA-09SAA-H8
QA-09SAA-GZ

OpenVMS V AX and DECwindows media (TK50) and documentation
OpenVMS VAX and DECwindows media (CD-ROM) and documentation
OpenVMS V AX and DECwindows documentation

Digital NAS Client 150 Software
QA-36PAA-HS
QA-36PAA-H8

Digital NAS Client 150 for VAXstations media (TKSO) and documentation (CD-ROM)
Digital NAS Client 150 for V AXstations media and documentation on CD-ROM

DEC PRIGS Runtime License
Included with SPXg and SPXgt options. Order media and documentation separately.
QA-VKIAA-HS
QA-VKIAA-HM

DEC PHIGS Runtime for OpenVMS V AX media (TK50) and documentation
DEC PHIGS Runtime for OpenVMS VAX media (magtape) and documentation NAS 150 for
VAXstations media (magtape) and documentation (CD-ROM)

DEC SoftPC
DEC SoftPC, an optional layered product, allows a V AXstation 4000 system to run MS-DOS programs with no added
hardware. Order license, media, and documentation.
QL-YNWAA-3B
QA-YNWAA-HS
QA-YNWAA-HM
QA-YNWAA-GZ

DEC SoftPC for OpenVMS V AX single-user license
DEC SoftPC for OpenVMS VAX media (TK50)
DEC SoftPC for OpenVMS V AX media (magtape)
DEC SoftPC for OpenVMS V AX documentation

VAX Systems 3.5

VAXstation 4000 Model 96

Step 12--Country Kits, Power Cords, Keyboards (Not Required for 120 V Systems)
Country Kit

Power Cord

Keyboard

Country

Language

FCPOI-AG
FCPOI-AB
FCPOI-AD

BN19C-2E
BN19C-2E
BN19K-2E

LK401-AG
LK401-AB

GermaniAustrian
Flemish

FCPOI-AF
FCPOI-AP

BN19C-2E
BN19C-2E

Austria
Belgium
Denmark
Finland

FCPOI-AG
FCPOI-AH

BN19C-2E
BN19C-2E
BN18L-2E

LK401-AP
LK401-AG
LK401-AH
LK401-AT

France
Germany
Holland

French
German
Dutch
Hebrew

LK401-AI
LK401-AN
LK401-AV
LK401-AS

Italy
Norway

LK401-AM
LK401-AK
LK401-AL
LK401-AA

Sweden
Switzerland
Switzerland

FCPOI-AT
FCPOI-AI

BN19Z-2E

FCPOI-AN
FCPOI-AV

BN19C-2E
BN19C-2E

FCPOI-AS
FCPOI-AM

BN19C-2E
BN19C-2E

FCPOI-AK
FCPOI-AL
FCPOI-AE

BN19E-2E
BN19E-2E
BN19A-2E
BN19H-2E

LK401-AD
LK401-AF

BN19P-IK
BN19P-IK

LK401-AA
LK401-AA
LK401-AC

BN19S-2E
BN19P-IK

LK401-AA
LK401-CA
LK401-AJ

Israel

Portugal
Spain

U.K.lIreland
AustraliaINZ
U.S./Canada
Canada
India
China
Japan

Danish
Suomi

Italian
Norwegian
Portuguese
Spanish
Swedish
French
German
English
English
English
French
English
Chinese
Katakana

Step 13-VAXstation 4000 Upgrades
Upgrade kits must be installed by Digital Services.
Order Number
PV71U-BF

From

Includes

VAXstation 4000 Model 60
2D LCG graphics (66172 Hz)

V AXstation 4000 Model 96
2D LCSPX graphics
(66172 Hz)

V AXstation 4000 Model 96 CPU
System enclosure and power supply
8-plane color/grayscale graphics board
2.7-m (9-fO color/monochrome video cable
Brackets for three internal SCSI devices
(one removable, two fixed disks)
ThinWire/thick wire Ethernet
DEC-423 serial line
EIA-232D serial line with modem control
Synchronous SCSI controller
OpenVMS base license
Digital NAS 150 license

Note: Mandatory return of Model 60 CPU board
and LCG graphics card

PV71U-BH

VAXstation 4000 Model 90/90A VAXstation 4000 Model 96
2D LCSPX graphics - 66172Hz 2D LCSPX graphics
(66172 Hz)

VAXstation 4000 Model 96 CPU
Digital NAS 150 license

Note: Mandatory return of Model 90/90A CPU
board

t VAXstation Model 96 systems require minimum of 16 MB of memory. See Model 96 memory configurations. 4-MB and 16-MB
SIMMs from Model 60 may be transferred to Model 96 in sets of four only (e.g., two MS44L-BA = 4 x 4-MB SIMMs). Model 96
memory modules must be installed in sets of four matching value SIMMs.

3.6 VAX Systems

V AXstation 40 00 Model 96
System Diagram

Specifications
Power Requirements

Model 96

12.0/45.6
1201240
VAC
Line voltage
RMS
88-132/176-264 V AC
V oltage tolerance--:
. Ie phase
50/60 Hz
Frequency/smg
47-65 Hz
Frequency toler~nce rrent
.
runnmg cu
6.2 Al3.1 A
MaxImum
consumption
Maximum power
465W
SPECmark89

Operating Environment
Temperature

10 0-40 °C

. humidity
Relative
. g altitude
. urn operatm
MaxIm
.
. 1 CharacteristIcs
Physlca
Height
Width
Depth
Weight (diskless)

50 -104 0 F) or
box
0-32
0
C
.
or
diskette
in
system
(59 o- 90 0 F) WIth tape.
20%-80% noncondensmg
2.4 km (8,000 feet)
11.3 cm (4.4 i~.)
48.2 cm (19.0 m.)
40.0 cm (15.5 in.)
4.5 kg (10 lb)

VAX Systems 3.7

MicroVAX 3100

Product Description

MicroVAX 3100 systems offer enhanced distributed computing capabilities and
flexibility. They support more than 10,000 commercial and technical
applications across local or wide area networks.
MicroVAX 3100 systems support add-on synchronous options for wide area
communications and asynchronous options, including modem options for
terminal and printer connections. Networking allows communications in a
variety of environments, including DECnet, TCP/lP, OSI, SNA, and X.25.
PC clients based on MS-DOS, OS/2, and Macintosh can be connected to the
Micro VAX 3100 system, enabling the entire business to share information.
Digital's advanced client/server computing, based on NAS (Network Application
Support), delivers a wide range of solutions to help integrate desktop
workstations and PCs.
MicroVAX 3100 Model 40 system supports a broad range of computing needs
and a large number of users. Additional internal SCSI storage can be added to
meet future application needs. The MicroVAX 3100 Model 40 system is board
upgradable to MicroVAX 3100 Model 85 and 96 systems.
MicroVAX 3100 Model 85 and 96 systems offer enhanced Ethernet performance, and twice the storage capacity of the Model 40 on optional SCSI-2 card
for external SCSI devices. ECC memory can be expanded to 128 MB.
Micro VAX 3100 Model 88 and 98 systems offer identical functionality to the
Model 85 and 96 in a new desktop mini-tower platform. In addition these
systems offer enhancements in memory, support for up to 256 MB, and six
internal storage devices are supported in system enclosure.
MicroV AX 3100 systems are designed for sustained reliability and ease of
serviceability. Their compact size provides mid-range systems performance at
entry-level system prices.

3.8 VAX Systems

MicroVAX 3100 Models 40, 85 and 9b

MicroVAX 3100 Comparison Chart

Performance (TPS)
Enclosures
Mbytes of memory: Included
Mbytes of memory: Maximum
Storage Devices (internal maximum)
Storage Devices (total internal and external)
Storage Capacity

Model 40

Model 85

Model 96

Model 88

Model 98

3ge
BA42-B
8
32
5
7
27.3 GB

1l0e
BA42-B
64
128
5
141
56.7 GB

200e
BA42-B
64
128
5
141
56.7 GB

1l0e
MiniTower
64
256
6
14

200e
MiniTower
128
256
6
14

19.2 GBI

60.2GB

60.2 GB

1 SCSI controller option (KZDDA-xx) supports seven additional external SCSI devices.
I·

MicroVAX 3100 Models 40, 85 and 96

Step I-Systems
Select user licenses are required.
MicroVAX 3100 Model 40, 85, and 96 Systems include
• BA42 large enclosure with CPU/FPU
• Model40
8 MB base memory on CPU,
maximum 32 MB parity memory
Digital NAS Base Server 200
• Models 85 and 96
- 64 MB memory in DSIM slot,
maximum 128 MB ECC memory
Digital NAS Base Server 200
• 802.3IEthernet interface (ThinWireIThick wire) with
tenninators
• Ethernet kit; includes ThinWire T -connector with BNC
terminators and 15-pin thick wire terminator
• Synchronous SCSI-2 interface for connecting internal
and external SCSI devices; external connection via a 50pin external SCSI-2 connector
• Three DEC-423 asynchronous serial lines (MMI data
leads only)

• EIA-232 asynchronous serial line with modem control
(25-pin D-subminiature connector)
• H8575-A 25-pin-to-MMI DEC-423 to EIA-232 adapter
• 7.6-meter (25-foot) console tenninal cable
• 120 V power cord (country-specific power cord required
for 240 V use; see Step 9)
• Universal power supply that automatically adjusts to 88132 Vac or 176-264Vac
• Hardware documentation (QZ-K44AB-GZ for Model 40;
QZ-A05AA-GZ for Model 85; QZ-001AA-GZ for Model
96)
• OpenVMS base license (with POSIX)
l
• Factory-installed software
Three-year hardware product warranty
• 90-day software warranty

1. Delivery of software on a system disk is not warrantied. It is provided as a convenience to the customer. Customers are encouraged
to purchase the necessary media and documentation kits that include complete installation instructions. See Step 8 for details.

~i.cr~VAX3100ModeI40,85,and 96Advantage Servers
Order Number

MicroVAX 3100

Memory

Digital NAS

Disk Drive

CD-ROM

DV-31GCB-CA
DV -31JCB-EA

Model 40
Model 85
Model 96

16MB
64MB
64MB

Base Server 200
Base Server 200
Base Server 200

1.05 GB FIS*
1.05 GB FIS*
1.05 GB FIS*

RRD45 (600 MB)
RRD45 (600 MB)
RRD45 (600 MB)

DV-31SCA-CA

* Disk drive in Advantage Server systems include Factory Installed Software (FIS)
MicroV A.X3100 M0d.c140BaseServer·
Order Number

MicroVAX 3100

Memory

Digital NAS

Disk Drive

CD-ROM

DV-31GAB-B9

Model 40

8MB

Base Server 200

Required

Note: Hard disk, CD-ROM, and tape drive are not included with Model 40 Base Server, they must be ordered separately.

VAX Systems

3.9

Micro VAX 3100 Models 40, 85 and 96

Step 2-Storage
Select storage devices as required. See Storage Devices for further details.

Step 2a-Internal Storage
• System supports maximum of five internal drives in any
of the following combinations:
- Five RZ2x half-height disk drives, or
- Four RZ2x half-height disk drives and one removable
media device
- Maximum of two RZ29B disk drives
- Three RZ2x half-height disk drives and two
removable media devices (RX26, RRD45, TLZ09,
TZKll, or TZK20)

• RZ26N disk drive in Advantage Server systems include
Factory Installed Software (FIS)
• Base Systems ordered with one hard disk drive include
FIS
• Order a load device (TLZ09) if necessary
• OpenVMS Cluster satellite members or systems being
loaded over the network do not require a load device.
• Field-installed options require Customer Services
installation.

Removable Media Devices for Models 40, 85, and 96 systems
RRD45-EN
RX26 -ENIEL
TLZ09-HF

TZKll-HF
TZK20-HF

600 MB CD-ROM drive
2.8 MB diskette drive; factory/field installed
8.0 GB 4-mm 3.5-inch DAT drive
2.1 GB cartridge (QIC) tape drive
2.3 GB 300 Kbs SCSI (QIC) tape drive

Fixed Disk Drives for Models 40, 85, and 96 systems
RZ26N-EN
RZ28M-EN
RZ28D-EN
RZ29B-EN

1.0 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive 5400 RPM
2.1 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive 5400 RPM
2.1 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive 7200 RPM
4.3 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive 7200 RPM

Step 2b-External Storage
• Model 40:
- Maximum seven SCSI-2 devices
- Maximum two BA353 expansion boxes or one BA350 StorageWorks expansion shelf
• Models 85 and 96:
- Maximum 14 SCSI devices with additional SCSI card option.
Use the following table to calculate external SCSI bus length.
Maximum
SCSI Bus Length

Model 40

Models 85 and 96

Internal
External
KZDDA internal
KZDDA external

2 m (78.7 inches)
4 m (157.4 inches)
N/A
N/A

2.25 m (88.6 inches)
3.75 m (148.0 inches)
0.73 m (29.0 inches)
5.27 m (207.5 inches)

External Enclosure

External Cable Length

RRD45
TLZ09
TZ88N
TLZ7L
BA353
BA350

0.45 m (18 inches)
0.91 m (36 inches)
0.28 m (11 inches)
0.91 m (36 inches) or 1.82 m (72 inches)
1.82 m (72 inches)
1.82 m (72 inches)

3.10 VAX Systems

MicroVAX 3100 Model 40, 85 and ~6

Step 2b-External Storage (continued)
SCSI Controller and Tabletop Storage
KZDDA-AAIAF
RRD45-FAlDG*
TLZ09-DD*
TZ88N-TA*
TZ887-NT
BC06P-2F
BC06P-06
BC06P-09

SCSI controller card supports seven additional external SCSI devices, factory/field installed
(Models 85 and 96 only)
600 MB tabletop CD-ROM drive; 120 V1240 V, requires 1.8 meter (6 foot) SCSI cable BC06P-06
8.0 GB tabletop DAT drive with universal power supply; includes 120 V power cord
40 GB SCSI tabletop tape drive
280 GB SCSI tape subsystem, 7 cartridge loader in tabletop enclosure
TZ8x cable, 2.5 ft (0.8 m)
TZ8x cable, 6 ft (1.8 m)
TZ8x cable, 9 ft (2.7 m)

* Country-specific power cord required for 240 V use.
StorageWorks Expansion Units
BA353-AA
BA356-SC

BA362-AAIAB
BA364-AAIAB

StorageWorks desktop expansion box supports three 3.5-inch half-height, or two 3.5-inch half-height
and one 5.25-inch half height drive. 120 V power cord included, Requires SCSI cable BC09D-xx.
StorageWorks 16-bit shelf includes dual speed blowers. Supports maximum of seven 3.5-inch devices
8 or 16- bit), requires BA35X-MG 8-bit 110 module
Office expansion unit, supports up to two 3.5-inch modular storage devices
Office expansion unit, supports up to four 3.5-inch modular storage devices and one fixed CD-ROM

1. Country-specific power cord required for 240 V use.
2. One BA356 expansion unit is supported per single ended SCSI bus; no other external device can be connected to system with BA356
unit.

SCSI devices supported in StorageWorks Expansion Units
RZ26N-VAlVW
RZ28M-V AlVW
RZ28D-VAlVW
RZ29B-VAlVW
TLZ09-VA
TZ88N-VA
TZKU-VA

1.05 GB, 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive, 5400 RPM
2.1 GB, 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive, 5400 RPM
2.1 GB, 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive, 7200 RPM
4.3 GB, 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive, 7200 RPM
8.0 GB, 3.5-inch, half-height 4-mm DAT drive
20/40 GB SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier
2.0 GB 5.25-inch QIC tape in StorageWorks carrier

Step 3-Memory
Model 40
Systems include 8 MB of base memory on CPU; systems support maximum 32 MB parity memory.
MS44L-AA

4 MB parity memory modules for Model 40

Model 85 and 96
Systems include 64 MB base memory in first DSIM slot; systems support maximum 128 MB of ECC memory.
MS44L-BC
MS44-DC

16 MB ECC memory modules for Models 85 and 96
64 MB ECC memory modules for Models 85 and 96

VAX Systems 3.11

MicroVAX 3100 Model 40, 85 and 96

Step 3-Memory (continued)
Memory Configuration Chart for Models 40, 85, and 96
Required Memory

Model 40 (8 MB systems)

Models 8S and 96 (64 MB systems)

16MB
24MB
32MB
40MB
48MB
72MB
80MB
128MB

1 x MS44L-BA
2 x MS44L-BA
3 x MS44L-BA

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

1 x MS44L-BC
1 x MS44-DC

Step 4-Networks and Communications
• Systems support one asynchronous and one synchronous communication option
• An 8-line DEC-423 to 16-line DEC-423 upgrade option is available for the MicroVAX 3100 Models 40/85/96, see
Network Products Guide for more information.
Host-Based Communications Controllers
Select host-based communications controllers for standalone systems (without LAN connectivity), or for other
requirements.
Asynchronous Multiplexer Options
Select one asynchronous multiplexer for communications expansion
DHW42-AA

DHW42-CA

DHW42-BA

DHW42-UP

Provides eight DEC-423 lines for a system total of 12 asynchronous lines (11 data only and one with
modem control). Includes internal logic module with cable, DEC-423 I/O assembly, external 36-pin
--.BCI6C-I0 3-m (10-ft) cable, and H3104-00 eight-line distribution harmonica; factory or field
installed.
Provides eight EIA-232 lines for a system total of 12 asynchronous lines (three data only and nine with
modem control). Includes internal logic module with cable, EIA-232 1/0 assembly, and two external
50-pin to 4-way 25-pin BC29J-06 1.8-m (6-ft) cables; factory or field installed.
Provides 16 DEC-423 lines for a system total of 20 asynchronous lines (19 data only and one with
modem control). Includes internal logic module with cable, DEC-423 I/O assembly, two external 36pin BCI6C-I0 3-m (10-ft) cables, and two H3104-00 eight-line distribution harmonica; factory or field
installed.
Upgrades DHW42-AA to DHW42-BA; field installed only.

Note:Addition ofDHW4x options increases number of users; an OpenVMS license upgrade may be required.

Synchronous Communications Options
• Select one synchronous option
• EIA-232N.24 cable (BCI9D-02) is included-select alternate cables for EIA-423N.I0 and EIA-422N.ll connection
• Synchronous communication option requires V AX WAN Device Driver V1.2 or higher required. VAX WAN Device
Driver media included in OpenVMS Consolidated Software Disk CD-ROM media. See Step 8 for details.
DSW42-AA
BC19B-02
BC19E-02

3.12 VAX Systems

EIA-232 synchronous controller provides two lines). Includes synchronous logic module, I/O
assembly, and external EIA-232 0.6-m (2-ft) adapter cable
EIA-422N.ll O.6-m (2-ft) adapter cable
EIA-423N.I0 O.6-m (2-ft) adapter cable

Micro VAX 3100 Model 40, S5 and ~()

Step 4-Networks and Communications (continued)
LAN Communications Controller
802.3lEthernet Interface (ThinWireffhick wire selectable) included with system. Connection of system to Ethernet
requires a ThinWire BNC connection (e.g., BC16M cable) or a thick wire I5-pin AUI transceiver cable (e.g., BNE3x).
Local and Wide Area Communications Servers
Each communications server requires an 802.3lEthernet connection. Depending on the server selected, either a ThinWire
BNC connection (e.g., BC16M cable)or a thick wire 15-pin AUI transceiver cable is required (e.g., BNE3x). Software
media and documentation and cables are also required. See Network Products Guide.
DECserver 90M, 90TL, 900TM, 90L+, 700, and MUXserver 90, 320, 380 Communications and Printer Servers
Select a terminal or printer server to provide users with multiple session access to systems on a LAN, to minimize on a
LAN, to minimize cabling complexity and costs, and to conserve host resources such as backplane slots.
DEC W ANrouter 90, 250, DECbrouter 90; and DECnis 500, 600 MultiProtocol Routers
Select a router to cost-effectively link a LAN to a remote system or another LAN and to offload routing overhead from the
application host system.
InfoServer 1000 Network Storage Server
To provide initial system load (ISL) capabilities order InfoServer Local Area Compact Disk. Other configurations are
offered for tapelbackup and for serving more CD-ROMs. InfoServer systems support CD-ROM, hard drives, magnetooptical and tape drives. InfoServer 1000 systems can serve up to seven SCSI devices. See Storage Devices for ordering
information.
Network Connectivity Products
See the Network Products Guide.

Step 5-Console Terminal
A console device is necessary for a system to function. Console cable included with system. Order video terminals (e.g.,
VT420) for each system unless otherwise available. If logging is required, a combination of video terminal and LA75 is
recommended.

Step 6-Terminals and Printers
Select terminals and serial printers as required. Serial printers connect to an asynchronous line. A cable (e.g., BCI6E-25)
must be ordered with each unless otherwise provided.

VAX Systems 3.13

lVlicroVAX 3100 Model 40, 85, and 96

Step 7-CPU Upgrades
Note: A non-return charge will be assessed if old CPU board is not returned to Digital
Order Number

From

Includes

31JXR-AA

MicroVAX 3100 Model 40
MicroV AX 3100 Model 80

MicroVAX 3100
Model 85 Server

MicroVAX 3100 Model 85 Server CPU
64 MB of memory
OpenVMS base license

49GAX-E9

MicroV AX 3100 Model 40
MicroV AX 3100 Model 80

MicroVAX 3100
Model 96 Server

MicroVAX 3100 Model 96 Server CPU
64 MB of memory
OpenVMS base license

49JAX-E9

MicroVAX 3100 Model 85
MicroVAX 3100 Model 90
MicroVAX 3100 Model 95

MicroVAX 3100
Model 96 Server

MicroVAX 3100 Model 96 Server CPU
64 MB of memory
OpenVMS base license

49XR-AA

MicroVAX 3100 Model 90
MicroVAX 3100 Model 95

MicroVAX 3100
Model 96 Server

MicroV AX 3100 Model 96 Server CPU
OpenVMS base license

Step 8-Software
Licenses required to support additional users beyond those included in base systems.
Operating System support for Model 40 requires V5.5 or higher; Model 85 and 96 require V5.5-2H4 or higher

Software Processor Code B
Clusterwide License Rating 20 (C)

OpenVMS VAX Concurrent Use Licenses
OpenVMS V AX Concurrent Use licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX V6.2 or greater.
OpenVMS VAX Concurrent Use license provides the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified
number of concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one
OpenVMS system to another OpenVMS system at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed Open VMS VAX and
OpenVMS Alpha Cluster.
QL-MT3AA-3B
QL-MT3AA-3C
QL-MT3AA-3D
QL-MT3AA-3E
QL-MT3AA-3F
QL-MT3AA-3G
QL-MT3AA-3H
QL-MT3AA-3J
QL-MT3AA-3K
QL-XULAS-AA

OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 2-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 4-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 8-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 16-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 32-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 64-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 128-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 256-user license
OpenVMS VAX Traditional unlimited user license

OpenVMS VAX Interactive User Licenses
OpenVMS V AX Interactive User licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX V5.5 or greater. OpenVMS VAX
Interactive User licenses are specific to a single system and cannot be shared across an OpenVMS Cluster.
QL-XULA9-BB
QL-XULA9-BC
QL-XULA9-BD
QL-XULA9-BE
QL-XULA9-BF
QL-XULA9-BG

3.14 VAX Systems

MicroVAX 3100 ModeI4U,~!S ana,o

Step 8-Software (continued)
OpenVMS V AX Interactive User Licenses
QL-XULA9-BH
QL-XULAA-BR
QL-XULAB-BR

OpenVMS VAX Interactive 64-user license
OpenVMS VAX Interactive I28-user license
OpenVMS VAX Interactive 256-user license

OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive User Licenses
OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive User licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX Version 6.0 or greater.
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved between
systems at user discretion. OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses can also be shared across an entire
OpenVMS Cluster running OpenVMS VAX V6.0 or greater.
Note: OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive User licenses are architecture specific and cannot be shared across a mixed
OpenVMS Cluster (OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha systems).
QL-09SA9-BB
QL-09SA9-BC
QL-09SA9-BD
QL-09SA9-BE

OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User Licenses

QL-09SAB-BR

OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive I6-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 32-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 64-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive I28-user license
OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive 256-user license

QL-VBRAP-AA

V AXcluster license for multiuser systems

QL-09SA9-BF
QL-09SA9-BG
QL-09SA9-BH
QL-09SAA-BR

OpenVMS VAX Media and Documentation
Choose operating system media and documentation. Recommended for first system on site. Operating System support for
Model 40 requires V5.5 or higher; Model 85 and 96 require V5.5-2H4 or higher.
QA-OOIAA-Hx
QA-09SAA-Hx

OpenVMS media with extended documentation.
OpenVMS media with b:;tse documentation.

Note: x denotes the media type: 5 = TK50, 8 = CD-ROM

OpenVMS Consolidated Software Media and Documentation
Choose as an alternative to the above OpenVMS kits. Requires RRD43 CD-ROM.

QA-VYRSA-GS

OpenVMS and layered product binaries on CD-ROM without hardcopy documentation.
OpenVMS extended online documentation and layered product online documentation on CD-ROM;
requires DECwindows Bookreader.

QA-GXXAB-Hx

POSIX media and documentation (without IEEE documentation

QA-VWJSA-AS

Digital NAS Base Server 200
Digital NAS packaged products do not include hardcopy documentation, (documentation is CD-ROM only).
QL-MCIAB-AA
QA-MCIAA-Hx

Digital NAS Base Server 200 license for OpenVMS VAX systems
Digital NAS Base Server 200 media and documentation kit

Note: x denotes media type: 8 =CD-ROM, 5 =TK50, M = magtape

VAX Systems 3.15

Micro VAX 3100 Model 40, 85, and 96

Step 9-Power Cords
Select for 220/240 V systems.
BN19A·2E
BN19C·2E
BN19E·2E
BN19K·2E
BN19M·2E
BN19U·2E
BN19S·2E
BN19H·2E

U.K.IIreland
Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Finland, Holland, Norway, Sweden, Portugal, Spain, and Chile
Switzerland
Denmark
Italy
Israel
India
Australia, New Zealand

MicroVAX 3100 System Diagram

~~--"""7 Optional DHW42 I/O

Module and Logic Board

MLOl1832

3.16 VAX Systems

MicroVAX 3100 Mode14U, H5 ana,()

MicroVAX 3100 System Diagram

On/Off Switch - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .
System Ac Power
Connector

-----------=------ ~

External SCSI Port

~~~

.
•
·
.
•
111~,~~1

Optional DSW42 Ports

I,--i---(I~Y --~\~~

Optional DHW42 Ports - - - - 7 - - - C

·".·.·.·:G.'.·.·.

~o.,

MMJ Ports _ _ _ _ _ _ _-----''---.L..-1
Asynchronous Modem - - - - - - - - - /
Control Port
BU-32S1

Thick wire Ethernet Connector
ThinWire Ethernet Connector

Specifications
Physical Characteristics

Models 40, 85, 96

Height
Width
Depth
Weight

14.99 cm ( 5.90 inches)
46.38 cm (18.26 inches)
40.00 cm (15.75 inches)
16.0 kg (36.85 lb)
Model 40

Models 85/96

1201240 Vrms
Single
50-60 Hz
88-132 Vrms
176-264 Vrms
47-63 Hz
1.110.6 A
132/144

120/240 V rms
Single
50-60 Hz
88-132 Vrms
176-264 Vrms
47-63 Hz
1.5/0.75 A
180/40

3 DEC-423
1 EIA-232
Thick wire and ThinWire
supported on all models

3 DEC-423
1 EIA-232

Power Requirements

Nominal voltage
Power source phasing
Nominal frequency
Voltage range
Line frequency tolerance
Typical running current
Typical power
consumption (Watts)
Standard Communication
Minimum MMJ lines
Modem lines
Ethernet
Communications Options l

MMJ lines
MMJ lines
Modem lines
Synchronous lines
Operating Environment

8 DEC-423
8 DEC-423
16 DEC-423
16 DEC-423
8 EIA-232
8 EIA-232
2 synchronous
2 synchronous
Temperature (sea level) 10-40°C (50-90°F) Relative
humidity 10%-80% noncondensing; 20% to 80% if
tape drive is present. Maximum operating altitude
2.4km
(8,000 ft)

I DEC-423, EIA-232 and synchronous lines can be ordered separately. The DEC-423
and EIA-232 options cannot be configured together in the same system. An 8-line
DEC-423 to 16-line DEC-423 upgrade option is available for the MicroVAX 3100
Model 40.

VAX Systems 3.17

1VUcroVAX 3100 Model 88 and 98

Step l-Systems
MicroVAX 3100 Model 88 and 98 Systems include
• Minitower enclosure with CPUIFPU
• 64 MB or 128 MB SIMM memory
• Digital NAS Base Server 200
802.3lEthernet interface (ThinWirelThick wire) with
terminators
Ethernet kit; includes ThinWire T -connector with BNC
terminators and 15-pin thick wire terminator
Synchronous SCSI-2 interface for connecting internal
and external SCSI devices; external connection via a
50-pin external SCSI-2 connector
• Three DEC-423 asynchronous serial lines (MMJ data
leads only)
• EIA-232 asynchronous serial line with modem control
(25-pin D-subminiature connector)
• H8575-A 25-pin-to-MMJ DEC-423 to EIA-232 adapter

• 7.6-meter (25-foot) console terminal cable
• 120 V power cord (country-specific power cord required
for 240 V use; see Step 9)
• Universal power supply that automatically adjusts to
88-132 Vac or 176-264Vac
• Hardware documentation (EK-MV489-UI for Model 88
and 98
• 1.05 GB RZ26N disk (Uses one 3.5" half-height SCSI
bay)
• 600 MB CD-ROM (Uses one 5.25" removable media
bay)
• OpenVMS base license (with POSIX)
1
• Factory-installed software
• Three-year hardware product warranty
90-day software warranty

Order Number

MicroVAX 3100

Memory

Digital NAS

Disk Drive

CD-ROM

DV-31JCC-EA

Model 88
Model 98
Model 98

64MB
64MB
128MB

Base Server 200
Base Server 200
Base Server 200

1.05 GB FIS*
1.05 GB FIS*
1.05 GB FIS*

RRD45 (600 MB)
RRD45 (600 MB)
RRD45 (600 MB)

DV-31SCC-EA
DV-31SCC-FA

* Disk drive in Advantage Server systems include Factory Installed Software (FIS)
Step 2-Storage
Select storage devices as required. See Storage Devices for further details.

Step 2a-Internal Storage
• System supports maximum of six internal devices in any of the following combinations:
- Six RZ26 or RZ28 half-height disk drives, or
- Five RZ26 or RZ28disk drives and one removable media device
- Three RZ26 or RZ28 half-height disk drives and three removable media devices
- Maximum of three RZ29B disk drives supported, must be installed in removable media device bays
• RZ26N disk drive in Advantage Server systems include Factory Installed Software (FIS)
• Order a load device (TLZ09) if necessary
• OpenVMS Cluster satellite members or systems being loaded over the network do not require a load device.
• Field-installed options require Customer Services installation.
Removable Media Devices for Models 88 and 98
RRD45-AB

TLZ09-LK
TZKI1-LG
TZK20-LK

3.18 VAX Systems

600 MB CD-ROM drive
8.0 GB 4-mm DAT drive
2.1 GB cartridge QIC tape drive
2.3 GB 300 Kbs SCSI QIC tape drive

MicroVAX 3100 Model 88 and 9H

Step 2a-Internal Storage (continued)
Fixed Disk Drives
RZ26N·EB
RZ28M·EB
RZ28D·EB
RZ29B·EB

1.0 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive 5400 RPM
2.1 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive 5400 RPM
2.1 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive 7200 RPM
4.3 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive 7200 RPM

Step 2b-External Storage
• Model 88 and 98:
- Maximum 14 SCSI devices with additional SCSI card option.
Use the following table to calculate external SCSI bus length.
Maximum
SCSI Bus Length
Internal
External
KZDDA internal
KZDDA external

Model 40
1.2 m (47.2 inches)
4.8 m (189.0 inches)
0.1 m (3.9 inches)
5.9 m (232.0 inches)

SCSI Controller and Tabletop Storage
KZDDA-AB
RRD45·FAlDG*
TLZ09·DD*
TZ88N·TA*
TZ887·NT
BC09D·03
BC09D·06
BC09D·09

SCSI controller card supports seven additional external SCSI devices for Models 85 and 96 only
(one per system supported)
600 MB tabletop CD-ROM drive; 120 V1240 V, requires 1.8 meter (6 foot) SCSI cable BC06P-06
8.0 GB tabletop DAT drive with universal power supply; includes 120 V power cord
40 GB SCSI tabletop tape drive
280 GB SCSI tape subsystem, 7 cartridge loader in tabletop enclosure
TZ8x cable, 3 foot (0.9 m)
TZ8x cable, 6 ft (1.8 m)
TZ8x cable, 9 ft (2.7 m)

* Country-specific power cord required for 240 V use.
StorageWorks Expansion Units
BA356.SC

BA362·AAlAB
BA364·AAlAB

StorageWorks 16-bit shelf includes dual speed blowers. Supports maximum of seven 3.5-inch devices
8 or 16- bit), requires BA35X-MG 8-bit 110 module, requires SCSI cable BN21H-xx
Office expansion unit, supports up to two 3.5-inch modular storage devices, requires BN31V-Ol 3.2
feet (1.0 m) SCSI cable
Office expansion unit, supports up to four 3.5-inch modular storage devices and one fixed CD-ROM,
requires 3.2 feet (1.0 m) SCSI cable

1. One BA356 expansion unit is supported per single ended SCSI bus; no other external device can be connected to system with BA356
unit.

SCSI devices supported in StorageWorks Expansion Units
RZ26N· VAIVW
RZ28M·VANW
RZ28D· VAIVW
RZ29B·VANW
TLZ09-VA
TLZ7L·VA
TZKll·VA
TZ88N·VA

1.0 GB, 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive, 5400 RPM
2.1 GB, 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive, 5400 RPM
2.1 GB, 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive, 7200 RPM
2.1 GB, 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive, 7200 RPM
8.0 GB, 3.5-inch, half-height 4-mm DAT drive
32 GB 5.25-inch full-height 4 mm DAT tape loader in StorageWorks carrier
2.0 GB 5.25-inch QIC tape in StorageWorks carrier
20/40 GB SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier

VAX Systems 3.19

lVlIcro V AX 3100 Model 88 and 98

Step 3-Memory
• Model 88 and 98 with 64 MB memory include one PB7MA-CC memory option, select one additional 64 MB memory
option (PB7MA-CC) for system total of 128 MB.
• Model 98 with 128 MB memory include one PB7MA-CD memory option, adding an additional memory option is not
currently supported
PB7MA·CC
PB7MA·CD*

64 MB SIMM memory for Models 88 and 98
128 MB SIMM memory for Models 88 and 98

1. Support for adding a PB7MA-CD is not currently supported

Memory Configuration Chart
Required Memory
64MB
128MB
192MB
256MB

Model 88 and 96 (64 MB systems)
1 xPB7MA-CC
2xPB7MA-CC
1
1 x PB7MA-CC and 1 x PB7MA-CD
2 x PB7MA-CD"

Models 96 (128 MB systems)
N/A
1 xPB7MA-CD
1 x PB7MA-CC and 1 x PB7MA-CDl
2 x PB7MA-CD
1

1. Support for 192 MB and 256 MB memory is not currently supported
2. Systems with 64 MB memory can only be expanded to 256 by removing installed 64 MB memory option and installing two
128 MB memory options

Step 4-Networks and Communications
• Systems support one asynchronous and one synchronous communication option
• An 8-line DEC-423 to 16-line DEC-423 upgrade option is available for the MicroVAX 3100 Models 40/85/96, see
Network Products Guide for more information.
Host·Based Communications Controllers
Select host-based communications controllers for standalone systems (without LAN connectivity), or for other
requirements.
Asynchronous Multiplexer Options
Select one asynchronous multiplexer for communications expansion
DHW42·CB

DHW42·BB

Provides eight EIA-232 lines for a system total of 12 asynchronous lines (three data only and nine with
modem control). Includes internal logic module with cable, EIA-232 I/O assembly, and two external
50-pin to 4-way 25-pin BC29J-06 1.8-m (6-ft) cables; factory or field installed.
Provides 16 DEC-423 lines for a system total of 20 asynchronous lines (19 data only and one with
modem control). Includes internal logic module with cable, DEC-423 I/O assembly, two external 36pin BCI6C-I0 3-m (lO-ft) cables, and two H3104-00 eight-line distribution harmonica; factory or field
installed.

Note:Addition of DHW42 xB options increases number of users; an OpenVMS license upgrade may be required.

Synchronous Communications Options
• Select one synchronous option
• EIA-232N.24 cable (BCI9D-02) is included-select alternate cables for EIA-423N.I0 and EIA-422N.ll connection
• Synchronous communication option requires VAX WAN Device Driver Vl.2 or higher required. VAX WAN Device
Driver media included in OpenVMS Consolidated Software Disk CD-ROM media. See Step 8 for details.
DSW43·AA
BCI9B·02
BC19E·02

3.20 VAX Systems

EIA-232 synchronous controller provides two lines). Includes synchronous logic module, I/O
assembly, and external EIA-232 0.6-m (2-ft) adapter cable
EIA-422N.ll 0.6-m (2-ft) adapter cable
EIA-423N.I0 0.6-m (2-ft) adapter cable

MicroV AX 3100 Model 88 and 98

Step 4-Networks and Communications (continued)
LAN Communications Controller
802.3IEthernet Interface (ThinWirelThick wire selectable) included with system. Connection of system to Ethernet
requires a ThinWire BNC connection (e.g., BC16M cable) or a thick wire 15-pin AUI transceiver cable (e.g., BNE3x).
Local and Wide Area Communications Servers
Each communications server requires an 802.3IEthernet connection. Depending on the server selected, either a ThinWire
BNC connection (e.g., BC16M cable)or a thick wire 15-pin AUI transceiver cable is required (e.g., BNE3x). Software
media and documentation and cables are also required. See Network Products Guide.
DECserver 90M, 90TL, 900TM, 90L+, 700, and MUXserver 90, 320, 380 Communications and Printer Servers
Select a terminal or printer server to provide users with multiple session access to systems on a LAN, to minimize on a
LAN, to minimize cabling complexity and costs, and to conserve host resources such as backplane slots.
DEC W ANrouter 90, 250, DECbrouter 90; and DECnis 500, 600 MultiProtocol Routers
Select a router to cost-effectively link a LAN to a remote system or another LAN and to offload routing overhead from the
application host system.
InfoServer 1000 Network Storage Server
To provide initial system load (ISL) capabilities order InfoServer Local Area Compact Disk. Other configurations are
offered for tapelbackup and for serving more CD-ROMs. InfoServer systems support CD-ROM, hard drives, magnetooptical and tape drives. InfoServer 1000 systems can serve up to seven SCSI devices. See Storage Devices for ordering
information.
Network Connectivity Products
See the Network Products Guide.

Step 5-Console Terminal
A console device is necessary for a system to function. Console cable included with system. Order video terminals (e.g.,
VT520) for each system unless otherwise available. If logging is required, a combination of video terminal and LAxx is
recommended.

Step 6-Terminals and Printers
Select terminals and serial printers as required. Serial printers connect to an asynchronous line. A cable (e.g., BC16E-25)
must be ordered with each unless otherwise provided.

Step 7-CPU Upgrades
Note: A non-return charge will be assessed if old CPU board is not returned to Digital
From
To
Includes
Order Number
MicroV AX 3100 Model 88
Micro VAX 3100 Model 98 MicroVAX 3100 Model 98 Server CPU
49JAC-AA
OpenVMS base license

VAX Systems

3.21

IvncroVAX 31UU Model 88 and 98

Step 8-Software
Licenses required to support additional users beyond those included in base systems.
Operating System support requires V5.5-2H4, V6.2 or higher
Software Processor Code =B
Clusterwide License Rating 20 (C)

OpenVMS VAX Concurrent Use Licenses
OpenVMS V AX Concurrent Use licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX V6.2 or greater.
OpenVMS VAX Concurrent Use license provides the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified
number of concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one
OpenVMS system to another OpenVMS system at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and
OpenVMS Alpha Cluster.
QL-MT3AA-3B
QL-MT3AA-3C
QL-MT3AA-3D
QL-MT3AA-3E
QL-MT3AA-3F
QL-MT3AA-3G
QL-MT3AA-3H
QL-MT3AA-3J
QL-MT3AA-3K
QL-XULAS-AA

OpenVMS VAX Interactive User Licenses
OpenVMS VAX Interactive User licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX VS.S or greater. OpenVMS VAX
Interactive User licenses are specific to a single system and cannot be shared across an Open VMS Cluster.
QL-XULA9-BB
QL-XULA9-BC
QL-XULA9-BD
QL-XULA9-BE
QL-XULA9-BF
QL-XULA9-BG
QL-XULA9-BH
QL-XULAA-BR
QL-XULAB-BR

OpenVMS VAX Interactive I-user license
OpenVMS VAX Interactive 2-user license
OpenVMS V AX Interactive 4-user license
OpenVMS VAX Interactive 8-user license
OpenVMS VAX Interactive I6-user license
OpenVMS VAX Interactive 32-user license
OpenVMS VAX Interactive 64-user license
OpenVMS VAX Interactive I28-user license
OpenVMS VAX Interactive 256-user license

OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User Licenses
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX Version 6.0 or greater.
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved between
systems at user discretion. OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses can also be shared across an entire
OpenVMS Cluster running OpenVMS VAX V6.0 or greater.
Note: OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are architecture specific and cannot be shared across a mixed
OpenVMS Cluster (OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha systems).
QL-09SA9-BB
QL-09SA9-BC
QL-09SA9-BD
QL-09SA9-BE

3.22 VAX Systems

MicroVAX 3100 Model 88 and 9H

Step 8-Software (continued)
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User Licenses

QL-09SAB-BR

OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 16-user license
OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive 32-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 64-user license
OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive 128-user license
OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive 256-user license

QL-VBRAP-AA

V AXcluster license for multiuser systems

QL-09SA9-BF
QL-09SA9-BG
QL-09SA9-BH
QL-09SAA-BR

OpenVMS V AX Media and Documentation
Choose operating system media and documentation. Recommended for first system on site. Operating System support for
Model 40 requires V5.5 or higher; Model 85 and 96 require V5.5-2H4 or higher.
QA-OOIAA-Hx
QA-09SAA-Hx

OpenVMS media with extended documentation.
OpenVMS media with base documentation.

Note: x denotes the media type: 5 = TK50, 8 = CD-ROM

OpenVMS Consolidated Software Media and Documentation
Choose as an alternative to the above OpenVMS kits. Requires RRD43 CD-ROM.

QA-VYRSA-GS

QA-GXXAB-Hx

POSIX media and documentation (without IEEE documentation)

QA-VWJSA-AS

Digital NAS Base Server 200
Digital NAS packaged products do not include hardcopy documentation, (documentation is CD-ROM only).
QL-MCIAB-AA
QA-MCIAA-Hx

Digital NAS Base Server 200 license for OpenVMS VAX systems
Digital NAS Base Server 200 media and documentation kit

Note: x denotes media type: 8 = CD-ROM, 5 =TK50, M =magtape

Step 9-Power Cords
BN19P-2E power cord is included with North American systems. Select country specific power cord for 240 V use.
Order Number
BN19P-2E
BN19H-2E
BN19C-2E
BN19A-2E
BN19E-2E
BN19K-2E
BN24X-2E
BN19S-2E
BNlSL-2E

CountryNoltage
U.S.lJapan 125 V
AustralialNew Zealand 125 V
Central Europe, 250 V
U .K.IIreland, 250 V
Switzerland, 250 V
Denmark, 250 V
Italy, 250 V
India/South Africa, 250 V
Israel, 250 V

Amps
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Plug
NEMA5-15
AS 3112-1981
CEE 717 (Schuko)
BS 1363
SEV 1011
Afsnit 107
CEI 23-161 VII
BS 546
SI32

Meters (Feet)
1.9 (6.2)
2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)

VAX Systems 3.23

MicroVAX 3100 Model 88 and 98

Model 88 and 98 System Diagram

MLO-()13606

1 Front Door
2 CD-ROM
3 System Disk Drive
4 System board
5 SIMM board (required)

6 SIMM board (optional)
7 Power Supply
8 Rear drive bay
9 DHW42 Asynchronous option
10 DSW43 synchronous option

MLO-013510

1 Front door
2 Power switch
3 Disk drive LED
4 PowerLED
5 Halt switch; halts system and returns it from operating system
to console mode
6 RZ2x SCSI disk (non-accessible)

3.24 VAX Systems

7 Accessible/non-accessible bay for 3.5" or 5.25" device
8 Accessible/non-accessible bay for 3.5" or 5.25" device
9 CD-ROM volume switch
10 CD-ROM headphone jack
11 CD-ROM activity light
12 CD-ROM eject button

MicroVAX 3100 Model 88 and 98

Model 88 and 98 System Diagram

MLO.()13511

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

SCSI port (terminated required)
2A AC power outlet connection
AC power input connector
Pre-installed software label
System identification label
Lockdown hasp
ThinWire Ethernet
ThinWire Ethernet LED
Tick wire Ethernet

10 Tick wire Ethernet LED
11 Modem port (with adapter)
12 MMJ port (for console only)
13 MMJ port
14 MMJ port
15 DHW42 Asynchronous communication (optional)
16 DSW43 Synchronous communication (optional)
17 KZDDA SCSI port (optional)

Specifications

Physical Characteristics

Models 88, 89

Height
Width
Depth
Weight

40.64 cm (16.0 inches)
22.1 cm (8.7 inches)
47.5 cm (18.7 inches)
16.0 kg (35.0 lb)

Power Requirements
Nominal voltage
Power source phasing
Nominal frequency
V oltage range
Line frequency tolerance
Typical running current
Typical power consumption
(Watts)

1201240 Vrms
Single
50-60Hz
88-132 Vrms
176-264 Vrms
47-63 Hz
2.3/1.3 A

170W

Standard Communication
Minimum MMJ lines
Modem lines
Synchronous lines

3 DEC-423
1 EIA-232
Thick wire and ThinWire supported on all models

Communications Options!
MMJ lines
Modem lines
Synchronous lines
Operating Environment

16 DEC-423
8 EIA-232
2 synchronous
Temperature (sea level) to-40°C (50-90 0 P) Relative
humidity 10%-80% noncondensing; 20% to 80% if tape
drive is present. Maximum operating altitude 3.5 km
(10,000 ft)

1 DEC-423, EIA-232 and synchronous lines can be ordered separately. The DEC-423
and EIA-232 options cannot be configured together in the same system.

VAX Systems 3.25

VAX 4000

Product Description

VAX 4000 systems provide commercial systems performance, high availability,
and a compact footprint. They support a wide range of applications and options,
including FDDI networks and Q-bus peripherals. System enclosure supports
internal storage and Q-bus expansion through a B400X expansion cabinet. VAX
4000 systems come in three packages: Desktop Model 106A, DesktoplDeskside
Model 108, and PedestallDeskside Model 505N705A
DSSI and Ethernet adapter chips-each driven by a 10-MIP on-chip RISC
processor-are tightly integrated on the CPU module with direct access to
memory. Digital's DSSI to SCSI HSD10 storage solutions replace DSSI RF36
disk technology in all VAX 4000 systems. Digital's HSD10 DSSI-to-SCSI
controller. mounted internally in system cabinet, supports standard RZxx SCSI
storage on VAX 4000 systems while still supporting DSSI clustering. External
StorageWorks HSD10 controllers are supported.
VAX 4000 Model106A offers performance of 10-ns NVAX chip. Systems
achieve 215 transactions per second (TPS). With internal support for the
HSD10, DSSI-to-SCSI controller, VAX 4000 customers can take advantage of
low-cost, more flexible and open StorageWorks solutions.
VAX 4000 Model 108 offers identical functionality to the Model 106A in a new
DesktoplDeskside mini tower platform. In addition, these systems offer
enchancements in the memory and storage capacity, supporting up to 256 MB of
standard SIMM memory and six storage devices in the system enclosure
VAX 4000 Model 505A and 705A offer 12 ns and 9 ns performance,
respectively in a Q-bus Pedestal package. Systems achieve 200 and 280
transactions per second (TPS) with the NVAX CPU chip.
A DSSI OpenVMS cluster system provides high data and system availability by
joining Q-bus VAX 4000, VAX 6000, and VAX 7000 systems via DSSI. Each
system can access and share all disks attached to the DSSI buses; this provides
mUltiple paths to the data. Should one system in a DSSI OpenVMS cluster
configuration fail, data is available to serve systems via the other paths, and all
I/O operations can resume immediately. No application rewrite is required
across high-availability options, and systems can be expanded without disruption
to existing operations.

3.26 VAX Systems

VAX 4000

V AX 4000 Comparison Chart
Model106A
(BA42B)

Model lOS
(MiniTower)

Mode1505A
(BA440)

Mode1705A
(BA440)

Minimum version of OpenVMS
Performance (TPS)
Maximum memory
Maximum Internal Storage
Maximum External Storage
Maximum disk 110 throughput
per embedded DSSI bus

5.5-2H4
21Se
128MB
8.4GB
327.6 GB
1200 1I0s per second
2 standard

5.5-2H4
215e
i
256MB
19.2 GB
335.4 GB
1200 1I0s per second
2 standard

Q-bus slots available

In separate
cabinet/enclosure
(B400X-B9)

5.5-2H4
200e
512MB
25.2 GB
680.5 GB
1200 1I0s per second
2 standard
2 optional
5
HSDI0-Jx controller
takes up slots 6 & 7power only)
15

5.5-2H4
280e
512MB
25.2 GB
680.5 GB
1200 1I0s per second
2 standard
2 optional
5
HSDlO-Jx controller
takes up slots 6 & 7power only)
15

InternallExternal
1/22
1/2L.
0/21.
0/21.

InternallExternal
1/22
1/21.
0/21.
0/21.

Mode1505A
Load
Boot/load
Boot
N/A
Boot
Boot

Mode1705A
Load
Bootlload
Boot
N/A
Boot
Boot

Maximum possible Q-bus slots
11
(with B400X expansion cabinet)
Maximum Tape Configurations InternallExternal
1/22
TLZ09
1/2L.
TZKll
1/2L.
TZK20
0/21.
TZSSN-TA

11
InternallExternal
2/22
2/i
2/21.
o/i

1 256 and 192 MB not currently available
2 Tabletop maximum of two tapes per SCSI bus
2

Tape and CD-ROM drives that can be used as bood! and load devices
Device
3
InfoServer 150
RRD45
TLZ09
TZK11
TZK20
TZ88

Model106A
Load
Boot/load
Boot
Boot
Boot
Boot

Model lOS
Load
Bootlload
Boot
Boot
Boot
Boot

1. A "boot" device is defined as a device that is supported by both the hardware system's VMB bootstrap facility (console level

"BOOT" command) and the OpenVMS operating system STABACKIT utility.
2. A "load" device is defined as a device that supports the media on which Digital distributes software.
3. Attaches directly to the network for simultaneous shared access. OpenVMS V5.5-2H4 supports Initial System Software Load (ISL)
for MicroVAX 3xxx, VAX 4000, and VAX 6000 systems.

VAX Systems 3.27

VAX 4000 Model 108

Step I-Model 108 Systems
• VAX 4000 Model 108 systems require OpenVMS V5.5-2H4, V6.1, or higher. To operate systems in an existing cluster
environment, the cluster system disk must be updated.
• Systems include factory-installed software* (OpenVMS V6.2). Media and documentation is recommended for the first
system on site. Media and documentation for OpenVMS V 5.5-2H4 is included with each system for customers who
need to load and run OpenVMS V5.5-2H4.
• Systems include HSDI0-EN DSSI-SCSI controller with RZ28 2.1 GB SCSI disk, and RRD45 CD-ROM drive.
• Systems include 120 V power cord (220 V1240 V devices require a country-specific power cord; see Step 8)
• Select OpenVMS user licenses if required from Step 8.

* FIS is not a substitute for software media and documentation; see Step 7
ADVANTAGE SERVERS include
• Minitower enclosure with CPUIFPU
• DSSI-SCSI controller (HSDI0-EB)
DSSI single to Dual Attach Tri-Link
• Synchronous SCSI inteface for connecting internal
and external SCSI devices; external connection via
50-pin high density external SCSI connector
• Six Storage bays
Two Memory slots
Q-bus port
802.3 Ethernet Interface (ThinWireffhick wire) with
terminators
Ethernet kit includes ThinWire T -connector with BNC
terminators and 15-pin Thick wire
• Universal power supply that automatically adjusts to
88-132 Vac or 176-264 Vac
• Three DEC-423 asynchronous serial lines (MMJ data
leads only)

• EIA-232 asynchronous serial line with modem control
(25-pin D-subminiature connector)
• H8575-A 25-pin-to-MMJ DEC-423-to-EIA-232
adapter
• 7.6-meter (25-foot) console terminal cable
• 120 V power cord (country specific power cord
required for 240 V use)
• 64 MB or 128 MB SIMM memory
• One 2.1 GB disk (uses one 3.5" SCSI bay)
• One 600 MB CD-ROM drive (uses one 5.25"
removable media bay)
• OpenVMS base license
• Digital NAS Base Server 200 software license
• Hardware Documentation EK-VXI08-UI
• Three-year hardware product warranty
90-day software warranty

IYAX 4900 Model 108 Adval1tage SerVers

Order Number

Memory

Controllers

Digital NAS

Disk Drive

CD· ROM

DV·418CC·E9

64 MB

Base Server 200

2.1 GB FIS*

RRD45 (600 MB)

DV·418CC·F9

129 MB

Single-DSSI
DSSI-SCSI Controller
Single-DSSI
DSSI-SCSI Controller

Base Server 200

2.1 GB FIS*

RRD45 (600 MB)

Step 2-Memory
• Systems with 64 MB memory include one PB7MA-CC memory option, select one additional 64 MB memory option
(PB7MA-CC) for system total of 128 MB.
• Systems with 128 MB memory include one PB7MA-CD memory option, adding an additional memory option is not
currently supported
PB7MA·CC
PB7MA·CD*

64 MB SIMM memory for Modell 08
128 MB SIMM memory for Model 108

1. Support for adding a PB7MA-CD is not currently supported

3.28 VAX Systems

VAX 4000 Model 108

Step 2-Memory (continued)
Memory Configuration Chart
Required Memory
64MB
128MB
192MB
256MB

Model 108 (64 MB systems)
1 xPB7MA-CC
2xPB7MA-CC
1 x PB7MA-CC and 1 x PB7MA-CD
2 x PB7MA-CD~

Models 108 (128 MB systems)
N/A
1 xPB7MA-CD
1 x PB7MA-CC and 1 x PB7MA-CD
2 x PB7MA-CD

1. Support for 192 MB and 256 MB memory is not currently supported
2. Systems with 64 MB memory can only be expanded to 256 MB by removing installed 64 MB memory option and installing two
128 MB memory options.

Step 3-Storage
• Single systems support:
- Seven DSSI device IDs per DSSI node (controller), when the embedded HSD10 controller uses one device ID on the
first DSSI bus.
- Two-system DSSI VMScluster configurations that support six DSSI nodes (controllers), where each node uses one of
the eight available nodes, and can be connected between any pair of DSSI adapters (one controller in each system).

Step 3a-Storage Controller
• One KFDDA-BB Single DSSI-SCSI controller included in system, one additional KFDDA-BB supported per system.
• Four Q-bus storage adapters (two KZQSA and two KFQSA) are supported per system in B400X Q-bus enclosure.
• One HSD10-JAlJF supported per B400X Q-bus enclosure.
KFDDA-BB
KZQSA-SAISF
KFQSA-SE/SG

Single-DSSI-SCSI controller for VAX 4000 ModelI08
Q-bus-to-SCSI adapter. Uses one Q-bus slot in BA400x enclosure. Supports two SCSI devices (tape
and CD-ROM) in tabletop enclosure. FactorylField installed.
Q-bus-to-DSSI adapter. Uses one Q-bus slot in BA400x enclosure, includes 25-foot BC21M-25 cable.
FactoryIField installed.

Step 3b-Internal Storage
• System supports maximum of six internal devices in any of the following combinations:
- Six RZ26 or RZ28 half-height disk drives, or
- Five RZ26 or RZ28 disk drives and one removable media device
- Three RZ26 or RZ28 half-height disk drives and three removable media devices
- Maximum of three RZ29B disk drives supported, must be installed in removable media device bays
• RZ28B drive in Advantage Servers include Factory Installed Software (FIS)
• Order a load device (TLZ09) if necessary
• OpenVMS Cluster satellite members or systems being loaded over the network do not require a load device.
• HSD10-EB is configured on KFDDA-BB DSSI bus 0 and supports up to 6 RZ2x internal disks and up to seven RZ2x
disks when the external HSD 10 SCSI port is used. SCSI bus is terminated on the HSD 10 controller side and requires a
terminator on the far end of the SCSI bus. One HSDIO supported per system enclosure.
• Internal removable media devices are configured on the internal on-board SCSI bus.
Removable Media Devices for Model 108
RRD4S-AB
TLZ09-LK
TZK11-LG
TZK20-LK

600 MB 4X CD-ROM drive
8.0 GB 4 mm DAT drive
2.1 GB cartridge QIC tape drive
2.3 GB 300 Kbs SCSI QIC tape drive

VAX Systems 3.29

VAX 4000 Model 108

Step 3b-Internal Storage
SCSI Disk Drives
RZ26N-EB
RZ2SM-EB
RZ2SD-EB
RZ29B-EB

1.0 GB 3.5" xl" SCSI disk drive 5400 RPM
2.1 GB 3.5" x I" SCSI disk drive 5400 RPM
2.1 GB 3.5" x I" SCSI disk drive 7200 RPM
4.3 GB 3.5" x 1.6" SCSI disk drive 7200 RPM

Step 3c-External Storage
Use the following table to calculate external SCSI bus length.
Maximum
SCSI Bus Length

Model lOS

On-board internal
1.2 m ( 47.2 inches)
On-board external
4.8 m (189.0 inches)
HSD10 SCSI internal 1.2 m ( 47.2 inches)
HSD10 SCSI external4.8 m (189.0 inches)
DSSI External Expansion
•
•
•
•
•

StorageWorks Deskside Expansion Units (BA356) support HSD10-AA for DSSI expansion
One Q-bus expansion cabinet (B400X) supported per system
One TKxx tape drive supported in B400X expansion cabinet
Two TZxxtrLZxx tape drives supported per DSSI bus
One HSD10-Jx DSSI-SCSI controller per BA400X expansion cabinet

StorageWorks HSD10 Array Controller
• StorageWorks BA356 supports HSD10 DSSI-SCSI array controller and up to seven SCSI devices
HSD10-AA

HSD10-AD

HSD10-AF

StorageWorks HSD10 DSSI-SCSI Array controller with 8 MB cache buffer, supports seven SCSI-2
devices; includes DSSI terminator and trilink adapter; requires BC29R-xx DSSI cable for VAX 4000
to HSD 10 connection.
StorageWorks HSD10 DSSI-SCSI Array controller with 16 MB cache buffer, supports seven SCSI-2
devices; includes DSSI terminator and trilink adapter; requires BC29R-xx DSSI cable for VAX 4000
to HSD 10 connection.
StorageWorks HSD10 DSSI-SCSI Array controller with 32 MB cache buffer, supports seven SCSI-2
devices; includes DSSI terminator and trilink adapter; requires BC29R-xx DSSI cable for VAX 4000
to HSD10 connection.

B400X Expansion Cabinet
•
•
•
•

B400X includes Q-bus extender modules and two 9-foot (2.7 m) cables
9-foot (2.7 m) BC21M-09 DSSI cable
6-foot (1.8 m) BC06P-06 KZQSA cable
10-foot (3.0 m) BC09F-10 power control cable, Universal power supply, and 120 V power cord

B400X-B9

Q-bus Expansion Cabinet provides eleven additional Q-bus slots and supports:
One TKxx, TLZxx, or TZxx tape drive
One HSD10-Jx controller and four RZ28x-AAlRZ29B-AA disk drives
One HSD10-Jx controller and three RZ282-AAlRZ292-AA disk drives and one RZ28M-xxIRZ29BAA disk drive in any combination ofRZ28M-AA and RZ282-AA, not to exceed 7 drives per
HSD10-JA.

SCSI Storage Devices for B400X
RRD4S-JA

3.30 VAX Systems

600 MB 4X CD-ROM drive, requires KZQSA Q-bus-to-SCSI controller or HSD10-JA DSSI-SCSI
controller

VAX 4000 Model 108

Step 3c-External Storage (continued)
SCSI External Storage
o

System supports seven SCSI devices per system on HSDI0 DSSI-SCSI controller, up to 6 internal, and up to 7 on
external HSD 10 SCSI port.
System supports seven SCSI devices per system on the on-board SCSI controller, up to 5 internal, and up to 7 on
external SCSI port.
Maximum SCSI bus length, internal and external, is 236-inches (6 meters), see SCSI cable chart

StorageWorks Expansion Units
o

StorageWorks BA356 supports HSDI0 DSSI-SCSI array controller and up to seven SCSI devices

BA356-SC

BA362-AAIAB
BA364-AAIAB

StorageWorks 16-bit shelf includes dual speed blowers. Supports maximum of seven 3.5" devices 8 or
16-bit), requires BA35X-MG 8-bit I/O module, and BN21H-xx SCSI cable
Office expansion unit, supports up to two 3.5" modular storage devices, requires BN31V-Ol 3.2 feet
(1.0 m) SCSI cable
Office expansion unit, supports up to four 3.5" modular storage devices and one fixed CD-ROM,
requires BN31V-Ol 3.2 feet (1.0 m) SCSI cable

1. One BA356 expansion unit is supported per single ended SCSI bus; no other external device can be connected to system with BA356
unit.

SCSI devices supported in StorageWorks Expansion Units
RZ26N-VAIVW
RZ28M-VANW
RZ28D-VANW
RZ29B-VAIVW
TLZ09-VA
TZ88N-VA

1.0 GB 3.5" xl" half-height disk drive, 5400 RPM
2.1 GB 3.5" x I" half-height disk drive, 5400 RPM
2.1 GB 3.5" x I" half-height disk drive, 7200 RPM
2.1 GB 3.5" x 1.6" half-height disk drive, 7200 RPM
8.0 GB 3.5" half-height 4-mm DAT drive
20/40 GB SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier

External SCSI devices
RRD45-FAlDG*
TZ88N-TA
TZ887-NT
BC09D-03
BC09D-06

600 MB 4X CD-ROM tabletop drive, requires BC06P-06 1.8 meter (6 foot) SCSI cable, 120 V/240 V
20/40 GB SCSI tabletop tape drive
280 GB SCSI tabletop 7 cartridge loader tape subsystem
TZ8x cable, 3 foot (0.9 m)
TZ8x cable, 6 ft (1.8 m)
TZ8x cable, 9 ft (2.7 m)

BC09D-09
* -FA variant includes 120 V power cord, order country specific power cord for DG variant

Step 4-Networks and Communications
Systems support one asynchronous and one synchronous communication option. Select host-based communications
controllers for standalone systems (without LAN connectivity), or for other requirements.
Asynchronous Multiplexer Options
Select one asynchronous multiplexer for communications expansion
DHW42-CB

DHW42-BB

Provides eight EIA-232 lines for a system total of 12 asynchronous lines (three data only and nine with
modem control). Includes internal logic module with cable, EIA-232 I/O assembly, and two external
50-pin to 4-way 25-pin BC29J-06 1.8-m (6-ft) cables; factory or field installed.
Provides 16 DEC-423 lines for a system total of 20 asynchronous lines (l9 data only and one with
modem control). Includes internal logic module with cable, DEC-423 I/O assembly, two external 36pin BCI6C-I0 3-m (lO-ft) cables, and two H3104-00 eight-line distribution harmonica; factory or field
installed.

Note:Addition of DHW42 xB options increases number of users; an OpenVMS license upgrade may be required.

VAX Systems 3.31

VAX 4000 Model 108

Step 4-Networks and Communications (continued)
Synchronous Communications Options
• Select one synchronous option
• EIA-232N.24 cable (BCI9D-02) is included-select alternate cables for EIA-423N.I0 and EIA-422N.ll connection
• VAX WAN Device Driver included in OpenVMS layered products CD-ROM media. VAX WAN Device Drive Vl.2 or
higher is required.
DSW43-AA
BC19B-02
BC19E-02

EIA-232 synchronous controller provides two lines). Includes synchronous logic module, I/O
assembly, and external EIA-232 0.6-m (2-foot) adapter cable
EIA-422N.ll 0.6-m (2-foot) adapter cable
EIA-423N.I0 0.6-m (2-foot) adapter cable

802.3lEthernet Communications Controller
802.3lEthernet Interface (ThinWirelThick wire selectable) included with system. Connection of system to Ethernet
requires a ThinWire BNC connection (e.g., BC16M cable) or a thick wire IS-pin AUI transceiver cable (e.g., BNE3x).

IVAX 4000 Model 108 systems require a B400X Q-bus expansion cabinet before adding any of the following options
FDDI Communications Controller
DEFQA-SA/SF

DEFQA-DAlDF

DEC FDDIcontroller/Q-bus SAS (single attachment station) FDDI Controller. Uses one Q-bus slot.
Modell0SA systems running OpenVMS VS.S-2H4 require DEC LAN Device drive kit for OpenVMS
VAX V.1.0. DEC LAN device driver included in OpenVMS V6.1. Factory/field installed.
DEC FDDIcontroller/Q-bus DAS (dual attachment station) FDDI Controller. Uses one Q-bus slot.
Modell0SA systems running OpenVMS VS.5-2H4 require DEC LAN device driver kit for OpenVMS
VAX V1.0. DEC LAN device driver included in OpenVMS V6.1. Factory/field installed.

Both options use the ANSI standard MIC (media interface connector) and support multimode fiber (MMF) up to distances of 2
kilometers between stations. Options require one Q-bus slot (maximum two per system) and a DEC LAN device driver kit.
QA-OPAAA-H5
QA-OPAAA-HM

DEC LAN device driver kit for DEFQA on TKSO
DEC LAN device driver kit for DEFQA on 9-track 1600-bitlinch magtape

Step 5-Console Terminal
A console device is necessary for a system to function. Console cable included with system. Order video terminals (e.g.,
VTS20) for each system unless otherwise available. Note: One console terminal required per configuration. VT330,
VT340, VT420 with split screen capability can be used as a shared console terminal.

Step 6-Terminals and Printers
Select terminals and serial printers as required. Serial printers connect to an asynchronous line. A cable (e.g., BCI6E-2S)
must be ordered with each unless otherwise provided.

3.32 VAX Systems

VAX 4000 Model 108

Step 7-Software
Licenses required to support additional users beyond those included in base systems.
Operating System support requires VS.S-2H4, V6.2 or higher
Software Processor Code
Clusterwide License Rating

=S
=100 (E)

OpenVMS VAX Interactive User Licenses
OpenVMS V AX Interactive User licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX VS.S or greater. OpenVMS V AX
Interactive User licenses are specific to a single system and cannot be shared across an OpenVMS Cluster.
QL-XULA9-BB
QL-XULA9-BC
QL-XULA9-BD
QL-XULA9-BE
QL-XULA9-BF
QL-XULA9-BG

OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User Licenses
OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive User licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX Version 6.0 or greater.
OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive User licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved between
systems at user discretion. OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses can also be shared across an entire
OpenVMS Cluster running OpenVMS VAX V6.0 or greater.
Note: OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are architecture specific and cannot be shared across a mixed
OpenVMS Cluster (OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha systems).
QL-09SA9-BB
QL-09SA9-BC
QL-09SA9-BD
QL-09SA9-BE
QL-09SA9-BF
QL-09SA9-BG
QL-09SA9-BH
QL-09SAA-BR
QL-09SAB-BR

OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive I-user license
OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive 2-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 4-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 8-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive I6-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 32-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 64-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive I28-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 2S6-user license

OpenVMS Consolidated Software Media (CD-ROM) and Documentation-requires CD-ROM reader
Systems include OpenVMS V6.2 base license; order media and documentation separately for OpenVMS V6.2. Systems
also include OpenVMS VS.S-2H4 media and documentation
QA-VWJSA-AS
QA-VYRSA-GS
QA-A93AA-Hx*
QA-GXXAB-Hx*

OpenVMS layered product binaries on CD-ROM without hardcopy documentation.
OpenVMS extended online documentation and layered product online documentation on CD-ROM;
requires DECwindows Bookreader.
P ATHWORKS for OpenVMS media and documentation
POSIX media and documentation (without IEEE documentation)

* x denotes media type: 8=CDOROM, 5=TK50, M=magtape

VAX Systems 3.33

VAX 4000 Model 108

Step 7-Software (continued)
Digital NAS Base Server 200
Advantage Servers include Digital NAS Base Server 200 license, order media and documentation separately.
QA·MCIAA·Hx*

Digital NAS Base Server 200 media and documentation kit

* x denotes media type: 8=CD-ROM, 5=TK50, M=magtape
Step 7-Power Cords
• Select power cord for 220/240 V use
• BN19P-2E power cord is included with North American systems. Select country specific power cord for 240 V use
Power Cords for VAX 4000 Model 108 systems
Order Number
BN19p·2E
BN19H·2E
BN19C·2E
BN19A·2E
BN19E·2E
BN19K·2E
BN24X·2E
BN19S·2E
BN18L·2E

CountryN oltage
U.S.lJapan 125 V
AustralialNew Zealand 125 V
Central Europe, 250 V
U.K.lIreland, 250 V
Switzerland, 250 V
Denmark, 250 V
Italy, 250 V
India/South Africa, 250 V
Israel, 250 V

Amps
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Plug
NEMA5-15
AS 3112-1981
CEE 717 (Schuko)
BS 1363
SEV 1011
Afsnit 107
CEI 23-16 / VII
BS 546
SI32

Meters (Feet)
1.9 (6.2)
2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)

Power Cords for B400X and R400X Expansion Pedestals
BN20B·2E
BN22C·2E
BN22D·2E
BN22E·2E
BN22F·2E
BN22H·2E
BN22J·2E
BN22K·2E
BN22L·2E

u.S., Canada, Japan
Australia, New Zealand
Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Finland, Holland, Norway, Sweden, Portugal, Spain
U.K., Ireland
Switzerland
Denmark
Italy
India
Israel

Step 8-Diagnostics and Documentation
Select optional diagnostics and documentation.
QZ·K14AA·US
QZ·K32AA·U8

On TK50 media
On CD-ROM media

Extended Diagnostics and Documentation
QX·K19AC·AA
QZ·K19AA·HS
QX·K32AA.AA
QZ·K32AA·H8
QZ·K19AA·GZ

3.34 VAX Systems

Single-use TK50 license
Media on TK50
Single-use CD-ROM license
Media on CD-ROM
Hardcopy extended maintenance documentation

VAX 4000 Model 108
VAX 4000 Model 108 System Diagram

1 Front Door
2 CD-ROM
3 System Disk Drive
4 System board
5 SIMM board (required)
6 Power Supply
7 Rear drive bay

8 DHW42 Asynchronous option
9 DSW43 Synchronous option
10 KFDDA (optional)
11 HSDlO DSSI-SCSI adapter
12 KFDDA
13 CDAL 110 board
14 SIMM carrier

MLD-Ol3510

1
2
3
4
5
6

Front door
Power switch
Disk drive LED
PowerLED
Halt switch; halts system and returns it from operating
system to console mode
RZ2x SCSI disk (non-accessible)

VAX Systems 3.35

VAX 4000 Model 108
VAX 4000 Model 108 System Diagram

1 Qbus port
2 Qbus port
3 SCSI port (tenninated when not in use)
4 Aux 2A AC power outlet
5 AC power input connector
6 Pre-installed software label
7 System identification label
8 Lockdown hasp
9 ThinWire Ethernet
10 ThinWire Ethernet LED
11 Tick wire Ethernet

3.36 VAX Systems

12 Tick wire Ethernet LED
13 Modem port (MMJ adapter provided)
14 MMJ port (for console only)
15 MMJport
16 MMJ port
17 DHW42 Asynchronous communication (optional)
18 DSW43 Synchronous communication (optional)
19 KFDDA DSSI port (optional)
20 HSDlO SCSI port
21 KFDDA port (TriLink adapter provided)

VAX 4000 Modell06A

VAX 4000 Modell06A Systems
Step I-Model106A Systems
• VAX 4000 Modell06A systems require OpenVMS V5.5-2H4 or V6.2. To operate systems in an existing cluster
environment, the cluster system disk must be updated.
• Systems include factory-installed software* (OpenVMS V6.2). Media and documentation is recommended for the first
system on site. Media and documentation for OpenVMS V 5.5-2H4 is included with each system for customers who
need to load and run OpenVMS V5.5-2H4.
• Systems includes HSDI0-EN DSSI-SCSI Controller with RZ28 2.1 GB SCSI disk, and RRD45 CD-ROM drive.
• Systems include 120 V power cord (220 V/240 V devices require a country-specific power cord; see Step 9)
• Select OpenVMS user licenses if required from Step 8
*FIS is not a substitute for software media and documentation; see Step 8

ADVANTAGE SERVERS include
• CPU with dual DSSI controller, 802.3IEthernet
(ThinWire/thick wire) controller
• BA42B tabletop enclosure with:
- Mounting slots for 1 HSDI0 adapter and 2 SCSI disks
- Synchronous SCSI controller
- Two SCSI slots for removable media devices
- Q-bus port
- Universal power supply that automatically adjusts to
88-132 Vac or 176-264 Vac
- Three DEC-423 asynchronous serial lines (MMJ data
leads only)
- H8575-A 25-pin-to-MMJ DEC-423-to-EIA-232
adapter

• 7.6-meter (25-foot) console terminal cable
• 64 MB memory (MS44-DC)
HSDI0-EN Adapter
RZ28M-EN SCSI disk drive
CD-ROM RRD45 drive
OpenVMS base license
Digital NAS Base Server 200 software license
DSSI VMScluster Installation and Troubleshooting
Guide (EK-410AB-MG), hardware documentation
Three-year hardware warranty
• 90 day software warranty

IVAX 4000 Modell06A Advantage Servers
Order Number

Memory

Controllers

Digital NAS

Disk Drive

CD-ROM

DV -416CC-E9

64 MB

Dual-DSSI
DSSI-SCSI Controller

Base Server 200

2.1 GB FIS*

RRD45 (600 MB)

Step 2-Memory
Systems include 64 MB of memory. Select additional memory if required; 64 MB systems can be expanded to 80 or 128
MB.
MS44L-BC
MS44-DC

16 MB of memory (4 x 4 MB DSIM modules)
64 MB of memory (4 x 16 MB DSIM modules)

Step 3-Storage
Select storage devices if required. Field-installed options require Customer Services installation.
• Single systems support:
- Seven ISEs per DSSI adapter, where the embedded HSDI0 controller uses one of the ISEs on the first DSSI bus.
- Two-system DSSI VMS cluster configurations that support six DSSI nodes, where each node uses one of the eight
available nodes, and can be connected between any pair of DSSI adapters (one adapter in each system).

VAX Systems 3.37

VAX 4000 Modell06A

Step 3a-Storage Controllers!Adapters
• Four Q-bus storage adapters (two KZQSA and two KFQSA) are supported per system in B400X enclosure
• One HSD10-JAlJF is supported per B400X enclosure
• HSD10 Field Upgrade Kit (HSD10-EK) includes controller and internal cabling
KFQSA-SE/SG
KZQSA-SAISF
HSDIO-ENIEK
HSDIO-JAlJF
HSDIO-AA

Q-bus-to-DSSI adapter. Uses one Q-bus slot (in B400X expansion pedestal); factory/field installed.
Q-bus-to-SCSI adapter. Uses one Q-bus slot (in B400X expansion pedestal). Supports two SCSI
devices (tape and CD-ROM) in tabletop enclosure.
DSSI-SCSI-2 controller embedded in BA42B enclosure, supports up to two SCSI devices; factory/field
installed.
DSSI-SCSI-2 controller embedded in BA440IBA4301B400X enclosure, supports up to seven SCSI
devices; factory/field installed. Requires 2 Q-bus slots for power; no Q-bus load. One per enclosure.
DSSI-SCSI-2 controller for StorageWorks BA350 form factor, supports up to seven SCSI devices.

Step 3b-Internal Storage
• System enclosure supports up to two 3.5" disk devices on top tray and two 5.25-inch SCSI removable media devices on
bottom tray.
• Two SCSI hard disk drives are supported in bottom native mode SCSI trays. A maximum of 3 hard SCSI disk drives are
supported in BA42B enclosure due to power constraints; Note: A maximum of two hard SCSI disk drives are supported
if RZ29B (3.5" x 1.6") disks are selected.
• HSD10-EN configured on DSSI bus 0 and will support up to 2 RZ28M-ENIEK on DSSI adapter internal to BA42B; one
per system box. HSD10-ENIEK SCSI bus is terminated internal to the BA42B.
SCSI Removable Media Devices
RX26-EN
RRD4S-EN
TLZ09-HF
TZKll-HF
TZK20-HF

2.8 MB diskette drive
600 MB 4x CD-ROM drive
8.0 GB DAT drive; factory/field installed
2.0 GB quarter-inch cartridge (QIC) tape drive; factory/field installed
2.3 GB 300 Kbs SCSI QIC tape drive

SCSI Disk Devices
RZ26N-EN
RZ28M-EN
RZ28D-EN
RZ29B-EN

1.05 GB 3.5" x I" SCSI disk drive 5400 RPM
2.1 GB 3.5" xl" SCSI disk drive 5400 RPM
2.1 GB 3.5" x I" SCSI disk drive 7200 RPM
4.3 GB 3.5" x 1.6" SCSI disk drive 7200 RPM

Step 3c-DSSI External Expansion
•
•
•
•

One Q-bus expansion pedestal (B400X) supported per CPU
One TKxx tape drive supported in a B400X expansion pedestal
Two TZxxITLZxxITZxx tape drives supported per DSSI bus
One HSD10-Jx controller per B400X-B9 expansion box

B400X Expansion Pedestals include
•
•
•
•

Q-bus extender modules and two 2.7-meter (9-foot) cables (B400X only)
2.7-meter (9-foot) DSSI cable (BC21M-09)
1.8-meter (6-foot) KZQSA cable (BC06P-06)
3.0-meter (lO-foot) power control cable (BC09F-10), Universal power supply, 120 V power cord

B400X-B9

3.38 VAX Systems

Provides eleven additional Q-bus slots and supports:
One TKxx, TLZXX, or, TZxx tape drive
One HSD10-Jx controller and four RZ28x-AAlRZ29B-AA
One HSD10-Jx controller and three RZ282-AAlRZ29B-aa disk drives and one RZ28M-xxIRZ29B-AA
disk drive or any combination ofRZ28M-AA and RZ282-AA, not to exceed 7 drives per HSD10-Jx.

VAX 4000 Modell06A

Step 3c-DSSI External Expansion (continued)
SCSI Storage Devices for B400X
RRD45-JA

600 MB quad-speed CD-ROM drive. Requires Q-bus-to-SCSI controller (KZQSA-SNSF) or DSSISCSI controller HSD05-JA

OpenVMS V6.2 supports standalone backup. Standalone backup is not supported on OpenVMS V5.5-2H4.

Step 3d-SCSI External Storage
Configuration Rules
• System supports seven SCSI devices per CPU on synchronous SCSI controller, 2 internal and 5 external in a BA356
StorageWorks enclosure. Maximum one BA356 per CPU due to cable restrictions.
• Select storage controller if additional external SCSI storage is required.
• Maximum SCSI bus length (internal and external) is 6 meters (236 inches). See SCSI cable chart for cable length
information.
• BA3560 deskside expansion unit supports HSDI0 DSSI-SCSI controller controllers and up to seven SCSI-2 devices
• See StorageWorks Section for qualified list of SCSI devices.
StorageWorks HSDIO Array Controller
• StorageWorks BA356 supports HSDI0 DSSI-SCSI array controller and up to seven SCSI devices
HSDIO-AA

HSDIO-AD

HSDIO-AF

StorageWorks HSDI0 DSSI-SCSI Array controller with 8 MB cache buffer, supports seven SCSI-2
devices; includes DSSI terminator and trilink adapter; requires BC29R-xx DSSI cable for V AX 4000
to HSD 10 connection.
StorageWorks HSDI0 DSSI-SCSI Array controller with 16 MB cache buffer, supports seven SCSI-2
devices; includes DSSI terminator and trilink adapter; requires BC29R-xx DSSI cable for VAX 4000
to HSD 10 connection.
StorageWorks HSDI0 DSSI-SCSI Array controller with 32 MB cache buffer, supports seven SCSI-2
devices; includes DSSI terminator and trilink adapter; requires BC29R-xx DSSI cable for VAX 4000
to HSD 10 connection.

StorageWorks Expansion Units
• StorageWorks BA356 supports HSDI0 DSSI-SCSI array controller and up to seven SCSI devices
BA356-SC

BA362-AAIAB
BA364-AAIAB

StorageWorks 16-bit shelf includes dual speed blowers. Supports maximum of seven 3.5" devices 8 or
16- bit), requires BA35X-MG 8-bit 110 module, and BN21H-xx SCSI cable
Office expansion unit, supports up to two 3.5" modular storage devices, requires BN31V-Ol 3.2 feet
(1.0 m) SCSI cable
Office expansion unit, supports up to four 3.5" modular storage devices and one fixed CD-ROM,
requires BN31V-Ol 3.2 feet (1.0 m) SCSI cable

1. One BA356 expansion unit is supported per single ended SCSI bus; no other external device can be connected to system with BA356
unit.

SCSI devices supported in StorageWorks Expansion Units
RZ26N-VAfVW
RZ28M-VAlVW
RZ28D-VAlVW
RZ29B-VAfVW
TLZ09-VA
TZ88N-VA

1.0 GB 3.5" x I" disk drive 5400 RPM in StorageWorks carrier
2.1 GB 3.5" x I" disk drive 5400 RPM in StorageWorks carrier
2.1 GB 3.5" x I" disk drive 7200 RPM in StorageWorks carrier
2.1 GB 3.5" x 1.6" disk drive 7200 RPM in StorageWorks carrier
8.0 GB 3.5" half-height 4-mm DAT drive in StorageWorks carrier
20/40 GB SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier

VAX Systems 3.39

VAX 4000 Model 106A

Step 3d-SCSI External Storage (continued)
External SCSI devices
RRD45-FAlDG*
TZ88N-TA
TZ887-NT
BC09D-03
BC09D-06

BC09D-09
* -FA variant includes 120 V power cord, order country specific power cord for DG variant

SCSI Cable Chart
SCSI cabling recommendations. Maximum cable length must not exceed 4.3 m (174.4 in.) outside of system enclosure.
The following devices include cables except TZ8x, which requires BC06P-xx cable.
Tabletop Enclosure Internal Cable Length
RRD45

TLZ09
TZ8x

0.35 m (14 in.)
0.32 m (12.6 in.)
0.32 m (12.6 in.)

External Cable Length

1.0 m (36 in.)
0.91 m (36 in.)
0.91 m (36 in.)

Step 4-Networks and Communications
Select communications options as required. See Network Products Guide for more information.
• Select host-based communications controllers for standalone systems (without LAN connectivity), or for other
requirements.
• Select one asynchronous multiplexer for communications expansion.
DHW42-AA

DHW42-CA

DHW42-BA

DHW42-UP

Provides eight DEC-423 lines for a system total of 12 asynchronous lines (11 data only and one with
modem control). Includes internal logic module with cable, DEC-423 I/O assembly, external 36-pin
3-meter (10-foot) cable (BCI6C-I0), and H3104-00 eight-line distribution harmonica; factory or field
installed.
Provides eight EIA-232 lines for a system total of 12 asynchronous lines (three data only and nine with
modem control). Includes internal logic module with cable, EIA-232 I/O assembly, and two 1.8-meter
(6-foot) external 50-pin to 4-way 25-pin (BC29J-06) cables; factory or field installed.
Provides 16 DEC-423 lines for a system total of 20 asynchronous lines (l9 data only and one with
modem control). Includes internal logic module with cable, DEC-423 I/O assembly, two external 36pin 3-meter (lO-foot) cables (BCI6C-I0), and two H3104-00 eight-line distribution harmonica; factory
or field installed.
Upgrades DHW42-AA to DHW42-BA; field installed only.

Synchronous Communications Option
• Select one synchronous option
• EIA-232 synchronous cable (BCI9D-02 is included-select alternate cables for EIA-423N.I0 and EIA-422N.ll
connection)
DSW42-AA
BC19B·02
BC19E-02

EIA-232 synchronous controller--provides two lines. Includes synchronous logic module, I/O
assembly, and external 0.6-meter (2-foot) EIA-232 adapter cable.
EIA-422N.ll 0.6-meter (2-foot) adapter cable
EIA-423N.I0 0.6-meter (2-foot) adapter cable

Note: VAX WAN Device Driver included in OpenVMS Layered Products CD-ROM media; see Step 8 for details. VAX
WAN Device Driver Vl.2 or higher required.

3.40 VAX Systems

VAX 4000 Model106A

Step 4-Networks and Communications (continued)
802.3lEthernet Communications Controller
802.3IEthernet interface (ThinWire/thick wire selectable) included with system. Connection of system to Ethernet requires
a ThinWire BNC connection (e.g.; BC16M cable) or a thick wire IS-pin AUI transceiver cable (e.g.; BNE3x). Select one
additional controller (maximum two per system)
DESQA-SAISF

802.3/EthemetlQ-bus controller, ThinWire / thick wire Uses one Q-bus slot; factory/field installed.

IVAX 4000 Model106A systems require a B400X Q-bus expansion cabinet before adding any of the following options I
FDDI Communications Controller
DEFQA-SAISF

DEFQA-DAlDF

DEC FDDIcontroller/Q-bus SAS (single attachment station) FDDI Controller. Uses one Q-bus slot.
Model10SA systems running OpenVMS VS.S-2H4 require DEC LAN Device drive kit for
OpenVMS VAX V.1.0. DEC LAN device driver included in OpenVMS V6.1. Factory/field
installed.
DEC FDDIcontroller/Q-bus DAS (dual attachment station) FDDI Controller. Uses one Q-bus slot.
Model10SA systems running OpenVMS VS.S-2H4 require DEC LAN device driver kit for
OpenVMS VAX Vl.O. DEC LAN device driver included in OpenVMS V6.1. Factory/field installed.

DEC LAN device driver kit for DEFQA on TKSO
DEC LAN device driver kit for DEFQA on 9-track 1600-bitlinch magtape

Local and Wide Area Communications Servers
Each communications server requires an 802.3IEthernet connection. Depending on the server selected, either a ThinWire
BNC connection (e.g., BC16M) or a thick wire IS-pin AUI transceiver cable (e.g., BNE3x) is required. Software media,
documentation, and cables are also required. See Network Products Guide for ordering information.
Infoserver 1000 Network Storage Server
To provide initial system load (ISL) capabilities to V AX systems, order the InfoServer Local Area compact disk. Other
configurations are offered for tape/backup and serving more CD-ROMs. InfoServer systems support CD-ROM, hard drives,
magneto-optical and tape drives. InfoServer 1000 systems can serve up to seven SCSI devices. See Storage Devices, for
ordering information.

Step 5-Console Terminal
A console device is necessary for a system to function. Console cable included with system. Order video terminals (e.g.,
VTS20, VT420) for each system unless otherwise available. Note: One console terminal required per configuration. A
VT330, VT340, VT420 with split screen capability can be used as a shared console terminal.

Step 6-Terminals and Printers
Select terminals and printers as required. Serial printers connect to an asynchronous line. A cable (e.g., BC16E-2S) must be
ordered unless otherwise available. Maximum two parallel printers per LPV11 controller; maximum two controllers per
system which require one Q-bus slot each.

Step 7-CPU Upgrades
In cabinet CPU upgrade for V AX 4000 Models 100/100Al10SA and 106A systems.
Order Number
53XR-BA

From

VAX 4000 Models 100,
100A,10SA

To
V AX 4000 Modell 06A

Includes

OpenVMS VAX base license

VAX Systems 3.41

VAX 4000 Modell06A

Step 7a-Dual-DSSI Adapter Module (field installed)
Select dual-DSSI storage adapter module upgrade for installed VAX 4000 Model 100, IOOA, IOSA or I06A systems. Both
options require one additional9-foot DSSI cable (BC2IM-09).
Order Number

From

KFDDA-AFI

Model IOOA and IOSA
Model IOONIOSA systems High-speed dual-DSSI adapter module,
systems with one high-speed
cable assembly; and user documentation
DSSI adapter module

Includes

KFDDA-CF2

Model 100 systems with one Model IOOA system
high-speed DSSI adapter
module

High-speed dual-DSSI adapter module,
DSSI in/out cable, 110 cover panel,
OpenVMS and CPU firmware upgrade
media kits, and user documentation

For VAX 4000 Model 100A systems with serial numbers KA332ABJ46 and higher, or AY33328925 and higher and all Model 105A systems
2 For VAX 4000 Model 100 systems with serial numbers KA332ABJ45 and lower, or A Y33328924 and lower

Step 8-Software
Software Processor Code
Clusterwide License Rating

=100 (E)

OpenVMS VAX Interactive User Licenses
OpenVMS VAX Interactive User licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX VS.S or greater. OpenVMS VAX
Interactive User licenses are specific to a single system and cannot be shared across a VMScluster.
QL-XULA9-BB
QL-XULA9-BC
QL-XULA9-BD
QL-XULA9-BE
QL-XULA9-BF
QL-XULA9-BG

OpenVMS VAX Distributed Iqteractive User Licenses
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX Version 6.0 or greater.
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved between
systems at user discretion. OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses can also be shared across an entire
VMS cluster running OpenVMS V AX V6.0 or greater.
Note:OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are architecture specific and cannot be shared across a mixed VMScluster (OpenVMS V AX and
OpenVMS AXP systems).

QL-09SA9-BB
QL-09SA9-BC
QL-09SA9-BD
QL-09SA9-BE
QL-09SA9-BF
QL-09SA9-BG
QL-09SA9-BH
QL-09SAA-BR
QL-09SAB-BR

3.42

VAX Systems

OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive I-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 2-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 4-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 8-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 16-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 32-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 64-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 128-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 2S6-user license

VAX 4000 Modell06A

Step 8-Software (continued)
OpenVMS Consolidated Software Media (CD-ROM) and documentation-requires CD-ROM reader
Systems include OpenVMS V6.1 base license; order media and documentation separately for OpenVMS V6.1.
Systems also include OpenVMS VS.S-2H4 media and documentation
QA-VWJSA-AS
QA-VYRSA-GS
QA-A93AA-Hx
QA-GXXAB-Hx

OpenVMS layered product binaries on CD-ROM without hardcopy documentation
OpenVMS extended online documentation and layered product online documentation on CD-ROM;
requires DEC windows Bookreader
P ATHWORKS for OpenVMS media and documentation
POSIX media without IEEE documentation

x denotes media type: 5 =TK50; M =Magtape

Digital NAS Base Server Licenses
ADVANTAGE-SERVERS include Digital NAS Base Server 200 license, order media and documentation separately
QA-MCIAA-Hx

Digital NAS Base Server 200 media and documentation kit (CD-ROM)

* denotes processor code

x denotes media type: 8 =CD-ROM, 5 =TK50, M =magtape

Step 9-Power Cords
Select for 2201240 V use.

Power Cords for VAX 4000 Model105A System Enclosure
BN19A-2E
BN19C-2E
BN19E-2E
BN19K-2E
BN19M-2E
BN19U-2E
BN19H-2E
BN19S-2E

U.K., Ireland
Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Finland, Holland, Norway, Sweden, Portugal, Spain
Switzerland
Denmark
Italy
Israel
Australia, New Zealand
India

Power Cords for B400X and R400X Expansion Pedestals
BN20B-2E
BN22C-2E
BN22D-2E
BN22E-2E
BN22F-2E
BN22H-2E
BN22J-2E
BN22K-2E
BN22L-2E

U.S., Canada, Japan
Australia, New Zealand
Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Finland, Holland, Norway, Sweden, Portugal, Spain
U.K., Ireland
Switzerland
Denmark
Italy
India
Israel

VAX Systems

3.43

VAX 4000 Modell06A

Step lO-Diagnostics and Documentation
Select optional diagnostics and documentation.
QZ-K14AA-U5
QZ-K32AA-U8

On TK50 media
On CD-ROM media

Extended Diagnostics and Documentation
QX-K19AC-AA
QZ-K19AA-H5
QX-K32AA-AA
QZ-K32AA-H8
QZ-K19AA-GZ

Single-use TK50 license
Media on TK50
Single-use CD-ROM license
Media on CD-ROM
Hardcopy extended maintenance documentation

Hardware Documentation
QZ-K04AB-GZ

English language (included with system)

VAX 4000 106A System Diagram

3.44 VAX Systems

VAX 4000 Model106A
V AX 4000 Model 106A System Diagram

Thick Wire
Ethernet
Connector

MLOl1726

Specifications
Physical Characteristics
Height
Width
Depth
Weight
Power Requirements
Nominal voltage
Power source phasing
Nominal frequency
V oltage range

14.99 cm ( 5.90 in.)
46.38 cm (18.26 in.)
40.00 cm (15.75 in.)
18.40 kg (40.00 lb)*

120/240 V rms
Single
50-60 Hz
88-132 Vrms
176-264 Vrms
Line frequency tolerance 47-63 Hz
2.011.0 A
Typical running current
Typical power consumption240 W
Standard Communication
Minimum MMJ lines
Three DEC-423
Modem lines
OneEIA-232
Ethernet
Thick wire and ThinWire supported on all models
Communications Options
MMJ lines
Eight DEC-423
MMJ lines
16 DEC-423
Modem lines
Eight EIA-232
Synchronous lines
Two synchronous
Operating Environment
Temperature (sea level)
10°-40° C (50°-90° F)
Relative humidity
10%-90% noncondensing
Maximum operating alti- 2.4 km (8,000 ft)
tude

* Approximate weight with HSDlO-EN and two disks

VAX Systems 3.45

V AX 4000 Model SOSA and 70SA

Step I-VAX 4000 Model SOSA and 70SA Systems
• VAX 4000 Model505A and 705A systems require OpenVMS V5.5-2H4 or V6.2. To operate systems in an existing
cluster environment, the cluster system disk must be updated.
• Systems ordered with one disk include factory-installed software* (OpenVMS V6.2). Media and documentation
for factory -installed software is recommended for the first system on site. Media and documentation for
OpenVMS V5.5-2H4 is included with each system to allow customers to run OpenVMS V5.5.2H4 in place ofV6.2.
• Systems include 120 V power cord (220/240 V devices require a country-specific power cord; see Step 10). Select
OpenVMS user licenses if required from Step 8
* FIS is not a substitute for software media and documentation; see Step 8
ADVANTAGE SERVER Systems include
• CPU with two embedded DSSI adapters, 802.3lEthemet
(ThinWire/thick wire) controller
• 128-Mbyte memory
DSSI-SCSI controller (HSD10-EB)
• 2.1 Gbyte 3.5-inch disk drive, factory installed
• BA440 system pedestal enclosure with
- Three RZxx disk drive slots and one TKxx, TZ8x,
TLZxx tape drive slot for or a fourth RZxx disk
- Seven Q-bus slots, 5 available (HSD10-JA takes up 2
Q-bus slots)
- Vac7.6-meter (25-foot) console terminal cable

•
•
•
•
•

- Universal power supply that automatically adjusts to
90-128 Vac or 190-256
RRD45 4X 600 Mbyte CD-ROM drive
OpenVMS base license
NAS Base Server 200 software license
Hardware documentation
DSSI VMScluster Installation and Troubleshooting
Guide (EK-410AB-MG)
Three full-year standard hardware warranty and 90 days
software warranty

4(jO().~o~e[$OSAantf705AAtiyailtage.Sefv~rs
Order Number

Model CPU Speed

Memory

Digital NAS

Disk Drive

CD·ROM

DV·45AFC·EA
DV·47AFC·FA

505A/ 83 MHz
705A /110 MHz

128MB
128MB

Base Server 200
Base Server 200

2.1 GB FIS*
2.1 GB FIS*

RRD45 (600 MB)
RRD45 (600 MB)

Step 2-Memory
Systems support four memory modules. Select a maximum of three additional memory modules. Systems can be expanded
to' 512 Mbytes.
MS690·CA
MS690·DA

64-Mbyte memory module, factory/field installed
128-Mbyte memory module, factory/field installed

Step 3-Storage
• System come with one embedded HSD10-JA DSSI-SCSI Adapter with one RZ28M-AA disk (RZ28M-AA is configured
on HSD10-JA SCSI bus). Additional RZ2xx storage can be added to the HSD10-JA SCSI bus.
• RRD4x CD ROM is connected to embedded HSD10-JA SCSI bus. TLZ09 and TZ87 SCSI tape drives are also
configured on HSD10-JA SCSI bus.
• Single systems support seven ISEs per DSSI adapter; two-system DSSI OpenVMS Cluster configurations support six
ISEs per DSSI adapter and can be connected between any pair of DSSI adapters (one adapter in each system); threesystem DSSI OpenVMS Cluster configurations support five ISEs per DSSI adapter and can be connected between any
three DSSI adapters (one adapter in each system). HSD10 DSSI-SCSI adapter supports seven disks, space permitting.
• Order load device other than CD ROM if necessary. OpenVMS Cluster satellite members or systems being loaded over
the network do not require a load device.
• Systems with one SCSI disk include factory installed software.
• DSSI adapters support two tape drives; one per system enclosure (BA440) and one per expansion cabinet (B400X).

3.46 VAX Systems

VAX 4000 Model 5U5A ana "U:lA

Step 3a-Storage Controllers
Four Q-bus storage adapters are supported per CPU; two DSSI and two SCSI controllers.
KFDDB-AAIAF

KFQSA-SE/SG
KZQSA-SAISF

HSDIO-JAlJF
HSDIO-AA

Dual-DSSI adapter daughter card, mounts directly on CPU board for high performance (maximum of
one daughter card supported per CPU). 110 bulkhead assembly mounts in two Q-bus slots, requires
two 9-foot BC2lM-09 cables. Factory/field installed ..
Q-bus-to-DSSI adapter, uses one Q-bus slot; factory/field installed. Includes 25-foot BC21M-25
cable.
Q-bus-to-SCSI controller, users one Q-bus slot; required for TLZxx, RRD4x, RWZ01, TSZxx, or
TZ85/86/87 tabletop devices. Provides connections for two storage devices (four devices per CPU);
factory/field installed.
DSSI-SCSI-2 controller embedded in BA440IBA430IB400X enclosure, supports up to seven SCSI
devices; factory/field installed. Requires 2 Q-bus slots for power; no Q-bus load. One per enclosure.
DSSI-SCSI-2 controller for StorageWorks BA356 form factor, supports up to seven SCSI devices.

Step 3b-Internal Storage
• System CPU enclosure supports up to three RZ2x1dual-RZ2x2 SCSI drives and one removable media drive (tape drive
or CD-ROM), or a fourth RZ2x1dua1-RZ2x2 SCSI disk drive.
• Internal storage devices are connected to embedded HSD10-JAlJF SCSI bus.
• Advantage Servers include HSD10-JA controller with one RRD45 CD-ROM disk drive and one RZ2x disk installed.
Note: Existing RF36 DSSI disks can be configured with systems that contain RZ2x1RZ2x2 disks.
DSSI Integrated Storage Elements (ISEs)
RF36 DSSI storage is no longer available. RZ2x and dual-RZ2x2 SCSI storage connected to the embedded HSD10-JAlJF
is a replacement for RF36 DSSI storage.
SCSI Disk Drives
RZ26N-AA
RZ28M-AA
RZ28M-AA
RZ28D-AA
RZ29B-AA
RZ262-AA
RZ282-AA
RZ282-AB
RZ292-AA

1.05 GB 3.5" x 1" SCSI disk drive
2.1 GB 3.5" x 1" SCSI disk drive 5400 RPM
2.1 GB 3.5" x 1" SCSI disk drive 5400 RPM
2.1 GB 3.5" x 1" SCSI disk drive 7200 RPM
4.3 GB 3.5" x 1.6" SCSI disk drive 7200 RPM
Two 1.05 GB SCSI disk drives in one storage bay
Two 2.1 GB SCSI disk drives in one storage bay
Dual RZ28D disk drive BA430IBA440
Dual RZ29B disk drive BA430IBA440

CD-ROM and Tape Drives
600 MB 4X CD-ROM drive, requires KZQSA Q-bus-to-SCSI controller or HSD10-JA DSSI-SCSI
controller

RRD4S-JA

Step 3c-DSSI External Storage
Expansion Pedestals
• B400X-B9 Expansion Pedestal
• B400X-B9 uses the same ISEs, DAT drive, and tape drives as listed in Step 3b. A HSD10-JAlJF is required to connect
RZxx SCSI devices to the DSSI bus. A KZQSA Q-bus SCSI controller maybe used as an alternative but the SCSI
devices in the B400X-B9 will not be connected to the DSSI bus.
B400X-B9

Provides ten additional Q-bus slots and supports up to seven RFIRZ-series disk drives, or three RFIRZseries disk drives and one TKxx, TLZxx, or TZ8x tape drive, one RRD4x CD ROM drive or DLTLZ07-JAlJF combination tape/CD ROM unit. Factory/field installed.

VAX Systems 3.47

V AX 4UUU Model SOSA and 70SA

Step 3d-SCSI External Storage
StorageWorks HSDIO Array Controller
HSDIO-AA

HSDIO-AD

HSDIO-AF

StorageWorks HSD10 DSSI-SCSI Array Controller with 8 MB Cache buffer supports seven SCSI-2
devices; includes DSSI terminator and trilink adapter; requires DSSI cable (BC29R-xx) for VAX 4000
to HSD10 connection. Maximum DSSI cable length supported is 60 feet.
StorageWorks HSD10 DSSI-SCSI Array Controller with 16 MB Cache buffer supports seven SCSI-2
devices; includes DSSI terminator and trilink adapter; requires DSSI cable (BC29R-xx) for VAX 4000
to HSD 10 connection
StorageWorks HSD10 DSSI-SCSI Array Controller with 32 MB Cache buffer supports seven SCSI-2
devices; includes DSSI terminator and trilink adapter; requires DSSI cable (BC29R-xx) for VAX 4000
to HSD10 connection

StorageWorks Expansion Units
• StorageWorks BA3S6 supports HSD10 DSSI-SCSI array controller and up to seven SCSI devices
BA356-SC

StorageWorks 16-bit shelf includes dual speed blowers. Supports maximum of seven 3.S" devices 8 or
16-bit), requires BA3SX-MG 8-bit I/O module, and BN21H-xx SCSI cable

SCSI devices supported in StorageWorks Expansion Units
RZ26N-VAlVW
RZ28M-VAlVW
RZ28D-VAlVW
RZ29B-VAIVW
TLZ09-VA .
TZ88N-VA

1.0 GB 3.S" x I" half-height disk drive, S400 RPM
2.1 GB 3.5" x I" half-height disk drive, S400 RPM
2.1 GB 3.S" xl" half-height disk drive, 7200 RPM
2.1 GB 3.5" x 1.6" half-height disk drive, 7200 RPM
8.0 GB 3.S" half-height 4-mm DAT drive
20/40 GB SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier

SCSI Tabletop Storage
RRD45-FA1DG*

TLZ09-DD
TZ88N-TA
TZ887-NT

600 MB 4X CD-ROM tabletop drive, requires BC06P-06 1.8 meter (6 foot) SCSI cable, 120 V1240 V
8 GB 4 mm DAT tabletop drive, requires 1 meter single ended SCSI cable for SO low density
connector
20/40 GB SCSI tabletop tape drive
280 GB SCSI tabletop 7 cartridge loader tape subsystem

* 120 V power cord included. 220/240 V devices require a country-specific power cord; see Step 10.
Step 4-Networks and Communications
Select devices as required. See Network Products Guide for more information.

FDDI Communications Controller
Both DEFQA-xx options use ANSI standard MIC (Media Interface Connector) and support multimode fiber (MMF) up to
distances of 2 kilometers between stations. Options require one Q-bus slot (maximum one per system) and DEC LAN
device driver kit.
DEFQA-SA/SF

DEFQA-DAlDF

QA-OPAAA-H5
QA-OPAAA-HM

3.48 VAX Systems

DEC FDDIcontroller/Q-bus SAS (single attachment station) FDDI Controller. Uses one Q-bus slot. Models
400, SOO, and 600 require OpenVMS VS.5-2 and DEC LAN device driver kit for OpenVMS VAX V1.0;
Models SOOAl600Al700A and SOSAl70SA require OpenVMS VS.S-2H4 and DEC LAN device driver kit for
OpenVMS VAX V1.0. DEC LAN device driver included in OpenVMS V6.2. Factory/field installed.
DEC FDDIcontroller/Q-bus DAS (dual attachment station) FDDI Controller. Uses one Q-bus slot.
Models 400, SOO, and 600 require OpenVMS VS.5-2 and DEC LAN device driver kit for OpenVMS VAX
V1.0; Models SOOAl600Al700A and SOSAl70SA require OpenVMS VS.S-2H4 and DEC LAN device driver
kit for OpenVMS VAX V1.0. DEC LAN device driver included in OpenVMS V6.2. Factory/field installed.
DEC LAN device driver kit for DEFQA on TKSO
DEC LAN device driver kit for DEFQA on 9-track 1600-bitlinch magtape

VAX 4000 Model 5U5A ami 7U!:)A

Step 4-Networks and Communications (continued)
802.3IEthernet Communications Controller
802.3lEthernet interface (ThinWire/thick wire selectable) included with system. Connection of system to Ethernet requires
a ThinWire BNC connection (e.g.; BC16M cable) or a thick wire 15-pin AUI transceiver cable (e.g.; BNE3x). Select one
additional controller (maximum two per system)
DESQA-SAISF

802.3IEthemetlQ-bus controller, ThinWire / thick wire Uses one Q-bus slot; factory/field installed.

Local and Wide Area Communications Servers
Each communications server requires an 802.3lEthernet connection. Depending on the server selected, either a ThinWire
BNC connection (e.g., BC16M) or a thick wire 15-pin AUI transceiver cable (e.g., BNE3x) is required. Software media
and documentation and cables are also required. See descriptions in Chapter 7, Networks, Communications, and Cables,
for ordering information.
DECserver 90M, 90L+, 90TL, 900TM, 700, and MUXserver 90, 320, 380 Communications and Printer Servers
Select a terminal or printer server to provide users with multiple session access to systems on a LAN, to minimize cabling
complexity and costs, and to conserve host resources.
Infoserver 1000 Network Storage Server
To provide initial system load (ISL) capabilities to VAX systems, order the InfoServer Local Area compact disk. Other
configurations are offered for tape/backup and serving more CD-ROMs. InfoServer systems support CD-ROM, hard
drives, magneto-optical and tape drives. InfoServer 1000 systems can serve up to seven SCSI devices. See descriptions in,
Chapter 8, Storage Devices, for ordering information.
DEC W AN router 90, 250, DECbrouter 90; DECnis 500, 600 Multiprotocol Routers
Select a router to cost-effectively link a LAN to a remote system or another LAN and to offload routing overhead from the
application host system.
Network Connectivity Products
See Network Products Guide.

Step 5-Console Terminal
A console device is necessary for a system to function. Console cable included with system. Order video terminals (e.g.,
VT520, VT420) for each system unless otherwise available. Note: One console terminal required per configuration. A
VT330, VT340, VT420 with split screen capability can be used as a shared console terminal.

Step 6-Terminals and Printers
Select terminals and printers as required. Serial printers connect to an asynchronous line. A cable (e.g., BC16E-25) must be
ordered with each unless otherwise provided. Maximum two parallel printers per LPV 11 controller; maximum two
controllers per system which require one Q-bus slot each.

VAX Systems 3.49

V AX 4UUU Model SOSA and 70SA

Step 7-CPU Board Upgrades
• Memory must be upgraded to new style memory. Refer to part number MS690-UC (64-Mbyte memory upgrade) or
MS690-UD (l28-Mbyte memory upgrade).
• A non-return charge will be assessed if old CPU board is not returned to Digital.
Order Number

From

Includes

CPU .Board Upgrades for systems with serial numbers WF04899999 or lower, and AY04700100 or lower
691XU-CS

VAX 4000 Model 300

VAX 4000 Model 505A CPU Module, BA440 backplane
OpenVMS VAX base license

694XU-CS

VAX 4000 Model 300

VAX 4000 Model 705A CPU Module, BA440 backplane
Open VMS V AX base license

CPU Board Upgrades for systems serial numbers WF04900000 or higher and AY04700101 or higher

CPU Module
OpenVMS V AX base license

691XU-DS

VAX 4000 Model 300

VAX 4000 Model 505A

694XU-DS

V AX 4000 Model 300

VAX 4000 Model 705A CPU Module
OpenVMS V AX base license

CPU Board Upgrades for VAX 4000 Model 400, 500, 500A

VAX 4000 Model

VAX 4000 Model 505A CPU Module
OpenVMS VAX base license

694XR-DB

VAX 4000 Model
400,500,500A

VAX 4000 Model 705A

694XR-JB

VAX 4000 Model 505A, V AX 4000 Model 705A CPU Module
600, 600A, 700A
OpenVMS VAX base license

691XU-DB

~00,500,500A

CPU Module
OpenVMS V AX base license

Step 8-Software
Licenses required to support additional users beyond those included in Base Systems.
Software Processor Code
VAX 4000 Modell05A
Clusterwide License Rating VAX 4000 Modell05A

=S
=100 (E)

OpenVMS VAX Interactive User Licenses
OpenVMS VAX Interactive User licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX VS.S or greater. OpenVMS VAX
Interactive User licenses are specific to a single system and cannot be shared across an OpenVMS Cluster.
QL-XULA9-BB
QL-XULA9-BC
QL-XULA9-BD
QL-XULA9-BE
QL-XULA9-BF
QL-XULA9-BG
QL-XULA9-BH
QL-XULAA-BR
QL-XULAB-BR
QL-XULA2-AA

3.50 VAX Systems

OpenVMS VAX Interactive I-user license
OpenVMS V AX Interactive 2-user license
OpenVMS VAX Interactive 4-user license
OpenVMS VAX Interactive 8-user license
OpenVMS VAX Interactive I6-user license
OpenVMS VAX Interactive 32-user license
OpenVMS VAX Interactive 64-user license
OpenVMS VAX Interactive 128-user license
OpenVMS VAX Interactive 256 user license
Model 505A and 705A OpenVMS VAX Interactive unlimited user license

VAX 4000 Model 505A and 7U~A

Step 8-Software (continued)
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User Licenses
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX V6.0 or greater.
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved between
systems at users discretion. OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses can also be shared across an entire
OpenVMS Cluster running OpenVMS VAX V6.0 or greater.
Note: OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are architecture specific and cannot be shared across a mixed
OpenVMS Cluster (OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha systems).
QL-09SA9-BB
QL-09SA9-BC
QL-09SA9-BD
QL-09SA9-BE
QL-09SA9-BF
QL-09SA9-BG
QL-09SA9-BH
QL-09SAA-BR
QL-09SAB-BR

OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive I-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 2-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 4-user license
OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive 8-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 16-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 32-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 64-user license
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 128-user license
OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive 2S6-user license

Software Media and Documentation
Systems include OpenVMS base license; order media and documentation separately for OpenVMS V6.1. Systems include
OpenVMS VS.S-2H4 media and documentation for customers who have not migrated to OpenVMS V6.1.
QA-VWJSA-AS
QA-VYRSA-GS
QA-A93AA-Hx
QA-GXXAB-Hx

OpenVMS and layered product binaries (CD-ROM) without hardcopy documentation.
OpenVMS extended and layered product online documentation (CD-ROM); requires DECwindows
Bookreader
P ATHWORKS for OpenVMS media and documentation
POSIX media and documentation without IEEE documentation

NAS Licenses
Advantage Servers include NAS Base Server 200 license; order media and documentation separately.
Select the appropriate NAS software level. Note: NAS packaged products do not include hardcopy documentation;
documentation is CD-ROM only. See description of NAS packages and NAS component hard copy documentation order
numbers in Chapter 11, Software and Services.
QL-MCIA2-AA
QA-MCIAA-Hx

NAS Base Server 200 (Network Application Support 200)
NAS 200 media and documentation kit

x denotes media type: 8 =CD-ROM, 5 =TK50

Step 9-Diagnostics and Documentation
Select optional diagnostics and hardware documentation.
Basic Diagnostics
QZ-K14AA-US
QZ-K32AA-US

On TKSO media
On CD-ROM media

VAX Systems

3.51

V AX 4UUU Model SOSA and 70SA

Step 9-Diagnostics and Documentation (continued)
Extended Diagnostics and Documentation
QX-K19AC-AA
QZ-K19AA-HS
QX-K32AA-AA
QZ-K32AA-H8
QZ-K19AA-GZ

Single-use TK50 license
Media on TK50
Single-use CD-ROM license
Media on CD-ROM
Hardcopy extended maintenance documentation

Step lO-Power Cords
Select one for each 220/240 V system or expansion enclosure.
BN20B-2E
BN22C-2E
BN22D-2E
BN22E-2E
BN22F-2E
BN22H-2E
BN22J-2E
BN22K-2E
BN22L-2E

3.52 VAX Systems

U.S .ICanadalJapan
AustralialNew Zealand
Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Finland, Holland, Norway, Sweden, Portugal, Spain
U.K.IIreland
Switzerland
Denmark
Italy
India
Israel

VAX 4000 Model 505A and 705A

Step II-Configuring Information

SLOT
5*

MODULE

Current (Amps)
+5Vdc +12 Vdc -12 Vdc

Power
(Watts)

Bus Loads
ac
dc

4*
3*
2*

MS690

0.0

CPU

***

0.0

***

60.0

18.0

3.0

584

35.0

20.0

It
2t
3t
4t
5t
I

6t
7t

Mass-storage
Shelf Device
1
2
3
4
Total these
columns:
Must not
exceed:

BU-307S

*Reserved for memory only
**MS690-BA: +5 Vdc =5.3 Amps; Watts =26.5
MS690-CA: +5 Vdc = 4.2 Amps; Watts = 21.0
MS690-DA: +5 Vdc =6.4 Amps; Watts =32.0
***KA675 (Model 400): +5 Vdc =3.6; +12 Vdc = 1.6; Watts =46.0;
ac Bus Loads = 4; dc Bus Loads = 1.
KA680 (Model 500): +5 Vdc =4.8; + 12 Vdc = 1.6; Watts =53.8;
ac Bus Loads = 4; dc Bus Loads = 1.
KA690 (Model 600): +5 Vdc =5.8; +12 Vdc = 1.6; Watts =59.8;
ac Bus Loads = 4; dc Bus Loads = 1.
tQ-bus slots

Use the following template in conjunction with the configuring information that follows to validate the configuration.

VAX Systems 3.53

VAX 4000 Model SOSA and 70SA

RFxx/
RZXx
Opt.

RFxx/
RZxx
Opt.

RFxxl
RZxx
Opt.

TLZxx,
orTFxx

'->.
Q)-

CPU plus
4 Dedicated
Memory
Slots

:;:0.
00.

a.~

0
0
D

~ ~
ML011833

VAX4000 70SAlSOSA Pedestal
RFxxI
RZxx
Opt.

BA3S0

RFxx,
RFxx

RFxx

Opt.

5 Q·bus slots
available

TKxx,
TLZxx,
orTF85

CPU plus
1·4 Memory
Slots

o
o

DSSI Cable
........- - - ( B C 2 1 M · 0 9 ) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - '
(Bus 0)

Notes:
• The M9062 only derives power from the Q-bus slot.
• M9062 requires 2 Q-bus slots to accommodate module height - leave adjacent slot blank.
ML011731

3.54 VAX Systems

VAX 4000 Model 505A and 705A

RF/RZXx
Opt.

RZXx
Opt.

RZXx,TKxx,
TZ8x,TFxx,
orTLZxx
Opt.

11 a-bus slots
available

RF/RZXX
Opt.

RZxx
Opt.

RZXx
Opt.

RZXx,TKxx,
TZ8x, TFxx
orTLZxx
Opt.

4 a-bus
slots
available

CPU plus
1-4 Memory
Slots

5 4 321

1 2 345

B400X
1211 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2

" " " - - - - - - Power Control Cable - - - . , . "..

Notes:
• A power control bus cable connects the system to the B400X expander. This power control bus cable
permits the power to be turned on and off for the entire expanded system with the on/off switch on the
system power supply.
• B400X expander includes a 9-foot (2.7-meter) DSSI cable and a 6-foot (1.B-meter) KZQSA cable for
connecting the system to the TLZxx DAT drive in the B400X.
• To allow for expansion, mount M9062 module in slot 6.
• M9062 only derives power from the Q-bus.
• M9062 requires 2 Q-bus slots to accommodate module height - leave adjacent slot blank.
MLOl1730

5 Q·bus slots
available

CPU plus

1·4 Memory
Slots

Notes:
• Two power control bus cables connect the system to the two R400X expanders. These power control bus cables permit the power
to be turned on and off for the entire expanded system with the on/off switch on the system power supply .
• The R400X expander includes a 9-foot (2.7-meter) DSSI cable and a 6-foot (1.8-meter) KZaSA cable for connecting the system to
the TLZxx DAT drive in the R400X.
• The M9062 only derives power from the a-bus slot.
MLOl1729

VAX Systems 3.55

VAX 4000 Model SOSA and 70SA

Q-Bus and Storage Expansion Pedestal
B400X-B9

Q-bus and storage expansion pedestal

B400-B9 Q-bus and storage expansion pedestal; provides four storage cavities and 10 additional Q-bus slots. B400X has 12
slots, one slot in the system and one slot in B400X are used to make the connection between the enclosures-modules and
cables required for the connection are included. Each storage cavity can house one 3.5-inch RZ2x disk or one dual RZ2x
disk assembly RZ2x2). RF3x DSSI drives, no longer available, can be mixed with RZxx disks. The right cavity can house
one 5.25-inch tape (TF8xE-JxffKxxffLZOx), one RRD4x CD-ROM drive, or a fourth RZ2x disk. A HSDI0-Jx DSSISCSI adapter or KZQSA-Sx Q-bus SCSI controller is required for the SCSI devices. The HSDI0-Jx will take up 2 Q-bus
slot and is normally located at the end of the Q-bus. Included with the enclosure are Q-bus extender modules, 9-foot (2.7m) Q-bus cables, one 9-foot (2.7-m) DSSI cable (BC21M-09), one 3.0-meter (0.9-foot) power control cable (BC09F-I0),
and one 6-foot (1.8-m) KZQSA cable (BC06P-06), universal power supply, and 120 V power cord (for non-120 V, a
country-specific power cord is required). Note: See VAX 4000 Expansion Diagrams for supported storage configurations
in B400X pedestals.
Cable Kit
H4010-AA

Required to connect B400X-B9 to BA2xx series enclosures

Power Cords
Select one for each 220/240 V expansion pedestal; 120 V power cord is included
BN20B-2E
BN22C-2E
BN22D-2E
BN22E-2E
BN22F-2E
BN22H-2E
BN22J-2E
BN22K-2E
BN22L-2E

U.S .ICanadalJapan
AustralialNew Zealand
Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Finland, Holland, Norway, Sweden, Portugal, Spain
U.K.IIreland
Switzerland
Denmark
Italy
India
Israel

Specifications
Height
Width
Depth
Weight*

3.56 VAX Systems

53 em (21.0 in.)
69 em (27.0 in.)
45 em (17.8 in.)
68 kg (150 lb), fully configured

VAX 4000 Model 505A and 705A
Specifications
Mounting Type: Pedestal
Physical Characteristics
Height
Width
Depth
Weight
Clearances
Front
Rear
Sides
Environmental
Temperature

Relative Humidity

Operating
69.0 cm (27.0 in.)
53.0 cm (21.0 in.)
45.0 cm (17.8 in.)
66 kg (145 lb)
Operating
5.1 cm (2.0 in.)
5.1 cm (2.0 in.)
5.1 cm (2.0 in.)

Shipping
117 cm (45.6 in.)
78 cm (30.5 in.)
61 cm (23.9 in.)
84.1 kg (185 lb)
Service
100.0 cm (39.4 in.)
None
None

Operating
Nonoperating
Storage (60 days)
Rate of change
Operating
Nonoperating
Storage
Storage (60 days)
Rate of change
Operating
Storage
Operating

100 to 40 0 C (50 0 to 1040 F)
-40 0 to 66 0 C (-40 0 to 151°F)
_40 0 to 60 0 C (-40 0 to 151°F)
11 ° C per hour (20 0 F)
20% to 80% noncondensing
10% to 95% noncondensing
10% to 95% noncondensing
10% to 95% noncondensing
25% per hour
25 0 C (77 0 F)
28 0 C (82 0 F)

Maximum Wet Bulb
Temperature
Minimum Dew Point
Temperature
Maximum Heat Dissipation Operating
Air Flow and Quality
Operating
Intake location
Exhaust location
Particle size
Concentration
Altitude
Operating
Nonoperating
Mechanical Shock
Operating
Nonoperating
Vibration
Operating
Acoustics

Operating
Idle
Nominal AC Voltage

2,903 Btu/hr
306 m(3)/hr (180 ft(3)/min)
Front top
All sides, bottom
N/A
N/A

2438 meters ( 8,000 feet)
4877 meters (16,000 feet)
10 g pk for 10 +-3 mls
40 g pk for 30 +-3 mls
5-22 Hz @ .01" da minimum
22-500 Hz @ .25 g maximum
5.5 bels, 40 dBA (typical)
5.2 bels, 37 dBA (typical)

Electrical
101
120
220
240
104-128
Voltage range (Vac)
90-110
176-242
186-264
Power source phase
Single
Single
Single
Single
50-60
Nominal frequency (Hz)
50-60
50-60
50-60
47-63
Frequency range (Hz)
47-63
47-63
47-63
RMS current (steady state)
11.2
6.1
11.9
5.8
at nominal voltage (amps)
Startup current (amps)
12.6
6.2
11.6
5.8
Maximum inrush current (amps) 100
100
83
83
Maximum power consumption850
850
850
850
(Watts)
Power cord
Type
IEC 320 C16
190 cm (75 in.)
Length
U.S. plug NEMA 5-15, Socket IEC 320 Sheet, C-15
*Built-in universal power supply automatically selects the correct voltage range for
either 120 V or 240 V operation.
UL 114 (office equipment) VDE 0875 (RFI suppression)
Agency Approvals
UL 478 (EDP units)
Australian AS C 100
CSA C22.2 no.134
IEC Publication 950
(office equipment)
CSA C22.2 no.154
FCC Part 15 Docket 20780
(data processing)

VAX Systems 3.57

Product Description

VAX 7000 Enterprise Servers are part of a family of OpenVMS-based systems
designed for the rigorous demands of data center computing. They have a
modular platform which enables users to improve performance in a number of
different dimensions- symmetric multiprocessing, larger memory, more I/O
bandwidth, greater disk capacity, and OpenVMS Cluster systems. VAX 7000
servers support additional I/O controllers, storage, user licenses, database
software.
With up to 6 CPUs in a symmetric multiprocessing (SMP) configuration and up
to 400 Mbytes/second of I/O, a single VAX 7000 system offers the powerful
features needed in data center systems. VAX 7000 systems in Open VMS Cluster
configurations provide support for as much as 10 terabytes of data.
An optional N+ 1 redundant power system allows for higher system availability
in the event of a power regulator failure. Systems can be configured with up to
three power regulators. Optional system-level UPS (Uninterruptible Power
System) capability is available to support CPU and I/O expansion cabinets.
The V AX 7000 Enterprise Server provides substantial I/O capacity, one 12-slot
XMI I/O channel is standard, with the ability to add up to three additional 12slot XMI I/O channels. These XMI I/O channels offer a bandwidth of 100
Mbytes/second each, making this system capable of providing very high I/O
bandwidth performance-up to 400 Mbytes/second.
XMI devices supported include adapters for Ethernet, CI, FDDI, and DSSI
interconnects. Support for up to 16 Ethernet adapters, 10 CI adapters, 12 DSSI
adapters, and eight FDDI adapters demonstrates the large expansion potential of
these systems. StorageWorks controllers enable SCSI-2 devices to provide
reliable high-end storage on the CI bus.
Enterprise Expansion Packages may be ordered with a single part number to
provide the hardware and licensing necessary to start an OpenVMS Cluster or
add another node to an existing cluster.
Rackmount VAX 7000 servers maintain the same system level functionality as
the larger pedestal systems, with four CPU/memory slots. Each rackmount
system consists of two 19-inch rackmountable building block components, and
is designed to be mounted in a H9702-FB cabinet.

3.58 VAX Systems

VAX 7000

Step I-Systems
The following items are required.

Note: Second power regulator required when configuring five-and six-processor systems. OpenVMS user licenses may be
ordered as needed.
• OpenVMS V5.5-2*, V6.1, or V6.2
• InfoServer 1000 Local Area CD for initial booting of
system console
• CIXCD (CI) controller, KFMSA (DSSI) disk/tape
adapter

• System disk device
• Console terminal
• VAXcluster Software license for each system when
multiple systems are used in an OpenVMS Cluster
environment

Additional items may be added as required.
* Requires console firmware V4.2.

OpenVMS Base Enterprise Servers include
• Model 810 CPU, system interconnect bus and 12-slot
XMI I/O channel
• 256, 512 MBs, or 2 Gbytes of memory
• DEC LANcontroller 400 (DEMNA) 802.3lEthemet
controller

• 48 V power regulator
• OpenVMS base license
Digital NAS Base Server 200 V5.0 software
One year hardware product warranty
• 90 day software product warranty

Order Number

Memory
7MAMD-KAlKBIKC 256 MBs (one 256 MB module)
7MAME-KAlKBIKC 512 MBs (one 512 MB module)
7MAMH-KAlKBIKC 2 Gbytes (one 2 GB module)
Note: xA = 60 Hz, 208 V; xB = 50 Hz, 380/416 V; xC = 50160 Hz, Japan

Step 2-CPU Symmetric MultiProcessing (SMP) Upgrade
7MATA-LE

SMP Upgrade. Contains one CPU processor, OpenVMS VAX base license upgrade, and one full-year
product warranty. Add up to 5 additional CPU processors.

Step 3-Enterprise Expansion Packages
Enterprise Expansion Packages are designed to be added to Base Enterprise Servers to create fully functional systems.
They contain all necessary hardware (excluding console terminal) and software to make complete and operational systems.
7YCHA-BAlBB*

Cluster Starter Package, includes:
SW800 StorageWorks cabinet with
HSJ40 StorageWorks array controller in BA350-MB
Six RZ28, 2.1 GB 3.5-inch disk drives in BA350 shelf
TZ87 20 GB, 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in BA350 shelf
CIXCD-AC XMI CI controller (resides in XMI slot in system cabinet and connects to HSJ40 in
SW800 via BNCIA 10-meter cable to SC008 to second BNCIA 10-meter cable to HSJ40)
Two BNCIA 10-meter cables
SC008-AC Star Coupler
BN21H-01 controller to shelf
BN21H-02 controller to TZ87
V AXcluster License
DECnetlO~1 extended function license

7YCAA-BX

Cluster Add-on Package, includes:
CIXCD-AC XMI CI controller
BNCIA 10-meter cable
VAXcluster License

* When adding storage devices to SW800, BA356 shelves must be order separately.
VAX Systems 3.59

VAX 7000

Step4--~ennory

Select additional memory if required; maximum 3.5 Gbytes per system. New systems can be expanded in any combination
of arrays listed below. Systems running OpenVMS V5.5-2 are restricted to 512 MB maximum memory.
MS7AA·BA
MS7AA·CA
MS7AA·DA
MS7AA·FA*

128 MB memory array
256 MB memory array
512 MB memory array
2 GB memory array

* Systems with 2 x MS7AA-FA will only utilize the maximum 3.5 Gbytes of memory.
Step 5-Console Load Device
InfoServer required for initial booting of system console unless already available on-site on local area network.
SEADx·BAlBE

Infoserver Local Area CD. Includes InfoServer 1000 controller and RRD43 CD-ROM drive

Note: x =B for ThinWire or C for AUI connector; -BA includes 120-V power cord; -BE requires country-specific power
cord; see Storage Devices.

Step 6-Storage Controller(s)/CI Controller
Base systems require selection of storage controller or CI controller (KFMSA included with preconfigured systems).
KFMSA·BA

CK·KFMSA·LN
CIXCD·AC

BNCIA·xx

DSSI disk/tape adapter. Total five per XMI; up to a maximum of 12 per system. Maximum number
of KFMSAs is derived as follows: (25 minus the number of CIXCDs) divided by two. Requires one
XMI slot; supports 14 DSSI devices. VAXcluster Software license (QL-VBRA *-AA) required for all
OpenVMS systems that will connect to a DSSI-based OpenVMS Cluster. Note: One CK-KFMSA-LN
required with each KFMSA-BA.
Two pairs of l.2-m (4-ft) cables in cabinet kit. Supports mixed hosting with VAX 4000, quadhosting of VAX 7000, and warm-swap.
XMI CI controller. Total four per XMI; maximum 10 per system. Requires one XMI slot. Each
CIXCD requires one BNCIA cable set to connect system to Star Coupler. V AXcluster Software
license
(QL-VBRAx-AA) required for each system when multiple systems are used in an OpenVMS Cluster
environment.
Computer interconnect cable sets. Connect Star Coupler to system and SW800 or HSCxx. Choose
required length 10,20 or 45 m (10 m =32.8 ft, 20 m =65.6 ft, 45 m = 147.6 ft).

Step 7-Storage
Select storage devices as required. See Storage Devices for ordering information.

Step 7a-Internal Storage (System Cabinet)
The system cabinet provides space for two disk plug-in units. Disk plug-in unit has two BA356 modular expansion shelves;
each shelf holds a maximum of two 5.25-inch devices or seven 3.5-inch devices.
BA660·AB

HSDIO·AA
BC29S·06
BC29U·02
RZ29B·VA

3.60 VAX Systems

16-bit Wide SCSI plug-in-unit-includes 16-bit personality module, 48V 150W DC power supply,
DC fans, and mounting hardware. Supports 16-bit wide SCSI devices and some 8-bit narrow SCSI
devices depending on compliance with minimum hardware revision levels. Includes two BA356-LB
modular expansion shelves.
StorageWorks array controller. Supports up to six SCSI-2 devices. Supported by OpenVMS V AX
V5.5-2 , V6.1 and V6.2
Required to connect KFMSA-BA to internal HSD10-AAlBA655-AB.
Required if daisy chaining HSD10-AA within BA655-AB.
4.3 GB, 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive

VAX 7000

Step 7a-Internal Storage (System Cabinet) (continued)
RZ26N-VA
RZ28M-VA
RZ29B-VA
TLZ09-VA
TL88N-VA

1.05 GB 3.5" x I" SCSI disk drive
2.1 GB 3.5" x I" SCSI disk drive
4.3 GB 3.5" x 1.6" SCSI disk drive
8.0 GB 3.5-inch SCSI tape drive
40 GB 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive

Step 7b-External Storage
The following list describes available storage devices, capacities, and components included with initial offerings;
supported options can be added as required. See Storage Devices for ordering information.
Storage Array Disk Drive Components
RZ26N, RZ28 SCSI disk drives

Storage Arrays
SW5xx,SW8xx
Disk Drives
RZ26N SCSI
RZ28 SCSI
RZ29B SCSI
Tape Drives

Capacity
6-227 Gbytes
Capacity
1.05-GB
2.1-GB
4.3-GB

TZ88
TZ887

20/40 GB 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive
280 GB SCSI-2 cartridge tape subsystem

Note: For additional ordering information, see Storage Devices.

Step 8-0penVMS Cluster Options
For OpenVMS Cluster configurations, select appropriate OpenVMS Cluster options. CI controller, BNCIA cables, and
VAXcluster Software license required.
HSJ40-AD/AF

HSDIO-AA
HSD30-AA
SWSxxlSW8xx
BNCIA-xx
SC008-AC
SC008-AD
QL-VBRAS-AA

StorageWorks array controller; supports up to 42 SCSI-2 devices. Includes 16-or 32 MB ReadCache and controller-based disk striping. Supported by OpenVMS VAX V5.5-1 and later, OpenVMS
Alpha V1.5.
StorageWorks array controller; supports up to seven SCSI-2 devices. Supported by OpenVMS VAX
V5.5-2 , V6.1, and V6.2
StorageWorks array controller; supports up to 18 SCSI-2 devices. Supported by OpenVMS VAX
V5.5-2 and V6.0, OpenVMS Alpha 1.5.
StorageWorks arrays. See Storage Devices for details
Computer interconnect cable sets; connects Star Coupler to system and SW800 or HSCxx. Choose
required length of 10, 20 or 45 m (10 m = 32.8 ft, 20 ill = 65.6 ft, 45 m = 147.6 ft).
8-port Star Coupler; Maximum five Star Couplers per system.
Star Coupler; Upgrades SC008-AC to 16 ports; maximum one per SC008-AC
V AXcluster license; Required with each system that will connect to an OpenVMS Cluster.

Step 9-Networks and Communications
DEMNA 802.3IEthernet controller included with each system. Select additional devices if required. Note: Connection of
system to Ethernet requires an Ethernet transceiver cable. See the Network Products Guide for details.
LAN Communications Controllers
DEMNA-M
CK-DEMNA-KN
DEMFA-AA

802.3IEthernet controller; one included; total four per XMI; maximum 16 per system. Requires one
XMI slot.
DEMNA cabinet kit, required with DEMNA-M.
DEC FDDIcontroller 400, XMI-to-FDDI adapter; requires one XMI slot. Total four per XMI;
maximum seven per system. Includes cabinet kit.

VAX Systems 3.61

VAX 7000

Step 9-Networks and Communications (continued)
Local and Wide Area Communications Servers
Each communications server requires an 802.3lEthemet connection. Depending on the server selected, either a ThinWire
BNC-type connection, e.g., BC16M cable or thick wire 15-pin AUI transceiver cable, e.g., BNE3x is required. Additional
items are also required-see the Network Products Guide.
DECserver 90M, 90L+, 90TL, 900TM, 700, and MUXserver 90, 320, 380 Communications and Printer Servers
Select a terminal or printer server to provide users with multiple session access to systems on a LAN, to minimize cabling
complexity and costs, and to conserve host resources such as backplane slots.
DEC W ANrouter 90, 250; DECBrouter 90; and DECnis 500, 600 Multiprotocol Routers
Select a router to cost-effectively link a LAN to a remote system or another LAN and to offload routing overhead from the
application host system.
Network Connectivity Products
See the Network Products Guide for details.

Step 10-Console Terminal
A console terminal with EIA-232 25-pin D-subminiature connector and printer required unless otherwise available.
VT510-xx

LA75S-xx
LAXXS-AD

VT510 terminal
LA75 Plus printer
VT510ILA75 table for both VT510 and LA75

Step II-Terminals and Printers
Order printers and terminals if required.

Step I2-Expansion (System Cabinet and I/O Expansion Cabinet)
The system cabinet includes one 12-s10t XMI-plug-in-unit and one power regulator, two additional power regulators, and two
lower expansion bays for plug-in units. The lower bays accommodate plug-in units as follows.
System Cabinet
Expansion Bay
Location

Plug-In Unit

Quantity

Expansion Bays
Occupied

Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower

Disk plug-in unit
XMI plug-in unit
Battery plug-in unit
VAXBI plug-in unit

Two maximum
Two maximum (included)
One maximum
One maximum

One each
Two each
Two
Two

The 110 expansion cabinet includes one power regulator and provides space for two additional power regulators and six
expansion bays-two upper and four lower-for plug-in units. The two upper bays accommodate a maximum of two disk
plug-in units. The four lower bays accommodate plug-in units as follows.

3.62 VAX Systems

VAX 7000

Step 12-Expansion (System Cabinet and 110 Expansion Cabinet) (continued)
110 Expansion Cabinet
Expansion Bay
Location
Upper
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower
H9FOO-BAlBBIBC
H9BOO-AF
H7237-AA

H7237-CAICB

H7263-AAIAB

H7263-AC/AD

H7238-AA
H7238-BBIBC

Plug-In Unit
Disk plug-in unit
Disk plug-in unit
XMI plug-in unit
Battery plug-in unit
V AXBI plug-in unit

Quantity

Expansion Bays
Occupied

Two maximum
Four maximum
Two maximum
One maximum
One maximum

One each
One each
Two each
Two
Two

I/O expansion cabinet, maximum two per system.
Battery option for I/O expansion option; fully loaded battery cabinet with capability for 60 minutes
uninterruptible power (UPS).
Battery plug-in unit with batteries for battery backup/UPS capability-maximum one per cabinet.
Includes four batteries to support one 48 V power regulator and cabling for second and third H7238AA battery option. Note: Not available in same cabinet with DWMBB V AXBI option.
Battery plug-in unit, includes one H7263-AAlAAB (BBU capable power regulator) and batteries for
battery backup/UPS capability. Must be ordered at time of system purchase if BBU functionality is
required.
48 V power regulator, 60/50 Hz; maximum three per cabinet (one included). Second regulator may
be required to supply adequate power depending on configuration. See power configuration table that
follows. Third regulator assures redundancy and higher availability in the event of power regulator
failure. Note: The power configuration table provides manual method of determining the need for
second power regulator. Second power regulator is required when configuring five-or six-processor
systems. Equivalent power unit (EPU) is equivalent value of power used at 48 Vdc by each option.
Same regulator as above, without battery backup capability
4-pack battery option; one required per optional 48 V power regulator (H7263-AAlAB) to support
battery backup/UPS capability
Additional batter UPS, includes H7263-AAIAB (BBU capable power regulator and H7238-AA 4pack battery option.

Note: Maximum four XMI plug-in units per system; total two per cabinet (one included in system cabinet)
DWLMA-AA
DWLMA-BA
DWMBB-LA

XMI plug-in unit with 12-slot XMI I/O channel for system cabinet
XMI plug-in unit with 12-slot XMI I/O channel for I/O expansion cabinet; maximum three per
system.
V AXBI plug-in unit with five-slot I/O channel and interfaces. Must be located in same cabinet and
adjacent to XMI I/O channel. Maximum one per cabinet, three per system. Note: Not available in
same cabinet with H7237 battery option. Requires OpenVMS V6.1 or later.

Supported VAXBI Options
DMB32-M
CK-DMB32-LJ

Multifunction controller-printer port, synchronous and asynchronous line support. Maximum three per
VAXBI 110 channel plug-in unit, total nine per system. Requires CK-DMB32-LJ.
DMB32 cabinet kit; occupies four panel units in VAXBI plug-in unit

Step 13-Software
Note: An OpenVMS Group Table Patch is available that enables OpenVMS Concurrent Use License PAKs and
Distributed Interactive User License PAKs; it can be duplicated and used with each valid license. Customers are
allowed to install and use the patch under their existing license agreement. The kit is available on the Internet at the
following address: http://www.service.digital.com/htmllpatch_service.html. It can also be obtained by ordering the
following:
QA-MT3AC-AA

OpenVMS V AX and Alpha Group Table Patch on CD-ROM

VAX Systems

3.63

VAX 7000

Step 13-Software (continued)
OpenVMS VAX Concurrent Use Licenses
OpenVMS VAX Concurrent Use licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX V6.2 or greater. (See above note.)
Open VMS VAX Concurrent Use license provides the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified
number of concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one
OpenVMS system to another OpenVMS system at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS V AX and
OpenVMS Alpha Cluster.
QL-MT3AA-3B
QL-MT3AA-3C
QL-MT3AA-3D
QL-MT3AA-3E
QL-MT3AA-3F
QL-MT3AA-3G
QL-MT3AA-3H

OpenVMS VAX Concurrent Use Licenses
QL-MT3AA-3J
QL-MT3AA-3K
QL-XULAS-AA

OpenVMS Concurrent Use 128-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 256-user license
OpenVMS VAX Traditional unlimited user license

OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User Licenses
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User Licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX V6.0 to V 6.1. (See
above note.)
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses provide the right to interactively use the operating system by the
specified number of Interactive Users on a designated OpenVMS VAX system. OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive
User licenses can be moved from one OpenVMS VAX system to another OpenVMS VAX system at the user's discretion
and can be shared in an OpenVMS VAX Cluster but NOT in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha Cluster.
QL-09SA9-BB
QL-09SA9-BC
QL-09SA9-BD
QL-09sA9-BE
QL-09SA9-BF
QL-09SA9-BG
QL-09SA9-BH
QL-09SAA-BR
QL-09SAB-BR
QL-XULAS-AA

OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 1 User License
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 2 User License
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 4 User License
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 8 User License
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 16 User License
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 32 User License
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 64 User License
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 128 User License
OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 256 User License
OpenVMS VAX Traditional unlimited user license

VAXcIuster Software License
QL-VBRAS-AA

V AXcluster Software license. Required with each system that will connect to an OpenVMS Cluster.

Media and Documentation
QA-OOIAA-Hx
QA-09SAA-Hx
QA-GXXAB-Hx

OpenVMS media and extended documentation, including OpenVMS Cluster and DEC net
documentation
OpenVMS media and base documentation
POSIX media and documentation (without IEEE documentation)

Note: x denotes media type: 5 =TK50; 8 =CD-ROM

3.64 VAX Systems

VAX 7000

Step 13-Software (continued)
Digital NAS Software Packages
Select the appropriate Digital NAS software package. The Digital NAS packaged products do not include hardcopy
documentation for the components (the documentation is CD-ROM only).
QL-MC2AS-AA
QA-MC2AA-Hx
QL-MCSAS-AA
QA-MCSAA-Hx

Digital NAS Server 300
Digital NAS Server 300 media and documentation kit
Digital NAS Production Server 400
Digital NAS Production Server 400 media and documentation kit

Note: x denotes media type: 8 = CD-ROM, 5 = TK50, M = magtape

Step 14-Environmental Power Products
Select environmental power products if required.
Power Configuration Table

Options
Base System includes power regulator, I/O
port module, CPU module, memory
module, XMI I/O channel, DEMNA

EPU Values
EPUValues
Expansion
Total
System
Total
EPU
EPU
Cabinet
Cabinet
Quantity (Qty times EPU)
Options
Options Quantity (Qty times EPU)
30

I/O expansion cabinet (H9FOO-BNBBIBC)
includes power regulator
Additional CPU modules

MS7AA-BA 128 MBs of memory

MS7 AA-CA 256 MBs of memory

MS7AA-DA 512 MBs of memory

MS7AA-FA 2 Gbytes of memory

CIXCD-AC XMI CI controller

DEMFA-AA XMI FDDI adapter
DEMNA-M XMI Ethernet controller

DWLMA-AA XMI plug-in unit

DWLMA-BA XMI plug-in unit

KFMSA-BA XMI DSSI adapter
DMB32-M V AXBI multifunction controlleI

3
3

DWMBB-LA V AXBI plug-in unit

RZ26, RZ28, RZ29 SCSI disk drives

TLZ09 SCSI DAT tape drive
TZ87-VA SCSI tape drive

Total the Last Column*

* If EPU is greater then 80, order second power regulator (H7263-AAlAB); EPU must not exceed a system total of 180. Five-and six-processor systems
include two power regulators, providing a total of 180 EPU s.

Note: Depending on the configuration, the system offers integral UPS capability that supports all in-cabinet components
for up to 11 minutes. If UPS support is required for external devices, e.g., console terminals, terminal servers,
printers, modems, etc., a universal UPS can be ordered separately.

VAX Systems 3.65

VAX 7000

High-speed
System
Interconnect
Bus
·1-4 CPUs
• Memory
·1/0 Port

Operator
Control
Panel

48-Volt
Power
Regulator

I
Space for

Space
for
Disk Drives

Additional
Power
Regulators

48-Volt
Power
Regulator

Space for
Additional
Power
Regulators

I
Cooling Assembly

Cooling Assembly

12-slot Standard
XMII/O Channel
Plug-in Unit

Expansion Bay for:
• XMI I/O Channel
• Disk Drives
• Batteries for UPS

Expansion Bay for:
• XMII/O Channel
• Disk Drives
• Batteries for UPS

Expansion Bay for:
• XMI 1/0 Channel
• Disk Drives
• Batteries for UPS

BU-3299

I/O Expansion Cabinet

System Cabinet

DD
DD

,,
,,
,
,

~--~~--~--~~---i

XMI Plug-in U n i t . ,
(occupies two bays) .............
~ . . ._~

,,
,,

Battery Plug-in Unit
(occupies two bays)
BU-3300

3.66 VAX Systems

VAX 7UUU

Specifications
Physical Characteristics Operating
Height
170.0 cm (67.0 in.)
80.0 cm (31.5 in.)
Width
87.5 cm (34.4 in.)
Depth
Weight, full configuration
Without batteries
408 kg (900 Ib)
With batteries
545 kg (1200 lb)
Clearances
Operating
Front
1.0 m (40 in.)
Rear
1.0 m (40 in.)
Sides
0
Environmental
Operating
Temperature
15° to 28° C (59° to 82°F)
Humidity
20% to 80%
Altitude
0-2.4 km (0-8000 ft)
Vibration
2-22 Hz @ 0.01 "da minimum
Heat dissipation l
Fully Configured System
(System Cabinet)
17,700 Btu!hr, 5,200 W

Shipping
195.0 cm (76.7 in.)
109.5 cm (43.1 in.)
121.0 cm (47.5 in.)
448 kg (1000 Ib)
585 kg (1300 Ib)

Service
1.5 m (59 in.)
1.0 m (40 in.)

Nonoperating
-40° to 66° C (-40° to 151°F)
10% to 95%
9,100 m (30,000 ft)
22-500 Hz @ 0.25g maximum
Fully Configured System
(System Cabinet with Two
I/O Expansion Cabinets)
47,000 Btuihr, 13,800 W

Minimally Configured System2
(System Cabinet)
3,400 Btu!hr, 1,000 W

Power requirements3
Nominal voltage
Frequency range
Phases

U.SJCanada
120/208 V
50-60 Hz
3-phase star
4-wire N-GND

Maximum input
24 A rms
current/phase
50 Apeak
Surge current
Rating
30A
Power cap (system)
DEC 12-12314-00
Receptacle (site)
DEC 12-12315-01
Receptacle
NEMA L21-30R
PCSIPDSIPDU/uPS cable BC24W

EuropelAPA
380-415 V
50-60 Hz
3-phase star
4-wire N-GND
12.8 Arms

Japan
202 V
50-60 Hz
3-phase delta
4-wire mid-GND or
3-wire junction-GND
24A rms

50 Apeak
50 A peak
16A
30A
DEC 12-30333-02DEC 12-12314-00
See footnote 4
DEC 12-12315-01
NEMAL21-30R
IEC309
BC24W
BN29X

1 The power system provides unity power factor which allows full utilization of the
input line current (watts = VA). Approximate Btu's for a given system configuration
can be calculated by multiplying the "EPU" value per cabinet by 85.4.
2 Minimally configured system contains one regulator, one CPU module, one memory
module, one lOP module, and one Ethernet controller.
3 Power cord is required for system cabinet and each I/O expansion cabinet.
4 Receptacle type is Hubbell 516R6 or equivalent.

VAX Systems 3.67

VAX 7000

Step l-Rackmount Systems
The following items are required. OpenVMS user licenses may be ordered as needed.
• InfoServer 1000 Local Area CD for initial booting of
system console
• CIXCD (CI) controller, KFMSA (DSSI) disk/tape
adapter, or KDM70 (SDI/STI) disk/tape controller
• System disk device

• Console terminal
• V AXc1uster Software license for each system when
multiple systems are used in an OpenVMS Cluster
environment

Additional items may be added as required.

Base Enterprise Server Systems include
•
•
•
•
•

Model 810 CPU and high-speed system interconnect bus
12-s10t XMI I/O channel
DEC LANcon troller 400 (DEMNA)
802.3 Ethernet controller
256, 512 MBs, or 2 Gbytes of memory

•
•
•
•

Order Number

Memory

7MARD·KA
7MARE·KA

256 MBs of memory (one 256 MB module)
512 MBs of memory (one 512 MB module)
2 Gbytes of memory (one 2 GB module)

7MARH·KA

Console cable
OpenVMS base license
Digital NAS Base Server 200 V5.0 license
One full-year product warranty (standard warranty
recommended)

Step 2-CPU Symmetric MultiProcessing (SMP) Upgrade
Maximum of three CPU modules supported on Rackmount VAX 7000 systems.
7MATA·LE

SMP Upgrade. Contains one CPU processor, OpenVMS VAX base license upgrade, and one full-year
product warranty. Add up to 2 more CPU processors.

Step 3-Memory
Select additional memory if required; maximum 3.5 Gbytes per system. Note: Rackmount VAX 7000 systems have a total
of four CPU/memory slots.
MS7AA·BA
MS7AA·CA
MS7AA·DA
MS7AA·FA*

128 MB memory module
256 MB memory module
512 MB memory module
2 GB memory module

* Systems with 2 x MS7AA-FA will only utilize the maximum 3.5 Gbytes of memory.
Step 4-XMI I/O Channel
Select additional XMI I/O chassis if required.
DWLMR·BA
DWLMR·DA

3.68 VAX Systems

Rackmount XMI I/O expansion chassis
Rackmount XMI I/O chassis, includes: DEC LANcontroller 400 (DEMNA) 802.3lEthernet controller

VAX 7UUU

Step 5-Cabinet
Select cabinet.
H9702-FB

Rackmount cabinet. One or two chassis pairs (system box plus XMI chassis) can be mounted in this
cabinet.

Note: For other cabinets or integrated cabinet systems, contact a Digital Sales Representative.

Step 6-Storage Controllers
Select storage controller or CI controller.
KFMSA-BA
CK-KFMSA-RB
KDM70-AA
CK-KDM60-RA
2T-CIXCD-RA

BNCIA-xx

DSSI disk/tape adapter. Supports maximum of five per XMI and up to a maximum of 12 per system.
Requires one XMI slot. Note: CK-KFMSA-RB required with each KFMSA-BA
Two 4S-inch internal cabinet cables. One kit per KFMSA required
XMI disk/tape controller. Total three per XMI, maximum of 12 per system. Requires two XMI slots.
Provides eight ports for DSA devices-any two available for tapes
Cabinet kit is required with each KDM70-AA
XMI CI controller. Total four per XMI. Maximum of ten per system. Requires one XMI slot. Cabinet
kit included. Each 2T-CIXCD-RA requires BNCIA cable set to connect system to Star Coupler.
V AXcluster software license (QL-VBRAx-AA) required for each system when multiple systems are
used in an OpenVMS Cluster environment
Computer interconnect cable sets. Choose required length-10, 20, or 45 m (10 m =32.S ft, 20 m =
65.6 ft, 45 m = 147.6 ft)

Step 7-Storage
There is no storage provided in the rackmount system order numbers. A variety of rackmount storage is available. A
controller and one bootable disk are required for any operating system. Contact a Digital Sales Representative for
assistance.

Step 8-Networks and Communications
DEMNA S02.3IEthernet controller included with each DWLMR-DA chassis. Select additional devices if required. Note:
Connection of system to Ethernet requires an Ethernet transceiver cable. See the Network Products Guide for details.
LAN Communications Controllers
DEMNA-M
CK-DEMNA-RA
2T-DEMFA-RA

S02.3IEthernet controller-requires one XMI slot. OpenVMS Alpha supports four per XMI, maximum
16 per system.
DEMNA cabinet kit-required with DEMNA-M.
DEC FDDIcontroller 400, XMI-to-FDDI Adapter-requires one XMI slot. Total four per XMI. cabinet
kit is included.

Step 9-Console Terminal
Console terminal with EIA-232 25-pin DSUB connector and printer required unless otherwise available.
VT510-xx
LA75S-xx
LAXXS-AD

VT510 terminal.
LA75 Plus printer.
VT510ILA75 table for both VT510 and LA75.

VAX Systems 3.69

VAX 7000

Step to-Software
Note: An OpenVMS Group Table Patch is available that enables OpenVMS Concurrent Use License PAKs and
Distributed Interactive User License PAKs; it can be duplicated and used with each valid license. Customers are
allowed to install and use the patch under their existing license agreement. The kit is available on the Internet at the
following address: http://www.service.digital.comlhtmllpatch_service.html. It can also be obtained by ordering the
following:
QA-MT3AC-AA

OpenVMS VAX and Alpha Group Table Patch on CD-ROM

OpenVMS VAX Concurrent Use Licenses
OpenVMS VAX Concurrent Use licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX V6.2 or greater. (See above note.)
OpenVMS VAX Concurrent Use license provide the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number
of concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one
OpenVMS system to another OpenVMS system at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and
OpenVMS Alpha Cluster.
QL-MT3AA-3B
QL-MT3AA-3C
QL-MT3AA-3D
QL-MT3AA-3E
QL-MT3AA-3F
QL-MT3AA-3G
QL-MT3AA-3H
QL-MT3AA-3J
QL-MT3AA-3K
QL-XULA5-AA

OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 2-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 4-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 8-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 16-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 32-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 64-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use I 28-user license
OpenVMS Concurrent Use 256-user license
OpenVMS VAX Traditional unlimited user license

OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User Licenses
OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive User Licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX V6.0 to V 6.1. (See
above note.)
OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive User licenses provide the right to interactively use the operating system by the
specified number of Interactive Users on a designated OpenVMS VAX system. OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive
User licenses can be moved from one OpenVMS V AX system to another OpenVMS VAX system at the user's discretion
and can be shared in an OpenVMS VAX Cluster but NOT in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha Cluster.
QL-09SA9-BB
QL-09SA9-BC
QL-09SA9-BD
QL-09sA9-BE
QL-09SA9-BF
QL-09SA9-BG
QL-09SA9-BH
QL-09SAA-BR
QL-09SAB-BR
QL-XULA5-AA

3.70 VAX Systems

VAX 7UUU

Step to-Software (continued)
VAXcluster Software License
QL-VBRA5-AA

V AXcluster Software license. Required with each system that will connect to an OpenVMS Cluster.

Media and Documentation
QA-OOIAA-Hx
QA-09SAA-Hx
QA-358AA-Hx
QA-GXXAA-Hx
QA-GXXAB-Hx

OpenVMS media and extended documentation, including OpenVMS Cluster and DEC net
documentation
OpenVMS media and base documentation
Rdb Runtime media and documentation
POSIX media and documentation (with IEEE documentation)
POSIX media and documentation (without IEEE documentation)

Note: x denotes media type: 5

=TK50; 8 =CD-ROM

Digital NAS Software Packages
Select the appropriate Digital NAS software package. Note: The Digital NAS packaged products do not include hardcopy
documentation for the components (documentation is CD-ROM only).
QL-MC2A5-AA
QA-MC2AA-Hx
QL-MC5A5-AA
QA-MC5AA-Hx

Digital NAS Server 300
Digital NAS Server 300 media and documentation kit
Digital NAS Production Server 400
Digital NAS Production Server 400 media and documentation kit

Note: x denotes media type: 8 =CD-ROM, 5 =TK50, M =magtape

VAX Systems 3.71

VAX 7UUU

III~
tiUCllU;;;a

DEC 7000

DOD

IIII

L-

BU-3420

Specifications
Power Requirement

System Box

XMIIJOBox

H9702-FB Cabinet

AC input voltage
Frequency
Maximum input current

200-240 V
50/60 Hz
lOA rms

200-240 V
50/60 Hz
6Arms

Phases
Receptacle

One
NEMA6-15

One
NEMAL6-15

200-240 V
50/60 Hz
24A rms each power
controller
One
L6-30R (2 required)

Height
Width
Depth
Weight

48.9 cm (19.3 in.)
48.3 cm (19.0 in.)
75.2 cm (29.6 in.)
-90 lb (41 kg)

39.4 cm (15.5 in.) 206.5 cm (81.3 in.)
48.3 cm (19.0 in.) 57.2 cm (22.5 in.)
91.7 cm (36.1 in.) 91.4 cm (36.0 in.)
-130 lb (59 kg)
-300 lb (136 kg)

Physical characteristics

3.72 VAX Systems

Clearances

Operating

Front
Rear
Sides

1.0 m (40 in.)
1.0 m (40 in.)
0

Service
1.5 m (60 in.)
1.0 m (40 in.)
Left 0.4 m (15 in.)

Environmental

Operating

Nonoperating

Temperature
Humidity
Heat dissipation

15°-28° C (59°-82° F)
40°-66° C (40°-151 ° F)
20%-80%
10%-95%
Fully configured system
(system cabinet) 6850 Btu/hr,
2000 W per system

Tradeln '96 Business Practices

Tradeln '96
Overview
Digital Equipment Corporation has replaced its ADVANTAGE-UPGRADE Program Offerings with the Tradeln '96
Business Practices. Tradeln '96, a simple, uniform, world-wide set of business practices eliminates the fixed upgrade paths
of the past. Based on a table of trade-in values, the customer can now upgrade Digital and non-Digital systems to the exact
system and configuration that meets their computing needs.
Digital's TradeIn '96 Business Practices help to reduce cost of ownership especially when used in conjunction with
Digital's aggressive leasing programs. Digital also offers migration assistance in moving business applications to the Alpha
platform.

Highlights
• Customer is able to upgrade to the exact system and configuration that meets their computing needs.
• Generous trade-in value for the existing installed system; includes credit for operating system licenses.
• Customer is allowed to keep existing installed system (or board) for 60 days to allow a smooth transition to the new
system.
• Unless otherwise noted, for system upgrades, customer must return CPU, CPU enclosure, minimum memory
configuration and base operating system license. For in-cabinet upgrades, customer must return CPU board and base
operating system license.

Tradeln '96 Business Practices
• For system level upgrades, the customer selects the exact system and configuration that meets their needs. For in-cabinet
upgrades, select the appropriate configuration and part number in this chapter. As part of the overall purchase of the new
system, the customer will receive a trade-in value to be applied to the purchase price of the new system. After the new
system is delivered, the customer has up to 60 days to keep the existing installed system. This is to allow for a smooth
transition to the new installation.
Contact your Digital Sales Representative or Business Partner for more details and current trade-in values in your area.
Digital protects customers' software investments. Standard Software License Trade-in policy applies to the Tradeln '96
Business Practices.

Standard Software License Trade-in Policy
Customers receive credit for the software licenses being traded in. This credit is applied towards purchase of a new
software license for the same product. Contact your local Digital Sales Representative or Business Partner for specific
terms and conditions in your area.
• Layered Product Capacity Licenses move freely within the same Operating SystemlHardware System Class or to a lower
System Class within the same Operating SystemlHardware Platform.
• Layered Product Capacity License upgrades are required when moving to any new Operating SystemlHardware System
Class. Standard Software License Trade-in Policy applies.
• Concurrent Use and Personal Use software licenses move freely within the same Operating System regardless of
hardware platform. For upgrades to new Operating System, Standard Software License Trade-in policy applies.
• The Tradeln '96 trade-in value includes credit for the base Operating System license.
• For MIPS license upgrades, Standard Software License Trade-in Policy applies.
For more information, contact your local Software Business Practices Specialist, Digital Sales Representative, or Digital
Authorized DistributorlReseller.

Upgrades

4.1

Alpha to Alpha Upgrades

Order Number

From

Includes

PB41U·AA

AlphaStation 200 4/1 00

AlphaStation 200 4/166

166 MHz CPU, Digital UNIX Base license
Note: Mandatory Return of 100 MHz CPU
and Digital UNIX Base license

PB41U·BA

AlphaStation 200 4/1 00

AlphaStation 2004/166

166 MHz CPU, OpenVMS Base license
Note: Mandatory Return of 100 MHz CPU
and OpenVMS Base license

PB41U·CA

AlphaStation 200 4/1 00

AlphaStation 200 4/166

166 MHz CPU, Windows NT license
Note: Mandatory Return of 100 MHz CPU
and Windows NT license

PB43U-AA

AlphaStation 200 4/1 00

AlphaStation 200 4/233

233 MHz CPU, Digital UNIX Base license
Note: Mandatory Return of 100 MHz CPU
and Digital UNIX Base license

PB43U·BA

AlphaStation 200 4/1 00

AlphaStation 200 41233

PB43U·CA

AlphaStation 200 4/1 00

AlphaStation 200 41233

233 MHz CPU, OpenVMS Base license
Note: Mandatory Return of 100 MHz CPU
and OpenVMS Base license
233 MHz CPU, Windows NT license
Note: Mandatory Return of 100 MHz CPU
and Windows NT license

I··;

Alp~~$t.~ti~i1f2P04/233.··.·.CJ?ll • lJpgrades

Order Number

From

Includes

PB42U·AA

AlphaStation 200 4/166

AlphaStation 200 4/233

233 MHz CPU
Digital UNIX Base license
Note: Mandatory Return of 166 MHz CPU
and Digital UNIX Base license

PB42U·BA

AlphaStation 200 4/166

AlphaStation 200 4/233

233 MHz CPU
OpenVMS Base license
Note: Mandatory Return of 166 MHz CPU
and OpenVMS Base license

PB42U·CA

AlphaStation 200 4/166

AlphaStation 200 4/233

233 MHz CPU
Windows NT license
Note: Mandatory Return of 166 MHz CPU
and Windows NT license
"~""', ,>;,

Order Number

From

Includes

PBS6U·AA*

AlphaStation 500/266

AlphaStation 500/400

400 MHz CPU
Note: Mandatory Return of 266 MHz CPU

PBS6U·AB*

AlphaStation 500/333

AlphaStation 500/400

400 MHz CPU
Note: Mandatory Return of 333 MHz CPU

Note: Installation and Travel are not included with CPU Board Upgrade. Order FM-WSDTP-IN and FM-TRAVL-IN
separately.

Order Number

From

Includes

PB62U·BA

AlphaStation 600 5/266

AlphaStation 600 5/333

333 MHz CPU, 4 MB Fast cache for Digital
UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT
Note: Mandatory Return of 266 MHz CPU

4.2 Upgrades

Alpha to Alpha Upgrades

AlphaServer 400 4/233 CPU Upgrades
Order Number

From

Includes

PBSIU-CA

AlphaServer 400 4/166

AlphaServer 400 4/233

PBSIU-BA

AlphaServer 400 4/166

AlphaServer 4004/233

233 MHz, 512-Kbyte cache CPU
Digital UNIX Server
Note: Mandatory return of 166 MHz CPU
233 MHz, 512-Kbyte cache CPU
OpenVMS Server
Note: Mandatory return of 166 MHz CPU

PBSIU-AA

AlphaServer 400 4/166

AlphaServer 400 4/233

233 MHz, 512-Kbyte cache CPU
Windows NT Server
Note: Mandatory return of 166 MHz CPU

AlphaServer 10005/300 CPU Upgrades
Order Number

From

Includes

PB7SU-FZ

AlphaServer 1000 4/2xx

AlphaServer 10005/300

PB7SU-MZ

AlphaServer 1000 4/2xx

AlphaServer 1000 5/300

PB7SU-AZ

AlphaServer 1000 4/2xx

AlphaServer 1000 5/300

300 MHz CPU
Digital UNIX Server
Note: Mandatory return of 200, 233 or 266
MHz CPU
300 MHz CPU
OpenVMS Server
Note: Mandatory return of 200, 233 or 266
MHz CPU
300 MHz CPU
Windows NT Server
Note: Mandatory return of 200, 233 or 266
MHz CPU

AlphaServer 1000 to AlphaServer·l000A Upgrades
Order Number

From

PB77U-FX

AlphaServer 1000 4/2xx

PB77U-MX

AlphaServer 1000 4/2xx

PB77U-AX

AlphaServer 1000 4/2xx

PB78U-FX

AlphaServer 1000 4/2xx or
5/300

PB78U-MX

AlphaServer 1000 4/2xx or
5/300

PB78U-AX

AlphaServer 1000 4/2xx or
5/300

AlphaServer 1000A 5/300 300 MHz CPU and enclosure
Digital UNIX license
Note: Mandatory return of 200, 233, or 266
MHz CPU and enclosure
AlphaServer 1000A 5/300 300 MHz CPU and enclosure
OpenVMS license
Note: Mandatory return of 200,233, or 266
MHz CPU and enclosure
AlphaServer 1000A 5/300 300 MHz CPU and enclosure
Windows NT server media included
Note: Mandatory return of 200, 233, or 266
MHz CPU and enclosure
AlphaServer 1000A 5/400 400 MHz CPU and enclosure
Digital UNIX license
Note: Mandatory return of 4/2xx or 5/300
MHz CPU and enclosure
AlphaServer 1000A 5/400 400 MHz CPU and enclosure
OpenVMS license
Note: Mandatory return of 4/2xx or 5/300
MHz CPU and enclosure
AlphaServer 1000A 5/400 400 MHz CPU and enclosure
Windows NT server media included
Note: Mandatory return of 4/2xx or 5/300
MHz CPU and enclosure

Includes

Upgrades 4.3

Alpha to Alpha Upgrades

\········1
From

Includes

460XR-UA

AlphaServer 2000 4/200,
4/233

AlphaServer 2000 41275

470XR-UA

AlphaServer 2000 4/200,
4/233,4/275

AlphaServer 2000 5/250

275 MHz, 4 MB cache CPU
Note: Mandatory return of 190, 200 or 233
MHz CPU
250 MHz, 4 MB cache CPU
Note: Mandatory return of 190, 233 or 275
MHz CPU

480XR-UA

AlphaServer 2000 4/200,
41233,4/275

AlphaServer 2000 5/300

300 MHz, 4 MB cache CPU
Note: Mandatory return of 190,233 or 275
MHz CPU

480XR-UC

AlphaServer 2000 51250

AlphaServer 20005/300

300 MHz, 4 MB cache CPU
Note: Mandatory return of 250 MHz CPU

Order Number

1 To upgrade AlphaServer 2000 4/2xx systems with serial number(s) xx515xxxxxx or lower to a 4/275, 5/250, or 5/300 CPU, order a BA720-UA
AlphaServer 2000 Enclosure EMC Upgrade Kit (at no charge) along with the CPU upgrade.

Order Number

From

Includes

460XR-UA

AlphaServer 2100 4/200,
4/233

AlphaServer 2100 41275

275 MHz CPU, 4 MB cache memory
Note: Mandatory return of 190 or 233 MHz
CPU

470XR-UA

AlphaServer 2100 4/200,
41233,
or 4/275

AlphaServer 2100 5/250

250 MHz CPU, 4 MB cache memory
Note: Mandatory return of 190, 233, or 275
MHz CPU

480XR-UA

AlphaServer 2100 4/200,
41233,
or 4/275

AlphaServer 2100 5/300

300 MHz CPU, 4 MB cache memory
Note: Mandatory return of 190,233, or 275
MHz CPU

480XR-UC

AlphaServer 21005/250

AlphaServer 21005/300

300 MHz CPU, 4 MB cache memory
Note: Mandatory return of 250 MHz CPU

4.4 Upgrades

Alpha to Alpha Upgrades

AlphaServer 2100A CPU Upgrades
Order Number
470XR-UA

From
AlphaServer 2100A 41275

4S0XR-UA

AlphaServer 2100A 4/275

4S0XR-UC

AlphaServer 2100A 5/250

Includes
AlphaServer 2100A 5/250 250 MHz, 4 MB cache CPU
Note: Mandatory return of 275 MHz CPU
AlphaServer 2100A 5/300 300 MHz, 4 MB cache CPU
Note: Mandatory return of 275 MHz CPU

AlphaServer 2100A 5/300 300 MHz, 4 MB cache CPU
Note: Mandatory return of 250 MHz CPU

I AlphaServer 2100 to AlphaServer 2100A Upgrades
Order Number
KFPEA-AA

From
AlphaServer 2100

To
AlphaServer 2100A

KFPEY-AA

AlphaServer 2100

AlphaServer 2100A

KFPEN-AA

AlphaServer 2100

AlphaServer 2100A

Includes
Hardware and Software Components to
Upgrade AlphaServer 2100 to AlphaServer
2100A
Digital UNIX V3.2-D2 media included
Note: Does not include CPU upgrade
Hardware and Software Components to
Upgrade AlphaServer 2100 to AlphaServer
2100A
OpenVMS V6.2 I-IHl media included
Note: Does not include CPU upgrade
Hardware and Software Components to
Upgrade AlphaServer 2100 to AlphaServer
2100A
Windows NT Server V3.51B media
included
Note: Does not include CPU upgrade

AlphaServer2100RM to AlphaServer 2100A RMUpgrades
Order Number
KFPEA-BA

From
AlphaServer 2100 RM

To
AlphaServer 2100A RM

KFPEY-BA

AlphaServer 2100 RM

AlphaServer 2100A RM

KFPEN-BA

AlphaServer 2100 RM

AlphaServer 2100A RM

Includes
Hardware and Software Components to
Upgrade AlphaServer 2100 RM to
AlphaServer 2100A RM
Digital UNIX V3.2-D2 media included
Note: Does not include CPU upgrade
Hardware and Software Components to
Upgrade AlphaServer 2100 RM to
AlphaServer 21 OOA RM
OpenVMS V6.2 I-IHl media included
Note: Does not include CPU upgrade
Hardware and Software Components to
Upgrade AlphaServer 2100 RM to
AlphaServer 2100A RM
Windows NT Server V3.51B media
included
Note: Does not include CPU upgrade

Upgrades 4.5

Alpha to Alpha Upgrades

Order Number

From

Includes

DN-SIZIL-AA

AlphaServer 4000

AlphaServer 4100

AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer for
Windows NT.
Note: Requires mandatory return of
AlphaServer 4000 System Drawer.

DA-SIZIJ-AA

AlphaServer 4000

AlphaServer 4100

AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer
and Digital UNIX base system
license.
Note: Requires mandatory return of
AlphaServer 4000 System Drawer
and Digital UNIX license.

DY-SlZlK-AA

AlphaServer 4000

AlphaServer 4100

AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer
and Open VMS base system license.
Note: Requires mandatory return of
AlphaServer 4000 System Drawer
and OpenVMS license.

4.6

Upgrades

AlphaServer 8200 Upgrades

AlphaServer 8200 Upgrades
Upgrades for AlphaServer 8200 5/300 customers are available to upgrade current system platform to AlphaServer 8200
5/350 systems.
Upgrade kit part numbers are available with OpenVMS or Digital UNIX licenses and include all hardware items needed to
upgrade base level AlphaServer 8200 5/300 systems to AlphaServer 8200 5/350 systems.

Step l-AlphaServer 8200 System Upgrades
• Includes 350 MHz clock and two terminator modules.
Note: Must be ordered before AlphaServer 8200 5/350 SMP upgrades can be added.
Order Number

Operating System License Included

Type of Upgrade

75UXX-AX

No license
No license

Uni 82005/300 to Uni 82005/350 System Upgrade
Dual 8200 5/300 to Dual 8200 5/350 System Upgrade

75UXX-BX

Note: All upgrades require the return of upgraded hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation

Step 2-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP)-for upgrading additional 5/300 CPUs to 5/350s.
Note: All CPUs in an AlphaServer 8200 system must be at the same speed

Step 2a-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Trade-ins
• Part numbers provide for trade-in value of current AlphaServer 8200 5/300 to AlphaServer 8200 5/350 CPUs.
• All trade-in part numbers require return of hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation.
• One year hardware product warranty included.
75U45-AX

75U55-AX

From - AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Uni CPU Module to AlphaServer 8200 5/350 Uni-CPU, Requires
the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Uni CPU module. Includes processor module with one
21164/350 MHz CPU.
From - AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Dual CPU Module to AlphaServer 8200 5/350 Dual-CPU,
Requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Dual CPU module. Includes processor module
with two 21164/350 MHz CPU s.

Step 2b-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Expansion-Additional 5/350 CPU modules
• Order up to two additional CPU modules for a maximum of three CPU modules.
· If more than two processor modules are in system, a minimum of two separate memory modules should be considered
for optimal system performance.
• Part numbers are for adding additional AlphaServer 8200 5/350 CPUs to your system configuration.
753P2-AX
753Pl-AX
754P2-AX
754Pl-AX

Digital UNIX SMP upgrade-Uni-CPU, includes processor module with one 21164/350 MHz CPU,
Digital UNIX SMP extension license.
OpenVMS SMP upgrade-Uni-CPU, includes processor module with one 21164/350 MHz CPU,
OpenVMS SMP extension license.
Digital UNIX SMP upgrade-Dual-CPU, includes processor module with two 21164/350 MHz
CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP extension license.
OpenVMS SMP upgrade-Dual-CPU, includes processor module with two 21164/350 MHz CPUs,
OpenVMS SMP extension license.

Upgrades

4.7

AlphaServer 8200 Upgrades

Step 3-Memory
• Select additional memory if required; maximum 6 GB per system.
• Order up to two additional memory modules, for a maximum of three memory modules.
• Each memory module has built in two-way interleaving. Additional interleaving is accomplished by adding more
memory modules.
• Maximum of three memory modules is reduced by one for each additional CPU module added from Step 2.
Note: A short term memory size restriction is currently in effect for the 5/300 MHz systems only and does not exist for the
5/350 systems. Therefore any combination of memories (up to three modules) is supported with this upgrade,
resulting in system maximum memory of 6 GB.

Step 3a-Memory Expansion
• To add additional memory, use the following part numbers.
MS7CC-BA
MS7CC·CA
MS7CC·DA
MS7CC·EA
MS7CC·FA

128 MB memory module
256 MB memory module
512 MB memory module
1073 MB memory module
2147MB memory module

Step 3b-Memory Upgrades
• Field installation only (not configurable in Manufacturing).
MS7CC·UA
MS7CC·UB

128 MB memory upgrade (8 MB SIMMs), upgrades 128 MB (-BA) module to a 256 MB
(-CA) module
512 MB memory upgrade (32 MB SIMMs), upgrades 512 MB (-DA) module to a 1 GB
(-EA) module

Upgrades for AlphaServer 8200 5/300 customers are available to upgrade current system platform to AlphaServer 8200
5/440 systems.
Upgrade kit part numbers are available with OpenVMS or Digital UNIX licenses and include all hardware items needed to
upgrade base level AlphaServer 8200 5/300 systems to AlphaServer 8200 5/440 systems. Digital UNIX V3.2G, Digital
UNIX V4.0a, and OpenVMS V6.2-1H3 or later operating system releases are required for 5/440 support.

Step l-AlphaServer 8200 System Upgrades
• Includes dual 437 MHz CPU module, 437 MHz clock module, and two terminator modules
Note: Must be ordered before AlphaServer 8200 5/440 SMP upgrades can be added.
Order Number

Operating System License Included

Type of Upgrade

75UYY·AX

OpenVMS SMP license
Digital UNIX SMP license
No license

Uni 8200 5/300 to Dual 8200 5/440 System Upgrade
Uni 8200 5/300 to Dual 8200 5/440 System Upgrade
Dual 8200 5/300 to Dual 8200 5/440 System Upgrade

75UYY·BX
75UYY·CX

Note: All upgrades require the return of upgraded hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation

4.8

Upgrades

AlphaServer 8200 Upgrades

Step 2-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP)-for upgrading additional 5/300 CPUs to 5/440s.
Note: All CPUs in an AlphaServer 8200 system must be at the same speed.

Step 2a-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Trade-ins
• Part numbers provide for trade-in value of current AlphaServer 8200 5/300 to AlphaServer 8200 5/440 CPUs.
• All trade-in part numbers require return of hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation.
• One year hardware product warranty included.
75UY3·AX

75UY4·AX

75UY5·AX

From - AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Uni CPU Module to AlphaServer 8200 5/440 Dual-CPU, requires
the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Uni CPU module. Includes processor module with two
21164/437 MHz CPUs, OpenVMS SMP license.
From - AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Uni CPU Module to AlphaServer 8200 5/440 Dual-CPU, requires
the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Uni CPU module. Includes processor module with two
211641437 Mhz CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP license.
From - AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Dual CPU Module to AlphaServer 8200 5/440 Dual-CPU,
requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Dual CPU module. Includes processor module
with two 21164/437 MHz CPUs.

Step 3-Memory
• Select additional memory if required; maximum 6 GB per system.
• Order up to two additional memory modules, for a maximum of three memory modules.
• Each memory module has built in two-way interleaving. Additional interleaving is accomplished by adding more
memory modules.
• Maximum of three memory modules is reduced by one for each additional CPU module added from Step 2.
Note: A short term memory size restriction is currently in effect for the 5/300 MHz systems only and does not exist for
the 5/350 or 5/440 systems. Therefore any combination of memories (up to three modules) is supported with this
upgrade, resulting in system maximum memory of 6 GB.

Step 3a-Memory Expansion
• To add additional memory, use the following part numbers.
MS7CC·BA
MS7CC·CA
MS7CC·DA
MS7CC·EA
MS7CC·FA

128 MB memory module
256 MB memory module
512 MB memory module
1073 MB memory module
2147MB memory module

Step 3b-Memory Upgrades
• Field installation only (not configurable in Manufacturing).
MS7CC·UA
MS7CC·UB

128 MB memory upgrade (8 MB SIMMs), upgrades 128 MB (-BA) module to a 256 MB
(-CA) module
512 MB memory upgrade (32 MB SIMMs), upgrades 512 MB (-DA) module to a 1 GB
(-EA) module

Upgrades 4.9

AlphaServer 8200 Upgrades

Upgrades for AlphaServer 8200 5/350 customers are available to upgrade current system platform to AlphaServer 8200
5/440 systems.
Upgrade kit part numbers are available with Open VMS or Digital UNIX licenses and include all hardware items needed to
upgrade base level AlphaServer 8200 5/350 systems to AlphaServer 8200 5/440 systems. Digital UNIX V3.2G, Digital
UNIX V4.0a, and OpenVMS V6.2-1H3 or later operating system releases are required for 5/440 support.

Step l-AlphaServer 8200 System Upgrades
• Includes dual 437 MHz CPU module and 437 MHz clock module.
Note: Must be ordered before AlphaServer 8200 5/440 SMP upgrades can be added.
Order Number

Operating System License Included

Type of Upgrade

7SUSS-AX

OpenVMS SMP license
Digital UNIX SMP license
No license

Uni 8200 5/350 to Dual 8200 5/440 System Upgrade
Uni 8200 5/350 to Dual 8200 5/440 System Upgrade
Dual 8200 5/350 to Dual 8200 5/440 System Upgrade

7SUSS-BX

7suss-ex

Note: All upgrades require the return of upgraded hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation

Step 2-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP)-for upgrading additional 5/350 CPUs to 5/440s.
Note: All CPUs in an AlphaServer 8200 system must be at the same speed.

Step 2a-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Trade-ins
• Part numbers provide for trade-in value of current AlphaServer 8200 5/350 to AlphaServer 8200 5/440 CPUs.
• All trade-in part numbers require return of hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation.
• One year hardware product warranty included.
7SUS3-AX

From - AlphaServer 8200 5/350 Uni CPU Module to AlphaServer 8200 5/440 Dual-CPU, requires
the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8200 5/350 Uni CPU module. Includes processor module with two
21164/437 MHz CPUs, OpenVMS SMP license.

7SUS4-AX

7SUSS-AX

From - AlphaServer 8200 5/350 Dual CPU Module to AlphaServer 8200 5/440 Dual-CPU,
requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8200 5/350 Dual CPU module. Includes processor module
with two 21164/437 MHz CPUs.

4.10 Upgrades

AlphaServer 8400 Upgrades

Step 3a-Memory Expansion
• To add additional memory, use the following part numbers.
MS7CC-BA
MS7CC-CA
MS7CC-DA
MS7CC-EA
MS7CC-FA

128 MB memory module
256 MB memory module
512 MB memory module
1073 MB memory module
2147MB memory module

Step 3b-Memory Upgrades
• Field installation only (not configurable in Manufacturing).
MS7CC-UA
MS7CC-UB

128 MB memory upgrade (8 MB SIMMs), upgrades 128 MB (-BA) module to a 256 MB
(-CA) module
512 MB memory upgrade (32 MB SIMMs), upgrades 512 MB (-DA) module to a 1 GB
(-EA) module

Upgrades 4.11

AlphaServer 8400 Upgrades
;";;',.":(~.;.' ':'.; ~Y·;(\::...:::';;.~:·~;·:'~::/':". : .. ;,,-::.:,/".,
,

'-<" ..:.,.

":\:'\l~ .~.

";' ,

Upgrades for AlphaServer 8400 5/300 customers are available to upgrade current system platform to AlphaServer 8400
5/350 systems. Upgrade kit part numbers are available with OpenVMS or Digital UNIX licenses and include all hardware
items needed to upgrade base level AlphaServer 8400 5/300 systems to AlphaServer 8400 5/350 systems.

Step l-AlphaServer 8400 System Upgrades
• Includes dual 350 MHz CPU and clock modules.

Note: Must be ordered before AlphaServer 8400 5/350 SMP upgrades can be added.
Order Number

Operating System License Included

Type of Upgrade

7SUXX-CX

Digital UNIX SMP license
OpenVMS SMP license
No license

Uni 8400 5/300 to Dual 8400 5/350 System Upgrade
Uni 8400 5/300 to Dual 8400 5/350 System Upgrade
Dual 8400 5/300 to Dual 8400 5/350 System Upgrade

7SUXX-EX
7SUXX-DX

Note: All upgrades require the return of upgraded hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation.
Step 2-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP)-for upgrading additional 5/300 CPUs to 5/350s
Note: All CPUs in an AlphaServer 8400 system must be at the same speed.

Step 2a-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Trade-ins
• Part numbers provide for trade-in value of current AlphaServer 8400 5/300 to AlphaServer 8400 5/350 CPUs.
• All trade-in part numbers require return of hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation.
• One year hardware product warranty included.
7SU4S-AX

From - AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Uni CPU Module to AlphaServer 8400 5/350 Uni-CPU, Requires
the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Uni CPU module. Includes processor module with one
21164/350 MHz CPU.

7SUSS-AX

From - AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Dual CPU Module to AlphaServer 8400 5/350 Dual-CPU,
Requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Dual CPU module. Includes processor module
with two 21164/350 MHz CPUs.

Step 2b-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Expansion-Additional 5/350 CPU modules
• Order up to five additional CPU modules, for a maximum of six modules.
· If more than three processor modules are in system, a minimum of two separate memory modules should be considered
for optimal system performance.
• Part numbers are for adding additional AlphaServer 8400 5/350 CPUs to current system configuration.
7S3P2-AX

Digital UNIX SMP upgrade-Uni-CPU, includes processor module with one 21164/350 MHz CPU,
Digital UNIX SMP extension license.

7S3PI-AX

OpenVMS SMP upgrade-Uni-CPU, includes processor module with one 21164/350 MHz CPU,
OpenVMS SMP extension license.

7S4P2-AX

Digital UNIX SMP upgrade-Dual-CPU, includes processor module with two 21164/350 MHz

7S4PI-AX

CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP extension license.
OpenVMS SMP upgrade-Dual-CPU, includes processor module with two 21164/350 MHz CPUs,
OpenVMS SMP extension license.

4.12 Upgrades

AlphaServer 8400 Upgrades

Step 3-Memory
Select additional memory if required; maximum 14 GB per system.
• Order up to six additional memory modules, for a maximum of seven memory modules.
• Each memory module has built in two-way interleaving. Additional interleaving is accomplished by adding more
memory modules.
• Maximum of seven memory modules is reduced by one for each additional CPU module added from Step 2.
Note: A short term memory size restriction is currently in effect for 5/300 MHz systems only and does not exist for the
5/350 systems. Therefore, any combination of memories (up to seven modules) is supported with this upgrade,
resulting in a system memory maximum of 14 GB.

Step 3a-Memory Expansion
• To add additional memory, use the following part numbers
MS7CC·BA
MS7CC·CA
MS7CC·DA
MS7CC·EA
MS7CC·FA

128 MB memory module
256 MB memory module
512 MB memory module
1073 MB memory module
2147MB memory module

Step 3b-Memory Upgrades
• Field installation only (not configurable in Manufacturing).
MS7CC·UA
MS7CC-UB

128 MB memory upgrade (8 MB SIMMs), upgrades 128 MB (-BA) module to a 256 MB
(-CA) module
512 MB memory upgrade (32 MB SIMMs), upgrades 512 MB (-DA) module to a 1 GB
(-EA) module

AlphaServer84QOS/~OOto5/440 UpgJ;ades~'
Upgrades for AlphaServer 8400 5/300 customers are available to upgrade current system platform to AlphaServer 8400
5/440 systems. Upgrade kit part numbers are available with OpenVMS or Digital UNIX licenses and include all hardware
items needed to upgrade base level AlphaServer 8400 5/300 systems to AlphaServer 8400 5/440 systems. Digital UNIX
V3.2G, Digital UNIX V4.0a, and OpenVMS V6.2-1H3 or later operating system releases are required for 5/440 support.

Step l-AlphaServer 8400 System Upgrades
• Includes dual 437 MHz CPU Module and 437 MHz clock module
Note: Must be ordered before AlphaServer 8400 5/440 SMP upgrades can be added.
Order Number

Operating System License Included

Type of Upgrade

75UYY·DX

OpenVMS SMP license
Digital UNIX SMP license
No license

Uni 8400 5/300 to Dual 8400 5/440 System Upgrade
Uni 8400 5/300 to Dual 8400 5/440 System Upgrade
Dual 8400 5/300 to Dual 8400 5/440 System Upgrade

75UYY·EX
75UYY·FX

Note: All upgrades require the return of upgraded hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation.

Upgrades 4.13

AlphaServer 8400 Upgrades

Step 2-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP)-for upgrading additional 5/300 CPUs to 5/440s
Note: All CPUs in an AlphaServer 8400 system must be at the same speed.

Step 2a-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Trade-ins
• Part numbers provide for trade-in value of current AlphaServer 8400 5/300 to AlphaServer 8400 5/440 CPUs.
• All trade-in part numbers require return of hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation.
• One year hardware product warranty included.
7SUY3-AX

From - AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Uni CPU Module to AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Dual·CPU, requires
the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Uni CPU module. Includes processor module with two
21164/437 MHz CPUs, OpenVMS SMP license.

75UY4-AX

From· AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Uni CPU Module to AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Dual·CPU, requires
the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Uni CPU module. Includes processor module with two
211641437 MHz CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP license ..

7SUYS·AX

From· AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Dual CPU Module to AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Dual·CPU,
requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Dual CPU module. Includes processor module
with two 211641437 MHz CPUs.

Step 3-'Memory
• Select additional memory if required; maximum 14 GB per system.
• Order up to six additional memory modules, for a maximum of seven memory modules.
• Each memory module has built in two-way interleaving. Additional interleaving is accomplished by adding more
memory modules.
• Maximum of seven memory modules is reduced by one for each additional CPU module added from Step 2.

Note: A short term memory size restriction is currently in effect for 5/300 MHz systems only and does not exist for the
5/350 or 5/440 systems. Therefore, any combination of memories (up to seven modules) is supported with this
upgrade, resulting in a system memory maximum of 14 GB.

Step 3a-Memory Expansion
• To add additional memory, use the following part numbers
MS7CC·BA
MS7CC·CA
MS7CC·DA
MS7CC·EA
MS7CC·FA

128 MB memory module
256 MB memory module
512 MB memory module
1073 MB memory module
2147 MB memory module

Step 3b-Memory Upgrades
• Field installation only (not configurable in Manufacturing).
MS7CC·UA
MS7CC·UB

4.14 Upgrades

128 MB memory upgrade (8 MB SIMMs), upgrades 128 MB (-BA) module to a 256 MB
(-CA) module
512 MB memory upgrade (32 MB SIMMs), upgrades 512 MB (-DA) module to a 1 GB
(-EA) module

AlphaServer 8400 Upgrades

AlphaServer 8400 5/350 to 5/440 Upgrades
Upgrades for AlphaServer 8400 5/350 customers are available to upgrade current system platform to AlphaServer 8400
5/440 systems. Upgrade kit includes all hardware items needed to upgrade base level AlphaServer 8400 5/350 systems to
AlphaServer 8400 5/440 systems. Digital UNIX V3.2G, Digital UNIX V4.0a, and OpenVMS V6.2-1H3 or later operating
system releases are required for 5/440 support.
Step l-AlphaServer 8400 System Upgrades
• Includes dual 437 MHz CPU Module and 437 MHz clock module
Note: Must be ordered before AlphaServer 8400 5/440 SMP upgrades can be added.
Order Number
7SUSS-DX

Operating System License Included

Type of Upgrade

No license

Dual 8400 5/350 to Dual 8400 5/440 System Upgrade

Note: All upgrades require the return of upgraded hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation.
Step 2-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP)-for upgrading additional 5/350 CPUs to 5/440s
Note: All CPUs in an AlphaServer 8400 system must be at the same speed.

Step 2a-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Trade-ins
• Part numbers provide for trade-in value of current AlphaServer 8400 5/350 to AlphaServer 8400 5/440 CPUs.
• All trade-in part numbers require return of hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation.
• One year hardware product warranty included.
7SUS3-AX

7SUS4-AX

7SUSS-AX

From - AlphaServer 8400 5/350 Uni CPU Module to AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Dual-CPU, requires
the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8400 5/350 Uni CPU module. Includes processor module with two
21164/437 MHz CPUs, OpenVMS SMP license.
From - AlphaServer 8400 5/350 Uni CPU Module to AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Dual-CPU, requires
the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8400 5/350 Uni CPU module. Includes processor module with two
21164/437 MHz CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP license ..
From - AlphaServer 84005/350 Dual CPU Module to AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Dual-CPU,
requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8400 5/350 Dual CPU module. Includes processor module
with two 21164/437 MHz CPUs.

Step 3-Memory
• Select additional memory if required; maximum 14 GB per system.
• Order up to six additional memory modules, for a maximum of seven memory modules.
• Each memory module has built in two-way interleaving. Additional interleaving is accomplished by adding more
memory modules.
• Maximum of seven memory modules is reduced by one for each additional CPU module added from Step 2.

Step 3a-Memory Expansion
MS7CC-BA
MS7CC-CA
MS7CC-DA
MS7CC-EA
MS7CC-FA

128 MB memory module
256 MB memory module
512 MB memory module
1073 MB memory module
2147 MB memory module

Step 3b-Memory Upgrades- Field installation only (not configurable in Manufacturing)
MS7CC-UA
MS7CC-UB

128 MB memory upgrade (8 MB SIMMs), upgrades 128 MB (-BA) module to a 256 MB
(-CA) module
512 MB memory upgrade (32 MB SIMMs), upgrades 512 MB (-DA) module to a 1 GB
(-EA) module
Upgrades 4.15

VAXIDEC 7000 to AlphaServer 8400 In-Cabinet Upgrades
, .~." .... ~ :;~:}:'~,'::;
)~;"

"' ~\';;:'.>":;

Upgrades for V AXlDEC 7000 customers are available to upgrade current system platform to AlphaServer 8400 5/300,
5/350, or 5/440 systems.
Upgrades consist of replacing the current V AXlDEC 7000 System Backplane, CPU module(s), memory module(s), and I/O
port module. All XMI plug-in unites) and disk/tapes are fully supported. In addition, adding new PCI plug-in unit options is
supported.
Upgrade kit part numbers are available with OpenVMS or Digital UNIX licenses and include all hardware items needed to
upgrade base level VAXIDEC 7000 system to AlphaServer 8400 system.
AlphaServer 8400 requires a new System Backplane assembly, new CPU module(s), new memory module(s), and new I/O
port module(s). Special allowances and trade-ins are available to handle current memory modules.
Before undertaking this Step-by-Step procedure, obtain an up-to-date configuration listing of the system that you plan to
upgrade.

Step l-AlphaServer 8400 5/300, 5/350, and 5/440 Upgrades
o

o
o
o

5/300 and 5/350 upgrades require Digital UNIX V3.2B or later, and OpenVMS V6.2 or later.
5/440 upgrades require Digital UNIX V3.2G, Digital UNIX 4.0a, and OpenVMS V6.2-1H3 or later releases.
Console terminal required unless available on site.
Upgrade part numbers assume you start with a single CPU module V AXlDEC 7000 configuration (VAXlDEC
76101771017810).
Minimum system configuration must have the following: one AlphaServer 8400 Dual-CPU module, one KFTHA-AA or
KFTIA-AA system I/O module, and one memory module.
- Six slots available for additional modules (CPU modules, memory modules, or system I/O modules).
CD-ROM is required-VAX 7000 upgrades require addition of RRDCD-CA option.
- CD-ROM requires single-ended SCSI-2 connection from either KFTIA-AA or KZMSA-AB in XMI plug-in unit, or
KZPAA-AA in PCI plug-in unit.

Upgrade Systems include
o
o

AlphaServer 8400 9-slot backplane assembly.
One Processor module with two Alpha microprocessor
211645/300; 5/350, or 5/440 CPUs, each CPU includes
4 MB Backup cache.
System I/O module (KFTHA-AA) with four I/O
channel connections or integrated I/O module
(KFfIA-AA) with one I/O channel connection.

o
o

Order Number
DA-291BU-YX
DA-291BU-FX
DA-291BU-ZX
DA-291BU-HX
DY-291BU-YX
DY-291BU-FX
DY -291BU-ZX
DY-291BU-HX
DA-291DU-YX
DA-291DU-FX
DY-291DU-YX
DY-291DU-FX
DA-292FU-YX
DA-292FU-FX
DY-292FU-YX
DY-292FU-FX

Dual CPU

5/300
5/300
5/300
5/300
5/300
5/300
5/300
5/300
5/350
5/350
5/350
5/350
5/440
5/440
5/440
5/440

No memory or a 2 GB memory carrier for upgrading
current 2 GB memory module.
Operating System Software
- Digital UNIX base license or
- OpenVMS base license
One year hardware product warranty.
90 day software product warranty.

Operating System

110 Module

Memory Notes

Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
OpenVMS
OpenVMS
OpenVMS
Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
OpenVMS
Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
OpenVMS
OpenVMS

KFTHA
KFTHA
KFfIA
KFTIA
KFTHA
KFfHA
KFfIA
KFTIA
KFfHA
KFTHA
KFTHA
KFfHA
KFTHA
KFTHA
KFTHA
KFTHA

No memory included, see Step 3.
2 GB memory carrier included
No memory included, see Step 3.
2 GB memory carrier included
No memory included, see Step 3.
2 GB memory carrier included
No memory included, see Step 3.
2 GB memory carrier included
No memory included, see Step 3.
2 GB memory carrier included
No memory included, see Step 3.
2 GB memory carrier included
No memory included, see Step 3.
2 GB memory carrier included
No memory included, see Step 3.
2 GB memory carrier included

Note:All upgrades require the return of upgraded hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation
4.16 Upgrades

V AXIDEC 7000 to AlphaServer 8400 In-cabinet Upgrades

Step 2-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP)
• Order up to five additional CPU modules, for a maximum of six modules.
• If more than three processor modules are in system, a minimum of two separate memory modules should be considered
for optimal system performance.
• Use Step 2a to "trade-in" current VAXIDEC 7000 CPUs if more then One CPU is in current VAXIDEC 7000 system.
• Use Step 2b to add additional AlphaServer 8400 CPU modules to the configuration.

Step 2a-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Trade-ins
• Part numbers provide for trade-in value of current VAXlDEC 7000 CPUs to AlphaServer 8400 CPUs.
• All trade-in part numbers require return of hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation.
• One year hardware product warranty included.
AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Systems
7SU14-AX

7SU13-AX

7SU24-AX

7SU23-AX

7SU34-AX

7SU33-AX

From - VAXlDEC 7000 CPU Module to Digital UNIX SMP-Uni-CPU, Requires trade-in of one
V AXlDEC 7000 CPU module. Includes processor module with one 21164/300 MHz CPU, Digital
UNIX SMP extension license.
From - VAXIDEC 7000 CPU Module to OpenVMS SMP-Uni-CPU, Requires trade-in of one
VAXlDEC 7000 CPU module. Includes processor module with one 21164/300 MHz CPU, OpenVMS
SMP extension license.
From - V AXIDEC 7000 CPU Module to Digital UNIX SMP-Dual-CPU, Requires trade-in of one
VAXlDEC 7000 CPU module. Includes processor module with two 21164/300 MHz CPUs, Digital
UNIX SMP extension license.
From - VAXlDEC 7000 CPU Module to OpenVMS SMP-Dual-CPU, Requires trade-in of one
V AXlDEC 7000 CPU module. Includes processor module with two 21164/300 MHz CPU s, OpenVMS
SMP extension license.
From - two V AXIDEC 7000 CPU Modules to Digital UNIX SMP-Dual-CPU, Requires trade-in of
two VAXlDEC 7000 CPU modules. Includes processor module with two 21164/300 MHz CPUs,
Digital UNIX SMP extension license.
From - two VAXlDEC 7000 CPU Modules to OpenVMS SMP-Dual-CPU, Requires trade-in of
two V AXlDEC 7000 CPU modules. Includes processor module with two 21164/300 MHz CPUs,
OpenVMS SMP extension license.

AlphaServer 8400 5/350 Systems
7SU64-AX

7SU63-AX

7SU74-AX

7SU73-AX

7SU84-AX

7SU83-AX

From - V AXIDEC 7000 CPU Module to Digital UNIX SMP-Uni-CPU, Requires trade-in of one
VAXlDEC 7000 CPU module. Includes processor module with one 21164/350 MHz CPU, Digital
UNIX SMP extension license.
From - VAXlDEC 7000 CPU Module to OpenVMS SMP-Uni-CPU, Requires trade-in of one
V AXlDEC 7000 CPU module. Includes processor module with one 21164/350 MHz CPU, OpenVMS
SMP extension license.
From - V AXIDEC 7000 CPU Module to Digital UNIX SMP-Dual-CPU, Requires trade-in of one
V AXlDEC 7000 CPU module. Includes processor module with two 21164/350 MHz CPUs, Digital
UNIX SMP extension license.
From - VAXIDEC 7000 CPU Module to OpenVMS SMP-Dual-CPU, Requires trade-in of one
VAXlDEC 7000 CPU module. Includes processor module with two 21164/350 MHz CPUs, OpenVMS
SMP extension license.
From - two VAXlDEC 7000 CPU Modules to Digital UNIX SMP-Dual-CPU, Requires trade-in of
two V AXlDEC 7000 CPU modules. Includes processor module with two 21164/350 MHz CPUs,
Digital UNIX SMP extension license.
From - two VAXlDEC 7000 CPU Modules to OpenVMS SMP-Dual-CPU, Requires trade-in of
two VAXlDEC 7000 CPU modules. Includes processor module with two 21164/350 MHz CPUs,
OpenVMS SMP extension license.

Upgrades

4.17

VAXIDEC 7000 to AlphaServer 8400 In-cabinet Upgrades

Step 2a-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Trade-ins
AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Systems
75UD4-AX

From - VAXIDEC 7000 CPU Module to Digital UNIX SMP-Dual-CPU
Requires trade-in of one V AXlDEC 7000 CPU module. Includes processor module with two
211641437 MHz CPU, Digital UNIX SMP extension license.

75UC3-AX

From - VAXIDEC 7000 CPU Module to Open VMS SMP-Dual-CPU
Requires trade-'in of one V AXlDEC 7000 CPU module. Includes processor module with two
211641437 MHz CPU, OpenVMS SMP extension license.
From - two VAXIDEC 7000 CPU Modules to Digital UNIX SMP-Dual-CPU
Requires trade-in of two VAXlDEC 7000 CPU modules. Includes processor module with two
211641437 MHz CPU, Digital UNIX extension license.

75UH5-AX

75UG5-AX

From - two VAXIDEC 7000 CPU Module to OpenVMS SMP-Dual-CPU
Requires trade-in of two VAXlDEC 7000 CPU modules. Includes processor module with two
21164/437 MHz CPU, OpenVMS SMP extension license.

Step 2b-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Expansion
• Order up to five additional CPU modules, for a maximum of six modules.
• Part numbers are for adding additional AlphaServer 8400 CPUs to your system configuration.
AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Systems
751P2-AX
751PI-AX
752P2-AX
752PI-AX
752P3-AX

752P4-AX

Digital UNIX SMP upgrade-Uni-CPU, includes processor module with one 21164/300 MHz CPU,
Digital UNIX SMP extension license.
OpenVMS SMP upgrade-Uni-CPU, includes processor module with one 21164/300 MHz CPU,
OpenVMS SMP extension license.
Digital UNIX SMP upgrade-Dual-CPU, includes processor module with two 21164/300 MHz
CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP extension license.
OpenVMS SMP upgrade-Dual-CPU, includes processor module with two 21164/300 MHz CPUs,
OpenVMS SMP extension license.
Digital UNIX SMP upgrade-Uni-CPU to Dual-CPU, includes processor module with two
21164/300 MHz CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP extension license. Requires return of AlphaServer 8400
Uni-CPU module to Digital Equipment Corporation.
OpenVMS SMP upgrade-Uni-CPU to Dual-CPU, includes processor module with two 21164/300
MHz CPUs, OpenVMS SMP extension license. Requires return of AlphaServer 8400 Uni-CPU module
to Digital Equipment Corporation.

AlphaServer 8400 5/350 Systems
753P2-AX
753PI-AX
754P2-AX
754PI-AX

AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Systems
756P2 -AX

Digital UNIX SMP upgrade-Dual-CPU, includes processor module with two 211641437 MHz
CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP extension license.

756PI-AX

OpenVMS SMP upgrade-Dual CPU, includes processor module with two 211641437 MHz CPUs,
OpenVMS SMP extension license.

4.18 Upgrades

V AXIDEC 7000 to AlphaServer 8400 In-cabinet Upgrades

Step 3-Memory
•
•
•
•
•

Select additional memory if required; maximum 14 GB per system.
Order up to six additional memory modules, for a maximum of seven memory modules.
Use Step 3a to "trade-in" your current VAXlDEC 7000 memory modules.
Use Step 3b to add additional AlphaServer 8400 memory modules to your configuration.
Each memory module has built in two-way interleaving. Additional interleaving is accomplished by adding more
memory modules.
• Maximum of seven memory modules is reduced by one for each additional CPU module added from Step 2.
Note: A short term memory size restriction is currently in effect for 5/300 MHz systems only. Memory modules must be
in quantity of one, two, or four memory modules of the same size. This means that maximum memory configuration
is temporarily four 2 GB memory modules, resulting in system maximum memory of 8 GB. Note: Maximum 8 GB
of memory for 5/300 systems restriction does not apply to 5/350 or 5/440 system upgrades.

Step 3a-Memory Trade-in
• Part numbers provide for trade-in value of current V AXlDEC 7000 memory modules to AlphaServer 8400 memory
modules.
• All trade-in part numbers require return of hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation.
MS7CC-UD
MS7CC-UE
MS7CC-UF
MS7CC-UG

DECNAX 7000 256 MB memory trade-in for a AlphaServer 8200/8400 256 MB module
DECNAX 7000 256 MB memory trade-in for a AlphaServer 8200/8400 512 MB module
DECNAX 7000 512 MB memory trade-in for a AlphaServer 8200/8400 512 MB module
DECNAX 7000512 MB memory trade-in for a AlphaServer 8200/8400 1 GB module

Step 3b-Memory Expansion
• These part numbers provide for adding additional AlphaServer 8400 memory to system configuration.
MS7CC-BA
MS7CC-CA
MS7CC-DA
MS7CC-EA
MS7CC-FA

128 MB memory module
256 MB memory module
512 MB memory module
1073 MB memory module
2147MB memory module

Step 3c-Memory Upgrades
• Field installation only (not configurable in manufacturing).
MS7CC-UA
MS7CC-UB

128 MB memory upgrade (8 MB SIMMs), upgrades 128 MB (-BA) module to a 256 MB
(-CA) module
512 MB memory upgrade (32 MB SIMMs), upgrades 512 MB (-DA) module to a 1 GB
(-EA) module
'"

Upgrades

4.19

VAX/DEC 7000 to AlphaServer 8400 In-cabinet Upgrades

Step~D-ROM

· If V AXlDEC 7000 system does not include CD-ROM (located in the upper front right hand comer of the system
cabinet) a CD-ROM device is required.
• CD-ROM device in StorageWorks shelf driven from the KZPSA-BB and a DWZZA-VA is not allowed.
• CD-ROM requires a single-ended SCSI-2 connection from either the KFfIA-AA or the KZMSA-AB in a XMI plug-in
unit, or the KZPAA-AA in a PCI plug-in unit.
• All connections to the CD-ROM device will stop at the device, further daisy chaining is not allowed.
RRDCD-CA

KZPAA-AA

AlphaServer 8400 In-cabinet CD-ROM disk-maximum of one per system. Must be ordered if no
CD-ROM device exists in upgraded system. Includes CD-ROM device, mounting hardware, BN21HOH cable (.75 meter length cable) - will require ordering longer cable to reach either the XMI PIU or
the PCI PIU.
PCI SCSI Controller-5ingle-ended narrow SCSI controller. Only for connecting the RRDCD-CA to
the PCI plug-in unit.

Step 5--Three Phase Expansion Components
If V AXIDEC 7000 system being upgraded has one H7263 power regulator, recheck the EPUs to verify if second power
regulator is needed.
H7263-AAIAB

H7263-AC/AD

Three Phase 48 VDC power regulator with BBU capability-maximum three per cabinet. A second
regulator may be required to supply adequate power depending on configuration. See power
configuration table in the AlphaServer 8400 section. A third regulator assures N+ 1 power redundancy
and higher availability in the event of a power regulator failure.
Same as H7263-AAIAB except there is no built-in battery back-up (BBU) capability.

Step 6--Additional procedures needed
• Verify that T2028 module in DWLMA (XMI plug-in unit) is at minimum revision of "F05". If not replace with latest
revision.
• Recheck new configurations "EPU" value to determine if second power regulator is now required.
• For additional items see the AlphaServer 8400 System Ordering Menu.

4.20 Upgrades

VAX to V AX In-Cabinet Upgrades

VAXstation 4000 Board Upgrades
Upgrade kits must be installed by Digital Services.
Order Number
PV71U-BFt

PV71U-BH

From
To
V AXstation 4000
VAXstation 4000
Model 60 2D LCG graphics Model 96 LCSPX 2D
(66172 Hz)
graphics (66172 Hz)

Includes
V AXstation 4000 Model 96 CPU
System enclosure and power supply
8-plane color/grayscale graphics board
2.7-m (9-ft) color/monochrome video cable
Brackets for three internal SCSI devices
(one removable, two fixed disks)
ThinWireIThick wire Ethernet
DEC-423 serial line
EIA-232D serial line with modem control
Synchronous SCSI controller
OpenVMS base license
Digital NAS 150 license
Note: Mandatory return of Model 60 CPU
board and LCG graphics card

V AXstation 4000
Model 90/90A
2D LCSPX graphics 66172Hz

V AXstation 4000 Model 96 CPU
Digital NAS 150 license
Note: Mandatory return of Model 90/90A
CPU
board

VAXstation 4000
Model 96
LCSPX2D
(66172 Hz)

t vAXstation Model 96 systems require minimum of 16 MBs of main memory; 8 MB memory embedded on Model 60 system board cannot be transferred.
See Model 96 memory configurations. 4 MB and 16 MB SIMMs from Model 60 may be transferred to Model 96 in sets of four ONLY (e.g., two MS44LBA = 4 x 4 MB SIMMs). Model 96 memory modules must be installed in sets of four matching value SIMMs.

MicroVAX 3100 Desktop Server Board Upgrades
Note: A non-return charge will be assessed if old CPU board is not returned to Digital
Order Number

From

Includes

31JXR-AA

MicroVAX 3100 Model 40
MicroV AX 3100 Model 80

MicroVAX 3100
Model 85 Server

MicroV AX 3100 Model 85 Server CPU
64 MB of memory
OpenVMS base license

49GAX-E9

MicroVAX 3100 Model 40
MicroVAX 3100 Model 80

MicroVAX 3100
Mode196 Server

MicroV AX 3100 Model 96 Server CPU
64 MB of memory
OpenVMS base license

49JAX-E9

MicroV AX 3100 Model 85
MicroVAX 3100 Model 90
MicroVAX 3100 Model 95

MicroVAX 3100
Model 96 Server

Micro VAX 3100 Model 96 Server CPU
64 MB of memory
OpenVMS base license

49XR-AA

MicroV AX 3100 Model 90
MicroVAX 3100 Model 95

MicroVAX 3100
Model 96 Server

MicroV AX 3100 Model 96 Server CPU
OpenVMS base license

Upgrades 4.21

V AX to VAX In-Cabinet Upgrades

Order Number

From

Includes

53XR-BA

VAX 4000 Models 100,
100A, 105A, 106A

VAX 4000
Modell06A

OpenVMS base license
Note: A non-return charge will be assessed
if old CPU board is not returned to Digital.

... ·············:1
Order Number

From

Includes

53XRA-BA

Rackmount VAX 4000
Models 100, 100A, 105A

Rackmount VAX 4000
Modell06A

VAX 4000 Modell 06A CPU
OpenVMS base license
Note: Mandatory return of old CPU

Note: A non-return charge will be assessed if old CPU board is not returned to Digital.
From

Includes

691XU-CS /DS

Order Number

V AX 4000 Model 300

VAX 4000 Model 505A

CPU, BA440 backplane
OpenVMS base license

691XU-DB

V AX 4000 Models 400,
500,500A

VAX 4000 Model 505A

CPU
OpenVMS base license

694XR-CS /DS

VAX 4000 Model 300

VAX 4000 Model 705A

CPU, BA440 backplane
OpenVMS base license

694XR-DB

V AX 4000 Models 400,
500,500A

V AX 4000 Model 705A

CPU
OpenVMS base license

694XR-JB

VAX 4000 Models 505A,
600, 600A, 700A

VAX 4000 Model 705A

CPU
OpenVMS base license

1 The -CS upgrade kits are for VAXNAXserver 4000 Model 300 systems with serial numbers WF04899999 or lower, AY04700100 and lower.

4.22 Upgrades

VAX to VAX In-Cabinet Upgrades

VAX 7000 Board· Upgrades
Order Number

From

Includes

7FATA-LA

VAX 7000/1000
Model 610
Model 620
Model 630

VAX 7000
Model 620
Model 630
Model 640

Single CPU
OpenVMS SMP extension license

7FETB-AAI

VAX 7000 Model 640

VAX 7000 Model 650

CPU
OpenVMS SMP extension license

7FFTB-AAI

VAX 7000 Model 650

VAX 7000 Model 660

CPU
OpenVMS SMP extension license

7JATB-LE

VAX 7000 Model 7xx

V AX 7000 Model 7xx+ 1

CPU
OpenVMS SMP extension license

7JAVB-AAl

VAX 7000 Model 610
VAX 10000 Model 610

VAX 7000 Model 710

CPU module, VAX 7000 console kit
OpenVMS base license
Note: Mandatory return of Model 6xx CPU
modules

7JAVB-LAl

V AX 7000 Model 6xx
SMP System

VAX 7000 Model 7xx
SMP System

CPU module
OpenVMS SMP extension license
Note: Mandatory return of Model 6xx CPU
modules

7MATA-LE

VAX 7000 Model 8xx

7MAVA-AA

VAX 7000 Model 6101710
VAX 10000 Model 610

7MAVA-LA

VAX 7000 Model 6xxl7xx
VAX 10000 Model 6xx

V AX 7000 Model 8xx + 1 CPU module
OpenVMS SMP extension license
CPU module, V AX 7000 console kit
VAX 7000 Model 810
OpenVMS base license
Note: Mandatory return of Model 6xx CPU
modules
CPU module, VAX 7000 console kit
VAX 7000 Model 8XX
OpenVMS SMP extension license
Note: Mandatory return of Model 6xx CPU
modules

1 Note that OpenVMS V AX V6.0 or higher is required to support V AX 7000 Models 650 and 660, and a minimum of 512 MBs of memory
2 Use in conjunction with order number 7JAVB-AA to upgrade V AX 7000/10000 Model6xx SMP systems to V AX 7000 Model 7xx SMP systems. For
example, to upgrade from a V AX 7000 Model 640 to a V AX 7000 Model 740 system, order: (1) 7JAVB-AA and (3) 7JAVB-LA.

Upgrades

4.23

OpenVMS Clustering Information

OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details
Overview

An OpenVMS Cluster system, one of Digital's most highly developed
architectures, supports a wide variety of computing demands. An OpenVMS
Cluster system is a distributed computing environment that can include Alpha
and V AX systems in any combination. OpenVMS Cluster configurations are
logically, closely coupled, while physically, loosely coupled. They provide the
benefits of both high availability and scalability, within a single, easily
managed, security environment. An OpenVMS Cluster configured with multiple
Alpha and VAX systems appears as a single system to users and applications,
regardless of the composition or physical location of the systems. Multiple
Alpha and VAX systems may be linked together, regardless of size and capacity.
Peripherals such as disks, tapes, printers are fully shared by all nodes in the
OpenVMS Cluster.
An OpenVMS Cluster system offers a stable and predictable computing
environment. OpenVMS Cluster system design provides high performance and
high data integrity, and dramatically decreases-or even eliminates---the impact
of the shutdown or failure of an individual system or storage subsystem. An
OpenVMS Cluster system may be configured to provide varying levels of
availability, including disaster tolerance.
OpenVMS Cluster systems provide the ability to add systems of vary computing
performance and storage capacity by flexible increments. They support
scalability across several dimensions: range of availability, size and number of
host processor, number of users, storage capacity, interconnect bandwidth, and
physical distance.
OpenVMS Cluster systems maximize an investment in computing resources,
extend the life of existing systems, and can meet future growth needs.
OpenVMS Cluster technology offers an economical means of expanding
compute power and shared resources in gradual steps, by simply adding Alpha
systems, V AX systems, and peripheral devices to the cluster as requirements
grow. In addition, OpenVMS Cluster systems allow simplification of system
management with the ability to manage the complete configuration--host
processors, user workstations, disk and tape subsystems, and shared
resources-as a single system.
OpenVMS Cluster systems represent a way to use multiple computer systems
that is unique in the industry. Industry-leading availability, scalability,
investment protection, and ease of system management are provided by
OpenVMS Clusters.
OpenVMS Cluster systems are ideal for implementing the full range of
computing needs-from high-end mission-critical production systems, to
mainframe downsizing, to high availability departmental client server
configurations, to medium-and high-end PC-LAN upsizing solutions.
OpenVMS Clusters can be configured entirely with Alpha systems, or with a
mix of VAX and Alpha systems.

Clustering Information

5.1

upen VIVl:S l,;lustering Information

OpenVMS Cluster Benefits
OpenVMS Cluster technology offers many benefits through a variety of configurations. These benefits include:
•
•
•
•
•

Power and flexibility of the OpenVMS operating system extended over a number of Alpha and VAX systems.
Resource sharing of data, computes, printers, applications, backup capabilities.
Availability spectrum based upon the use of element redundancy to satisfy application requirements.
Single system management domain, regardless of e size or complexity of the configuration.
Expandability of performance, number of systems in the OpenVMS Cluster, and storage devices with no requirement for
application modification.
• Investment protection for growth and extension of CPUs, storage, and knowledge of MIS personnel and end users.
Configuring OpenVMS Cluster Systems
OpenVMS Cluster systems are configured with the following groups of components:
• Systems--Any Alpha or VAX system may be configured in an OpenVMS Cluster.
• Interconnects--There are six types of interconnect that are currently used in OpenVMS Cluster configurations. The
capabilities varies:
- Shared access by multiple nodes to storage devices and controllers, and node-to-node communication: CI, DSSI
- Shared access by multiple nodes to storage devices and controllers, without node-to-node communication: SCSI
- Node-to-node communication, with no storage capability: MEMORY CHANNEL
- LAN-based node-to-node communication with no directly connected storage: FDDI and Ethernet. (FDDI provides
access to a family of OpenVMS-based storage servers. Access to T3 or ATM for Open VMS Cluster communication is
possible using an FDDI in combination with a GIGAs witch configured with a T3/ATM adapter.)
• Storage Subsystems--The complete range of Digital SCSI, DSA, and DSSI storage subsystems may be configured in
an OpenVMS Cluster system. The following table provides positioning based on the six interconnects:
OpenVMS Cluster Configurations

Maximum distance
90
(meters)
Systems supported per bus
16
Service CPU online
Yes
Service storage online
Yes
Reconfigure cluster while
Yes
3
online
Approximate maximum
2.5TB
storage per bus 5
(configuration dependent)
Maximum buses per
2-12
system
140
Bandwidth (aggregate
Mbits/s per bus)

Alpha
Server
1000/2000
2100/4000 VAX
4100
10000

SCSI

Etb.nrt

Alpha
Server
82008400
DEC 7000
10000

DEC
1
4000

44
Yes
Yes
No

4
Yes
2
Yes
No

Yes
Yes
No

0.6TB

0.6TB 0.6TB 0.6TB 0.6TB 0.3 TB

4-24

1-2

80-160

MEMORY
FUD! ICHANNEl

VAX
7000

VAX
6000

VAX
4000

3-25

40K

4
Yes
Yes
No

4
Yes
2
Yes
No

3
Yes
Yes
No

96
Yes

4
Yes

N/A

Yes

N/A

No limit No limit
10

100

2
800

1 Two DEC 4000 systems is the maximum that can be cabled on a DSSI bus.
2 Service storage in supported warm-swap enclosures only, i.e., can "warm-swap" RF disks in SF3x17x storage building blocks, TF8x7
tape cartridge system, and all RFITF ISEs in Model 400 series enclosures (BA44x, BA43x, R400X, B400X).
3 Systems and storage devices may be added/removed from a CI OpenVMS Cluster while the cluster continues. To add/remove
systems in a DSSI/SCSI OpenVMS Cluster may require shutting down all or part of the cluster.
4 Cable length restrictions may restrict the practical node count, depending on specific configuration and system mix.
5 Based on 4GB disks; 15 HSJs per CI; 6 HSDs per DSSI; 2 HSZs per SCSI

5.2

Clustering Information

OpenVMS Clustering Information

OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details (continued)
Rules and Configuration Guidelines
The next sections focus on the rules and configuration guidelines for each OpenVMS Cluster interconnect. The rules and
guidelines included here are to assist in planning purchases. For additional details, refer to the OpenVMS Cluster Software
Product Description (SPD) (29.78.xx), and the Guidelinesfor OpenVMS Cluster Configuration Manual in the OpenVMS
manual set.
Note: From OpenVMS V6.2, the same SPD (29.78.xx) is used to describe OpenVMS Cluster Software for both Alpha and
V AX systems. However, OpenVMS Cluster Software must be ordered using architecture specific product names and part
numbers. V AX processors in an OpenVMS Cluster system are licensed with the VAXcluster Software for Open VMS VAX
product (order number =QL-VBRA*-**), and Alpha processors are licensed with the VMScluster Software for OpenVMS
Alpha product (order number =QL-MUZA *-**). Information describing which characters replace the asterisks can be
found in the Systems/Services Price List. OpenVMS Cluster software media and documentation is included in the
OpenVMS base operating system software media and documentation kit; an OpenVMS Cluster software license is required
to enable the clustering software.
Note: OpenVMS V6.2 introduced a low-cost, reduced functionality clustering product called OpenVMS Cluster Client.
This is available as part of the NAS 150 product for Alpha and V AX workstation systems and provides full clustering
functionality with the restrictions that Client systems may not provide Votes to the cluster configuration, and may not
MSCP or TMSCP serve disks and tapes. (Note that a cluster must be configured with at least one Voting node.)
The configuration rules below are condensed from the OpenVMS Cluster Software SPD.
OpenVMS Cluster information is located on the W orId Wide Web at http://www.openvms.digital.com
General OpenVMS Cluster Configuration Rules
The following rules apply to all OpenVMS Cluster systems:
• A maximum of 96 Alpha and VAX (combined total)
systems can be configured in an OpenVMS Cluster.
• A V AX and an Alpha system may not boot from the
same system disk. System disks are architecture
specific, and may only be shared by systems of the
same architecture.
• Every system in an OpenVMS Cluster system must
be connected to every other system via any of the
supported OpenVMS Cluster interconnects.

Configurations that use a shared (multi-host) SCSI bus
must also be configured with any of the other
supported OpenVMS Cluster interconnects (this is
because node-to-node communication does not occur
across the SCSI bus).
• Cross architecture satellite booting is supported.
Alpha satellites (clients) may boot from a VAX boot
server, and VAX satellites (clients) may boot from an
Alpha boot server.

The following table shows the OpenVMS Cluster interconnects supported for V AX and Alpha systems.
Systems

MEMORY
CHANNEL

DSSI

SCSI

FDDI

Ethernet

AlphaServer 8400, 8200
AlphaServer 4100, 4000,
2
2100 , 2100A, 2000
AlphaServer 1000, 1000A
AlphaServer 400
AlphaStation series
AlphaBook laptop
DEC 700011 0000
DEC 4000
DEC 3000
DEC 2000
VAX 600017000/10000
V AX 4000, MicroV AX 3100
VAXstation 4000

X
X

Xl
Xl

X
Xl

X
X

X
X
X

Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl

X
Xl
Xl
Xl

X
X
X

X
X

X
Xl
X
X
X
X

X
Xl
Xl

1 Denotes abIlIty to boot over the interconnect as satellite node.
2 AlphaServer 2100 systems require a hardware ECO prior to installing MEMORY CHANNEL.

Clustering Information

5.3

OpenVMS Clustering Information

Example Configurations
The following pages show some example OpenVMS Clusters - demonstrating the range and flexibility of configurations
that is possible.
Alpha Client/Server LAN based OpenVMS Cluster
LAN (EthemetIFDDI)

nil
)I>ll
)Ill
)1··· .•

A1"",s"'tlon4O~1·· .'>Il

DEC3@jI>'ll

A1phoSt,tloo 250

A1phoStatloo 000

AlpltaS"'tloo 400

This configuration shows a simple client/server OpenVMS Cluster configuration based on Alpha systems. The AlphaServer
2100 system acts as a boot node and disk server for a collection of AlphaStation 250, 400 and 600 and DEC 3000 satellite
clients. Ethernet is used as the OpenVMS Cluster interconnect. Up to 96 systems can be configured into an OpenVMS
Cluster configuration.
Dual-Host Single-Ended SCSI based OpenVMS Cluster Configuration

LAN (EthernetIFDDI)

Client workstationslPCs

This configuration shows two AlphaServer systems configured into a SCSI OpenVMS Cluster. Each system is connected to
two shared SCSI buses, giving, in this example, a total of ten fully shared disks. The configuration could be expanded to
include up to 6 shared disks per SCSI bus, and up to six shared buses. An additional AlphaServer system could be added
(note that this would reduce the maximum number of disks per SCSI bus to 5). OpenVMS Clusters provide full disk
sharing, so a single system disk can be configured on a shared SCSI bus for both systems to boot off. SCSI Clusters can
only be configured using Alpha systems. The disks are single-ended SCSI compliant, and so the SCSI buses and host
adapters are also single-ended SCSI. Single-ended SCSI can provide up to 10 MB/second throughput. Note that the LAN is
required in this configuration in order to provide node-to-node communication.

5.4

Clustering Information

OpenVMS Clustering Information

OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details (continued)
Dual-Host FWD SCSI based OpenVMS Cluster Configuration
This configuration shows a SCSI Cluster based on Fast Wide Differential SCSI components. The AlphaServer 2100
systems are configured with FWD SCSI adapters. The single-ended SCSI disks are configured on two HSZ series
controllers, which connect to the shared FWD SCSI bus. HSZ series controllers can be configured with up to 42 disks. In
this example, two single-ended SCSI buses are dual ported across the controllers - providing availability in the event that
one HSZ controller is shut down. FWD SCSI can provide up to 20 MB/second throughput. This configuration can be
expanded to include a third Alpha system, and up to six shared SCSI buses.

AlphaServer
2100

LAN (EthemetIFDDI)

Client workstations/PCs

The configuration below shows another two-node SCSI-based cluster, but includes MEMORY CHANNEL for use as a
high performance node-to-node interconnect. This allows the node-to-node traffic that would normally occur across the
LAN to be off-loaded onto the MEMORY CHANNEL. This will result in higher cluster performance (primarily of the
Lock Manager), and will also release LAN network capacity.

FWD SCSI
AlphaServer
4100

Memory Channel
LAN (EthemetIFDDI)
Client workstationslPCs

Clustering Information

5.5

OpenVMS Clustering Information

Tri-Host Mixed Architecture DSSI based OpenVMS Cluster
SCSI disks

Oient wrkstaticrNfCS

This configuration shows a tri-host mixed architecture OpenVMS Cluster based on the DSSI. It consists of one DEC 4000
Model 720 system, an AlphaServer 2100, and a VAX 4000 Model505A system. The OpenVMS Cluster interconnect is the
DSSI, which is also configured with an HSD series storage controller with SCSI disk drives.
CI based OpenVMS Cluster

Client workstationslPCs

t----r--I....--r--,.----r----,........--I SCSI

SCSI disks

This configuration shows a four-node CI-based OpenVMS Cluster with V AX systems and Alpha systems. The AlphaServer
8200 and 2100 systems are configured with the CIPCA (PCI to CI) controller to connect to the CI bus. Two HSJ storage
controllers provide high availability access to disks. Critical disks are accessible by both HSJ controllers. HSJ storage
controllers provide access to StorageWorks SCSI-based disks.

5.6

Clustering Information

OpenVMS Clustering Information

OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details (continued)
Mixed Interconnect, Mixed Architecture OpenVMS Cluster

AlphaStation 400

DEC 3000

AI phaServer 1000

SCSI disks

This diagram shows a mixed interconnect, mixed architecture OpenVMS Cluster. A VAX 6000 Model 600 system and a
V AX 8800 system are configured on a CI interconnect with two AlphaServer 8400 systems. Two HSJ storage controllers
provide access to some dual-ported and single-ported RZ series disks. The CI systems are also connected to an FDDI ring.
Configured around the ring are two AlphaStation 400 workstations, a DEC 3000 workstation, three AlphaServer 1000s, and
a bridge to an Ethernet segment. The AlphaServer 1000 systems are configured as a tri-host SCSI Cluster (still part of the
total cluster configuration) providing additional served storage for all the other cluster systems. The Ethernet segment is
configured with an AlphaServer 400 which is serving six additional workstations, four AlphaStation 250s and two V AX
4000s. All these systems are configured into a single OpenVMS Cluster, providing high performance and high availability.
The configuration below shows a high-end mixed architecture cluster. All the systems are connected to the CI (making this
a good interconnect on which to locate the system disks). The Alpha systems are also connected by MEMORY CHANNEL
- for high performance node-to-node communication, and a shared SCSI bus. Because there are more than two systems
connected to the MEMORY CHANNEL, a hub is required.

Clustering Information

5.7

OpenVMS Clustering Information

RAID usage in OpenVMS Cluster Configurations
All OpenVMS Cluster configurations may use any combination of host-based or controller-based RAID. RAID
implementations can be used to increase both the performance and availability of the cluster storage subsystem.
Host software RAID products are as follows:
• Volume Shadowing for Open VMS software layered product may be used by both VAX and Alpha systems in order to
provide high availability RAID-l access to storage.
• StorageWorks Raid Software for Open VMS may be used to provide RAID-O (Striping) and RAID-5 for VAX and Alpha
systems.
For controller-based implementations refer to the documentation for the appropriate controller.
Configuration Rules for CI as an OpenVMS Cluster Systems
• Multiple CI controllers may be configured, either for
redundancy or throughput. Throughput increase with a
second CI controller connected to the same Star
Coupler is likely to be minimal. Increased throughput
can be achieved by connecting additional CI
controllers to separate Star Couplers.
• The Star Coupler is a passive device, and extremely
reliable. It is not a single point of failure. Additional
CI controllers and Star Couplers may be installed to
improve system bandwidth, total computing power,
and total storage capacity.
• The CIPCA controller can coexist on a CI bus with
systems configured with CIXCD and CIBCA-B
controllers, and any HSCIHSJ storage controller
except the HSC50.
• The CIPCA controller requires a PCI backplane slot
and an EISA backplane slot. The EISA slot is required
to supply additional power to the controller, no EISA
logic signals are used.
• The CIPCA is not supported by OpenVMS V7.0.
Systems configured with CIPCA controllers must run
OpenVMS V6.2-1H2 (or a later V6.2-xxx variant) or
OpenVMS V7.1.

In addition to the rules mentioned previously, the
following points should be adhered to when configuring
CI systems:
• The maximum number of nodes that may be
connected to a Star Coupler is 32; 16 of these nodes
may be OpenVMS systems (see rules above). The
remainder of the nodes may be HSCIHSJ storage
controllers. Note: 32-node Star Couplers are
configured by joining two 16-node Star Couplers
together using a CISCE. (The CISCE is no longer
available as an orderable product.)
• The number of Star Couplers is limited by the number
of CI controllers configured on a system.
• Dual porting of devices between HSCIHSJ and local
controllers is not supported. However, dual porting of
devices between HSCIHSJ controllers connected to
the same or separate Star Couplers is supported (as is
dual porting of devices between HSD controllers
connected to the same or separate DSSI buses).
• Different types of CI controllers may not be mixed in
the same CPU, with the single exception that the
CIPCA and the CIXCD can coexist in a system.
Maximum CI Adapters per OpenVMS Cluster CPU
CPU
AlphaServer 8400
(Maximum of 26 adapters may be configured.)

AlphaServer 8200

CIPCA
10 with V6.2-xx~
26 with V7.1

AlphaServer 2100,2000

V AX 7000, 10000

5.8

Clustering Information

cmCA·B

CIXCD
10

10 with V6.2-xXJi
26 with V7.1

AlphaServer 4100,4000
DEC 7000110000
VAX 6000

cmCA·A

10
4
10

OpenVMS Clustering Information

OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details (continued)
Configuration Rules for MEMORY CHANNEL as an OpenVMS Cluster Interconnect
A new feature for OpenVMS Cluster Software V7.1 is the support of MEMORY CHANNEL as a cluster interconnect. Unlike the other cluster interconnects, which are network based, MEMORY CHANNEL uses a "shared memory" paradigm of
operation. This permits very high bandwith with low latency, over short distances. The current hardware supports up to
eight nodes, each configured with a MEMORY CHANNEL controller and 10 foot cable connected to a MEMORY
CHANNEL hub in a radial topology.
o
MEMORY CHANNEL delivers up to 100 MB per second aggregate bandwidth with latency of less than 5
microseconds. With current MEMORY CHANNEL controllers the achievable OpenVMS Distributed Lock Manager
performance is approximately two to three times that of a CI (depending on CPU type).
o
Since MEMORY CHANNEL requires no change to existing applications and integrates seamlessly with existing cluster
software, configurations can take advantage of the increased performance of the MEMORY CHANNEL without
application modification.
o
MEMORY CHANNEL can be added to a cluster without replacing existing interconnects because OpenVMS cluster
software has the intelligence to use the interconnect that offers the best performance. By offloading the node-to-node
traffic from the CI and DSSI, it allows them to be dedicated to storage traffic. In SCSI clusters that use a LAN
interconnect for node-to-node traffic, MEMORY CHANNEL offloads this traffic from the LAN, enabling it to handle
more network traffic.
The following rules should be observed when configuring an OpenVMS MEMORY CHANNEL Cluster:
o

OpenVMS Cluster Software supports a maximum of four nodes may be connected to a single MEMORY CHANNEL
interconnect. A future release of OpenVMS will support the eight ports available in a MEMORY CHANNEL hub.
Configurations that comprise two nodes can use a single MEMORY CHANNEL cable connected directly from one node
to the other. Configurations that comprise three or more nodes require a MEMORY CHANNEL hub, to which all nodes
are connected using MEMORY CHANNEL cables.
A system may be configured with up to two MEMORY CHANNEL controllers, each of which must be connected to a
different hub (in configurations with more than two nodes).
It is not possible to connect storage directly to a MEMORY CHANNEL. Consequently, another interconnect is required
for storage. This can be any of the other OpenVMS storage interconnects (CI, DSSI, SCSI).

See PCI-to-MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect section for ordering information.
Configuration Rules for SCSI as an OpenVMS Cluster Storage Interconnect
Multiple Alpha hosts in an OpenVMS Cluster system can be connected to a single SCSI bus to share access to SCSI
storage devices directly. This capability allows customers to build highly available servers using shared access to SCSI
storage.
This section briefly describes how OpenVMS Cluster systems support the Small Computer Systems Interface (SCSI) as a
storage interconnect. (Note that another interconnect-for example, a local area network (LAN) or MEMORY CHANNEL,
is required for node-to-node OpenVMS Cluster communications.)
Customers can build a three-node OpenVMS Cluster system using a shared SCSI bus as the storage interconnect, or
configure shared SCSI buses within a larger OpenVMS Cluster configuration. A quorum disk can be used on the SCSI bus
to improve the availability of two-node configurations.
SCSI ANSI Standard
OpenVMS Cluster systems configured with the SCSI interconnect must use standard SCSI-2 components. The SCSI-2
components supported must be compliant with the architecture defined in the American National Standards Institute
(ANSI) Standard SCSI-2. This standard defines extensions to the SCSI-1 standard. For ease of discussion, this chapter uses
the term SCSI or SCSI-2 to refer to the SCSI-2 implementation as specified in the ANSI Standard SCSI-2 document
X3T9.2, Rev.tOL.

Clustering Information

5.9

OpenVMS Clustering Information

SCSI Cluster Configuration Requirements and Hardware Support
This section lists the configuration requirements and supported hardware for SCSI Open VMS Cluster configurations.
The following table shows the requirements and capabilities of the basic software and hardware components you can
configure in a SCSI OpenVMS Cluster system.
Requirement
SCSI tape, floppies and CD-ROM
drives

Description
SCSI tape drives, floppy drives, or CD-ROM drives cannot be configured on a
multiple-host SCSI bus. If the configuration requires SCSI tape, floppy, or CD-ROM
drives, configure them on a single-host SCSI bus. Note that SCSI tape, floppy, or
CD-ROM drives may be MSCP or TMSCP served to other hosts in the OpenVMS
Cluster configuration.

Maximum hosts on a SCSI bus

Up to three hosts can be configured on a multiple-host SCSI bus. Any mix of the
hosts listed in the table below can be configured on the same shared SCSI
interconnect.
Each host can be connected to a maximum of six multiple-host SCSI buses. The
number of nonshared (single-host) SCSI buses that can be configured is limited only
by the number of available slots on the host bus and specific SCSI adapter model.
For example, up to 24 non-shared KZPSAs can be configured on a single system.
All members of the cluster must be connected by an interconnect that can be used for
host-to-host (SCA) communication; for example, CI, MEMORY CHANNEL, DSSI,
Ethernet, or FDDI.
The name of each SCSI device must be unique throughout the OpenVMS Cluster
system. When configuring devices on systems that include a multiple-host SCSI bus,
adhere to the following requirements:
A host can have, at most, one controller attached to a particular SCSI interconnect.
All host controllers attached to a given SCSI interconnect must have the same
OpenVMS device name (for example, PKAO). This restriction is removed when the
optional SCSI device naming feature in OpenVMS V7.1 is enabled.

Maximum SCSI buses per host

Host-to-host communications

SCSI device naming

5.10

Clustering Information

OpenVMS Clustering Information

OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details (continued)
SCSI Cluster Hardware Support
The following table shows the supported hardware components for SCSI OpenVMS Cluster systems; it also lists the
minimum required revision for these hardware components. That is, for any component, use either the version listed, or a
later revision.
The SCSI interconnect configuration and all devices on the SCSI interconnect must meet the requirements defined in the
ANSI Standard SCSI-2 document.
Component

Supported Item

Minimum Version or H/W Revision

Hosts

Any PCI-based AlphaServer Refer to OpenVMS SPD
5
or AlphaStation system
Any DEC 3000 series system
Disks l
RZ26
392A
(Narrow and Wide variants RZ26L
442D
of all drives listed)
RZ26N
Any revision
RZ28
442D
0006
RZ28B
RZ28M
Any revision
0009
RZ29B
Controller
HSZ40B
2.5
Bus Isolators
2

Adapters - V6.2 or later

Adapters - V6.2-IH2-xxx,
V7.I

DWZZA
DWZZB
NCR-810 based integral
system adapter in PCI
systems 3
Optional KZP AA (PCI) 3
Optional KZPSA (PCI)4
Optional KZTSA (DEC
3000)4

How to Find Your Version

Console
SHOW VERSION command
Console
SHOW DEVICE command

Console
SHOW DEVICE command
IExamine product sticker

Note: RZ25 disks do not support Tagged Command Queuing, so are not supported for use on multi-host SCSI buses.

1 Any SCSI-II compliant disk that provides (1) Multi-host support, (2) Tagged Command Queuing and (3) Automatic Bad Block
Revectoring may be configured on a multi-host SCSI bus. These requirements are fully described in the Open VMS V6.2 Release
Notes. The drives in the table above have been verified by Digital - for the complete list of verified disk drives please refer to the
OpenVMS SPD.
2 Other types of SCSI adapters can be configured in a system for single-host access to local storage.
3 Single Ended SCSI adapter
4 Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI adapter. KZPSA must be firmware minimum revision AlO.
5 AlphaServer 4000/4100/8200/8400 systems must use KZPSA FWD SCSI adapters for connection to shared SCSI buses, and run
OpenVMS V6.2-1H3 or V7.1. When using V6.2-1H3 and configuring shared SCSI buses with AlphaServer 8200/8400 and other
AlphaServer/AlphaStation systems ensure that SCSI adapter device names match; all adapters connected to a common SCSI bus
must have the same device name (for example, PKA or PKB, etc). Note that the KFfIA I/O controller usually configured in
AlphaServer 8200/8400 systems, includes four SCSI adapters, each of which consumes a controller letter. Therefore, when
configuring mixed systems it may be necessary to configure the AlphaServer 8200/8400 systems with a KFTHA I/O controller
(which has no embedded SCSI adapters) in place of the KFfIA. This restriction is removed in OpenVMS V7.1 by using the optional
new SCSI device naming scheme.

When configuring SCSI Clusters great care must be taken to ensure that the SCSI bus is correctly configured. Bus length
and termination rules must be strictly adhered to in order to ensure reliable system operation. Refer to the "Guidelines for
Open VMS Cluster Configuration" manual for detailed information on SCSI configuration.

Clustering Information

5.11

OpenVMS Clustering Information

Configuration Rules for LAN-based OpenVMS Cluster Systems
LAN-based configurations are those that use Ethernet or FDDI for OpenVMS Cluster node-to-node communication.
Ethernet and FDDI are industry-standard general-purpose communications interconnects that can be used to implement a
local area network (LAN).
The following general rules apply to OpenVMS Cluster systems in LANs:
• Multiple distinct Open VMS Cluster systems can be
configured onto a single extended LAN. OpenVMS
Cluster LAN software implements cluster membership
validation to ensure that systems join the correct LAN
OpenVMS Cluster
• Any number of LAN adapters can be configured on an
Alpha or VAX system. LAN segments can be bridged to
form an extended LAN.
• All systems in a LAN-based OpenVMS Cluster must
exist on the same extended LAN.
• An OpenVMS Cluster can be configured on multiple
LAN segments, and can use bridges to isolate or segment
network traffic according to customer requirements
• CPUs that use an Ethernet for OpenVMS Cluster
communications can concurrently use it for other
network protocols that conform to the applicable
Ethernet standards, such as Ethernet V2.0, IEEE 802.2,
and IEEE 802.3.
• CPUs that use an FDDI for OpenVMS Cluster
communications can concurrently use it for other

•

•
•

•

network protocols that conform to the applicable FDDI
standards, such as ANSI X3.139-1987, ANSI X3.1481988, and ANSI X3.166-1990.
All LAN paths used for OpenVMS Cluster
communication must operate, at a minimum, with
approximately 10-Mbits per second throughput and lowlatency. Translating bridges must be used when
connecting OpenVMS Cluster nodes on an Ethernet to
those on an FDDI.
Alpha and VAX systems can be configured with any mix
of Ethernet or FDDI adapters.
The HS lxx/HS2xx family storage servers provide FDDIbased storage access to OpenVMS Cluster nodes. This
family of servers is based on Alpha systems and
OpenVMS.
All LAN adapters (Ethernet and FDDI) documented in
the OpenVMS Version SPD are supported by OpenVMS
Cluster software. Refer to the OpenVMS Operating
System SPD (25.01.xx) for complete details.

Configuration Rules for DSSI OpenVMS Cluster Systems
The following configuration rules apply to all DSSI OpenVMS Cluster configurations:
The maximum number of systems that may be connected to a DSSI bus is four, regardless of system or DSSI
adapter type. Any mix of systems and adapters is permitted (except where noted below). In some cases physical cabling
and termination limitations may restrict the number of systems that may be connected to a DSSI bus to two or three. For
example:
- Only two DEC 4000 systems can be configured on a DSSI bus. This is because the DEC 4000 DSSI adapter
terminates the bus.
- The size of a VAXIDEC 10000 system generally limits the number that may be connected to a DSSI to two.
- Some variants of the DSSI adapter terminate the bus.
Configure VAX 6000, VAX 7000 and VAX 10000 systems with KFMSA adapters.
Configure DEC 7000 and DEC 10000 systems with KFMSB adapters.

5.12 Clustering Information

OpenVMS Clustering Information

OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details (continued)
Configuration Rules for DSSI OpenVMS Cluster Systems (continued)
• Configure PCI-based AlphaServer systems with KFPSA adapters. EISA adapters (KFESAlKFESB) may also be
configured on most AlphaServer systems, but usage of the KFPSA is recommended whenever possible.
• Up to 6 KFMSAlBs can be configured on an XMI bus. Up to 12 KFMSAlBs may be configured on a system.
• Up to 4 KFPSAs may be configured on a system.
• All systems connected to the same DSSI bus must have a common power/ground.
• Each DSSI bus supports up to eight nodes. Each of the following counts as one DSSI node:
- Any RF, TF, or EF ISE (integrated storage element)
- DSSI adapter
- Any member of the HSDxx family of DSSI-SCSI controllers
• Multiple DSSI adapters for each system are allowed, per the configuration restrictions as indicated in the DSSI Adapters
per System table; each DSSI adapter in a single system must be connected to a different DSSI bus.
• Each DSSI bus must be terminated at each end at all times; breaking the bus while a cluster is operational may lead to
data corruption.
• The general rule for maximum DSSI bus length supported, i.e., the total distance between end-node terminators on the
DSSI bus, is 25-m (82-ft) in a computer room environment, 20-m (65.6-ft) in an office environment. The only exception
to this rule is the 27-m (89-ft)computer room/allowable distance for quad-host VAX 7000 and VAX 6000 DSSI
OpenVMS Cluster systems.
• These lengths are based on grounding conditions typically found in computer room and office environments. Improper
grounding can result in voltage potentials, called ground offset voltages, between the enclosures in the configuration. If
these voltages exceed certain limits, data transmission across the DSSI bus can be disrupted and the configuration can
experience performance degradation or data corruption.
• For these reasons, a common ground must be maintained between all systems/enclosures in a DSSI OpenVMS Cluster at
all times. It is, therefore, necessary that all systems receive their power from a common power feed, i.e., it is not
advisable to power systems/enclosures from different circuit breaker panels.
• To verify site conditions, the following is strongly recommended:
- Have a qualified electrician ensure that site power distribution meets all local electrical codes.
- Also, have electrician inspect entire site power distribution system to ensure it does not have any of the following
faults:
1. Outlets do not have power ground connections.
2. Grounding prong missing from computer equipment power cables.
3. Power outlet neutral connections are actual ground connections.
4. Grounds for the power outlets are not connected to the same power distribution panel.
Devices that are not UL or IEC approved are connected to the same circuit breaker as the computer equipment.
If these conditions have been met, ground offset voltages should be within acceptable limits. Ground offset voltage limits
are as follows:
Allowable Ground Offset Voltage
Total DSSI Length

AC (rms)

Up to 20-m (65- ft)
20-25 m (65-82 ft)

200mV
40mV

70mV
14mV

27-m (89-ft) for four-system VAX 6000 and VAX 7000

30mV
10.5 mV
Ground offset voltages between enclosures can be measured after system installation to verify they fall within acceptable
limits.

Clustering Information 5.13

OpenVMS Clustering Information

Maximum number of DSSI Adapters per System
System (Bus)
AlphaServer 8400
AlphaServer 8200,4100,4000
AlphaServer 2100
AlphaServer 2000, 1000
DEC 4000 (embedded N71O)
DEC 7000/1 0000
Micro VAX II and 3500/36001 3800/3900
MicroVAX 3300/3400 (embedded EDA640)
VAX 4000 Model105A (embedded SHAC 3)
VAX 4000 Model 200 (embedded SHAC 3)
VAX 4000 Model 300 400/500/600
VAX 4000 Model 505A1705A (embedded
3
SHAC )
VAX 6000
VAX 7000/10000

Embedded

KFPSA
(PCI)

KFQSA
(Q Bus)

4
4
4
4

KFESA
(EISA)

KFESB
(EISA)

KFMSA
(XMI)

KFMSB
(XMI)
12

4
4

2
12
1
1 + 14
1
2
2 + 24

2
2
5
2
2
2
2
6
12

The KFQSA cannot be used for node-to-node cluster communication. An additional interconnect must be configured between
systems that use KFQSA for access to shared storage.
2 Each KFMSAIB (XMI-to-DSSI) adapter contains two DSSI VAX system ports.
3 Single Host Adapter Chip (SHAC)
4 Additional embedded on daughter card
5 Requires a Q-bus expansion enclosure
6 The KFPSA cannot be configured on the same DSSI as a KFMSB. Ensure that the specific AlphaServer system has sufficient PCI
backlane slots to accept the number of KFPSAs required ..

AlphaServer 2100IDEC 4000 AlphaIVAX 4000IMicroVAX DSSI OpenVMS Cluster Configurations
Useful information on AlphaServer 2100IDEC 4000NAX 4000IMicroVAX DSSI OpenVMS Clusters:
• Q-bus systems that do not support internal DSSI disk storage, e.g., MicroV AX II, can be integrated into a DSSI
OpenVMS Cluster, containing other Q-bus or VAX 6000 systems, with the addition of a KFQSA storage adapter; RFdisks associated with that system are placed in the expansion enclosure for shared access.
• Any two Q-bus MicroVAX, VAX 4000, AlphaServer 2100, or DEC 4000 systems can share an expansion enclosure.
• When sharing an R400X expansion enclosure between two systems in a DSSI Open VMS Cluster configuration on a
single DSSI bus, only six of the seven storage bays can be used.
• The maximum configuration is determined by the number of DSSI adapters that can be configured on each system.
Refer to the DSSI Adapters per System table.

5.14

Clustering Information

OpenVMS Clustering Information

OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details (continued)
Dual Architecture DSSI OpenVMS Cluster: AlphaServer 2100 and VAX 4000 systems

System B

System A

BC29S-xx

KFESA Host Adapter
KFESA Host Adapter
Bus Node 6
Bus Node 7
HSD05 Array Controller
Terminator
Bus Node 0

--jffi._--- --------~------

UD-;=~:

...

~Q~~
~=

Front

Rear

Front

BC29S-xx

System C
RX400X Expander

VAX 4000-300 or Higher
BC29R-xx

~
Terminator

Host
Bus Node 5
BC21M-09

Host Bus Node 7

Alpha DSSI OpenVMS Cluster: Two AlphaServer 2100 systems

System B

System A

KFESA Host Adapter
Bus Node 6
HSD05 Array Controller
Bus Node 1

KFESA Host Adapter
Bus Node 7
HSD05 Array Controller
Bus Node 0

~.
~.
i~r~:'-==P~
~ '8r~:-==~~
.

8!~'

arE

BC29S-xx

Front

Rear

BC29S-xx
BC29S-xx
MA071493

Clustering Information

5.15

OpenVMS Clustering Information

VAX 6000170001l0000-Based DSSI OpenVMS Cluster Configurations
The following simple rule set may be used for VAX 600017000/10000 DSSI OpenVMS Cluster configurations:
The following configuration rules MUST be followed:
• Maximum DSSI bus length cannot exceed 27-meters (89-feet) and ground offset voltage cannot exceed 30 mV (dc) or
10.5 mV (rms).
• DSSI ISE disks or tapes must be placed at end of DSSI bus and termination at ISE end of bus must be implemented at
ISE, not at bulkhead. If two SF2xx or SF400,cabs are required, one must be placed physically at each end of cluster.
• In order to meet the quad-host 89-foot bus length restriction, only 9-foot cabinet-to-cabinet DSSI cables are allowed for
connections between system boxes, only 9-foot cables are allowed for connections between system boxes and SF2xx
storage cabinets, and only l6-foot cables are allowed for connections between system boxes and SF400 storage cabinets.
There are no exceptions to this rule.
• If two SF2xx or two SF400s (or one of each) cabinets are required, one must be placed physically at each end of cluster
because neither the 9-foot intercabinet cables required for SF2xx connections or the l6-foot intercabinet cables required
for SF400 connections are long enough to reach from a system cabinet to a storage cabinet if there is another storage
cabinet in between.
• Up to four RFxx ISEs or two TF ISEs are allowed on same DSSI combinations of RFxx ISEs and TF8x ISEs are not
allowed on same DSSI bus. All RFxx ISEs on any single DSSI bus must reside in same SFxx storage array. All TF8x
ISEs on any single DSSI bus must reside in same cabinet.
Ethernet

VAX 7000
System

SF400
Storage
Expansion

I I
I

VAX 7000
System

III

DSSI
Buses

I
BU-3266

AlphaServer 2100IDEC 4000 AlphaIVAX 4000NAX 6000NAX 7000 DSSI OpenVMS Cluster Configurations
Useful information on AlphaServer 21 OOIDEC 4000NAX 4000NAX 6000N AX 7000 system DSSI OpenVMS Clusters:
• A VAX 6000NAX 7000 series system can be added to an existing VAX 4000 or AlphaServer 2l00IDEC 4000 DSSI
OpenVMS Cluster configuration and also be configured as a member of a CI OpenVMS Cluster; the VAX 6000N AX
7000 system then provides a "gateway" service, providing high-performance access to the CI Open VMS Cluster data
center-wide databases for the VAX 4000 and AlphaServer 2l00IDEC 4000 systems.

5.16 Clustering Information

OpenVMS Clustering Information

OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details (continued)
Configuration Guidelines for DSSI OpenVMS Cluster Systems
The following are recommended guidelines and considerations, when configuring a DSSI OpenVMS Cluster:
• A V AX CPU and an Alpha CPU may not boot from the same system disk.
• V AX 7000 and V AX 6000 systems configured with KFMSA adapters may also be configured with CI controllers,
simultaneously accessing data and resources in this mixed interconnect OpenVMS Cluster.
• An optional Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) can be added to the OpenVMS Cluster configuration to increase the
level of availability.
DSSI Adapter Performance Characteristics
DSSI Adapter Type

Sustained 110 Rate (IIOs per second)

KFQSA
KFESA
KFESB
KFPSA
Embedded EDA640 (MicroVAX 3300/3400 systems)
Embedded SHAC (V AX 4000 systems)
Embedded N710 (DEC 4000 Alpha systems)
KFDDA
KFDDB
KFMSA
KFMSB

190
1000
Figure Not Available
2200 (Peak 110 rate)
360
1200'
1200
2
1200
3
1200
4
1600
5
900

1 For V AX 4000 Model 200 and VAX 4000 Model 300 systems, SHACs can only be driven to 800 liDs per second.
2 One additional channel for VAX 4000 Model 100A.
3 Two additional channels for VAX 4000 Model 500N600N700A.
4 800 per DSSI bus.
5 450 per DSSI bus.

Clustering Information 5.17

OpenVMS Clustering Information

Electrical Lengths of DSSI Bus Components*
Order Number

Length

3.5-foot intracabinet shielded cable used in SF2xO and SF10x cabinets to connect
between the drive enclosures SF72 and TFS57/837 (MRlMR connectors)
6-foot intracabinet shielded cable used in SF200/210/220 cabinets between drive
enclosures and SF200/SF210/220 bulkhead (MRlMR-BH connectors)
9-foot external shielded cable (MRlMR connectors)

BC21Q-3F

42 inches
(3.5 ft, 1.06 m)

BC21R-5L

70 inches
(5.S ft, 1.7S m)

BC21Q-09

lOS inches
(9 ft, 2.74 m)

9-foot external shielded cable (MRIPS connectors)

BC22Q-09

108 inches
(9 ft, 2.74 m)

9-foot external shielded cable (PSIPS connectors)

BC21M-09

16-foot external shielded cable (PSIPS connectors)

BC21Q-16

lOS inches
(9 ft, 2.74 m)
192 inches
(16 ft, 4.8 m)

16-foot external shielded cable (MRIPS connectors)

BC22Q-16

16-foot external shielded cable (PSIPS connectors)

BC21M-16

25-foot external shielded cable (PSIPS connectors)

BC21M-25

300 inches
(25 ft, 7.62 m)

25-foot external shielded cable (MRlMR connectors)

BC21Q-25

300 inches
(25 ft, 7.62 m)

25-foot external shielded cable (MRlMR connectors)

BC22Q-25

300 inches
(25 ft, 7.62 m)

Description/Connector Types

192 inches
(16 ft, 4.S m)
192 inches
(16 ft, 4.S m)

* Electrical length may be different from apparent physical length by wide margins; for example: in a "Y" cable bundle the apparent
physical length of the cable bundle is "la" feet but the electrical length is actually "2a" between external connectors.
Notes:
MR is a micro-ribbon style external shielded connector; mates with MR-BH only.
PS is a pin-and-socket-style external shielded connector; mates with PS-BH only.
MR-BH is a micro-ribbon style shielded connector used for bulkhead mounting; mates with MR only.
PS-BH is a pin-and-socket-style shielded connector used for bulkhead mounting; mates with PS only.
Embedded DSSI Bus in VAX 6000 Enclosures
Description

4-foot intra-cabinet shielded cable used from XMI backplane with KFMSA to cabinet
bulkhead in VAX 6000 (XMI-BPIMR-BH connectors)
9-foot intra-cabinet shielded cable used from XMI backplane with KFMSA to cabinet
bulkhead in special rackmount V AX 6000 (XMI-BPIMR-BH)
8-foot intra-cabinet "Y" shielded cables used from cabinet bulkhead to XMI backplane
with KFMSA to cabinet bulkhead in VAX 6000 (MR-BHlXMI-BPIMR-BH connectors)
10-foot intra-cabinet shielded cable used from XMI backplane with KFMSA to internal
TF interface board to cabinet bulkhead in VAX 6000 (XMI-BPITFIIMR-BH
connectors)
Note: XMI-BP is a back panel connector for the XMI back panel.

5.18 Clustering Information

Order Number

Length

BC07T-04

48 inches
(4 ft, 1.22 m)

BC07T-09

lOS inches
(9 ft, 2.74 m)

BC07W-08

96 inches
(S ft, 2.43 m)

BC07U-IO

124 inches
(10.3 ft,
3.15 m)

OpenVMS Clustering Information

OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details (continued)
Electrical Lengths of Embedded DSSI Bus in Enclosures
Enclosure
R400x through bus mode
No internal terminator
Up to seven drives both upper and lower rows
Two external PS-BH connectors
R400x split bus mode 1
No internal terminator
Up to four drives on same bus-lower row only
Two external PS-BH connectors
R400x split bus mode 2
No internal terminator
Up to three drives on same bus-lower row only
Two external PS-BH connectors
BA640 embedded storage
Has internal terminator
DEC 4000 Alpha Model 600
One external PS-BH connector for each of four buses
(A-D)
BA440 embedded storage (Bus 0) Has internal terminator V AX 4000 Model 300 and
higher
One external PS-BH connector
BA440 inlout port (Bus 1) No internal terminator V AX 4000 Model 300 and higher
Two external PS-BH connectors
BA430 embedded storage Has internal terminator V AX 4000 Model 200
One external PS-BH connector
BA400x embedded storage Has internal terminator
One external PS-BH connector
SF12 embedded storage No internal terminator. Two external PS-BH connectors
BA213 Has internal terminator One external PS-BH connector
B213F Has internal terminator One external PS-BH connector
BA215 Has internal terminator One external PS-BH connector
R215F No internal terminator Two external PS-BH connectors
R23F No internal terminator Two external PS-BH connectors
KFDDB No internal terminator Two DSSI adapters Two external PS-BH connectors
per adapter
Enclosure
KFQSA adapter with one external PS-BH connector directly attached to KFQSA (e.g.,
BA440)
KFQSA adapter with two external PS-BH connectors directly attached to KFQSA
(e.g., BA440)
SF72 or SF73 enclosure in through bus mode 1-4 drives on same DSSI bus no
internal terminator Two external MR-BH connectors
SF72 or SF73 enclosure in split bus mode 1 or 2 drives using internal SF72 terminator
One external MR-BH connector
Half-rack SF3x enclosure in through bus mode 1-6 drives on same DSSI bus no
internal terminator Two external MR-BH connectors
Half-rack SF3x enclosure in split bus mode 1-3 drives using internal SF35 terminator
One external MR-BH connector
TF857 or TF837 No internal terminator Two external MR-BH connectors

Internal DSSI Bus Length
94.5 inches
(7.875 ft, 2.40 m)
66 inches
(5.5 ft, 1.68 m)
40 inches
(3.33 ft, 1.02 m)
70.9 inches
(5.9 ft, 1.8 m)

52 inches approximately
(4.3 ft, 1.32 m)
20 inches
(1.6 ft, 0.51 m)
54 inches
(4.5 ft, 1.37 m)
60 inches
(5 ft, 1.52 m)
45 inches
(3.7 ft, 1.14 m)
45 inches
(3.7 ft, 1.14 m)
20 inches
(1.6 ft, 0.51 m)
30 inches
(2.5 ft, 0.76 m)
60 inches
(5 ft, 1.52 m)
39 inches approximately
(3.3 ft, 1.0 m)
20 inches approximately
(1.6 ft, 0.51 m)
Internal DSSI Bus Length
12 inches (1 ft, .33 m)
12 inches (1 ft, .33 m)
168 inches
(14 ft, 4.27 m)
83.5 inches
(6.96 ft, 2.12 m)
84 inches
(7 ft, 2.13 m)
42 inches
(3.5 ft, 1.07 m)
10 inches
(0.83 ft, 0.25 m)

Clustering Information 5.19

Up enVMS Clustering Information

SF2xO/SFI0x: Cable lengths internal to the SF2xO/SFI0x must be obtained by adding the intracabinet cable length to the
lengths in the enclosures used (SF7x or TF8x7). Usually the SFI0x has only a 3.5-foot intracabinet cable between the
SABBs and the SF2xO will have one or two 70-inch cables and possibly a 3.5-foot intracabinet cable; consider the specific
implementation.

For example: an SF200 with the bulkhead connected to a through bus SF72 connected to a TF857 connected back to the
bulkhead has 70 + 167 + 42 + 10 + 70 =359-inches (29.9-feet) internal to the SF2xO cabinet.
Note: SF300/SF400 cabinets do not have bulkhead connectors; therefore, the bus length is 219-inches internal to the
SF300/SF400 storage cabinets.
Enclosures with no internal terminators may be used anywhere on the bus (end or middle). (If used on the bus end, an
external terminator must be used on the enclosure.)
Enclosures with internal terminators must occupy bus end positions.
There are essentially three DSSI cable types used to connect various enclosures together in a DSSI cluster. The difference
between these cables is essentially the style of connector used on each end. The Q-bus pedestal systems use one style of
connector (PIS for pedestal style/pin socket) and the VAX 6000 systems use the MIR (mid-range/micro ribbon) style of
connector. These two connector styles are not compatible with each other, thus three cable types are necessary.
BC2IM-xx
BC2IQ·xx
BC22Q·xx

Pedestal-to-pedestal style cable
Mid-range-to-mid-range style cable
Pedestal-to-mid-range style cable

Today only the BC21M-xx and the BC21Q-3F are orderable via the cable number.
The BC21M-xx is the pedestal-to-pedestal style DSSI cable used to connect Q-bus and DEC 4000 Alpha systems as well as
pedestal DSSI expansion (R400X). Order this cable by its cable number.
The BC21Q-3F is the 40-inch cable used to interconnect SFxx and TF857 storage building blocks within SF2xO and SFI00
DECarrays.
Cable variants of BC21 Q-xx and BC22Q-xx (where xx is the length in feet) must be ordered via cabinet kits.
Configuration Guidelines for DSSI OpenVMS Cluster Systems)
For connecting between a DEC 4000 AlphaIVAX 4000 system and an SF2xx DECarray:
Cable Required

Cabinet Kit to Order

BC22Q·09

CK·SF200·LP

BC22Q·16
BC22Q·25

CK·SF200·L6
CK·SF200·L4

BC22Q·50

CK·SF200·L8

For connecting between a VAX 6000 system and another VAX 6000, SFI00 DECarray or tabletop TF85:
Cable Required

Cabinet Kit to Order

BC2IQ·09
BC2IQ·16
BC2IQ·25

CK·SFIOO·LM
CK·SFIOO·L5
CK·SFIOO·L3

For connecting between a DEC 4000 AlphaIVAX 4000 and V AX 6000 system, SFI00 DEC array or tabletop TF85:
Cable Required

Cabinet Kit to Order

BC22Q·09
BC22Q·16
BC22Q·25

CK·SFIOO·L6
CK·SFIOO·L4

CK·SFIOO·LP

5.20 Clustering Information

OpenVMS Clustering Information

OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details (continued)
General Recommendations When Configuring OpenVMS Cluster Systems
The following guidelines may be useful when configuring high-performance and high-availability OpenVMS Clusters.
Note: The rules for configuring OpenVMS Cluster systems with multiple interconnects are consistent with the rules for
each individual interconnect.
The optimal OpenVMS Cluster system configuration for any computing environment is based on requirements of cost,
functionality, performance, capacity, and availability. Factors that impact these requirements include:
•
•
•
•

Applications in use
Number of users
Number and model of CPUs
Interconnect and adapter throughput and latency
characteristics

• Disk and tape 110 capacity and access time
• Number of disks and tapes being served
• Interconnect utilization

Digital recommends OpenVMS Cluster system configurations based on its experience with the OpenVMS Cluster Software
Product. The customer should evaluate specific application dependencies and performance requirements to determine an
appropriate configuration for the desired computing environment.
• OpenVMS Cluster CPU s should be configured using interconnects that provide appropriate performance for the required
system usage. In general, use the highest performance interconnect possible. CI, MEMORY CHANNEL, DSSI, SCSI
and FDDI are the preferred interconnects between powerful CPUs. For high performance SCSI clusters it is important to
ensure that the node-to-node communication interconnect is capable of supporting the required lock manager
performance, this is usually achieved by using MEMORY CHANNEL, CI or FDDI.
• While OpenVMS Cluster systems can include any number of system disks, system performance and management
overhead should be considered in determining their number and location. It is important to recognize that while the
performance of multiple system disk configurations may be higher than with a single system disk, system management
efforts increase in proportion to the number of system disks.
• Data availability and 110 performance are enhanced when multiple OpenVMS Cluster nodes have direct access to shared
storage; whenever possible, configure systems to allow direct access to shared storage in favor of OpenVMS MSCP
Served access. Multi-access SCSI-, DSSI- and HSC-based storage provide higher data availability than singly accessed,
local controller-based storage. Additionally, dual pathing of disks between local or HSCIHSJIHSDIHSZ storage
controllers enhances data availability in the event of controller failure.
• OpenVMS Cluster systems can provide enhanced availability by utilizing redundant components. For example,
additional CPUs, storage controllers, and disks and tapes can be configured. Extra peripheral options such as printers
and terminals can be included to further enhance availability. MUltiple instances of all the OpenVMS Cluster
interconnects (CI, MEMORY CHANNEL, DSSI, SCSI, FDDI, Ethernet) are supported.
• If possible, LAN-based and mixed interconnect OpenVMS Cluster systems should include mUltiple boot servers to
enhance availability. When a server fails in configurations that include mUltiple servers, satellite access to multipath
disks will fail over to another path. Disk servers should be the most powerful CPUs in the OpenVMS Cluster and should
use the highest bandwidth LAN adapters available.
• Any Alpha CPU can be configured as an OpenVMS Cluster satellite node. Any VAX CPU can be configured as a
OpenVMS Cluster satellite node, with the exception of VAX 11l7xxl600017000/8xxxl9000110000 CPUs.
• When using systems with mUltiple LAN adapters, configure each adapter on a separate LAN segment. This helps
provide higher performance and availability. (Multiple adapters may be configured to a single LAN segment, but this
will generally not improve performance.)
• Distribute OpenVMS Cluster satellites among the LAN segments. This can help distribute the cluster load across the
segments. Remember that bridges must exist between each LAN segment so that every OpenVMS Cluster member has a
direct communication path to every other member. In bridged environments configure redundant bridges to ensure
OpenVMS Cluster system availability in the event of bridge failure.
• Digital recommends that all CI connected CPUs are connected to at least one common Star Coupler. When CPUs are
configured with multiple CI controllers it is recommended that each be connected to a different Star Coupler.
• OpenVMS system disks are architecture specific. Alpha systems may share a system disk, and V AX systems may share
a system disk. However, Alpha systems cannot share a system disk with VAX systems.

Clustering Information· 5.21

upen VMS l.:lustering Information

OpenVMS Cluster systems based on the Computer Interconnect (CI) offer high availability and performance through the
CI's dual-path design, with 70-Mbitlsecond speed on each of the CI paths. These OpenVMS Cluster systems use
OpenVMS Cluster software with CI hardware:
• CI OpenVMS Cluster hubs: SC008 Star Coupler
• CI Interfaces: CIPCA, CIXCD, CIBCA
• CI Cables

• OpenVMS Cluster configurations can be expanded by
configuring multiple Star Couplers in a single OpenVMS
Cluster configuration and multiple CI controllers in each
system.

Star Coupler
The Star Coupler is a passive hub device providing dual CI path and electrical isolation between CPU nodes and HSJIHSC
storage controller nodes in a CI Open VMS Cluster system. The Star Coupler supports eight CI ports and is expandable to
16 CI ports.
• Dimensions:
- Width: 54-cm (21.25-in.)
- Height: l06-cm (41.75-in.)
- Depth: 76-cm (30-in.)
SC008-AC
SC008-AD

Star Coupler passive hub device, supports 8 CI ports
Upgrades SC008-AC from support of 8 CI ports to 16 CI ports (installed inside SC008-AC)

CI Interfaces
CI interfaces are intelligent controllers that connect systems to the CI. The CI bus consists of two transmit and two receive
cables (which provide hardware redundancy and failover). Transmissions can be made across either available path
simultaneously. The CI bus provides high availability since, if one path becomes unavailable, all traffic will use the
surviving path. The OpenVMS operating system tests a failed path periodically. As soon as the path becomes available, it
is automatically used again for normal traffic.
CIPCA PCI-to-CI Storage Host Controller
The CIPCA allows users to connect CI-based storage to high-performance PCI-based AlphaServer systems, thereby
minimizing cost while maximizing total system performance. CIPCA is supported using OpenVMS V6.2-1H2. The
following configuration rules apply:
- Up to 16 CI host systems per CI bus
- Up to 31 CI Hierarchical Storage Controllers (HSJ or HSC series) per CI bus
- Up 18 CIPCA controllers per system, depending on system type and OpenVMS version.
The CIPCA can coexist on a CI bus with other Alpha or VAX systems configured with CIXCD or CIBCA-B controllers. It
can also coexist with all HSJ (with StorageWorks HSOF V2.5 or later) and HSC storage controllers except the HSC50.
CIPCA-AA

PCI-to-CI Storage Host Controller; requires BNCIA CI cable set

CIXCD XMI-to-CI Controller
The CIXCD allows connection of XMI-based VAX and Alpha systems to the CI.
CIXCD-AC

XMI-to-CI Controller; requires BNCIA CI cable set

CIBCA VAXBI-to-CI Controller
The CIBCA allows connection of VAXBI-based VAX systems to the CI.
cmCA-BA

VAXBI-to-CI Controller; requires BNCIA CI cable set

CI Cables
CI cables are required for each CI controller ordered.
BNCIA-xx

CI cable set, select required length: 10/20/30meters, 32/65/126 ft.

5.22 Clustering Information

Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information

Digital UNIX TruCluster Systems Configuration Information
Overview

The Digital UNIX TruCluster program consists of product offerings for the UNIX
cluster market-offerings that are targeted to both technical and commercial
markets.
Technical Offerings
The Digital UNIX Cluster program began with the TruCluster Compute Server and
TruCluster File Server packages. The TruCluster Compute Server, (a preconfigured Alpha Farm for workstations), was targeted at compute-intensive
computing applications and consisting of 4-32 Digital systems interconnected by
Ethernet or FDDI and GIGAswitch. The TruCluster Compute Server provides
extremely high throughput and simplifies batch processing and load balancing of
applications across all of the hardware in the configuration. The TruCluster
Compute Server offering is being extended to support MEMORY CHANNEL
hardware configurations, with extensions like Parallel Virtual Machine (PVM), and
Message Passing Interface (MPI) optimized to run with MEMORY CHANNEL.
The TruCluster File Server is a packaged system with NFS. It provides high
performance NFS operations, as measured by SPEC SFS benchmark.
Both of these offerings provide high scalability (performance) at low costs. These
configurations do not provide availability, and therefore are not appropriate as
configured for production environments.
The Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL is also a new offering that is
an enabler for highly optimized applications that require high performance data
delivery over the MEMORY CHANNEL. The product's software library provides
application programming interfaces for access to MEMORY CHANNEL data
transfer and locking functions. Packaged systems containing hardware and software
for these various servers is offered by CSS.
Commercial Offerings
The Digital UNIX Cluster offerings for commercial markets are the TruCluster
Available Server (formerly DECsafe Available Server), and the TruCluster
Production Server (TruCluster Software). These offerings provide availability as
the key product attribute. In addition to availability, they allow the customer to
choose to utilize all components for improved performance.
The TruCluster Available Server Software consists of TruCluster software with
appropriate hardware configurations (multiple systems with shared storage buses).
The TruCluster Available Server enhances high availability by monitoring cluster
member health, and automatically initiating recovery procedures in the event of
system or component failures. The TruCluster Available Server software depends
on the POLYCENTER Advanced File System (AdvFS) for fast file system
recovery and the Logical Storage Manager (LSM) for disk striping, shadowing and
load balancing.

Cluster Information 5.23

Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information

TruCluster Available Server software (formerly called DECsafe software) is a
failover product. This means that workloads that run on an Available Server
environment only execute on a single system with the cluster at any given time.
The environment supports multiple workloads to allow all the systems to be doing
productive work (at the customer's configuration choice). The TruCluster
Available Server software ensures highly available user access to network services
like NFS, mission critical business applications, and important data such as
customer databases. Generally these applications are unmodified from the version
that runs on standard Digital UNIX server configurations.
The Internet Business Group offers the TruCluster Internet Server in collaboration
with CSS. This is a packaged system based on TruCluster Available Server, that
includes Internet applications such as news, WWW server, and mail. The customer
features of this are high performance and a highly reliable internet server.
For a single application to span the entire cluster (to achieve higher scalability or
performance), the customer would choose the TruCluster Production server, with a
parallelized application like Oracle Parallel Server (and in the future with Informix
XPS). The TruCluster Production Server provides all the functionality of the
TruCluster Available Server, and adds the capability to run parallelized databases
like Oracle Parallel Server (OPS) from Oracle Corporation, and in the future XPS
from Informix. Using TruCluster Software, these applications can provide high
availability, and performance for a single database to client systems. On top of the
cluster software and database, products like SAP, Oracle Financials and many
others can provide high performance application services to clients, with
unsurpassed reliability. The combination of these technologies results in very high
speeds for data transactions. Using OPS allows an application to run concurrently
on all of the nodes in a cluster, yet access a single database in a rapid way.
The TruCluster Production Server consists of Alpha Servers, TruCluster Software,
and MEMORY CHANNEL interconnect hardware. MEMORY CHANNEL
provides high performance, low overhead communications between cluster
members, for services like distributed lock manager (DLM), and storage services or
distributed raw disk (DRD).

5.24

Clustering Information

Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information

TruCluster Available Server Software Vl.4
Overview

TruCluster Available Server Software (Software Product Description 44.17.xx)
provides customers with the high availability advantages of clustering on Digital
UNIX client/server systems. It is a high availability solution that minimizes, but
does not eliminate, the impact of hardware and software failures. TruCluster
Available Server is designed for computing environments that can tolerate a short
disruption but need critical applications automatically restarted.
An Available Server Environment (ASE) is an integrated organization of systems
and external disks connected to shared SCSI buses that together provide highly
available software and disk data to client systems.
TruCluster Available Server provides multi-host access to SCSI disks and a generic
failover mechanism for disks and applications. Within the ASE, system
administrators can set up services which make disks and applications highly
available to client systems. For example, services may be set up for exported NFS
file systems, raw disks, and disk-based applications such as database programs or
mail. Services may also be set up as nondisk based applications such as a remote
login service.
TruCluster Available Server provides all the necessary software to fail over shared
disks. To fail over an application, shell scripts are created that are executed to start
and stop the application.
The systems connected to the shared SCSI bus run the services. Client systems may
access a service through the network to the system on which it is running. Each
system can run every service and fail over all the disks on the shared bus. A service
runs on only one system at a time, and can automatically be restarted on another
system in the event of a device or system failure with the proper hardware
configuration.
Each system within the ASE monitors the networks and the status of the systems,
disks, and buses. If a hardware or software failure prevents a system from running a
service, TruCluster Available Server automatically moves (relocates) the service to
another system to maintain the availability of the applications and disks. A service
can optionally have IP addresses assigned to it to provide transparent access to
clients. TruCluster Available Server detects and responds to all major system
failures and events including:
• Operating system crashes
• System reboot
• Network failures, including failed Ethernet controller, disconnected network
cable, and network partitioning
• I/O failures, including failed SCSI controller and disconnected cable
TruCluster Available Server provides the ability to manually relocate a service
from one system to another when needed to perform maintenance or load balancing
on a system. In addition, it enables connection of systems and disks to the shared
SCSI bus so that modifications may be made to the hardware configuration without
affecting the ASE.
TruCluster Available Server is ideal for high availability applications such as order
processing, point-of-sale transaction processing, on-line customer service,
reservation, catalog, and database query systems.

Clustering Information 5.25

Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information

Other Features and Functionality
· If there are as many services as there are systems in an ASE, then each member

can run a service. This ehables all systems to optimize workload eliminating idle
time for any systems.
• A Master/Standby configuration may be set up in which the Master system runs
all the services. If a failure prevents the Master system from running the
services, TruCluster Available Server then relocates the services to the Standby
system(s). Master/Standby configurations generally provide more predictable
performance within the environment before and after the occurrence of failures.
• In any event that TruCluster Available Server relocates a service that provides
access to exported NFS data, the change in the system exporting the data is
virtually transparent. Clients experience only a temporary NFS server time out.
NFS locking is also supported.
• The POLYCENTER Advanced File System (AdvFS) is a joumaled, local file
system that provides higher availability, greater flexibility and recovery than
traditional UNIX file systems. Using transaction joumaling, AdvFS can recover
file domains in seconds rather than hours after an unexpected restart such as a
power failure. AdvFS joumaling also provides increased file system integrity. In
addition, a separately licensed, optional layered product, the POLYCENTER
Advanced File System Utilities, can be utilized to perform management
functions on-line while filesystems are active. Refer to the Optional Software
section of this section for more information on AdvFS Utilities.
• Digital UNIX Logical Storage Manager (LSM) is an integrated host-based
solution to data storage management. Basic LSM functionality, including disk
spanning and concatenation, is provided with the Digital UNIX operating
system. Extended functions such as striping (RAID 0), mirroring (RAID 1), and
on-line management are available with ~ separate license. LSM is RAID
Advisory Board (RAB) certified for RAID Levels 0 and 1. Refer to the Optional
Software section of this chapter for more information.
• TruCluster Available Server can log messages about events that occur in the
ASE to one or more systems. Administrators can also receive notification of
critical problems through electronic mail.
• The systems in the ASE can be configured using multiple network adaptors to
provide greater flexibility in client access to services. Network interfaces can be
monitored for proper operation. The status of monitored network interfaces is
passed to a script that can be customized.
• The Cluster Monitor provides a graphical view of the cluster configuration and
can be used to determine the current state of availability and connectivity in the
cluster. The administrator can invoke management tools allowing the system to
be managed from a single location.

Benefits
• TruCluster Available Server can provide transparent, unattended recovery in
seconds.
• Enables load-balancing and preventative maintenance during peak demand
periods to optimize performance and uptime.
• Ensures manual service fail over to provide flexible system management.
• Offers Concurrently Active "warm" or Master/Standby "hot" modes for
maximum resource optimization and performance.

5.26

Clustering Information

Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information

TruCluster Available Server Software Vl.4 (continued)
Ordering Information
• Software License & Configuration Guide: QB-05SA*-AA
• Software License: QL-05SA*-AA
• Software Documentation: QA-05SAA-GZ
• Software Product Services: QT-05SA*-**
* Denotes variant fields. For additional information on available services, refer to the appropriate price book.
Note that the QB part number includes a software license plus a hardcopy of a guide to the TruClusterAvailable Server.
The guide contains the hardware configuration information needed to set up the systems in the TruCluster Available Server
environment. It is recommended that at least one QB part number be ordered for each environment.

Software Requirements
• TruCluster Available Server Software VIA requires the Digital UNIX V4.0A operating system, a separately licensed
product. Please refer to the TruCluster Available Server Software Product Description 44.17 .xx for further details.

Optional Software
• NetWorker Client Support provides the ability to save
and restore file systems without regard to prior,
current, or future TruCluster Production Server
service domain locations. It can be used with nonfailover NetWorker servers located inside or outside
of a domain. NetWorker is a separately licensed
software product for Digital UNIX. Refer to Software
Product Description 50.98.xx for further details.
• POLYCENTER Advanced File System Utilities
extend the high availability and flexibility of AdvFS.
AdvFS Utilities provide a graphical user interface to
ease management tasks, and online utilities to
dynamically resize file systems, defragment files,
balance percentage of space used on volumes,
undelete files using trashcans, stripe files and clone
files for hot backup. POLYCENTER AdvFS Utilities
is a separately licensed software product for Digital
UNIX. Refer to Software Product Description
44.52.xx for further details.
• Digital UNIX Logical Storage Manager (LSM) is an
integrated, host-based solution to data storage
management, providing concatenation, striping,
mirroring, and a graphical user interface that allows
data storage management functions to be performed
online, without disrupting users or applications.
Logical Storage Manager is a separately licensed

software product for Digital UNIX. Refer to Software
Product Description 51.24.xx for further details.
• POLYCENTER Console Manager (PCM) is a layered
software product which enables a host system to
manage, monitor and control client console devices.
PCM can support up to 200 systems/devices of any
platform type that sends ASCII data over RS232C
direct, TELNET or LAT connections that support
XONIXOFF and 110 buffering. PCM also supports the
pseudo terminal interface that provides a "soft"
console for use with user defined application
programs. POLYCENTER Console Manager is a
separately licensed product for Digital UNIX. Refer to
Software Product Description 42.90.xx for further
details.
• POLYCENTER Performance Solution for UNIX
systems is a management application that centralizes
the monitoring of UNIX system performance
information for a network of systems. A single
instance of POLYCENTER Performance Solution for
UNIX systems can monitor resources for many
systems and alert the user when problems arise.
POLYCENTER Performance Solution is a separately
licensed product for Digital UNIX. Refer to Software
Product Description 46.97.xx for further details.

Software Configuration Requirements
• At least 64 MB of memory is required on each member system.
• Disk space required for installation: 12 MB
• Disk space required for use (permanent): 11.5 MB
These requirements refer to the disk space required on the system disk. The sizes are approximate; actual sizes may vary
depending on system environment, configuration, and software options.

Clustering Information 5.27

Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information

TruCluster Available Server Software Configuration Rules and Recommendations
Member Systems
The following systems are supported
o

o
o

DEC 3000 Models 300, 300X, 400, 400S, 500, 500S,
600, 600S, 700, 800, 800S,900
DEC 7000 and 10000
AlphaServer 400 4/166
AlphaServer 1000 4/200
AlphaServer 1000A

o
o

AlphaServer 2000 4/200
AlphaServer 2100 4/200
AlphaServer 21005/250
AlphaServer 2100A Models 4/233, 41250, 4/275
AlphaServer 4000 and 4100
AlphaServer 8200 and 8400

Up to four supported systems can be configured in a TruCluster Available Server environment. However, if there is a
system with a PMAZC module or a KZMSA adapter installed, only three member systems in the Available Server
Environment (ASE) can be used.
Network Adapters and Options
o

o
o

DEFEA (EISAlFDDI)
DE425 (EISAlEthernet)
PMAD (TURBOchannellEthernet)
DEFfA (TURBOchannellFDDI)
DEFZA (TURBOchannellFDDI)

o
o
o
o

DEMNA (XMIlEthernet)
DEMFA (XMIIFDDI)
DEFPA (PCIIFDDI)
DE435 (PCIlEthernet)

SCSI Controllers
Each member system that is used in the Available Server Environment must have a supported SCSI controller installed to
attach the system to a shared SCSI bus. The following are supported adapters and their transmission method:
o
o

KZPSA - Fast Wide Differential
KZTSA - Diferential

PMAZC - Single-ended
KZMSA - Single-ended

Storage Units
TruCluster Available Server Software supports the following storage expansion units:
o
o

BA350 - Single-ended, Narrow
BA353 - single-ended, Narrow
BA356 - Single-ended, Wide

Disk Devices
o

To determine if the disk has the correct firmware, use the scu utility or examine the messages that are displayed when
the system is turned on.
Supported disk devices, firmware and data paths are RZ26 (narrow), RZ26L (narrow and wide), RZ26N (narrow and
wide), RZ28 (narrow and wide), RZ28B (narrow), RZ28D (narrow and wide), RZ28L (narrow and wide), RZ28M
(narrow and wide), RZ29B (narrow and wide). Firmware revisions are listed in the TruCluster Available Server
Software VIA Release Notes.
Prestoserve can not be used to accelerate a disk on an Available Server Environment shared bus.

5.28

Clustering Information

Digital UNIX TruCLuster Configuration Information

TruCluster Available Server Software Vl.4 (continued)
DEC RAID Controllers
Supported controllers for DEC RAID subsystems:
• HSZI0-Ax
• HSZ40-Ax
• HSZ40-Bx
- The HSZI0 controller must be used in an ASE that includes PMAZC modules exclusively.
- The HSZI0 controller uses only one SCSI ID.
- The HSZ40 controller can be configured with one to four SCSI IDs.
- The HSZ40 controller can be configured with one to eight Logical Unit Numbers (LUNs) for each SCSI ID. For any
number of disks, having more SCSI IDs with fewer LUN s for each SCSI ID provides better performance than a
configuration with fewer SCSI IDs and more LUNs

SCSI Signal Converters
SCSI signal converters convert single-ended SCSI to differential SCSI. Signal converters are either standalone units or
StorageWorks building blocks (SBBs) that are installed in a disk slot in an expansion unit.
TruCluster Production Server supports the following SCSI converters. Each type of SCSI converter has a minimum
firmware requirement that is listed in the TruCluster Available Server VIA Release Notes.
•
•
•
•

DWZZA-AA - Standalone - Converts single-ended/narrow SCSI to differential/wide SCSI. Use with BA350 or BA353.
DWZZA-V A - SBB - Converts single-ended/narrow SCSI to differential/wide SCSI. Use with BA350 or BA353.
DWZZB-AA- Standalone - Converts single-ended/wide SCSI to differential/wide SCSI. Use with BA356.
DWZZB-VW - SBB - Converts single-ended/wide SCSI to differential/wide SCSI. Use with BA356.

SCSI Cables
The type of cables needed for an ASE depends on the hardware configuration. It must determined if cables with connectors
that are either high density (small connector: 50-pin) or low density (large connector: 68-pin) will be used. In addition,
each supported cable comes in various lengths. The shortest possible cables must be used in the ASE.
The following SCSI cables are supported:
• BN21 V-OB - 3 connectors, 50-pin, high/low density. This Y cable attaches to a PMAZC and can be terminated if
necessary.
• BN21W-OB - 3 connectors, 68-pin, high density. This Y cable attaches to a KZTSA adapter, KZPSA, HSZI0 or HSZ40
controller, and can be terminated if necessary.
• BN21R or BN23G - 2 connectors, 50-pin, high/low density. Connects a BA350 or BA353 storage shelf to the singleended side of a DWZZA-AA signal converter. Replaces the BC09D cable.
• BN21H or BN21J - 2 connectors, 50-pin, high density. Connects narrow devices, such as a BA350 or a BA353.
• BC06P - 2 connectors, 50-pin, low density. Connects BN21 V-OB cables.
• BN21K or BN21L - 2 connectors, 68-pin, high density. Connects KZPSA adapters, HSZI0s, HSZ40 controllers, the
differential sides of two SCSI signal converters, or a BA356 storage shelf to a DWZZB-V A signal converter.

Terminators and Connectors
Depending on the hardware configuration, terminators and connectors may be needed for shared SCSI bus(es). The
following are the supported terminators and connectors and the context in which they would be used:
•
•
•
•

H8574-A or H8860-AA, low density, 50-pin, terminates a BN21 V -OB cable.
H879-AA, high density, 68-pin, terminates a trilink connector or BN21W-OB cable.
12-37004-04, high density, 50-pin, terminates a BA353 input connector.
H885 trilink connector - high density, 68-pin, attaches to high-density, 68-pin cables or devices such as KZTSA,
KZPSA, HSZI0, HSZ40, or the differential side of a SCSI signal converter, and can be terminated if necessary.

When connecting a cable to a trilink connector, do not block access to the screws that mount the trilink. This will not allow
disconnecting the trilink from a device.

Clustering Information 5.29

Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information

SCSI Buses
• TruCluster Available Server Software requires that all
shared buses have the same logical bus number on
each member system.
• Only external buses can be shared in an ASE.
• Up to 30 shared buses in an ASE depending on system
configurations.
.
• The length of each physical bus is strictly limited. The
allowable bus length depends on whether fast or slow
SCSI bus speed, single-ended SCSI, or differential
SCSI are being used.
Terminate each physical bus only at the ends. Too
many or too few terminators can cause a SCSI bus to
behave improperly.
• Use trilink connectors and Y cables to connect devices
to a shared bus. This allows connection to devices
without affecting bus termination. Trilink connectors
or a Y cable can be attached to a shared bus. This

enables the adding of a device later to the ASE
without affecting bus termination.
• Use a SCSI signal converter to connect devices with
different transmission methods and data paths.
• Care must be taken when performing maintenance on
any device that is on a shared bus because of the
constant activity on the bus. Usually, to perform
maintenance on a device without shutting down the
ASE, the device must be isolatied from the shared bus
so it will not affect bus termination.
• If a storage unit is disconnected from a shared bus
(without affecting the bus termination) or remove a
disk from a slot, TruCluster Available Server stops
any service that uses the disks, unless the disks are
part of a mirrored Logical Storage Manager (LSM)
volume or are contained in a RAID set.

TruCluster Available Server Software Configuration
• TruCluster Available Server Software VIA subset ASEBASEI30 can be installed only on systems running the Digital
UNIX V 4.0A operating system.
• It is required that at least 64 MB of memory available on each member system.

5.30

Clustering Information

Digital UNIX TruCLuster Configuration Information

TruCluster Available Server Software Vl.4 (continued)
TruCluster Available Server Diagrams
The following diagrams are examples of TruCluster Available Server Software configurations. All configurations require at
least one Ethernet or FDDI on each system in the cluster.

Diagram 1

Ethernet or FOOl

Member
System

KZPSA-BBs

~t-t----I
[j]

H879-AA
Terminator'" .'
BN21W-OB
"V" cable

BN21 K or BN21 L cable

••
•

diSk 51

BA35x

Notes:
BA350:
•
houses disks compatible with narrow,
single ended SCSI signaling
uses OWZZA-VA
•
BA356:
•
houses disks compatible with wide
single ended SCSI signaling
uses OWZZB-VW
•

Diagram I illustrates a cluster with two AlphaServer 2100a Systems and dual shared SCSI buses. Only one storage unit is
shown in detail, but there could be identical redundant units. TruCluster Available Server VIA supports up to 30 shared
SCSI buses. Note: Total SCSI bus length not to exceed 25 meters.

Clustering Information 5.31

'I
Diagram 2

Dual Ethernet or FOOl

Member
System

KZPSA-BBs

~
•
••

H879-AA
Terminator"····

rdiSk51

BN21W-OB
''Y' cable

BA35x

Notes:
....... BN21K or BN21L cable
BA350:
houses disks compatible with narrow,
Single ended SCSI signaling
uses DWZZA-VA
BA356:
houses disks compatible with wide
single ended SCSI signaling
uses OWZZB-VW

Diagram 2 shows a three-system cluster with redundant networks and network connections, and two SCSI buses. Note that
up to 30 shared buses are supported in TruCluster Available Server VIA. Note: For custom packages, call Digital Services
Sales Support Team at 800-832-6277 or 603-884-8990.

5.32

Clustering Information

Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information

Digital UNIX TruCluster Systems Configuration Information
TruCluster Production Server Software V1.4 Overview
Digital offers TruCluster Production Server Software (TruCluster Software) VIA
(Software Product Description 63.92.xx) for Digital UNIX for customers wanting
availability, scalability and performance advantages of clustering on Digital UNIX
client/server systems.
By combining the advantages of symmetric multiprocessing, distributed
computing, and fault resilience, a cluster running TruCluster Software offers users
high availability and achieves superior performance, providing scalability beyond
the limits of a single system. TruCluster Production Server now creates an offering
even more attractive to customers by providing an enterprise-level production
server at a very affordable cost.
TruCluster Software supports highly parallelized database applications, such as
OracleParallel Server. Trucluster Software allows the processing components of an
application to concurrently access raw devices, regardless of where the devices are
located in the cluster. Using the TruCluster Production Server Distributed Lock
Manager (DLM), an application can synchronize clusterwide access to shared
resources, thus ensuring data integrity. To a client, the cluster appears to be a
powerful single-server system; a client is minimally, if at all, impacted by hardware
and software failures in the cluster. In addition, DLM provides services to notify a
process owning a resource that it is blocking another process requesting the
resource. An application can also use DLM routines to coordinate the application's
activities efficiently with the state of the cluster.
A cluster configuration consists of systems and external disks connected to shared
SCSI buses. TruCluster Software provides multi-host access to shared disks, and a
generic failover mechanism that makes applications and data highly available.
TruCluster Software operates over the PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect,
a breakthrough high performance technology. By providing direct memory
connections between systems, the PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect
reduces system overhead and provides a significant improvement in message
latency. This allows TruCluster Production Server configurations to achieve
performance like that of symmetric multiprocesesors (SMP) while enhancing
overall reliability of data.
An administrator defines services for applications which are to remain highly
available in the cluster. If a hardware or software failure prevents a system from
running a service, the fail over mechanism automatically relocates the service to a
viable system in the cluster, thus maintaining the availability of applications or
data. Administrators can manually relocate services for load balancing or hardware
maintenance.

Clustering Information

5.33

1Jigital UNIX TruCLuster Configuration Information

I
Overview (continued)

TruCluster Production Server supports a variety of hardware configurations that are
cost-effective, and meet performance and availability requirements. Hardware
configurations can include different types of systems and storage units, and can be
set up to allow easy maintenance of systems and storage. In addition, it is possible
to set up hardware configurations that allow the addition of a system or storage unit
without shutting down the cluster.
TruCluster Production Server is ideal for high availability applications such as
order processing, point-of-sale transaction processing, on-line customer service,
reservation, catalog, and database query systems and for other mission-critical
applications.

Other Features and Functionality
• The Connection Manager maintains cluster membership. In addition, it
establishes and maintains connection paths between each cluster member.
• The Distributed Raw Disk (DRD) allows a raw disk-based, user-level application
to run within a cluster, regardless of where in the cluster the physical storage is
located. DRD allows applications, such as distributed database systems or TP
monitor systems, parallel access to storage media from multiple cluster
members. DRD can provide cluster members access to RAID volumes.
• TruCluster Production Server enables parallelized, concurrently active, and
master/standby server configurations. Distributed components of an application
can run simultaneously on different cluster members.
• TruCluster Production Server can provide highly available access to exported
NFS data. In the event of a system failure, the change in the system exporting
the data is virtually transparent. Clients experience only a temporary NFS server
time out.
• POLYCENTER Advanced File System (AdvFS) is a joumaled, local file system
that provides higher availability and greater flexibility than traditional UNIX file
systems. Using transaction joumaling, AdvFS recovers file domains in seconds
rather than hours after an unexpected restart such as a power failure. AdvFS
joumaling also provides increased file system integrity. In addition, an optional
separately licensed product, the POLYCENTER Advanced Filed System
Utilities, can be used to perform management functions on-line while
filesystems are active. Refer to the Optional Software section of this chapter for
more details.
• Digital UNIX Logical Storage Manager (LSM) is an integrated host-based
solution to data storage management. Basic LSM functionality, including disk
spanning and concatenation, is provided with the Digital UNIX operating
system. Extended functions such as striping (RAID 0), mirroring (RAID 1), and
on-line management are available with a separate license. LSM is RAID
Advisory Board (RAB) certified for RAID LevelsO and 1. Refer to the Optional
Software section of this chapter for more information.
• TruCluster Production Server can log messages about events that occur in the
TruCluster environment to one or more systems. TruCluster administrators can
also receive notification of critical problems when they occur through electronic
mail.
• The systems in the TruCluster Production Server environment can be configured
using mUltiple network adaptors to provide greater flexibility in client access to
services. Network interfaces can be monitored for proper operation. The status of
monitored network interfaces is passed to a script that can be customized.
• Cluster Monitor provides a graphical view of the cluster configuration and can
be used to determine the current state of availability and connectivity in the
cluster. The administrator can invoke management tools allowing the system to
be managed from a single location.

5.34

Clustering Information

Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration InformatIon

TruCluster Production Server Software Vl.4 (continued)
Benefits
• PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect provides high-speed, low latency, reliable node-to-node connections to
enable distributed memory. This facilitates highly available clusters with performance approaching SMP with shared
memory.
• Distributed Lock Manager manages data locks and controls access to shared resources. Parallelized applications can run
smoothly and efficiently across multiple nodes.
• Support for highly parallelized database applications (such as OPS) enable concurrent access to databases enabling
database instances to be run simultaneously on multiple nodes.
• Distributed Raw Disk enables remote access to raw disks over the MEMORY CHANNEL enabling applications to
survive failures of any remote system or mirrored disk.
• TruCluster Available Server Software, AdvFS, and LSM technology provide failover, journaling, and maximum storage
utilization enabling optimal system availability with rapid file recovery
Software Requirements
• TruCluster Software Vl.O requires the Digital UNIX V4.0A operating system. For more information on the Digital
UNIX operating system, a separately licensed product, refer to Software Product Description 41.6 ~ .xx.
Ordering Information
• Software License and Documentation:
QB-3RLA*-AA
• Software License: QL-3RLA *-AA
• Software Upgrade License: QL-3RLA*-RA
• Software License (30 day loan): QL-3RLA9-LB
• Software License (60 day loan): QL-3RLA9-LD
• Software License (90 day loan): QL-3RLA9-LA
• Software License (180 day loan): QL-3RLA9-LG
• Software Documentation: QA-3RLAA-GZ
*Denotes variant fields. For additional information on available services, refer to the appropriate price book
Optional Software
• Optional software Oracle Parallel Server (OPS) technology is a relational database management system that capitalizes
on the benefits of high availability, performance, and expandability made possible by Digital UNIX clusters. Oracle
Parallel Server must be ordered separately through the Oracle Corporation.
• NetWorker Client Support provides the ability to save and restore file systems without regard to prior, current, or future
TruCluster Production Server service domain locations. It can be used with non-failover NetWorker servers located
inside or outside of a domain. NetWorker is a separately licensed software product for Digital UNIX. Refer to Software
Product Description SO.98.xx for further details.
• POLYCENTER Advanced File System Utilities extend the high availability and flexibility of AdvFS. The AdvFS
Utilities provide a graphical user interface to ease management tasks, and online utilities to dynamically resize file
systems, defragment files, balance percentage of space used on volumes, undelete files using trashcans, stripe files and
clone files for hot backup. The POLYCENTER AdvFS Utilities is a separately licensed software product for Digital
UNIX. Refer to Software Product Description 44.S2.xx for further details.
• Digital UNIX Logical Storage Manager (LSM) is an integrated, host-based solution to data storage management,
providing concatenation, striping, mirroring, and a graphical user interface that allows data storage management
functions to be performed online, without disrupting users or applications. Logical Storage Manager is a separately
licensed software product for Digital UNIX. Refer to Software Product Description Sl.24.xx for further details.
• POLYCENTER Console Manager (PCM) is a layered software product which enables a host system to manage, monitor
and control client console devices. PCM can support up to 200 systems/devices of any platform type that sends ASCII
data over RS232C direct, TELNET or LAT connections that support XONIXOFF and I/O buffering. PCM also supports
the pseudo terminal interface that provides a "soft" console for use with user defined application programs. The
POLYCENTER Console Manager is a separately licensed product for Digital UNIX. Refer to Software Product
Description 42.90.xx for further details.
• POLYCENTER Performance Solution for UNIX systems is a management application that centralizes the monitoring of
UNIX system performance information for a network of systems. A single instance of POLYCENTER Performance
Solution for UNIX systems can monitor resources for many systems and alert the user when problems arise. The
POLYCENTER Performance Solution is a separately licensed product for Digital UNIX. Refer to Software Product
Description 46.97.xx for further details.
Clustering Information

5.35

lJlgna! UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information

Software Configuration Requirements
o

o
o

At least 96 MB of memory is required on each member system.
Disk space required for installation: 12 MB
Disk space required for use (permanent): 11.5 MB

These requirements refer to the disk space required on the system disk. The sizes are approximate; actual sizes may vary
depending on system environment, configuration, and software options.
TruCluster Production Server Basic Configuration Components
. ............... . MEMORY CHANNEL hub
~

,,'

MEMORY CHANNEL link cable

Member
System

MEMORY
CHANNEL
adapter
KZPSA
adapter

Shared
Storage
Unit

~~~.--~I~~I--~~~·.~ffi

SCSI Terminator

.......................

Trilink connector
or Y cable
SCSI differential cable

A TruCluster Production Server configuration comprises the following components:
o
o

o
o

Member systems: Use any combination of supported member systems. Configurations of up to 4 nodes are supported
KZPSA adapters: Install KZPSA SCSI adapters in PCI slots to provide member systems with connections to
SCSI buses.
Shared storage shelves: Use any combination of supported storage shelves. A single-ended SCSI storage shelf, such as
a BA350 must be connected via a SCSI Signal converter
Trilink connectors or Y cables:Use trilink connectors and Y cables to connect KZPSA adapters, HSZ40 controllers, or
SCSI signal converters installed in single ended storage shelves.
Differential SCSI cables: Use BN21K or BN21L cables to connect trilink connectors and Y cables attached to member
systems and storage shelves to create a shared SCSI bus. The DWZAA-AA signal converter requires a BN21R or
BN23G cable. The DWZZV-AA signal converter requires a BN21K or BN21L cable.
SCSI terminators: Both ends of the SCSI bus must be terminated
MEMORY CHANNEL controllers: Install CCMAA MEMORY CHANNEL controllers in PCI slots to connect
member systems to cluster interconnects
MEMORY CHANNEL hubs: Install up to eight linecards in a MEMORY CHANNEL hub. A hub is required if there
are more than two member systems.
MEMORY CHANNEL link cables: Link cables connect a MEMORY CHANNEL controller to a MEMORY
CHANNEL controller on another system, or connect an adapter to a linecard installed in a hub.
Optional FDDI or Ethernet Adapters: Use any combination of supported network adapters.

5.36

Clustering Information

Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Int"ormatlon

TruCluster Production Server Software Vl.4 (continued)
TruCluster Production Server Configuration Rules and Recommendations
Member systems
• Up to four supported systems can be configured in a TruCluster Production Server environment.
• Supported systems: AlphaServer 2000/2100/2100N8200/8400
• Each supported member system has a required minimum firmware revision. These firmware revisions are listed in the
TruCluster Release Notes.
- AlphaServer 2000 Models 41200, 41233, 41275
- AlphaServer 2000 Models 5/250 and 5/300
AlphaServer 2100 Models 4/200, 41233, 4/275,
5/250, 5/300
• Any network interfaces should be installed and configured.

- AlphaServer 2100A Models 4/200, 41233, 41275,
5/250, 5/300
- AlphaServer 4000 and 4100
- AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 Models 5/300, 5/350

• TruCluster Production Server does not support the XMI CIXCD on an AlphaServer 8200 or 8400 system.

MEMORY CHAN.NEL Interconnect
• MEMORY CHANNEL interconnect can use either a
virtual hub mode (two member systems connected via
link cables without a MEMORY CHANNEL hub) or
standard mode (two or more systems connected to a
MEMORY CHANNEL hub).
• Two MEMORY CHANNEL controllers can be
installed per member system. One adapter is in use by
the member system while the other adapter is in
standby mode. The member system will fail over to
use the redundant adapter in the advent of a failure of
the adapter in current use.
· If there are redundant MEMORY CHANNEL
interconnects, both interconnects must use the same
mode, either virtual hub mode or standard mode.

• For an AlphaServer 8200 or 8400 system, a
MEMORY CHANNEL adapter must be installed in
the first two segments (PCI slots 0 to 7) of the
DWLPAlDWLPB card cage. If there are redundant
MEMORY CHANNEL interconnects, both adapters
must be installed in the same DWLPAlDWLPB card
cage.

• For an AlphaServer 2100A Model 41233, 41250, or
4/275 system, install MEMORY CHANNEL
controllers only in the bottom four PCI slots.
• MEMORY CHANNEL controllers and hubs must be
completely connected, and hubs must be turned on
before member systems are booted.
If using redundant MEMORY CHANNEL
interconnects and standard mode, each adapter
installed in a system must be connected to a different
hub. Each system must maintain its node ID. To
accomplish this, cable both the MEMORY
CHANNEL controllers in each system to the same
linecard slot on each hub. Node ID in standard mode
is determined by the linecard slot to which the adapter
is connected. When systems are cabled to each hub in
the same way, on failover, node ID will not change.
That is, the adapters must be connected to linecards
that are in the same slot position in each hub. For
example, if an adapter is connected to a linecard
installed in the bottom slot in one hub, then the other
adapter must be connected to a linecard installed in
the bottom slot in the second hub.

• The maximum length of a MEMORY CHANNEL
link cable is 3-meters (lO-feet).

KZPSA Adapters
• TruCluster Production Server requires a specific minimum hardware and firmware revision for the KZPSA adapter.
Minimum firmware revision is required for each KZPSA-BB PCI-to-Fast-Wide-Differential SCSI-2 adapter installed in
a member system. Refer to the TruCluster Release Notes for minimum firmware revisions.
• Before a KZPSA adapter is installed in a PCI slot, the termination in the adapter must be disabled.
• Each KZPSA adapter must have a unique SCSI ID (0 to 7) on a shared SCSI bus.

Clustering Information

5.37

Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information

Disk Devices
• For each type of disk, TruCluster Production Server requires a specific minimum firmware requirements. Refer to the
TruCluster Release Notes for minimum firmware requirements.
• Supported disk devices, firmware and data paths are RZ26 (narrow), RZ26L (firmware 442D - narrow), RZ26L (wide),
RZ26N (narrow and wide), RZ28 (wide), RZ28 (wide), RZ28B (narrow), RZ28D (narrow and wide), RZ28L (narrow
and wide), RZ28M (narrow and wide), RZ29B (narrow and wide).
• Disks on shared SCSI buses must be intalled in external storage shelves.
• Each SCSI device connected to a shared SCSI bus uses a device address and must have a unique SCSI ID (from 0 to 7).
Each disk in BA350, BA353, or BA356 storage shelf uses a device address. An HSZ40 array controller can use one to
four device addresses.
• TruCluster Production Server does not support Prestoserve on any shared disk.

Storage Shelves
• A SCSI signal converter must be connected to a storage shelf with a single SCSI interface, such as a BA350, BA353, or
BA356 storage shelf.

HSZ40 Array Controllers
• Heirarchical Storage Operating' Firmware (HSOF) revision 2.5,2/5, or later is required for each HSA40-Ax RAID
controller on a member system. HSOF revision 2.5 or later is required for each HSZ40-Bx RAID controller configured
on a member system.
• TruCluster Production Server supports single-controller HSZ40 array controller configurations and dual controller,
single-bus HSZ40 array controller configurations.
• The HSZ40 array controller can be configured with one to four SCSI Ids.
• The HSZ40 array controller can be configured with one to eight Logical Unit Numbers (LUNs) for each SCSI ID. For
any number of disks, having more SCSI Ids with fewer LUNs for each SCSI ID provides better performance than a
configuration with fewer SCSI IDs and more LUNs.
• Storage subsystems, such as RAID controllers, that use volatile writeback caches can not be used.

SCSI Converters
• If a storage shelf with a single-ended SCSI interface is being used in the TruCluster Production Server hardware
configuration, it must be connected to a SCSI signal converter. SCSI signal converters convert narrow or wide singleended SCSI to wide differential SCSI. Some signal converters are desktop units and some are StorageWorks building
blocks (SBBs) that are installed in disk slots in storage shelves.
• TruCluster Production Server supports the following SCSI converters. Each type of SCSI converter has a minimum
firmware requirement.
- DWZZA-AA - Standalone - Converts single-ended/narrow SCSI to differential/wide SCSI. Use with BA350 or
BA353.
- DWZZA-VA - SBB - Converts single-ended/narrow SCSI to differential/wide SCSI. Use with BA350 or BA353.
- DWZZB-AA- Standalone - Converts single-ended/wide SCSI to differential/wide SCSI. Use with BA356.
- DWZZB-VW - SBB - Converts single-ended/wide SCSI to differential/wide SCSI. Use with BA356.
· If the cover is removed from a standalone unit, ensure that the star washers on all four screws that hold the cover in
place are replaced when the cover is reattached. If the washers are not replaced, the SCSI signal converter may not
function correctly because of noise.
· If disconnecting a SCSI signal converter from a shared SCSI bus, the signal converter must be turned off prior to the
disconnecting of cables. To reconnect the signal converter to the shared bus, connect the cables before turning on the
signal converter.

5.38

Clustering Information

Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information

TruCluster Production Server Software Vl.4 (continued)
SCSI Cables
· If using shared SCSI buses, it must be determined if cables with connectors that are either high density (large
connector), or low density (small connector), 50-pin, 68-pin or right angle will be used. In addition, each supported
cable comes in various lengths. The shortest possible cables must be used to adhere to the limits on SCSI bus length.

• The following SCSI cables are supported:
- BN21W-OB - 3 connectors, 68-pin, high density. A Y cable that attaches to a KZPSA adapter, HSZ40 controller, or
the differential side of a SCSI signal converter and can be terminated if necessary.
- BN21R or BN23G - 2 connectors, 50-pin, high/low density. Connects a BA350 or BA353 storage shelf to the singleended side of a DWZZA-AA signal converter.
- BN21K or BN21L - 2 connectors, 68-pin, high density. Connects KZPSA adapters, HSZ40 controllers, the differential
sides of two SCSI signal converters, or a BA356 storage shelf to a DWZZB-V A signal converter.
• Always check a SCSI cable for bent or broken pins.

SCSI Terminators and Trilink Connectors
• The following SCSI terminators and trilink connectors are supported:
- H879-AA - one connector, 68-pin, high density. Terminates a trilink connector or BN21W cable.
- 12-37004-04 - one connector, 50-pin, high density. Terminates a BA353 input connector.
- H885 trilink - three connectors, 68-pin, high density. Attaches a KZPSA adapter, HSZ40 controller, or the differential
side of a SCSI signal converter, and can be terminated if necessary.
· If a SCSI cable is connected to a trilink connector, ensure that access to the screws that mount the trilink are not
blocked. This will enable disconnection of the trilink from the device without disconnecting the cable.

Shared SCSI Buses
• Disks on a shared SCSI bus must have the same device number on each member system that is connected to the bus.
• Two Available Server Environments (ASE) can be set up in a cluster if it is a four member configuration.
• A member system can be in only one ASE.
• Up to 30 shared SCSI buses can be used in an ASE. A shared SCSI bus can be in only one ASE.
• On a SCSI-2 bus, the SCSI specification limits the number of device addresses to eight, and each SCSI device must
have a unique SCSI ID (0 to 7).
• The length of each physical bus is strictly limited.
• For each physical bus, only two terminators (one at each end) can be used.
• Use trilink connectors and Y cables to connect devices to a shared bus, so devices can be disconnected without affecting
bus terminatiaon.
• Devices can only be directly connected if they have the same transmission mode (differential or single-ended) and data
path (narrow or wide). Use a signal converter to connect devices with different transmission modes or data paths.

Supported Network Adapters:
• DEFEA (EISAlFDDI)

• DEMNA (XMIlEthemet)

• DE425 (EISAIEthemet)

• DEMFA (XMIIFDDI)

• DEFPA (PCIIFDDI)

• DE422 (EISA Lance Ethernet)

• DE435 (PCIlEthemet)

Clustering Information

5.39

uigital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information

Sample Four Member dual ASE TruCluster Production Server Configuration

MEMORY
CHANNEL
hub

.ASE 1

In a four node dual ASE configuration, each Available Server Environment (ASE) includes two member systems
connected to two shared SCSI buses. Each member system is connected to redundant MEMORY CHANNEL interconnects
that include MEMORY CHANNEL hubs. Note that since this configuration requires the use of four PCI slots on each
member system, it is supported only for AlphaServer 2100A, AlphaServer 4000, AlphaServer 4100, AlphaServer 8200, and
Alphaserver 8400 systems.

Sample Three Member single ASE TruCluster Production Server Configuration

In the three member system configuration, all three systems are on each of the shared SCSI buses. A MEMORY
CHANNEL hub is required for the interconnect. The configuration depicted here has redundant MEMORY CHANNEL
interconnects and two shared SCSI buses which requires four PCI slots on each member system. It is not required that the
MEMORY CHANNEL be redundant. Note that since this configuration requires the use of four PCI slots on each member
system, it is supported only for AlphaServer 2100A, AlphaServer 4000, AlphaServer 4100, AlphaServer 8200, and
Alphaserver 8400 systems.

5.40

Clustering Information

Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Intormatlon

TruCluster Production Server Vl.4 (continued)
Sample two member hubless highly available configuration

Member
System

This figure depicts a TruCluster Production Server hardware configuration that includes two member systems, two
terminated shared SCSI buses and redundant MEMORY CHANNEL interconnects that do not use MEMORY CHANNEL
hubs.

Clustering Information

5.41

M.I£MURY CHANNEL Controller

The MEMORY CHANNEL interconnect is a high-bandwidth, low-latency PCI-based communications interconnect for up
to eight AlphaServer systems. Its performance characteristics make it ideal for use as a high-speed communications
interconnect for compute servers and a high-availability cluster interconnect.
The MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect is designed to speed inter-processor communications by reducing the overhead
imposed by traditional network communications. The PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL host controller performs many of the
functions normally performed by network software, thus eliminating the associated latency delays and host overhead. This
allows applications to communicate directly with the hardware. The reduction in message latency is approximately a
hundred-fold, reSUlting in significant performance gain. Applications running on MEMORY CHANNEL hardware have
shown a dramatic performance improvement over a standard FDDI network and other interconnects. The efficiency and
performance of the MEMORY CHANNEL interconnect enables clusters of AlphaServers to deliver the computing power
of specialized, massively parallel processors but at a commodity price. At the same time, cluster configurations offer high
availability to the application.

Features
• High bandwidth: Up to 100 MB/second
• Low latency: As low as 2.9 microseconds (depending on system)

Software Support and Prerequisites
Use of MEMORY CHANNEL requires OpenVMS V7.1 or above, or Digital UNIX operating system software V3.2E or
above. For OpenVMS, MEMORY CHANNEL software is licensed as part of the standard OpenVMS Cluster Software
product. OpenVMS Cluster configurations require no additional license in order to use MEMORY CHANNEL. For Digital
UNIX, each system node in a MEMORY CHANNEL cluster requires a software license which varies, depending on cluster
usage. Servers in a compute-server array require a Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL license. Servers used in
a TruCluster high-availability environment require a license for TruCluster for Digital UNIX. Digital Parallel Software
Environment (PSE), Digital Parallel Virtual Machine (PVM), and Digital High Performance Fortran (HPF) also include
support for MEMORY CHANNEL in technical applications.

Prerequisite Hardware
For Digital UNIX and Open VMS, the following systems are supported:
AlphaServer 2000
AlphaServer 2100
AlphaServer 21 OOA
AlphaServer 4000
AlphaServer 4100
AlphaServer 8200
AlphaServer 8400
Refer to system ordering menus for MEMORY CHANNEL configuring information. Additionally, OpenVMS supports
AlphaServer 1000/1 OOOA systems.

5.42

Clustering Information

MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect

MEMORY CHANNEL Controller (continued
Configuration and Ordering Information
Modularity of MEMORY CHANNEL allows for flexible configuration options:
• At the entry level, two systems, each equipped with a MEMORY CHANNEL controller (CCMAA), can be connected
together directly by a lO-foot cable (BC12N-10).
• A MEMORY CHANNEL Hub (CCMHA-AA) is used to connect 3 or more (up to 8) server nodes. The cables connect
the MEMORY CHANNEL controllers in each node to the Hub. The Hub houses Line Cards (CCMLA-AA), one for
each node connected. The basic Hub comes standard with 4 line cards and can support four nodes. To support more than
4 nodes, up to 4 more line cards can be added to the Hub. Up to 8 nodes can be supported in this fashion. The CCMAA
is a free-standing enclosure that can be placed adjacent to the systems or mounted in a 19" rack by using the CCMRAAA rack-mount kit.
If redundancy is required for OpenVMS and Digital UNIX, duplicate the hardware configuration for a maximum of two
CCMAA controllers per system node. Additionally, OpenVMS will spread SCS connections across up to two MEMORY
CHANNEL interconnects in order to increase overall cluster bandwidth. If two MEMORY CHANNEL controllers are used
with Digital UNIX for redundancy, both controllers must be located on the same PCI bus.
Entry Level
2-N ode Configuration
CCMAA-BA
Plugged into
PCIofNodel

M ulti-N ode Configuration
CCMAA-BA

CCMAA-BA

CCMAA-BA
Plugged into
PCI of Node 2

(up to 10' long)

CCMHA-AA 8-node Memory Channel Hub

MEMORY CHANNEL Controller
CCMAA-BA
CCMHA-AA
CCMLA-AA
CCMRA-AA
BC12N-lO
QL-MUZA*-AA
QB-3RLAG-AA
QB-3RLAQ-AA
QB-4ZCAG-AA
QB-4ZCAQ-AA

PCI-to-MEMORY CHANNEL Controller
MEMORY CHANNEL Hub with 4 Line Cards
MEMORY CHANNEL Line Card for use with MEMORY CHANNEL Hub (CCMHA-AA); use one
each as needed for system nodes 5-8.
Rack-mount kit for MEMORY CHANNEL Hub
MEMORY CHANNEL Cable
VMS cluster Software for OpenVMS Alpha
TruCluster Software for Digital UNIX, Departmental system class
TruCluster Software for Digital UNIX, Enterprise system class
Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL license; Departmental system class
Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL license; Enterprise system class

• The maximum distance between two systems connected by the MEMORY CHANNEL controller is 2.l-meters (7-feet).
When three or more systems are configured using a MEMORY CHANNEL Hub (CCMHA-AA), the maximum distance
from the hub to each system is 2.l-~eters (7-feet).
• The CCMHA-AA MEMORY CHANNEL Hub includes a BN19P-2E line cord for Canada, Japan, US operation. For
other regions, order one of the following:
BN19A-2E
BN19C-2E
BN19E-2E
BN19K-2E
BN19S-2E
BN18L-2E
BN24X-2E
BN19H-2E

Ireland, United Kingdom
Central Europe
Switzerland
Denmark
Egypt, India
Israel
Italy
Australia, New Zealand

Clustering Information 5.43

StorageWorks Overview

StorageWorks Storage Solutions
For a storage solution that helps balance growing demands for capacity, performance,
availability, and data protection while managing costs-now and in the future-tum
to StorageWorks. Based on four fundamental benefits, the StorageWorks family of
products can help manage storage more efficiently and effectively via:
• Built-in investment protection through modular packaging. Based on easy-touse, swappable, standardized components, the "building blocks" approach of
StorageWorks provides unmatched versatility of use and configuration.
• With StorageWorks products, new devices and capabilities can be added
while protecting most or all of the initial investment. Devices can be moved
easily between platforms as system platforms change. Standard device
interconnects ensure compatibility across Digital's full range of Alpha
processors running both OpenVMS and Digital UNIX, as well as SUN OS
and Solaris, Novell Netware, Windows NT, HP-UX, and IBM RS6000
system platforms.
• High performance and availability for any application delivered via
innovative cache and RAID capabilities-StorageWorks controllers connect
StorageWorks devices to a variety of host buses. Starting with simple and
cost effective storage connections, these controllers provide powerful features
and options that include RAID Levels 0, 1, 3, and 5, with both read cache and
battery-protected Write-Back Cache. The controller family provides
connectivity to a broad range of hosts and networks, including Fast Wide
Differential SCSI, PCI, FDDI, and Digital's CI and DSSI system
interconnects.
• Enhanced user productivity and data protection through comprehensive
storage management solutions-the StorageWorks family includes hardware
and software products that meet the need for data protection and storage
management. StorageWork's tape and optical libraries support from 20
GBytes to 5.2 TBytes. Comprehensive software solutions include
archivelbackup and hierachical storage management products for OpenVMS
and Digital UNIX. StorageWorks also partners with leading companies to
support non-Digital platforms.
A view to the future-as storage needs change, StorageWorks provides new,
innovative solutions. For example, to meet the need for increasing amounts of
network-served storage that improves performance and lowers costs,
StorageWorks has introduced the family of FDDI Storage Servers.

Storage 6.1

StorageWorks Overview

StorageWorks Modular Packaging
Device Carriers: At the core of Digital's modular packaging design are 3.5- and 5.25-inch device carriers that hold disk
and tape drives, optical and CD-ROM drives, solid state devices, and other critical components such as power supplies,
signal converters and battery backup modules. Device carriers provide more than consistent, modular packaging; they also
deliver radio frequency shielding, shock protection, and provide for the mechanical and electrical mounting of the devices.
Cabinets: Digital offers a wide range of cabinets, conveniently designed to hold any combination and quantity of storage
devices enclosed in carriers. StorageWorks Device Carriers insert easily into cabinets, plugging into a backplane in the
back of the cabinet. StorageWorks cabinets are available in a variety of sizes to meet user needs.
StorageWorks Devices
The StorageWorks product family offers a full complement of interchangeable storage devices incorporating the latest
proven technology. All devices are subjected to exhaustive, three-stage testing and debugging-at the device, subsystem,
and system level-to assure their dependability and reliability. From fast-wide and fast-narrow SCSI disk drives, available
in 1, 2 and 4 Gbyte capacities, to signal converters that can be linked to extend cable connections to up to 170 feet,
StorageWorks devices deliver unprecedented flexibility in configuring storage solutions.
StorageWorks Controllers and Adapters
Because StorageWorks controllers use devices from the StorageWorks family, all disks, tapes, and other devices are
interchangeable and can be easily migrated across controllers. Digital provides three categories of controllers:
Cluster-capable array controllers (including the HSJ30/40, HSD30, and HSZ40) are high connectivity, high performance
controllers with operator updateable software, dynamic parity RAID and Universal ReadlWrite-Back Cache.
o
Backplane array controllers (including the RAID ARRAY 110,210, and 230) are low cost, high performance workgroup
or departmental level RAID subsystems that support RAID Levels 0, 1,0+1, and 5.
o
Expansion storage controllers (including HSD10) bring low cost connectivity to DSSI and SCSI environments.
All StorageWorks controllers connect with StorageWorks devices via a high performance, standardized SCSI-21I cable.
The cable has a single-ended design and requires adherence to a maximum distance of 3 meters. For longer data cable
connections, single-ended, differential signal connecters (DWZZA, DWZZB) allow storage devices to be located up to 25
meters from the StorageWorks controller or bus adapter.
o

StorageWorks RAID Products for High Availability
Digital pioneered RAID-based storage in the mid-1980s. Digital's StorageWorks RAID Array subsystems family provides
flexible, pre-configured solutions for high availability, fault tolerant storage. StorageWorks RAID Arrays support RAID
Level 0 (striping), Levell (mirroring or shadowing), Level 0+ 1 (striping plus mirroring), Level 3 (striped parity) and
Level 5 (parity RAID). They can be easily tailored using simple, menu-driven options that allow the selection of RAID
level or levels required. StorageWorks RAID Arrays feature hot swappable drives, that allow replacement of failed drives
without disrupting applications. They also offer optional write-back cache or write-through cache.
Dynamic Parity RAID
o

The StorageWorks array controller families, including the HSJ, HSD and HSZ series array controllers, allow custom
configured RAID arrays. The controllers support Raid Level 0 (striping) and optional RAID levels 3 and 5 (parity
RAID).
StorageWorks' innovative implementation of parity RAID combines the best of RAID Levels 3 and 5. Levels 3 and 5
are generally suited to different types of applications. Level 3 is optimal for applications that transfer large amounts of
data with each 110 request, with low request rates. Level 5 is optimal for small data requests with high request rates.
StorageWorks parity RAID option dynamically adjusts its update algorithms, adapting between IIO-intensive
applications and data transfer-intensive applications to provide excellent, across-the-board, parity-based RAID
performance.

6.2 Storage

StorageWorks Overview

StorageWorks Storage Solutions (continued)
StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays
The StorageWorks Family of Network Storage Arrays (including the HS21l, HS221, HS241 and HS280) integrate Alpha
technology with StorageWorks modular design to meet the requirements of large, FDDI-based VMS cluster systems and
NFS clients. All models support a wide range of StorageWorks media. They feature high I/O performance and data
integrity, an easy growth path, optional full redundancy for fault tolerance, and automated central storage management.
Additionally, the StorageWorks FDDI servers allow comprehensive storage management capabilites to execute
independently, reducing client CPU cycles spent on storage management and the associated management network traffic.

StorageWorks Libraries
Digital offers a full range of tape and optical libraries for economical nearline and off-line data storage. The flexible
StorageWorks RW500 series optical libraries (jukeboxes) handle multiple applications and are multifunctional, combining
rewritable and write-once capabilities in one unit. Capable of random data access, optical libraries provide quick retrieval
of the particular data needed. Opticallibaries are ideal for tamperproof, long term archiving.
Tape libraries typically offer a faster overall transfer rate than optical, while average access times tend to be slower.
Therefore, tape libraries work better for storing large quantities of infrequently accessed data or when very large data items
may be retrieved. Digital offers a variety of tape libraries, including systems based on the ultra-reliable, high-performance
Digital Linear Tape (DLT) technology. DLT offers unsurpassed data integrity, plus DLT drives last up to five times longer
than helical scan devices. StorageWorks DLT libraries, such as the TL820 and TL810, provide the most economical
automated large-scale backup, with high capacity in a very small footprint.

Storage Management Solutions
StorageWorks provides more than hardware-it also delivers the management software needed to optimize system
efficiency and maximize productivity. Data protection products such as POLYCENTER ArchivelBackup, Storage Library
System, and POLYCENTER NetWorker deliver distribution, backup and restore services to networks and clusters,
ensuring that data is protected against human error, machine failure, or site disaster. Other storage management products,
such as RAID Software for OpenVMS and POLYCENTER File Optimizer can help improve system performance and data
availability, while tools such as Save Set Manager, Sequential Media Filesystem, and Hierarchical Storage Manager for
OpenVMS and Digital UNIX provide new ways of increasing user productivity while dramatically lowering storage costs.

Warranty and Maintenance
All of Digital's StorageWorks products are supported by a comprehensive warranty: 5 years for disks, 3 years for
controllers, 2 years for tape devices, and 1 year for other components. The first year of all warranties includes customer
site support provided by Digital's Customer Service; the balance is provided by Digital's Return-to-factory
RepairlExchange Service.
For the first time, customers can choose self-maintenance or Digital maintenance on all 3.5- and 5.25-inch devices. The
StorageWorks packaging and fault indicators make it safe and easy to identify, remove and replace devices.

Multivendor Products
StorageWorks products are qualified in a variety of non-Digital platforms. For complete information about Storageworks
products for SUN, Novell, Windows NT, Hewlett Packard, and IBM applications, please call the StorageWorks hotline at
1-800-STORWORK (1-800-786-7967).

Storage 6.3

StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals

StorageWorks supported devices are mounted in green rugged carriers, creating a StorageWorks Building Block (SBB).
The basic element is the shelf which can be installed in different storage arrays using cabinet- or system-specific mounting
brackets. Shelves can be mounted horizontally or vertically in system enclosures and/or cabinets. A pedestal unit is created
by mounting shelves inside a pedestal enclosure.
A single modular shelf supports a combination of 3.5" and 5.25" devices, plus a power supply. All supported devices
(disk, tapes, power supplies, and adapters) are mounted in carriers. Shelves can be configured for seven 3.5" devices, or
four 3.5" devices and one 5.25" full-height device, or one 3.5" device and two 5.25" full-height devices, or four 5.25"
devices if two half-height devices are installed in each carrier.
Power for each shelf is furnished by an AC or DC subsystem power supply and there are provisions for optional redundant
power supplies and optional battery backup units. Cooling for each shelf is provided by two field-replaceable dual-speed
blowers mounted on the back of the shelf.
Shelves can be configured with two SCSI data channels for high data rate applications and high performance devices. With
the appropriate I/O personality module, the BA356 shelf can operate with either 8- or 16-bit host controllers/adapters. All
components of the modular shelf are customer installable without any special tools or training. Carriers with devices and
blowers can be removed and installed without turning off the subsystem or individual shelf power.

16-Bit Wide Shelf
BA356-SB

BA356-SC

Single-height 16-bit shelf, configured for seven 3.5" devices, or four 3.5" devices and one 5.25" fullheight device, or one 3.5" device and two 5.25" full-height devices. Installation of redundant power
supply reduces number of 3.5" devices by one. Two 5.25" half-height devices (RRD4x, TZKI0/11)
can be mounted in one 5.25" full-height carrier. FCC class B certified. Includes 1 BA35X-MH.
Single-height shelf, can be configured for 8-bit or 16-bit devices. Can configure for up to seven 3.5"
devices, or four 3.5" devices and one 5.25" full-height device, or one 3.5" device and two 5.25" fullheight devices. Installation of redundant power supply reduces number of 3.5" devices by one. Two
5.25" half-height devices (RRD42/43, TZKI0/11) can be mounted in one 5.25" full-height carrier.
FCC class B certified. Requires either BA35X-MG 8-bit or BA35X-MH 16-bit I/O module.

Shelves for HSJ and HSZ controllers
See HSJ and HSZ controller section for required cables and ordering information.
BA350-MA
BA350-MB

Shelf for hardware RAID controllers, maximum 2 per shelf plus 2 cache module
Shelf for hardware RAID controllers, maximum 2 per shelf plus 2 cache module, BA35X-HF power
supply, BA35X-RD metric mounting brackets

Shelves for SW500 and SW800
BA356-JC

BA356-SB

BA356-SC

16-bit shelf includes power supply, dual-speed blowers and mounting brackets. Supports maximum
of seven 3.5" devices (8- or 16-bit). FCC class B certified. Requires either BA35X-MG 8-bit or
BA35X-MH 16-bit I/O module. For split bus node order BA35X-ME active terminator.
16-bit shelf includes dual-speed blowers and 16-bit personality module (BA35X-MH). Supports
maximum of seven 3.5" devices (8- or 16-bit). FCC class B certified. For split bus node order
BA35X-ME active terminator.
16-bit shelf includes dual-speed blowers. Supports maximum of seven 3.5" devices (8- or 16-bit).
FCC class B certified. Requires either BA35X-MG 8-bit or BA35X-MH 16-bit I/O module. For split
bus node order BA35X-ME active terminator

Shelf Options
BA35X-MB
BA35X-MC
BA35X-MD
BA35X-ME
BA35X-MF

6.4 Storage

8-bit SCSI terminator board for BA350. Replacement unit for customer installation
8-bit SCSI jumper board for BA350. Replacement unit for customer installation
Dual-speed blowers for BA350, BA356, and SW300
16-bit active terminator for BA356 to configure in split bus node
16-bit SCSI jumper board for BA356. Replacement unit for customer installation.

StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals

StorageWorks BA356 Shelves (continued)
Shelf Options
BA35X·MG
BA35X·MH
BA35X·MJ
BA35X·RB
BA35X·RD
BA35X·VA
BA655·AA

8-bit 110 module for the BA356 shelf to run 8- or l6-bit devices with 8-bit host controllers/adapters
l6-bit 110 module for the BA356 shelf to run 8- or l6-bit devices with l6-bit host
. controllers/adapters
Dual-speed blower plus foam, upgrade kit for BA350-K pedestal
Rackmount kit for BA350IBA356 shelf in RETMA cabinets. Assembly requires 7 inches of vertical
space
Rackmount kit for BA350IBA356 shelf in Metric cabinets. Assembly requires 150 mm of vertical
space
Vertical mounting kit for BA350IBA356 shelf for deskside use with locking translucent front door.
BN27S-03 U.S.lJapan power cord, and daisychained power switch.
Double shelf specifically designed for use with DEC 7000 and 10000 Alpha systems. Includes power
supplies (BA35X-HG), special mounting brackets, system-supplied cooling

Shelf Specifications
Physical Characteristics

Height
Width
Depth
Weight
Installed
Shipping

15 cm (5.9 in.)
44.5 cm (17.5 in.)
35 cm (13.8 in.)/30 cm (11.8 in) (with 5.25" carriers)
15.9 kg (35 lb) 115.0 kg (33 lb)
20.4 kg (45 lb) 119.5 kg (43 lb)

StorageWorks Power Supply
• Power supply choice is determined by the power supply design of system.
• Power supply mounted in shelf provides connection for devices mounted in shelf. Power cords for devices mounted in
pedestals are not required.
BA35X·HF
BA35X·HG
BA35X·HC

l50-Watt universal ac input power supply. Maximum two per BA350 shelf. Occupies single 3.5"
carrier.
150-Watt 48-Vdc input power supply. Maximum two per BA350 shelf. Occupies single 3.5" carrier.
(Note: One power supply included in each of two shelves in BA655, for redundant power or spare).
Optional battery backup for BA350 power supply. Provides 2 minutes of power to full shelf.
Occupies single 3.5" carrier.

Power Supply Specifications
BA35X·HF Universal ac Input Power Supply

Input
90-264 Vac, 47-63 Hz, auto-ranging
Output
150 W +12 Vdc, +5 Vdc
Power Cable Connector IEC C14, Shrouded
BA35X·HG Universal DC Input Power Supply

Input
Output

32-72 V DC, auto-ranging
150 W +12 Vdc, +5 Vdc

BA35X·VA Pedestal Mounting Kit

Power Connector

IEC C14, Shrouded

Storage 6.5

StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals

The BA35R and BA36R Rackmount StorageWorks shelves for wide and narrow SCSI options provide a cost effective way
to organize storage with systems and other options in an easily accessible 19 inch wide EIAIANSI industry standard rack.
The rackmount shelves offer comparable functionality to the BA356-KC StorageWorks pedestal, with the same option
storage space and support for a redundant BA35X-HF 150 watt power supply. These shelves are compatible with the
RZ29B 4.3 GB disks. The BA36R series supports both 16 bit and 8 bit devices, while the BA35R series supports 8 bit
devices only.
Each Rackmount StorageWorks shelf requires seven inches of vertical space, although a front and a rear shelf can be
mounted back-to-back, front, and rear in the same seven inch spacing. The front mounted shelves include an operator
viewing bezel, while the rear shelves have open access.
Supported devices for these enclosures are listed later in this section.

StorageWorks BA35R1BA36R 8-bit and 16-bit Rackmount Shelves
BA36R-AF
BA36R-AR
BA35R-SF
BA35R-SR

BA356 16-bit Rackmount StorageWorks Shelf with Front Mount and Power
BA356 16-bit Rackmount StorageWorks Shelf with Rear Mount and Power
BA350 8-bit Rackmount StorageWorks Shelf with Front Mount and Power
BA350 8-bit Rackmount StorageWorks Shelf with Rear Mount and Power

SparelMaintenance Items
BA35X-MD
BA35X-ME
BA35X-MF
BA35X-MG
BA35X-MH

Dual-speed blower for SW300, BA356, and BA350.
Active terminator, 16-bits for BA356, SCSI-2.
Jumper module for 16-bit SCSI-2 bus in BA356.
8-bit I/O module for the BA356 shelf to run 8- or 16-bit devices with 8-bit host controllers/adapters
16-bit I/O module for the BA356 shelf to run 8- or 16-bit devices with 16-bit host
controllers/adapters

Country Power Kits!
BN19H-2E
BN19C-2E
BN19A-2E
BN19E-2E
BN19K-2E
BN19M-2E
BN19S-2E
BN18L-2E

Australia, New Zealand
Central Europe
UK, Ireland
Switzerland
Denmark
Italy
India
Israel

BA356-KC has an IEC C14 standard power plug.

6.6 Storage

StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestats

StorageWorks BA355 Rackmount Enclosure
The BA355 is a rackmount unit with devices and controllers in a single system. The BA355 is optimized for high
availability. The enhanced backplane provides six internal single-ended SCSI buses that eliminate the need for device
SCSI cables. BA355 features an environmental monitor to access all available status signals, an ac power entry box., six
SCSI buses, and 8 dual-speed blowers.
Optional N+ 1 power redundancy with only five power supplies, or N+N power with 8 power supplies for full redundant
power, and ac input are available.
The enclosure requires either BA35X-RA or BA35X-RJ rackmount brackets, and BA35X-HF universal ac power supply, a
mimimum of four power supplies are required for unit to run. All supported devices (disks, tapes, power supplies, and
adapters) are mounted in carriers. The BA355 provides packages for twenty-four 3.5" SBBs or eight 5.25" SBBs, and two
controllers with cache. 8-bit narrow and 16-bit wide drives are supported. Note: All drives run in 8-bit narrow mode since
SCSI controllers supported in BA355 are 8-bit narrow (HSxx) controllers. Supported devices are listed later in this section.

BA355 Rackmount Enclosure Options
BA355-AA*

Integrated backplane, six single-ended SCSI buses, eight dual-speed blowers, ac power entry unit,
environmental monitor, and user documentation.

* A minimum of four power supplies (BA35X-HF) are required for unit to run.
Options
BA35X-HF
BA35X-HE
BA35X-EA
BA35X-MD

3.5" universal power supply in SBB, 15.0 Watts, Maximum 8 supported per BA355/SW300
AC power entry unit for redundancy, Maximum 2 supported per ~A355/SW300
Environmental Monitor for redundancy, Maximum 2 supported per BA355/SW300
Dual-Speed Blower replacement, Maximum 8 blowers supported per BA355/SW300

Supported Controllers
Note: HSD05IHSD10 controllers are not supported in the BA355 Rackmount enclosures.
Controller
HSD30
HSJ30
HSJ40
HSZIO
HSZ15
HSZ40

Interface
Digital Standard System Interconnect (DSSI)
Computer Interconnect (CI) bus
Computer Interconnect (CI) bus
Fast wide differential SCSI
Fast wide differential SCSI
Fast wide differential SCSI

Storage Device Buses
3 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two
3 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two
6 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two
58-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two
58-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two
6 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two

Supported Devices
RX26-VA

2.88 MB removable diskette drive

RZ26L-VA

1.05 GB 8-bit narrow hard disk drive
1.05 GB 8-bit narrow hard disk drive
2.1 GB 8-bit narrow hard disk drive
2.1 GB 8-bit narrow hard disk drive
2.1 GB 8-bit narrow hard disk drive 7200 RPM
2.1 GB 8-bit narrow hard disk drive 7200 RPM
4.3 GB 8-bit narrow hard disk drive 7200 RPM

RZ26N-VA
RZ28-VA
RZ28B-VA
RZ28D-VA
RZ28M-VA
RZ29B-VA
RZ26L-VW
RZ26N-VW
RZ28-VW
RZ28D-VW

1.05 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive
1.05 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive
2.1 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive
2.1 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive 7200 RPM

Storage 6.7

~torage Works Carriers-SheIves-PedestaIs

Supported Devices
RZ2SM-VW
RZ29B-VW
RWZS2-VA
EZSIR-VA
EZS4R-VA
EZSSR-VA
EZ31-VW
EZ32-VW
EZ64-VA
EZ69-VA
RRD43-VA
RRD43-VU
RRD44-VA
RRD44-VU
RRD4S-VA
RRD4S-VU
TZS7-VA
TZS7N-VA
TZSSN-VA

2.1 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive 7200 RPM
2.1 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive 7200 RPM
1.3 GB removable optical disk drive in 5.25" carrier
107 MB solid state disk in 5.25" carrier
428 MB solid state disk in 5.25" carrier
856 MB solid state disk in 5.25" carrier
134 MB solid state drive in 3.5" carrier
268 MB solid state drive in 3.5" carrier
475 MB solid state drive in 3.5" carrier
950 MB solid state drive in 3.5" carrier
600 MB dual speed CD-ROM in 5.25" carrier
600 MB add in dual speed CD-ROM for RRD4x-VA or TZK11-VA
600 MB dual speed CD-ROM in 5.25" carrier
600 MB add in dual speed CD-ROM for RRD4x-VA or TZK11-VA
600 MB quad speed CD-ROM in 5.25" carrier
600 MB add in quad speed CD-ROM for RRD4x-V A or TZK11-VA
10/20 GB DLT drive mounted in BA35X-CD
20 GB DLT drive mounted in BA35X-CD
20/40 GB DLT drive mounted in BA35X-CD

TZKll-VU

2 GB QIC cartridge tape drive in 5.25" carrier
2 GB QIC add in cartridge tape drive for TZK11-VA or RRD4x -VA

TKZlS-VA

5 GB 8mm cartridge tape drive

TLZ06-VA

4 GB 4mm DAT catridge tape drive
16 GB 4mm DAT four catridge tape l~ader
8 GB 4mmDAT catridge tape drive in 3.5" carrier
8 GB 4mm DAT catridge tape drive
32 GB 4mm DAT four catridge tape loader

TZKll-VA

TLZ6L-VA
TLZ07-VA
TLZ09-VA
TLZ7L-VA
TKZ09-VA
SWXTE-AA
SWXTE-AB

5 GB 8mm helical scan cartridge tape drive
10GB 8mm helical scan cartridge tape drive
10 GB 8mm helical scan cartridge tape drive

Country Kits
Order country-specific 13-20 amp input power cords
Order Number

CountryNoltage

BN27S-03

U.S./Japan, 250 V
AustralialNew Zealand, 250 V
Central Europe, 250 V
U.K.lIreland, 250 V
Switzerland, 250 V
Denmark, 250 V
Italy, 250 V
India/South Africa, 250 V
Israel, 250 V

BN19H-2E
BN19C-2E
BN19A-2E
BN19E-2E
BN19K-2E
BN19Z-2E
BN19S-2E
BNlSL-2E

6.S Storage

Amps

Plug

Meters (Feet)

15
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

NEMA 5-15
AS 3112-1981
CEE 717(Schuko)
BS 1363
SEV 1011
Afsnit 107
CEI23-16NII
BS546
SI32

3.0 (9.8)
2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)

StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals

StorageWorks BA355 Rackmount Enclosure (continued)
Specifications
Physical Dimensions
Height
838.20 mm (29.44 in)
Width
476.25 mm (18.75 in)
482.60 mm (19.00 in)
Depth
Weight
Cabinet with shipping packaging
106.65 kg (242.00 lb)
Maximum configuration
77.85 kb (178.00 lb)
FCC, UL, CSA, TUV, CE-mark
Agency Compliance
100-1201220-240 V ac, 50/60 Hz, single phase, 12/6 amps
Electrical Rating
Power Requirements of BA35X power supply
Input
90-264 V ac, 47-63 Hz, auto-ranging, power factor corrected
Output
150 W +12 V dc, +5 V dc
Power Cable Connector
IEC C14, Shrouded
Power Requirements of BA355
Voltage
100-1201220-240 V ac, 50/60 Hz
Number of phases
Rated current
12/6 Amps
Operating Environment
Temperature
10° C to 40° C (50° F to 95° F) Derate 1.8° C for each 1000 m altitude (1.0° F for each 1000 ft
altitude)
0% to 90% (noncondensing) Maximum wet bulb temperature: 28° C (82° F) Minimum dew
Relative humidity
point: 2°C (36° F)
From sea level to 2400 m (8000 ft)
Altitude
Air quality(maximum particle count) Not to exceed 500,000 particles per cubic foot of air at 0.5 micron or larger
Non-operating Environment
-40° C to 66° C (-40° F to 151 ° F) (During transportation and associated short-term storage)
Temperature
8% to 95% in original shipping container (noncondensing); otherwise, 50% (noncondensing)
Relative humidity
3600 m (12,000 ft)
Altitude

Storage

6.9

storageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals

BA356-KC

BA346-KB

16-bit

!Maximum SCSI buses

Pedestal Comparison Chart
Bus width
Maximum number of devices

Maximum 3.50" SBBs

Maximum 5.25" SBBs

None

Rear access SCSI

Yes

Hot-swap power (uses one device slot)

Yes

Power capacity

150 watts

200 watts

!Hot swap blowers

Yes

Multiple blowers

Yes

* Second SCSI bus optional. Requires mounting assembly kit (BA35X-AA).

1.:·;m.·.·S~of~geW6fks • •·i~.;.bit··. Bi\.~5.6.··.• Q¢s~si4¢.·E~pa~si()n·.··Pedestal'·"
BA356 StorageWorks deskside expansion pedestals support 8-bit and 16-bit devices when connected to a qualified 8- or
16-bit SCSI controller. BA356-KC and BA356-KD support a PCI-based Wide Differential SCSI controller with a wide
differential to wide single-ended converter (DWZZB-VW). System layout that requires more than 3 meters of SCSI bus
length are also supported when a DWZZB-VW converter is installed.
The BA356-KC and BA356-KD pedestals support up to seven 16-bit, 3.5" SBB devices. A table of supported devices is
provided later in this section. Dual-speed blowers provide the cooling required by 7200 RPM disk drives. An optional
power supply can be added to provide high data availability. There are no slot restrictions and many StorageWorks devices
may be migrated and re-used in these pedestals without modifications. Refer to the 8-bit Supported Devices table later in
this section for required minimum revision levels for support of older devices.
Installation and use is easy. SCSI cable connections are easily accessible, and access to drives for hot-swapping has been
simplified. Shelf-OK indicators on power supply indicate condition of supplies and blowers. BA356-KC and BA356-KD
support Digital Fault Bus standards and provide signals to host controllers/adapters for remote system management.
BA356-KC/KD and options come with a one-year on-site and two additional years return-to-factory warranty.

Supported Systems
AlphaServer 2100, AlphaServer 2000, and AlphaServer 1000 systems, Pentium Prioris HX Servers

StorageWorks BA356-KC/KD Options
• Bus 1 connection requires right angle connector. Use BN21L-E/0l/02 (right angle to right angle)
• Bus 2 connection requires straight connector. Use BN21K-Ol (straight to straight)
• See system ordering menus for SCSI cable information.
BA356-KC
BA356-KD

BA35X-VA
BA35X-YA
BA35X-HF*

Deskside unit with BA356 shelf and power supply BA35X-HF, pedestal kit BA35X-VA, dual-speed
blowers, 16-bit 110 module BA35X-MH, BN27S-03 U.S.lJapan power cords. FCC class B certified.
Deskside unit with BA356 shelf and BA35X-Vx pedestal kit, BA35X-HF universal power, dualspeed blowers, BN27S-03 U.S.lJapan power cords. FCC class B certified. Requires either 8-bit
(BA35X-MG) or 16-bit (BA35X-MH) 110 module.
BA35X-VA pedestal kit and BA27S-03 power cord.
Factory Integration (for all devices ordered with a BA356-KC).
150 Watt Universal ac Input Power Supply, maximum of two per enclosure, occupies a single 3.5"
carrier (for SW300 and BA356).

* BA35X-HG and BA35X-HC may be used with BA356 instead of BA35X-HF.

6.10 Storage

StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals

StorageWorks 16-bit BA356 Deskside Expansion Pedestal (continued)
BA356-KC Specifications
Physical Characteristics
Height
Width
Depth
Weight
Installed
Shipping

61 cm (24 in.)
25 A cm (10 in.)
36.S cm (14.5 in.)
16.26 kg (35.S lb)
20.76 kg (45.8 lb)

Electrical
94-264 V ac, autoranging power supply
+ 18 to +24 degrees C; maximum rate of change 3 degrees C; maximum step change 3 degrees C
+ 10 to +40 decrees C; 10 to 90 percent non-condensing

Input voltage
Optimum
Maximum

Compliance
Enclosure, devices, and subsystem fully comply with FCC Class B, and meet UL, TUV, CSA, and CE Mark
Device spin-up must be staggered by a minimum of four seconds
FCC Class Band CE Class B (this does not include the RZ28-V A/VW, TZS7, and TLZ7L, which are Class A
qualified only).

Spin-up
Regulatory approval

[StorageWorks 16-bit BA346 Deskside Expansion Pedestal
The BA346-KB Deskside Expansion Pedestal is a 16-bit direct storage expansion pedestal that offers maximum capacity
and performance at a low cost. The pedestal can be configured with up to seven 3.5" SBBs plus up to two 5.25" half height
devices or one full height device, and one SCSI bus. An optional BA35X-AA kit configures the top slot of the BA346 to
support one full-height or two half-height 5.25" fixed devices. The optional BA35X-AB kit splits the backplane into two
independent buses. A full width, translucent door allows for easy viewing of device activity lights and is removable,
providing easy access to devices. Device hot swapping is supported. A list of supported devices for this enclosure is
provided later in this section.
StorageWorks BA346-KB
BA346-KB
BA35X-AA
BA35X-AB
BA35X-VB
BA35X-YA

9 device Deskside unit with non-redundant power supply. Supports seven 3.5", 16-bit devices and
two 5.25" half-height devices.
Optional fixed mounting assembly kit configures the top slot of the BA346 to support one full-height
or two half-height 5.25" fixed devices.
Optional dual bus kit, splits BA346-KB backplane into two independent SCSI buses.
Optional stabilizer kit for applications requiring extra stability.
BA346-KB with factory mounted and tested devices.

Specifications
Physical Characteristics
Height
Width
Depth
Front clearance
Rear clearance
Weight (empty)
Access
Environmental
SCSI
Power

5304 cm (21 in.)
2004 cm (OS in.)
4S.3 cm (19 in.)
30.5 cm (12 in)
30.5 cm (12 in)
16.8 kg (37Ib)
Through removable side panel
Front to back airflow controlled impedance
Auto SCSI ID select. Multiple configurations for upper or lower range device ID,
6S-pin P connectors. Internal bus length, 1 meter as shipped
NEMA 15 connector, 120 or 240 Vac 60/50 Hz, switch selectable, AlC switch on front, behind key locked
door, 200 Watts, 20 Amp @ +5 vdc, 8 Amp @ + 12 vdc, disk spin up interval, 4 sec, min.

Storage 6. 11

StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals

StorageWorks BA362 and BA364 Office Expansion Enclosures offer new levels of flexibility and investment protection.
The enclosures allow users to place storage on or under the desk, worktable, or office shelf, allowing users to expand their
storage capacity while maximizing the space in their work areas. The enclosures have locking doors for security.
Both units support new high performance devices, including intermixed 8-bit and 16-bit SCSI devices and 7200 RPM disk
drives. The BA362 holds two 3.5-inch devices. The BA364 includes a slot for a fixed CD-ROM, plus holds four 3.5-inch
devices or one 3.5-inch device and one 5.25-inch device. For even greater configuration flexibility, a stacking kit lets
users electronically interconnect the two enclosures, allowing the advantage of two power sources for RAID mirroring
applications.

Features
• Investment protection: users can easily migrate StorageWorks devices from other enclosures to the office, extending the
useful life of older devices
• Efficient use of space: expand storage capacity while maximizing space in work areas
• Security: locking door provides security and easy device access
• Flexibility: support for a broad range of StorageWorks devices
• High Availability options: stack capability allows two power sources for RAID mirroring applications.

Ordering Information
BA362-AA
BA362-AB
BA364-AA
BA364-AB
BA36X-AA

Office expansion unit holds up to 2 3.5" modular storage devices, 120V
Office expansion unit holds up to 2 3.5" modular storage devices, 240V
Office expansion unit holds up to 4 3.5" modular storage devices and 1 fixed CD-ROM, 120V
Office expansion unit holds up to 4 3.5" modular storage devices and 1 fixed CD-ROM, 240V
Stack Mounting Kit enables electronic connection of BA362 and BA364

Specifications
Physical Characteristics

BA362

BA364

Height
Width
Depth
Weight

10.5 inches
7.0 inches
12.67 inches
17 pounds (empty)
21 pounds (with disks)
120/240 volts
3.25/1.26
50-60 Hz

14.5 inches
7.0 inches
12.67 inches
20 pounds (empty)
32·pounds (4 disks, 1 CD-ROM)
1201240 volts
5.00/2.45
50-60 Hz

8116 bits
2
2

8116 bits
5
4

Voltage
Amps
Frequency
SCSI buses
Bus width
Maximum no. of devices
Maximum 3" disks
Maximum 5" disks
Fixed CD-ROMs
Rear SCSI access
SCSI connector
Operational clearance
Power cables
SCSI cables

6.12 Storage

o
Yes
Yes
68 pin, high density, female, "D" sub SCSI external
4" rear of enclosure for cable bends, 8" front of enclosure for door swing
Standard country power cords
Standard SCSI cables specific to interconnected system

StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals

StorageWorks 8-bit BA353 Desktop Expansion Unit
Digital's Desktop Expansion Unit adds storage capacity to high-end PCs, workstations, and desktop server configurations.
The expansion unit's size-and construction allow it to be placed under a workstation. It is less than 6 cm (2.4 in.) high, so
the screen's height and tilt remain virtually unchanged, enabling the user to enjoy the same working comfort.
It accommodates three devices and supports combinations of: one 5.25-inch half-height device (RRD45-VE) and two 3.5inch half-height devices or three 3.5-inch half-height devices (TLZ06-V A, RZ2x-V A at 5400RPM or lower).
BA353-AA
BA353-AB

Desktop expansion unit, universal power supply, 120-V power cord, and user documentation.
Requires SCSI cable for 3 SBBs.
Desktop expansion, universal power supply, 120-V power cord, and user documentation. Requires
SCSI cable for 2 SBBs and 1 CD-ROM (RRD45-VE).

Specifications
Physical Characteristics
Height
60 mm (2.4 in.)
Width
431.8 mm (17 in.)
400 mm (15.8 in.)
Depth
Weight
3.5 kg (7.7 lb) (empty)
Loading
Supports 45 kg (99Ib)
Power Requirements
86-264 Vac (auto-ranging), 1.8 A 47-63 Hz
Input
Output DC power
78 Watts
+5.0 V +-5%, 6.0 A
+12.0 V +-5%, 4.0 A, 6.0 A (peak)
Each slot
+5.0 V +-5%, 2.0 A
+ 12.0 V +-5%, 1.3 A
Front to rear 6 CFMlsiot
Forced-air cooling
system
12.0 V, 0.2A

Configuration Information
Three
8-bit, single-ended SCSI-2
In/out SCSI connectors with active

Storage slots
Interface
Single host
Device ID
for 3.5" devices
for 5.25" devices

...

User-selectable
User-selectable

Storage 6. 13

StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-PedestaIs

(

--.

,···1
,.

DWZZA-VA*

Fast Wide Differential to Fast Narrow single-ended SCSI adapter in 3.5" carrier. BA350 and BA35R
only.

EZSIR-VA*
EZS4R-VA*

107 MB solid state disk in 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only.
428 MB solid state disk in 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only.

iEZS8R-VA*

856 MB solid state disk in 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only.

RRD42-VB*

CD-ROM device in 5.25" carrier (BA35X-CD). BA350 and BA35R only.

RRD42-VU*
RRD4S-VA*

CD-ROM device, can be added to RRD42-VB. BA350 and BA35R only.
Quad-speed high-performance CD-ROM drive in 5.25" carrier with space for additional half-height
device. BA350 and BA35R only.

RRD4S-VE*

Quad-speed high-performance CD-ROM drive. BA353 only.

RRD4S-VU*
RWZS2-VA

Quad-speed high-performance CD-ROM upgrade, must be added to RRD4x-VA, TZK1x-VA.
BA350 and BA35R only.
1.2 GB multifunction optical drive in 5.25" carrier

RX26-VA

2.88 MB diskette drive in 3.5" carrier

RZ2S-VA
RZ2SL-VA

426 MB disk drive in 3.5" carrier
535 MB disk drive in 3.5" carrier

RZ26-VA

1.05 GB disk drive in 3.5" carrier

RZ26L-VA

1.05 GB disk drive in 3.5" carrier

RZ28-VA

2.1 GB disk drive in 3.5" carrier

~28B-VA

2.1 GB disk drive in 3.5" carrier

R.Z29B-VA*

4.3 GB disk drive in 3.5" carrier. B{\350 and BA35R only

SWXTE-AA*

5 GB 8-mm helical scan tape drive in 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only.

SWXTE-AB*

5 GB 8-mm helical scan tape drive, can be added to SWXTE-AA. BA350 only.

TKZ09-VA*

5 GB 8-mm tape drive in 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only.

TLZ06-VA

4 GB 4-mm digital audio tape (DAT) in 3.5" carrier

TLZ07-VA

8 GB 4-mm digital audio tape (DAT) in 3.5" carrier

TLZ7L-VA

8 GB 4-mm digital audio tape (DAT) minilibrary in 5.25" carrier

TLZ6L-VA*

16 GB 4-mm digital audio tape (DAT) in 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only.

TZ86-VA*

6 GB DLT in 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only

TZ87-VA*

20 GB DLT in 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only

TZ87N-VA*

20 GB tape in 5.25" carrier, reads TK50. BA350 and BA35R only

TZ88N-VA*

40 GB tape in 5.25" carrier, reads TK50. BA350 and BA35R only

TZKIO-VA*

525 MB QIC tape in 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only

TZKIO-VU*

525 MB QIC tape, add-on to TZK10-VA for two TZK10 tapes in one 5.25" carrier. BA350 and
BA35R only
2 GB QIC tape in 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only

TZKll-VA*
TZKll-VU*

2 GB QIC tape, add-on to TZK11-VA for two TZK10 tapes in one 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R
only

TKZlS-VA*

5 GB 8 mm full-height 5.25" tape. BA350 and BA35R only

* Supported by BA350, BA35R, or BA353 only as noted in description.

6.14

Storage

StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals

StorageWorks 8-bit Supported Devices for 16-Bit BA356 and BA36R
• Most installed 8-bit StorageWorks devices may be installed and intermixed with wide 16-bit StorageWorks devices. All
models of all StorageWorks devices, now shipping, are 16-bit compliant. Table lists minimum revision level for all 8bit devices supported by BA356.
• Compliance date is when factory began shipping 16-bit compliant revision. Blanks indicate the date is not absolute and
all devices should be carefully checked. "All" means the device has been 16-bit compliant since its first shipments.
• Note:Hardware platform and operating system support may be different than'the table.
• 16-bit StorageWorks devices will not work in and may not be used in 8-bit enclosures.
• Out-of-REV 8-bit devices plugged into a bit bus will instantly freeze bus activity. Removing the device allows bus and
attached devices to operate properly again.
Device

Description

Minimum Revision

16-bit Compliance Date

EZ51R-VA

107 MB solid state disk
428 MB solid state disk
856 MB solid state disk
CD-ROM
CD-ROM

E03

B03
B04

02/28/95
02/28/95
02/28/95
02/28/95
02/28/95

600 MB dual speed CD-ROM
600 MB dual speed CD-ROM
600 MB dual speed CD-ROM

B05
B05
B03

02/28/95
02/28/95
02/28/95

600 MB dual speed CD-ROM
1.2 GB optical drive
2.88 MB diskette drive
426 MB disk
535 MB disk
1.05 GB disk drive
1.05 GB disk drive
2.1 GB disk

B03
B03
B03
DOl

02/28/95
02/28/95
02/28/95
11/93
All
11/93
11/93

EZ54R-VA
EZ58R-VA
RRD42-VB
RRD42-VU
RRD43-VA
RRD43-VU
RRD44-VA
RRD44-VU
RWZ52-VA
RX26-VA
RZ25 -VA
RZ25L-VA
RZ26-VA
RZ26L-VA
RZ28-VA
RZ28B-VA
SWXTE-AA
SWXTE-AB
TZ86-VA
TZ87-VA
TZ87N-VA
TZ88N-VA

2.1 GB disk
5 GB 8-mm helical scan tape
5 GB 8-mm helical scan tape
6 GB DLT in 5.25" carrier
20 GB DLT in 5.25" carrier
20 GB DLT in 5.25" carrier
40 GB DLT in 5.25" carrier

E03
C03

H02
B01
COl
A01
B03
B03
COl
III-

11/93
All
02/28/95
02/28/95
4/94
All
All
All
02/28/95

4 GB 4inm DAT drive
16 GB 4mm DAT drive
8 GB 4mm DAT drive

I-

02/28/95
All

32 GB 4mm DAT loader
5 GB 8 mm full-height tape

B03
B03

02/28/95
02/28/95

TZKIO-VA

5 GB 8 mm full-height tape
525 MB QIC tape

B03
C04

02/28/95
02/28/95

TZKIO-VU

525 MB QIC tape add-on

C04

02/28/95

TZKll-VA

2 GB QIC tape
2 GB QIC tape add-on

B03
B03

02/28/95
02/28/95

TLZ06-VA
TLZ6L-VA
TLZ07-VA
TLZ7L-VA
TKZ09-VA
TKZ15-VA

TZKll-VU

D06
B04

Storage 6.15

StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals

8-Bit Devices

Description

DWZZB-VW

fWD to FWSE or FNSE SCSI converter

EZ51R-VA

107 MB solid state disk

EZ54R-VA

428 MB solid state disk

EZ58R-VA

856 MB solid state disk

RRD44-VA

600 MB dual speed CD-ROM

RRD45-VA

600 MB quad speed CD-ROM

RRD45-VU

600 MB quad speed CD-ROM

RZ26-VA

1.05 GB disk drive
1.05 GB disk drive

RZ26L-VA

RZ26L-VW

RZ26N-VA

RZ26N-VW

1.05 GB disk drive

RZ28-VA

RZ28-VW

2.1 GB disk drive

RZ28B-VW

2.1 GB disk drive

RZ28M-VW

2.1 GB disk drive
4.3 GB disk drive

RZ28B-VA

•

16-Bit Devices

RZ28M-VA

J
/

-... RZ29B-VA

RZ29B-VW

RX26-VA

2.88 MB diskette drive

TLZ06-VA

4 GB 4mm DAT drive

TLZ6L-VA

16 GB 4mm DAT drive

TLZ07-VA

8 GB 4mm DAT drive

TLZ7L-VA

32 GB 4mm DAT loader

TKZ09-VA

5 GB 8 mm full-height tape

SWXTE-AA1AB

5 GB 8-mm helical scan tape in 5.25" full-height SBB

6.16 Storage

StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals

StorageWorks 8-bit Supported Devices for 16-bit BA346
• Most installed 8-bit StorageWorks devices may be installed and intermixed with wide 16-bit StorageWorks devices. All
models of all StorageWorks devices, now shipping, are 16-bit compliant. Table lists minimum revision level for all 8bit devices supported by BA346.
• Compliance date is when factory began shipping 16-bit compliant revision. Blanks indicate the date is not absolute and
all devices should be carefully checked. "All" means the device has been 16-bit compliant since its first shipments.
• Note:Hardware platform and operating system support may be different than the table.
• 16-bit StorageWorks devices will not work in and may not be used in 8-bit enclosures.
Out-of-REV 8-bit devices plugged into a bit bus will instantly freeze bus activity. Removing the device allows bus and
attached devices to operate properly again.
Device

Description

Minimum Revision

16·bit Compliance Date

RX26 ·VA
RZ25 -VA

2.88 MB diskette drive

B03

02/28/95

426 MB disk

DOl

11/93

RZ26-VA

1.05 GB disk

H02

11/93

RZ26L-VA

1.05 GB disk

B01

11/93

RZ28B-VA

2.1 GB disk

All

TLZ06·VA

4 GB 4mm DAT drive

A01
D06

02/28/95

TLZ07·VA

8 GB 4mm DAT drive

All

StorageWorks 8-bit and 16-bit Supported Devices for 16-bit BA346
8·Bit Devices

16·Bit Devices

Description

DWZZA·VW

FWD to FNSE SCSI adapter in 3.5" carrier

EZ51R-VA

107 MB solid state disk

EZ54R·VA
EZ58R·VA

428 MB solid state disk
856 MB solid state disk

RRD43-AA

600 MB dual speed CD-ROM (fixed slot)

RRD44·AA

600 MB dual speed CD-ROM (fixed slot)

RRD45·AA

600 MB quad speed CD-ROM (fixed slot)

RZ26·VA

1.05 GB disk drive

RZ26L·VA

1.05 GB disk drive

RZ26N·VA
RZ28B-VA

1.05 GB disk drive

RZ28D-VA

RZ28B·VW
RZ28D·VW

2.1 GB disk drive
2.1 GB disk drive

RZ28M-VA

RZ28M·VW

2.1 GB disk drive

RZ29B·VA

RZ29B·VW

4.3 GB disk drive

RX26·VA

2.88 MB diskette drive

TLZ06·VA

4 GB 4mm DAT drive

TLZ07-VA

8 GB 4mm DAT drive

TLZ7L-AA

32 GB 4mm DAT loader

TZKll·AA

2 GB QIC tape drive

Storage

6. 17

StorageWorks Cabinets

,"< ,~:~~;:. ,.;
,

StorageWorks Cabinet

SW300-AA

Maximum 3.5" SBBs

SW500-AC

SW500-FC

SWSOO-AA

SWSOO-FA

168

161

Maximum 5.25" SBBs

Maximum BA35x shelves

The SW300 is an integrated unit which holds devices and controllers in a single system. The SW300 is optimized for high
availability. The enhanced backplane provides six internal single-ended SCSI buses that eliminate the need for device
SCSI cables. SW300 features an environmental monitor to access all available status signals, an ac power entry box
configurable to N+ 1 power redundancy with only five power supplies, and N+ 1 redundant dual-speed blowers. Optional
N+N full redundant power and ac input are available.
Supported devices for this enclosure are listed later in this section. The SW300 accomodates packages for 243.5" SBBs or
85.25" SBBs and 2 controllers with cache. 8-bit and 16-bit wide drives are supported. Note: All drives run in 8-bit
narrow mode if an 8-bit drive is installed.
SW300 Expansion Cabinet Options
SW300-AA

BA35X-EA
BA35X-HE
BA35X-HF
BA35X-MD

SW300 Expansion Pedestal includes integrated blackplane, six single-ended SCSI buses, eight dualspeed blowers, five power supplies, ac power entry unit, environmental monitor, and user
documentation
Environmental monitor for redundancy, maximum two per SW300
ac power entry unit for redundancy, maximum two per SW300
3.5" universal power supply in SBB, 150 Watts for SW300-AA, maximum eight per SW300
Dual-speed blower replacement

Supported Controllers
Note: HSD05 controllers are not supported in SW300 Deskside Cabinets
Controller

Interface

Storage Device Buses

HSD30

Digital Standard System Interconnect (DSSI)
Computer Interconnect (CI) bus
Computer Interconnect (CI) bus
Fast wide differential SCSI
Fast wide differential SCSI
Fast wide differential SCSI

3 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two
3 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two
6 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two
58-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two
58-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two
6 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two

HSJ30
HSJ40
HSZIO
HSZ15
HSZ40

Supported Devices
RX26-VA

2.88 MB removable diskette drive

RZ26L-VA

RZ26N-VA
RZ2S-VA
RZ2SB-VA
RZ2SD-VA
RZ2SM-VA
RZ29B-VA

6.18 Storage

StorageWorks Cabinets

StorageWorks SW300 Deskside Cabinet (continued)
Supported Devices
RZ26L-VW
RZ26N-VW
RZ2S-VW
RZ2SD-VW
RZ2SM-VW
RZ29B-VW
RWZS2-VA
EZSIR-VA
EZS4R-VA
EZSSR-VA
EZ31-VW
EZ32-VW
EZ64-VA
EZ69-VA
RRD43-VA
RRD43-VU
RRD44-VA
RRD44-VU
RRD4S-VA
RRD4S-VU
TZS7-VA
TZS7N-VA
TZSSN-VA

1.05 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive
1.05 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive
2.1 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive
2.1 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive 7200 RPM
2.1 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive 7200 RPM
2.1 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive 7200 RPM
1.3 GB removable optical disk drive in 5.25" carrier
107 MB solid state disk in 5.25" carrier
428 MB solid state disk in 5.25" carrier
856 MB solid state disk in 5.25" carrier
134 MB solid state drive in 3.5" carrier
268 MB solid state drive in 3.5" carrier
475 MB solid state drive in 3.5" carrier
950 MB solid state drive in 3.5" carrier
600 MB dual speed CD-ROM in 5.25" carrier
600 MB add in dual speed CD-ROM for RRD4x-VA or TZK11-V A
600 MB dual speed CD-ROM in 5.25" carrier
600 MB add in dual speed CD-ROM for RRD4x-VA or TZK11-VA
600 MB quad speed CD-ROM in 5.25" carrier
600 MB add in quad speed CD-ROM for RRD4x-VA or TZK11-VA
10/20 GB DLT drive mounted in BA35X-CD
20 GB DLT drive mounted in BA35X-CD
20/40 GB DLT drive mounted in BA35X-CD

TZKll-VU

2.0 GB QIC cartridge tape drive in 5.25" carrier
2.0 GB QIC add in cartridge tape drive for TZK 11-VA or RRD4x-V A

TKZlS-VA

5.0 GB 8mm cartridge tape drive

TLZ06-VA

4.0 GB 4mm DAT catridge tape drive
4.0 GB 4mm DAT four catridge tape loader
8.0 GB 4mm DAT catridge tape drive in 3.5" carrier
8.0 GB 4mm DAT catridge tape drive
32 GB 4mm DAT four catridge tape loader

TZKll-VA

TLZ6L-VA
TLZ07-VA
TLZ09-VA
TLZ7L-VA
TKZ09-VA
SWXTE-AA
SWXTE-AB

5.0 GB 8mm helical scan cartridge tape drive
10.0 GB 8mm helical scan cartridge tape drive
10.0 GB 8mm helical scan cartridge tape drive

Storage 6.19

StorageWorks Cabinets

Country Kits
Order country-specific 13-20 amp input power cords
Order Number

Country/Voltage

Amps

Plug

Meters (Feet)

BN27S-03

U.S.lJapan, 250 V

NEMA5-15

3.0 (9.8)

BN19H-2E

10
10

AS 3112-1981
CEE 717(Schuko)

2.5 (8.2)

BN19C-2E

AustralialNew Zealand, 250 V
Central Europe, 250 V

BN19A-2E

U.K.lIreland, 250 V

BS 1363

2.5 (8.2)

BN19E·2E

Switzerland, 250 V

SEV 1011

2.5 (8.2)

BN19K·2E

Denmark, 250 V

BN19Z·2E

Italy, 250 V

Afsnit 107
CEI 23-16NII

2.5 (8.2)
2.5 (8.2)

BN19S·2E

India/South Africa, 250 V

BS 546

2.5 (8.2)

BN18L·2E

Israel, 250 V

SI32

2.5 (8.2)

Specifications
Physical Dimensions

Height
Width
Depth
Weight
Cabinet with shipping packaging
Maximum configuration
Agency Compliance
Electrical Rating

838.20 mm (33.00 in)
476.25 mm (18.75 in)
482.60 mm (19.00 in)
106.65 kg (242.00 lb)
77.85 kb (178.00 lb)
FCC, UL, CSA, TUV, CE-mark
100-120/220-240 V ac, 50/60 Hz, single phase, 12/6 amps

Power Requirements of BA3SX power supply

Input
Output
Power Cable Connector
Power Requirements of SW300

90-264 V ac, 47-63 Hz, auto-ranging, power factor corrected
150 W +12 V dc, +5 V dc
IEC C14, Shrouded

Voltage
Number of phases
Rated current

100-120/220-240 V ac, 50/60 Hz
12/6 Amps

Operating Environment

Temperature

10° C to 40° C (50° F to 95° F) Derate 1.8° C for each 1000 m altitude (1.0 0 F for each 1000 ft
altitude)
Relative humidity
0% to 90% (noncondensing) Maximum wet bulb temperature: 28° C (82° F) Minimum dew
point: 2°C (36° F)
Altitude
From sea level to 2400 m (8000 ft)
Air quality(maximum particle count) Not to exceed 500,000 particles per cubic foot of air at 0.5 micron or larger

Non·operating Environment
Temperature
Relative humidity
Altitude

6.20 Storage

-40° C to 66° C (-40° F to 151 ° F) (During transportation and associated short-term storage)
8% to 95% in original shipping container (noncondensing); otherwise, 50% (noncondensing)
3600 m (12,000 ft)

StorageWorks Cabinets

StorageWorks SW500 Departmental Cabinet
The StorageWorks SWSOO Departmental Cabinet provides high-capacity storage expansion for OpenVMS- and UNIXbased systems. Slots in cabinet can be used to support up to 10 StorageWorks shelves or up to 6 shelves and 2 tape
subsystems. Two tape subystems use the top four StorageWorks shelf slots of the SWSOO cabinet.
Maximum SWSOO configurations are:
• Nine device shelves and one controller shelf (BA3S0-MB)
• Eight device shelves and two controller shelves
• Five device shelves, one controller shelf, and two tape subsystems (maximum number of controller shelves is limited to
one when tape subsystem is installed).
• The number of devices supported in the cabinet is a function of the number of hosts or controllers accessing the cabinet,
and the number of SCSI channels supported by each host/controller.
The StorageWorks Departmental Cabinet measures 43 inches (1100 mm) high and supports a single-phase power option
that allows isolated disk arrays in a single cabinet. Electronic temperature sensing automatically matches air flow to
cooling requirements.
SW500 Departmental Cabinet Options
Basic StorageWorks Departmental Cabinet includes one power distribution unit for supporting up to
10 StorageWorks shelves and ac power cords with each shelf. Requires I-phase power.
Basic Storage Works Depru:tglental Cabinet includes one power distribution unit for supporting up to
9 StorageWorks shelves and ac power cords with each shelf and a thermal fan try kit to support 7200
RPM drives. Requires I-phase power.
Second power distribution unit--supports up to 10 additional shelf power supplies and ac power
cords with each shelf.

SW500·AC/AD
SW500·FCIFD

SW5XP·AC/AD

Supported Controllers
Controller
HSD30
HSJ30
HSJ40
HSZIO
HSZ15
HSZ40

Interface

-.!?igital Standard System Interconnect (DSSI)
Computer Interconnect (CI) bus
Computer Interconnect (CI) bus
Fast wide differential SCSI
Fast wide differential SCSI
Fast wide differential SCSI

Storage Device Buses

3 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two
3 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two
6 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two
S 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two
S 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two
6 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two

Supported Tape Subsystems
The SWSOO supports 2 tape subsystems in the top 4 shelf slots of the cabinet (2 shelf slots in front and 2 shelf slots in rear).
• TZ8S7 -AEIAF
• TZ867 -AEIAF
• TZ87S-AEINE
• TZ877-AE/AF

Tape Mounting Kit
CK-SF400-TE

Tape mounting bezel kit (supports two tape subsystems; not required for TZ87S-AEINE)

Storage 6.21

StorageWorks Cabinets

Specifications
Physical Characteristics
Height
Width
Depth
Weight

1100 mm (43 in.)
600 mm (23.6 in.)
875 mm (34.5 in.)
140 kg (309Ib) (empty) 290 kg (689Ib) (full)

Power Requirements
Voltage
AC plug type
Number of phases
Rated current

Operating Environment
Class A

6.22 Storage

120 V ac, 240 V ac
NEMA L5-20P, IEC 309
1
10 Amps (120 V), 16 Amps (240 V)

StorageWorks Cabinets

StorageWorks SW8xx Data Center Cabinet
The StorageWorks Data Center Cabinet SW8xx provides high-capacity storage expansion for OpenVMS- and UNIX-based
systems. Slots in the cabinet can be used to support up to 24 StorageWorks shelves or up to 16 shelves and 4 tape
subsystems. Cabinets are pre-configured with 2 sets of power distribution cabling; 1 for the primary distribution unit and 1
for the optional redundant power distribution unit (SW8XP-BAlBB).

Maximum SW8xx configurations are:
• Any combination of 24 device or controller shelves
• 10 TZ875-AEINE or TZ877-AE/AF Tape Subsystems
• 4 TZ857-AE/AF or TZ867-AE/AF tape subsystems which occupy 8 shelf slots (top 4 shelf slots in cabinet front and top
4 shelf slots in cabinet rear)
• The number of devices supported in a cabinet is a function of the number of hosts or controllers accessing the cabinet,
and the number of SCSI channels supported by each host/controller
The StorageWorks Data Center Cabinet measures 67 inches (1700mm) high and supports a 3phase power option that
allows isolated disk arrays in a single cabinet.

SW8xx Data Center Cabinet Options
SWSOO-AAIAB

SWSOO-FAlFB

SWSXP-AA1AB
SWSXP-BAIBB

Basic StorageWorks Data Center Cabinet. Includes 1 power distribution unit and 2 sets of AC power
cords. One power distribution unit supports 24 StorageWorks shelves and uses 1 set of AC power
cords. Requires 3-phase power.
Basic StorageWorks Data Center Cabinet. Includes 1 thermal fan tray to support 7200 RPM drives, 1
power distribution unit and 2 sets of AC power cords. One power distribution unit supports 23
Storageworks shelves and uses 1 set of AC power cords. Requires 3-phase power.
Second Power Distribution Unit-Includes 1 power distribution unit and 1 set of AC power cords.
Supports up to 24 additional Storageworks shelf power supplies.
Second Power Distribution Unit. Supports up to 24 additional StorageWorks shelf power supplies.
Additional power cords required for second power distribution unit are pre-configured in the SW8xx
Data Center Cabinet.

StorageWorks SW8xx Storage Arrays
Order Number

Shelves

110 Modules

PDU

Cables and Terminators

Power Supply

15 BA35X-MG

2SW8XP

30 BN21H-02
15 BA35X-ME

35 BA35X-HF

14BA35X-MG

2SW8XP

28 BN21H-02

36BA35X-HF

18 BA35X-MG

2SW8XP

12 BN21H-02
6 BN21H-Ol

36BA35X-HF

High BandwidthlMedium Capacity
SWS20-LAILB

15 BA356-JC
5 BA350-MB

High BandwidthILower Capacity
SWS21-LAILB

14 BA356-JC
7 BA350-MB

High BandwidthlHigh Capacity
SWS22-LAILB

18 BA356-JC
3 BA350-MB

Storage 6.23

StorageWorks Cabinets

Supported Tape Subsystems
The SW8xx supports up to 4 TZ857-AE/AF or TZ867-AE/AF tape subsystems. The tape subsystems must be mounted in
the top 4 shelf slots in the front or rear of the cabinet. The SW8xx supports up to 10 TZ875-AEINE or TZ877-AE/AF tape
subsystems.
• TZ857-AE/AF
• TZ867-AE/AF

• TZ875-AEINE
• TZ877-AE/AF

Tape Mounting Kit
One tape bezel mounting kit supports one or two tape subsystems; select additional tape bezel mounting kits to support
extra tape subsystems.
CK-SF400-TE

Tape mounting bezel kit (supports two tape subsystems; not required for TZ875-AEINE)

Specifications
Note: Maximum input wattage for fully loaded SW82X data center cabinet with drives and controllers is 5200 watts.
This equates to 45 Amps @ 115 Volts (15 Amps/phase) or 22.5 Amps @ 230 Volts (7.5 Amps/phase).
Maximum thermal load is 37,000 BTUslhour.
Physical Characteristics
1700 mm (67 in.)
Height
800 mm (31 in.)
Width
Depth
875 mm (34.5 in.)
Weight
454 kg (1000 lb) (approx.)
Power Requirements
Voltage
120/208 V ac, 240/416 V ac
AC plug type
NEMA L21-30, IEC 309-516P6W
Number of phases
3
Rated current
24 Amps/phase
Operating Environment
Class A

6.24 Storage

Storage Controllers and Adapters

KZPSA-PCI-Based Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI Controller
KZPSA is a high performance, intelligent, PCI-based Fast Wide Differential storage controller which provides a solution
for the most demanding AlphaServer with heavy PCI I/O requirements. KZPSA maximizes I/O and data processing
performance on AlphaServers.
Support of HSZ40-Ax Storage Works controller with the KZPSA provides a winning storage solution for high availability
and high performance to take advantage of the fast access to SCSI-2 storage subsystems. This availability is delivered
through support of such features as RAID 0,3,5 and warm disk swap.

Features
• Maximum off-loading of host CPU requirements offered
by any adapter. Supports HSZ40-Ax (High performance,
high availability RAID array PCI StorageWorks
controller)
• Differential interconnect for up to 25 meter connections
allowing greater configuration flexibility
Up to 20 Mbyte per second throughput. Greater than
2000 I/O's per second

• Single slot 4.6" x 5.6" PCI Module
• Target Mode Support. Tagged Queue Support
• On board EEROM can be customized using the
configuration utility
• 68-pin high density external connector
• Supports DECsafe Available Server and OpenVMS SCSI
clusters

DECsafe Available Server V1.2 support of the KZPSA is an ideal part of a highly available and highly reliable total system
CPU resource. The KZPSA, l6-bit wide SCSI bus supports both 8-bit and l6-bit devices with
-

Up to 6 devices in a two node DECsafe environment
Up to 5 devices in a three node DECsafe environment
Up to 4 devices in a four node DECsafe environment
KZPSA differential bus can be configured in lengths up to 25 meters and supports most StorageWorks industry
standard devices.

Software Prerequisites
• KZPSA requires Digital UNIX V3.2, Windows NTAS V3.5, or OpenVMS V62.
• DECsafe Vl.2 with KZPSA requires Digital UNIX V3.2.
- Minimum supported revisions of DWZZA for DECSAFE are:
- DWZZA-AA EOI
- DWZZA-VA F01
The KZPSA supports up to 6 HSZ40-Ax's per adapter. The minimum supported revision of the HSZ40-Ax is V2.0.

DWZZA Signal Converter
KZPSA Fast Wide Differential controller supports single-ended storage devices via the DWZZA. The DWZZA is a signal
converter which permits connection of a single-ended storage device to a differential SCSI-2 bus.

Ordering Information
KZPSA-BB

PCI-based Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 Controller

Additional Hardware Installation Items
Hardware installation items must be ordered separately, if required.
BN31G-xx
H879-AA
H885-AA
BN21W-OB
DWZZA-VA

SCSI Cable- 68 pin BN21K-xx (90 degree connector) -xx denotes length of cable
SCSI Cable - 68 pin 16 bit differential terminator
Tri-Link Connector
SCSI "Y" Cable
SCSI Bus Converter 16-bit differential to 8-bit single-ended

Storage 6.25

Storage Controllers and Adapters

The KZPAA is a PCI-based Fast SCSI-2 8-bit narrow single-ended controller which supports up to seven SCSI devices.
Built with the identical microchip that supports an embedded SCSI bus in the AlphaServer 2100 system, the KZPAA
provides another SCSI bus connected via the PCI bus.
No RAID capabilities are supported in the KZPAA. For RAID performance and/or availability, choose the EISA-based or
PCI-based SCSI RAID controllers.

Features
• Full 32-bit DMA (Direct Memory Access) capability
transfers data to memory without CPU overhead
• Connector options: 50-pin high-density (for external
cable) or 50-pin low-density (for internal cable)
• Active SCSI bus termination with disable option for
configuration flexibility

• 5.0- x 3.25-inch PCI module uses single slot
• OpenVMS Alpha V6.1, Digital UNIX V3.0 and
Windows NT Server V3.5
• Supports all StorageWorks industry-standard devices
including:

Configuration Rules
• Supported on AlphaServer 2000/2100 systems.
• External cables must be ordered separately. Use BN21H-02 SCSI cable.
• When ordered with a system, cables to connect adapter to internal drives are included.

Ordering Information
PCI-based one port high-performance Fast SCSI-2 controller

KZPAA-AA

The KZQSA adapter provides the capability to connect TLZ06, RRD42, and TSZ07 devices to Q-bus MicroVAX and
VAX 4000 systems (only one TSZ07 per KZQSA is supported).The KZQSA is a quad-height module with an integral
handle that has two standard connectors. There is no termination on the module.

Ordering Information
KZQSA-AA
KZQSA-BA
KZQSA-SA/SF
KZQSA-CA

For use with MicroV AX II system in BA23 enclosure; field installed.
Same as above except for BA123 enclosure
For use with BA2xx, BA4xx, and B400X enclosures; factoryl field installed.
For use with DEC system 5500; factory or field installed.

Configuring Information
• Q-bus MicroV AX and V AX 4000 systems support two KZQSA adapters per system; each KZQSA supports two devices.
Each adapter requires one Q-bus slot.
Option

6.26 Storage

Q-hus Slots

de Amps Drawn @
SV

12V

KZQSA

Watts
Drawn

27.0

Bus Loads
Drawn

4.4

0.5

Storage Controllers and Adapters

KFMSA XMI Disk/Tape Adapter (DSSI)
The KFMSA disk and tape Integrated Storage Element (lSE) adapter is an XMI- based adapter that offers full compliance
with the Digital Storage Architecture (DSA). It is available for VAX 600017000/9000/10000 systems. The KFMSA
incorporates two 7-MIP 110 processors and a 45,000-gate array to create a very powerful storage adapter. It provides two 4Mbyte packet multi-plexing paths to storage elements with full error detection and retry. The KFMSA adapter's bandwidth
and extremely low latency permit unconstrained performance of all attached storage elements.

Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Two DSSI buses supported
Supports up to 14 DSSI Integrated Storage Elements (ISEs)
Latency less than 1.5 ms on each DSSI bus
Data rate: 8.0 Mbytes/second peak, 5.5 Mbytes/second sustained aggregate of both buses
Request rate: capable of over 1600-1800110 requests per second
Built-in automatic self-diagnosis
VAXsimPLUS support

Ordering Information
KFMSA·BA

CK·KFMSA·LJ

CK·KFMSA·LN

XMI-to-DSSI adapter for VAX 600017000/9000/10000 DSSI OpenVMS Cluster and storage-sharing
applications. Required for VAX 6000 systems in DSSI OpenVMS Cluster configurations. Includes
installation and user documentation. Requires one XMI slot.
Cable kit, two 1.2-meter (4-foot) internal cabinet DSSI cables. Connects XMI backplane (adapter) to
V AX 6000 host computer 110 bulkhead. Also includes 110 bulkhead adapter plate (occupies two 110
panel units) and two DSSI bus terminators. Does not support KFMSA warm-swap and, within a DSSI
OpenVMS Cluster configuration, can only be used on end-node VAX 6000 systems.
Cablelbulkhead kit includes two 2.4-meter (8-foot) internal cabinet DSSI cables. Connects host
system 110 bulkhead to XMI backplane (adapter) and then connects the XMI backplane back to the
110 bulkhead. Required for KFMSA-BA warm-swap and KFMSA-BAs in the middle-node position
of a DSSI OpenVMS Cluster configuration. Also includes 110 bulkhead adapter plate (occupies two
110 panel units) and two DSSI bus terminators.

Note: The KFMSA and CIBCA-A are not supported on the same system. The CIBCA-AA must be upgraded to the
CIBCA-BA or CIXCD.
de Amps Drawn @
Option

Mounting Requirements

12 Ve

·12 V

·5.2 V

·2 v

110 Panel Units

KFMSA

1 XMI slot

6.0

0.00

Storage 6.27

Storage Controllers and Adapters

The StorageWorks HSDI0 array controller expands DSSI support in the StorageWorks family of products. It connects to a
single port on the DSSI bus providing connectivity for up to seven non-redundant SCSI-lor SCSI-2 devices. It allows
users the flexibility to expand the amount of DSSI-connected storage devices or to free up DSSI nodes for host
connections. The inclusion of 16 or 32MB of read cache can reduce response time substantially. The HSDI0 replaces the
HSDOS array controller.
The HSDI0 array controller is'housed in a 3.S-inch StorageWorks form factor System Building Block; it mounts in a
BA3S0-SA shelf, or a BA3S0-KA StorageWorks Deskside Expansion Unit, along with up to six SCSI devices. The
StorageWorks shelves may be mounted in the SWSOO or SW800. A tri-link connector and a bus terminator are shipped
with the HSDI0. The maximum DSSI bus length is 60 feet.
Two HSD 10 array controllers may be used in conjunction with separate DSSI buses to provide device access with no single
points-of-failure in the access path.

Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Direct connection to the DSSI Bus
Provides controller based Raid 0 (striping)
Multihost operation; up to four hosts on the DSSI bus
Up to 1000 I/O requests per second and 3.0 MB/second
Attached disks can be warm-swapped
Up to 32MB of read cache
Connection to a VCS console via RS communications port
Wide drive support (controller operates in 8-bit mode)

SCSI Devices Supported
RZ26, 1.0S-Gbyte disk
RZ26L, 1.0S-Gbyte disk
RZ28, 2.1-Gbyte disk
RZ28B, 2.1-Gbyte disk
RZ28D, 2.1-Gbyte disk
RZ29B, 4.3-Gbyte disk
RZ73, 2.1-Gbyte disk
RZ74, 3.6-Gbyte disk
EZSIR, 107-Mbyte SCSI solid state disk

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

EZS4R, 428-Mbyte SCSI solid state disk
TLZ06, 4mm tape device 4-Gbyte
TLZ6L, 4mm tape device with loader 16-Gbyte
TLZ07, 4mm tape device 8-Gbyte
TLZ7L, 4mm tape device with loader 32-Gbyte
TZ86, 6-Gbyte tape device
TZ87, 10-Gbyte tape device
RRD43/44/4S, 600-Mbyte optical devices (read only)
TZ88, 20-Gbyte tape device

Adapters Supported
• EDA670, KFDDAIB, KFMSA, KFMSB, KFQSA, KFESA

StorageWorks Environments Supported
BA350-SX
BA350-JA
BA350·KA
BA356·SC

SW500·AC/AD
SW800·AAlAB

Storage shelf assembly, SCSI-2 compliant
Storage BA3S0-SB shelf kit
Storage Deskside Expansion Unit
Shelf, no personality module
StorageWorks departmental cabinet
StorageWorks data center cabinet

Operating System Support
OpenVMS VAX Version VS.S-2, V6.0, and OpenVMS Alpha V6.1 or greater

6.28 Storage

Storage Controllers and Adapters

StorageWorks HSD10 Array Controller (continued)
Device/Option Capabilities
• Supported
- Up to six non-redundant disk storage devices (hard disk or solid state disk) on same SCSI bus from HSD10
- Up to two tape storage devices on same SCSI bus from HSD10
- Two solid-state storage devices on SCSI bus from HSD10
- Up to two tapes and two disks or one tape and five disk devices on a SCSI bus from HSD10
• Not Supported
- Combined use ofHSD10 and DWZZA adapters

Recommendation
For optimal performance operate the HSD 10 at a maximum of 80% utilization. This will allow for optimal performance
with workload peaks. If an HSD10 is more than 80% utilized, order an additional controller.

Ordering Information
HSDIO-AA
HSDIO-AD
HSDIO-AF

StorageWorks Array Controller
StorageWorks Array Controller with 16-Mbyte read cache
StorageWorks Array Controller with 32-Mbyte read cache

StorageWorks Cables for the HSDIO
BC29R·xx
BC29S·xx
BC29T-03
BC29T·09
BC29U·02
BC29V·06
BC29V·16

DSSI cable to VAX or DEC 4000 systems to HSD (06,09, 16,30 ft)
DSSI cable to VAX or DEC 7000, 10000 systems to HSD DEC 2000, 2100, VAX 6000, V AXlDEC
7000, VAXlDEC 10000 (06, 09, 16, 30 ft)
3-foot DSSI cable, horizontal shelf to vertical shelf link for shelves on same side of cab to HSD
9-foot DSSI cable, horizontal shelf to vertical shelf link for use with shelves that have one in back of
cabinet to HSD
2-foot DSSI cable, horizontal shelf to horizontal shelf link for use when shelves are on same side of
the cabinet to HSD
6-foot DSSI cable, StorageWorks pedestal to pedestal cable
16-foot DSSI cable, StorageWorks pedestal to pedestal cable

Storage 6.29

Storage Controllers and Adapters

The StorageWorks HSD30 array controller expands DSSI support in the StorageWorks family of products. Each HSD30
occupies one DSSI address location (there are 8 addresses per DSSI bus) on the DSSI bus providing connectivity for up to
21 SCSI devices. The HSD30 allows customers to significantly expand the number of DSSI-connected storage devices.
The HSD30 array controller provides a StorageWorks controller shelf compatible form factor. It can be installed in
StorageWorks SW500 or SW800 cabinets, controlling up to 21 Digital SCSI-2 devices, connected to up to three SCSI
ports. It can also be installed in the SW300 cabinet which allows connection for up to 12 Digital SCSI-2 devices. Up to two
HSD30 array controllers may be daisychained together on a single DSSI interconnect. A combined maximum of up to 7
DSSI targets may reside on the same DSSI bus. The DSSI targets include: HSD30 array controllers, TF tapes, RF drives,
and HSDI0 devices. The tri-link and bus terminator are shipped with the HSD30 array controllers. HSD30 array controllers
come standard with RAID 0 and support 16- or 32-Mbyte read cache as an optional feature. Other optional features
include Write-back Cache, Disk Mirroring (RAID Levell), and Adaptive Raid (Dynamic Parity 3/5).

Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Direct connection to the DSSI Bus
Connection for up to 21 SCSI Devices, 7 SCSI devices per StorageWorks shelf
Provides controller based striping (Raid 0) and supports host-based Raid 1 (Phase II Volume Shadowing)
Optional Write-back Cache, Disk Mirroring (RAID Levell) and Adaptive Raid (Dynamic Parity 3/5).
Multihost operation, up to 3 hosts on the DSSI bus
Supports a 60-foot maximum DSSI bus length with up to 16 feet between DSSI nodes
Wide drive operate in 8-bit mode)

SCSI 8-bit Devices Supported
RZ25, .426-Mbyte 8-bit disk (Vl.4 or above)
RZ26, 1.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VI.4 or above)
RZ26L, 1.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk (Vl.4 or above)
RZ26N, 1.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above)
RZ28, 2.I-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VI.4)
RZ28B, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VI.4 or above)
RZ28D, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above)
RZ28M, 2.I-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above)
RZ29B, 4.3-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above)
RZ74, 3.57-Gbyte 8-bit disk, 5.25" (VI.4 or above)

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

EZ51154/58R SCSI solid state disks (VI.4 or above)
RRD42/43/44/45 optical devices
TLZ06ITLZ6L 4mm tape devices (V 1.4 or above)
TLZ07ITLZ7L 4mm tape devices (V2.0 N2.5 or above)
TZ86/87/87N/87D tape devices
TZ867177175 tape devices with loader
TL820/810 DLT tape library
TKZ60/61/6I tape device
TSZ07 reel to reel tape device
RWZ52 optical device

SCSI 16-bit Drives Supported
· RZ26L-W, 1.05-Gbyte I6-bit disk (V2.7)
• RZ28-W, 2.1-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7)

• RZ28D-W, 2.I-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7)
• RZ29B-W, 4.3-Gbyte I6-bit disk (V2.7)

Adapters Supported
• KFMSA, KFMSB, KFESAIB, SHAC-based embedded, DEC 4000 embedded

6.30 Storage

Storage Controllers and Adapters

StorageWorks HSD30 Array Controller (continued)
StorageWorks Environments Supported
BA350·SAlSB
BA356·SC
BA35X·MG
BA35X·HF
BA350·MAlMB
BA350·JA
SW300·AA
SW500·AC/AD
SW800·AAlAB

Storage shelf assembly
Shelf, no personality module (V2.7 required)
8-bit module for BA356 (V2.7 required)
150 Watt 48 volt power supply
Storage controller shelf
Storage BA350-SA shelf kit
StorageWorks mini cabinet
StorageWorks departmental cabinet
StorageWorks data center cabinet

Operating System Support
OpenVMS VAX Version 5.5-2 or higher and OpenVMS Alpha V1.5 (or mixed clusters) support the HSD30 with
limitations. The limitations are the devices being identified as generic or unknown device types. The model type identifiers
are not present in the operating system software. In addition, complete error log decoding is not provided under ERF.
Device/Option Capabilities
• Supported
- Up to seven disk storage devices on same SCSI bus from HSD30
- Up to two tape storage devices on same SCSI bus from HSD30
- Two solid-state storage devices on SCSI bus from HSD30
- Up to two tapes and two disks or one tape and five disk devices on a SCSI bus from HSD30
- Redundant configurations of two HSD30 on same, or separate, DSSI bus providing controller failover
- Tri-host DSSI clusters
• Not Supported
- Use of devices attached to the HSD30 as boot device on VAX 7000110000 and DEC 7000/10000 Alpha systems
- Combined use of HSD30 and DWZZA adapters
- More than two HSD30 on same DSSI bus
Recommendation
For optimal performance operate the HSD30 at a maximum of 80% utilization. This will allow for optimal performance
with workload peaks. If an HSD30 is more than 80% utilized, order an additional controller and host adapter.
Ordering Information
HSD30·CA
HSD30·CD
HSD30·CF
HSD30·XD
HSD30·XF
HSD30·XE
HSD30·YX
QL·4DRA9·AA
QL·3HYA9·AA

StorageWorks Array Controller, 18 SCSI-2 disk, tape, SSD, optical device support; RAID 0, base
firmware and license
StorageWorks Array Controller, 18 SCSI-2 disk, tape, SSD, optical device support; RAID 0, 16Mbyte cache, base firmware and license
StorageWorks Array Controller, 18 SCSI-2 disk, tape, SSD, optical device support; RAID 0, 32Mbyte cache, base firmware and license
16-Mbyte read cache option for HSD30-AA
32-Mbyte read cache option for HSD30-AA, 32-Mbyte total
16-Mbyte read cache option for HSD30-AD, 32-Mbyte total, mandatory return of installed 16-Mbyte
cache
HSD30 Write-back Cache Option., license and batteries
HSD30 Disk Mirroring license
HSD30 RAID license

Storage

6.31

Storage Controllers and Adapters

StorageWorks Cables for the HSD30
BC29S-xx
BC29R-xx
BC29T-03
BC29U-09
BC29T-02
BC29V-Ol
BC29V-06
BC29V-16

6.32 Storage

DSSI cable to VAX or DEC 7000, 10000 Alpha systems to HSD
DSSI cableto VAX or DEC 4000 Alpha systems to HSD
3-foot DSSI cable horizontal shelf to vertical shelf link for shelves on same side of cab to HSD
9-foot DSSI cable horizontal shelf to vertical shelf link for shelves that have one in front and one in
back to HSD
2-foot DSSI cable horizontal shelf to horizontal shelf link for shelves on same side of cab to HSD
I-foot DSSI cable StorageWorks HSD30 to HSD30 cable for when DSSI bus is continued from
HSD30 to HSD30 in same StorageWorks shelf HSD
6-foot DSSI cable StorageWorks pedestal to pedestal cable for when DSSI bus is continued from
pedestal to pedestal HSD
16-foot DSSI cable StorageWorks pedestal to pedestal cable for when DSSI bus is continued from
pedestal to pedestal HSD

Storage Controllers and Adapters

StorageWorks HSJ -Series Array Controllers
The StorageWorks HSJ-series subsystems bring CI support to the StorageWorks family. These subsystems interface
directly to the CI Star Coupler to provide scalability and customer-defined SCSI-2 storage capacity with high performance
and availability.
Available in two cabinet sizes, the SW500 and SWSOO series, the StorageWorks HSJ-series subsystems provide up to
227 Gbytes of disk storage within the SWSOO cabinet, which can also house optional tape, solid state disk, and CD-ROM
storage devices in StorageWorks building block shelves. One or two HSJ controllers are supported in each controller shelf.
Device shelves may be configured with either one or two SCSI buses for device interconnect, allowing easy storage
capacity expansion and controller load balancing.
SW5xx18xx Subsystems
SW500 series cabinets support up to ten shelves, including two controller shelves. The SW800 series data center cabinets
support up to 18 storage device shelves and four controller shelves. An optional power controller is available for redundant
AC power distribution. Up to 36 RZ29 disk drives (or other 3.5-inch storage devices) can be supported by one or two dualredundant HSJ40s within the data center cabinets.
Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Direct connection to CI- channel card functionality included
High-performance and connectivity storage controllers, with up to 32-Mbyte read cache
RAID, Disk Mirroring and Write-back Cache option
Coexistence with all HSC models
Optional controller redundancy with automatic failover and redundant power option
StorageWorks packaging for maximum configuration flexibility
Wide drive ready support (controller operates in 8-bit mode)

HSJ-Series Array Controllers
The expanded family of HSJ -Series Array subsystems provide new, scaleable solutions for CI OpenVMS Clusters. For all
models, storage device support includes a broad and increasing range of disk, tape, solid state disk and optical alternatives.
Each model includes standard RAID 0 (striping) for enhanced performance in interactive applications. Disk Mirroring
(Raid 1) and Adaptive Raid (Dynamic Parity 3/5) are available options.
For high availability and performance environments, HSJ-Series Array Controllers may be deployed in dual-redundant
configurations for dual-path access with automatic failover. Up to 32 Mbytes of Read Cache is available on each Array
Controller.
Device support has been expanded to include the following storage devices.
8-bit Narrow SCSI Devices Supported
RZ25, A26-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VIA or above)
RZ26, l.05-Gbyte S-bit disk (VIA or above)
RZ26L, l.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VIA or above)
RZ26N, l.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above)
RZ28, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VIA)
RZ28B, 2.I-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VIA or above)
RZ2SD, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above)
RZ2SM, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above)
RZ29B, 4.3-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above)
RZ74, 3.57-Gbyte 8-bit disk - 5.25" (VIA or above)

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

EZ51154/58R SCSI solid state disk devices (VIA or above)
RRD42/43/44/45 optical devices
TLZ06ITLZ6L 4mm tape devices (VIA or above)
TLZ07ITLZ7L 4mm tape devices (V2.0 N2.5 or above)
TZ86/87/87N/87D tape devices
TZ867177175 tape devices with loader
TL820/S10 DLT tape library
TKZ60/61/62 tape device
TSZ07 reel to reel tape device
RWZ52 optical device

Storage

6.33

storage Controllers and Adapters

16-bit Wide SCSI Drives Supported
• RZ28-W, 2.1-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7)
• RZ28D-W, 2.1-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7)
• RZ29B-W, 4.3-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7)
Adapters Supported

• RZ26L-W, 1.0S-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7)
• RZ26N-W, 1.0S-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7)
• RZ28M-W, 2.1-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7)

• CI780, CIBCA, CIXCD, DWZZAIB
StorageWorks Environments Supported
BA3SO-SAlSB
BA3S6-SC
BA3SX-MG
BA3SX-HF
BA3SO-MAIMB
BA3SO-JA
BA3SO-LA
SWSOO-AC/AD
SW800-AAIAB
BN21K-xx

Storage shelf assembly
Shelf, no personality module (V2.7 required)
8-bit module for BA3S6 (V2.7 required)
150 Watt 48 volt Power Supply
Storage controller shelf
Storage BA3S0-SA shelf kit
Storage shelf assembly, for System Plug-in-unit (PIU)
StorageWorks departmental cabinet
StorageWorks data center cabinet
FWD-SCSI Host Interconnect Cabling

HSJ30-HSJ30 Array Controller provides a low-cost subsystem entry platform, which can be used as a dedicated tape
server. Support for up to 18 storage devices is provided on three industry-standard SCSI-2 buses. Optional Read Cache
capacity of 32 Mbytes can be added for increased performance. This model can be upgraded to each of the other HSJSeries Array Controllers. Write-back cache and RAID options are available.
HSJ40-HSJ40 Array Controller supports up to 36 SCSI-2 devices. Internal performance is 1400110 per second. Fast
response time requirements are met by the standard 16-Mbyte Read Cache (expandable to 32 Mbytes). Write-Back Cache
options may improve performance times.
HSJ42-Packaged as a dual-redundant HSJ40 configuration, the HSJ42 provides support for a maximum of 36 storage
devices in a high performance/availability subsystem. Alternatively, the HSJ42 may be configured as two subsystems,
supporting up to 72 devices. A combined Read Cache capacity of 32 Mbytes is standard, with optional expansion to 64
Mbytes. Write-back cache and RAID options are available
HSJ44-Providing over 4000 1I0s per second, the HSJ44 contains two dual-redundant HSJ40s, supporting up to 72 disk,
tape, solid state disk, and optical devices. When optionally configured as four independent storage subsystems, the HSJ44
support is increased to 144 devices. Total Read Cache capacity is expandable from the 64 Mbytes (included) up to 128
Mbytes. Write-back cache and RAID options are available.
Operating System Support
HSJ-series controller subsystems supported by OpenVMS VAX V5.5-2 and above; and OpenVMS Alpha V1.S.
Ordering Information
HSJ30-CA
HSJ30-CD
HSJ30-CF
HSJ30-XD
HSJ30-XE
HSJ3X-AA

6.34

Storage

StorageWorks Array Controller 18 SCSI-2 device support, RAID 0, Base Firmware and license
StorageWorks Array Controller 18 SCSI-2 device support, RAID 0, Base Firmware and license,
16-Mbyte Read Cache
StorageWorks Array Controller 18 SCSI-2 device support, RAID 0, Base Firmware and license,
32-Mbyte Read Cache
16-Mbyte Read Cache option for HSJ30-AA
16-Mbyte Read Cache option for HSJ30-AD (32-Mbyte total) Note: Mandatory return of installed
cache required
HSJ30 to HSJ40 upgrade

Storage Controllers and Adapters

StorageWorks HSJ-Series Array Controllers (continued)
Ordering Information
HSJ40-CD
HSJ40-CF
HSJ40-XE
HSJ42-CD
HSJ42-CF
HSJ44-CD
HSJ44-CF

StorageWorks Array controller 36 SCSI-2 device support; 16-Mbyte Read Cache, RAID 0, Base
Firmware and license
StorageWorks Array controller 36 SCSI-2 device support; 32-Mbyte Read Cache, RAID 0, Base
Firmware and license
16- Mbyte Read Cache option for HSJ40-AD (32-Mbyte total)
Note: Mandatory return of installed cache required
Two HSJ40-AD StorageWorks Array Controller 36172 SCSI-2 device support, 32-Mbyte total Read
Cache, RAID 0, Base Firmware and license
Two HSJ40-AD StorageWorks Array Controller; 36172 SCSI-2 device support, 64-Mbyte total Read
Cache, RAID 0, Base Firmware and license
Four HSJ40-AD StorageWorks Array Controller; 721144 SCSI-2 device support, 64-Mbyte total
Read Cache, RAID 0, Base Firmware and license
Four HSJ40-AD StorageWorks Array Controller; 721144 SCSI-2 device support, 128-Mbyte total
Read Cache, RAID 0, Base Firmware and license

Storage 6.35

Storage Controllers and Adapters

The StorageWorks HSZ40 Array Controller provides connectivity and performance extensions for locally-attached SCSI
devices on systems. Up to 42 SCSI-2 Disk and Solid State Disk devices may be attached to each HSZ40, with up to
181 Gbytes of disk storage when deploying the RZ29. RAID 0 (striping) is standard, with 16-Mbyte or 32-Mbyte Read
Cache optionally available. Write-back Cache, Disk Mirroring and Raid options are available. The HSZ40 is supported
within standard StorageWorks cabinets.
Host connection from the HSZ40 is over a 20 MB/s Fast Wide Differential SCSI bus; each host bus supports up to seven
SCSI targets, including one or more HSZ40s. Internal performance of the HSZ40 is 2250 I/Ols request rate and up to
13.6 MB/s bandwidth with the KZPSA adapter. Other adapters will provide different performance metrics. SCSI devices
are attached to HSZ40 on six, independent 10 MB/s Single Ended Fast SCSI buses; each device bus supports up to seven
storage devices. With the HSZ40 appearing as one target on the host bus, the connected devices are addressed as up to
eight Logical Units. The HSZ40 can optionally be configured with up to four Target Addresses, thus allowing 8 Logical
Unit (LUNs) addressing of up to thirty-two.

Features
•
•
•
•
•

Connection for up to 42 industry standard Disk and Solid State Disk devices
Standard RAID 0 (striping) and optional Read Cache to 32MB for increased performance
Disk Mirroring (RAID Level 1), Adaptive RAID (Dynamic Parity 3/5), and Write-back Cache Options available
Supported on Digital UNIX V3.2 for enhanced Failover support
Supported on OpenVMS V6.2 or greater

8-bit SCSI Devices Supported
RZ25, A-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ26, 1.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VIA or above)
RZ26L, 1.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VIA or above)
RZ26N, 1.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above)
RZ28, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VIA)
RZ28B, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VIA or above)
RZ28D, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above)

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

RZ28M, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above)
RZ29B, 4.3-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above)
RZ74, 3.57-Gbyte 8-bit disk, 5.25" (VIA or above)
EZ51154/58R SCSI solid state disk devices (VIA or above)
RRD42/43/44 145 optical devices (V2.7)
TZ87/87N tape devices (V2.7)
TZ8177175 tape devices with loader

Note: A maximum of two, EZ5xx devices per HSZ40 device bus is recommended.
16-bit SCSI Disks Supported
•
•
•
•

RZ26L-W 1.05-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7)
RZ28-W, 2.1-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7)
RZ28D-W, 2.1-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7)
RZ29B-W, 4.3-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7)

• RZ26-W, 1.05-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7)
• RZ26N-W, 1.05-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7)
• RZ28M-W, 2.1-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7)

Host Adapter Support
Processor

~dapter

Configuration Guidelines

DEC 3000

KZTSA

Up to 3 HSZ40 Array Controllers supported per KZTSA; dual target feature
supported. OpenVMS Alpha Version 6.2 and high or Digital UNIX.

DEC 7000110000

KZMSA

Maximum one HSZ40 per KZMSA bus or two HSZ40s per KZMSA; dual
target feature not supported. OpenVMS Alpha Version 6.2 and higher or
Digital UNIX.

AlphaServer
100012000/2100

KZPAA

OpenVMS Alpha Version 6.2 and higher only.

AlphaServer
100012000/2100

KZPSA

OpenVMS Alpha Version 6.2 and higher, or Digital UNIX

DEC 3000 Systems via
DWZZA

PMAZ-C

OpenVMS Alpha Version 6.2 and higher, or Digital UNIX

6.36 Storage

Storage Controllers and Adapters

StorageWorks HSZ40 Array Controller (continued)
StorageWorks Enclosures Support
BA350·SAlSB
BA356·SC
BA35X·MG
BA35X·HF
BA350·MAlMB
BA350·JA
BA350·LA
SW300·M
SW500·AC/AD
SW800·AAIAB
BN21K-xx

Storage shelf assembly
Shelf, no personality module (V2.7 required)
8-bit module for BA356 (V2.7 required)
150 Watt 48 volt Power Supply
Storage controller shelf
Storage BA350-SA shelf kit
Storage shelf assembly, for System Plug-in-Unit (PIU)
Storage Works mini cabinet
StorageWorks departmental cabinet
StorageWorks data center cabinet
FWD-SCSI Host Interconnect Cabling

Operating System Support
Digital UNIX V2.0 operating system or higher. Digital UNIX Version 3.2 or higher is recommended for HSZ40 controllers
for failover operations.
OpenVMS Alpha Version 6.2 operating system or higher.

Ordering Information
HSZ40·BA
HSZ40·BD
HSZ40·BF
HSZ40·XD
HSZ40·XE
HSZ40·XF
HSZ40·YX
QL.4DTA9·AA
QL-3JOA9·AA

StorageWorks Array Controller; 42 SCSI-2 Disk/SSD Support; RAID 0, Base Firmware and license
StorageWorks Array Controller; 42 SCSI-2 Disk/SSD Support; 16-Mbyte Read Cache, RAID 0, Base
Firmware and license
StorageWorks Array Controller; 42 SCSI-2 Disk/SSD Support; 32-Mbyte Read Cache, RAID 0, Base
Firmware and license, RAID license, Disk mirroring license, Write-back Cache option
16-Mbyte Read Cache Option for HSZ40-BA, 16-Mbyte total
16-Mbyte Read Cache Option for HSZ40-BD, 32-Mbyte total; Mandatory return of installed cache
32-Mbyte Read Cache Option for HSZ40-AA, 32-Mbyte Total
HSZ40 Write-back Cache Option
HSZ40 Disk Mirroring license
HSZ40 RAID license

Storage 6.37

Storage Controllers and Adapters

StorageWorks RAID Array 2301PIus subsystem is a hardware-based RAID solution for Alpha system platforms that use the
industry-standard PCI bus. Depending upon the workload, system and storage configurations, and RAID subsystem
parameter settings, the StorageWorks RAID Array 2301PIus will generally demonstrate higher performance and throughput
than its predecessor, the StorageWorks RAID Array 230.
RAID Array 2301PIus provides RAID levels 0 (striping), 1 (mirroring), 0+ 1 (striped mirrored sets), and 5 (striping with
distributed parity). By providing RAID functionality, it binds a collection of disk drives into logical drives to provide data
redundancy and/or increased performance. Performance improvements are obtained by striping user data across a number
of disk drives, thus overlapping disk operations (RAID 0, 0+1).
Redundancy is obtained by keeping additional copies of user data on a redundant disk drive (RAID 1), or by generating
and storing data parity so that user information can be reconstructed in the event of a disk failure (RAID 5). In either case,
the application continues to run without data loss in the event of a single disk drive failure.
For more information on RAID, see the Buyer's Guide to RAID Storage (EC-G2412-45).
The StorageWorks RAID Array 2301PIus subsystem comprises a PCI backplane RAID controller, operating system specific
RAID drivers and utilities (software), documentation, and disk drives with appropriate cables and enclosures. The
controller provides RAID functionality. It is a backplane controller, and plugs directly into PCI bus inside system
enclosure. Therefore, RAID functionality can be provided for disk drives inside, as well as outside, system enclosure.
In a standalone RAID subsystem, disks are housed in separate StorageWorks pedestal enclosures. The combination of a
PCI adapter and a RAiD controller (as a single component) provides a lower-cost solution than traditional standalone
RAID controllers. The StorageWorks RAID Array 2301PIus controller is available in three models:
• Single SCSI channel model with 4 MB of cache that supports up to 7 disk drives,
• Three SCSI channel model with 4 MB of cache that supports up to 21 drives, and
• Three SCSI channel model with 8 MB of cache that supports up to 21 drives
RAID drivers and utilities provide the following functionality:
• RAID subsystem configuration (display drive array map, bind disks into RAID sets, configure array parameters, etc.)
• RAID subsystem monitoring and fault reporting. Status changes are reported to OPCOM (OpenVMS), System Console
(Digital UNIX) Event Viewer (Windows NT); written to a log file (Digital UNIX and Open VMS); and notification can
be sent via MAIL (OpenVMS).
• RAID subsystem maintenance (parity check and repair, firmware updates)

System Support
The StorageWorks RAID Array 2301PIus subsystem is supported on Alpha systems that use the industry-standard PCI bus.
Please refer to system specific ordering menus for currently supported options and configuration guidelines.

Operating System Support
StorageWorks RAID Array 2301PIus subsystem is supported on Digital UNIX V3.2F with Patch ID: OSF350-135 or later,
OpenVMS 6.2-1H3 or later and Windows NT for Alpha V3.51 with Service Pack 4 or later.

Ordering Information
StorageWorks RAID Array 2301PIus Subsystem can be configured with disk drives inside the system enclosure or in
standalone configurations where the disk devices are contained in StorageWorks pedestal enclosures.
StorageWorks RAID Array 2301PIus Subsystem consists of the following key components:
• PCI backplane RAID controller, which plugs-in directly into PCI system backplane.
• Software and documentation kit, which includes device drivers and RAID utilities for chosen system platform.
(SoftwarelDocumentation kits are bundled with controllers).
• StorageWorks disk drives
• Enclosures, as required, to house disks
• Cables to connect controller to disk drives
• Additional StorageWorks components (redundant power supplies, fans, etc.)

6.38 Storage

Storage Controllers and Adapters

StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Plus Controller/Subsystem (continued)
Ordering Information
KZPAC-AA

KZPAC-CA

KZPAC-CB
BN31K-OE

BN31L-IE

BN31M-IE

BN31S-1E

BN31S-02*

KZPSC-UB

Single (FWSE) SCSI channel PCI backplane RAID controller with 4 MB of cache memory for
Alpha systems, 68-pin HD connector on the module for internal connection and an 0.8 mm 68 pin
connector on the module's standard PCI bulkhead for external connections. Includes StorageWorks
RAID Array 2301PIus Subsystem Software, StorageWorks RAID Array 200 Management Utility,
media licenses, and documentation. Requires SCSI cables, not included.
Three (FWSE) SCSI channel PCI backplane RAID controller with 4 MB of cache memory for
Alpha systems, 68-pin HD connectors on the module for internal connection, two channels available
through 0.8 mm 68 pin connectors on the module's standard PCI bulkhead for external connection,
the third channel can be connected to a 0.8 mm 68-pin connector on a standard PCI bulkhead
connector via an adapter cable. Includes StorageWorks RAID Array 2301PIus Subsystem Software,
StorageWorks RAID Array 200 Management Utility, media licenses, and documentation. Requires
SCSI cables, not included.
Same as the KZPAC-CA, but includes 8 MB of cache memory.
SCSI cable and bulkhead assembly for internal connection from KZP AC-CA/CB module to system
cabinet bulkhead (17-04108-01). Use to connect KZPAC-CA/CB 3rd SCSI channel to system
bulkhead. - 16 bit capable - 0.5m.
External 1.5 m, 8-bit SCSI-2 cable. (17-04107-01). Connects 0.8 mm 68-pin HD connector from
PCI bulkhead connector to 50-pin HD SCSI connector on StorageWorks 8-bit device enclosure. Use
one for each KZPSC external SCSI channel.
External 1.5 m, 16-bit SCSI-2 cable (17-04107-02). Connects 0.8 mm 68-pin HD connector from
PCI bulkhead connector to 68-pin HD SCSI connector on StorageWorks 16-bit enclosure (BA354).
Use one for each KZPSC external SCSI channel.
External 1.5 m, 16-bit SCSI-2 cable (17-04107-03 Connects 0.8 mm connector from the PCI
bulkhead to 68-pin HD SCSI connector on a BA356, StorageWorks 16-bit enclosure, I/O personality
module (BA35X-MH). Use one for each KZPSC external SCSI channel.
External 2.0 m, 16-bit SCSI-2 cable (17-04107-03 Connects 0.8 mm connector from the PCI
bulkhead to 68-pin HD SCSI connector on a BA356, StorageWorks 16-bit enclosure, I/O personality
module (BA35X-MH). Use one for each KZPSC external SCSI channel. Specific to AlphaServer
4100 systems.
Battery module for all KZPA C cache memory. Provides up to 12 hours of memory retention for 4
Mbyte of cache memory or 8 hours with the 8 MB cache memory. These guidelines are based upon
new, fully-charged batteries. Some deterioration in memory retention time should be expected over
time.

* This cable is required for AlphaServer 4100 configurations only when one of three internal storage shelf is at the maximum distance
from the CPU. For all other storage shelves, the BN31S-1E is the required cable.
Drives supported
Max. Number drives Max. Number drives
KZPSC-BA
KZPSC-AA
21
7

Physical Drives
per logical drive

Usable
Storage

Data
Redundancy

0
1

2-8

All
50%

Yes

0+1

3-8

50%

Yes

3-8

66%-87%

Yes

JBOD

All

RAID

Level

Storage 6.39

~torage t.::ontrollers and Adapters

Specifications
Non-RAID device support
Non-Disk device support
Drives supported

Drive Reconstruct
Disk hot swap
Disk hot spare
Redundant power supplies
Redundant controllers
Redundant fans
Mixed drive types
Mixed RAID levels within Drive Group
Configurable reconstruct time
Stripe size
Write through cache
Write back cache
Battery Backup for Cache
Boot capability
Number of controllers/system
Cache support

Yes, disk drives (JBOD)
Yes, Tape drives and CD-ROM drives for Windows NT V 3.5 only
1.05 Gbytes RZ26L-VA, (Rev DOS or higher)
1.05 Gbytes, RZ26L-VW (Rev DOS or higher)
1.05 Gbytes, RZ26N
2.1 Gbytes RZ28D
2.1 Gbytes RZ28M
4.3 Gbytes, RZ29B
Automatic.
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Variable, 8K-64 KB
Yes, User Selectable (default)
Yes, User Selectable (optional)
Yes
Bootable from RAID set (System dependent)
4 RAID controllers per system in any combination of RAID Array 210, 230, or 2301PIus
subject to minimal operating system levels and system specific configuration guidelines.
4 - 8 Mbytes as specified in model numbers

Technical Information
System bus interface
Controller form factor
Supported RAID levels
Supported drive channels
Number of drive groups
SCSI channels
Number of disks supported per controller

6.40 Storage

Industry-standard PCI
Industry-standard PCI card
0,1,0+1,5, JBOD ("just a bunch of disks")
1 or 3 SCSI channels
Up to 8 per controller
SCSI-2, 8 and 16 bit, Single-Ended,Fast (10/20 Mbytes/second)
Up to 7 per SCSI channel:
= 7 disk drives maximum, per 'Drives supported' table
KZPAC-AA
KZPAC-CA/CB = 21 disk drives maximum, per 'Drives supported' table

Storage Controllers and Adapters

StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Controller/Subsystem
StorageWorks RAID Array 230 subsystem is a hardware-based RAID solution for Alpha and Intel system platforms that
use the industry-standard PCI bus. It provides RAID levels 0 (striping), 1 (mirroring), 0+ 1 (striped mirrored sets), and 5
(striping with distributed parity). By providing RAID functionality, it binds a collection of disk drives into logical drives to
provide data redundancy and/or increased performance. Performance improvements are obtained by striping user data
across a number of disk drives, thus overlapping disk operations (RAID 0, 0+ 1).
Redundancy is obtained by keeping additional copies of user data on a redundant disk drive (RAID 1), or by generating
and storing data parity so that user information can be reconstructed in the event of a disk failure (RAID 5). In either case,
the application continues to run without data loss in the event of a single disk drive failure.
For more information on RAID, see the Buyer's Guide to RAID Systems(EC-G4136-45).
The StorageWorks RAID Array 230 subsystem comprises a PCI backplane RAID controller, operating system specific
RAID drivers and utilities (software), documentation, and disk drives with appropriate cables and enclosures. The
controller provides RAID functionality. It is a backplane controller, and plugs directly into PCI bus inside system
enclosure. Therefore, RAID functionality can be provided for disk drives inside, as well as outside, system enclosure.
In a standalone RAID subsystem, disks are housed in separate StorageWorks pedestal enclosures. The combination of a
PCI adapter and a RAID controller (as a single component) provides a lower-cost solution than traditional standalone
RAID controllers. The KZPSC controller is available in two models, a single SCSI channel variant that supports up to 7
disk drives, and a three channel model that supports up to 21 drives. RAID drivers and utilities provide the following
functionality;
• RAID subsystem configuration (display drive array map, bind disks into RAID sets, configure array parameters, etc.)
· RAID subsystem monitoring and fault reporting. Status changes are reported to OPCOM (OpenVMS), System Console
(Digital UNIX) Event Viewer (Windows NT); written to a log file (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS); and notification can
be sent via MAIL (OpenVMS).
• RAID subsystem maintenance (parity check and repair, firmware updates)

System Support
The StorageWorks RAID Array 230 subsystem is supported on Alpha systems and Intel Servers that use the industrystandard PCI bus. Refer to system ordering menus.

Operating System Support
StorageWorks RAID Array 230 subsystem is supported on Digital UNIX V3.0B, OpenVMS 6.2, and Windows NT V3.5
SCO Unix V3.2.4, Novell NetWare V3.1x, 4.10, and Intel Windows NT V3.5.

Ordering Information
StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem can be configured with disk drives inside system enclosure, or in standalone
configurations, where the disk devices are contained in StorageWorks pedestal enclosures.
StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem consists of the following key components;
• PCI backplane RAID controller, which plugs-in directly into PCI system backplane.
• Software and documentation kit, which includes device drivers and RAID utilities for chosen system platform.
(SoftwarelDocumentation kits are bundled with controllers).
• StorageWorks disk drives
• Enclosures, as required, to house disks
• Cables to connect controller to disk drives
• Additional StorageWorks components (redundant power supplies, fans, etc.)

Storage 6.41

~lOrage Lontrollers and Adapters

Ordering Information
KZPSC-AA

KZPSC-BA

BN31K-OE

BN31L-IE

BN31M-IE

BN31S-1E

KZPSC-UB
MSIOO-AA

MSIOO-AB

Single Channel PCI backplane RAID controller for Alpha Platforms. Provides one FWSE SCSI
channel through a 68-pin HD connector on module, for internal connection, or via an 0.8 mm 68 pin
connector on the module's standard PCI bulkhead for external connection. Includes StorageWorks
RAID Array 230 Subsystem Family Software and Documentation Kit for Digital UNIX, Open VMS,
and Windows NT, 4 Mbyte Cache. Requires SCSI cable:
Three Channel PCI backplane RAID controller for Alpha Platforms. Provides three FWSE SCSI
channels through 68-pin HD connectors on module, for internal connection. For external connection,
two of the channels are available through 0.8 mm 68 pin connectors on module's standard PCI bulkhead; third channel can be connected to an 0.8 mm 68-pin connector on a standard PCI bulkhead
connector via an adapter cable (BN31K-OE). Includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem
Family Software and Documentation Kit for Digital UNIX, Open VMS, and Windows NT, 4-Mbyte
cache. Requires SCSI cables.
SCSI cable and bulkhead assembly for internal connection from KZPSC-BA module to system
cabinet bulkhead (17-04108-01). Use to connect KZPSC-BA 3rd SCSI channel to system bulkhead. 16 bit capable - O.5m
External 1.5 m, 8-bit SCSI-2 cable. (17-04107-01). Connects 0.8 mm 68-pin HD connector from
PCI bulkhead connector to 50-pin HD SCSI connector on StorageWorks 8-bit device enclosure. Use
one for each KZPSC external SCSI channel.
External 1.5 m, 16-bit SCSI-2 cable (17-04107-02). Connects 0.8 mm 68-pin HD connector from
PCI bulkhead connector to 68-pin HD SCSI connector on StorageWorks 16-bit enclosure (BA354).
Use one for each KZPSC external SCSI channel.
External 1.5 m, 16-bit SCSI-2 cable (17-04107-03. Connects 0.8 mm connector from the PCI
bulkhead to 68-pin HD SCSI connector on a BA356, StorageWorks 16-bit enclosure, I/O personality
module (BA35X-MH). Use one for each KZPSC external SCSI channel.
Battery backup for KZPSC cache memory. Provides up to 20 hours of memory retention for
4 Mbyte of cache memory.
16 Mbyte Cache memory for KZPSC and KZESC. 16 Mbyte, 4Mx36,70ns,72 pin, Industry
standard SIMM (54-23170-AA). Replaces 4 Mbyte SIMM on KZPSC and KZESC backplane RAID
controller
32 Mbyte Cache memory for KZPSC and KZESC. 32 Mbyte, 8Mx36,70ns,72 pin, Industry
standard SIMM (54-21277-AA). Replaces 4 Mbyte SIMM on KZPSC and KZESC backplane RAID
controller

Drives supported
Level

Physical Drives
per logical drive

2-8

All

50%

Yes

0+1

3-8

50%

3-8

66%-87%

Yes
Yes

7
7

16
21

mOD

All

RAID

6.42 Storage

Usable
Storage

Data
Redundancy

Max. Number drives Max. Number drives
KZPSC-AA
KZPSC-BA

21
8

Storage Controllers and Adapters

RAID Array 230 Controller/Subsystem (continued)
Specifications
Non-RAID device support
Non-Disk device support
Drives supported

Drive Reconstruct
Disk hot swap

Yes, disk drives (JBOD)
Yes, Tape drives and CD drives (Windows NT V 3.S, Novell NetWare, SCO
Unix)
O.S Gbytes RZ2SL-V A, (Rev C06 or higher)
1.0S Gbytes RZ26L-VA, (Rev DOS or higher)
LOS Gbytes RZ26L-VW (Rev DOS or higher)
LOS Gbytes RZ26N-VA and -VW
2.1 Gbytes RZ28-V A and -VW
2.1 Gbytes RZ28D-V A and -VW
2.1 Gbytes RZ28M-VA and -VW
4.3 Gbytes, RZ29B-V A and -VW
Automatic.

Disk hot spare
Redundant power supplies
Redundant controllers

Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Redundant fans
Mixed drive types

Yes
Yes

Mixed RAID levels within Drive Group Yes
Configurable reconstruct time
Yes
Stripe size
Write through cache

Variable, 8 K-64 KB
Yes, User Selectable (default)

Write back cache
Battery Backup for Cache
Boot capability
Number of controllers/system

Yes, User Selectable (optional)
Yes
Boatable from RAID set (System dependent)
4 RAID controllers in any combination of KZESC or KZPSC with OpenVMS,
Digital UNIX, Windows NT, or Novell NetWare are subject to specific CPU
configuration limitations

Cache support

4-32 Mbyte; 4 Mbytes standard

Technical Information
System bus interface
Controller form factor
Supported RAID levels

Industry-standard PCI
Industry-standard PCI card
0, 1, 0+ 1, S, JBOD ("just a bunch of disks")

Supported drive channels
Number of drive groups
(logical drives) supported

1 or 3 SCSI channels
Up to 8 per controller

SCSI channels

SCSI-2, 8 and 16 bit, Single-Ended, Fast (10/20 Mbytes/second)

Number of disks supported per controllerUp to 7 per SCSI channel:
KZPSC-AA = 7 disk drives maximum
KZPSC-BA =21 disk drives maximum (See drive support table)

Storage 6.43

~torage Controllers and Adapters

The StorageWorks RAID Array 210 subsystem is a hardware-based RAID subsystem for Alpha and Intel system platforms
that use the industry-standard EISA bus. It provides RAID levels 0 (striping), 1 (shadowing), 0+ 1 (striped shadowed sets),
and 5 (striping with distributed parity). By providing RAID functionality, it binds a collection of disk drives into a smaller
number of logical drives to provide data redundancy and/or increased performance.
Performance improvements are obtained by striping user data across a number of disk drives, thus overlapping disk
operations (RAID 0, 0+ 1). Redundancy is obtained by keeping additional copies of user data on a redundant disk drive
(RAID 1), or by generating and storing data parity so that user information can be reconstructed in the event of a disk
failure (RAID 5). In either case, the application continues to run without data loss in the event of a single disk drive failure.
For more information on RAID, see the Buyer's Guide to RAID Systems (EC-G4136-45).
The StorageWorks RAID Array 210 subsystem comprises a RAID controller, RAID software (drivers and utilities) and
documentation, and disk drives with appropriate cables and enclosures.
The SWXCR-Ex controller provides the RAID functionality. It is an EISA backplane controller, and plugs directly into
the EISA bus inside the system enclosure. Therefore, RAID functionality can be provided for the disk drives inside, as
well as outside, the system enclosure.
In a standalone RAID subsystem, the disks are housed in separate StorageWorks pedestal enclosures. The combination of
an EISA adapter and a RAID controller (as a single component) provides a lower-cost solution than traditional standalone
RAID controllers. The SWXCR-Ex controller is available in two models, a single SCSI channel variant that supports up
to 7 disk drives, and a three channel model that supports up to 21 drives.
The RAID software includes device drivers, standalone, and on-line utilities which provide following functionality:
• EISA bus configuration
• RAID subsystem configuration (display drive array map, bind disks into RAID sets, configure array parameters, etc.)
• RAID subsystem monitoring and fault reporting. Status changes are reported to OPCOM (Open VMS), System Console
(Digital UNIX), Event Viewer (Windows NT); written to a log file (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS); and notification can
be sent via MAIL (OpenVMS)
• RAID subsystem maintenance (parity check and repair, firmware updates)
The hardware components of the StorageWorks RAID Array 210 subsystem are standard StorageWorks components. This
includes the disk drives as well as the enclosures. Many of the redundancy attributes of the StorageWorks RAID Array
210 subsystem, such as disk drive, power supply, and fan hot swapping, are standard StorageWorks attributes.

Supported Systems
The StorageWorks RAID Array 210 subsystem is supported on Alpha systems and Intel servers that use the industrystandard EISA bus.

Operating System Support
The StorageWorks RAID Array 210 subsystem is supported on OpenVMS, Digital UNIX, SCO UNIX, Novell Netware,
and Windows NT.

6.44 Storage

Storage Controllers and Adapters

StorageWorks RAID Array 210 Subsystem (continued)
Ordering Information
The StorageWorks RAID Array 210 Subsystem can be configured with the disk drives inside the system enclosure, or in
standalone configurations, where the disk devices are contained in StorageWorks pedestal enclosures.
• StorageWorks RAID Array 210 Subsystems include: SWXCR-Ex EISA backplane RAID controller; plugs directly into
the EISA system backplane
• Software and documentation kit; includes device drivers and RAID utilities for chosen system platform.
(Software/documentation kits are bundled with the controllers)
• StorageWorks disk drives
• Enclosures, as required, to house disks
• Cables to connect controller to disk drives
• Additional StorageWorks components (redundant power supplies, fans, etc.)
• StorageWorks Raid Array 210 Subsystem
KZESC-AA

KZESC-BA

CK-SWXCR-AA

BN21H-02
BC25R-3B
FR-PCTAR-AA

FR-PCTAR-AB

Single Channel EISA backplane RAID controller for Alpha Platforms. Provides one SCSI channel through standard 50-pin EISA card connector. Includes StorageWorks RAID Array 200 Subsystem Family Software and Documentation Kit for Open VMS, Digital UNIX, and Windows NT, 4Mbyte cache. Requires SCSI cable.
Three Channel EISA backplane RAID controller for Alpha Platforms. Provides three SCSI
channels. One SCSI channel is available through standard 50-pin EISA card connector. All three
SCSI channels are available on module via standard 50-pin connectors. Includes StorageWorks
RAID Array 200 Subsystem Family Software and Documentation Kit for Open VMS, Digital UNIX,
and Windows NT, 4-Mbyte cache. Requires SCSI cables.
Cable and bulkhead connector kit for KZESC-BA. Includes 0.3-meter (1-foot), internal "Y" cable
(17-03998-01) which connects two SCSI channels from the controller module to one 68-pin bulkhead
connector. Note: 68-pin bulkhead connector is attached to a standard PC connector
mounting plate (74-48600-01). AlphaServer 2100 mounting plate (70-47879-03) is also included. Kit
also includes external "Y" SCSI cable (17-04000-01) which connects 68-pin bulkhead connector to
two 1.7-meter SCSI cables with 50-pin connectors. Use to connect to two external pedestal enclosures.
2-meter SCSI cable. Connects 50-pin EISA card connector to SCSI device enclosure (disk pedestal/cabinet).
38-inch 50 Pos female to 50 Pos female SCSI cable assembly (17-03948-01) for SCSI drives inside
AlphaServer 2100 system enclosure. Use one per SCSI channel.
Single Channel EISA backplane RAID controller for Intel Servers. Includes single channel RAID
controller, StorageWorks RAID Array 200 Subsystem Family Software and Documentation Kit for
Windows NT, Novell NetWare, and SCO UNIX, and an internal SCSI cable (17-03459)
Single Channel EISA backplane RAID controller for Intel Servers. Includes a single channel
RAID controller, StorageWorks RAID Array 200 Subsystem Family Software and Documentation
Kit for Windows NT, Novell NetWare, and SCO UNIX, and an external SCSI cable (BN21H-02).

Drives Supported
RAID

Level
0
1
0+1
5
mOD

Physical
Drives per
logical drive
2-8

Data
Redundancy
No

Max.#of
Drives
KZESC-AA
7

2
3-8

Usable
Storage
All
50%
50%

Yes
Yes

6
7

3-8
1

66%-87%
All

Yes
No

7
7

Max.#of
Drives
KZESC-BA
21
16
21
21
8

Storage 6.45

Storage Controllers and Adapters

Specifications
Non-RAID device support

Yes, disk drives (JBOD)

Non-Disk device support

Yes, tape drives and CD drives (Windows NT,
Novell Netware, SCO UNIX)

Drives supported

0.5 Gbytes RZ25L-VA
1.05 Gbytes RZ26L-V A
1.05 Gbytes RZ26N
2.1 Gbytes RZ28D
2.1 Gbytes RZ28M
4.3 Gbytes RZ29B

Drive Reconstruct

Automatic

Disk hot swap

Yes

Disk hot spare

Yes

Redundant power supplies

Yes

Redundant controllers

Redundant fans

Yes

Mixed drive types

Yes

Mixed RAID levels within Drive Group

Yes

Configurable reconstruct time

Yes

Stripe size

8-64KB

Write through cache

Yes, user selectable (default)

Write back cache

Yes, user selectable (optional)

Boot capability

Bootable from RAID set (system dependent)

Number of controllers/system

4 RAID controllers in any combination of KZESC or KZPSC with OpenVMS,
Digital UNIX, Windows NT, or Novell NetWare are subject to specific CPU
configuration limitations

Cache support

Yes (4 Mbytes standard)

Technical Information
System bus interface

Industry-standard EISA

Controller form factor

Industry-standard EISA card

Supported RAID levels

0, 1,0+1,5, JBOD ("just a bunch of disks")

Supported drive channels

1 or 3 SCSI channels

Number of drive groups
(logical drives) suppported

Up to 8 per controller

SCSI channels

SCSI-2, 8-bit, Single-Ended,
Fast (10 Mbytes/second)

Number of disks supported per controller

Up to 7 per SCSI channel:
SWXCR-EA = 7 disk drive maximum
SWXCR-EB =21 disk drive maximum
Note: Subject to RAID level and group restrictions

6.46 Storage

Storage Controllers and Adapters

StorageWorks DWZZB SCSI Bus Extender and Signal Converter
DWZZB is a Fast Wide Differential to single-ended SCSI bus extender and signal converter. It is 8 or 16 bit Fast Wide
Differential SCSI on one side and an 8 or 16 bit single-ended SCSI on the other side. DWZZB is SCSI-3 (ANSI X3T9.210R3) compliant, can handle data rates up to 20 (l6-bit) Mbytes per second, and operates transparently to SCSI bus. The
product fully supports all the latest SCSI-3 bus phases as well as all earlier standarq SCSI compatible implementations,
back to SASI.
DWZZB is bi-directional in operation and can be cascaded. A maximum of two can be attached to a bus in a series.
Termination on the single-ended side is user selectable. The 16-bit fast wide differential side features user removable
resistors. DWZZB handles the more powerful 16-bit SCSI buses as well as 8-bit buses and handles data rates up to 20
Mbytes per second on Fast SCSI. It is fully compatible with 2- to 5-Mbyte per second data rates of earlier SCSI
interconnects. It extends SCSI buses from 3 or 6 meters to 25 meters using synchronous transfers.
DWZZB can be used to connect the widening range of available differential SCSI storage devices and subsystems to
single-ended hosts. No changes are required to existing devices or software; the DWZZB does not occupy a SCSI bus
node.
The standard warranty includes one year of onsite service and an additional two years of return-to-factory service.
Features:
• Connecting a user supplied 16-bit differential device to a 16-bit single-ended adapter.
• Extending a 16-bit SCSI single-ended bus so that very loud devices may be located in a lights-out closet or away from
noise-sensitive work spaces.
• Creating clumps with UNIX systems so that non-dynamic disk sharing can occur should one of two worksystems fail.
• Centrally locating devices for several members of a workgroup for administrative or security control.
• DWZZB family consists of DWZZB-AA standalone product, DWZZB-MA module for OEM use, and DWZZB-VW for
StorageWorks pedestals and shelves.
II

DWZZB SCSI Bus Extender and Signal Converter
DWZZB-AA
DWZZB-MA

DWZZB-VW

Standalone Product-includes built-in universal power supply for general purpose SCSI bus length
and signal conversion needs, can be used with any SCSI-2 compatible device.
Module for OEM use-includes basic module that operates at 20 Mbyte per second and is fully
ANSI compliant for embedded applications (power suppler and packaging to be ordered separately
by OEM or system integrator).
StorageWorks Pedestals and Shelves-occupies a single Storage Building Block (SBB) slot in
BA356 StorageWorks Deskside Wide Expansion Pedestal. It converts single-ended disks and tapes
in BA356 shelf to differential SCSI host adapter as much as 25 meters away.

Accessories and Supplies
DWZZB-AA

DWZZB-MA

DWZZB-VW

68-pin
connectors for both SCSI buses
Box size: 8.3 inches long x 4.5 inches wide x 3.0 high
Universal AC power, 20 watts
68 pin
connectors-hi-density female, shielded, jack screw retention
AMPS 749076-7-Mates with AMPS 750752-1 or equivalent
Power connector-Mates with AMPS 1-480424-0. Female pins are AMPS 61320-1 (3 required) or
equivalents: Pin I-no connection; Pin 2-Frame ground; Pin 3-Power ground (+5 VDC return);
Pin 4 - +5 VDC; Indicators: none; Dimensions: 3.88 inches x 6.00 inches; Power Required: 5 VDCat
4 AMPS maximum
Connector-same as DWZZB-MA. Occupies one single 3.5-inch carrier position
IIp

IIp

Storage 6.47

Storage Controllers and Adapters

DWZZA StorageWorks Signal Converter adapts 16-bit Fast Wide Differential SCSI systems to 8-bit single-ended SCSI
signals to provide long (up to 25 meters) cable support. The signal converter connects a customer-supplied differential
device to a single-ended adapter. It also extends a SCSI single-ended bus so that loud devices may be located away from
noise-sensitive work spaces. It creates "clumps" with UNIX systems so that non-dynamic disk sharing can occur if one of
two work systems fails. Customers can be freed of the 6-meter SCSI limit and locate SCSI devices over 25 meters apart
using synchronous transfers. No changes are required to existing devices or software.
DWZZA signal converter is bi-directional in operation, and can be cascaded; more than one can be attached to a bus.
Termination on the 8-bit side is user- selectable active. A second DWZZA may be used to convert the differential voltages
back to single-ended voltages at the far end.

Features
•
•
•
•

16-bit Fast-Wide Differential SCSI on one side and 8-bit single-ended SCSI on the other side
Handles data rates to 10 Mbytes per second
Operates transparently to the SCSI bus
Fully supports all the latest SCSI-3 (ANSI X3T9.2-10R3) bus phases including arbitration, disconnect/reconnect, and
selection during reselection as well as all earlier standard SCSI compatible implementations back to SASI.

DWZZA SCSI Bus Extender and Signal Converter
DWZZA-MA
DWZZA·VA

DWZZA·AA

Module for embedding in SCSI systems; used with customer-supplied power and packaging.
Single active electronics module encased in standard 3.5-inch modular storage carrier; supports
single-ended disks only. DWZZA-VA supports disks configured in normal arrays and those used
with software RAID.
Includes DWZZA-MA and a power supply encased in small standalone unit; used for DEC 7000 and
DEC 10000 systems, and for HSCs that require connectivity to the StorageWorks family.·

SCSI Signal Converter Kits
SWXOl·AA

HSS9X·RA

Shelf and signal converter kit for attaching external SCSI storage (single-ended SCSI bus to the
systems. Extends single-ended SCSI bus from systems into SW800 cabinet. Includes DWZZA-AA
stand-alone single-ended to fast-wide differential signal converter, BC09D-06 (6-feet) single-ended
SCSI cable, BN21K-10 (lO-meter) differential SCSI cable, DWZZA-VA differential to single-ended
signal converter, BA3S0-JA shelf, with power supply and mounting bracket.
Signal converter kit and SCSI channel card for attaching external SCSI storage to the HSC. Includes
DWZZA-AA, BN21K-10 (lO-meter) differential SCSI cable to connect SCSI channel card to
DWZZA-VA; BA3S0-JA shelf which includes power supply and mounting bracket; and HSC9X-SX
SCSI data channel card.

Specifications
DWZZA-MA
DWZZA-VA
DWZZA-AA
Connectors
Single-ended
Differential
Power Required
Input voltage
Input current
Total power consumption

6.48 Storage

3.2S-inch x 6.S-inch module
Standard 3.S-inch StorageWorks Building Block
4.S-inch wide, 3-inch high, 8-inch long tabletop unit
SO-pin low-density shielded SCSI device (A cable connector).
68-pin panel-mounted SCSI "P" connector
SVdc
Electronics 1.S Amps; Terminators 0--3 Amps
7.S-22.S Watts

Storage Controllers and Adapters

CIPCA PCI-to-CI Storage Host Adapter for OpenVMS Systems
The CIPCA is a PCI-to-CI storage host bus adapter. The CIPCA allows users to connect their existing CI-based storage
to high-performance PCI-based AlphaServer systems, thereby minimizing costs while maximizing total system
performance. CIPCA is the only product available on the market that allows PCI to CI connectivity and increases th
eperformance of the CI with support for 4k packet.

Features
CIPCA is supported using the current OpenVMS V6.2 and OpenVMS V7.0 OpenVMS Cluster SPD CI configuration rules.
The standard CI node count restrictions that apply to the CIPCA are as follows:
•
•
•
•

Up to and including 16 CI host systems
Up to and including 16 CI Hierarchical Storage Controllers
Up to and including 32 CI products/Star Coupler (16 without CISCE)
Up to and including 96 OpenVMS Cluster member systems

Supported CIPCA host systems
AlphaServer 8400,8200, 2100A, 2100, and 2000 running OpenVMS V6.2
The CIPCA requires one PCI backplane slot and one EISA backplane slot. A maximum of two CIPCA adapters are
supported per system.

Supported CI connected hosts
• Any OpenVMS VAX or Alpha host using CIXCD or CIBCA-B

CI hierarchal storage controllers supported
• HSJ30/40 with StorageWorks HSOF V2.5 or higher
· All HSC devices except HSC50

CI host adapters supported
• CIXCD, CIBCA-B, and CISCE (CISCE is no longer available; however existing installations are supported)

OpenVMS VAX and Alpha versions
Standard "warrantied" and "migration" pairings for mixed architecture/version clusters apply. Please refer to OpenVMS
Cluster Software Product Description (SPD 29.78.12) for full details.
OpenVMS Cluster is the same as OpenVMS VAX or Alpha V 6.2, which is
• Warranted support
• Migration support back to and including OpenVMS V5.5-2
CIPCA is not supported by Digital UNIX or Windows NT.
The CIPCA requires one of the following additional configuration dependent CI cables:
• BNCIA-I0 CI cable 10 M Length
• BNCIA-20 CI cable 20 M Length
• BNCIA-45 CI cable 45 M Length

Ordering Information
CIPCA-AA

PCI to-CI-Storage Host Bus Adapter

Storage 6.49

StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays SWXNA

StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays integrate industry-leading Alpha technology with StorageWorks modular design to
meet fault-tolerant storage requirements of large FDDI- and CDDI-based systems. The StorageWorks Network Storage
Array Family extends the StorageWorks line with entry-level, mid-level and high-performance/high-availability storage
arrays (including CPUs to manage storage processes) to meet the IIO needs of even the largest FDDI- or CDDI-based
systems. Several models are available that can provide centralized storage management capability.
•
•
•
•

SWXNA-DAlExlHAlJx entry-level models provide storage capacity up to 154 Gigabytes
SWXNA-AxlFx models are the high availability systems that provide up to 154 Gigabytes of storage
SWXNA-BxlGx products provide high performance, high availability, and up to 309 Gigabytes of storage
SWXNA-CAICB expansion cabinets offer up to 309 Gigabytes of additional storage; when attached to
SWXNA-Bx/Gx Network Storage Arrays they provide a total of up to 619 Gigabytes on-line
• Capacities listed above assume SWXD3-xE, 4.3 Gigabyte disk drives

The hardware consists of standard StorageWorks components. SWXNA-AxlFx StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays
include Dual Attachment Station (DAS) FDDI (CDDI for -FxlGxIHAlJx models) Adapters, two AlphaServer Processors
(with 128 Megabytes RAM, one 3.5-inch SCSI Diskette Drive, and one CD-ROM Drive each), two 2-Gigabyte Disks
(configured into a two-member shadowset system disk), one I-Gigabyte Quorum Disk, two Bus Adapters, and two Device
Channel Processors with 32 Mbytes of write-back cache housed in a single SWXSC cabinet. The SWXNA-BxlGx models
provide additional redundant components. Entry-level models SWXNA- DAlExlHAlJx have only one AlphaServer. See
details in the ordering information section.
Network File System (NFS) adds network file serving capability to non-Open VMS client systems that support the TCP/IP
protocol suite, including Digital UNIX and Windows NT clients; a version of PerfectCache read cache software (by
Raxco Software, Incorporated, customized for the SWXNA) enhances IIO performance; and a new Software Customization
Procedure streamlines installation.
Standard software includes licenses: Software Customization Procedure, OpenVMS operating system, Open VMS cluster,
Volume Shadowing, TCP/IP Services (NFS) and a customized version of PerfectCache for each AlphaServer; Operating
Software (including RAIDO), Write-Back Cache, RAIDl, and Dynamic Parity RAID3/5 for the Device Channel
Processors. For more information, see StorageWorks Network Storage Array Software Product Description, SPD 64.18
and HSICP Device Channel Processor Operating Software, SPD 64.19.
All StorageWorks Network Storage Array models support a wide range of StorageWorks devices, so the FDDIICDDI
storage solution can be configured to exact application needs. Additionally, Network Storage Arrays allow comprehensive
storage management capabilities to execute independently, reducing client CPU cycles spent on storage management and
effectively eliminating storage management associated network traffic.
Finally, Digital's commitment to investment protection is evidenced by the breadth of upgrade options which ease the
transition from earlier generations of FDDI Server network attached storage products to the capabilities and features of the
SWXNA generation.

AlphaServers: Functionality Up Front
StorageWorks Network Storage Array AlphaServers combine Digital's advanced Alpha technology with 128 Mbyte RAM
(upgrade able to 512 Mbytes), to provide the internal performance required to handle the IIO load ofFDDIICDDI-based
OpenVMS cluster systems as well as traffic from open systems platforms.
SWXNA-AxlBxlFxlGx's two AlphaServers share the IIO load under normal circumstances. When a failure occurs, the
surviving AlphaServer takes over the load of its failed partner, and continues to deliver data from all devices until repair
can be effected. The AlphaServers are separately powered and cooled, so a power supply or cooling failure does not
interrupt data access; and the shadowed system disk provides redundancy of operating system parameters.

High CapacitylHigh Performance Device Channel Processors
In SWXNA-AxlFx/ExlJx products, two Device Channel Processors (as a dual redundant pair) connect AlphaServers to a
maximum of 36 redundant industry-standard SCSI-2 devices on six independent Fast (lO-Mbyte/second) SCSI-2 buses for
full fail over capability. In SWXNA-Bx/Gx products, four Device Channel Processors (two dual redundant pairs) connect
up to 72 devices; and capacity is doubled by up to 72 additional devices with the addition of an SWXNA-Cx. A wide
range of StorageWorks magnetic, solid state, and optical disks, tapes, and media loader devices is supported.

6.50 Storage

StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays SWXNA

StorageWorks Network Storage Array Family-SWXNA (continued)
Caching Further Increases Device Channel Processor 110 Performance
Each Device Channel Processor includes a 32 Mbyte non-volatile read/write cache that further reduces 110 request
execution times. Advanced software allocates the cache dynamically based on actual 110 activity.
For optimal resource utilization, management facilities allow the system administrator to enable or disable read and write
caching for each storage unit attached to a Device Channel Processor. In the event of a power failure, on-board batteries
keep write cache contents intact for up to 100 hours to prevent data loss.

Dual-Redundant Device Channel Processors Enhance Data Integrity
In all SWXNA Device Channel Processor configurations, either dual redundant Device Channel Processor can assume
control of all storage devices in the event of its partner's failure, including flushing any unsaved data from the partner's
write cache to storage media.
For further information, see HSICP Device Channel Processor Operating Software, Software Product Description (SPD)
64.19.03.

RAID Extends Data Availability Dimensions
To further enhance performance in both transaction and data transfer intensive environments, a built-in disk striping
feature allows the system administrator to create stripesets of up to 14 disks.
For even greater data protection, disk shadowing, disk mirroring, and parity RAID are standard. Digital's innovative
implementation of parity RAID technology dynamically adjusts to 110 workload, optimizing 110 performance in high data
transfer rate and high transaction rate environments. Using dynamic parity RAID, Device Channel Processors in
StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays economically provide continued access to data in the event of a disk failure.
Mirroring (RAID Levell) is also provided via the HS 1CP operating software. It provides the highest data availability,
allowing fully redundant data disks to operate at a remote site.
For further information, see HSICP Device Channel Processor Operating Software, SPD 64.19.03.

Digital TCP/IP Software Adds Network File System (NFS) Support
Digital TCPIIP Services for OpenVMS software is pre-loaded. It expands the capability of the Network Storage Array
family to network file-serve clients operating Digital UNIX, SunOS, HP-UX, IBM AIX, SCO UNIX, and NFS-served PCs.
For more information, see Digital TCPIIP Services for OpenVMS Software Product Description, SPD 46.46.

PerfectCache Read Cache
A pre-loaded, customized version of PerfectCache (by Raxco Software, Incorporated) read cache software is furnished with
each AlphaServer in the SWXNA family. PerfectCache intercepts OpenVMS 110 requests and retrieves the data from
cache in the AlphaServer CPU RAM, to enhance QIO performance. PerfectCache has both menu-driven and commandline interfaces to enable the following functions:
• Start/Stop Caching
• Display a summary of caching statistics (snapshot or continuous)
• Reset caching statistics

System Support
With full duplex 100 Megabits per second communications over inter-system distances of up to 40 kilometers, and
GIGAswitch technology for ultra-high backbone performance of up to 3.6 Gigabits per second, Digital's FDDI technology
has greatly broadened the range of OpenVMS cluster systems. Up to 96 widely separated high- performance V AX and
Alpha computers can participate in a OpenVMS cluster attached to a single FDDI network, which may also contain other
OpenVMS clients, OpenVMS clusters, or TCPIIP clients.

Storage 6.51

StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays SWXNA

·················.1

StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays function as full members of OpenVMS cluster systems, providing block 110
services to hosts. As full OpenVMS cluster members, they provide the complete range of OpenVMS data features.
Network Storage Arrays are transparent to other elements within the Open VMS cluster environment, as well as to end
users. When the Network Storage Array is added to the cluster, other functions are unaffected; that is, there are no
functional changes to existing applications.
Because each StorageWorks Network Storage Array is an independent OpenVMS cluster member, multiple Network
Storage Arrays can be used in the same OpenVMS cluster systems, up to the maximum of 96 nodes supported by the
OpenVMS Operating System.
In today's complex computing environment, "simpler is better." To enhance the "ease of use" of the Network Storage
Array series, a user-friendly Software Customization Procedure and one year's worth of software updates (from the day of
purchase) are provided.

Operating System Support
Each StorageWorks Network Storage Array ships with the OpenVMS Alpha operating system installed and pre-configured
for use as a storage server. System administrators need only set the array up for a few system parameters and the specific
storage device configuration (e.g., defining appropriate OpenVMS allocation classes, device names, and storagesets), and
install optional storage management software. Initial installation can be accomplished in 10 to 15 minutes using the
Software Customization Procedure designed specifically for these Network Storage Arrays.

Order Information
Each SWXNA or SWXUA model comes with an installation/user's guide, and software documentation in hardcopy or CDROM. Each SWXSC-Dx enclosure comes with dual cable distribution units, so that separate, redundant power sources can
feed the enclosure. Electrical power requirements can be found at the SWXSC-DxlSW800 Datacenter Cabinet entry in the
Systems and Options Catalog.
Each AlphaServer contained in SWXNNSWXUA products below is a model 1000 4/233 MHz. Each comes standard with
128 Megabytes of RAM, one CD-ROM drive, one 3.5-inch diskette drive, one power supply, and the following software
and licenses: OpenVMS Operating System, OpenVMS cluster, Software Customization Procedure, Volume Shadowing,
Digital TCPIIP Services, and a version of PerfectCache by Raxco Software, customized for the SWXNA. One or two 2Gigabyte disks are provided for system disks on a redundantly-powered SWXSS-06 shelf with 8-bit personality module,
All Device Channel Processors come with a 32-Mbyte, non-volatile read/write-back cache module, as well as software and
licenses for Write-Back Cache, Mirroring, and Dynamic Parity RAID. Each SWXSS-Ol shelf provides power and physical
attachment for two Device Channel processors. For further details and additional supported devices, see HS 1CP Device
Channel Processor Operating Software, SPD 64.19.
All FDDIICDDI network adapters have Dual Attachment Station (DAS) connectors.

Network Storage Arrays
SWXNA-AA 60 Hz
SWXNA-AB 50 Hz
SWXNA-BA 60 Hz
SWXNA-BB 50 Hz
SWXNA-CA 60 Hz
SWXNA-CB 50 Hz
SWXNA-DA
SWXNA-EA 60 Hz
SWXNA-EB 50 Hz
SWXNA-FA 60Hz
SWXNA-FB 50 Hz

6.52

Storage

High Availability FDDI Network Storage Array. Two AlphaServers, I-Gbyte quorum disk, 2 FDDI
adapters, 4 bus adapters, 2 Device Channel Processors, SWXSC-Dx enclosure with SWXSS-Ol shelf,
full redundant power.
High-AvailabilitylHigh Performance FDDI Network Storage Array. Two AlphaServers, I-Gbyte
quorum disk, 2 FDDI Adapters, 8 Bus Adapters, 4 Device Channel Processors, SWXSC-Dx
enclosure with 2 SWXSS-Ol shelves, full redundant power.
FDDIICDDI Network Storage Array Expansion Cabinet. 4 Device Channel Processors; SWXSC-Dx
enclosure with 2 SWXSS-Ol shelves, fan tray, redundant cabinet power.
FDDI Network Storage Array Upgrade for empty SW800 (SWXSC-Dx) cabinet. One AlphaServer;
one FDDI Adapter, 2 Bus Adapters, 2 Device Channel Processors; SWXSS-Ol shelf, SO/60HZ
Entry-Level FDDI Network Storage Array. One AlphaServer; one FDDI Adapter, 2 Bus Adapters, 2
Device Channel Processors; SWXSC enclosure with 1 SWXSS-Ol shelf.
High-Availability CDDI Network Storage Array. Two AlphaServers; I-Gbyte quorum disk; 2 CDDI
Adapters, 4 Bus Adapters; 2 Device Channel Processors; SWXSC-Dx enclosure with SWXSS-Ol
shelf, full redundant power.

StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays SWXNA

StorageWorks Network Storage Array Family-SWXNA (continued)
SWXNA-GA 60 Hz
SWXNA-GB 50 Hz
SWXNA-HA
SWXNA-JA 60 Hz
SWXNA-JB 50 Hz

High-AvailabilitylHigh Perfonnance CDDI Network Storage Array. Two AlphaServers; 1-Gbyte
quorum disk; 2 CDDI Adapters, 8 Bus Adapters; 4 Device Channel Processors; SWXSC-Dx
enclosure with 2 SWXSS-01 shelves, full redundant power.
CDDI Network Storage Array Upgrade for empty SW800 (SWXSC-Dx) cabinet. One AlphaServer;
one CDDI Adapter, 2 Bus Adapters, 2 Device Channel Processors; SWXSS-01 shelf, 50/60HZ
Entry-Level CDDI Network Storage Array. One AlphaServer; CDDI Adapter, 2 Bus Adapters, 2
Device Channel Processors; SWXSC-Dx enclosure with SWXSS-01 shelf.

Upgrade Options
SWXUA upgrade kits SWXUA-A1, SWXUA-A2, SWXUA-B1 or SWXUA-B2 require minimum HSICP operating
software of at least HSOF Version 2.5 (Version 2.7 preferred). SWXUA upgrade kits SWXUA-E1 or SWXUA-E2 require
minimum HS1CP operating software of HSOF Version 2.7. Consult with Digital sales or service representative for updates
to the HS I CP operating software if necessary.
SWXUA-Al

SWXUA-A2

SWXUA-AA
SWXUA-AB

60 Hz
50 Hz

SWXUA-Bl

SWXUA-B2

SWXUA-BA
SWXUA-El

SWXUA-E2

SWXUA-FA
SWXUA-FB

60Hz
50Hz

SWXUA-Ml
SWXUA-M2
SWXUA-PA

Upgrade HS 121 to FDDI Network Storage Array SWXNA-Ax. System disk upgrade, FDDI
Adapter, 2 Bus Adapters, Device Channel Processor; Software: Network Storage Array, HS1CP
WBC, 2 RAID 1, 2 RAID3/5, licenses, documentation, 50/60HZ.
Upgrade HS221 to FDDI Network Storage Array SWXNA-Ax. System disk upgrade, Bus Adapter,
Device Channel Processor; Software: Network Storage Array Operating Software, 2 HS1CP WBC,
2 RAID1, 2 RAID3/5, licenses, documentation, 50/60HZ.
Upgrade FDDI Network Storage Array SWXNA-DAlEx to SWXNA-Ax. One AlphaServer, 1GByte quorum disk, FDDI Adapter, 2 Bus Adapters, documentation.
Upgrade HSl21 to FDDI Network Storage Array SWXNA-Bx. System disk upgrade, 2 64-Mbyte
RAM upgrade, 2 FDDI Adapters, 8 Bus Adapters, 2 Device Channel Processors, SWXSS-01 shelf;
Software: Network Storage Array Operating Software, 2 DEC TCPIIP Svcs, 2 PerfectCache, 4
HSICP Software, 4 HS1CP WBC, 4 RAID 1, 4 RAID3/5; licenses, documentation, 50/60HZ.
Upgrade HS241 to FDDI Network Storage Array SWXNA-Bx. System disk upgrade, 264-Mbyte
RAM upgrade; Software: 2 Network Storage Array Operating Software, 2 DEC TCPIIP Svcs, 2
PerfectCache, 4 RAID 1, 4 RAID3/5, licenses, documentation, 50/60HZ.
Upgrade FDDI Network Storage Array SWXNA-AxlFx to SWXNA-BxlGx. Four Bus Adapters, 2
Device Channel Processors, SWXSS-01 shelf, licenses, documentation, 50/60HZ.
Upgrade HS1101111 to FDDI Network Storage Array SWXNA-DAlEx. System disk upgrade, 64MByte RAM upgrade, FDDI Adapter, 2 Bus Adapters, Device Channel Processor; Software:
Network Storage Array, HS1CP WBC, 2 RAID 1, 2 RAID3/5, licenses, documentation, 50/60HZ.
Upgrade HS2101211 to FDDI Network Storage Array SWXNA-DAlEx. System disk upgrade, Bus
Adapter, Device Channel Processor; Software: Network Storage Array Operating Software, HSICP
WBC, 2 RAID 1, 2 RAID3/5, licenses, documentation, 50/60HZ.
Upgrade CDDI Network Storage Array SWXNA-HNJx to SWXNA-Fx. One AlphaServer, I-GByte
quorum disk, CDDI Adapter, 2 Bus Adapters, documentation.
64-Mbyte AlphaServer RAM Upgrade.
128-Mbyte AlphaServer RAM Upgrade.
Redundant AlphaServer Power Supply.

Options
SW8XP-BA 60Hz
SW8XP-BB 50Hz

Additional (redundant) power controller for SW800 (SWXSC-Dx) enclosure.

SWXSS-06

StorageWorks device shelf with mounting kit and power supply. Provides mounting for up to 7
StorageWorks devices.
StorageWorks Shelf Power Supply. Occupies one device slot in SWXSS-06.
One-meter cable for connecting the front shelves of the SWXNA to Device Channel Processors.
Two-meter cable for connecting the rear shelves of the SWXNA to Device Channel Processors.
FDDI Cable SC-ST connectors.
FDDI Cable SC-SC connectors.
FDDI Cable SC-MIC connectors.
CDDI Cable UTPIRJ45-UTPIRJ45 connectors.

SWXBP-SD
BN21H-Ol
BN21H-02
BN34A-xx
BN34B-xx
BN34D-xx
BN2SH-03

Storage 6.53

StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays SWXNA

16-bit Wide Disk Drives
SWXD3-WC
SWXD3-WG
SWXD3-WH
SWXD3-WE

1.05 GB wide SCSI 5400 RPM
2.1 GB wide SCSI 7200 RPM
2.1 GB wide SCSI 5400 RPM
4.3 GB wide SCSI 7200 RPM

8-bit Narrow Disk Drives
SWXD3-SF
SWXD3-SG
SWXD3-SH
SWXD3-SE

1.05 GB narrow SCSI 5400 RPM
2.1 GB narrow SCSI 7200 RPM
2.1 GB narrow SCSI 5400 RPM
4.3 GB narrow SCSI 7200 RPM

Supporting Software
QL-3JIA9-AA

POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management Software License (one each per CPU / 20 GBytes

+ QL-2AWAA-xx)
QL-2GNAE-AA
QL-OYPAE-AA

POLYCENTER File Optimizer, License (one each per CPU)
Storage Library System Software License (one each per CPU)

Ordering Suggestions
Determine the desired SWXNAlSWXUA model, based on user requirements. Determine network hardware requirements
(GIGAswitch, Concentrator, DEChub 900 MultiSwitch chassisNNswitch 900, others as appropriate).
Determine quantity of disk storage and sufficient numbers of device shelves and internal cables, with additional power
supplies for redundancy, if required.
Determine desired storage management and networking software (including DECnet where necessary). Ensure that the
licenses accommodate the ordered storage capacity and/or number of AlphaServers.
Determine cables to connect between FDDIICDDI network and SWXNA DAS FDDIICDDI adapters.

Technical Information
The following restrictions and considerations apply.
• OpenVMS operating system supports up to 96 nodes in a single OpenVMS cluster system. Each StorageWorks Network
Storage Array's Server Processor is a full OpenVMS cluster member, and therefore decreases maximum number of
supported host nodes by 2 (Models SWXNA-AxlFx and SWXNA-Bx/Gx), and by 1 (Models SWXNA-DAlEx and
SWXNA-HAlJx).
• StorageWorks Network Storage Array-attached storage may be used to boot client nodes if the client processors'
consoles support the FDDI remote boot feature. Consult your client processor documentation for support details.
DEC net is not required to boot Network Storage Arrays; however, some applications (such as Storage Library System)
require DECnet for proper operation.
• OpenVMS cluster Software supports specifically designated combinations of OpenVMS Alpha and VAX versions in a
single OpenVMS cluster system. SWXNA-Series StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays use Version 6.2 of OpenVMS
Operating System. A maximum of one other version of OpenVMS may be used in the same OpenVMS cluster. For
OpenVMS version support, consult the OpenVMS cluster Software for OpenVMS Alpha Software Product Description,
SPD number 29.78.
• Introduction of OpenVMS Alpha Version 6.2 into the cluster has clusterwide implications that should be considered by
knowledgeable system managers. OpenVMS Alpha Version 6.2 includes Phase II Volume Shadowing interoperability
changes from previous ECO kits. If Phase II Volume Shadowing is used, then the Volume Shadowing interoperability
patches must be installed on any cluster member running an operating system version earlier than OpenVMS Version
6.2 to ensure correct shadowing operation throughout the cluster.
• Disks which participate in Volume Shadowing for OpenVMS Alpha or host-based RAID cannot be read cached on
StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays.
• Only one host-based, block serving caching software product should be run in a OpenVMS cluster which includes a
SWXNA. Digital supports the use of the embedded PerfectCache version only.

6.54 Storage

StorageWorks Enterprise ~torage Arrays

StorageWorks Enterprise Storage Arrays
StorageWorks Enterprise Storage Arrays provide a complete storage subsystem solution for the demanding enterprise
Information Technology (IT) environment. Capacity points range from hundreds of gigabytes to several terabytes and
provide performance and scalability needs for various application environments.
These pre-configured subsystems take the guesswork out of ordering and configuring large-scale RAID (Redundant Array
of Independent Disk) solutions. Each subsystem is fully configured and tested with all available options, including drives,
controllers, the latest HSOF firmware, full hardware redundancy, read and write-back cache, StorageWorks Command
Console (SWCC) graphical user interface, and all applicable software licenses, ensuring maximum data availability and
performance. Included with each subsystem are basic installation services, remote RAID initialization and configuration,
one-year of Enterprise MCS Support (24 x 7 on-site hardware support and telephone support for HSOF and SWCC, and an
additional 40 hours of consulting support for storage and RAID reconfiguration, HSOF and SWCC update and license
services.)
The Enterprise Storage Arrays (ESA) are fully integrated solutions for customers deploying varied applications throughout
the enterprise. ESA solutions are pre-configured into three base models, each of which is optimized for different
application workload requirements. The models include the C-Series which is ideal for heavy transaction oriented
applications such as SAPIR3 or most office automation applications; the M-Series that is suited best for a mix of
applications such as transaction processing, decision support, and data warehousing; and the L-Series that is optimized for
very heavy bandwidth-intensive decision support applications.
RAID Extends Data Availability Dimensions
Digital's innovative implementation of parity RAID technology dynamically adjusts to I/O workload, optimizing I/O
performance in high data transfer rate and high transaction rate environments. The StorageWorks Enterprise Storage
Arrays come standard with RAID levels 0,1,0+1,3, and 5, economically providing continued access to data in the event of
a disk failure. This functionality increases data availability to a level comparable to that of shadowing at significantly
lower cost.
In addition, continuous availability is ensured through fully redundant, hot-swapp able components throughout the
subsystem, eliminating single points of failure.
For further information, see the HSZ50 Family Controller Operating Software SPD 61.36.00.
StorageWorks Command Console VI.I
The StorageWorks Command Console utility is included as standard in each Enterprise Storage Array. The standard
license provides connectivity for up to 10 servers which can connect up to 35 subsystems each. Additional server licenses
are available in increments of 25.
This tool provides on-line configuration and monitoring capability. It supports industry standard configuration and
monitoring protocols such as Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) to facilitate the integration with other
Storage, Network and Operating system layered products relevant to storage configuration and monitoring. The result is a
highly usable and feature rich tool for Storage system administrators and managers.
Both a graphical user interface (GUI) and command line interface (CLI) are available to users, to provide a common "look
and feel" across all storage products for configuration and monitoring. The product is a client/server implementation and
therefore offers the option to centrally manage all storage from a "storage management station". In V 1.1 the storage
management station must be a 32-bit Intel PC running Windows NT 3.51,4.0 or Windows 95.
A key feature of StorageWorks Command Console is its integration with various enterprise and system management
products. It includes the ability to notify system management applications of storage events using the SNMP protocol.
Those applications will also have the ability to launch Command Console "with context" to the proper screen within the
GUI for a system manager to perform further analysis.

Storage 6.55

~torage Works Enterprise Storage Arrays

Ordering Information
• Each part number includes, as standard, basic installation services from MCS, and RAID initialization and configuration
provided by SI.
• Enterprise Multivendor Support is included for one year. This includes 24 x 7 on-site hardware support, 24 x 7
telephone support for HSOF and SWCC, an additional 40 hours of consulting support for storage and RAID
reconfiguration provided by SI, and HSOF and SWCC update and license services.
SW8DI-AA

SW8DI-AB
SW8D2-AA

SW8D2-AB

ModellS0-L4, StorageWorks ISS Gbyte Enterprise Storage Array, 1 SW821-GA 60 Hz Cabinet
3 HSZ52-AJ controller pairs, 36 RZ29B-VW 4.3 GB wide disks with snap in carriers,
3 BN21K-20 host SCSI-2 cables, StorageWorks Command Console V1.1, media, documentation, and
services described above.
Same as above except 50 Hz Cabinet
ModeI3S0-L4, StorageWorks 361 Gbyte Enterprise Storage Array, 1 SW821-GA 60 Hz Cabinet
7 HSZ52-AJ controller pairs, 84 RZ29B-VW 4.3 GB wide disks with snap in carriers,
7 BN21K-20 host SCSI-2 cables, StorageWorks Command Console V1.1, media, documentation, and
services described above.
Same as above except 50 Hz Cabinet

SW8D3-AA

ModeI700-L4, StorageWorks 722 Gbyte Enterprise Storage Array, 2 SW821-GA 60 Hz Cabinet
14 HSZ52- AJ controller pairs, 168 RZ29B-VA 4.3 GB wide disks with snap in carriers,
14 BN21K-20 host SCSI-2 cables, StorageWorks Command Console V1.1, media, documentation,
and services described above.

SW8D3-AB

Same as above except 50 Hz Cabinet
Modell0S0-L4, StorageWorks 1084 Gbyte Enterprise Storage Array, 3 SW821-GA 60 Mz Cabinet
21 HSZ52-AJ controller pairs, 252 RZ29B-VW 4.3 GB wide disks with snap in carriers,
21 BN21K-20 host SCSI-2 cables, StorageWorks Command Console V1.1, media, documentation,
and services described above.
.

SW8D4-AA

SW8D4-AB
SW8MI-AA

SW8MI-AB
SW8M2-AA

SW8M2-AB
SW8M3-AA

SW8M3-AB
SW8Tl-AA

SW8TI-AB
SW8T2-AA

SW8T2-AB

6.56 Storage

Same as above except 50 Hz Cabinet
ModellSO-M4, StorageWorks ISS Gbyte Enterprise Storage Array, 1 SW820-GA 60 Hz Cabinet
2 HSZ52-AJ controller pairs, 36 RZ29B-VW 4.3 GB wide disks with snap in carriers,
2 BN21K-20 host SCSI-2 cables, StorageWorks Command Console V1.1, media, documentation, and
services described above.
Same as above except 50 Hz Cabinet
ModeI3S0-M4, StorageWorks 387 Gbyte Enterprise Storage Array, 1 SW820-GA 60 Hz Cabinet
5 HSZ52-AJ controller pairs, 90 RZ29B-VW 4.3 GB wide disks with snap in carriers,
5 BN21K-20 host SCSI-2 cables, StorageWorks Command Console V1.1, media, documentation, and
services described above.
Same as above except 50 Hz Cabinet
Model 11S0-M4, StorageWorks 1161 Gbyte Enterprise Storage Array, 3 SW820-GA 60 Hz Cabinet
15 HSZ52-AJ controller pairs, 270 RZ29B-VW 4.3 GB wide disks with snap in carriers,
15 BN21K-20 host SCSI-2 cables, StorageWorks Command Console V1.1, media, documentation,
and services described above.
Same as above except 50 Hz Cabinet
ModellSO-C4, StorageWorks ISS Gbyte Enterprise Storage Array, 1 SW822-GA 60 Hz Cabinet
1 HSZ52- AJ controller pair, 36 RZ29B-VW 4.3 GB wide disks with snap in carriers,
1 BN21K-20 host SCSI-2 cables, StorageWorks Command Console V1.1, media, documentation, and
services described above.
Same as above except 50 Hz Cabinet
ModeI4S0-C4, StorageWorks 464 Gbyte Enterprise Storage Array, 1 SW822-GA 60 Hz Cabinet
3 HSZ52-AJ controller pairs, 108 RZ29B-VA 4.3 GB wide disk with snap in carrier,
3 BN21K-20 host SCSI-2 cables, StorageWorks Command Console V1.0, media, documentation, and
services described above.
Same as above except 50 Hz Cabinet

:storage vv orKS ~Iuerpn~l; t.:)LUl a~ot; .t"1J. J. UJ"

StorageWorks Enterprise Storage Arrays (continued)
Ordering Information
SW8T3-AA

SW8T3-AB
SW8T4-AA

SW8T4-AB
SW8T5-AA

ModeI900-C4, StorageWorks 929 Gbyte Enterprise Storage Array, 2 SW822-GA 60 Hz Cabinet

6 HSZS2-AJ controller pairs, 216 RZ29B-VW 4.3 GB wide disks with snap in carriers,
6 BN21K-20 host SCSI-2 cables, StorageWorks Command Console V1.0, media, documentation, and
services described above.
Same as above except SO Hz Cabinet
Model 1850-C4, StorageWorks 1858 Gbyte Enterprise Storage Array, 4 SW822-GA 60 Hz Cabinet

12 HSZS2-AJ controller pairs, 432 RZ29B-VW 4.3 GB wide disks with snap in carriers,
12 BN21K-20 host SCSI-2 cables, StorageWorks Command Console V1.1, media, documentation,
and services described above.
Same as above except SO Hz Cabinet
Model 3700-C4, StorageWorks 3715 Gbyte Enterprise Storage Array, 8 SW822-GA 60 Hz Cabinet

24 HSZS2-AJ controller pairs, 864 RZ29B-VW 4.3 GB wide disks with snap in carriers,
24 BN21K-20 host SCSI-2 cables, StorageWorks Command Console V1.0, media, documentation,
and services described above.
Same as above except SO Hz Cabinet

SW8T5-AB
SW8T6-AA

Model10200-C4, StorageWorks 10217 Gbyte Enterprise Storage Array, 22 SW822-GA 60 Hz Cabinet

SW8T6-AB

66 HSZS2-AJ controller pairs, 2376 RZ29B-VW 4.3 GB wide disks with snap in carriers,
66 BN21K-20 host SCSI-2 cables, StorageWorks Command Console V1.1 media, documentation,
and services described above.
Same as above except SO Hz Cabinet

Upgrades and Supporting Options
Refer to the appropriate product entry
• SW8XX Data Center Cabinet
• BA3SR Shelves
• HSZSO Controller
SCSI Devices Supported for expansion
RZ2S-V A, .426-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ26-V A, 1.0S-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ26L-V AlVW*, 1.0S-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ26N-VAlVW*, 1.0S-Gbyte 8-bit disk
SWXD3-SFIWF*, 1.0S-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ28-VAlVW*, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ28B-VA, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ28D-V AIVW*, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk
SWXD3-SG/WG*, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

RZ28M-VAIVW*, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bitdisk
SWXD3-SWWH*, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ29B-VWlWx*, 4.3-Gbyte 8-bit disk
SWXD3-SEIWE*, 4.3-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ74-VA, 3.S7-Gbyte 8-bit disk - S.2S"
EZ31/32- VW*, SCSI solid state disk devices
EZ64/69- VA, SCSI solid state disk devices
EZSlIS4/S8R- VW* SCSI solid state disk devices

* -VW/-Wx variants are 16-bit Wide drives operating in 8-bit narrow mode
Adapters Supported
The following host adapters are supported by Digital UNIX V3.2d operating system for the HSZSO controllers:
• KZMSA (for DEC 7000, DEC 10000, and AlphaServers 8200/8400, requires a DWZZ- series signal converter)
• KZPSA (for AlphaServers 1000/2000/2100/8200/8400)
• KZTSA (for DEC 3000)
• PMAZC (for DEC 3000, requires a DWZZ- series signal converter)
The following host adapters are supported by OpenVMS V6.2 or higher on Alpha systems
•
•
•
•

KZMSA (for DEC 7000, DEC 10000, requires a DWZZ- series signal converter)
KZP AA (for AlphaServers 1000/200012100)
KZPSA (for AlphaServers 1000/2000/2100/8200/8400)
KZTSA (for DEC 3000)
PMAZC (for DEC 3000, requires a DWZZ- series signal converter)
Storage 6.57

ua.UI. a~~ n Viol\." ~Ilu::rpnsc ~lorage

Arrays

The following host adapters are supported for MVD platfotms
•
•
•
•

SWSAP-BC and X1062 for Sun Solaris
HP4107 for HP-UX 700 systems
SWHAP-BC, HP28696, and HP2696 for HP-UX 800 systems
FC2416, FC2412, and FC2409 for IBM AIX

Operating System Support
• Hewlett Packard HP-UX V10.01 and 10.10 host for
700 and 800 series systems
• IBM AIX V4.1.4 and V4.2

• Digital UNIX V3.2C, V3.2D, V3.2G
• Digital OpenVMS Alpha V6.2 and V7.0
Windows NT 3.51 and 4.0
• Sun Solaris V2.4, V2.5, and V2.5.1

Technical Specifications
SW8Dl SW8D2 SW8D3 SW8D4 SW8Ml SW8M2 SW8M3 SW8Tl SW8T2 SW8T3 SW8T4 SW8TS SW8T6
ESA
ESA
ESA
ESA
ESA
ESA
ESA
ESA
ESA
ESA
ESA
ESA
ESA
lSO-L4 3S0-L4 700-L4 lOSO-L4 lSO-M4 3S0-M4 USO-M4 lSO-C4 4S0-C4 900-C4 18S0-C4 3700-C4 lO200-C4

Cabinets
Max Configuration
(Controller Pairs/
Device Shelves)
EISA Configuration
(Controller Pairs/
Device Shelves)
Disk Drives in
Configuration
Number of Host
Connections

6.S8

Storage

1
7114

2
14/28

3
21142

1
5115

3
15/45

1
3/18

2
6/36

22
4
8
12172 241144 66/396

3/6

7/14

14/28

21142

2/6

5/15

15/45

116

3/18

6/36

12172 24/144 66/396

168

252

270

108

216

432

864

2376

StorageWork.s !i'VVl ~erver .l1amlly-n., . a~, n~ ...... .1. UlIU 1..I.1.:U... .a.

8torageWorks FDDI 8erver Family-H8211, H8221, and H8241
StorageWorks FDDI Servers integrate industry-leading Alpha technology with StorageWorks modular design to meet
storage requirements of large FDDI-based VMS cluster systems. The StorageWorks FDDI Server Family extends the
StorageWorks line with both entry-level and highly available servers to meet the I/O needs of even the largest FDDI-based
VMS cluster systems. Several models are available; all provide central storage management capability. The HS241 and
HS221 are high availability, fault tolerant systems. The HS211 provides basic connectivity.
The hardware consists of standard StorageWorks components. A single StorageWorks FDDI Server includes an FDDI
adapter, a server processor, one RZ28 system disk, one RX26 3.5-inch SCSI diskette, one CD-ROM drive, one bus adapter,
and a Device Channel Processor with 32-Mbytes of write-back cache standard housed in a single SW800 cabinet. The
HS241 and HS221 models provide redundant components; see details in the ordering information section. Expansion to
over 600 Gigabytes of on-line storage (using RZ29 disk drives) is available with the purchase of the HS280, enclosed in an
additional SW800 cabinet.
All StorageWorks FDDI Server models support a wide range of StorageWorks media, so the FDDI storage solution can be
configured to exact application needs. Additionally, FDDI Servers allow comprehensive storage management capabilities
to execute independently, reducing client CPU cycles spent on storage management and associated management network
traffic.

Server Processor: Functionality Up Front
StorageWorks FDDI Server Processors combine Digital's advanced Alpha technology with 64-Mbyte RAM, to provide the
internal performance required to handle the I/O load of FDDI-based VMS cluster systems.
Model HS241 's (and Model 221 's) two Server Processors share the I/O load under normal circumstances. If a failure
occurs, the surviving Server Processor takes over the load of its failed partner, and continues to deliver data from all
devices until repair can be effected. Server Processors are separately powered and cooled, so a power supply or cooling
failure does not interrupt data access.

High CapacitylHigh Performance Device Channel Processors
A single Device Channel Processor connects a Server Processor to a maximum of 42 industry-standard SCSI-2 devices on
six independent Fast (10-Mbyte/second) SCSI-2 buses. In a dual Device Channel Processor configuration, up to 36 devices
can be connected for full failover capability. A wide range of StorageWorks magnetic, solid state, and optical disks, tapes,
and media loader devices are also supported.
To further enhance performance in both transaction and data transfer intensive environments, a built-in disk striping
feature allows the system administrator to create stripesets of up to 14 disks.

Caching Further Increases Device Channel Processor I/O Performance
Each Device Channel Processor includes a 32-Megabyte non-volatile read/write cache that further reduces I/O request
execution times. Advanced firmware allocates the cache dynamically based on actual I/O activity.
For optimal resource utilization, management facilities allow the system administrator to enable or disable read and write
caching for each storage unit attached to a Device Channel Processor. In the event of a power failure, on-board batteries
keep write cache contents intact for up to 100 hours to prevent data loss.

Dual-Redundant Device Channel Processors Enhance Data Integrity
In a dual Device Channel Processor configuration such as an HS221 or HS241, each Device Channel Processor can assume
control of all storage devices in the event of its partner's failure, including flushing any unsaved data from partner's write
cache to storage media.
For even greater data protection, disk shadowing and parity RAID options are offered.
For further information, see HS 1CP Device Channel Processor Operating Firmware Software Product Description,
64.19.01.

Storage 6.59

1.:nUJ.iI~~nun\.:s .1'1.11.1.1 ~erver .ramIly-H~~ll, HS221 and HS241

RAID Option Extends Data Availability Dimensions
Digital's innovative implementation of parity RAID technology dynamically adjusts to I/O workload, optimizing I/O
performance in high data transfer rate and high transaction rate environments. Using distributed parity, the StorageWorks
FDDI Server RAID option economically provides continued access to data in the event of a disk failure. This functionality
increases data availability to a level comparable to that of shadowing at significantly lower cost.
Mirroring RAID (LEVEL 1) is optional via HS-SERIES operating firmware. It provides the highest data availability,
allowing fully redundant data disks to operate at a remote site.
For further information, see HS1CP Device Channel Processor Optional Operating Firmware Software Product
Description, 64.20.01.

Network File System (NFS) Option Adds TCP/IP Support
Digital TCPIIP Services for OpenVMS software expands the capability of the FDDI Server family to network file-serve
Digital UNIX, SunOS, HP-UX, IBM AIX, SCO UNIX, and NFS-served PCs. For more information, see Digital TCPIIP
Services for OpenVMS Software Product Description, SPD 25 .A4.07.

System Support
With full duplex 100 Mbitlsecond communications over intersystem distances of up to 40 kilometers, and GIGAswitch
technology for ultra-high backbone performance of up to 3.6 Gbits/second, Digital'S FDDI technology has greatly
broadened the range of VMScluster systems. Up to 96 widely separated high-performance VAX and Alpha computers can
participate in a single FDDI VMS cluster system.
StorageWorks FDDI Servers function as full members of VMS cluster systems, providing block I/O services to hosts. As
full VMScluster members, they provide the complete range of OpenVMS data features. FDDI Servers are transparent
within the VMS cluster environment. When the FDDI Server is added to the cluster, other functions are unaffected and it is
also transparent to end-users. There are no functional changes to existing applications.
In today's complex computing environment, "simpler is better." To enhance the "ease of use" of the FDDI Server series, a
user-friendly Software Customization Procedure and one year's worth of software updates (from the day of purchase) are
provided.
Because each StorageWorks FDDI Server is an independent VMScluster member, multiple StorageWorks FDDI Servers
can be used in the same VMS cluster systems, up to the maximum of 96 nodes supported by the OpenVMS Operating
System.
Each StorageWorks FDDI Server ships with OpenVMS operating system installed and pre-configured for use as a storage
server. System administrators need only set the server up the for specific storage device configuration (e.g., defining
appropriate OpenVMS allocation classes), and install optional storage management software. Initial installation can be
accomplished in 10 to 15 minutes using the Software Customization Procedure designed specifically for these FDDI
Servers.
Standard software functionality includes Software Customization Procedure, OpenVMS operating system, VMSc1uster,
Volume Shadowing and Write-Back cache. For more information, see StorageWorks FDDI Server Software Product
Description, SPD 64.18.01.

6.60 Storage

StorageWorks FDDI Server Family-HS211, HS221 and H~:l41

StorageWorks FDDI Server Family- HS211, HS221, and HS241 (continued)
Ordering Information
Server Options
HS211·AA
HS211·AB

60Hz
50Hz

HS221·AA
HS221·AB

60Hz
50Hz

HS241·AA
HS241·AB

60Hz
50Hz

Single 233 MHz Alpha-based Server Processor with 64-Mbyte memory, FDDI Adapter, Bus Adapter,
OpenVMS Operating System, VMScluster, Software Customization Procedure, and Volume
Shadowing licenses; 1 Device Channel Processor, 32-Mbyte non-volatile read/write cache and writeback cache module and firmware licenses; SW800 enclosure with BA350-MB shelf.
Two 233 MHz Alpha-based Server Processors with 64-Mbyte memory each, 2 FDDI Adapters, 4 Bus
Adapters, 2 OpenVMS Operating System; 2 VMS cluster, 2 Software Customization Procedure, and 2
Volume Shadowing licenses; 2 Device Channel Processors with 32-Mbyte non-volatile read/write
cache module and firmware license; SW800 enclosure with BA350-MB shelf, full redundant power.
Two 233 MHz Alpha-based Server Processors with 64-Mbyte memory each, 2 FDDI Adapters, 8 Bus
Adapters, 2 OpenVMS Operating System, 2 VMS cluster, 2 Software Customization Procedure, and 2
Volume Shadowing licenses; 4 Device Channel Processors with 32-Mbyte non-volatile read/write
cache module and firmware license; SW800 enclosure with 2 BA350-MB shelves, full redundant
power.

Upgrade Options
HSIMM·AA
HS2MM·AA
HS210·AA

HS211·AX
HS221·AX
HS221-BX
HS221·BY

60 Hz
50 Hz

HS241·AX
HS241·BX
HS280·AA
HS280·AB

60 Hz
50 Hz

64-Mbyte SIMM memory expansion for Server Processor
128-Mbyte SIMM memory expansion for Server Processor
SW800 cabinet to FDDI Server Model HS211 Upgrade (50Hz or 60Hz). Single 233 MHz Alphabased Server Processor with 64-Mbyte memory, FDDI Adapter, Bus Adapter; OpenVMS Operating
System, VMScluster, Software Customization Procedure, and Volume Shadowing licenses; 1 Device
Channel Processor; BA350-MB shelf; 32-Mbyte non-volatile read/write cache and write-back cache
module and firmware licenses. (Configures StorageWorks FDDI Server in an existing SW800
cabinet.)
FDDI Server Model HSII0/lll to HS2101211 Upgrade (50Hz or 60Hz). FDDI Adapter,
B us Adapter.
FDDI Server Model HS121 to HS221 Upgrade (50Hz or 60Hz). 2 FDDI Adapters, 4 Bus Adapters,
BA350-MB shelf.
FDDI Server Model HS211 to HS221 Upgrade. Additional 233 MHz Alpha-based Server Processor
with 64-Mbyte memory, FDDI Adapter, Bus Adapter, OpenVMS Operating System, VMS cluster,
Software Customization Procedure, and Volume Shadowing (software & licenses); 1 Device Channel
Processor.
FDDI Server Model HS121 to HS241 Upgrade (50Hz or 60Hz). 2 FDDI Adapters, 2 Device Channel
Processors, 8 Bus Adapters, BA350-MB shelf.
FDDI Server Model HS221 to HS241 Upgrade (50Hz or 60Hz). 2 Device Channel Processors, 4 Bus
Adapters, BA350-MB shelf.
Expansion package for HS241 Server. 4 Device Channel Processors; SW800 enclosure, 2 BA350MB shelves.

Supporting Options
BA356·JC
BA35X·HF
HSIPW·AA
QB·HS2AA·AA
QL·4D7A9·AA
QL·4E3A9·AA
SW8Xp·Ax

StorageWorks device shelf with mounting kit and power supply. Provides mounting for up to 7
StorageWorks devices, requires BA35X-MG 8-bit personality module.
StorageWorks Shelf Power Supply
Redundant power supply for Server Processor
FDDI Server NFS Solution
HS 1CP RAID License
HS 1CP Disk Mirroring License
Additional power controller for SW800 enclosure

Storage 6.61

~torageworks .FDDI Server Family-HS211, HS221 and HS241

Technical Information
StorageWorks FDDIServers are designed to operate in a wide variety ofFDDI-based VMScluster systems. The following
restrictions and considerations apply.
• OpenVMS operating system supports up to 96-nodes in a single VMS cluster system. Each StorageWorks FDDI Server's
Server Processor is a full VMS cluster member, and therefore decreases maximum number of supported host nodes by 1
(Models HS210 and HS211) or 2 (Models HS221 and HS241).
• StorageWorks FDDI Server-attached storage may be used to load Open VMS Operating System if the client processors'
console supports FDDI remote boot feature. Consult Alpha and VAX processor documentation for support details.
• VMScluster Software supports specifically designated combinations of Open VMS Alpha and VAX versions in a single
VMScluster system. HS2XX-Series
• StorageWorks FDDI Servers use Version 6.2 of OpenVMS Operating System. A maximum of one other version of
Open VMS may be used in the same VMScluster. For OpenVMS version support, consult the VMS cluster Software for
OpenVMS Alpha Software Product Description, SPD number 42.18.02.

6.62 Storage

StorageWorks CI and DSSI Packaged Solutions

StorageWorks SW830 CI RAID Subsystem
The SW830 series of three CI RAID subsystems are based on the HSJ40 CI-to-SCSI controller and the high capacity
SW800 data center cabinet to provide high capacity storage solutions to data centers. These easy to configure subsystems
take the guesswork out of ordering large-scale RAID solutions. Each subsystem is fully configured with all available
options, including full hardware redundancy, read and write-back cache, and all applicable software licenses, ensuring
customers obtain maximum data availability and performance.
All subsystems support 8-bit (narrow) and 16-bit (wide) devices (in 8 bit mode) for maximum flexibility and investment
protection.
Digital's innovative implementation of parity RAID technology dynamically adjusts to 110 workload, optimizing 110
performance in high data transfer rate and high transaction rate environments. The StorageWorks SW830 comes standard
with RAID levels 0,1,0+ 1,3, and 5 and economically provides continued access to data in the event of a disk failure. This
functionality increases data availability to a level comparable to that of shadowing at significantly lower cost.
For further information, see the latest SPD for the HSJ Family Controller Operating Software.

Operating System Support
• HSJ series controller subsystems are supported by OpenVMS V5.5-2 and above on V AX systems, OpenVMS V1.5 and
above on Alpha systems, and OpenVMS V5.5-1 and above on Alpha and VAX systems.

Adapters Supported
• CI780, CIBCA, CIXCD, DWZZNB

SCSI Devices Supported
Note: 16-bit Wide drives (-VW variants) operate in 8-bit Narrow mode
RZ25-V A, .426-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ26-V A, 1.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ26N-V ANW*, 1.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ28-VAlVW*, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ28B -VA, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ28D-VAlVW*, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ28M-VAlVW*, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ29B-V AlVW*, 4.3-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ74-VA, 3.57-Gbyte 8-bit disk - 5.25"

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

EZ3l/32-VW* SCSI solid state disk devices
EZ64/69-VW* SCSI solid state disk devices
EZ51154/58R-VW* SCSI solid state disk devices
RRD42-VB optical device
RRD43/44/45-VA optical devices
TLZ06ITLZ6L-V A 4mm tape devices
TLZ09ITLZ7L-V A 4mm tape devices
TZ86/87/87N/87D/88N-VA tape devices
RWZ52-VA optical device

Ordering Information
• Cables and storage devices are not included, they must be ordered separately.
• Refer to StorageWorks SW8xx Data Center Cabinet, BA356 Shelves, and HSJ Controller for additional ordering
information.
SW830-AAIAB

SW830-BAIBB

SW830-CAICB

SW800-FA cabinet with redundant power controllers SW8XP-BA, 2 HSJ40-CF controllers with
64 MB total cache and firmware licenses, 6 BA356-JC shelves with redundant power supplies
BA35X-HF, 6 BA35X-MG 110 modules, and 1 BA350-MB controller shelf. 60Hz/50Hz
SW800-FA cab with redundant power controllers SW8XP-BA, 4 HSJ40-CF controllers 50 Hz
with 128MB total cache and firmware licenses, 12 BA356-JC shelves with redundant power
supplies BA35X-HF, 12 BA35X-MG 110 modules, and 2 BA350-MB controller shelves.
60Hz/50Hz
SW800-FA cab with redundant power SW8XP-BA, 6 HSJ40-CF controllers with 192MB total
cache and fmnware licenses, 18 BA356-JC shelves with redundant power supplies BA35X-HF,
18 BA35X-MG 110 modules, and 3 BA350-MB controller shelves.

Note: -xA =60 Hz / -xB =50 Hz

Storage 6.63

StorageWorks CI and DSSI Packaged Solutions

Specifications
Performance
I/O per second
MB/Second Read
MB/Second Write
Maximum Devices *
Device Channels
Controllers
Device Shelves*
Controller Shelves*
Controller Cache (MB)
Power Supplies
RAID Levels Included
Write-Back Cache
Internal SCSI Bus Cables

SW830-Ax

SW830-Bx

SW830-Cx

3100
12
9
36
6
2-HSJ40
6
1
64
14
0,1,0+1,3,5
Yes
6

6200
24
18
72
12
4-HSJ40
12
2
128
28
0,1,0+1,3,5
Yes
12

9300
36
27
108
18
6-HSJ40
18
3
192
42
0,1,0+ 1,3,5
Yes
18

* As pre-configured. Maximum number of shelves in the SW8XX cabinet is 23.

6.64 Storage

StorageWorks CI and DSSI Packaged Solutions

StorageWorks SW301 DSSI RAID Subsystem
The SW301 DSSI RAID subsystem is a packaged storage solution based on the HSICP DSSI-to-SCSI 6-channel array
controller and the SW300 deskside expansion cabinet with an Environmental Monitoring Unit (EMU). This departmental
computing solution provides customers with more DSSI device connectivity than ever, up to 24 devices. Each subsystem
is fully configured with full controller and power redundancy, read and write-back cache, and all applicable software
licenses to ensure maximum data availability and performance.
Digital's innovative implementation of parity RAID technology dynamically adjusts to 110 workload, optimizing 110
performance in high data transfer rate and high transaction rate environments. The StorageWorks SW301 RAID subsystem
includes RAID levels 0,1,0+1,3,and 5 which economically provides continued access to data in the event of a disk failure.
This functionality increases data availability to a level comparable to that of shadowing at significantly lower cost.
For further information, see the latest SPD for the HSICP Device Channel Processor Operating Software

Operating System Support
• HSICP device channel processors are supported by OpenVMS V5.5-2 and above on VAX systems, and OpenVMS V6.0
and above on Alpha and V AX systems.

SCSI Devices Supported
Note: 16-bit Wide drives (-VW variants) operate in 8-bit Narrow mode
RZ25-VA, .426-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ26-VA, 1.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ26N-V ANW*, 1.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ28-VNVW*, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ28B-V A, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ28D-VNVW*, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ28M-V NVW*, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ29B-VNVW*, 4.3-Gbyte 8-bit disk

•
•
•
•
•
•

RZ74-VA, 3.57-Gbyte 8-bit disk - 5.25"
EZ51/54/58R-VA * SCSI solid state disk devices
RRD42-VBNU optical device
RRD43/44/45-V A optical devices
TLZ06ITLZ6L-VA 4mm tape devices
TLZ09ITLZ7L-V A 4mm tape devices
TZ86/87/87N-VA tape devices
RWZ52-VA optical device

Ordering Information
• Cables and storage devices are not included, they must be ordered separately.
• Refer to StorageWorks SW300 Deskside Cabinet and FDDI Server Family HSICP Device Channel Processor for
additional ordering information.
SW301-AA

SW300-AA (60Hz) cabinet with two HSICP-CF device channel processors

Specifications
Performance

SW301-AA

110 per second

2200
6.4
6.4
24
6
2-HSICP
N/A
N/A
64
5 (N+l)
0,1,0+1,3,5
Yes
N/A

MB/Second Read
MB/Second Write
Maximum Devices
Device Channels
Controllers
Device Shelves
Controller Shelves
Controller Cache (MB)
Power Supplies
RAID Levels Included
Write-Back Cache
Internal SCSI Bus Cables

Storage 6.65

StorageWorks CI and DSSI Packaged Solutions

The SF346 DSSI expansion subsystem is a packaged storage solution based on an embedded HSD10 DSSI-to-SCSI array
controller and the BA346 deskside expansion pedestal. This work-group computing solution provides easy to implement
DSSI storage expansion. Each subsystem is fully configured with an embedded controller, power supply, and cooling
fans.
For further information, see the latest SPD for the HSD10 Array Controller Operating Software.

Operating System Support
• HSD10 Array Controllers are supported on OpenVMS VAX V5.5-2 and above on VAX systems, and OpenVMS V6.1
and above on Alpha systems.

SCSI Devices Supported
Note: 16-bit Wide drives (-VW variants) operate in 8-bit Narrow mode
RZ26-VA, 1.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ26N-V ANW*, 1.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ28-V ANW*, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ28B-VA, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ28D-VAlVW*, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ28M-VAlVW*, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ29B-VAlVW*, 4.3-Gbyte 8-bit disk
RZ73-VA, 2.0-Gbyte 8-bit disk - 5.25"

•
•
•
•
•
•

RZ74-VA, 3.57-Gbyte 8-bit disk - 5.25"
EZ51154-V A SCSI solid state disk devices
EZ64/69- V A SCSI solid state disk devices
RRD43/44/45- VA optical devices
TLZ06ITLZ6L-VA 4mm tape devices
TLZ09ITLZ7L-VA 4mm tape devices
TZ86/87188-V A tape devices
RWZ52-VA optical device

Ordering Information
• Cables and storage devices are not included, they must be ordered separately.
• Refer to StorageWorks SF346 Deskside pedestal and HSD 10 array controller for additional ordering information.
SW346-AA

BA346-KB (60Hz) pedestal with one HSD10-AA embedded array controller.

Specifications
Performance

SF346·AA

110 per second

1000
3
3
7
1
1-HSD10

6.66 Storage

N/A
N/A
N/A
1
0

N/A
N/A

StorageWorks RZ Disk Drives

StorageWorks RZ Family of Disk Drives
The RZ family of SCSI disk drives consists of 3.5-inch 5400 RPM and 7200 RPM, 8-bit and 16-bit drives with capacities
ranging from 1 Gbyte to 4 Gbyte. The family offers a variety of capacity points and performance characteristics that can be
matched to the system or application environment. The drives are typically mounted in the system enclosure of both Alpha
and VAX desktop and deskside systems and servers. They are also available in StorageWorks external expansion
enclosures for desktop datacenter needs.
Features
•
•
•
•
•
•

Extra-high performance 7200 RPM and high performance 5400 RPM models
All models available in 8-bit (narrow) and 16-bit (wide) variants
96-bit error correction code ensures data integrity
Quadruplicate headers ensure proper identification and transfer of correct data
Comprehensive power-up, periodic self-diagnostics, and device testing provide early warning of potential drive failure
Extended operating temperature specifications provide reliability in the desktop or office environment

7200 RPM Disk Drives
The StorageWorks 4.3 Gbyte 7200 RPM disk drive is 30% faster than comparable 5400 RPM drives for most transaction
processing workloads. Its large cache enhances overall subsystem performance, while a dedicated servo ensures quick
access to data. The StorageWorks 4.3 Gbyte disk drive is ideal for applications with high 110 transactions or for high
capacity needs. The 2.1 Gbyte 7200 RPM drive is also well suited for request-intensive environments with lower capacity
requirements.
5400 RPM Disk Drives
High performance, 5400 RPM drives are available in 2.1 Gbyte and 1.05 Gbyte capacities. For frequently needed
additional disk storage, the StorageWorks 2 Gbyte drive provides a solid solution for most transaction processing
applications, as well as situations where moderate capacity growth is required. The 1.05 Gbyte drive delivers 5400 RPM
performance at a low cost, offering an optimal solution for single-user platforms with lower capacity needs.
Ordering Information
Note: See system ordering menus for specific variants and quantities supported.
Supported in StorageWorks 8-bit narrow shelves
RZ26N·VA
~RZ28M·VA

RZ28D·VA
_RZ29B·VA

1.05 GB 8-bit 5400 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier-narrow
2.1 GB 8-bit 5400 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier-narrow
2.1 GB 8-bit 7200 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier-narrow
4.3 GB 8-bit 7200 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier-narrow

Supported in StorageWorks 16·bit wide shelves
RZ26N·VW
RZ28M·VW
RZ28D·VW
RZ29B·VW

1.05 GB 16-bit 5400 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier-wide
2.1 GB 16-bit 5400 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier-wide
2.1 GB 16-bit 7200 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier-wide
4.3 GB 16-bit 7200 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier-wide

Storage

6.67

StorageWorks RZ Disk Drives

Specifications
5400 RPM Drives

Drive/capacity formatted
1.05 GB
Cache buffer size
480KB
Average seek time (ms)
9-10.5
Average latency (ms)
5.54
Average access time (ms)
14.5
Max data transfer rate To/from media 32-58 MB/s
Bus/synchronous 8-bit
10 MB/s
Bus/synchronous 16-bit
20MB/s
Error Correcting Code
96 bits
3.5-inch
Form factor
Operating Environment
Temperature
5-50C
Relative humidity
8-80%

7200 RPM Drives

2.1 GB
480KB
9-10.5
5.54
14.5
37-63 MB/s
lOMB/s
20MB/s
96 bits
3.5-inch

2.1 GB
480KB
8-9
4.17
12.2
49-72 MB/s
10 MB/s
20MB/s
96 bits
3.5-inch

4.3 GB
1 MB
8-9
3.17
12.2
47-72 MB/s
lOMB/s
20MB/s
96 bits
3.5-inch x 1.6-inch

5-50C
8-80%

5-50 C
5-95%

Width (mm/in)
5112.0
152/6.0

Depth (mm/in)
216/8.5
267110.5

Physical Characteristics

Form Factor
3.5-inch
5.25-inch

Height (mm/in)
12114.8
12114.8

......

6.68 Storage

StorageWorks Solid State Disk Drives

StorageWorks EZ3x1EZ6x Solid State Disks
StorageWorks solid state disks, based on the standard 3.S-inch and S.2S-inch form factors, are available in a range of
capacities from 134 to 950 Mbyte. With an access time less than 100 microseconds, solid state disks support a wide range
of response time critical applications such as OLTP, as well as bandwidth-hungry applications such as video.
All StorageWorks solid state disks incorporate a complete data retention system to provide data permanence if power is
lost. When a power loss is sensed, the data retention system (comprising voltage-sensing logic, batteries, and a hard drive)
off-loads the data to its internal magnetic disk for secure storage until power is restored.
To provide the highest availability, the StorageWorks solid state disk family data retention system employs industry unique
"continuous backup." Continuous backup constantly updates the contents of the hard drive to best mirror the data
contained in the DRAMs. This feature conserves battery power, reduces backup time to less than 1.5 minutes, and affords
virtually an unlimited number of off-loadlrestore data retention cycles. Additionally, patented ECC (Error Correction
Code) schemes further enhance availability by providing unprecedented tolerance to a DRAM malfunction.
Features
• Time-critical data is accessed 100+ times faster than
magnetic disks
• Access times under 100 micro sec
• Supports bandwidth-critical applications with very
high data transfer rates

• Sophisticated continuous backup and ECC provides
industry -leading availability
• Industry standard and open, executes the SCSI-2
Common Command Set
• Wide SCSI support (EZ3x)

Operating System Support
• OpenVMS VAX VS.S-2
• OpenVMS V6.2
• Digital UNIX V3.2C
Installation Kits and Cables
• EZxx-VA drives are packaged as StorageWorks Building Blocks. No additional mounting hardware or cabling is
required.
• EZ3x-W and EZ6x-E drives are supplied as a "brick only" for integration into other enclosures or non-Digital systems
which are able to accept standard 3.5" half-height (EZ3x) and standard S.2S-inch full-height (EZ6x) storage devices. No
mounting hardware or cabling is included.
· Configuring Solid State Disks:
- In a typical 110 active application, the vast majority of 110 requests is directed toward 1%-5% of the on-line data.
Placing this small percentage of data ("hot" files) on solid state disk reduces 110 wait-time (CPU idle) and enables
CPU cycles to do work.
• 110 Balancing:
- Given the 110 profile above, when mUltiple SCSI buses are implemented, optimum performance will be achieved by
"balancing" the 110 as shown below to achieve an average "warm temperature" across the buses. NOTE: For
maximum system performance, SSDs should reside on a dedicated bus and not be mixed with other SCSI devices.
• Wide SCSI:
- Wide SCSI solid state disks (EZ3x) should be configured behind KZTSA adapter for optimal performance benefits.
Warm Data

~~~

~1 ~
s_c,S~_IB_u
~ BBB BB
____

______. -____. -__- ' r -__- ' r -__

Hot Data

__
ses

Cold Data

BU-3415

Storage 6.69

StorageWorks Solid State Disks

Ordering Information
EZ64-E
EZ64-VA
EZ69-E
EZ69-VA
EZ31-W
EZ31-VW
EZ32-W
EZ32-VW

475 MB 5.25-inch SCSI solid state disk with data retention system, field installed
475 MB 5.25-inch SCSI solid state disk with data retention system in StorageWorks Building Block
950 MB 5.25-inch SCSI solid state disk with data retention system, field installed
950 MB 5.25-inch SCSI solid state disk with data retention system in StorageWorks Building Block
134 MB 3.5-inch SCSI solid state disk with data retention system, field installed (l6-bit)
134 MB 3.5-inch SCSI solid state disk with data retention system in StorageWorks Building Block
(l6-bit)
268 MB 3.5-inch SCSI solid state disk with data retention system, field installed (l6-bit)
268 MB 3.5-inch SCSI solid state disk with data retention system in StorageWorks Building Block
(16-bit)

* See the "Installation Kits and Cables" section.
Specifications
SCSI-2 Interface
Capacity (MBs)
Form Factor
Access Time
Bandwidth (sustained)
110 Throughput (maximum)

EX6x

EZ3x

8-bit
475/950
5.25-inch x 3.2-inch
<100 microseconds
9.4MBPS
2,200+ 1I0s

16-bit
134/268
3.5-inch x 1.6-inch
< 100 microseconds
>13 MBPS
2,200+IIOs

82.6 cm (3.25 in.)
203.2 cm (8.0 in.)
146.0 cm ( 5.75 in.)
2.55 kg (5 lb., 10 oz)

41.4 cm (1.63 in.)
146 cm (5.75 in.)
101.0 cm (4.0 in.)
1.4 kg (3.0 lbs.)

Physical Dimensions
Height
Depth
Width
Weight

6.70 Storage

StorageWorks Flexible Diskette Drive

StorageWorks RX26 Flexible Diskette Drive
The RX26 flexible diskette drive is designed for high-capacity floppy-disk storage for desktop systems. It provides 2.8
Mbytes of formatted storage capacity (4 Mbytes unformatted) in a compact 3.5-inch form factor. Utilizing industrystandard 3.5-inch microfloppy diskettes, the RX26 adds a second level to the existing industry diskette structure of 1.4
Mbytes formatted (2 Mbytes unformatted).
It is fully backward compatible on both read and write capabilities with the RX23L 3.5-inch media. This important feature
provides users with access to complete range of industry-standard software published on 3.5-inch microfloppies. The RX26
may be operated in these modes as well. The RX employs the industry-standard FDD interface.

Ordering Information
Note: See system ordering menus for specific variants and quantities supported.
RX26-VA

RX26K-IO

StorageWorks 3.5 inch RX26 Flexible diskette drive
Pack of ten 4.0 MB (unformatted) 3.5-inch flexible diskettes

Specifications
Formatted capacity per diskette
Peak transfer rate
Average seek time
Average rotational latency:
Tracks per diskette

2.8 MBs (4 MBs unformatted)
1 MB/second (in 2.8 14MB mode)
95ms
lOOms
60

Storage 6.71

StorageWorks CD-ROM Drive

Digital offers an industry standard quad-speed, multimedia-capable CD-ROM drive, the RRD45. CD-ROM drives provide
an excellent vehicle for software, documentation, and subscription-based information/database distribution. The RRD45
supports all CD-ROM standards including CD-ROM-XA (CD-ROM eXtended Architecture), Multisession, Photo CD, and
MPC (Multimedia Products Council) 1 and 2. The drives are also CD-I ready.

Ordering Information
Note: See system ordering menus for specific variants and quantities supported.
RRD4S-FA

Tabletop CD-ROM drive with North American power cord

RRD4S-DG

Tabletop CD-ROM drive, requires country specific power cord

RRD4S-AC

CD-ROM drive without mounting or brackets

RRD4S-VA

CD-ROM drive in StorageWorks 5.25-inch carrier

RRD4S-VE

CD-ROM drive for BA353 Desktop expansion unit

RRD4S-VU

CD-ROM drive to add half-height device to existing RRD45-VA 5.25-inch StorageWorks carrier

Power Cords
Note: Select country specific power cord for 240V use.
BN19A-2E
BN19D-2E
BN19E-2E
BN19H-2E
BN19K-2E
BN19N-2E
BN19S-2E
BN19U-2E

U .K.lIreland
Austria, Belgium, Finland, France, Germany, Holland, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden
Switzerland
AustralialNew Zealand
Denmark
Italy
India
Israel

Specifications
Capacity
Average access time
Loading mechanism
Mounting
Rotational speed (RPM)
Normal, variable
Double, variable
Quad, variable
Conforms to industry standards
CD-ROM
CDXA
CD-J and CD-J Ready
CD-Bridge and PhotoCD

6.72 Storage

600MBs
600 KB/s
Motorized tray, no caddy
Horizontal or vertical
530-200
1,060-400
2,120-800
Mode 1 and 2
Mode 2, Form 1 and Form 2
Mode 2, form 2 and Form 2
Single and mUltiple session MPC-2

StorageWorks Multifunction Optical Drive

StorageWorks RWZ52 Multifunction Optical Drive
The RWZ52 is a 5.25-inch full-height multifunction optical disk drive the supports write-once and rewritable operations
subject to the storage management software capabilities. The drive provides removable, random access storage through low
cost-per megabyte write-once or rewritable optical cartridges. Digital Optical Storage Desktop Software provides necessary
drivers for host operating system, and should be ordered at same time RWZ52 drive. RWZOI is the first generation optical
drive; the RWZ52 drive is a compatible, lower-cost replacement second generation 1.2 Gbyte multifunction (rewritable
and write-once) optical drive.
Write-once optical media is often the preferred media for long-term archiving, due to its long life and ability to prevent
accidental and/or deliberate overwriting of data. RWZ52 uses random access, removable media for fast application access
to data.
An unlimited number of media cartridges can be used in an RWZ52 drive, the average cost per megabyte decreases rapidly
as usage increases. Since the RWZ52 drive is multifunction, customers can standardize on one drive for both archival and
"working storage" applications, lowering total system costs.
Operating System Support
Integration software options required prior to installing RWZ52:
• OpenVMS VAX V5.5-2 or later requires Optical Storage Desktop Software for device integration.
Ordering Information
RWZS2-FA
RWZS2-VA
RWXSK-Ol
RWXSK-02
QL-OU9A9-AA
QL-2VPA9-AA

Tabletop 5.25" multifunction optical drive
5.25" Multifunction optical drive for StorageWorks
Rewritable Media for RWZ52
Write-Once Media for RWZ52
Optical Storage Desktop Software license for OpenVMS VAX
Optical Storage Desktop Software license for Digital UNIX

Note: Digital branded media is recommended.
Specifications
Interface
Media technology
Archival life
Capacity
512-byte sectors
1024-byte sectors
Rewritable standards
(CCS format)
Write-once standards
(CCW format)
Average access time
Average load time

Data transfer rates
Reads (maximum sustained)
Writes (maximum sustained)
With verification

Single-ended SCSI-2; one cable supports robot and drives

Magneto-optical (130 mml5.25 in.)
30 years
IHigh-Capacity Mode
1.2 GB (600 MBs/side)
1.3 GB (650 MBs/side)
ECMA 184
ISOIlEC DIS 13549 (draft)
ECMA 184
ISOIlEC DIS 13549 (draft)
36.0 ms
2.3 seconds with spin-up

ILow-Capacity Mode
594 MB (297 MBs/side)
650 MB (325 MBs/side)
ISOIlEC 10089A
ANSI X3.212-1992
ISOIlEC 11560
ANSI X3.220-1992
31.8 ms
2.8 seconds with spin-up

1.6 MBs/s

1.0 MBs/s

0.53 MBs/s

0.33 MBs/s

Storage 6.73

StorageWorks RW500 Optical Library Family

The StorageWorks RW500 Optical Library (Jukebox) family provides a range of solutions for automated access to large
quantities of data-at costs lower than either on-line or operator-attended off-line storage. The RW500 family meets
requirements for data-intensive applications and industries, including document image processing, CAD/CAM, CASE,
COLD (Computer Output to Laser Disk), financial services, health care, technical publishing, and scientific data
collection. Digital's RW500 Optical Library family includes four models with formatted capacities ranging from 19 to 170
Gbyte. Multifunction drives support a mix of both rewritable and write-once (WORM) operations to maximize application
design flexibility-subject to the functionality of the storage management software.
With Digital's Optical Storage Management Software (OSMS), the RW500 family can form a complete OpenVMS or
Digital UNIX solution. OSMS provides transparent disk-like access to all platters within the jukebox. Functionally, the
software makes each side of every platter in the jukebox appear as a logically mounted device to the applications, and
mounts platters as those volumes are requested by the application. When a drive detects the presence of WORM or
rewritable media, OSMS automatically invokes the appropriate file system (either Files-II for Rewritable or the OSMSsupplied write-once file system) subject to the functionality of the particular operating system implementation of OSMS.
POL YCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management solution for Digital UNIX is an alternative storage management product
which automatically stores files in the most effective media when considering the total cost of storage, frequency access,
and latency to data. Active files are promoted to reside on magnetic disks for faster access times while infrequently used
files revert to optical storage. Users and applications perceive a single integrated file system which may span magnetic
disks and physical platters to offer a single logical volume thereby facilitating storage management and accessibility.

Features
• Wide range of product meets price/capacity requirements
that vary by application or site
• Multifunction drive support for maximum flexibility
• Multi-density (600 Mbyte/1.2 Gbyte) drive for multiple
generation compatibility

• Easy-to-use development platform
• Widespread applications support.
Commitment to media standards
Industry leadership reliability for library mechanism
(robot), electronic, and the optical drive

Configuration Guidelines
• All jukeboxes include universal power supplies.
• Each jukebox requires one SCSI for the robot, plus one
for each drive, all of which must appear sequentially on
the same SCSI bus.

• A complete configuration requires the appropriate
RW500 library, media, and storage management
software. A software license corresponding to the
jukebox ordered must be selected from the ordering
information contained in the SPD.

Prerequisite Hardware
Refer to the specific storage management SPD for a list of supported CPUs and additional details.
• KZQSA Adapter required for Q-bus MicroVAX and
VAX 4000 systems.
• On most systems, a BC06P-06 50-pin low-density SCSI
cable, supplied with the jukebox, is needed to connect
the jukebox to the system.

• VAXstation 3100 Models 38 and 48 require a BC56H-xx
cable.

Prerequisite Software
• Optical Storage Management Software (OSMS)
- Alpha Systems OpenVMS V6.1 or later, or Digital UNIX V3.0 or later
- VAX Systems OpenVMS V5.5-2 or later
• POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for Digital UNIX V2.1, V3.0, V3.2

6.74 Storage

StorageWorks RW500 Optical Library Family

StorageWorks RW500 Optical Library Family (continued)
RW500 Optical Library Ordering Information
RW525-ZA
RW536-ZF
RW531-ZC
RW532-ZF

19 GB (formatted) single-drive optical library
170 GB (formatted) four-drive optical library
38 GB (formatted) dual-drive optical library
76 GB (formatted) four drive optical library

Software
SPD 47.45
SPD 53.39
SPD 47.46
SPD 53.38
SPD 50.71

Optical Storage Desktop Software for OpenVMS (OSDS)
Optical Storage Desktop Software for Digital UNIX (OSDS)
Optical Storage Management Software for Open VMS (OSMS)
Optical Storage Management Software for Digital UNIX (OSMS)
POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for Digital UNIX

Optical Media
RWX5K-Ol
RWX5K-02

1.2 GB 5.25-inch rewritable media
1.2 GB 5.2S-inch CCW WORM media

Note: Digital branded media is recommended.

Specifications
Interface
Media technology
Archival life
Capacity
512-byte sectors
1024-byte sectors
Rewritable standards
(CCS format)
Write-once standards
(CCW format)
Average access time
Average load time
Data transfer rates:
Reads (maximum sustained)
Writes (maximum sustained)
With verification
Jukebox Characteristics
Average disk exchange time
Height (mmlin.)
Width (mmJin.)
Depth (mmlin.)
Weight (kgllb)
Environmental
Operating temperature
Non-operating
Operating humidity
Non-operating
Power Requirements
Voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
Typical/maximum

Single-ended SCSI-2; one cable supports robot and drives
Magneto-optical (130 mml5.25 in.)
30 years
IHigh-Capacity Mode
ILow-Capacity Mode
594 MB (297 MBs/side)
1.2 GB (600 MBs/side)
1.3 GB (650 MBs/side)
650 MB (325 MBs/side)
ECMA 184
ISOIlEC 10089A
ISOIIEC DIS 13549 (draft)
ANSI X3.212-1992
ECMA 184
ISOIIEC 11560
ISOIIEC DIS 13549 (draft)
ANSI X3.220-1992
36.0 ms
31.8 ms
2.3 seconds with spin-up
2.8 seconds with spin-up

1.6 MBs/s

1.0 MBs/s

0.53 MBs/s
IRW525
8 seconds
494/19.4
220/8.7
694127.3
21145

0.33 MBs/s
IRW531IRW532
6 seconds
910/35.8
375/33.5
480/19.0
1001220

IRW536
8 seconds
1847172.7
651125.6
971138.2
3601792

5° to 50° C
-40° to 70° C
10% to 90%
5% to 95%

10° to 40° C
-40° to 60° C
10% to 90%
5% to 95%

10° to 40° C
-30° to 60° C
10% to 90%
5% to 95%

110-240 Vac
50/60 Hz

100-240 Vac
50/60 Hz

110-240 Vac
50/60 Hz

70/100W

250/275 W

200/457 W

Storage 6.75

StorageWorks DLT Tape Family
'" .,',....

'r,S~tir~g~W~t!{$",Wp8!~,])~T:'~(I:i~oijif.i_~(t:"~~pe;p_f),~arY: :.:X

'"' ··\"··~.~d}.. \""~::'V

'<.' ':"

'L':,;{"',"" .':

The TL810 is a mid-range automated tape library based on DLT technology. The TL810 library, the second member of
Digital's library family, has a smaller capacity, higher ratio of drive-to-cartridge units and a smaller footprint than the highcapacity TL820 library. With a capacity of 52 cartridges and 4 Digital Linear Tape (DLT) TZ87 drives, the TL810 library
offers a range of capacity from 0.5 to 1.0 Terabyte. This storage library includes robotic hardware and firmware necessary
to store and move up to 52 DLT cartridges, 4 of which are contained in a built-in four-cartridge Load Port (ImportlExport).
The TL81 0 provides a faster access automated tape library that is ideal for data-center applications for Digital systems,
platforms, clusters, and networks. The unsurpassed speed, capacity, and reliability of DLT technology (ANSI standard),
integrated with highly reliable proven robotics design, provide a high capacity, high performance, quality product for
departmental storage needs.
Combined with Digital's POLYCENTER Storage Management software application solutions, or third party applications,
the TL810 tape library makes backup, archive, and POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management operations easy,
quick, reliable, and cost effective.
• Extends the benefits of automated storage management
to department and client/server applications presently
enjoyed by larger enterprisewide datacenters.
• Integrates automated backup and archiving, and
hierarchical storage management to department
operations.
• Protects against data loss by providing accurate, secure,
auditable archiving and backup of information.
• Provides near-on-line storage in huge capacities but with
a small footprint for data-center, network, and server
applications.

• Boosts productivity and lowers costs for data-center
management and operations through automated access to
data.
• Provides cost effective and reliable storage for
POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Manager
applications.
• With appropriate application support, provides built-in
Automatic Drive Cleaning feature that allows high
availability of drives without operator intervention.

Operating System Support
• OpenVMS Alpha V6.2 and OpenVMS VAX V6.x
• Digital UNIX V3.0 or later (requires SCSI CAM Layered Software V3.0) see POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and
Restore SPD for details
POLY CENTER Support
• POLYCENTER suite of NetWorker Save and Restore
• POLYCENTER Archive Backup Vl.0 or later
V3.1 or later
• POLYCENTER Sequential Media File System V1.1 or
• POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for
later
OpenVMS V 1.1 or later
• HSOF V2.5 firmware for HSJ30/40 and HSD30
controllers and V8.4 for HSC65/95 controllers is planned
• Storage Library System V2.5B or later
The TL810 ships with four TZ87 drives installed in system, one cleaning cartridge, and one DLT data cartridge.
Application software and external cabling for adapters and controllers must be ordered separately.
TL810-BA

TL810 Automated Tape Library

Specifications
Storage media
Library cartridge capacity
Single cartridge capacity
Single drive
transfer rate
Compatibility
Interface
Height
Width
Depth
Weight
Power

6.76 Storage

4 DLT TZ87N tape drives
52 tape cartridges
10 GB (native)/ 20 GB (compressed)
1.25 MB (native)/ 2.5 MB (compressed)
VAX and Alpha platforms, OpenVMS and Digital UNIX operating systems
SCSI-2 (Differential)
43.3 inches (1.10 meters)
23 inches (0.58 meters)
31.9 inches (0.81 meters)
3781bs. (171.51 Kg.) with 52 cartridges and DLT tape drives
115V1230V, 50Hz/60Hz (nominal)

StorageWorks DLT Tape Family

StorageWorks TL812 DLT Automated Tape Library
The TL812 is a mid-range automated tape library based on DLT technology. With a capacity of 48 cartridges for data
storage and 4 Digital Linear Tape (DLT) TZ88 drives, the TL812library offers a range of data storage capacity from 0.96
to 1.92 Terabytes. This storage library includes robotic hardware and firmware necessary to store and move up to 52 DLT
cartridges, 4 of which are contained in a built-in four-cartridge Load Port (ImportlExport).
The TL812 provides a faster access automated tape library ideal for data-center applications for Digital systems, platforms,
clusters, and networks. The unsurpassed speed, capacity, and reliability of DLT technology (ANSI standard), integrated
with highly reliable proven robotics design, provide a high capacity, high performance, quality product for departmental
storage needs.
Combined with Digital's POLYCENTER Storage Management software application solutions, or third party applications,
the TL812 tape library makes backup, archive, and POLY CENTER Hierarchical Storage Management operations easy,
quick, reliable, and cost effective.
• Extends the benefits of automated storage management
to department and client/server applications presently
enjoyed by larger enterprisewide data-centers.
• Integrates automated backup and archiving, and
hierarchical storage management to department
operations.
• Protects against data loss by providing accurate, secure,
auditable archiving and backup of information.
• Provides near-on-line storage in huge capacities but with
a small footprint for data-center, network, and server
applications.

Operating System Support
• OpenVMS Alpha V6.2 and OpenVMS VAX V6.1 (see specific POLYCENTER Application SPDs for details).
• Digital UNIX V3.2 (see specific POLYCENTER Application SPDs for details).
POLY CENTER Support (see specific POLYCENTER Application SPDs for details).
• POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore (NSR)
V3.2
• POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for
OpenVMS (VHSM) VI.2A
• Storage Library System for OpenVMS (SLS) V2.6
• POLYCENTER Archive Backup for OpenVMS (PAB)
Vl.I

• POLYCENTER Sequential Media File System (SMF)
V1.2 (requires OpenVMS V6.2 on Alpha systems)
• Media Robot Utility (MRU) VI.O
• HSOF V2.7 firmware for HSJ30/40 and HSD30
controllers

TL812 ships with four TZ88 drives installed in system, one cleaning cartridge, and one DLT data cartridge. Application
software and external cabling for adapters and controllers must be ordered separately.
TL812-BA

TL812 Automated Tape Library

Specifications
Storage media
Library cartridge capacity
Single cartridge capacity
Single drive transfer rate
Compatibility
Interface
Height
Width
Depth
Weight
Power

4 DLT TZ88 tape drives
52 tape cartridges
20 GB (native)/ 40 GB (compressed)
1.5 MB /sec (native)/ 3.0 MB /sec (compressed)
VAX and Alpha platforms, OpenVMS and Digital UNIX operating systems
SCSI-2 (Differential)
43.3 inches (1.10 meters)
23 inches (0.58 meters)
31.9 inches (0.81 meters)
3781bs. (171.51 Kg.) with 52 cartridges and DLT tape drives
115V/230V, 50Hz/60Hz (nominal) IEC 320 male connector

Storage 6.77

StorageWorks DLT Tape Family
,,:.~,;;",. ;

.. ;" ,

~ '".>J

,. ~ ~,; ~.

-;.. , ".<' ...
,,,"

The TL820 Digital Linear Tape (DLT) library is the newest member of Digital's family of near-line automated storage
products, providing up to S.2 Terabytes of storage for unattended backup operations, archiving, hierarchical storage
management, large-scale data storage, and video-on-demand applications.
With up to twice the storage capacity of current IBM 3480-compatible ATL subsystems, in a significantly smaller footprint
and at significantly lower cost, the TL820 will provide users with the ability to automate large-scale backup and archiving
and hierarchical storage management operations at a fraction of the cost of other technologies. The extensible nature of the
units, combined with future growth in drive capacity, provide a scaleable solution for application and system growth.
The performance and capacity of the TL820 subsystem are ideally suited to the implementation of large-scale archival,
hierarchical storage management and near-line storage, significantly reducing the total cost of implementing advanced
automated solutions. The TL820 uses three high performance TZ87 tape drives for unsurpassed data integrity, and high
capacity (up to 20 Gbytes compressed per cartridge).
The TL820 is a high capacity, 264-cartridge automated tape library (ATL) designed to provide high capacity storage and
robotic access for Digital's DLT series of tape drives. Housed in a 79-inch (200 cm) tall cabinet, each 28-inch (72 cm) wide
tower contains up to 264 DLT tape cartridges and three differential SCSI-2 DLT drives. A single TL820 can provide 2.6
Terabytes of storage capacity, or approximately S.2 Terabytes utilizing the TZ87 drive's hardware data compression. With
some applications, up to five TL820 towers can be connected together with their robots supported by one differential SCSI2 multi-unit controller.

Features
•
•
•
•

Based on industry-leadership DLT tape technology
High capacity and performance in small (9 sq. ft) footprint
Lowers entry-price for large-scale unattended backup and archiving
Available now for Digital UNIX, OpenVMS VAX and Alpha systems

Prerequisites
• Each library cabinet requires two SCSI-2 buses
• Use of the TL820 requires robotics and media
management software.
• OpenVMS VAX and Alpha supported Storage
Management Solutions include the following Digital
products:

- POLYCENTER Archive Backup (PAB Vl.O) and
Storage Library System (SLS V2.Sb)
- POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management
(HSM V1.1)
- POLYCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem (SMF
Vl.l)

Note: The above applications incorporate the Media and Device Management Services (MDMS).

• Digital UNIX V3.0 operating system support is provided
by POLYCENTER NetWorker and Restore V3.1 (NSR
V3.1) or later applications software. Refer to the NSR
SPD for applica~i?n and SCSI CAM Layered Software
support prereqUIsItes.
• Users who purchase the 2T-TL820-BA receive DECLS
softwar~ ~nd service. DECLS provides software
.
connectIvIty un~er Op~n V~S VAX and Alpha operatmg
systems compatIble ~Ith .thIrd party tape management
software products WhICh Issue DPCOM messages to load

and unload tape devices. POLYCENTER VMS solutions
no longer require DECLS software. Refer to the DECLS
SPD for DECLS prerequisites.
• Hardware is supported on OpenVMS Alpha Vl.S and
V6.1 and V6.2 for DEC 3000/400017000110000 and
AlphaServer 2100 systems
• Hardware is supported on OpenVMS VS.S-2, V6.0, V6.1
and V6.2 for VAX 600017000/9000 and V AX-1117S0
and VAX-111780 systems.

Note: Software applications may require different levels of operating system support. Refer to applications SPDs for the application
minimum requirements

6. 78 Storage

StorageWorks DL T Tape Family

StorageWorks TL820 DLT Automated Tape Library (continued)
The first unit ordered must be TL820-BA or 2T-TL820-BA. TL820-AC is an add-on for expandability and requires a base
library unit. Check applications for support of add-on library towers.
TL820BA
TL820·AC
TL82X·BA
2T·TL820· BA

DLT tape library with three TZ87 drives and Inport/Outport Device
DLT library expansion cabinet with three TZ87 drives and attachment kit
Cartridge bin pack for TL820, holds 11 cartridges
DLT tape library with three TZ87 drives and Inport/Outport Device; DECLS software

Specifications
TL820 Tape Library Unit Sp~cifications
Height
78.7 inl200 cm
Width
36 inl 72 cm
Depth
47 inl120 cm
Weight
784 lbs (356 kg) with drives, unloaded
Power
90-132 and 176-264Vautoranging, 47 to 63 Hz
MSBF
500,000 swaps
TZ87 Drive Specifications
Transfer rate
Up to 1.25 MB/s native; up to 2.5 MB/s, compressed
Maximum capacity
20 GB compressed
Durability
500,000 tape-head passes
Note: These performance statistics reflect only the drive capabilities; actual drive performance is a function of the system
configuration and its application

Storage 6.79

StorageWorks DLT Tape Family
;': ".: " : " ;": ~ ";r; ~.~~~.:: ~. :~ :
, ';

.. ,

The TL822 Digital Linear Tape (DLT) library providing up to 10.56 Terabytes of storage for unattended backup
operations, archiving, hierarchical storage management, large-scale data storage, and video-on-demand applications.
With significantly greater storage capacity than the IBM 3480-compatible ATL subsystems, in a smaller footprint, the
TL822 provides users with the ability to automate large-scale backup and archiving and hierarchical storage management
operations at a fraction of the cost of other technologies.
The performance and capacity of the TL822 subsystem are suited to the implementation of large-scale archival,
hierarchical storage management and near-line storage. The TL822 uses three high performance TZ88 tape drives for
unsurpassed data integrity, and high capacity (up to 40 Gbytes compressed per cartridge)
The TL822 is a high capacity, 264-cartridge automated tape library (ATL) designed to provide high capacity storage and
robotic access for Digital's DLT series of tape drives. Housed in a 79-inch (200 cm) tall cabinet, each 28-inch (72 cm) wide
tower contains up to 264 DLT tape cartridges and three differential SCSI-2 DLT drives. A single TL822 can provide 5.28
Terabytes of storage capacity, or approximately 10.56 Terabytes using the TZ88 drive's hardware data compression. With
some third party applications, up to five TL822 towers can be connected together with their robots supported by one
differential SCSI-2 multi-unit controller.

Features
•
•
•
•

Prerequisites
Each library cabinet comes configured for three SCSI-2 buses. Intemallibrary cabling modifications can be made (onsite) to support systems with less than three SCSI-2 adapters.
Use of the TL822 requires robotics and media management software.
OpenVMS V AX and Alpha supported Storage Management Solutions include the following Digital products:
- Storage Library System for OpenVMS (SLS) V2.6
- POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for OpenVMS (VHSM) V 1.2A
- POLYCENTER Archive Backup for OpenVMS (PAB) V1.1
- POLYCENTER Sequential Media File System (SMF) Vl.2 (requires OpenVMS V6.2 on Alpha systems)
- Media Robot Utility (MRU) V1.0
Note: The above applications incorporate the Media and Device Management Services (MDMS)

• Digital UNIX Alpha supported Storage Management Solutions include the following Digital products:
- POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore (NSR) V3.2
- Media Robot Utility (MRU) V1.0
• Every TL822 Library comes with Media Robot Utility (MRU) software.
Note: Software applications may require different levels of operating system support. Refer to applications SPDs for the application
minimum requirements.

The first unit ordered must be TL822-BA. TL822-AC is an add-on for expandability and requires a base library unit. Check
applications for support of add-on library towers.
TL822·BA
TL822·AC
TL82X·BA

6.80 Storage

DLT tape library with three TZ88 drives and Inport/Outport Device
DLT library expansion cabinet with three TZ88 drives and attachment kit
Cartridge bin pack for TL822, holds 11 cartridges

StorageWorks DLT Tape Family

StorageWorks TL822 DLT Automated Tape Library (continued)
Specifications
TL822 Tape Library Unit Specifications
Height
78.7 in/200 cm
Width
36 in/ 72 cm
47 in/120 cm
Depth
784 lbs (356 kg) with drives, unloaded
Weight
90-132 and 176-264V autoranging, 47 to 63 Hz
Power
MSBF
600,000 swaps
TZ88 Drive Specifications
Transfer rate
Up to 1.5 MB/s native; up to 3.0 MB/s, compressed
Maximum capacity
40 GB compressed
Note: These performance statistics reflect only the drive capabilities; actual drive performance is a function of the system
configuration and its application

Storage

6.81

StorageWorks DLT Tape Family

The Digital Linear Tape Drive (DLT) family cartridge tape drives are industry-leading 5.25-inch streaming linear
recording tape devices, designed for systems requiring high performance, high data integrity, and unattended backup. The
performance and capacity of the DLT cartridge tape drive subsystem is unrivaled. With a sustained transfer rate of up to
2.5M Kbytes per second and up to 40 Gbytes of formatted capacity (2 to 1 compression), the TZ87ITZ88 tape drives can
complete full backups in under an hour. A 512-Kbyte adaptive cache matches the speed of the tape subsystem to system
performance, minimizing repositioning delays, and a dual-channel read/write head design provides a high data transfer
rate.
Extensive error detection and correction make the data integrity of the DLT cartridge tape subsystem comparable to that of
magnetic disks. Other advanced data integrity features include a custom 64-bit CRC on each 2 Kbytes of data on media; a
powerful custom Reed Solomon ECC, end-to-end EDC on data (onto media and back) as well as parity checking on data
cache memory. These features combine to produce undetected errors of less than 1 in 10 (27) bits and unrecovered read
errors of less than 1 in 10 (17) bits.
Extensive diagnostic and troubleshooting features include serial EIA-422 ports on the subsystem and controllers for offline troubleshooting and POST (power on self-test) error reporting, embedded diagnostic and self-test software, and LEDs
for indication of operating and fault information. Tape composition, rugged cartridge design, and gentle tape handling of
the DLT cartridge tape subsystems result in a durable medium that can be used for over 200,000 tape-head passes.
The TZ87 DLT cartridge tape drive uses the CompacTape III cartridge, which contains 335 meters (1100 feet) of halfinch-wide metal powder (MP) tape. MP tape is a durable medium, thus providing longer media life than many other tapes.
TZ87 tape drives offer TZ85ITZ86 read and write compatibility, and TZ30ITK50ITK70 read compatibility. TZ87N tape
drives offer TZ87, TZ86 and TZ85 read and write compatibility only.
The TZ88 is read/write compatible with the TZ85, TZ86, TZ87 and TZ88. The TZ88 uses CompacTape IV or
CompacTape III media.

Features
• SCSI interface (TZ devices)
• Extensive embedded diagnostic/self-test software
• Four LEDs and audio indicators of subsystem status on front panel

TZ88 Features
• Up to 40 Gbytes capacity per cartridge (compressed 2: 1)
• Tabletop enclosure or 5.25-inch StorageWorks carrier
• Read/write compatible with TZ85, TZ86, TZ87, TZ88

TZ87 Features
•
•
•
•

Up to 20 Gbytes capacity per cartridge (compressed 2:1)
Tabletop enclosure, system embedded, or 5.25-inch StorageWorks enclosure
Read/write compatibility with TZ85ITZ86
TZ30ITK50ITK70 read compatibility

TZ87N Features
• Up to 20 Gbytes capacity per cartridge (compressed 2:1)
• Tabletop enclosure or 5.25-inch StorageWorks carrier
• Read/write compatible with TZ85ITZ86 only

6.82 Storage

StorageWorks DLT Tape Family

StorageWorks TZ87/TZ88 DLT Cartridge Tape Drives (continued)
Software Support
Most common tape functionality, such as COPY, MOUNT, INIT, BACKUP, TAR, and DUMP will function normally on
OpenVMS V5.5-2 or later or ULTRIX V4.2 or later for SCSI-based drives.
The TZ87/877 are also supported on Novell NetWare versions 3.11, 3.12, and 4.01 with Panlindrome's Network Archivist
3.0 and Network Archivist 3.0 SMS software.
The TZ88 is supported on OpenVMS V6.2 and Digital UNIX V3.2 systems.
Note: See system ordering menus for specific variants and quantities supported.

TZ87·JF
TZ87·TA
TZ87·VA
TZ87N·TA
TZ87N·VA
TZ88N·TA
TZ88N·VA

TZ87 cartridge tape drive for VAX 4000 BA4xx enclosure and R400XIB400X expansion pedestals;
field installed
TZ87 cartridge tape drive in tabletop enclosure for SCSI-based systems. Requires external SCSI
cable.
TZ87 cartridge tape drive in 5.25-inch StorageWorks carrier
TZ87N cartridge tape drive in tabletop enclosure for SCSI-based systems. TZ85/86/87 read/write
compatible only. Requires external SCSI cable.
TZ87N cartridge tape drive in StorageWorks carrier, TZ85/86 read/write compatible only
TZ88N half-inch cartridge tape drive in tabletop enclosure. TZ85, TZ86, TZ87, TZ88 read-write
compatible. Includes media and documentation
TZ88N half-inch cartridge tape drive in StorageWorks 5.25-inch carrier, TZ85, TZ86, TZ87, TZ88
read-write compatible. Includes media and documentation.

Note: Cables, media, and power cords for the Tx800 family are described in the next section.

Storage 6.83

StorageWorks DLT Tape Family

DLT magazine tape subsystems-TZS77 or TZS75- combine the DLT cartridge tape drive and an automatic cartridge
loader to provide highly reliable unattended backup for SCSI systems. Five or seven cartridges are inserted into the
removable magazine. An internal, elevator-like mechanism moves to each of the storage slots to load and unload
cartridges. The TZS77 subsystem can back up as much as 140 Gbytes in three shifts (24 hours) without operator
intervention.
DLT magazine tape subsystems are offered in full-rack enclosure for inclusion in the BAI00 storage array pedestals and
the integrated storage array systems.

TZ877 Features
• Incorporates the 20 Gbyte TZS7rrZS7N cartridge tape
drives
• Maximum capacity: up to seven cartridges for up to 140
Gbyte unattended backup
• TZ30rrK50rrK70 read compatibility (except for
TZS7N, TZS77-NNNE)

• TZS7 read/write compatibility (TZS57, TZS67, TZS75,
TZS77)
• Available in pedestal enclosure (SZI07)
• Available in tabletop enclosure (TZS75-TA or TZS75NT)
• Available for inclusion in storage arrays (TZS77-AE,
NE)

Software Support
The TZS7, TZS75, TZS77, TZS7N, TZS75N, and TZS77N are supported on OpenVMS V5.5-2, ULTRIX 4.2A, Digital
UNIX V2, and OpenVMS Alpha Vl.5. In addition, the TZS6 and TZS7 are supported in Microsoft Windows NT V3.5.

Upgrades
The TZS77-UG/uN packages include the appropriate variant of the TxS6 or TZS7 drive, which will be exchanged in the
field for the TxS5 drive that is contained in an existing TxS57 tape subsystem. Return of the existing TxS5 cartridge tape
drive is required.
Note: TZ877 upgrades will upgrade Tx857/867 to SCSI TZ877. Only loaders with revisions E03 or greater can utilize this upgrade
package. The rev level is posted on the side of the read chassis, near the regulatory label.

TZ877
TZ877-AE/AF
TZ877-NEINF
SZl07-AAIAB

SCSI 140 GB (formatted) cartridge loader tape subsystem for mounting in SW500/SWSOO cabinets;
includes mounting brackets and cables, 120/240 V
SCSI 140 GB (formatted) cartridge loader tape subsystem for mounting in SW500/SWSOO cabinets;
includes mounting brackets and cable, 120/240 V. TzS5 and TZS6 read/write compatible only.
SCSI 140 GB (formatted) cartridge loader tape subsystem in pedestal enclosure, 1201240 V

TZ875
TZ87S-TA

TZ87S-NT

TZ87S-AE

TZ87S-NE

6. 84 Storage

SCSI 100 GB (formatted) tabletop five cartridge loader tape subsystem. Includes magazine, five data
cartridges, power cord, and documentation. 110/220 power selectable. Read compatible with
TK50rrK70rrZ30rrZS5rrZS6 formats. Read/write compatible with TZS5rrZS6.
SCSI 100 GB (formatted) tabletop five cartridge loader tape subsystem. Includes magazine, five data
cartridges, power cord, and documentation. 1101220 power selectable. Read/write compatible with
the TZS5rrZS6.
SCSI 100 GB (formatted) rackmount five cartridge loader tape subsystem. Includes magazine, five
data cartridges, power cord, and documentation. 1101220 power selectable. Read compatible with
TK50rrK70rrZ30rrZS5rrZS6 formats. Read/write compatible with TZS5rrZS6.
SCSI 100 GB (formatted) rackmount five cartridge loader tape subsystem. Includes magazine, five
data cartridges, power cord, and documentation. 1101220 power selectable. Read/write compatible
with the TZS5rrZS6.

StorageWorks DLT Tape Family

StorageWorks TZ877JTZ875 Magazine Tape Subsystems (continued)
SCSI Cables
BC09D-12
BC06P-2F
BC06P-06
BC06P-09

DECsystem 5900/ DECsystem 5000
MicroV AX 3100 10E, 20E, 30, 40, and SO
MicroVAX 3100 10E, 20E, 30,40, and SO
MicroVAX 3100 10E, 20E, 30,40, and SO

3.6-m (12-ft) SCSI cable, Champ/SCSI-2
76.2-cm (2.5-ft) SCSI cable, TLZ04, RRD40, TZS5
l.S-m (6-ft) SCSI cable, TLZ04IRRD40ITZS5
2.7-m (9-ft) SCSI cable, TLZ04/RRD40ITZS5

Media
TK85K-Ol
TK85K-07
TK85K-AO
TK85-HC
TK85-M
THXKD-Ol

Single tape cartridge for TxSOO cartridge tape subsystems
Seven tape cartridges for TxSOO cartridge tape subsystems
100S tape cartridges for TxSOO cartridge tape subsystems
Head cleaning cartridge for TxSOO cartridge tape subsystems
Seven-cartridge magazine for TxSOO magazine tape subsystems
Single tape cartridge for TZSS tape drives

Power Cords
The following power cords are required for supporting the TxSOO tabletop option. Choose one for each 2201240 V option
ordered. 120 V power cord included with TxSOO tabletop option unless another power cord is specified.
BN19H-2E
BN19C-2E
BN19A-2E
BN19E-2E
BN19K-2E
BN19M-2E
BN19S-2E
BN18L-2E

AustralialNew Zealand
Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Finland, Holland, Norway, Sweden, Portugal, Spain
U.K.IIreland
Switzerland
Denmark
Italy
India
Israel

Configuration Notes
The TZS7ITZS75ITZS77 are supported with restrictions in OpenVMS V5.5-2 and ULTRIX V4.3.

Storage 6.85

StorageWorks DLT Tape Family

DLT magazine tape subsystems-TZ887 or TZ885- combine DLT cartridge tape drive and an automatic cartridge loader
to provide highly reliable unattended backup for SCSI systems. Five or seven cartridges are inserted into the removable
magazine. An internal, elevator-like mechanism moves to each of the storage slots to load and unload cartridges.
DLT magazine tape subsystems are offered in full-rack enclosure for inclusion in the BAI00 storage array pedestals and
the integrated storage array systems.

TZ887 Features
• Incorporates the 40 Gbyte TZ88N cartridge tape drives
• Maximum capacity: up to seven cartridges for up to 280
Gbyte unattended backup
• TZ88 read/write compatibility (TZ857, TZ867, TZ875,
TZ877, TZ885, TZ887)

• Available in pedestal enclosure (SZI07) and tabletop
enclosure (TZ885-NT)
• Available for inclusion in storage arrays (TZ887-NE)

Software Support
TZ88, TZ885 and TZ887 are supported on OpenVMS V6.2, Digital UNIX V3.2

Upgrades
TZ887-UN package includes appropriate variant of TZ88 drive, which will be exchanged in the field for Tx85 drive
contained in an existing Tx857 tape subsystem.
Note:TZ887 upgrades will upgrade Tx857/867 to SCSI TZ887. Only loaders with revisions E03 or greater can use this upgrade
package. The revision level is posted on side of read chassis, near regulatory label.

TZ887
TZ887-NEINF

1401180 GB cartridge loader tape subsystem for mounting in SW500/SW800 cabinets; includes
mounting brackets and cable, 120/240 V. TZ85 and TZ86 read/write compatible only.

TZ885
TZ885·NT

SCSI 200 GB tabletop five cartridge loader tape subsystem. Includes magazine, five data cartridges,
power cord, and documentation. 110/220 power selectable. Read/write compatible with the

TZ851TZ86.
TZ885·NE

SCSI 200 GB rackmount five cartridge loader tape subsystem. Includes magazine, five data
cartridges, power cord, and documentation. 1101220 power selectable. Read/write compatible with
the TZ851TZ86.

SCSI Cables
BC19J·xx
BC06p·xx
BN23G·02

DECsystem 3000
DEC system 4000
DEC system 7000, 1000

Media
TK85·HC
TK85·M
THXKD·Ol
TK87·MA

6. 86 Storage

Head cleaning cartridge for Tx800 cartridge tape subsystems
Seven-cartridge magazine for Tx800 magazine tape subsystems
Single tape cartridge for TZ88 tape drives
Single tape cartridge for TZ88 tape drives

StorageWorks DLT Tape Family

StorageWorks TZ887/TZ885 DLT Magazine Tape Subsystems (continued)
Power Cords
Power cords required for Tx800 tabletop option. Choose one for each 2201240 V option ordered. 120 V power cord
included with Tx800 tabletop option unless another power cord is specified.
BN19H·2E
BN19C·2E
BN19A·2E
BN19E·2E
BN19K·2E
BN19M·2E
BN19S·2E
BN18L·2E

AustralialNew Zealand
Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Finland, Holland, Norway, Sweden, Portugal, Spain
U .K.lIreland
Switzerland
Denmark
Italy
India
Israel

Specifications
Performance
Data transfer rate (formatted)
Read/write speed
Data Organization
Recording format
Recording density
Recording method
Track density
Read-write head
Supported Interface
SCSI-2

TZ87ffZ88
2.5 MB/second
150 in.!s
128-track serial serpentine variable block
62,500 bits/inch (TZ87); 82,000 bits/inch (TZ88)
MFM, bit serial data
256 tracks per inch
Two-channel ferrite, wlMIG
ITZ87, TZ88, TZ877, TZ887, SZ107

TZ87
Physical Characteristics
Width
Height
Length (from back of bezel)
Weight

Drive Only
14.5 cm (5.7 in.)
11.3 cm (4.5 in.)
22.9 cm (9.0 in.)
2.27 kg (5 Ib)

With Bezel
14.9 cm (5.87 in.)
8.6 cm (3.4 in.)
1.5 cm (0.6 in.)
3.2 kg (71b)

Total
14.9 cm(5.8 in.)
11.3 cm (4.5 in.)
24.4 cm (9.6 in.)

Power Requirements
Voltage
+5 V, +12 V, dc only
Power consumption
27 watts maximum, 25 watts typical
Dissipation (maximum watts x 3.41) 192 Btu's
Line type
Molex 5129-4A

Storage 6.87

StorageWorks DLT Tape Family

TZ87rrZ88 Tabletop
Physical Characteristics
Height
Width
Length
Weight (box only)
Weight (box with drive)

14.52 cm (5.72 in.)
23.49 cm (9.25 in.)
33.22 cm (l3.08 in.)
4.6 kg (lO.llb)
7.7 kg (l6.9Ib)

Power Requirements
Nominal voltage
120 Vac/230 Vac
Minimum voltage )
90 Vac/180 Vac
Maximum voltage
135 Vac/270 Vac
Power consumption
27 watts maximum, 25 watts typical
Dissipation (maximum watts x 3.41) 192 BTUs
Line type
Single-phase AC, NEMA#515, IEC#320

TZ877rrZ887
Physical Characteristics
Height
Width
Length
Weight

2.65 cm (10.42 in.)
22.2 cm (8.74 in.)
68.6 cm (27.0 in.)
25 kg (55 lb)

Power Requirements
Nominal voltage
Minimum voltage
Maximum voltage
Power consumption
Dissipation (maximum watts x 3.41)
Line type

120 Vac1230 Vac
90 Vac/180 Vac
135 Vac1270 Vac
83.5 watts maximum, 82 watts typical
285 Btu's
Single-phase, ac, NEMA#515, IEC#320

SZl07
Physical Characteristics
Height
Width
Length
Weight (box only)
Weight (box with Tx857)
Weight (box with Tx857 and Sx72)

68.6 em (27 in.)
45.7 (18 in.)
86.4 cm (34 in.)
72.7 cm (160 lb)
102.2 kg (225 lb)
111.8 kg (246Ib)

Power Requirements
Nominal voltage
Minimum voltage
Maximum voltage
Power consumption
Dissipation (maximum watts x 3.41)
Line type

6. 88

Storage

120 Vac1230 Vac
90 Vac/180 Vac
135 Vac/270 Vac
113 watts maximum, 82 watts typical
285 Btu's
Single-phase ac, NEMA #515, IEC #320

StorageWorks DLT Tape Family

StorageWorks DLT Tape Specifications (continued)
Cartridge

THXKD

Physical Characteristics

TK85K

Width
Height
Length
Weight
Tape
Length
Cartridge
Durability, magazine
Durability, cartridge
Compatibility

10.5 em (4.15 in.)
10.5 em (4.15 in.)
2.54 em (1.0 in.)
2.54 em (1.0 in.)
11.3 em (4.165 in.)
11.3 em (4.165 in.)
7.7 ounces
7.85 ounces
0.53-mil thick, 0.5-inch metal powder
0.53-mil thick, 0.5-inch metal powder
1,780 feet of usable tape
1186 feet of usable tape
Digital-designed CompacTape III
Quantum
10,000 insertions
10,000 insertions
20,000 passes
20,000 passes
TK50-K (TZ30, TK50), TK52-K (TK70)and TKS5K TKS5, THXKD

Magazine
Physical Characteristics
Width
Height
Length
Weight (empty)
Weight (fully loaded)

13.25 cm (5.217 in.)
21.S9 cm (S.622 in.)
l1.S em (4.646 in.)
0.59 cm (1.3 lb)
2.04 cm (4.5 lb)

TZ87SffZ88S
Physical Characteristics
Width
Height
Length
Weight

Tabletop
30.0 cm (l1.S in.)
41.4 cm (16.3 in.)
26.7 cm (10.5 in.)
15.9 kg (35 lb.)

Rackmount
29.5 cm (11.6 in.)
41.4 cm (16.3 in.)
25.4 cm (16.2 in.)
12.27 kg (27 lb.)

Power
Voltage
Power consumption (W)

100 to 240 VAC
100 (Max.); 40 (Typical)

Storage 6.89

StorageWorks DAT Tape Family

TLZ09 is a DDS-2 DAT tape drive for backup, archiving, and data interchange applications. Based on the DDS-2 standard,
the TLZ09 provides up to 8 Gbytes of unattended backup capability with a sustained transfer rate of up to 1,550 Kbytes/per
second. It is up to 90% faster that other DDS-2 DAT drives. It is offered as an embedded device, in a 3.5-inch or 5.25inch, half-height form factor, as a StorageWorks System Building Block or as a tabletop model. It is read and write
compatible with media used in TLZ04, TLZ06, TLZ07 tape drives and TLZ6L and TLZ7L tape loaders and other DDS,
DDS-DC and DDS-2 compliant tape drives.
The TLZ7L is a DDS-2 compliant, 4-mm DAT loader that provides up to 96 Gbytes of unattended backup and archiving
capability with a transfer rate of up to 810 KB per second. It is ideal for unattended backup of workstations and servers. It
provides up to 32 Gbytes of unattended capacity with its standard 4-cartridge magazine and up to 96 Gbytes with its
optional 12-cartridge magazine. The TLZ7L is also read-write compatible with the media used in the TLZ6L loaders, and
TLZ04, TLZ06, TLZ07 and TLZ09 drives.
Both TLZ09 and TLZ7L are third-generation DAT drives with hardware data compression and read-after-write verification
to provide reliable data recording on 60,90 or 120 meter data cassettes. The Digital Data Storage (DDS) recording format
implements 10 distinct error-handling techniques, including three levels of error correction code (ECC) to ensure
superlative data reliability.
The 8 Gbyte tape capacity of the TLZ09 tape drive and TLZ7L tape autoloader is achieved by a combination of 120-meter
cassette and typical 2x data compression. These features, combined with Digital Data Storage recording formats (DDSDC), ensure interchangability as capacity increases. DDS-2labeled media is required to ensure the highest data integrity
during read/write operations.
Both TLZ09 and TLZ7L implement the DDS-2 media recognition system which identifies a striped tape leader on datagrade tapes. The system eliminates performance and service issues related to inadvertent use of audio-grade media
cartridges.
Data compression is software selectable on the TLZ09 and TLZ7L. It can be turned off to read and write to 60 or 90 meter
DAT tapes for interchange with the TLZ04 or TLZ06 tape drives. However, it is important to remember that data
compressed and recorded on 60 meter DAT cassettes cannot be read by the TLZ04 drive. The TLZ04 will not handle 90 or
120 meter DAT cartridges, and the TLZ06 will not handle 120 meter DAT cartridges.

Features TLZ09 DAT tape drive
•
•
•
•
•

Fast back up. 775/1550-Kbyte/s transfer rate. Up to 90% faster than comparable products
Up to 8 gigabytes capacity per cassette
Read and write compatible with TLZ04, TLZ06, TLZ07, TLZ6L and TLZ7L
Industry-standard DDS, DDS-DC and DDS-2 formats for industry-wide data interchange
Compatible with Digital UNIX, VMS-Alpha, VMS VAX, Windows NT and StorageWorks solutions

Features TLZ7L DAT tape loader
•
•
•
•

Up to 32 megabytes unattended backup capacity standard. Up to 96 gigabytes with optional 12 cartridge magazine.
Fast backup 810-Kbyte/s transfer rate (with data compression) for an unattended backup rate of 1.5 Gbyte/hour
Read and write compatible with TLZ04, TLZ06, TLZ07, TLZ09, and TLZ6L
Industry-standard DDS, DDS-DC and DDS-2 formats for industry-wide data interchange

Benefits
• High Unattended Backup Capacity: The DDS-2 format provides a native unattended capacity of 4 Gbytes, and
compressed capacity of 8 Gbytes, providing an effective match for many of today' s servers. The TLZ7L provides a
native, unattended capacity of 32 Gbytes, and compressed capacity of up to 96 Gbytes with the optional TLZ6L-12
magazine.
• First Generation ReadlWrite Compatibility: The TLZ09 and TLZ7L can read and write DDS, DDS-DC and DDS-2
media ensuring investment protection as well as data interchange with other DDS drives.
• Multiple Packaging Options: The TLZ09 and TLZ7L are available in system-installed, tabletop, and StorageWorks
versions to fit the customer's packaging requirements.
• Media Quality Checking: The TLZ07 implements DDS-2 media recognition system, eliminating performance and
service issues related to inadvertent use of audio-grade media cartridges.
6. 90 Storage

StorageWorks DAT Tape Family

StorageWorks TLZ09 DAT Tape Drive and TLZ7L Autoloader (continued)
Operating System Support TLZ09
•
•
•
•

OpenVMS VAX V5.5-2, V5.5-2H4, V6.0, V6.l (requires MK driver enhancement kit (QA-MT1AA-Up.6.1)
OpenVMS Alpha V6.2
Digital UNIX V3.2
Windows NT v3.5l (with service pack 5), V4.0

Operating System Support TLZ7L
•
•
•
•

OpenVMS VAX V5.5-2, V5.5-2H4, V6.0, V6.l [requires MK driver enhancement kit (QA-MTlAA-Up.6.l)]
OpenVMS Alpha V1.5 and V6.l [requires MK driver enhancement kit (QA-MTlAA-Up.6.l)]
Digital UNIX V2.0
Windows NT support requires third party application (Seagate Backup Exec, etc.)

POLYCENTER Support TLZ7L
•
•
•
•
·

Storage Library System V2.5
Hierarchical Storage Management V 1.1
NetWorker Save and Restore V3.0
Archive Backup V1.0
Sequential Media File System V1.0

Storage Controllers Support
See controller Software Product Description for controller support information
Note: See system ordering menus for specific variants and quantities supported. One media and cleaning cartridge included with all
models.

TLZ09·DB

TLZ09·DC
TLZ09·DD

TLZ09·HF
TLZ09·LG
TLZ09·LK
TLZ09·VA
SWXTA·CT

8 GB 4 mm DAT tabletop tape drive with 3-foot SCSI cable (17-04356-01)for 50 pin HD host SCSI
port. Supported on AlphaServers 8400,8200,4100,4000,2100,21 00A,2000, 1000,400, AlphaStations
600,400,255,250,200,DEC4000-700/600, V AXstation 4000-60/96/98
8 GB 4 mm DAT tabletop tape drive with 3 ft SCSI cable and adapter for 68 HD host SCSI port
Supported on AlphaStation 500
8 GB 4 mm DAT tabletop tape drive with 3-foot (17-04370-01) cable for 50 pin LD host SCSI
adapter. Supported on VAX 4000 systems, MicroV AX 3100-30/40/80/85/90/96, and DEC 3000
systems.
8 GB 4 mm Internal DAT tape drive. Supported on MicroVAX 3100, VAXstation 4000-60/90196,
VAX 4000 106A (5.25" 068 Gray)
8 GB 4 mm Internal DAT tape drive. Supported on AlphaServer 8400,8200,2100,2000 (5.25" 068
gray)
8 GB 4 mm Internal DAT tape drive. Supported on AlphaServer 4100,4000, VAX 4000-108,
MicroVAX 3100-88/98 (5.25" white)
8 GB 4 mm DAT tape drive with snap-in carrier for StorageWorks BA350, BA356 and SW300
Supported on AlphaServer 8400,8200,4100,4000,2100,2000, VAX 4000-108
8 GB 4 mm DAT tabletop tape drive. Supported by StorageWorks RA210,230,310,410,450, ESA-2

TLZ7L Tape Loader
TLZ7L·DA

TLZ7L·GA
TLZ7L·LG
TLZ7L·VA

32 GB, 4 mm tabletop DAT autoloader for AlphaServers and AlphaStations, MicroVAX II,
MicroVAX 3100 and DEC 3000 systems and StorageWorks. Includes four cartridge magazine, five
data cartridges, cleaning cartridge and 3-ft SCSI (BCI9J-03) cable. Supported on AlphaServer
200012100,4100/4000 systems (requires BC09D-03 cable)
32 GB, 4 mm DAT tabletop loader with 6 foot (BC06P-06) cable for VAX 4000 systems
32 GB, 4 mm DAT internal loader.
32 GB, 4 mm DAT Loader with snap-in StorageWorks carrier for StorageWorks BA350, BA356,
SW300, AlphaServer 8400,8200, 4100,4000,2100,2100A,2000

Storage 6.91

StorageWorks DAT Tape Family

Media
TLZ04-HA
TLZ04-CB
TLZ06-CB
TLZ07-CA
TLZ07-CB

Cleaning cartridge for TLZ04, TLZ06, TLZ07, TLZ09
Five-pack of 60-m data cartridges for TLZ04, TLZ06, TLZ07,TLZ09
Five-pack of 90-m data cartridges for TLZ04, TLZ06, TLZ07,TLZ09
Single 120-m data cartridge for TLZ07,TLZ09
Five-pack of 120-m data cartridges for TLZ07,TLZ09

KZQSA Adapter (required for the following systems)
KZQSA-AA
KZQSA-BA
KZQSA-SAISF

Adapter for BA23 MicroVAX II systems
Adapter for BA123 MicroVAX II systems
TLZ07 adapter for BA200IBA400 Micro VAX 3000 and VAX 4000 systems; factory/field installed

Power Cords (240 V devices require a country-specific power cord)
BN19A-2E
BN19C-2E
BN19E-2E
BN19H-2E
BN19K-2E
BN19M-2E
BN19S-2E
BN18U-2E

U.K.lIreland
Austria, Belgium, Finland, France, Germany, Holland, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden
Switzerland
AustralialNew Zealand
Denmark
Italy
India
Israel

Specifications
Capacity (formatted)
Buffer Size
Transfer Rate
Format and Compatibility
Recording Format
WritelRead

TLZ09
8 GB (120m tape)
1MB
775/1550 KBs sustained

TLZ7L
8 GB (120m tape)
1MB
405/810 KBs sustained

DDS-2 (120m tape)
DDS-1 (90/60m tape)

Physical Characteristics TLZ09 Tape Drive
TLZ09
Height
Width
Depth
Weight

3.5-inch Embedded
4.1 em (1.6 in.)
10.1 em (4.0 in.)
146 em (5.8 in.)
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)

5.25-inch Embedded
4.1 em (1.6 in.)
14.6 em (5.7 in.)
146 em (5.8 in.)
0.9 kg (2.0 lb)

Tabletop
52 em (2.1 in.)
16 em (6.3 in.)
30 em (11.8 in.)
2.2 kg (4.9Ib)

Physical Characteristics TLZ7L Tape Loader
Note: When DDS-media is used, TLZ7L tape loader defaults to DDS-1 format and operation
TLZ7L
Width
Depth
Weight

6. 92 Storage

5.25-inch Embedded
14.9 em (5.87 in.)
22.2 em (8.75 in.)
2.7 kg(6.0 lb.)

Tabletop
23.5 em (9.25 in.)
33.0 em (13.0 in.)
6.8 kg (15.0)

StorageWorks 8 mm Helical Scan Tape Drive

StorageWorks TKZ9E 8 mm Helical Scan Tape Drive
The TKZ9E is an industry-standard 8 mm helical scan tape drive which supports 2.3, S.O, 7.0, 10.0 and 14.0 GB modes.
Push buttons on front panel allow user to select a range of densities and compression modes, to ensure compatibility with
previous Digital 8 mm tape drives, such as the TKZ08, TLZ08, TKZ09, TKZ1S, and Exabyte EXB8200/8S00/8S0S-based
tape drives.
The display panel, with two numeric/alphanumeric LED displays and eleven LED indicators, provides valuable operator
information on the quality of the tape being used, how much tape is left on cartridge, and whether loaded tape cartridge
was written in compressed mode. Both tabletop and StorageWorks system building block variants are available.
Features
• Backward tape compatibility with 8 mm helical scan
tape drives
• Storage capacity: 7 GB (14 GB compressed, 2: 1 typical)
• Supports 112 meter and extended-length (164 meter)
tapes
• Interface: SCSI-2, Single ended, narrow

• Sustained data rate: SOO (1000 compressed) Kbytes-persecond
• Configuration part number suffixes are: -TA for tabletop
and -VA for StorageWorks variants
• Comprehensive display panel: 2 numeric/alphanumeric
LED displays and 11 LED indicators
• Auto ranging power supply (-T A variant)

Benefits
• Data interchange with older 8 mm tape drives such as
TKZ08, TLZ08, TKZ09, TKZ1S
• Standard IDRC data compression and extended length
tape provide maximum capacity-per-cartridge for backup
• Push button density and compression selection allows
various densities to be written independently of host
operating system
• High-speed search capability improves system and user
productivity

• Drive electronics continuously monitor and adjust
compression ratio to determine whether capacity and
throughput are working at maximum efficiency
• Powerful onboard error correcting code, automatic readafter-write verification, and write error recovery without
host intervention, provide unsurpassed data integrity
Built-in one megabyte buffer provides increased
read/write performance

Operating System Support
• Digital UNIX, V3.2 minimum
• OpenVMS VS.S-2 minimum for OpenVMS VAX systems
• OpenVMS V6.2 minimum for OpenVMS Alpha systems
Connectivity
•
•
•
•
•

Most native single-ended SCSI ports
PMAZC TurboChannellSCSI adapter
KZPAA PCI/SCSI adapter
KZPSA PCI/SCSI adapter
PB2HA EISA/SCSI adapter

•
•
•
•

DWZZA differential to single-ended converter
KZQSA Qbus/SCSI adapter
KZMSA XMI/SCSI adapter
AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 with KFTIA adapter

TKZ9E 8 mm Tape Drives
TKZ9E-TA

TKZ9E-VA
TKZ8X-CB

8 mm Tape Drive, SCSI, (8200/8S00/8S0S-compatible), tabletop Unit, 120V AC Power Cord, and
SCSI Terminator, with One Cleaning Cartridge, Two Blank 112-meter Tapes, and User
Documentation (1)
8 mm Tape Drive, SCSI, (8200/8S00/8S0S-compatible), StorageWorks System Building Block, with
One Cleaning Cartridge, Two Blank 112-meter Tapes, and User Documentation
Five, 112-meter, 8 mm Tape Cartridges

Storage

6.93

StorageWorks 8 mm Helical Scan Tape Drive

SCSI Cabling
The TKZ9E-TA, tabletop variant uses a 50-pin low density, bail lock "champ" SCSI connector. SCSI cables must be
order separately.
Power Cords
Note: The -TA tabletop variant includes a 120 V power cord. Select country specific power cord for all other voltages.
BN19A-2E
BN19C·2E
BN19E·2E
BN19H·2E
BN19K·2E
BN19M·2E
BN19S·2E
BNlSU·2E

U .K.lIreland
Austria, Belgium, Finland, France, Germany, Holland, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden
Switzerland
AustralialNew Zealand
Denmark
Italy
India
Israel

Specifications
Drive Specification
Physical block size
Data Buffering
Transfer Rate
Track Density
Track Width
Power

1024 data bytes +400 ECC bytes
1 MB speed matching buffer
500 KB/second to 75 MB/second
1640 tracks/inch (8500/8505)
.025 mm (.001 inch)
+5 VDC, +12 VDCI15 Watts typical

Physical Characteristics
TKZ9E

StorageWorks

Tabletop

Width
Depth
Height

15.2 cm (6.00 in.)
21.8 cm (8.60 in.)
11.4 cm (4.50 in.)

14.6 em (5.75 in.)
20.3 cm (8.00 in.)
8.3 cm (3.25 in.)

6.94 Storage

TKZ6x Tape Drive Family

TKZ60ITKZ61ITKZ62 Tape Drive Family
The TKZ60 family consists of IBM compatible tape drives with a SCSI 2 interface that can be connected to most Digital
native SCSI ports and SCSI controllers.
TKZ60 series consists of IBM 348013490 compatible tape drives. TKZ60 series is T A90/91 compatible, available in
rackmountable and tabletop configurations. A 19" RETMA mounting kit is available for rackmountable drive. Mounting
kits for StorageWorks SWSOO/800 are not available. TKZ60 series is designed for customers who require sporadic data
interchange on IBM tape media.
TKZ61 series consists of IBM 348013490 compatible tape drives with integrated 10-cartridge loader. TKZ6l series is
TA90/91 compatible and available in rackmountable, pedestal and tabletop configurations. Drive includes 19" RETMA
cabinet mounting hardware. StorageWorks SWSOO/800 mounting kits are available. TKZ6l series is designed for
customers who perform backups on IBM tape media and have significant IBM tape interchange requirements.
TKZ62 series consists of IBM 3480/3490/3490E compatible tape drives with integrated 10-cartridge loader. TKZ62 series
is T A90/91192 compatible and available in rackmountable, pedestal and tabletop configurations. Drive includes 19"
RETMA cabinet mounting hardware. StorageWorks SWSOO/800 mounting kits are available. The TKZ62 series is designed
for customers who perform backups on IBM tape media, have significant IBM tape interchange requirements, and need
increased capacity per cartridge provided by the inclusion of 3490E 36-track capability. TKZ62 tape drive is unique in that
it is the only IBM 3490E compatible tape drive that can read AND write in 3480/3490 l8-track mode.
TKZ60 Features

TKZ61 Features

TKZ62 Features

•
·
•
•
•
•

• TA90/91 read/write compatible
• Up to 400 MB per cartridge
• 10-cartridge integrated loader
• 3.0 MB/Sec max transfer rate
· IBM IDRC data compression
• Single Ended and Fast Narrow
Differential SCSI variants
• Autoranging power supply

·
•
•
•
•
•

TA90/91 read/write compatible
Up to 400 MB per cartridge
Single cartridge load only
1.5 MB/Sec max transfer rate
IBM IDRC data compression
Single Ended and Fast Narrow
Differential SCSI variants
• Autoranging power supply

T A90/91192 read/write compatible
Up to 2.4 GB per cartridge
10-cartridge integrated loader
3.0 MB/Sec max transfer rate
IBM IDRC data compression
Single Ended and Fast Narrow
Differential SCSI variants
• Autoranging power supply

Prerequisite Hardware
• AlphaServer 8400 with XMI bus
• KZP AA and KZPSA controllers for PCI based systems
HSJxx controllers for CI clusters
HSDOS and HSDlO controllers for DSSI connections

• KZQSA adapter for Q-bus MicroV AX and V AX 4000
systems
• PMAZC TurbochanneUSCSI adapter
• PB2HA EISA/SCSI adapter
• AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 with KFTIA adapter

Prerequisite Software
• TKZ60 series requires minimum of OpenVMS V AX
VS.4-l, OpenVMS Alpha Vl.O, RISC Ultrix V4.2A with
CAM and Digital UNIX V 1.2
• TKZ60 requires HSOF firmware V2.0 minimum.
TKZ61162 requires HSOF firmware V2.7 minimum
• POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore on Digital
UNIX as of V2.2B

• TKZ61162 series drives require minimum of OpenVMS
VAX VS.S-2, OpenVMS Alpha V6.l, Digital UNIX
V2.0
• TKZ60/61162 support on Alpha Windows NT requires
V3.S minimum and layered software, QB-4STAA-SA

SWSOO/800 Mounting Kits
TKZ6R-Sl
TKZ6R-S2
TKZ6R-S3

Mounting kit for one TKZ61162 drive in SWSOO/800 cabinet. Includes I-drive bezel and mounting
hardware
Mounting kit for two TKZ6l/62 drives in SWSOO/800 cabinet. Includes 2-drive bezel and mounting
hardware
Mounting kit for three TKZ6l/62 drives in SWSOO/800 cabinet. Includes 3-drive bezel and mounting
hardware

Storage 6.95

TKZ6x Tape Drive Family

Metric Cab Mounting Kit
TKZ6R-Ml

Mounting kit for one TKZ61162 drive in metric dimensioned cabinet. Includes I-drive bezel and
mounting hardware

TKZ6x
TKZ60-EA

TKZ60-FA
TKZ60-GA
TKZ60-HA
TKZ61-AA

TKZ61-AB
TKZ61-AC
TKZ61-AD
TKZ61-AE
TKZ61-AF
TKZ62-AA

TKZ62-AB
TKZ62-AC
TKZ62-AD
TKZ62-AE
TKZ62-AF
TK60V-AB

TK60R-AA
TK60K-BA
TK60K-BB

Rackmountable 3480/3490 compatible tape drive with IDRC data compression, manual loading,
single ended SCSI, 120/240V. Includes one cleaning cartridge, one data cartridge, 120V power cord,
and documentation. Requires TK60R-AA rackmount kit for 19" RETMA cabinets. One kit mounts
up to two TKZ60 drives
Same as TKZ60-EA except for tabletop single-ended SCSI
Same as TKZ60-EA except for rackmount differential SCSI
Same as TKZ60-FA except for tabletop differential SCSI
Rackmountable, 3480/3490 compatible tape drive with IDRC data compression, integrated 10
cartridge loader, single ended SCSI, 1201240V. Includes one cleaning cartridge, one data cartridge,
cabinet slide kit, 120V power cord, and documentation
Same as TKZ61-AA except for pedestal single-ended SCSI
Same as TKZ61-AA except for tabletop single-ended SCSI
Same as TKZ61-AA except for rackmount differential SCSI
Same as TKZ61-AB except for pedestal differential SCSI
Same as TKZ61-AC except for tabletop differential SCSI
Rackmountable, 3480/3490/3490E compatible tape drive with IDRC data compression, integrated 10
cartridge loader, single ended SCSI, 120/240V. Includes one cleaning cartridge, one data cartridge,
cabinet slide kit, 120V power cord, and documentation.
Same as TKZ62-AA except for pedestal single-ended SCSI
Same as TKZ62-AA except for tabletop single-ended SCSI
Same as TKZ62-AA except for rackmount differential SCSI
Same as TKZ62-AB except for pedestal differential SCSI
Same as TKZ62-AC except for tabletop differential SCSI
Upgrades early non-compression TKZ60 drives to IDRC data compression. Note: Only TKZ60
drives built after May, 1993 may be upgraded. Manufacture date can be found on TKZ60 serial
number label
Mounting kit for up to two TKZ60 drives in a 19" RETMA cabinet
Box of four, 5-s10t, magazines to hold data cartridges for early TKZ60 drives with front mounted
loader mechanisms
Box of four, 10-s10t, magazines to hold data cartridges for early TKZ60 drives with front mounted
loader mechanisms

Media and Cleaning Cartridge
TA90K-30
TKZ6K-30
TA90K-HC

6. 96 Storage

IBM compatible 18-track data cartridge, quantity 30 (thirty)
IBM compatible 36-track data cartridge, quantity 30 (thirty)
Cleaning cartridge

TKZ6x Tape Drive Family

TKZ60ITKZ61ITKZ62 Tape Drive Family (continued)
SCSI Cables and Power Cords
TKZ60 tape family, both single ended and fast wide differential SCSI variants, use a 50-pin, low density, bail lock
"Champ" SCSI connector. SCSI cables must be ordered separately.
All TKZ60 family tape drives include a 120 volt power cord. Select country specific power cord for all other voltages.
BN19H-2E
BN19C-2E
BN19A-2E
BN19K-2E
BN19M-2E
BN19S-2E
BN18L-2E

Australia/New Zealand
Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Finland, Holland, Norway, Sweden, Portugal, Spain
U .K.lIreland
Denmark
Italy
India
Israel

Specifications
Tabletop Unit

TKZ60

TKZ61/62

Height
Width
Depth
Weight
Power Consumption

11.74 em (7.4 in.)
21.72 em (9.2 in.)
59.98 em (22.4 in.)
11.34 kg (25 lb)
150 WIhr

17.71 em (6.97 in.)
43.19 em (17.0 in.)
61.10 em (24.05 in.)
27.22 kg (60 lb.)
150 WIhr

Note:For additional information reference TKZ60 Family Data Sheet, EC-F6205-36.

Storage 6.97

TSZ07 Reel to Reel Tape

TSZQ7:Reel.··.toReelT:ape ···DeYic~.··,,·

I'·

The TSZ07 is a dual-density 1600/6250-bitlinch magnetic tape drive that can be connected to most SCSI controllers and
adapters to provide industry standard 9-track data interchange. For systems with a VAXBI bus a TSB07 -xx variant is
available that includes a VAXBI/SCSI adapter for ease of ordering.
The TSZ07 is available in a standard 48.3-cm (19") rackmount form, in a tabletop version, or top mounted in a 110 cm
(43.3") cabinet which includes an H7600-type power controller and provides 55.9 cm (26") of cabinet expansion space.
Features
• Recording density 6250 bits/inch (GCR), 1600 bits/inch
(phase encoded)
• Formatted capacity @ 6250 bits/inch 140 MB *(2400foot reel), @ 1600 bits/inch 40 MB (2400-foot reel)
• Read/write speed 2.54 meters/second (100 inches/second
maximum)
• Maximum rewind speed 5.1 meters/second (200
inches/second)
Maximum data transfer rate 625 KB/second
• Maximum SCSI transfer rate 4 MB/second
(synchronous)

• Automatic loading and threading
• 8 character alphanumeric front panel display
1 MB cache memory
• Front loading with low profile 22.2 cm (8.75-inch)
height
• Auto ranging power supply
• Low acoustic noise level
• Single ended and fast narrow differential SCSI

Prerequisite Hardware
•
•
•
•

KZPAA and KZPSA for PCI based systems
AlphaServer 8400 with XMI bus
HSJxx for CI clusters
HSD05 and HSD10 for DSSI connection

•
•
•
•

KZQSA for Q-bus systems
PMAZC TurbochannellSCSI adapter
PB2HA EISA/SCSI adapter
AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 with KFfIA adapter

Software
• HSOF V1.2 or later.
• TSZ07 requires OpenVMS V5.4-1 or higher, Digital UNIX V2.0 or higher. Support for Alpha systems running
Windows NT requires V3.5 and layered software QB-4STAA-SA.
• TSB07 requires OpenVMS V5.3 or higher. Note VAX 87xx/88xx requires minimum of Open VMS V5.4-3.
TSZ07 variants for direct connection to SCSI external ports and controllers
TSZ07-AA
TSZ07-BA

TSZ07-BB
TSZ07-CA

1600/6250 bit/inch single-ended SCSI rackmountable 9-track magtape, requires country kit
1600/6250 bit/inch single-ended SCSI 9-track magtape mounted in H9A11 cabinet, includes 9-foot
(2.7 meter) external BC06P-09 SCSI cable, tape drive to power controller ac power cord, and power
controller with appropriate ac power cord attached. Some countries may require a country specific
ac power plug.
Same as -BA except 240V power controller
1600/6250 bit/inch single-ended SCSI tabletop 9-track magtape, requires country kit

TSZ07 variants for connection to VAXBI bus
TSB07-AA

TSB07-BA

TSB07-BB
TSB07-CA

6. 98 Storage

Differential SCSI rackmountable magtape; includes VAXBI adapter, 40-inch (1 meter) internal
cable, I/O bulkhead with connector, and 25-foot (7.6 meter) BC13N-25 SCSI cable, requires country
kit
Differential SCSI magtape rackmounted in 40-inch (1 meter) cabinet; includes VAXBI adapter, 40inch (1 meter) internal cable, I/O bulkhead with connector, and 25-foot (7.6 meter) BC13N-25 SCSI
cable, tape drive to power controller ac power cord, and power controller with appropriate ac power
cord attached. Some countries may require a country specific ac power plug.
Same as -BA except 240V power controller, requires two country specific power cords
Differential SCSI tabletop magtape; includes VAXBI adapter, 40-inch (1 meter) internal cable, I/O
bulkhead with connector, and 25-foot (7.6 meter) BC13N-25 SCSI cable, requires country kit

TSZ07 Reel to Reel Tape

TSZ07 Reel to Reel Tape Device (continued)
• To daisychain more than one TSZ07 on a VAXBI system, order one TSB07 above and one TSZ07 differential SCSI
model below
TSZ07-DA
TSZ07-EA

TSZ07-EB
TSZ07-FA

Differential SCSI rackmountable 9-track magtape, requires country kit
Differential SCSI 9-track magtape in H9642 cabinet, includes 9-foot (2.7 meter) external BN06P-09
SCSI cable, tape drive to power controller ac power cord, and power controller with appropriate ac
power cord attached. Some countries may require a country specific ac power plug.
Same as above except 240V power controller, requires two country specific power cords
Differential SCSI tabletop 9-track magtape, requires country kit

Country kits
• TSZ07-AA, -CA, -DA, -FA, and TSB07-AA, -CA require a country kit which includes an ac power cord, two 6-foot (1.8
meter) SCSI cables (BC06P-06), hardware documentation, tape head cleaning kit, and 2400-foot (731.5 meter) reel of
blank magnetic tape.
TSZK7-AA
TSZK7-AD
TSZK7-AE
TSZK7-AG
TSZK7-AI
TSZK7-AJ
TSZK7-AK
TSZK7-AT
TSZK7-AZ
TSZK7-AJ

U.S., Canada, Mexico
Denmark
U.K., Ireland
Austria, Belgium, Finland, France, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, and Sweden
Italy
Japan
Switzerland
Israel
Australia, New Zealand
India

SCSI Cabling
Both the TSZ07 single ended and differential SCSI variants use a 50-pin, low density, bail lock "Champ" SCSI connector.
SW800 Mounting Kits
• TSZ07-AA and -DA variants can be mounted in StorageWorks SW800 cabinet. Up to two TSZ07 drives can be
mounted in cabinet, drives must be mounted in top most positions only
TSZ7R-Sl
TSZ7R-S2

Mounting kit for mounting one TSZ07 magtape in SW800 cabinet. Includes replacement SW800
front door, one drive bezel, inch to metric adapter brackets, and mounting hardware
Mounting kit for mounting two TSZ07 magtapes in SW800 cabinet. Includes replacement SW800
front door, two drive bezel, inch to metric adapter brackets, and mounting hardware

Specifications
Physical Characteristics
Height
Width
Depth
Weight

TSZ07-AA and -DA

TSZ07-Bx, -Ex, and TSB07-Bx

TSZ07 -CA, -FA

22.8 cm (9.0 inch)
43.2 cm (17.0 inch)
63.5 cm (25.0 inch)
30.9 kg (66.0 lb.)

110 cm (43.31 inch)
60 cm (23.62 inch)
86 cm (33.86 inch)
115.9 kg (255 lb.)

26.9 cm (10.6 inch)
50.8 cm (20.0 inch)
68.6 cm (27.0 inch)
43.2 kg (95.0 lb.)

Storage 6.99

StorageWorks TZKll QIC Tape

The TZK11 tape drive utilizes the QIC-2 GB format in an quarter-inch cartridge streaming tape drive, available as a 5.25inch, half-height form factor embedded or standalone tabletop device. The TZK11 supports a variety of capacities and
densities depending on the cartridge type used, as illustrated in the following table. The high available capacity and
transfer rate make this drive suited to backup as well as data interchange.
Cartridge

System

Capacity

Format

Read

Write

DC9250
DC9000 (Magnus 2.0)
DC9000 (Magnus 1.2)
DC9000 (Magnus 1.0)
DC6525
DC6320
DC6150 or DC600XTD
DC6150 or DC600XTD
DC600A

Digital UNIX, OpenVMS
Digital UNIX, OpenVMS
Digital UNIX, OpenVMS
Digital UNIX, OpenVMS
Digital UNIX, OpenVMS
Digital UNIX, OpenVMS
Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX
Digital UNIX

Up to 2.5 GB
Up to 2.0GB
Up to 1.2 GB
Up to 1.0 GB
Up to 525 MB
Up to 320MB
Up to 150MB
Up to 120MB
Up to 60MB

QIC-2 GB
QIC-2 GB
QIC-1 GB
QIC-1 GB
QIC 525
QIC 320
QIC 150
QIC 120
QIC24

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Up to 2.0 Gbytes (formatted) tape capacity
300-Kbyte/second transfer rate
5.25-inch half-height form factor
Embedded and tabletop models
Read/write speed: Variable
Supported interface: SCSI-2
Supported in Digital UNIX, OpenVMS V5.5-2, OpenVMS Alpha V1.5, and SCO UNIX

TZKll-DA
TZKll-HG
TZKll-MF
TZKll-VA
TZKll-VU

TZK11 tabletop, including 3-ft SCSI cable and terminator
TZK11 for Micro VAX 3100 Model 30/40/80/90 systems; field installed
TZK11 for DEC 3000 Model 400/500/600/800 systems
TZK11 for StorageWorks BA356 modular storage shelf
TZK11 for StorageWorks BA356 modular storage shelf, second drive

Note: One data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge included in all models; also available in the BA353 desktop expansion box.

Media and Cleaning Cartridge
TZKIX-CG
TZKIX-CH
TZKIX-CE
TZKIX-CF
TZKIX-CD
TZKIX-CB
TZKIX-HA

Single 2.5 GB QIC media cartridge (DC9250)
5-pack, 2.5 GB QIC media cartridges (DC9250)
Single 2.0 GB QIC media cartridge (DC9200)
5-pack, 2.0 GB QIC media cartridges (DC9200)
5-pack, 525 MB QIC media cartridges (DC6525)
5-pack, 320 MB QIC media cartridges (DC6320)
TZK10ITZK11 cleaning cartridge

Note:Digital branded media is recommended.

Specifications
Embedded
Height
Width
Depth
Weight

6.100 Storage

15.0 cm (5.9 in.)
4.4 cm (1.75 in.)
21.8 cm (8.6 in.)
1.1 kg (2.4 lb)

Flexible Optical Media Specifications Chart

FLEXIBLE/OPTICAL MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS CHART

Option #
RX02K-I0
RX33K-I0
RX50K-I0
RX23K-FM
RX26K-I0
RV6XP-AA
RWXIK-Ol
RWX5K-Ol
RWX5K-02
RWX6K-Ol
RWX6K-03
TUN24-SL
TUN24-AL
TU58-K
TK25-K
TZK2X-CB
TZK2X-CD
PC4XT-BA
TZKIX-CB
TZKIX-CD
TZKIX-CF
TZKIX-CH
TLZ04-CB
TLZ06-CB
TLZ07-CB
TKZ8X-CB
TKZ6K-30
TA90K-30
TK50-K
TK52-K
TK85K-Ol
THXKD-Ol

Media
Type

Capacity
MB
(Note 1)
0.512
SDSS
HDDS
1.2
HDDS
0.409
HDDS
1.44
EDDS
2.8
WORM
6552
MlO
594
MlO
1200
WORM
1200
MlO
2300
MlO
2600
REEL
145
REEL
145
DC100A
0.262
DC600A
60
DC2120
120
QIC-WIDE
2300
DC6150
150
DC6320
320
DC6525
525
DC9200
2000
DC9250
2500
DAT-60M
1300
DAT-90M
2000
DAT-120M
4000
8 mm
5000
3490E
800
3480
200
CT-I
95
CT-U
296
10,000
CT-II1
CT-IV
20,000

Tape
Length
(Note 2)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
2400
2400
140
600
307.5
420
620
620
1020
950
1200
196.9
295.3
393.7
367.5
1100
541
600
600
1167
1765

Form
Shelf Coercivity Durability
Factor
Life
(Oe)
(Passes)
(Note 3) (Note 4) (Note 5)
(Note 6)
8
20*
300
3,500,000
4,000,000
5.25
20*
650
3,000,000
5.25
20*
300
4,000,000
3.5
20*
725
4,000,000
3.5
20*
750
100,000
12
100
N/A
40,000
N/A
5.25
30*
40,000
5.25
30*
N/A
40,000
5.25
30*
N/A
100,000
5.25
30*
N/A
100,000
5.25
30*
N/A
40,000
10.25
20*
350
40,000
10.25
20*
350
5,000
310
3.5
5
5,000
5.25
10*
310
5,000
3.5
10*
550
1800
5,000
3.5
10*
5,000
5.25
10*
550
5,000
5.25
10*
550
5,000
5.25
10*
550
900
5,000
5.25
10*
5,000
5.25
10*
900
1540
2,000
2.9
10
1540
2,000
2.9
10
1700
2,000
2.9
10
3.7
1540
1,500
30*
40,000
4.3
520
15*
40,000
4.3
15*
520
20,000
4.2
20*
350
20,000
4.2
20*
350
500,000
20*
1540
4.2
4.2
1850
500,000
30*

Type
Mat.
(Note 7)
GFO
CGFO
GFO
CGFO
BF
SSBT
TIC
TIC
TIC
TbFeCo
TbFeCo
GFO
GFO
CGFO
CGFO
CGFO
MP++
CGFO
CGFO
CGFO
CGFO
CGFO
MP
MP
MP+
MP
CD
CD
GFO
GFO
MP
MP+

Environmental Conditions
Storage
Archival
Operating
(Note 9)
(Note 8)
10-51/8-80
10-51/8-80
10-51/8-80
4-53/8-90
4-53/8-90
-20-60/5-90
-10-55/10-90 -10-55/10-90*
-10-55/10-90 -10-55/10-90*
-10-55/10-90 -10-55/10-90*
-10-55/3-90 -10-55/3-90*
-10-55/3-90 -10-55/3-90*
5-48/20-80
5-32/20-80
5-48/20-80
5-32/20-80
-40-45/20-80 -40-45/20-80
-40-45/20-80 -40-45/20-80
-40-45/20-80 -40-45/20-80
-5-45/20-80 15-45/30-70
-40-45/20-80 -40-45/20-80
-40-45/20-80 -40-45/20-80
-40-45/20-80 -40-45/20-80
-5-45/20-80 -5-45/20-80
-5-45/10-80 -5-45/20-80
5-32/20-60
5-32/20-60
5-32/20-60
5-32/40-60
5-32/5-80
5-32/5-80
5-45/20-80
5-45/20-80
5-45/20-80
5-45/20-80
16-32/20-80 18-28/40-60
16-32/20-80 18-28/40-60

(Note 10)
10-51/8-80
10-51/8-80
10-51/8-80
10-60/8-80
10-51/20-80
5-50/5-80
5-55/10-80
5-55/10-80
5-55/10-80
5-55/3-85
5-55/3-85
16-32/20-80
16-32/20-80
5-45/20-80
5-45/20-80
5-45/20-80
5-57/20-80
5-45/20-80
5-45/20-80
5-45/20-80
5-57/20-80
5-57/20-80
5-45/20-80
5-45/20-80
5-45/20-80
5-45/20-80
16-32/20-80
16-32/20-80
10-40/20-80
10-40/20-80
10-40/20-80
10-40/20-80

* Data in all items above denoted with n*n indicate information obtained from sources other than Digital Equipment Corporation, American National
Standards Institute, or manufacturer's specifications. Information is intended for general reference only and is subject to change without notice. Digital
Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.

Notes:
1 Maximum fonnatted capacity per unit in highest density qualified Digital drive application without compression.
2 Minimum length of recording area in feet.
3 Diameter, width or other commonly referenced fonn factor dimension in inches, as applicable for device tYI~e.
4 Minimum in years, provided item is stored as recommended in product documentation. Stated as "pre-recorded/post recorded
(archival)" where distinction is made.
5 Nominal value as measured in oersteds.
6 Minimum number of passes-parameter is variously defined within the industry and may not be comparable between product types.
Some general definitIOns are as follows:
ll for diskettes - wear resistance in number of revolutions as defined in product-specific documentation.
2 for optical devices - load/unload, spin/up down cycles.
3 for tape products - number of tape-=head or test passes as defined in product-specific documentation.
7 Magnetic recording material, where: GFO =gamma ferric oxide, MP = metal particulate, CD =chromium dioxide, BF = barium
ferrite,
CGFO =cobalt-doped gamma ferric oxide, TA =tellurium alloy, TIC = magnetic alloy of terbium, iron and cobalt,
SSBT = alloy of antimony, selenium, bismuth, tellurium.
8 Maximum temperaturelhumidity range in C/%RH, non-condensing.
9 Maximum temperaturelhumidity range in C/%RH, non-condensing; if field is blank, refer to "storage" figures.
10 Maximum temperaturelhumidity range in C/%RH, non-condensing.
11 Note: RX23K-FM floppies are DOS prefonnatted.

Storage 6.101

StorageWorks Software

The Storage Library System (SPD 29.67) continues to deliver on the need to cost effectively manage the time consuming
and difficult task of backing up data on OpenVMS platforms. Storage Library System V2.6 introduces support for
OpenVMS V6.2 on both the VAX and Alpha platforms. Now Storage Library System for Open VMS can be installed on
standalone or on mixed OpenVMS VAX and Alpha clusters. This enables the migration from pure VAX to mixed VAX
and Alpha environments, taking advantage of Alpha performance, while preserving expertise gained with Storage Library
System on VAX systems. Storage Library System V2.6 also supports Tx8x7 magazine loader devices in either random slot
or sequential slot selection mode. Also included in Storage Library System for OpenVMS is the follow-on product,
POLYCENTER ArchivelBackup for OpenVMS V1.1 for VAX and Alpha systems. These products both use the same
Storage Library System licenses.
Storage Library System supports
•
•
•
•
•
•

OpenVMS VS.S-2 through V6.2 for VAX platforms
OpenVMS V6.1 through V6.2 for OpenVMS Alpha platforms
Both standalone systems and mixed Open VMS VAX and Alpha clusters
Tx8x7 tape loader as random slot or sequential stacker
User-based file restoration that improves productivity and lowers system management costs
Increased data integrity and security by ensuring that backups occur automatically per policy and copies of vital
corporate data are maintained.
Storage Library System V6.2 users are required to have at least one Storage Library System server license in their network.
Client licenses are called SLS REMOTE. Storage Library System also supports the StorageTek ACS 4400 silo. The
Storage Library System ACS license is used for this purpose.
Product services for SLS REMOTE and SLS ACS are included in SLS product service, and SLS REMOTE and SLS ACS
media and documentation kits are included in the SLS kits.
Ordering Information
Storage Library System (SLS)
QL-OL7A*-AA
QL-OL7A*-RA
QT-OL7A*-L9
QA-OL7AA-H*
QA-OL7AA-GZ

Software License
Update License
Product Service
Media and Documentation Kit
Documentation Kit

Storage Library System (SLS Remote) for OpenVMS VAX
QL-YE8A *-AA
QL-YE8A *-RA

Software License
Update License

Storage Library System ACS (SLS ACS) for OpenVMS VAX
QL-MWIA *-AA
QL-MWIA *-RA

Software License
Update License

Storage Library System (SLS) for OpenVMS Alpha
QL-OYPA *-AA
QL-OYPA*-RA
QT-OYPA*-L9
QA-OYPAA-H*
QA-OYPAA-GZ

Software License
Update License
Product Service
Media and Documentation Kit
Documentation Kit

Storage Library System REMOTE (SLS REMOTE) for OpenVMS Alpha
QL-OYQA *-AA
QL-OYQA*-RA

Software License
Update License

Storage Library System ACS (SLS ACS) for OpenVMS Alpha
QL-OYRA*-AA
QL-OYRA *-RA
6.102 Storage

Software License
Update License

StorageWorks Software

POLY CENTER ArchivelBackup for OpenVMS VI.1
In today's information economy, protecting essential data requires reliable and regular backups. POLY CENTER
ArchivelBackup for OpenVMS (SPD 48.16) ensures against data loss by managing the entire backup and archiving
process, automatically. This powerful software also archives corporate data for long-term audit, regulatory, and other
requirements.
Backup can be an expensive and error prone component of system administration. POLYCENTER Archive! Backup has a
graphical user interface (GUI) to ease and automate many backup tasks, such as scheduling and media management. The
software's Motif(R) graphical user interface makes it easy to manage archive and backup policies and find files, volumes,
and databases that have been backed up or archived. To support a wide variety of users, POLYCENTER ArchivelBackup
provides easy-to-use Major Functions buttons as well as a more comprehensive window called ABS$GUI.
POLYCENTER Archive! Backup represents a new approach to backup on Open VMS systems. Its architecture allows for
the incorporation of additional backup engines to accommodate new heterogeneous systems in the future. POL YCENTER
ArchivelBackup client/server capabilities extend high performance backup and archiving out of the glass house and into
departmental and desktop systems. In short, POLYCENTER ArchivelBackup provides the backup and business
continuation capabilities users require-whether the backup requirements are workgroup, departmental, or enterprise-wide.

Benefits
• Provides centralized backup and archiving, and reduces or potentially eliminates the need for operations staff at remote,
distributed sites. It can perform client backup and archiving operations between disks and tape drives located on
different systems within a DECnet network.
• POLYCENTER ArchivelBackup's client/server approach to backup management is the key to its flexibility. The server
component manages overall backup policy and provides media and device management for all POLYCENTER
ArchivelBackup systems. The server also maintains a catalog of all files and objects that have been backed up or
archived, and maintains node-specific scheduling and cataloging information. Servers provide media and device
management services for servers and clients.
• Remote Device Facility (RDF) allows a tape on a server node to be accessed from other client nodes across the DECnet
network for backups and archives. RDF servers are located on systems that have tape drives attached or that can access
drives through the OpenVMS TMSCP server. RDF clients provide the communications interface between applications
reading or writing data to a tape drive and the RDF servers.
• Policy mechanisms lets users take the fullest advantage of its flexible design. Even with all this flexibility, the out-ofthe-box default configuration makes POLYCENTER ArchivelBackup easy to install and configure. And extensive
security mechanisms ensure that only authorized personnel can create and access policies.
• Utilizes POLYCENTER Scheduler for advanced and complex scheduling of backup and archive operations. Complex
schedules such as "weekly full, daily incremental" are generated automatically, eliminating many of the tedious daily
operations tasks.
• Maintains on-line information about backed up and archived files, disk volumes, and databases. This facility is
particularly useful during the file restorations, which often occur in high-stress situations. With POLYCENTER
Archive! Backup users can quickly retrieve files or restore disk volumes-without having to know the names of the tape
volumes on which the data was saved. When restoring a file, POLYCENTER Archive! Backup directly positions at the
start of the file within the save set using cataloged location information.
• Media and Device Management Services (MDMS) is the critical component that helps reduce human error and improve
productivity. MDMS maintenance of volume retention period, availability status, location, and scheduling dates when
volumes are to move offsite and return. Media allocation control with MDMS is based on user-defined media pools.
Pooling is a powerful concept that lets you tailor backup operations to individual sites.
POLYCENTER Archive Backup V1.l is included in the Storage Library System (SLS) V 2.6 media and documentation
kit. POLYCENTER Archive Backup V1.l uses SLS licenses, and no separate license is required. POLYCENTER Archive
Backup Vl.l and SLS V2.6 can run concurrently on the same system, allowing existing SLS users to get a feel for the new
features and operator interface of POLYCENTER ArchivelBackup.

Supported Media and Devices
See the PAB Vl.l SPD for CPU, memory, device and configuration requirements.

Layered Products
OpenVMS V6.l and V6.2 for VAX or Alpha systems
DECnet Phase IV for OpenVMS VAX or Alpha (for client/server backups)
POLYCENTER Scheduler is bundled in with the POLYCENTER ArchivelBackup kit
Rdb VS.l or V6.0 for VAX or Oracle Rdb V6.0 for Alpha
Storage 6.103

storageWorks Software

Ordering Information
PAB is included with the respective Storage Library System for OpenVMS kits. Media and documentation kits are ordered
separately. Ordering information is listed in the following table.
PAD for OpenVMS VAX Server: On Storage Library System (SLS) kit
QL-OL7A*-AA
QL-OL7A*-RA
QT-OL7A*-L9
QA-OL7AA-H*
QA-OL7AA-GZ

Software License
Update License
Product Service
Media and Documentation Kit
Documentation Kit

PAD for OpenVMS VAX Client: On Storage Library System (SLS Remote) for OpenVMS VAX kit
QL-YE8A *-AA
QL-YE8A*-RA

Software License
Update License

PAB for OpenVMS VAX ACS license: Same as Storage Library System ACS (SLS ACS) for OpenVMS V AX license
QL-MWIA *-AA
QL-MWIA *-RA

Software License
Update License

PAD for OpenVMS Alpha Server: On Storage Library System (SLS) for OpenVMS Alpha kit
QL-OYPA *-AA
QL-OYPA*-RA
QT-OYPA*-L9
QA-OYPAA-H*
QA-OYPAA-GZ

Software License
Update License
Product Service
Media and Documentation Kit
Documentation Kit

PAD for OpenVMS Alpha Client: On Storage Library System REMOTE (SLS REMOTE) for OpenVMS Alpha kit
QL-OYQA*-AA
QL-OYQA *-RA

Software License
Update License

PAD for OpenVMS Alpha ACS licenses: Same as Storage Library System ACS (SLS ACS) for OpenVMS Alpha license
QL-OYRA*-AA
QL-OYRA*-RA

6.104 Storage

Software License
Update License

StorageWorks Software

POLYCENTER Save Set Manager Vt.t for OpenVMS
The POLYCENTER Save Set Manager V 1.1 for OpenVMS (SPD 62.64) is a layered software product that reduces
operational time during VMSBackup activities by providing off-line save set validation, copy, and merge functions.
The amount of data users must back up is growing exponentially. At the same time, global business needs are shrinking the
available time many users have to perform their backups. Digita1's user surveys have consistently shown a high need for
products that help users deal with the "shrinking backup window." Users with aging, low capacity media need tools to
transfer their backup data onto modem, high capacity, high integrity media - and remove the aging systems and devices
required to support the old media.
Highlights
• Up to 50 percent reduction in time spent on backup/restore operations without compromising data integrity
• Transfer of backup save sets between tape drive technologies
• Reduction in downtime for an OpenVMS backup/restore operation
Benefits
•
•
•
•
•
•

Reduction of operational time spent on on-line backup and restore without compromising data integrity.
Selective manipulation of save set contents and attributes.
Transfer of backup save sets between tape drive technologies.
Copy of backup save sets from one tape or disk drive to another tape or disk drive while maintaining data integrity.
Reduced downtime for a backup/restore operation.
Ability to monitor degradation of archived save sets.

Technical Data
There are three separate and distinct functions in the POLYCENTER Save Set Manager Vl.l for OpenVMS software.
• Save Set Validate-validates the internal consistency of a specified save set offline and reports any exceptions back to
the user. This function allows users who currently use the /verify option on VMSBackup to perform verifications offline
rather than inside their critical backup window.
• Save Set Copy-provides the ability to duplicate a specified save set with the addition or deletion of CRC or XOR
blocks in the output save set. It allows users to create multiple copies of backup save sets (for example, one nearline
copy and one copy for fire storage) without having to run VMS backup multiple times. Users can backup their save set
without XOR or CRC (both of which are compute intensive) and use save set copy to add the data protection and
redundancy features offline, outside the backup window. It also allows users to relocate save sets from older tapes or
tape technologies to newer ones.
• Save Set Merge-provides the ability to merge incremental save sets with other incremental or full save sets, reducing
the frequency of full backup operations. This function can result in a major reduction in system downtime for backup
operations by replacing full backup operations in the critical backup window with incremental backup operations in the
backup window, followed by a save set merge outside that window. Use of this function reduces the number of
incremental save sets that must be restored to effect a full volume restore.
Ordering Information
POLY CENTER Save Set Manager for OpenVMS VAX
VAX Systems

Alpha Systems

Description

QL-2YCA9-AA

QL-2YBA9-AA

QL-2YCA9-RA

QL-2YBA9-RA

QL-2YCA9-LA

QL-2YBA9-LA

QL-2YCA9-LB

QL-2YBA9-LB

QL-2YCA9-LD

QL-2YBA9-LD

QL-2YCA9-LG

QL-2YBA9-LG

Traditional License
Traditional Update License
90 Day Loan
30 Day Loan
60 Day Loan
180 Day Loan
TK50 Kit
Magtape Kit
Documentation Kit

QA-2YCAA-H5
QA-2YCAA-HM
QA-2YCAA-GZ

QA-2YBAA-GZ

Storage 6.105

StorageWorks Software

StorageWorks Desktop BackuplArchiver (SPD 41.55) is the next generation of client/server backup management tools for
OpenVMS based PATHWORKS LANs. The product provides easy-to-use backup, restore, and archive facilities that cost
effectively enable end users, system managers, and LAN administrators to utilize backup devices already resident on
OpenVMS VAX and Alpha servers. StorageWorks Desktop Backup!Archiver incorporates the previously available
PATHWORKS Desktop Backup; migration options provide an easy upgrade to increased functionality and enhanced client
support.
Operating system commands to recover lost files rely on a file's state for recovery with no guarantee of success. The only
sure means of protecting all the critical data on a PATHWORKS LAN is through StorageWorks Desktop Backup!Archiver.
The cost per seat for this protection in a typical PATHWORKS LAN is substantially lower than purchasing individual or
even shared tape drives and backup software.

Benefits
• Lower cost, more efficient data management. "Set and Forget" setup relieves system managers of the day-to-day tasks
associated with desktop system backup.
• Increased end user productivity. Automated backup and client based file retrieval capabilities allow users to restore data
quickly and easily without relying on desktop operating system capabilities that depend upon a file's state for recovery.
• Quicker disaster recovery. Ensuring that all data on the LAN is backed up facilitates a fast recovery from an accident or
disaster.
• Backup and restore services for DOS, Windows, and Macintosh clients to Open VMS servers
Few automated tools for backup exist in the OpenVMS PATHWORKS market. In addition to the simple alternatives
outlined above, users can choose LANUtil from Vector Networks, Ltd. A recent Digital News and Review article (reprints
available, see resources section below) compared LANutil to PATHWORKS Desktop Backup (StorageWorks Desktop
Backup/Archiver predecessor) and rated it superior to LANUtil in performance and price. POLYCENTER NetWorker Save
and Restore software offers client/server backup of popular PC (including P ATHWORKS) and UNIX systems to Digital
UNIX servers.

Licensing
StorageWorks Desktop Backup/Archiver implements a client/server licensing mechanism that accommodates a variety of
desktop systems and also provides attractive pricing for users with smaller PATHWORKS LANs.
Both clients and servers must be licensed. To support a variety of clients, StorageWorks Desktop Backup/Archiver
implements a "Universal Client License," which allows a specified number of clients, each running a supported operating
system, to utilize the server. Supported universal clients include MS-DOS V3.3 or later, Windows V3.0 or later, and
Macintosh System 6 or System 7. Macintosh systems can use either DECnet or AppleTalk transports when used with
Open VMS VAX servers. Macintosh clients can function only with the DECnet transport when used with OpenVMS Alpha
servers.
New users should purchase a starter kit that includes 15 Universal client licenses and the appropriate required server
license. The starter kit allows up to 15 clients, each running a supported client operating system, to utilize the server. Users
with more than 15 clients can purchase additional universal client licenses in the appropriate quantity, listed by part
number above.
Current PATHWORKS Desktop Backup users have a server license plus an MS-DOS client license that allows up to 250
MS-DOS or Windows clients to use the server's facilities. Those with service contract(s) will receive the appropriate
update(s). Users without service contracts can purchase the license for the latest server that will continue to recognize their
current MS-DOSlWindows clients as well as the new Universal client license.

Ordering Information
QB-3AYAA-AA
QB-3AYAB-AA
QB-3AYAC-AA
QA-MRIAB-GZ

6.106 Storage

StorageWorks Desktop Backup/Archiver Starter Kit. Includes OpenVMS VAX server license, TK50
distribution media, documentation, 15 universal client license.
StorageWorks Desktop Backup/Archiver Starter Kit. Includes OpenVMS VAX server license, 9track magnetic tape distribution, media, documentation, 15 universal client license
StorageWorks Desktop Backup/Archiver Starter Kit. Includes OpenVMS Alpha server license, CD
distribution media, documentation, 15 universal client license
Documentation Kit

StorageWorks Software

StorageWorks Desktop Backup/Archiver (continued)
Additional Universal Client Licenses ConcurrentlIncremental License
QL-388AL-3D
QL-388AL-3E
QL-388AL-3F
QL-388AL-3G
QL-388AL-3H
QL-388AL-3J

25 Universal Clients
50 Universal Clients
100 Universal Clients
150 Universal Clients
250 Universal Clients
500 Universal Clients

Migration License from PATHWORKS DOSlWindows License to Universal Client License
QL-38AAL-3D
QL-38AAL-3E
QL-38AAL-3F
QL-38AAL-3G
QL-38AAL-3H

50 Clients
100 Clients
150 Clients
250 Clients
500 Clients

Server Licenses
QL-MRIA9-AA
QL-387A9-AA

StorageWorks Desktop Backup OpenVMS VAX Server License
StorageWorks Desktop Backup OpenVMS Alpha Server License

Storage 6.107

StorageWorks Software

POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore V3.2 software for Digital UNIX Alpha systems (SPD 50.98.05) provides
online, automated backup for multi vendor systems in networked TCPIIP environments. V3.2 adds many new functions,
such as clientside archiving; a new graphical user interface for easier use; concurrent recovery for more efficiency;
performance improvements; recovery by savesets; barcode label support; data set clones; and new clients including
Windows NT for Intel, Windows TCPIIP, and a PATHWORKS Windows client.
The archive functionality of V3.21everages the user's existing investment in and the strength of the NetWorker product.
The NetWorker archive server option, an extension to the existing NetWorker backup server, allows file archiving and
retrieval services. Through a simple point-and-click interface, users can archive their data, annotate the archive set, select
archive options, and receive automatic notification of archive completion.
Additionally, NetWorker V3.2 provides support for DECsafe Available Server Environment (ASE product) and the storage
associated with ASE services. With the new Save Set Consolidation feature, incremental backups can be consolidated into
a new full backup reducing further the amount of time it takes to do backups.

Highlights
• Has become an even more powerful tool for automating multi vendor backup operations
• Includes ASE Cluster client support
• Adds Save Set Consolidation to further reduce backup times

Benefits
Backup operations are critical and can be cumbersome. With NetWorker, backup operations are easy to complete, quick,
and reliable. V3.2 ensures consistent, reliable data protection for the entire network. Most users want one automated tool to
solve their backup needs. Continuing to meet this need and others, NetWorker V3.2 provides:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Support for DECsafe Available Server Environment (ASE product) and the storage associated with ASE services
Consolidates incremental backups to a new full level backup with save set consolidation
Conservation of online storage while protecting critical corporate data with the new archiving functionality.
More client platform support with Windows NTlIntel systems, and Windows TCPIIP, and Macintosh client support.
Improved data protection with saveset cloning, which allows the user to make multiple copies of the backup data.
Broadened storage device support to meet growing needs, including DLT and StorageWorks Tape Library TL820.
Quicker and easier data recovery with parallel recovery, which allows multiple recoveries to be performed in parallel
from the same media.
• More automation with support for bar code labeling.
• Faster, better, and easier to use graphical user interface; NetWorker now has distinct and separate interfaces for end
users versus system administrators.

Ordering Information
To add archiving functionality to an existing NetWorker environment, users must upgrade the NetWorker backup license
to V3.2. Also, they must add the NetWorker Archive Server Add-on License and Client Licenses for each archive client;
and upgrade the NetWorker media and documentation client kits to obtain the archive client software and documentation.
Users who are new to NetWorker and desire both archive and backup functionality need to order the NetWorker Server
License, a Jukebox License, the Archive Server Add-on License, and Client Licenses for each client (either backup and/or
archive). NetWorker media and documentation client kits are available for UNIX, PC, Windows NT, and NetWare clients.
Users who need both the Windows NT Advanced Server client and Desktop client should order the NetWorker media and
documentation kit for Windows NT clients. If only the Windows NT Desktop client is needed, it is available in the
Networker media and documentation kit for PC clients.
Each client connection is licensed. For example, if there are 10 backup clients and each will also archive data, then 20
client licenses are required.

6. 108 Storage

StorageWorks Software

POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore V3.2 for Digital UNIX (continued)
POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore V3.2 (Server and Client Licenses)
QL-2ALA *-AA
QA-2ALAA-GZ
QL-3P2A *-AA
QL-XYXAL-3B
QL-069AL-3B
QL-4UPAM-3B
QL-YUNAM-3B
QL-YUMAM-3B
QL-YULA9-AA

Digital UNIX Server License
Documentation for Digital UNIX Server
Archive Server Add-on License (1)
UNIX Client License
PC Client License
NetWorker Workgroup Cluster Client License
NetWorker Departmental Cluster Client License
NetWorker Enterprise Cluster Client License
NetWorker Save Set Consolidation License

POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore V3.2 (Jukebox Licenses)
QL-04UAL-3B
QL-04VAL-3B
QL-04WAL-3B

Jukebox License Tier 1 (2)
Jukebox License Tier 2 (2)
Jukebox License Tier 3 (2)

POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore V3.2 (Client Kits)
QA-XYXAA-HW
QA-XYXAB-HW
QA-XYXAC-HW
QA-XYXAD-HC

Media and Documentation Kit for UNIX Clients
Media and Documentation Kit for PC Clients
Media and Documentation Kit for NetWare Clients
Media and Documentation Kit for Windows NTlIntel Clients

(1) The NetWorker Archive Server Add-on License requires that QL-2AL**-AA be installed first.

(2) Tiers are based on the capacity of the storage device. Refer to SPD 50.98.05 for classification of media devices within Tiers 1,2, and 3.

Services
Software product services are available for server, jukebox, and client software.

Storage 6.109

StorageWorks Software

POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for OpenVMS, a layered software product, extends the OpenVMS file
system to allow efficient management of infrequently accessed or dormant data. Hierarchical Storage Management is a
policy-driven application that automatically moves dormant data from online (primary) storage to less expensive nearline
or offline "shelved" storage. Data is returned when a shelved file is accessed or a scheduled event occurs, such as the
automatic un shelving of a file used at the same time each month.
POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management (SPD 46.38) is designed for maximum ease-of-use and system
management flexibility. Users of Hierarchical Storage Management for OpenVMS maintain an online view of their files
and use standard directory and file access mechanisms regardless of the file's physical location. Flexible policy-setting
capabilities for system managers and end users increase automation and significantly improve the manageability of users'
computing resources.

Benefits
• Patterns of data utilization in typical OpenVMS environments show that 80 percent of all disk requests are for only 20
percent of the data resident on the system. The other 80 percent of system resident data is dormant. Typical patterns of
utilization show that access to this data is minimal 30 or more days after creation, yet it continues to reside on relatively
expensive online media. As the amount of online storage increases in response to this phenomenon, the cost of storing
infrequently accessed data grows, particularly as disk installations exceed 30 Gbytes or more.
• Traditional strategies, based on operator-attended backup with file restoration on demand, lower costs but negatively
impact user productivity and application availability by increasing waiting time for data. Additionally, attended
operations can increase data reliability and security risks. Hierarchical Storage Management allows users to lower
storage costs and improve performance while maintaining complete data integrity and security-by employing
automatic file migration with lower-cost nearline and offline devices, such as optical jukeboxes, tape loaders, and
automated tape libraries.
• POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for OpenVMS software lowers system management costs by:
- Reducing time spent dealing with disk occupancy issues such as device full exceptions and disk quota exceeded
situations.
- Providing scheduling flexibility and customization to more effectively meet specific site requirements.
- Automatically executing system manager and/or user policy that is initially established and then essentially
"forgotten. "
- Minimizing user training and application modification due to its transparency, ease of use, and file system
integration.
Another key benefit is that POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for OpenVMS software eliminates the
unnecessary backup of previously backed-up shelved files, improving overall backup performance. Through its unique
integration with the OpenVMS BACKUP utility, only shelved files that have been modified are backed up. Since nonmodified shelved files have already been backed up, backup windows can be significantly decreased without
compromising disaster recovery.

Ordering Information
• Requires OpenVMS V6.1 or V6.2.
QP-03PAA-Ol
QL-ONXA9-AA
QL-3JIA9-AA
QL-2A WAA-3B
QL-2AWAA-3G
QL-2AWAA-3H
QP-03TAA-Ol
QP-03TAA-02
QP-03TAA-03
QA-ONXAA-GZ

Base License for Mixed Clusters
Base License for VAX Clusters
Base License for Alpha Clusters
Concurrent Use License - 20 Gbytes
Concurrent Use License - 500 Gbytes
Concurrent Use License - 999 Terabytes
140 Gbyte Capacity Package
280 Gbyte Capacity Package
1 Terabyte Capacity Package
Documentation Kit

Note: Media and documentation kits are purchased separately.

6.110 Storage

StorageWorks Sotlware

POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for Digital UNIX
POLYCENTER HSM for Digital UNIX software provides the automatic, unattended, transparent movement of files from
magnetic disk storage, to near online read-write optical platters, and back again. Fully customizable, system administrators
can determine when and which files to move to less expensive optical media. These operations are transparent to users and
to the applications. POLYCENTER HSM provides access to gigabytes and terabytes of online storage per Alpha server at
a fraction of the cost of magnetic disk
POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management (HSM) software solution for Digital UNIX allows users to augment
magnetic disk storage with read-write optical platters at less than half the cost of magnetic disk
The RW500 series of optical libraries/jukeboxes from Digital are supported individually, or in combinations. These
jukeboxes support single and double density drives and platters.
Digital UNIX V2.0, Open SCSI CAM for Digital UNIX*, and POLYCENTER Advanced File System*
* These products are contained on layered products CD-ROM V2.0 for Digital UNIX. The POLYCENTER HSM
traditional license grants the right to unlimited use of the SCSI CAM for Digital UNIX. POLYCENTER Advanced File
System is licensed with Digital UNIX.
Each HSM solution requires one traditional license per Digital UNIX Server. Each 20GB of optical storage requires one
concurrent/capacity license. Packages of licenses are offered for easy, more cost effective ordering.
Ordering Information
POLY CENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for Digital UNIX
QA-OQKAA-GZ
QL-OQKA9-AA
QL-OQKA9-RA
QL-22GAM-3B
QL-22GAM-5B
QP-OOUAA-Ol
QP-OOUAA-02
QP-OOUAA-03
QP-OOUAA-04
QP-OOUAA-05
QP-OOUAA-06
QT-OQKA9-19
QT-22GA9-19
QT-OQKAA-E8
QT-OQKA9-L9

Documentation kit
Traditional License
Traditional Update License
Concurrent License (20 GB)
Concurrent Update License
(1) Trad, (4) Concurrent
(1) Trad, (6) Concurrent
(1) Trad, (9) Concurrent
(1) Trad, (18) Concurrent
(1) Trad, (27) Concurrent
(1) Trad, (36) Concurrent
Installation
Installation
MDDS
LPS

Storage

6.111

~torage Works Software

The POLYCENTER File Optimizer V2.1A for OpenVMS systems is a layered software product that reduces file
fragmentation through scheduled defragmentation jobs. Digital's solution for file fragmentation offers the highest possible
data integrity. The POLYCENTER File Optimizer also provides a file placement capability that allows the system
administrator to place files on disk in an order that optimizes the performance of the most frequently accessed files. Users
are continuing to experience tremendous growth in the amount of data they need to manage on drives. The OpenVMS file
system uses available disk space efficiently, causing files to be fragmented as they are written to nearly full disks. System
performance can be negatively impacted by fragmented files, so users need a tool that assures data integrity and reduces
file fragmentation to obtain and maintain optimal disk performance.
The volume index file, INDEXF.SYS, can become fragmented, slowing down operations for all users. A capability in
V2.1A allows users to defragment the volume index file with a new offline utility.
POLYCENTER File Optimizer V2.1A for OpenVMS systems makes it easier for users to establish and manage their
defragmentation processes through an enhanced graphical user interface (GUI). The enhanced user interface provides more
lists to ease defragmentation selection criteria, a keyboard mapping utility that allows operators to assign functions to keys
as well as the mouse, and enhancements to the monitor window allowing the POLYCENTER File Optimizer to
dynamically locate files according to user specified criteria.
POLYCENTER File Optimizer V2.1A uses an RMS database to store policy and configuration information, eliminating
the need for an Oracle Rdb Runtime License to defragment Open VMS systems. In configurations tested to date, RMS
increased performance of POLYCENTER File Optimizer.
POLYCENTER File Optimize V2.1A protects your investment by maintaining all the features of previous versions,
including support for VAX and Alpha systems, hot file placement, and unsurpassed data protection.

Benefits
• Data integrity-Ensures absolute data integrity through the use of the OpenVMS MOVEFILE primitive, which allows
the safe movement of files on a disk.
• Enhanced system management productivity-Provides "set and forget" policy (once set, function occurs automatically)
and automated, event-based scheduling, thus reducing the amount of time spent on these activities. An enhanced user
interface reduces the probability of operations errors and the time it takes to do many operations.
• Reduced backup and operator time-Defragmentation of files improves the performance of backup operations; using
this product requires less operator time and system resources.
• Better performing disks-Defragmentation of files improves application response time and allows higher disk
utilization. The new offline defragmentation utility for INDEXF.SYS provides a safe way to defragment this important
file.
• Need for an Oracle Rdb Runtime License eliminated-Allows users without Oracle Rdb software to take advantage of
the powerful POLYCENTER File Optimizer V2.1A capabilities.
• New tiered pricing-Makes V2.1A more affordable than ever to a broader range of users-the new pricing is especially
attractive for users of desktop and workgroup solutions.

Ordering Information (see SPD 55.85 for details)
• Software prerequisite is OpenVMS VAX V.5 to V6.2, or OpenVMS Alpha V6.1 and V6.2.
VAX Systems

Alpha Systems

Software

QL-GJ8AB-AA

QL-2GNAE-AA

QL-GJ8A2-AA

QL-2GNAG-AA

Workgroup License
Departmental License
Enterprise License
Software License Loan
Media and Documentation, TK50
Media and Documentation, magtape
Software Product Library on CD-ROM
Documentation Kit only

QL-GJ8A5-AA

QL-2GNAQ-AA

QL-GJ8A9-L*

QL-2GNA9-L*

QA-GJ8AA-H5
QA-GJ8AA-HM
QA-VWJ8A-A8

QA-03XAA-H8

QA-GJ8AA-GZ

QA-2GNAA-GZ

6. 112 Storage

StorageWorks Sotlware

POLYCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem for OpenVMS Vl.2
POLYCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem for OpenVMS VAX VI.2 (SPD 46.40), a layered software product, lets users
and applications manipulate tape files using the same interface currently used to manipulate files on magnetic disk.
POLYCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem manages data stored on tape, allowing users and applications to browse an
online catalog of tape contents without mounting the tape. OpenVMS utilities, such as COPY and DIRECTORY, work
seamlessly with this product. Applications that use RMS sequential access or OpenVMS high level language sequential
input-output routines can read and write directly to files on tape. The import feature allows users to create an online
catalog of existing tape files. Once cataloged, file directory information can be manipulated as if the files were on disk.
Vl.2 of the product introduces support for OpenVMS V6.2 on V AX and Alpha platforms, additional user friendly
messages and controls, and no longer requires a prerequisite third party commercial database product.
POLYCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem is designed for maximum ease of use and system management flexibility.
POLYCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem for OpenVMS users maintains an online view of files and uses standard
directory and sequential file access mechanisms. It uses the Media Device Management Services shared with Storage
Library System V2.6 or POLYCENTER ArchivelBackup for OpenVMS V1.l to provide automatic selection, loading, and
mounting of the appropriate tape into an available tape device. This capability allows POLYCENTER Sequential Media
Filesystem V1.l and Storage Library System V2.6 or POLYCENTER Archive/Backup for OpenVMS V1.1 to share
devices and use common media cataloging and management. POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management also
shares this same media management capability, allowing all three applications to share high capacity devices such as the
TL series of DLT libraries.
Highlights
•
•
•
•

Allows applications to access sequential files on tape easily
Online index allows browsing of tape contents without mounting tape
Import feature allow users to catalog existing tape files
Sophisticated media management automates tape handling

Benefits
• Information systems managers face an obstinate problem-skyrocketing operations and storage costs due to increasing
amounts of data stored online. POLYCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem allows users with large files to directly
access these files on tape, without the need for more expensive and limited capacity magnetic media. Typical data sets
that can be effectively stored and accessed through POLYCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem include:
• Large experimental data files from high energy physics experiments, seismic exploration data, and telemetry data.
• Traditional mainframe batch applications, such as payroll, inventory management reporting, and batch oriented
production system updates.
• Document processing applications that include large PostScript and other multimedia data files.
• Historical data repository systems for information such as genealogical data.
• Multiple backup copies of database backups that are too expensive to keep on magnetic disk.
Technical Data
See SPD for prerequisite software version information. The product requires specific versions of OpenVMS V AX or Alpha,
Rdb Runtime, and Media and Device Management Services for OpenVMS software. POLYCENTER Sequential Media
Filesystem supports all devices listed with Media and Device Management Services except remote devices. For a complete
listing of supported systems, tape, and robotic devices, refer to SPD 46.40.
Ordering Information
POLYCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem for OpenVMS Alpha
QL-2AYAE-AA
QL-2AYAE-RA
QL-2AYAG-AA
QL-2AYAG-RA
QL-2AYAQ-AA
QL-2AYAQ-RA

Traditional Workgroup License
Traditional Workgroup Update License
Traditional Departmental License
Traditional Departmental Update License
Traditional Enterprise License
Traditional Enterprise Update License

Storage 6.113

~torage Works Software

POL YCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem for OpenVMS VAX
QL-2AXAB-AA
QL-2AXAB-RA
QL-2AXA2-AA
QL-2AXA2-RA
QL-2AXA5-AA
QL-2AXA5-RA

Product License Loan
QL-2A*A9-LA
QL-2A*A9-LB
QL-2A*A9-LD
QL-2A*A9-LG

90 Day Loan
30 Day Loan
60 Day Loan
180 Day Loan

Media and Documentation
QA-2AXAA-H5
QA-2AXAA-HM
QA-2AXAB-GZ
QA-2AYAB-GZ

6.114 Storage

TK50 Kit
Magtape Kit
VAX Documentation Kit
Alpha Documentation Kit

StorageWorks Software

StorageWorks RAID Software V2.2 for OpenVMS Systems
StorageWorks RAID Software V2.2 for OpenVMS provides striping (RAID Level 0), and Striping with Parity, (RAID
Level 5) and disk partitioning. V2.2 supports OpenVMS V AX and Alpha platforms, supports up to 64 partitions per array,
supports up to 32 physical disks per array, and supports up to 20 nodes in OpenVMS clusters.
Highlights
• OpenVMS Alpha V1.5, V6.1 and V6.2 users are now able to use all product capabilities available to OpenVMS VAX
users.
• Large disk arrays are now easier to manage with enhanced partitioning capability.
• Special limited-time offer allows POLYCENTER Striping for Open VMS VAX users to gain benefits of StorageWorks
RAID software at a reduced price.
Benefits
Using existing hardware, StorageWorks RAID software enables users to boost system I/O performance.through the load
balancing effects of disk striping, or gain the higher data availability provided by Striping with Parity (RAID level 5).
Additionally, as total storage capacity grows, the ability to partition arrays into conveniently manageable amounts of
storage becomes increasingly important. The new version also makes it easy to configure RAID 0+ 1 solutions when used
with OpenVMS Volume Shadowing software, an optional and separately orderable product.
Since StorageWorks RAID software adds the benefits of RAID technology without requiring the purchase of additional
hardware, users can extend RAID capability to disks that would not otherwise be RAID capable, such as older disks,
directly attached SCSI disks, disks attached via HSD05 DSSI array controllers, and arrays consisting of more than one type
of disk.
Migration Information from POLY CENTER Striping for OpenVMS VAX
StorageWorks RAID Software is the replacement product for POLYCENTER Striping for OpenVMS VAX. Any user with
a valid POLYCENTER Striping license will be licensed automatically to run the striping (RAID Level 0) portion of
StorageWorks RAID Software. Digital also offers an upgrade from POLYCENTER Striping on VAX to the full
capabilities of StorageWorks RAID Software on V AX for half price.
Ordering Information (see SPD 46.49 for details)
Software prerequisite is OpenVMS VAX V5.5 to V6.2 or OpenVMS Alpha V1.5, V6.1 and V6.2.
VAX Systems

Alpha Systems

Software

QL-OMHAB-AA

QL-2YFAE-AA

QL-OMHA2-AA

QL-2YFAG-AA

QL-OMHAS-AA

QL-2YFAQ-AA

Workgroup License
Departmental License
Enterprise License
Software License Loan
Concurrent Use License
Media and Documentation Kit, TK50
Media and Documentation Kit, magtape
Documentation Kit only

QL-OMHA9-L*

QL-2YFA9-L*

QL-OMGAA-3B

QA-OMGAA-HS
QA-OMGAA-HM
QA-OMGAA-GZ

QA-OMGAA-GZ

Migration Options from POLYCENTER Striping for OpenVMS VAX
QL-3AXAB-AA
QL-3AXA2-AA
QL-3AXAS-AA

Striping to RAID SoftwarelWorkgroup
Striping to RAID SoftwarelDepartmental
Striping to RAID SoftwarelEnterprise

Storage 6.115

~torage Works Software

Media Robot Utility (MRU) is a multiplatform software utility that provides direct access control for Digital's DLT
(Digital Linear Tape), and 4mm (DAT) and TL8xx libraries. It provides the ability for users to load a cartridge from a
selected robot slot into a specified robot drive.
The following commands are supported:

Load:
Unload:
Inject:
Eject:
Show:
Help:

Moves a cartridge from a slot to a drive.
Moves a cartridge from a drive to a slot.
Moves a cartridge from a port to a slot.
Moves a cartridge from a slot to a port.
Displays information.
Displays information on the commands.

A command line interface is provided for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS.

Benefits
With MRU's command line interface, users can select which slot to load a cartridge from, unload the cartridge and display
information about the loader without leaving their office. The MRU is extremely useful when setting up a library or loader.
With the "Inject" command, a user can move cartridges into the library and specify which slot to put the cartridge in.
Using the MRU commands can help diagnose problems as well.

Ordering Information (see SPD 64.44 for details)
Software prerequisites: OpenVMS VAX VS.S to V6.2, OpenVMS Alpha V6.I and V6.2, Digital UNIX VI.3 to V3.2C
QM-50TAA-AA
QB-50TAA-SA

6. 116 Storage

Media Robot Utility License
Media Robot Utility License with Media and Documentation

Nonimpact Printers Comparison l:bart

Nonimpact Printers Comparison Chart
Printserver 32 Plus
(LPS32)

PrintServer 17/600
(LPSI7)

KODAK 1392

XEROX Production
Print Systems**

Technology

Laser

Electrophotographic

Speed (max. 8.5 x ll-in.
pages/min)

32-Simplex and duplex

17-Simplex
15-Duplex

Up to 92 impressions/minute

Up to 135 ppm

Recommended Impressions/mo. (max)

Up to 200,000

Up to 70,000

1,000,000

Up to 2,500,000

Number of Colors

1-2

Paper Type

Cutsheet, labels (special stock Cutsheet, labels (special stock Cutsheet
required), transparencies,
required), transparencies,
envelopes
envelopes

Cutsheet

Paper Thickness (max)

18-241b

Upper supply: 16lb bond110 lb index
Lower supply:
simplex 16 - 32 lb;
duplex 16 - 28lb

16-110Ib

Multipart Forms

Paper Sizes

7.5 x 10.5 in,
8.5 x 11 in,
8.5 x 14 in,
11 x 17 in,
297 x 420 mm
210 x 297 mm
257 x 364 mm
182 x 257 mm
148 x 210 mm

7.5 x 10.5 in,
8.5 x 11 in,
8.5 x 14 in,
210 x 297 mm
257 x 364 mm

8.5 x 10 in,
8.5 x 11 in,
8.5 x 14 in,
21.0 x 29.7 cm,
25.7 x 36.4 cm

8 x 10 in,
8.5 x 11 in,
8.5 x 14 in,
14 x 17 in

Resident Fonts

43 PostScript Type 1,

43 PostScript,

5 bitmapped fonts
Optional Fonts

Downloadable

Characters/inch

4 - 30 cpm horizontal

Lines/inch

Graphics Protocols

PostScript, HP PCL5, DDIF,
ANSIISixe1, ReGIS, TEKTRONIX 4010/4014, ASCII
text, mM Proprinter, CCIn
Groups 3 and 4

PostScript Level 2, HP PCL4,
DDIF, ANSIISixel, ReGIS,
TEKTRONIX 4010/4014,
ASCII text, mM Proprinter,
CCIn Groups 3 and 4

Line Printer Emulation
optional
Resolution
(Dots per inch)

300 x 300, DEC Image Reso- 600 x 600
lution Enhancement

Bar codes

Yes, through ANSI translator Yes, through ANSI translator
and application software
and application software

Interfaces

Ethernet -DECnet, TCPIIP,
Token Ring, AS/400
(PrintGate only)

Ethernet -DECnet, TCPIIP

mM PC- Compatible

Yes, with optional software

RAM (standard)

16MB to 32MB max

16 MB standard;
32 MB maximum

Noise Level

<65 dBA

<50dBA

81 dBA (operating)
65 dBA (standby)

Dimensions
WxDxH

36.9w x 27.2 in.d x 29.6 h
937w x 752d x 752h

17.9 x 22.4 x 19 in
45.4 x 59 x 48.3 em

31 x 58 x 41 in.
78.7 x 147.3 x 104.1 em

98 lb (44.5 kg)

1,1001b (499.0 kg)

Weight

350 lb (155 kg) wlout paper

Operating Temperature

500 F to 900 F

100°C - 320°C

Operating Humidity

20 - 80%

Maximum Current

12A @ 1001120V

20 - 80%
12A @ 110V

3 - 18
Xerox

300 x 300

600 x 600 or
300 x 300
Yes and OCR

Ethernet, TCPIIP

DDCMP for OpenVMS VAX,
EthernetlDECnet, EthernetlXNS, 3rd party

* Varies depending on fonts used.
** See ordering information for specifics on eaeh model.

Printers

7.1

Nonimpact Printers Comparison Chart

LN17ILN17ps

DEClaser 3500

ColorWriter LSR 2000

Technology

Laser

Electrophotographic laser

Speed (max. 8.5 x ll-in.
pages/minute)

12 (monochrome)
3 (color)

Recommended Impressions/month (max)

Up to 50,000

Up to 20,000

Paper Type

Cutsheet, labels, transparencies, envelopes

Cutsheet, recycled paper, transparencies, Plain paper,
labels, envelopes
transparencies

Paper Thickness (max)

16-281b
Postcard 50 lb

16-241b

16-281b

Multipart Forms

Paper Sizes

8.5 x 11 in,
8.5 x 14 in,
7.5 x 10.5,
8.3 x 11.7,
10.5 x 7.5

Letter, legal, universal, A4

Letter, legal, A4, A5

Resident Fonts

35 PostSript Type 1 (LN17ps) 35 Adobe PostScript,
13 Intellifonts,
only
5 Bitmapped
35 Intellifonts
10 TrueType, 1 PCL bitmap

39 Adobe PostScript Type 1

Optional Fonts

Downloadable

Downloadable or
font cartridges

Characters/inch

*
*

Number of Colors

Lines/inch

unlimited

Graphics Protocols

LN17ILN17ps - Bidirectional Postscript, PCL
parallel,
LN17ps - Ethernet Network
Interface card supporting
TCPIIP, IPx/SPX for Novell
Netware, EtherTalk and LAT
Optional - Serial, LocalTalk
Network Interface Card

PostScript Level 2

Resolution (Dots per inch)

600 x 600 or
1200 x 600

600 x 600

Bar codes

Yes

Yes, through ANSI translator or downloaded

Interfaces

Bi-directional Parallel, Local- Bi-directional Parallel, LocalTalk, Serial, Centronics Parallel,
Talk, Serial, TCPIIP, IPx/SPX, TCPIIP, IPx/SPX, Ethertalk, LAT
Ethernet, SCSI
Ethertalk, LAT

mM PC- Compatible

Yes

RAM (standard)

LN17 -1 MB
LN17S - 5 MB
Upgradeable to 64 MB

3 MB (upgradable to 19 MB) Adobe
Memory Booster Technology

Noise Level

50 dBA (operating)
35 dBA (standby)

< 50 dBA (operating)
37 dBA (idle)

Dimensions
WxDxH

11. 6 in x 16.3 in x 17.4 in
10.5 x 14.4 x 16 in
294mm x 442 mm x 418 mm

21.3 x 22.8 x 18.1 in
540 x 580 x 460 mm

Weight

40.91lbs (18.6 kg)

110 lb (50 kg)

Operating Temperature

40 to 95 F/5°-35°C

32 to 122 FlO to 50 C

15°-35°C

Operating Humidity

15%-85%

5 to 8%

20%-80%

Maximum Current

8A (1IOV)

* Varies depending on fonts used.

7.2

Printers

Yes

28.81bs

16 or 32 MB (standard)
Expandable to 48 MB
<49dBA

9.5A (100-120V)

Impact Printers Comparison Chart

Impact Printers Comparison Chart
LA30N
Companion Printer

LA30W

LA400

LA600

Companion Printer

MultiPrinter

MultiPrintcr

Technology

Dot-matrix, 24-wire

Speed

333 cps (high-speed draft)
300 cps (draft)
200 cps (correspondence)
100 cps (LQ)

400 cps (draft)
133 (LQ)

600 chis (draft)
300 chis (NLQ)
150 chis (LQ)

Recommended impressions/month (max)

3,500

10,000

20,000

7 (optional)

Number of Colors

7 (optional)

Paper type

Cutsheet; fanfold; labels; envelopes

Cutsheet; fanfold; labels; envelopes Cutsheet; fanfold; labels;
envelopes

Paper thickness
(Maximum)

0.014 in. (0.035 cm)

.025 in. (.64mm)

Cutsheet; fanfold;
labels; envelopes
.025 in. (.64mm)

Multipart forms

1-5

1-6

Width of output

4.0-10.5 in.
(10.2-26.7 cm)

4.0-16.5 in.
(10.2-42.0 cm)

3-17.5 in.
(7.6-44.6 cm)

4-15.8 in

Resident fonts

8 bar code
7 typeface

10 bar code
9 typeface

OCR-AlB

Characters Per inch

10,12,13-2,15,16-5,17,18,20 10,12,13-2,15,16-5,17,18,20

10, 12, 15, 17.1, 18

10,12, 15, 17, 18

Lines per inch

2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12

3,4,6,8, 12

2,3,4,6,8

Graphics Protocols

ANSII(PPL2),
IBM Proprinter, X24E, Epson
ESCIP2

ANSII(PPL2),
ANSlIsixel
IBM Proprinter, X24E, Epson ESCIP2IBM XL24E
Epson EJCIP2

ANSlIsixel, IBM
Proprinter, X24E
Epson LQ 2550

Resolution (Dots per inch) 360 H x 360 V

360 H x 360 V

360 H x360 V

Bar codes

Yes, through optional
ON-TAP software,
POSTNET support

10 resident bar codes
including POSTNET

Interfaces

EIA-423', Paralld

EIA 423 Parallel
BiTronics

20 Centronics Parallel,
Serial RS-232

mM PC- Compatible

Yes (IBM Proprinter 24E emula- Yes (IBM Pro printer 24E emulation) Yes (IBM Proprinter 24E
tion)
emulation)

Baud rate

200-9,600

600-38,400

600-19,200

Buffer size

2KB,8KB,
10 K, 32K or 64K

32KB

47KB

Noise level

55 dBA (average)

56dBA

53 dBA

Dimensions
WxDxH

17 x 13 x 5.2 in
432 x 330 x 132 mm

22.4 x 13 x 5.2 in
570 x 330 x 132 mm

26.1x 14.9 x 12.2 in
665 x 380 x 310 mm

25 x 16.3 x 10.7 in
62.5 x 40.7 x 26.7 cm

Yes

Weight

16.51b (7.5 kg)

18.7 lb (8.5 kg)

39.61b (18 kg)

50 lb (22.7 kg)

Ribbon/ink Technology

Nylon cartridge
optional color

1 EIA-232D compatible with optional adapter
2 PC Centronics type

Printers

7.3

Impact Printers Comparison Chart

':,'~.'~

":,');,\

LG04plusILGL4plus

LG08plusILGL8plus

LG12plus

Technology

Line-matrix

Speed

475 lpm (draft)
360 lpm (data processing)
190 lpm (NLQ)

800 lpm (draft)
600 lpm (data processing)
300 lpm (NLQ)

1,200 lpm (draft)
900 lpm (data processing)
450 ipm (NLQ)

Recommended Impressions/month (max)

Unlimited

···\·i·.•. y·,

Number of colors
Paper type

Fanfold, labels cardstock, multipart forms Fanfold, labels cardstock, multipart forms Fanfold, labels cardstock, multipart forms
(1-6)
(1-6)
(1-6)

Paper thickness
(Maximum)

0.025 in. (0.06 cm)

Multipart forms

1-6

Width of output

3-17 in (7.62-43.18 cm)

Resident fonts

OCR-AlB

Characters Per inch

5, 10, 12, 13.3, 15, 16.7

6,8,10

Lines per inch

6,8,10

Graphics Protocols

ANSI/Sixel, Epson ESC P, IBM ProPrinter ANSI/Sixel, Epson ESC P, IBM ProPrinter ANSI/Sixel, Epson ESC P, IBM ProPrinter
III, optional IGPIPGLI or IGPNGL
III, optional IGPIPGLI or IGPNGL
III, optional IGPIPGLI or IGPNGL

Resolution

180 H x 96 V

Bar codes

Code 39, Extended Code 39, Interleaved 2 Code 39, Extended Code 39, Interleaved 2 Code 39, Extended Code 39, Interleaved 2
of 5, Code II, Codabar A, B, C, D, UPC- of 5, Code II, Codabar A, B, C, D, UPC- of 5, Code II, Codabar A, B, C, D, UPCA, UPC-E, Postenet, EAN 8, EAN 13, and A, UPC-E, Postenet, EAN 8, EAN 13, and A, UPC-E, Postenet, EAN 8, EAN 13, and
Code 128
Code 128
Code 128

Interfaces

IEEE-P1284 or Centronics or Dataproducts; RS232 or RS422

mM PC- Compatible

Yes, through IBM Proprinter emulation

Baud rate

300-115 K

180 H x 96 V

IEEE-P1284 or Centronics or Dataproducts; RS232 or RS422

180 H x 96 V

IEEE-P1284 or Centronics or Dataproducts; RS232 or RS422

Buffer size

Noise level

52 dBN60dBA

52dBN62dBA

52dBA

Dimensions
HxWxD

42.3 x 27 x 28.5 in/35.0 x 24.6 x 20.7 in
107.4 x 69.8 x 72.4 eml89 x 62.5 x 53.6 em

Weight (shipping)

285 lb (129.3 kg)/115 lb (52.2 kg)

285lb (129.3 kg)/115Ib (52.2 kg)

285 lb (129.3 kg)1115 lb (52.2 kg)

Ribbon/ink Technology

Nylon reel-to-reel
20 M characters

1 EIA-232D compatible with optional adapter
2 PC Centronics type

7.4

Printers

Nonimpact Printers

PrintServer 32 Plus
The PrintServer 32 Plus is a high-volume, large workgroup or data center printer designed to be managed from the
desktop. This powerful printer provides shared printing facilities for DECnet, TCPIIP Ethernet networks. It is intended to
serve departments that print up to 200,000 pages per month.
The PrintServer 32 Plus prints up to 32 impressions, or 2000 lines per minute, single-sided (simplex) or double-sided
(duplex). It can print many complex print jobs, such as complicated graphics, forms, multifont text reports, and simple
mail messages.
Large input and output trays are available for the PrintServer 32 Plus. 3000-sheet input and output trays allow for less
frequent loading and unloading of paper. A MailBox allows for pre-sorting of individual and group print jobs, and provides
locked trays for confidential material.
The PrintServer 32 Plus is connected directly to Ethernet networks, and uses PCL and PostScript by Adobe Systems, Inc.
Order Number

Description

LPS32-L*
PrintServer 32 Plus simplex, 1500-input, 1500-output
LPS32-M*
PrintServer 32 Plus simplex, 3500-input, 1500-output
LPS32-NAINCINJINZ PrintServer 32 Plus duplex, 1500-input, 1500-output
LPS32-PAlPCIPJIPZ PrintServer 32 Plus duplex, 3500-input, 1500-output
LPS32-RAlRC!RJ1RZ PrintServer 32 Plus duplex, 3500-input, 4500-output

* Denotes: A = U.S. and Mexico; B = Belgium, France, Germany, and Holland; C = Canada; D = Denmark; E = England and Ireland;
F = Finland, Norway, Portugal, Sweden; I = Italy; J = Japan; K = Switzerland; S = Spain; T = Israel; Z = Australia and New Zealand

Accessories and Supplies
LPSIX-UE
LPSIX-UF
LPS3X-DA
LPS3X-FAlFC
LPS3X-BB
LPS3X-EAlEC
LPS3X-FD
LNOIX-AB
LN03X-AJ
LPSXX-PA
LPS4X-BA
LPS4X-BB
H9850-TA
H9850-TB
LPS3X-AA
LPS3X-AC
LPSXX-AD
LPS3X-LP

4MB Memory
8MB Memory
PrintServer 32 Plus duplex upgrade kit
20-bin MailBox with two locking trays (110/220 V)
3000-sheet input tray
3000-sheet output stacker (110/220 V)
Security tray for LPS32 MailBox
A size paper, 8.5 x 11.0 in., 5000 sheets (letter)
A size transparencies, 8.5 x 11.0 in., 50 sheets
B size paper, 11.0 x 17.0 in., 250 sheets
Small paper cassette
Large paper cassette
Laser labels (30/sheet, 100 sheetslbox)
Laser labels (21/sheet, 100 sheetslbox)
Toner kit (30,000 pages)
Drum and supplies kit (100,000 pages)
Maintenance kit (60,POO pages)
Bulk supplies kit (300,000 pages)

For PrintServer Software information, see PrintServer Software section.
Note: PrintServer 32 Plus specifications follow the PrintServer 17/600 ordering information.

Printers 7.5

Nonimpact Printers

The PrintServer 17/600 offers the power, openness, and functionality of Digital's PrintServer family in an economical,
desktop-sized package. It is best suited for medium-size workgroups supporting 10-30 users.
With a resolution of 600 dpi, the PrintServer 17/600 is a rugged printer with a 17-page-per-minute print engine and a
powerful controller which virtually assure printing at engine speed. The PrintServer 17/600 prints on a variety of media,
including envelopes; it prints one-sided and two-sided (with optional duplex upgrade); and its 70,000-page-per-month duty
cycle easily handles the printing needs of a medium-sized department.

PrintServer 17/600-simplex, IOOO-input, SOO-output, with ThinWirelthick wire Ethernet interface card
Order Number

Country

LPS17-DA
LPS17-DB
LPS17-DD
LPS17-DE
LPS17-DG
LPS17-DH
LPS17-DI
LPS17-DP
LPS17-DS
LPS17-DT
LPS17-DZ
LPS17-FB
LPS17-FC

U.S., Canada, Mexico
Belgium
Denmark
EnglandlIreland
Gennany
Holland
Italy
France
Spain
Israel
AustralialNew Zealand
Switzerland
Sweden, Finland, Norway, Portugal

Accessories and Supplies
LPSIX-UE
4 MB Memory
LPSiX-UF
8 MB Memory
LPSIX-AA
PrintServer 17/600 toner cartridge
LPSIX-AB/AC
PrintServer 17/600 customer maintenance kit, 110VI
LPSIX-UB
PrintServer 17/600 duplex upgrade kit (requires 12 Mbytes total RAM)
LPSIX-B*ID*
PrintServer 17/600 1500-sheet input feeder, A size, IlOV/220V
LPSIX -TP
PrintServer 17/600 ThinWireltwisted pair Ethernet interface card
LPSIX-LT
PrintServer 17/600 letter size cassette
LPSIX-LA
PrintServer 17/600 legal size cassette
LPSIX-LB
PrintServer 17/600 A4 size cassette
PrintServer 17/600 Executive size cassette
LPSIX-LE
LPSIX-GA/GB
PrintServer 17/600 3000 sheet stacker (110/220 V)
PrintServer Software
QL-OV9A9-AA
PrintServer Software traditional license
QL-OV9A9-RA
PrintServer Software update license
QA-OV9AA-H1
PrintServer Software for OpenVMS 2
1
QA-OV9AB-H
PrintServer Software for ULTRIX3
1
QA-OV9AC-H
PrintServer Software for SunOS
1
QA-OV9AD-H
PrintServer Software for HP-UX
QA-OV9AE-H1
PrintServer Software for IBM AIX
QA-OV9AG-H1
PrintServer Software for NetWare
PrintServer Software for Windows 95 and Windows NT
QA-OV9AH-H1
QA-OV9AJ-Hl
PrintServer Software for Digital UNIX
1
QA-OV9AK-H
PrintServer Software for Solaris
1
QA-OV9AQ-H
PrintServer Software for Silicon Graphics IRIX
QT-OV9xx-xx
PrintServer Software Services
1 denotes M =magtape, 8 =CD-ROM, 5 =TK50, P = QIC, P =DAT, C =3.5-inch diskette, 7 =5.25-inch diskette
2 Supporting host only. For Print Client software for OpenVMS, refer to DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for OpenVMS.
3 Supporting host only. For Print Client for ULTRIX, refer to ULTRIX operating system.

7.6

Printers

Nonimpact Printers

PrintServer 32 PlusIPrintServer 17/600 Specifications
Product Type
Nonimpact printers with Digital-developed data controllers, Ethernet interface, PostScript interpreter by Adobe Systems,
Inc.

Prerequisite Software
• DECnetJOSI Phase IV or TCPIIP
OpenVMS systems: OpenVMS V5.3 (or greater)
ULTRIX systems: V4.0 (or greater)
Maximum Print Speed *
• PrintServer 32 Plus: 32 pages-per-minute with 8.5-x II-inch or A4 paper
· PrintServer 17/600: 17 pages-per-minute with 8.5-x II-inch or A4 paper, simplex
Image Resolution
· PrintServer 32 Plus: 300 x 300 dpi for text, graphics, and images; DECimage resolution enhancement
· PrintServer 17/600: 600 x 600 dpi for text, graphics, and images; DECimage resolution enhancement
Paper Handling
· PrintServer Plus 32 Plus:
- Three cutsheet input trays: 1500 total sheet capacity of 20 lb (75 g/m2) paper
- Primary input tray: 1000
- Two primary cutsheet output trays: 1500 total sheet capacity of 20 lb (75 g/m2) paper
- Side output tray for media such as transparencies and specified label stock; PrintServer 32 Plus has optional20-bin
MailBox 3000 sheet capacity input and output trays
• PrintServer 17/600:
- Two cutsheet input trays: 1000 total sheet capacity of 20 lb (75 g/m2) paper
- One cutsheet output tray: 500 total sheet capacity of 20 lb (75 g/m2 ) paper
- Optional 1500 sheet input tray, 3000 sheet output tray
Paper
Minimum 18lb (67.5 g/m2); maximum 24lb (90 g/m2). Minimum 20 lb (75 g/m2) paper weight is recommended for
duplex printing to ensure maximum readability and paper feeding reliability. Predrilled paper is supported.
• Recommended Moisture Content: 4%-6%
· Environmental Requirements: For maximum print quality and paper feeding reliability, paper should be stored,
unopened, in the same environment as the printer for at least 24 hours before use.
• Transparencies: Polyester film with a basic thickness 0.004 inch (+-0.0004 inch) with both sides coated to receive
toner
• Label Stock: As specified by label manufacturers for laser printers and plain paper copiers
Standard Typefaces
Courier (fixed pitch) with bold, oblique, and bold oblique
Times with bold, italic, and bold italic
Helvetica with bold, oblique, and bold oblique
Symbol!Math
ITC Avant Garde Gothic Book with Book oblique, demi, and demi-oblique
New Century Schoolbook with bold, italic, and bold italic
ITC Lubalin Graph Book with Book oblique, demi, and demi-oblique
ITC Souvenir demi, demi italic, light, and light italic
Palatino with roman, bold, italic, bold italic
ITC Bookman with light, demi, light italic, demi italic
ITC Zapf Chancery with medium italic
ITC Zapf Dingbats
* Print speed is a function that is dependent on several characteristics: paper size, amount of text and number of font changes, quality of application-

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

generated PostScript code, and graphics complexities.

Printers 7.7

Nonimpact Printers

Physical Characteristics

Height
Width
Depth
Weight
Power Requirements
Voltage

Current ac amps (maximum)
Heat Dissipation (continuous
printing)
Operating Environment
Temperature
Relative humidity
Recommended humidity
Altitude

7.8 Printers

PrintServer 32 Plus
126 cm (49.6 in.)
93.5 cm (36.8 in.)
69 cm (27.2 in.)
157 kg (345Ib)

PrintServer 17/600
48.3 cm (19.0 in.)
45.4 cm (17.9 in.)
57 cm (24.4 in.)
44 kg (98Ib)

100-120 V; 50-60 Hz
(North America, Japan)
220-240 V; 50 Hz
(International)
12 A (North America, Japan)
7 A (International)
< 5000 B tulhr

100-115 V; 50-60 Hz
(North America, Japan)
220-240 V; 50 Hz (International)
9.9 A (North America, Japan)
4.8 A (International)
< 2850 Btulhr

10° to 32° C
10° to 32° C
(50° to 90° F)
(50° to 90° F)
Operating: 20% to 80% humidity (noncondensing)
45% ±10%
Up to 2500 meters
Up to 2000 meters
(6500 feet)
(8300 feet)

Nonimpact Printers

LN17 and LN17ps Network Printers
The LN17 and LN17ps are 17ppm network laser printers designed for heterogeneous support in industry standard network
environments. With a resolution of 1200 x 600 dpi, they offer high quality output in both text and graphics. Two models
are available; the LN17 supports PCL5e and the LN17ps supports PCL5e, Adobe PostScript Level 2 and also includes a
Network Interface Card, all standard.

Features
• Fast-17 page per minute print speed handles print jobs quickly and efficiently for 10-30 user workgroups from any
application producing reports, memos, presentations, and spreadsheets.
• Superior network connectivity provided through simultaneous active bi-directional parallel, LocalTalk, and Network
Interface Card (supporting TCPIIP, IPx/SPX, EtherTalk, and LAT).
• Small footprint for easy placement on any desktop; options fit inside or on top so footprint is the same with or without
options.
• Adobe PostScript Level 2 and PCL5e ensure compatibility with applications in mixed platform environments.
• Lockable mailbox option provides security for confidential documents.
• 1200 x 600 dpi, high quality printing in minimum memory configuration.

Order Number
LN17-A*
LN17N-A*
LN17X-DA
LN17X-HD
LN17X-PS
LN17X-NW
LN17X-AT
LNXXM-AA
LNXXM-AC
LNXXM-AD
LN17X-TA
LN17X-TB
LN17X-TE
LN17X-TS*
LN17X-TM*
LN17X-TC
LN17X-AA
LN17X-AC

Description
LN17 PCLSe, bi-di parallel interface
LN17 PCLSe, PostScript, bi-di parallel, Network Interface card
Duplex
Internal Hard Disk
Adobe PostScript Level 2 Kit
Ethernet Network Interface card
LocalTalk Network Interface card
4MB SIMM
16MB SIMM
32MB SIMM
SOO-Sheet universal deck
SOO-Sheet universal tray
7S-Envelope feeder
SOO-Sheet offset catch tray
lO-Bin locking mailbox/collator
2S0-Sheet universal tray
Toner Cartridge (approx. 10,000 sheets)
Maintenance Kit (approx. 200,000 sheets

* Cannot be simultaneously configured
Specifications
Speed
Processors
Resolution
Duty cycle
Memory
Protocols/ interfaces

Optional
Languages
Duplex
Fonts

17 ppm
Intel 960 JDSO 2S MHz external bus/SO MHz internal bus, Intel 82961 KD coprocessor
600 x 600 dpi, 1200 x 600 dpi, TrueRes enhanced 600 dpi and Toner Saver mode
Up to SO,OOO pages per month
LN17 2 MB (upgradeable to 64 MB)
LN17ps 6 MB (upgradeable to 64 MB)
LNI7: Bidirectional parallel
LN17ps: Bidirectional parallel, Ethernet Network Interface card supporting TCP/IP,
IPXlSPX for Novell NetWare, EtherTalk, and LAT
Serial, LocalTalk Network Interface card
LN17: PCLSe
LN17ps: PCLSe and Adobe PostScript Level 2
Optional
39 Adobe PostScript Type 1 (LN17ps only)
3S Intellifonts, 10 TrueType, 1 PCL bitmap

Printers 7.9

Nonimpact Printers

Specifications (continued)
Paper Handling

Paper types/sizes
Paper weights
Noise
Power
Requirements
Temperature
Warranty
Weight
Dimensions

7.10 Printers

~ 100-sheet front tray
1 2S0-sheet input tray
rI500-Sheet input trays (optional)
1 2S0-sheet output tray
1 SOO-sheet offset catch tray (optional)
1 Locking Mailbox/Collator (optional)
(1 7S-envelope feeder (optional)
Letter, Legal, Executive, A4, BS, Transparency, Envelope, Postcard
16-28 lb., postcard (SO lb.)
Operating: SO dBA, Standby: 3S.0 dBA
90-132V/SOHz +/- -3%, 60Hz +/- -3%, S80w max,
lSw sleep (US/Japan) 198-264V/SOHz +/- -3%, 670w max, lSw sleep (Europe)
40 to 9S degrees F/S ot 3S degrees C, lS% to 8S% relative humidity
1 year on-site
Base machine - 16.1kg /33 lbs (unpacked)
Base machine - 11.2" x IS.3" x IS.7" (284mm x 424mm x 399mm)

Nonimpact Printers

DEClaser 3500
The DEC laser 3500 offers support for more business-class features than any other printer. Its laser technology with true
600 dpi resolution and resolution enhancement produces crisp, clean output with smooth gradations and crisp black text.
The DEClaser 3500 is an ideal printing solution for small workgroups (2-10 users) in networked offices. Optional interface
cards provide compatibility with PC, Macintosh, UNIX, and other propular networking topologies.

Features
12 ppm print speed
600 dpi resolution with resolution enhancement for sharper output
DECimage software enhances sharpness and enables 256 gray levels
3 MB of RAM (upgrade able to 19MB
53 resident fonts (35 Adobe PostScript Type 1, 13 TrueType, 5 Bitmap)
350-sheet input tray (total capacity upgrade able to 800 sheets)
Switches automatically between Adobe PostScript Level 2 and HP-PCL5
FAX capable for sending and receiving FAXes on plain paper
PC Environments
LN14P·AD
LN14P·AE
LN14P·AI
LN14p·AS
LN14p·AT
LN14P·AZ
LN14P·CA
LN14p·CB
LN14P·CC
LN14P·CD

Macintosh
Environments
LN14M·AD
LN14M·AE
LN14M·AI
LN14M·AS
LN14M·AT
LN14M·AZ
LN14M·CA
LN14M·CB
LN14M·CC
LN14M·CD

Networked
Environments
LN14N·AD
LN14N·AE
LN14N·AI
LN14N·AS
LN14N·AT
LN14N·AZ
LN14N·CA
LN14N·CB
LN14N·CC
LN14N·CD

ANSI
Environments
LN14A·AD
LN14A·AE
LN14A·AI
LN14A·AS
LN14A·AT
LN14A·AZ
LN14A·CA
LN14A·CB
LN14A·CC
LN14A·CD

Country
Denmark
UKlIreland
Italy
Spain
Israel
AustraliaiNew Zealand
U.S./Japan
Switzerland
Sweden, Finland, Norway, Portugal
Belgium, France, Holland Germany

Options, Accessories, and Supplies

LN141X-AA
LN14X-UD
LN14X-UE
LN14X-SI
LN14X-AT
LN14X-NW
LN14X-FX
LN14X-XF
LN14X-XG
LN14X-XH
LN14X-XP
LN14X-ZA
LN14X-ZB
LN14X-ZD
LN14X-FB
LN14X-TL
LN14X-TU
LN14X-TA
LN14X~TC

LN14X-TF
LN14X-TG
LN14X-TE
LNCPB·AE
LNCPB·AZ
LNCPB-CA

Toner cartridge (4,500 page life)
4 MB memory SIMM
8 MB memory SIMM
Serial Interface
LocalTalk Interface
NIC (TCPIIP, IPXlSPX, Ethertalk, LAT)
PostScript FAX for North America
PostScript FAX for Singapore
PostScript FAX for Germany
PostScript FAX for Holland
PostScript FAX for France
PostScript FAX for UKlIreland/Hong Kong
PostScript FAX for Australia
PostScript FAX for Denmark
2 MB Programmable Font Module
250 Sheet Legal Tray
250 Sheet Universal Tray
500 Sheet A4 Tray
500 Sheet Letter Tray
500 Sheet Letter Feeder
500 Sheet A4 Feeder
30 Sheet Power Envelope Feeder
ANSI Box UKlIrelandlAS
ANSI Box AustralialNew Zealand
ANSI Box U.S./Japan

Printers 7.11

Nonimpact Printers

The DECcolorwriter.1000 desktop, thermal wax transfer printer prints on plain paper, thermal wax transfer paper, and
transparencies. It prints two pages per minute in color, four pages per minute in black and white, and can generate 16.7
million shades of highly saturated colors.
Best suited as a networked printer, the DECcolorwriter 1000 can also be used as a standalone device. It is designed for PC,
Macintosh, and workstation environments, and is ideal for desktop publishing, presentation, and pre-press applications. All
printer drivers are shipped with the printer.
The DECcolorwriter 1000 includes Adobe PostScript Level 2, HP-PCL 5, and HP-GL printer protocols for a wide selection
of software application support. It also supports OpenVMS, ULTRIX, SCO, Windows NT, Windows 3.1, and OS/2
operating platforms.
The DECcolorwriter 1000 simulates the PANTONE color matching system when used with PANTONE certified software.
Internal color adjustments such as TEK color and CIE assist the user in matching the color of their display to the expected
printed output.

Features
• 300-by 600-dpi; 2 ppm in full color; 4 ppm in black
and white
• Prints on plain paper (with LF02X-KC laser paper
ribbon), thermal wax paper and transparencies
• Optional networking printer server allows network
connections to: Apple EtherTalk, TCPIIP, LAT,
Novell
• Automatic port and emulation sensing
• Internal color adjustments with an "On Screen
Previewer" for WYSIWYG output
• P ANTONE color simulations for industry-certified
color output
• Resident AppleTalk, serial, and parallel
communication interfaces
Order Number

Country or Region

LF02-CA
LF02-CB
LF02-CC
LF02·AE
LF02·AI
LF02·AT
LF02·AZ

North America
Switzerland
Central Europe
U.K.
Italy
Israel
AustralialNew Zealand

• Supports DCPS for OpenVMS, OS/2, UNIX, SCO,
Windows NT, Windows V 3.1
• Supports Silicon Graphics, IBM, SUN, VAX,
Macintosh, and HP Workstations
• Supports many PC/non-PC applications that output in
PostScript or PCL 5
• Up to 8 MB of memory
Up to 39 Adobe PostScript fonts
Optional second input tray; total input capacity of 200
sheets
Supports A, A4 media sizes
• Conforms to EPA "Energy Star" standards for energy
conservation

Accessories and Supplies
LF02X·KA
LF02X·KB
LF02X·KC
LF02X·TA
LF02X·TC
LF02X·TE
LF02X·JA
LF02X·JC
LF02X·JE
LF02X·PF

LF02 black thermal transfer ribbon llbox (880 pages)
LF02 3-color thermal transfer ribbon Ilbox (342 pages)
LF02 3-color laser paper ribbon Ilbox (214 pages)
LF0210wer input tray assembly with perforated letter size tray, 100 sheets
LF02 perforated paper tray letter size, 100 sheets
LF02 paper tray letter size, 100 sheets
LF02 perforated thermal transfer paper, letter size 8.5 x 12.3 inches (1000 sheets)
LF02 perforated laser paper, letter size 8.5 x 12.3 inches(500 sheets)
LF02 perforated thermal overhead transparencies, letter size8.5 x 12.3 inches (50 sheets)
PostScript font SIMM with 22 fonts

Note: Customers requiring the H8571-E MMJ adapter must order it separately.

7.12 Printers

Nonimpact Printers

DECcolorwriter 1000 (continued)
Specifications
Physical Characteristics

Height
Width
Depth
Weight

27.9 cm (11.0 in.)
34.0 cm (13.4 in.)
44.4 cm (17.5 in.)
lS.l kg (40 lb) printer only
23.6 kg (53 lb) printer with lower tray assembly

Power Requirements

100/120 V
Voltage
Frequency
50-60 Hz
Current ac Amps (maximum) 4.0

2201240V
50-60 Hz
2.0

Operating Environment

Temperature
Relative humidity

15 0 -35 0 C
20% to SO%

Printers 7.13

Nonimpact Printers

The Digital Colorwriter LSR 2000+ represents the peak of standard in continuous tone color laser technology. Equipped
with an EFI Fiery Xje controller, combined with Digital's well-known product reliability and support, the Colorwriter LSR
2000 provides top-performance and photographic-quality for large complex, text, graphics, and image files.
Features

•
•
•
•

3 ppm color, 12 ppm mono; fast output for short production runs
100 MHz Fiery Driven XJE CPU; optimum performance for large, complex, image intensive files
600 dpi resolution offers sharper text and image appearance
Pantone-certified EFICOLOR, Kodak precision, and ICC color matching provide compatibility with industry standards
for color management systems
• Adobe PostScript Level 2 for industry-standard software compatibility
• Memory compression capability requires less RAM to print high-quality output; eliminates costly upgrades
The Colorwriter LSR 2000+ includes one each CMYK toner cartridge, OPC drum, silicon oil bottle, toner waste bottle,
documentation set, supported drivers, color matching utilities, color matching tables, power cord, and warranty.
Order Number
Country or Region
LNCOI-BDIFD
Denmark
LNCOI-BEIFE
United Kingdom, Ireland
Germany
LNCOI-BGIFG
LNCOI-DCIHC
Holland
LNCOI-BIIFI
Italy
France
LNCOI-BPIFP
LNCOI-BSIFS
Spain
LNCOI-BTIFT
Israel
LNCOI-BZIFZ
Australia, New Zealand
LNCOI-DAIHA
North America
LNCOI-BKlFK (Fr) Switzerland
LNCOI-BLIFL (Ger)
LNCOI-CC
Central Europe
Accessories & Supplies
LNCIX-CD
16MB memory upgrade kit wlPCK
LNCIX-CE
32MB memory upgrade kit wlPCK
LNCIX-AA
Black toner cartridge (4000 pages @ 5% coverage)
LNCIX-AB
Cyan toner cartridge (4000 pages @ 5% coverage)
LNCIX-AC
Magenta toner cartridge (4000 pages @ 5% coverage)
LNCIX-AD
Yellow toner cartridge (4000 pages @ 5% coverage)
OPC drum (5,000 - 30,000 pages)*
LNCIX-AE
Silicon oil bottle (10, 000 pages)
LNCIX-AF
Optional paper feeder (250 sheet additional capacity; includes universal tray)
LNCIX-TA
Universal paper tray (for use as extra tray)
LNCIX-TB
Box of 50 transparencies (letter size)
LNCIX-AG
Box of 50 transparencies (A4 size)
LNCIX-AH
Ethernet AUI-to-ThinWire media access unit
DECXM-AAlKGR
Note: For additional ordering information and availability of international variants, contact an authorized Digital reseller
or sales representative.
* OPC drum life is an estimate only and will be highly dependent upon the mix of color images and black only images being printed.
The frequency of the auto calibration and the amount of continuous versus intermittent printing that occurs will also contribute to the
overall drum life.

7.14 Printers

Nonimpact Printers

Colorwriter LSR 2000+ (continued)
Specifications
Technology

Electrophotographic laser
True 4-color process (cyan, magenta, yellow and black)
Controller/processor speed
EFI Fiery XJe/100 MHz
Print Speed
3 ppm color, 12 ppm monochrome
Print Resolution
600 x 600 dpi
Color Quality
Continuous tone output (256 color levels per pixel)
Language
Adobe PostScript Level 2
Color Management
ColorSync 2.0 compatible
twindows 95 ICM compatible
Kodak Precision compatible
Adobe Postscript Level 2 device independent color matching
EFICOLOR and ICC color management profiles
Solid color simulations through Pantone-certified EFICOLOR
Printer Drivers (included in box) Macintosh
Windows 3.1
Windows 95
Windows NT
UNIX'
2
OpenVMS
Connectivity
Autosensing ports:
Adobe IntelliSelect
Centronics Parallel
Ethernet (RJ45 and AUI built-in, BNC optional)
Simultaneous auto-switching protocols:
EtherTalk, TCPIIP, Novell Netware IPX
Memory
16 MB or 32 MB standard, 48 MB maximum
Internal Hard Disk
341 MB
Resident Fonts
39 Adobe Type I typefaces
Media Types
Plain paper, 60-105 g/m2 bond (16-28Ibs), transparencies
Letter (8.5 x 11 in.)
Paper Size
Legal (8.5 x 14 in.)
A4 (210 x 297 mm)
B5 (257 x 182 mm)
Printing Area
Border width of non-imageable area:
top 1O.0mm, bottom 5.0mm, left 5.0mm, right 5.0mm
(Letter, Legal, A4, B5)
Paper Input
Standard 350 sheets
(100 sheet multipurpose feeder & 250 sheet universal tray)
Optional 250 sheet tray (increases input to 600 sheets total)
Paper Output
100 sheets face down or 20 sheets faceup
Duty Cycle
Up to 20,000 pages per month
Weight
Approx. 50 kg, 110 lb. (printer without paper)
540W x 580D x 460H mm
Dimensions
(21.3W x 22.8D x 18.1H inches)
One year on-site warranty
Warranty
Extended service offerings are also available
1 PPDs for supporting applications.
2 Requires Pathworks for Macintosh to run AppleTalk with Open DCPS or DEC TCPIIP services for OpenVMS for TCPIIP (LPR).

Printers 7.15

Impact Printers

A third-generation dot-matrix printer, the LA30N represents the latest technology, offering rapid printing speed, flexibility,
and dependability. A proven performer in multiple environments, the LA30N is ideal for use in a wide range of industries
from banking and pharmaceuticals to healthcare, education and government.
The LA30N companion printer meets varied printing and paper handling requirements, and has the flexibility to work with
.
most personal computers, terminals and workstations -- in either a personal or shared environment.

Features
• Supports DEC ANSI, IBM Proprinter and Epson
ESCIP2 emulations
• Flexible paper handling with push/pull tractor and rear
or bottom paper feed
• Fast-up to 330 cps in draft mode and high
quality-IOO cps letter quality
• Optional color kit allows for preparation .of
professional documents and graphics

• Rugged-8000 hour MTBF
• Serial and parallel interfaces standard
7 resident typeface fonts and 8 resident barcode fonts
• 2 user selectable macro configurations
• Up to 5 part forms

Country or Region
OderNumber
LA30N-CA
North America, Japan
LA30N-AD
Denmark
United Kingdon, Ireland
LA30N·AE
Germany
LA30N·AG
Italy
LA30N·AI
France
LA30N·AP
Spain
LA30N·AS
Israel
LA30N·AT
Australia, New Zealand
LA30N·AZ
Switzerland
LA30N·CB
Central Europe
LA30N·CC
Accessories and Supplies
LA30R·KA
LA30N black ribbon
LA30N color ribbon
LA30R·KC
LA30N printhead
LA30R·PH
LA30N color kit
LA30R·CK
LA30N platen cleaner
PCXXA·PC
Connectivity Options
LATprint Thin Wire Ethernet Interface
LNXXD·AA
Parallel Interface Cable for PCs (10 ft)
BC19M·I0
Parallel Interface Cable for PCs (6 ft)
BC19M·06
9-pin PC type-to-MMJ Adapter
H8571·J
25-pin Female-to-MMJ Adapter
H8575·A
9-pin Female-to-MMJ Adapter
H8575·B
25-pin Female-to-MMJ Adapter
H8575·D
MMJ-to-25-pin Male Adapter (connects to existing RS-232 25-pin cables
H8671·A
20mA Active Host Mate-n-Lock-to-EIA-423 DEC connect MMJ Passive Converter
H8673·AA
20mA Active Host R111-(6-pin)-to-EIA-423 DEC connect MMJ Passive converter
H8673·AB
20mA Active Host DB25-to-EIA-423 DEC connect MMJ Passive converter
H8673·AC

7.16 Printers

Impact Printers

LA30N Companion Printer (continued)
Specifications
Physical Characteristics
Height
Width
Depth
Weight
Power Requirements
Voltage/frequency
Power consumption
Operating environment
Hardware Characteristics
Interfaces
Noise level
Print Speed

Resolution

132mm (5.1 in.)
432mm (22.4 in.)
330mm (13 in.)
8.5 kg. (18.7 lb.)
100 to 120 VAC +/- 10%; 50/60 Hz
200 to 240 VAC -10%, +6%, 50/60 Hz
Average: 120 VA; maximum: 240 VA
5 to 38 degrees C (-4 to 140 degrees F), 10% to 95% RH (no condensation)
Centronics Parallel and DEC423 serial, RS232 compatible
Average 55 dBA
@ 10 cpi
@ 12 cpi
Letter quality
100 cps
120 cps
Correspondence
200 cps
240 cps
Draft quality
300 cps
360 cps
400 cps
High-speed
333 cps
360 x 180 dpi
Letter quality
Correspondence 180 x 180 dpi
Draft quality
120 x 180 dpi
90 x 180 dpi
High-speed draft
360 x 360 dpi
Graphics

Printers 7.17

Impact Printers

A third-generation wide carriage dot-matrix printer, the LA30W represents the latest technology, offering rapid printing
speed, flexibility, and dependability. A proven performer in multiple environments, the LA30W is ideal for use in a wide
range of industries from banking and pharmaceuticals to healthcare, education and government.
The LA30W companion printer meets varied printing and paper handling requirements, and has the flexibility to work with
most personal computers, terminals and workstations -- in either a personal or shared environment.

Features
• Supports DEC ANSI, IBM Proprinter and Epson
ESCIP2 emulations
• Flexible, wide carriage paper handling with push/pull
tractor and rear or bottom paper feed
• Fast-up to 330 cps in draft mode and high
quality-IOO cps letter quality
• Optional color kit allows for preparation of
professional documents and graphics

• Rugged-8000 hour MTBF
• Serial and parallel interfaces standard
7 resident typeface fonts and 8 resident barcode fonts
• 2 user selectable macro configurations
• Up to 5 part forms

OderNumber
Country or Region
LA30W-CA
North America, Japan
LA30W-AD
Denmark
LA30W·AE
United Kingdon, Ireland
LA30W·AG
Germany
Italy
LA30W·AI
France
LA30W·AP
Spain
LA30W·AS
LA30W·AT
Israel
Australia, New Zealand
LA30W·AZ
Switzerland
LA30W·CB
Central Europe
LA30W·CC
Accessories and Supplies
LA30R·KA
LA30W black ribbon
LA30W color ribbon
LA30R·KC
LA30R·PH
LA30W printhead
LA30R·CK
LA30W color kit
PCXXA·PC
LA30W platen cleaner
Connectivity Options
LNXXD·AA
LATprint Thin Wire Ethernet Interface
BC19M·I0
Parallel Interface Cable for PCs (10 ft)
BC19M·06
Parallel Interface Cable for PCs (6 ft)
9-pin PC type-to-MMJ Adapter
H8571·J
H8575·A
25-pin Female-to-MMJ Adapter
H8575·B
9-pin Female-to-MMJ Adapter
H8575·D
25-pin Female-to-MMJ Adapter
H8671·A
MMJ-to-25-pin Male Adapter (connects to existing RS-232 25-pin cables
H8673·AA
20mA Active Host Mate-n-Lock-to-EIA-423 DEC connect MMJ Passive Converter
H8673·AB
20mA Active Host RJ11-(6-pin)-to-EIA-423 DECconnect MMJ Passive converter
20mA Active Host DB25-to-EIA-423 DECconnect MMJ Passive converter
H8673·AC

7.18 Printers

Impact Printers

LA30W Companion Printer (continued)
Specifications
Physical Characteristics
Height
Width
Depth
Weight

132mm (5.2 in.)
570mm (22.4 in.)
330mm (13 in.)
8.5 kg. (18.7 lb.)

Power Requirements
Voltage/frequency
Power consumption
Operating environment

100 to 120 VAC +/- 10%; 50/60 Hz
200 to 240 VAC -10%, +6%, 50/60 Hz
Average: 120 VA; maximum: 240 VA
5 to 38 degrees C (-4 to 140 degrees F), 10% to 95% RH (no condensation)

Hardware Characteristics
Interfaces
Noise level
Print Speed

Resolution

Centronics Parallel and DEC423 serial, RS232 compatible
Average 55 dBA
@ 10 cpi
@ 12 cpi
120 cps
Letter quality
100 cps
200 cps
240 cps
Correspondence
360 cps
Draft quality
300 cps
400 cps
High-speed
333 cps
360 x 180 dpi
Letter quality
Correspondence 180 x 180 dpi
Draft quality
120 x 180 dpi
90 x 180 dpi
High-speed draft
360 x 360 dpi
Graphics

Printers 7.19

Impact Printers

The LA400 MultiPrinter is a high-resolution, wide-carriage, receive-only, impact, dot-matrix printer. It is well suited for
various environments from the factory floor to the desktop to the data center. The LA400 MultiPrinter incorporates a 24wire printhead.
It is a heavy-duty forms printer designed for average usage of up to 10,000 pages per month. The LA400 MultiPrinter is
also designed for the IBM personal computer environment with its built-in IBM Proprinter XL24 emulation mode and
parallel interface. The LA400 MultiPrinter's paper and forms handling capabilities make it ideal for a variety of
applications. For users who need spreadsheet and simple color output, the LA400 MultiPrinter offers a wide carriage and
multi-color printing capability.
The rugged modular design of the LA400 MultiPrinter makes it very reliable for high-volume printing in areas such as
online transaction processing, engineering and science, financial services, insurance, and banking.

Features
• 400 chis draft printing speed (burst); 133 chis letterquality printing speed (burst)
• Prints in black or optional color ink using snap-in
ribbon cartridges
• Compatibility with Digital and IBM Proprinter
applications through Digital and IBM protocols
• 10 resident bar codes
• Wide carriage enables printing 17.5-inch (44.6centimeter)wide paper
• Optional second push or pull tractor
Country or Region

Order Number
LA400-CA

. U.S., Canada, Mexico, South America

LA400-AB

Belgium

LA400-AD

Denmark

LA400-AE

U.K., Ireland

LA400-AG

Germany, Austria

LA400-AH

Holland

LA400-AI

Italy

LA400-AS

Spain

LA400-AT

Israel

LA400-AZ

Australia, New Zealand

LA400-AP

France

LA400-AK (Fr)
LA400-AL (Gr)
LA400-CC

Switzerland

7.20 Printers

Central Europe

• Automatic gap control (AGC)
• Equipped with built-in serial (DEC-423) and parallel
(Centronics) interfaces
• Handles up to six-part forms as well as envelopes and
labels
• Superior paper handling such as document-ondemand, autoload, autopark, and automatic paper path
sensing
• 400 million character print head life
• Four user-defined macro settings

Impact Printers

LA400MuitiPrinter (continued)
Accessories and Supplies
LA40R-KA
LA40R-KC
LA40X-CK
LA40X-PT
LA40X-PL
LA40X-PS

LA400 black ribbon
LA400 color ribbon
LA400 color motor
Additonal push tractor
Pull tractor
Printer stand

Cables and Adapters
H8673-AA
H8673-AB
BC19M-IO
H8575-A
H8575-B
H8571-C
H8571-D
H8571-J

20 rnA active host Mate-N-Lok-to-EIA-423 DEC connect MMJ passive converter
20 rnA active host RJ11 (6-pin) to EIA-423 DECconnect MMJ passive converter
IBM/Centronics parallel cable
25-pin female-to-MMJ adapter
9-pin male-to-MMJ adapter (DEC)
25-pin cable-to-MMJ adapter
25-pin maie-to-MMI adapter (modem)
9-pin PC-type-to-MMJ adapter

Specifications
Physical Characteristics

Height
Width
Depth
Weight

31.0 em (12.2 in.)
66.5 em (26.1 in.)
38.0 em (14.9 in.)
18 kg (39.6Ib)

Operating Environment

Temperature
Relative humidity
Altitude

10 0 to 40 0 C (50 0 to 1040 F) (operating)
10% to 90% (operating)
2400 meters (8000 feet) maximum (operating)

Printers '7.21

Impact Printers

The LA600 MultiPrinter dot matrix printer offers capabilities approaching those of a high-quality, high-volume network
line printer for a fraction of the price.
The LA600 includes Digital's popular DECansi (PPL2) protocol, ensuring LA210, LA310, and LA424 compatibility. It
also offers other popular printer emulations such as IBM ProPrinter XL24, Epson LQ2550/l 060 and Philips GP emulation
for Digital's European customers. The LA600 MultiPrinter can serve PCs, workstations, PC LANs, and Ethernet or TCP/IP
networks.
The LA600 MultiPrinter is an ideal workgroup printer for financial industry professionals using spreadsheet and business
graphics applications. Its multipart-form printing capability makes it the most cost-effective high volume dot matrix
printing solution for environments such as service, retail, insurance, government, and data processing.

Features
• Low-cost dot matrix printing at line printer speed (300
lpm)
• Five different paper paths: continuous paper, single
cutsheet, multipart forms, envelopes, card stock
• Rugged, 400M-character life, 24-wire printhead for
maximum reliability and superior print quality

Low 53 dBA noise
level Order Number

• Flat Bed printing technology with Automatic Gap
Control (AGC) for precise, bi-directional, jam-free
printing
• Prints up to 6-part forms
• Wide, 136-column carriage designed for spreadsheets
• Built-in serial and parallel interfaces
• Prints in color with optional color kit

Country Region

LA600-CA

North America, 120 V

LJ600-AD

Denmark, 220 V

LA600-AE

U.K., Ireland, 240 V

LA600-AI

Italy, 220 V

LA600-AK

Switzerland, 220 V

LA600-AT

Israel, 220 V

LA600-AZ

Australia, New Zealand, 240 V

LA600-CB

Central Europe, 220 V

Accessories and Supplies
LA60R-KA

LA600 ribbon cartridge, black (x6)

LA60R-KC

LA600 color ribbon cartridge

LA60X-CK

Color option motor (order color ribbons separately)

LA60X-MC

128K memory card

LA60X-PS

Printer stand

LA60X-SF

Automatic sheet feeder (cutsheet)

LA60X-SG

Automatic sheet feeder (multipart and envelopes)

7.22 Printers

Impact Printers

LG04pluslLGL4plus, LGOSplus/LGLSplus, and LG12plus Printers
Third-generation LOp Ius printers have been updated. The L004plus/L0L4plus, the lowest volume printers of the series,
now generate output at 475 lines-per-minute. The LOOSplus/LOLSplus is the medium-volume printers at SOO lines-perminute; the L012plus is the high-speed model at 1,200 lines-per-minute. The series offers a variety of emulations,
including ANSI, IBM, ProPrinter, LP, LO, Epson, and P-Series protocols. The LOp Ius series also offers several optional
installed emulation programs, Magnum Code V (VOL) and Printronix Oraphics Language (POL), that create a true open
systems family of printers.
The LOp Ius printers maintain heavy duty cycles. They are flexible enough to accommodate bills of lading, invoice
printing, bar codes and labels using POSTNET, multipart forms (up to six parts) and graphics. The LOplus series has a
model to match any high speed, high throughput needs.

Features
• High speed printing at a low cost
• Lower cost pedestal mounted 475 and SOO pin
versions
Multi-part forms printing
• Supports 13 bar code symbologies and POSTNET
• Upgrade able - affordable migration from 475 lpm, to
SOO or 1200 lpm
• Flexible connectivity - both Dataproducts and
Centronics parallel interfaces are standard

• LAN connectivity via the RapidPrint 200, an optional
Ethernet interface device supporting TCP/IP, LAT
and Novell network protocols
• Precise accuracy of dot placement (.002") vertical
registration) due to updated shuttle design
• High throughput mixed text and graphics - third
generation ANSI code
• Supports virtually all line printer software
applications-only printers capable of ANSI and POL
or VOL emulations
• Software backward compatible with existing LO
series printers - L004/06/12

LG04plusILGL4plus Line Printer

LG04-**ILGL4-**
475 Lines per minute
LG04P-**ILGL4P-** With Printronix Graphics Language (PGL) installed
LG04V-**ILGL4V-** With Magnum Code V Graphics Language (VGL) installed
LGOSpiuslLGLSpius Line Printer

LGOS-**ILGLS-**
800 Lines per minute
LGOSP-**ILGLSP-** With Printronix Graphics Language (PGL) installed
LGOSV-**ILGLSV-** With Magnum Code V Graphics Language (VGL) installed
LG 12plus Line Printer
LG12-**
1200 Lines per minute.
LG12P-**
With Printronix Graphics Language (PGL) installed
LG12V-**
With Magnum Code V Graphics Language (VGL) installed
Upgrade Kits
LGSUP-AA
Upgrade from LG04pius to LG08plus (pedestal and cabinet versions)
LGSUP-AB
Upgrade from LG08plus to LG 12plus (cabinet versions only)
LGSUP-AC
Upgrade from LG04plus to LG12plus (cabinet versions only)
LGXXV-UV
VGL Upgrade Kit
LGXXP-UP
PGL Upgrade Kit
Supplies and Options
LGXXR-SR
60-yard Ribbon (black) (LGplus and LGLplus)
LGXXR-LR
100-yard Ribbon (black) (LGplus only)
BC19M-I0
PC Parallel cable
HS575-E
MMJ Adapter (RS232)
HS5S5-AE
MMJ Adapter (EIA422)
DSTPP-AA
RapidPrint 200
DSTRO-CA
RapidPrint 500 (twisted pair)
DSTRP-DA
RapidPrint 500 (thin wire)
** Country kits
AA = U.S. and Japan
AC=Canada
AD = Denmark

AE = U.K., Ireland and Asia
AI =Italy
AP = France

AS = Spain
AT = Israel
AZ = Australia and New Zealand

BS = Mexico
CB = Switzerland
CC = Central Europe
Printers 7.23

Printer Software

SPD: 44.15
UPI: 09*
DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for OpenVMS, delivers PostScript printing to the OpenVMS environment for both Digital
and third-party printers. It drives and controls Digital's PrintServer and DEClaser PostScript printers along with several
third-party PostScript printers, such as Hewlett- Packard LaserJets and Apple LaserWriters. DCPS is a layered product
used with systems running OpenVMS VS.S or greater.

Note: DCPS is offered in three packages: DCPS-Base, DCPS-Open, DCPS-Plus. See chart for highlights of each package.
Refer to the SPD for detailed information.
Features
• Offers full support for all Digital PostScript printers and selected third-party PostScript printers.
• Automatically detects the printer language (data protocol) of files and converts them to PostScript.
• Automatically detects PostScript appended to a text data stream (ASCII, DEC ANSI (PPL3), PCL, Proprinter) and lets a
job begin with text printing, then switch to PostScript if it is encountered.
• Provides "lay-up" which prints multiple logical page images' on one side of a sheet of paper (number-up or N-up), or
offsets page images for appropriate margins when binding or hole punching.
• Supports printing in a heterogeneous environment of OpenVMS and PCs networked via PATHWORKS. Printing can be
performed from a variety of systems including MS-DOS, MS-Windows, OS/2 and Macintosh desktops, as well as from
all OpenVMS applications and environments. Also supports printing via TCP/IP services for OpenVMS.

DCPS Packages
• DCPS-Base drives Digital PostScript printers and supports their features (tray selection, two-sided, etc.). DCPS-Base
prints PostScript and DEC ANSI (PPL3). Note: The OpenVMS license includes the right to operate DCPS-Base.
• DCPS-Open drives selected third-party PostScript printers (such as LaserJet and LaserWriter printers from HewlettPackard and Apple, respectively) and supports their device-specific features while printing PostScript and DEC ANSI
(PPL3). (Currently supported printers listed in the DCPS SPD.)
• DCPS-Plus includes advanced features such as Automatic Data Type Detection and Translation, number-up (N-up),
lay-up and a full range of translators for the most common printing languages, in addition to the DEC ANSI translator
of DCPS-Base. Features are supported on both Digital and third-party PostScript printers.
QL-09FA*-AA
QL-09LA*-AA
QL-09KA*-AA
QL-09MA*-AA
QA-09NAA-H*
QA-09NAA-GZ

DCPS-Open for OpenVMS VAX (traditional license)
DCPS-Plus for OpenVMS VAX (traditional license)
DCPS-Open for OpenVMS Alpha(traditionallicense)
DCPS-Plus for OpenVMS Alpha (traditional license)
DCPS media and documentation
DCPS documentation

Note: For listed features, DCPS licenses must be ordered separately. These are traditional CPU licenses which support
clusterwide printing via queues on licensed CPU.

7.24 Printers

Printer Software

DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS (DCPS) (continued)
DCPS Features for DCPS-Base, DCPS-Open, and DCPS-Plus
Base
Digital Printer Support
Input tray
Output tray
Sides
Non-Digital Printer Support
Input tray
Output tray
Sides
Automatic Datatype Detection
Printing Languages (Data Types)
PostScript
ASCII
DEC PPL3 ANSI
PCL Level 4
Proprinter XL24E
DDIF Bitonal Image
ReGIS
TEKTRONIX 4010/4014

Open

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

~umber-U~

Layup Definition
Page Orientation
Sheet Count (Fast Copies)
Messages to user
Page Size (Logical)
Sheet Size (Physical)
Page Limit
'/SETUP
ANSI Printing; Features FONTS USED
Tab
!HEADER
/SPACE
/FEED
/FORM
Margins
Form LengthlWidth
Wrap/Truncate
Page Setup
Setup
'COPIES
IPAS S ALL
/NOTIFY
PostScript Tools

Plus

X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X
X

X
X
X

Printers 7.25

Printer Software

SPD: 54.74
UPI: 3QO
DECprint Supervisor for Xerox Printers (DSX) for OpenVMS Alpha is a layered software product that runs on OpenVMS
Alpha systems and provides access to Xerox Laser Printing Systems (LPS). DSX provides the interface between Xerox
printers and the OpenVMS printing and queuing system. DSX uses the OpenVMS PRINT command, with which
OpenVMS customers are familiar.
DSX software provides access to the advanced functions and high-speed printing that Xerox LPS printers are known for.
The DSX software is well suit~d for printing high-speed, high quality cut sheet documents as well as complex documents
with a mix of text, graphics and images
DSX supports four data streams: ASCII text, Line Conditioned Data Stream (LCDS), Metacode (in 512-byte blocks), and
Image.

Features
DSX software supports the following:

•
•
•
•
•

The DCL PRINT command and qualifiers
Simplex and duplex printing
Portrait and landscape printing
Highlight color on printers so equipped
Page imposition (number up) of up to four page images per sheet
Offset stacking of print sets
Forms
JDLs, JDEs, and DJDEs from the command line or through device control library and the DEFINEIFORM command
Communication through a shared disk on a dedicated SCSI channel providing high-speed transfer (5 MB per sec) of
print jobs to the printer and printing at the rated speed of the Xerox LPS printer
Downloading of printer resources from the Open VMS system to the printer using the Management and Diagnostic utility
Uploading printer resources from the printer to the OpenVMS system using the Management and Diagnostic utility for
the purposes of modifying or backing up the resources.

Xerox Printers Supported:
4250IMRP black and white printer with XDDI software

4850 highlight color printer, release 5.0
4090 black and white printer model 3 with XDDI software
4890 highlight color printer, release 5.0
4135 black and white printer, release 3.6s
4635 black and white printer, release 3.0
QL-3QOAA-3B
Software License
Software Media (CD-ROM):
QA-3QOAB-H8
Software Documentation:
QA-3QOAA-GZ
Software Product Services
QT -3QOA *-**
* Denotes variant fields. For additional infonnation on available services, refer to the appropriate price book.

7.26 Printers

Printer Software

PrintServer Software
SPD: 48.09
UPI: OV9

A PrintServer printer includes hardware and licensed software. The PrintServer Software delivers PCL and Adobe
PostScript printing and handles all the print management and network communication functions for PrintServers in HPUX, IBM AIX, NetWare, Windows 95 and Windows NT, OpenVMS, Digital UNIX, Solaris, Silicon Graphics IRIX,
SunOS and ULTRIX operating environments. Macintosh printing support is provided through P ATHWORKS and thirdparty products. PrintServer Software has two discrete components-supporting host and print client.

Supporting Host Software
The Supporting Host Software provides management functions and file services which the system manager uses to control
the PrintServer system. It also downloads the PostScript and PCL interpreters to the PrintServer system.

Client Software
Any system that sends a print job directly to a PrintServer system is called a "client," and runs the Print Client component
of the PrintServer Software. The client software includes a print supervisor that processes requests from designated print
queues; software translators that convert non-PostScript files into PostScript language; software that handles
communication between the host and the PrintServer over the network; and support for accounting services. This software
supports the loading of soft fonts, soft forms, and other PostScript "resources" as a permanent memory-resident printing
feature. There is no limit to the number of clients that can share a PrintServer system.

Features
• Simultaneous support for TCPIIP, DEC net and protocols. Many types of systems can share the same Print- Server
system via TCPIIP, DECnet Ethernet, and networks.
• Support for one-and two-sided printing, portrait and landscape page orientation, mUltiple page images per side (number
up), and margin alteration. These features enable customized placement of the document pages on paper. Centralized
job accounting provides system managers with summaries of PrintServer system use, tracking usage and costs for each
print job.
• System managers can control who is allowed to print to a PrintServer printer.
• Automatic datatype detection and translation from non-PostScript files to PostScript.
• Translators for ANSI, ASCII, ReGIS, Tektronix, PCL, DDIF Bitonal (CCITT G3 and G4), Proprinter.
• PostScript error messages and notification of job status are automatically sent to the user.
• Automatic loading of soft fonts, forms, logos, and other PostScript resources as permanent printer resources, so the most
frequently used items will always be there, always ready.
• PRInt Status Manager (PRISM) provides monitoring and management of PrintServer printers. Console functions show
jobs currently queued, status of Internet subsystem, display of PrintServer configuration, aborting of specific jobs,
creation of new accounting and event log files, and printer's supplies (paper and toner) status.
QL-OV9A9-AA
QL-OV9A9-RA
QA-OV9AA-H1
QA-OV9AB-H1
QA-OV9AC-H1
QA-OV9AD-H1
QA-OV9AE-H1
QA-OV9AG-H1
QA-OV9AH-H1
QA-OV9AJ-H*
QA-OV9AK-H1
QA-OV9AQ-H1
QT -OV9xx-**

PrintServer Software Traditional License
PrintServer Software Update License
2
PrintServer Software for OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha
PrintServer Software for ULTRIX (VAX and RISC)2
PrintServer Software for SunOS
PrintServer Software for HP-UX
PrintServer Software for IBM AIX
PrintServer Software for NetWare
PrintServer Software for Windows 95 amd Windows NT
PrintServer Software for Digital UNIX
PrintServer Software for Solaris
PrintServer Software for Silicon Graphics IRIX
PrintServer Software Services

1 denotes M =magtape, 8 =CD-ROM, 5 =TKSO, P =QIC, P =DAT, C =3.5-inch diskette, 7 =5.25-inch diskette
2 Supporting Host only. For Print Client software for OpenVMS, refer to DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for OpenVMS. For ULTRIX, refer to ULTRIX
operating system.

Printers 7.27

Printer Software

SPD: 28.80
UPI: VEN (VAX), OHP (Alpha)
Distributed Queuing Service (DQS) allows OpenVMS users on any node in a DEC net network to use any OpenVMS
printer anywhere in the network, as easily as they use a printer directly connected to their own computer. Running on both
VAX and Alpha platforms, DQS is compatible with the user's local print commands, and requires no rewriting of
applications.
DQS moves jobs from a queue on one system to a queue on another, and also manipulates jobs in the remote queue. DQS
supports all OpenVMS printer types, and permits users and applications to address remote printers as they access local
printers. It also supports user-written print symbionts for third-party printers and plotters.

Features
• Provides fast, high-performance access to any printer anywhere in the OpenVMS DECnet network-both VAX and
Alpha.
• Supports wide area and local area networks.
• Distributes reports to geographically distributed sites
• Is fully compatible with standard OpenVMS print commands and qualifiers.
• Protects investment; requires no user training and no rewriting of application software.
• Enhances flexibility of network configuration.
• Provides security by enabling managers to control which systems may have access to which printers.

VAX Distributed Queuing Service
QL-VENA *-AA
QA-VENAA-HS
QA-VENAA-HM
QA-VENAA-GZ

Single-user license
TK50
9-track magtape
Documentation

DEC Distributed Queuing Service (DQS)
QL-OHPA*-AA
QA-OHPAA-GZ

7.28 Printers

Single-user license
Software documentation

Digital NAS Packages

Digital NAS Packages
Digital NAS Client/Server Packages deliver middleware software products for the integration of applications and data in a
distributed multi-platform environment. They deliver to the customer the de jure and de facto public standards-based
Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) and component software to make client/server computing possible.
The Digital NAS Packages simplify the process of acquiring and maintaining client/server software with a single license,
distribution kit, service and update contract from Digital. These Packages are offered as standalone products as well as in
complete hardware/software systems.
Digital NAS Client 150
The Digital NAS Client 150 provides base client software services; choice of network transports, Graphical User Interface
(GUI), print and file sharing, object technology, clustering, and message queuing which allow the integration of data and
applications in a distributed, multi-platform client/server environment.
Digital NAS Base Server 200
The Digital NAS Base Server 200 provides the following client and server services; choice of network transports,
Graphical User Interface (GUI), storage management, remote software distribution, object technology, and message
queuing which allow the integration of data and applications in a distributed, multi-platform Client/Server environment.
Digital NAS Client 250
Extends the Digital NAS Client 150 base environment with database, system management, forms interface, and enhanced
printing services.
Digital NAS Server 300
Extends the Digital NAS Base Server 200 with the following services; database, system management, forms interface,
clusters, mail server, and enhanced printing.
Digital NAS Production Server 400
Extends the Digital NAS Server 300 with services to enhance the reliability and availability of applications, data and
systems for business critical environments such as transaction processing.
All Digital NAS Client/Server Packages provide the following customer benefits:
• Simplified ordering-Each Client/Server package has one part number, installation procedure, discounted price and
service contract. This reduces the time, effort and cost of selecting base enabling client/server software.
• Open Client/Server Environment-Digital NAS Packages combine general purpose middleware services and transport
software to enable distributed multi-platform client/server computing. Customers can protect their investments by more
fully integrating applications and data in a changing, yet standards-based Client/Server environment.
• Line item software products-Digital NAS Client/Server Packages are sold as line item software products, and can be
included in complete hardware/software systems. The Digital NAS Client 150 or 250 ships with OpenVMS VAX,
OpenVMS Alpha and Digital UNIX workstations, while Digital NAS Base Server 200 ships with server systems.
Digital NAS Packages-by Platform
Digital NAS Packages

OpenVMS VAX

OpenVMS Alpha

Digital UNIX

Digital NAS Client 150

Digital NAS Base Server 200

X
X

Digital NAS Client 250

Digital NAS Server 300

Digital NAS Production Server 400

For a complete listing of order numbers, SPD numbers, contents of packages and platforms supported, refer to the "Digital
NAS Packages at a Glance" charts on the following pages.

Digital Network Application Support (NAS)

8.1

lJigital NAS Packages

Contents
Service/Component Product
Digital NAS Client 150
V8.0 for OpenVMS VAX
Workstations
QL-36PA*-**
SPD 62.99
Target:
Delivers base client services to
workstations to match the Digital
NAS Base Server 200 and is
included with most workstations

Digital NAS Base Server 200
V8.0 for OpenVMS VAX Systems
QL-MCIA*-**
SPD 36.86

L&M
L&M
L&M
L&M
L&1
L&M
L&1

L&M
I&M
L&M
L&M
4&M

Presentation Services
**
DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS
Printing Services
DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for Open VMS VAX, Base
DECprint Supervisor (DSPS) for OpenVMS VAX, Open
DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for Open VMS VAX, Plus

D04
D04

OSI

GL7

TCPIIP,NFS

3MS

XAI

X-Windows Motif, PEX

09N
09F
09L
OV9

ISO SPDL
ISOIECMA DPA

Management Services
POLYCENTER Software Distribution for Open VMS

B14

L&l
2&M
2&M
2&M
L&M

VAX (Client)
Network Transport
*** DECnet/OSI for OpenVMS V AX End System
DECnet-VAX End Node
PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (Macintosh)
PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (LAN Manager)
PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (Netware)
DEC TCPIIP Services for OpenVMS VAX
Operating System Specific
(DCE Runtime Services are licensed with
OpenVMS and shipped as a separate kit)

L&M
L&M

Presentation Services
DECforms for OpenVMS VAX Run-Time Only System
DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS VAX
**

QL-XVDA *-**
SPD36.89

l&M

Printing Services
DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for Open VMS, Base

L&M
L&M
L&M
L&M
L&M
L&M
L&3

Upgrades:
L&M
L&1
L&M
L&1
I&M

8.2

OMG/CORBA

L&3

V8.0 for OpenVMS VAX
Workstations

Digital NAS 150-250
Upgrade
QL-37NA *-**

XK.B
GHV

XKB
GHV

Digital NAS Client 250

match the Digital NAS Server 300

X-Windows Motif, PEX

L&M

Target:
Extends the Digital NAS Client 150
including additional services to

XAI

PrintServer Software for OpenVMS
Communication and Control Services
ObjectBroker for OpenVMS VAX Run-Time Only
Run-Time Only Option
DECmessageQ for Open VMS VAX

L&M

Target:
Provides the base client/server
services to match the Digital NAS
Client 150 and is bundled with mos
server systems

Presentation Services
DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS VAX
**
Communication and Control Services
ObjectBroker for Open VMS VAX Run-Time Only
DECmessageQ for Open VMS VAX Run-Time Only Option
Network Transports
DECnet/OSI for OpenVMS VAX End System
DECnet-VAX End Node
DEC TCPIIP Client for OpenVMS
Operating System Specific
VMScluster Client
(DCE Runtine Services are licensed with Open VMS and shipped
as a separate kit)

Postscript
OMG/CORBA

D04
D04
YPC
A93

Appletalk
AN Manager

OEN
VHR

IPX
TCPIIP, NFS

VNS
XAI

FIMS
X-Windows Motif, PEX

OSI

09N
09L
VEN

ISO SPDL

DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for OpenVMS, Plus
DEC Distributed Queuing Services for OpenVMS
Communication and Control Services
ObjectBroker for OpenVMS V AX Run-Time Only
Option
DECmessageQ for OpenVMS VAX Run-Time Only
Reliable Transaction Router for OpenVMS VAX (Client)
Management Services
POL YCENTER Performance Data Collector for OpenVMS
POLYCENTER Software Distribution for OpenVMS V AX, (Client)

XK.B
GHV
XNL

OMG/CORBA

etwork Transport
*** DECnet/OSI for OpenVMS VAX End System
DECnet-VAX End Node
DEC TCPIIP Services for OpenVMS
Operating System Specific
VAXcluster Software for OpenVMS VAX

D04

OSI

D04
VHR

TCPIIP,NFS

VBR
GXX

POSIX

Digital Network Application Support (NAS)

POSIX for OpenVMS
(DCE Runtime Services are licensed with OpenVMS
and shipped as a separate kit)

ISOIECMA DPA
Postscript

GXl
B14

Digital NAS Packages

I Digital NAS Packages At A Glance (continued)
Digital NAS
Product
Digital NAS Server 300
V8.0 for OpenVMS VAX Systems
QL-MC2A*-**

License
and/or Media
L&M
L&M

SPD 36.85
I&M
L&M
L&M
L&M
4&M
L&M
L&M
L&M
L&M
Target:
Management focused server which
extends the Digital NAS Base
Server 200 to match the Digital
NAS Client 250

L&M
L&M
L&3
L&M

UPGRADES
Digital NAS 250 to 300
Upgrade
QL-29PA*-**
Digital NAS 200 to 300
Upgrade
QL-MC3A*-**

L&M
L&l
2&M
2&M
2&M
L&M
L&l
l&M

Digital NAS Production Server 400
V8.0 for OpenVMS V AX Systems
QL-MC5A*-**
SPD40.63

Contents
Service/Component Product

UPI's

Presentation Services
DECforms for OpenVMS Run-Time Only System
DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS
**
Printing Services
DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for Open V¥S V AX, Base
DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for OpenVMS VAX, Plus
DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for OpenVMS VAX, Open
DEC Distributed Queuing Service for OpenVMS
Print Server Software for OpenVMS
Communication and Control Services
MAILworks Server for OpenVMS
ObjectBroker for OpenVMS VAX Run-Time Only
DECmessageQ for OpenVMS VAX Run-Time Only Option
Reliable Transaction Router for OpenVMS (Client)
Management Services
POLYCENTER Performance Advisor for OpenVMS
POLYCENTER Performance Data Collector for OpenVMS
POLYCENTER Software Distribution for OpenVMS
VAX, (Client)
POLYCENTER Software Distribution (Server)
Network Transports
*** DECnet/OSI for OpenVMS VAX Extended Function
DECnet for OpenVMS VAX Full Function
PATHWORKS forOpenVMS (Macintosh)
PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (LAN Manager)
PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (Netware)
DEC TCP/IP Services for OpenVMS V AX
Operating System Specific
VAXc1uster Software for OpenVMS V AX
POSlX for OpenVMS
(DCE Runtime Services are licensed with
OpenVMS and shipped as a separate kit)

Standards Supported

VNS
XAI

FlMS
X-Windows Motif, PEX

09N
09L
09F
VEN

ISO/SPDL

YCZ

X400, XAPI
OMG/CORBA

XKB
GHV
XNL
GX2
GXl
B14

ISOIECMA DPA
Postscript
Postscript

MSL; CMP; SNMP

B13
DOS

OSI

DOS
YPC
A93
OEN
VHR

Appletalk
LAN Manager
IPX
TCPIIP, NFS

VBR
GXX

POSIX

VNS
XAI

RMS
X-Windows Motif, PEX

09N
09L
09F
VEN
OV9

ISO SPDL
ISOIECMA DPA

Presentation Services
L&M
L&M
l&M
L&M
L&M
L&M
4&M

DECforms for OpenVMS V AX-Time Only System
**
DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS VAX
Printing Services
DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for OpenVMS VAX, Base
DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for OpenVMS VAX, Plus

Extends Digital NAS Server 300
with services to enhance reliability
and availability of applications,
data, and systems for business
critical environments such as
transaction processing.

L&M
L&M
L&M
L&M
L&M
L&M

DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for OpenVMS V AX, Open
DEC Distributed Queuing Service for OpenVMS
PrintServer Software for VMS
Communication and Control Services
MAILworks Server for OpenVMS
ObjectBroker for OpenVMS VAX Run-Time Only
DECmessageQ for OpenVMS VAX Run-Time Only Option
ACMS for OpenVMS
Reliable Transaction Router for Open VMS V AX, Full Function
Reliable Transaction Router for OpenVMS VAX, Client

UPGRADES
Digital NAS 200 to 400 upgrade
QL-MKRA*-**

L&M
L&M
L&M
L&3

Management Services
POLYCENTER Performance Advisor for OpenVMS
POLY CENTER Performance Data Collector for OpenVMS
POLYCENTER Software Distribution for OpenVMS Client
POLYCENTER Software Distribution (Server)

Target:

YCZ
XKB
GHV
076
XNK
XNL
GX2
GXl
B14
B13

Postscript

X400, XAPI
OMG/CORBA
MIA,STDL

MSL, CMIP, SNM

Digital NAS 300 to 400 upgrade
QL-MC4A*-**

Digital Network Application Support (NAS)

8.3

Digital NAS Packages

Contents
Service/Component Product
Digital NAS Production Server 400
VS.O for OpenVMS VAX Systems
(continued)

QL-MC5A *-**
SPD40.63

etwork Transport
DECnetlOSI for Open VMS VAX Extended Function
DECnet-for OpenVMS VAX Full Function

D05

2&M

PATHWORKS for Open VMS (Macintosh)

YPC

2&M

P ATHWORKS for OpenVMS (LAN Manager)

A93
OEN

L&M
L&l

***

2&M
L&M

PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (Netware)
DEC TCPIIP Services for Open VMS VAX
Operating System Specific

VHR

L&l

VAXcluster Software for OpenVMS VAX

VBR

I&M

POSIX for OpenVMS VAX

L&I

RMS Ioumaling for Open VMS VAX

GXX
VDV

Volume Shadowing for Open VMS VAX

AB2

L&I

OSI

D05
ppletalk

CPIIP;NFS

POSIX

(DCE Runtime Services are licensed with OpenVMS
Digital NAS Client 150
VS.O for Open VMS Alpha

resentation Services
L&M

Workstations

DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS Alpha
ObjectBroker for Open VMS Alpha Run-Time Only
DECmessageQ for OpenVMS Alpha Run-Time Only Option

L&M
QL-36NA *-**
SPD 62.9S

MV4

X-Windows Motif, PEX

06V
OHK

OMG/CORBA

Communication and Control Services
L&M

etwork Transport
L&I

DECnet for Open VMS Alpha End System

MTF

Target:

L&Ivi

DECnetlOSI for OpenVMS Alpha End Node

MTF

OSI

Delivers base client services to

L&M

DEC TCPIIP Client for OpenVMS Alpha

OM2

CPIIP,NFS

workstations to match the Digital
NAS Base Server 200 and is
included with most workstations

L&l

QL-23EA *-**
SPD44.57

Target:
Provides base clientlserver services

Presentation Services
-Windows Motif, PEX

L&M

l&M

Printing Services
DECprint Supervisor (DSPS) for OpenVMS Alpha Base

09N

ISO SPDL

L&M

DECprint Supervisor (DSPS) for OpenVMS Alpha Plus

09M

ISOIECMA DPA

L&M

DECprint Supervisor (DSPS) for OpenVMS Alpha Open

Postscript

4&M

PrintS erver Software for Open VMS

09K
OV9
06V

OMG/CORBA

L&M

DECwindows Motif for Open VMS Alpha

Communication and Control Services
ObjectBroker for OpenVMS Alpha Run-Time Only

L&M

to match the Digital NAS Client
150 and is bundled with most serve

3MR

(DCE Runtine Services are licensed with OpenVMS

Digital NAS 200 Base Server
VS.O for Open VMS Alpha System

Operating System Specific
VMS cluster Client

DECmessageQ for Open VMS Alpha Run-Time Only Option

MV4

OHK

Management Services
POL YCENTER Software Distribution for OpenVMS

L&3

systems

OEF

Alpha Client
etwork Transport
DECnet for Open VMS Alpha End System

MTF

OSI

L&M

DECnetlOSI for OpenVMS Alpha End Node

MTF

LAN Manager

2&M

PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (LAN Manager)
PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (Netware)

A93

L&I

2&M
2&M

P ATHWORKS for Open VMS (Mackintosh)
DEC TCPIIP Services for OpenVMS Alpha

L&M

A93
YPC

CPIIP,NFS

OLX

Operating System Specific
(DCE Runtime Services are licensed with OpenVMS and
shi ped as a separate kit)
Digital NAS Client 250

Presentation Services
DECforms for OpenVMS Alpha Run-Time Only System
DEC windows Motif for OpenVMS Alpha

OJ9
MV4

MS
-Windows Motif, PEX

VS.O for OpenVMS Alpha
Workstations

L&M
L&M

QL-XVEA *-**
SPD44.57

I&M

DECprint Supervisor (DSPS) for OpenVMS Alpha Base

09N

ISO SPDL

L&M

DECprint Supervisor (DSPS) for OpenVMS Alpha Plus

09M
OHP

ISOIECMA DPA, Postscript

OMG/CORBA

Printing Services

L&M

DEC Distributed Queuing Service for OpenVMS
Communication and Control Services

Target:
Extends Digital NAS Client 150

L&M

ObjectBroker for OpenVMS Alpha Run-Time Only

06V

including additional services to

L&M

DECmessageQ for Open VMS Alpha Run-Time Only Option

OHK

match the Digital NAS Server 300

L&M

Reliable Transaction Router for OpenVMS Al ha Client

2AR

8.4

Digital Network Application Support (NAS)

Digital NAS Packages

I Digital NAS Packages At A Glance (continued)
Digital NAS
Product
Digital NAS Client 250
VS.O for OpenVMS Alpha
Workstations
(continued)
QL-XVEA *-**
SPD44.57

License
and/or Media
L&3
L&M
L&l
L&M
L&M
L&l
I&M

Digital NAS Server 300
VS.O for OpenVMS Alpha System~
QL-XV9A *-**
SPD44.55

Target:
Management focused server which
extends Digital NAS Base Server
200 to match Digital NAS Client
250

L&M
L&M
I&M
L&M
L&M
L&M
4&M
L&M
L&M
L&M
L&M
L&3
L&M
L&M
L&M

UPGRADES
Digital NAS 250 tp 300 Upgrade
QL-29QA *-**
Digital NAS 200 to 300 Upgrade
QL-29SA*-**

L&l
L&M
2&M
2&M
2&M
L&M
L&l
l&M

Digital NAS Production Server 400
VS.O for OpenVMS Alpha System~
QL-23RA*-**
SPD44.56

L&M
L&M
l&M
L&M

Target:
Extends Digital NAS Server 300
with services to enhance reliability
and availability of applications,
data, and systems for business
critical environments such as
transaction processing

L&M
L&M
4&M
L&M
L&M
L&M
L&M
L&M
L&M

J
UPl's

Contents
Service/Component product
Management Services
POLYCENTER Software Distribution for OpenVMS Alpha Client
POLYCENTER Performance Data CoIlector for OpenVMS
Network Transport
DECnet for OpenVMS Alpha End System
DECnetlOSI for OpenVMS Alpha End Node
DEC TCPIIP Services for OpenVMS Alpha
Operating System Specific
VAXcluster Software for OpenVMS Alpha
POSIX for OpenVMS
(DCE Runtime Services are licensed with OpenVMS and
shipped as a separate kit)
Presentation Services
DECforms for OpenVMS Alpha Run-Time Only System
DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS Alpha
**
Printing Services
DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS Alpha Base
DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS Alpha Plus
DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS Alpha Open
DEC Distributed Queuing Service for OpenVMS
PrintServer Software for OpenVMS
Communication and Control Services
DEC MAILworks Server for OpenVMS
ObjectBroker for OpenVMS Alpha Run-Time Only
DECmessageQ for OpenVMS Alpha Run-Time Only Options
Reliable Transaction Router for Open VMS Alpha Client
Management Services
POLYCENTER Software Distribution (Client)
POLYCENTER Software Distribution (Server)
POLYCENTER Performance Advisor
POLYCENTER Performance Data CoIlection
Network Transport
DECnet for OpenVMS Alpha Extended Function
DECnetlOSI for OpenVMS Alpha Extended Function
PATHWORKS for VMS (LAN Manager)
PATHWORKS for VMS (Netware)
PATHWORKS for VMS (Macintosh)
DEC TCPIIP Services for OpenVMS Alpha
Operating System Specific
VMScluster Software for OpenVMS Alpha
POSIX for OpenVMS
(DCE Runtime Services are licensed with OpenVMS and
shipped as a separate kit)
Presentation Services
DECforms for OpenVMS Alpha Run-Time Only System
**
DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS Alpha
Printhig Services
DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS Alpha Base
DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS, Plus
DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS, Open
DEC Distributed Queuing Service (DQS)
PrintServer Software
Communication and Control Services
MAILworks Server for OpenVMS
ObjectBroker for OpenVMS Alpha Run-Time Only
DECmessageQ for OpenVMS Alpha Run-Time Only Option
ACMS for OpenVMS Run-time System
Reliable Transaction Router for OpenVMS (Full Function)
Reliable Transaction Router for OpenVMS Alpha Client

Standards Supported

OEF
29M
MTF
MTF
OM2

OSI
IrCPIIP, NFS

MUZ
OKF

POSIX

019
MV4

FlMS
pc-Windows Motif, PEX

09N

ISO/SPDL
ISOIECMA DPA
Postscript

09M
09K
OHP
OV9
3NG
06V
OHK
2AR

OMG/COBRA

OEF
2Q5
29N
29M
MTG
MTG
A93
A93
YPC
OLX

OSI
!LAN Manager

IrCPIIP, NFS

MUZ
OKF

POSIX

019
MV4

~S
pc-Windows Motif, PEX

09N
09M
09K
OHP
OV9

ISOSPDL;

3NG
06V
OHK
2Ql
2AQ

ISOIECMA DPA;
1P0stscript

OMG/CORBA

[MIA, STDL

2AR

Digital Network Application Support (NAS)

8.5

Digital NAS Packages

Digital NAS
Product
Digital NAS Production Server 400
VS.O for OpenVMS Alpha
Systems
(continued)
QL-23RA *-**
SPD44.56

UPGRADES
Digital NAS 200 to 400 Upgrade
QL-29TA*-**
Digital NAS 300 to 400 Upgrade
QL-29UA *-**

Digital NAS Client 150
VS.O for Digital UNIX Alpha
Systems

License
andlorMedi

Contents
Service/Component product

L&3
L&M
L&M
L&M

Management Services
POLYCENTER Software Distribution for OpenVMS Alpha Client
POLYCENTER Software Distribution for OpenVMS Alpha Server
POLYCENTER Performance Data Collector for OpenVMS
POL YCENTER Performance Advisor for Open VMS

L&I
L&M
2&M
2&M
2&M
L&M
L&I
I&M
L&I
L&I

L&M
L&M
L&M

QL-36MA *-**
SPD62.97

Network Transport
DECnet for OpenVMS Alpha Extended Function
DECnet/OSI for OpenVMS Alpha Extended Function
PATHWORKS for VMS (LAN Manager)
PATHWORKS for VMS (Netware)
PATHWORKS for VMS (Macintosh)
DEC TCPflP Services for OpenVMS Alpha
Operating System Specific
VAXcluster Software for OpenVMS Alpha
POSIX for OpenVMS Alpha
Volume Shadowing for Open VMS
RMS Joumaling for OpenVMS Alpha
(DCE Runtime Services are licensed with
Open VMS and shipped as a separate kit)
Communication and Control Services
DigitflJ DeE runtime Services fer Digital Lrr-~IX
ObjectBroker
DECmessageQ for Digital UNIX
Operating System Specific
(MOTIF, NFS, TCMP, CDA in base OIS)

UPl's

Standards Supported

OEF
2Q5
29M
29N
MTG
MTG
A93
A93
YPC
OLX
MUZ
OKF
2AI
OVH

DIM
OTT

OSI
LAN Manager

TCPIIP,NFS

OSIX

OSFUCE
OMG/CORBA

2WS

Target:
Delivers base client service to
workstations to match the Digital
NAS Base Server 200 and is
included with most workstations
Digital NAS Base Server 200
V8.0 for Digital UNIX Alpha
Systems
QL-306A *-**
SPD 62.73

4&M
L&M
L&M
L&M

Target:
Provides base client/server services
to match Digital NAS Client 150

L&M
L&M

and is bundled with most server
systems

2&M
L&I
L&I

Digital NAS Client 250
V8.0 for Digital UNIX Alpha
Systems
QL-06PA*-**
SPD44.38

L&M
L&4
L&M
L&M
L&M

Target:
Extends Digital NAS Client 150
including additional services to
match Digital NAS Server 300

L&M

Printing Services
PrintServer Software
Communication and Control Services
Digital DCE runtime Services for Digital UNIX
ObjectBroker
DECmessageQ for Digital UNIX
anagement Services
POLYCENTER Network Save and Restore for UNIX Alpha (Server)
POLYCENTER Advanced File System Utilities
Network Transport
PATHWORKS for Digital UNIX
Operating System Specific
Logical Storage Manager
Digital UNIX Server Extensions
(MOTIF, NFS, TCPIIP, CDA in Base OIS)
Communications and Control Services
Digital DCE runtime Services for Digital UNIX
ObjectBroker
DECmessageQ for Digital UNIX
Management Services
POLYCENTER Scheduler Agent
POLYCENTER Advanced File System Utilities
Network Transport
DECnet OSI for Digital UNIX End System
Operating System Specific
(MOTIF, NFS, TCPIIP, CDA in Base OIS)

UPGRADES
Digital NAS 150 to 250 Upgrade
QL-37LA *-**

8.6

Digital Network Application Support (NAS)

OV9
OIM
OTT
2W8

OSFDCE
OMG/COBRA

2AL
OEG
054
2GV
MT6

OIM
OTT
2W8

OSFDCE
OMG/COBRA

OMO
OEG
MTJ

OSI

Digital NAS Packages

I NASPackages·At A Glance (continued)
Digital NAS
Product
Digital NAS Base Server 300
VS.O for Digital UNIX Alpha
Systems
QL·06RA*.**
SPD 44/30

Target:
Management focused server
which extends Digital NAS Base
Server 200 to match Digital NAS
Client 250

License
and/or Media

Printing Services
PrintServer Software

OV9

L&M
L&M
L&M

Communications and Control Services
Digital DCE runtime Services for Digital UNIX
ObjectBroker
DECmessageQ for Digital UNIX

OIM
OTT
2WS

L&M
L&M
L&M
L&M

UPGRADES
L&l
QL·309A *.**

UPl's

4&M

2&M

Digital NAS to 300 Upgrade

Contents
Service/Component product

L&l

Management Services
POLYCENTER Scheduler Agent
POLYCENTER Network Save and Restore for
UNIX Alpha (Server)
POLYCENTER Adv. File System Utilities
Network Services
DECnetlOSI for Digital UNIX Alpha Extended Function
PATHWORKS for Digital UNIX
Operating System Specific
Logical Storage Manager
Digital UNIX Server Extensions
(MOTIF, NFS, TCPIIP, CDA in Base O/S)

Standards Supported

OSFDCE
OMG/COBRA

OMO
2AL
OEG
MTK
0541

OSI

2GV
MT6

Digital NAS 250 to 300 Upgrade
QL·29RA *.**

* Media is available either with Digital NAS Package or through consolidated distribution services
** Motif includes a number of local language variants. See SPD or Installation Guide for full list
*** DECnetlOSI supersedes DEC net-VAX Extensions
**** ObjectBroker (New name for ACA Services starting with V2.S. ACA available until V2.S)
Notes:

1 Provided with OpenVMS.
2 PATHWORKS is licensed separately on a per client basis or with concurrent use server licenses, not provided with Digital NAS.
3 The client software binaries must be downline loaded from an OpenVMS system running the POLYCENTER Software Distribution
Server.
4 Licensed with the appropriate DEC printer. Previously DEC PrintServer supporting Host for VMS.

Digital Network Application Support (NAS)

8.7

Index

- 33lJXR, 3.14, 4.21

-4460XR,4.4
470XR,4.4
3480XR,4.4
49GAX, 3.14,4.21
49JAX, 3.14,4.21
49XR, 3.14, 4.21

-553XR, 3.41,4.22
53XRA,4.22

-6691XU, 3.50, 4.22
694XR,4.22
694XU, 3.50

-7751Pl, 2.152, 2.179,
4.18
751P2, 2.152, 4.18,
2.179
751XR,2.171
752Pl, 2.152, 2.179,
4.18
752P2, 2.152, 2.179,
4.18
752P3,4.18
752P4,4.18
752XR,2.171
753Pl, 2.152,2.179,
4.18
753P2, 2.152, 2.179,
4.18
753XR,2.171
754Pl, 2.152, 2.179,
4.18
754P2, 2.152, 2.179,
4.18
754XR,2.171
756Pl, 2.152, 2.179,
4.18
756P2, 2.152, 2.179,
4.18
756XR,2.171
756XS, 2.200
75U13,4.17
75U14,4.17
75U23,4.17
75U24,4.17
75U33,4.17
75U34,4.17
75U63,4.17
75U64,4.17
75U73,4.17
75U74,4.17
75U83,4.17
75U84,4.17
75UC3,4.18
75UD4,4.18
75UG5,4.18
75UH5,4.18
75USS, 4.10, 4.15
75UXX, 4.7, 4.12
75UYY, 4.8, 4.13
7FATA,4.23
7FETB,4.23
7FFTB,4.23
7JATB,4.23
7JAVB,4.23
7MAMD,3.59
7MAME,3.59
7MAMH,3.59
7MARD,3.68
7MARE,3.68
7MARH,3.68
7MATA,4.23
7MAVA,4.23

7YCAA,3.59
7YCHA,3.59

- AAdvantage Upgrade
Program, 4.1
Alpha XL 300 and 366
Advantage
Configurations, 1.69
Alpha XL 300 Base
Systems, 1.70
Alpha XL 366 Base
Systems, 1.71
Alpha XL Country Kits,
1.75
Alpha XL Personal
Workstation for
Windows NT, 1.68
Alpha XL Workstation
Options, 1.72
AlphaServer 1000 5/300
CPU Upgrades, 4.3
AlphaServer 1000
Pedestal,
Rackmount, Cabinet,
2.14
AlphaServer 1000 to
AlphaServer 1000A
Upgrades, 4.3
AlphaServer 1000A
Pedestal,
Rackmount, Cabinet,
2.34
AlphaServer 2000 CPU
Upgrades, 4.4
AlphaServer 2000, 1.57
AlphaServer 2100 CPU
Upgrades, 4.4
AlphaServer 2100 LP
Rackmount, 2.105
AlphaServer 2100 RM to
AlphaServer 2100A
RM Upgrades, 4.5
AlphaServer 2100 to
AlphaServer 2100A
Upgrades, 4.5
AlphaServer 2100A CPU
Upgrades, 4.5
AlphaServer 2100A
Rackmount and
Cabinet, 2.89
AlphaServer 2100A,
2.73
AlphaServer 400 4/233
CPU Upgrades, 4.3
AlphaServer 400
Diagrams, 2.13
AlphaServer 400, 2.1
AlphaServer 4000 to
AlphaServer 4100
Upgrades, 4.6
AlphaServer 4000/4100,
2.121
AlphaServer 4100/4000
Diagrams, 2.146
AlphaServer 4100/4000,
2.121
AlphaServer 8200
Diagrams, 2.166
AlphaServer 8200
Rackmount, 2.169
AlphaServer 8200
Upgrades, 4.7
AlphaServer 8200, 2.149
AlphaServer 8400
Diagrams, 2.195
AlphaServer 8400
Rackmount, 2.198
AlphaServer 8400
System Upgrades,
4.12
AlphaServer 8400, 2.175

AlphaStation 200 4/166
and 4/233 CPU
Upgrades, 4.2
AlphaStation 20041233
CPU Upgrades, 4.2
AlphaStation 255/233
Advantage
Configurations, 1.3
AlphaStation 255/233
and 255/300, 1.1
AlphaStation 255/233
Base Configurations,
1.4
AlphaStation 255/300
Advantage
Configurations, 1.6
AlphaStation 255/300
Base Configurations,
1.7
AlphaStation 5001266500/333-500/400500/500, 1.11
AlphaStation 5001266
Advantage
Configurations, 1.13
AlphaStation 5001266
Base Configurations,
1.14
AlphaStation 500/333
Advantage
Configurations, 1.16
AlphaStation 500/333
Base Configurations,
1.17
AlphaStation 500/400
Advantage
Configurations, 1.19
AlphaStation 500/400
Base Configurations,
1.20
AlphaStation 500/400
MHz CPU Upgrades,
4.2
AlphaStation 500/500
Advantage
Configurations, 1.22
AlphaStation 500/500
Base Configurations,
1.23
AlphaStation 600 51266
Advantage
Configurations, 130
AlphaStation 600 5/266
and 5/333 Base
Configurations, 1.33
AlphaStation 600 51266
and 5/333, 1.28
AlphaStation 600 51266
Rackmount, 1.39
AlphaStation 600 5/333
Advantage
Configurations, 1.31
AlphaStation 600 5/333
CPU Upgrade, 4.2
AlphaStation 600 5/333
Rackmount, 1.38
AlphaStation Country
Specific Keyboards,
1.45
AlphaStation Country
Specific Power
Cords, 1.45
AlphaStation Options,
1.44

-BB400X, 3.56
BA30P, 2.125
BA346,6.11
BA350,6.4
BA353,6.13
BA355,6.7

BA356, 6.4, 6.10
BA35R,6.6
BA35X,6.4
BA362,6.12
BA364,6.12
BA36X, 6.12

-cCartridge Tape, 6.82
CCMAA,5.43
CCMHA,5.43
CCMLA,5.43
CCMRA,5.43
CD-ROM Drive, 6.72
CIPCA PCI-to-CI
Storage Host
Adapter for
OpenVMS Systems,
6.49
CIPCA,6.49
Clustering Information,
5.1
Colorwriter LSR 2000+,
7.14
CT-A254V, 2.106
CT-A255V, 2.106
CT-ANlBC, 2.199
CT-ANIBD,2.199
CT-ANlBF,2.199
CT-ANlDD,2.199
CT-ANlDF,2.199
CT-N254V, 2.107
CT-N255V, 2.107
CT-PB62A, 1.39
CT-Y254V, 2.107
CT-Y255V, 2.107

- DDA-252S1,2.75
DA-252Yl,2.91
DA-253S1,2.75
DA-253Yl,2.91
DA-254S1,2.75
DA-262Fl,2.91
DA-263Fl,2.91
DA-264Fl,2.91
DA-28IAB,2.150
DA-281AD,2.150
DA-281AY, 2.152
DA-281BB,2.150
DA-28lBC, 2.150
DA-28lBD,2.150
DA-281BF,2.150
DA-28lBY, 2.152
DA-281CB,2.150
DA-281CD,2.150
DA-28lDB,2.150
DA-28lDC, 2.150
DA-28lDD,2.150
DA-28lDF,2.150
DA-282FB,2.150
DA-282FD,2.150
DA-282FF,2.150
DA-291AC, 2.176
DA-291AD,2.176
DA-291AF,2.176
DA-291AY, 2.178
DA-29lBC, 2.176
DA-29lBD,2.176
DA-291BF,2.176
DA-29lBU, 4.16
DA-29lBY, 2.178
DA-29lDD,2.176
DA-29lDF,2.176
DA-29lDF,2.177
DA-29lDU, 4.16
DA-292FC, 2.177
DA-292FD,2.177
DA-292FF,2.177
DA-292FU,4.16
DA-51FAB,2.123
DA-5IHAB,2.123

DA-52FAB,2.124
DA-52HAB,2.124
DA-AMIAB,2.170
DA-AMIAD,2.170
DA-AMlBB, 2.170
DA-AMlBC, 2.170
DA-AMIBD, 2.170
DA-AMlBF,2.170
DA-AMICB,2.170
DA-AMICD,2.170
DA-AMlDB,2.170
DA-AMlDC, 2.170
DA-AMlDD, 2.170
DA-AMlDF,2.170
DA-AM2FB,2.170
DA-AM2FD,2.170
DA-AM2FF,2.170
DA-AN2FD,2.199
DA-AN2FF,2.199
DAT Tape Drive
Autoloader, 6.90
DAT Tape Drive, 6.90
DECcolorwriter 1000,
7.12
DEClaser 3500,7.11
DECprint Supervisor for
OpenVMS (DCPS),
7.24
DECprint Supervisor for
Xerox Printers for
OpenVMS Alpha,
7.26
Digital UNIX TruCluster
Systems
Configuration
Information, 5.23
Disk drives, 6.67
Diskette Drive, 6.71
Distributed Queuing
Service, 7.28
DLT Magazine Tape
Subsystems, 6.86
DLT Tape Drive, 6.76
DLTTape
Specifications, 6.88
DN-244D1, 2.58, 2.59
DN-245D1, 2.58, 2.59
DN-252S1,2.74
DN-252Yl,2.90
DN-253S1,2.74
DN-253Yl,2.90
DN-254S1,2.74
DN-254Yl,2.90
DN-262Fl, 2.91
DN-263Fl,2.91
DN-264Fl,2.91
DN-51FAA,2.122
DN-5IHAA,2.122
DN-51ZlJ,4.6
DN-51Z1K,4.6
DN-51Z1L,4.6
DN-52FAA,2.124
DN-52HAA,2.124
DV-31GAB,3.9
DV-3IGCB,3.9
DV-3lJCB,3.9
DV-3lJCC, 3.18
DV-31SCA,3.9
DV-31SCC, 3.18
DV-416CC, 3.37
DV-418CC, 3.28
DV-45AFC, 3.46
DV-47AFC, 3.46
DWZZA,6.48
DWZZB,6.47
DY-252S1,2.75
DY-252Yl,2.92
DY-253S1,2.75
DY-253Yl,2.92
DY-254S1,2.75
DY-254Yl,2.92

Index
DY-262Fl,2.92
DY-263Fl,2.92
DY-264Fl,2.92
DY-281AB,2.150
DY-281AD,2.150
DY-281AY, 2.152
DY-281BB,2.150
DY-281BC, 2.150
DY-281BD,2.150
DY-28lBF,2.150
DY-28lBY, 2.152
DY-281CB,2.150
DY-281CD,2.150
DY-28lDB,2.150
DY-28lDC, 2.150
DY-28lDD,2.150
DY-28lDF,2.150
DY-282FB,2.150
DY-282FD,2.150
DY-282FF,2.150
DY-291AC, 2.176
DY-291AD,2.176
DY-291AF,2.176
DY-291AY, 2.178
DY-29lBC, 2.176
DY-29lBD,2.176
DY-291BF,2.177
DY-291BU, 4.16
DY-291BY, 2.178
DY-29lDD,2.176
DY-29lDF,2.177
DY-29lDU, 4.16
DY-292FC, 2.177
DY-292FD,2.177
DY-292FF,2.177
DY-292FU,4.16
DY-51FAB,2.123
DY-5IHAB,2.123
DY-52FAB,2.124
DY-52HAB,2.124
DY-AM1AB,2.170
DY-AM1AD,2.170
DY-AMlBC, 2.170
DY-AMlBD,2.170
DY-AMlBF,2.170
DY-AMICB,2.170
DY-AM1CD,2.170
DY-AMlDC, 2.170
DY-AMlDD,2.170
DY-AMlDF,2.170
DY-AM2FD,2.170
DY-AM2FF,2.170
DY-AN1BF,2.199
DY-AN2FD,2.199
DY-AN2FF,2.199

-EEZ31,6.70
EZ32,6.70
EZ64,6.70
EZ69,6.70

-FFlexible Diskette Drive,
6.71
Flexible Optical Media
Specifications Chart,
6.101

- HH9AlO,2.125
Helical Scan Tape Drive,
6.93
HS211,6.61
HS221,6.61
HS241,6.61
HSDlO,6.29
HSD30, 6.31
HSBO, 6.34
HSJ40, 6.35
HSJ42,6.35
HSJ44,6.35

HSZ40, 6.37

- 1Impact Printers
Comparison Chart,
7.3

- KKFMSA XMI Diskffape
Adapter (DSSI),
6.27
KFMSA,6.27
KFPEA,4.5
KFPEN,4.5
KFPEY,4.5
KZESC, 6.45
KZPAA PCI-Based Fast
SCSI-2 Controller,
6.26
KZPAA,6.26
KZPAC, 6.39
KZPSC, 6.42
KZPSA-PCI-Based
Fast Wide
Differential (FWD)
SCSI Controller,
6.25
KZPSA,6.25
KZQSA Q-bus Storage
Adapter, 6.26
KZQSA,6.26

-LLA30N Companion
Printer, 7.16
LA30N,7.16
LA30W Companion
Printer, 7.18
LA30W, 7.18
LA400 MultiPrinter,
7.20
LA400, 7.20
LA600 MultiPrinter,
7.22
LA600, 7.22
LF02,7.12
LG04,7.23
LG04plus/LGUplus,
LG08plus/LGL8plus
, and LG 12plus
Printers, 7.23
LG08,7.23
LG12,7.23
LN14A,7.11
LN14M,7.11
LN14N,7.11
LN14P, 7.11
LN17 and LN17ps
Network Printers,
7.9
LN17,7.9
LN17N,7.9
LNC01,7.14
LPS17,7.6
LPS32,7.5

-MMagazine Tape
Subsystems, 6.84
Media Robot Utility
V 1.0, 6.116
MEMORY CHANNEL
Controller, 5.42
MEMORY CHANNEL
Interconnect, 5.42
MicroV AX 3100
Comparison Chart,
3.9
MicroVAX 3100
Desktop Server
Board Upgrades,
4.21

MicroVAX 3100 Model
40 Base Servers, 3.9
MicroVAX 3100 Model
40, 85, and 96
Advantage Servers,
3.9
MicroVAX 3100 Model
88 and 98
Advantage Servers,
3.18
MicroVAX 3100, 3.8
MicroV AX 85 and 96
CPU Upgrades, 3.14
MicroVAX 98 CPU
Upgrades, 3.21

- NNAS at a Glance, 8.1
NAS, 8.1
Network Application
Support, 8.1
Nonimpact Printers
Comparison Chart,
7.1

- 0OpenVMS Cluster
Interconnect Table,
5.2,5.3
OpenVMS Cluster
Systems
Configuration
Details, 5.1
Optical Drive, 6.73
Optical Library, 6.74

- pPB4IU,4.2
PB42U,4.2
PB43U, 4.2
PB470,1.3
PB471, 1.3
PB47A,l.4
PB480, 1.6
PB48A,1.7
PB51C, 2.3
PB5IU,4.3
PB523,2.2
PB524,2.2
PB525,2.2
PB541,1.13
PB54A,1.14
PB551,1.16
PB55A,1.17
PB561,1.19
PB56A,1.20
PB56U, 4.2
PB571,1.22
PB57A,1.23
PB621,1.30
PB62A,1.33
PB62U, 4.2
PB641, 1.31
PB64A,1.33
PB64S, 1.39
PB75B,2.15
PB75C, 2.16
PB75P, 2.17
PB75R,2.18
PB75S, 2.18
PB75U,4.3
PB76B,2.35
PB76C, 2.36
PB76P, 2.38
PB76R,2.40
PB76S, 2.39
PB77U,4.3
PB78B,2.36
PB78C, 2.36
PB78P, 2.38
PB78R,2.40
PB78S, 2.39

PB78U,4.3
PCI to MEMORY
CHANNEL
Interconnect, 5.42
POLYCENTER
Archive/Backup for
OpenVMS, 6.103
POLYCENTER File
Optimizer V2.1A for
OpenVMS, 6.112
POLYCENTER
Hierarchical Storage
Management for
Digital UNIX, 6.111
POLYCENTER
Hierarchical Storage
Management for
OpenVMS, 6.110
POLY CENTER
NetWorker Save and
Restore V3.2 for
Digital UNIX, 6.108
POLYCENTER Save Set
Manager V 1.1 for
Open VMS, 6.105
POLYCENTER
Sequential Media
Filesystem for
OpenVMS V 1.2,
6.113
Printer Software, 7.24
Printers, 7.1
PrintServer 17/600,7.6
PrintServer 32 Plus, 7.5
PrintServer 32
P lus/PrintServer
17/600
Specifications, 7.7
PrintServer Software,
7.27
PV71A,3.2
PV7IU,3.7
PV7IU,4.21

- QQ-Bus and Storage
Expansion Pedestal,
3.56
QIC Tape Drive, 6.100

- RReel to Reel Tape
Device, 6.98
RRD45,6.72
RW525,6.75
RW531. 6.75
RW532,6.75
RW536,6.75
RWZ52,6.73
RX26,6.71
RZ26N,6.67
RZ28D,6.67
RZ28M,6.67
RZ29B,6.67

-sSF346,6.66
Shelves for HSJ and HSZ
Controllers, 6.4
Shelves for SW500 and
SW800 Cabinets, 6.4
SN-A22AA, 1.69
SN-A22WW, 1.69
SN-A23AA,1.69
SN-A23WW, 1.69
Solid State Disks, 6.69
Storage Library System,
6.102
StorageWorks 16-bit
BA346 Deskside
Expansion Pedestal,
6.11

StorageWorks 16-bit
BA356 Deskside
Expansion Pedestal,
6.10
StorageWorks 8-bit and
16-bit Supported
Devices for 16-bit
BA346,6.17
StorageWorks 8-bit and
16-bit Supported
Devices for 16-bit
BA356 and BA36R,
6.16
StorageWorks 8-bit
BA353 Desktop
Expansion Unit, 6.13
StorageWorks 8-bit
Supported Devices
for 16-bit BA346,
6.17
StorageWorks 8-bit
Supported Devices
for 16-Bit BA356
and BA36R, 6.15
StorageWorks BA355
Rackmount
enclosure, 6.7
StorageWorks BA35R
and BA36R 8-bit
and 16-bit
Rackmount Shelves,
6.6
StorageWorks BA35R
andBA36R
Rackmount Shelves,
6.6
StorageWorks BA362
and BA364 Office
Expansion
Enclosures, 6.12
StorageWorks Cabinet
Comparison Chart,
6.18
StorageWorks Desktop
Backup/Archiver,
6.106
StorageWorks Device
Carriers and BA356
Shelves, 6.4
StorageWorks DLT Tape
Specifications, 6.88
StorageWorks DWZZA
SCSI Bus Extender
and Signal
Converter, 6.48
StorageWorks DWZZB
SCSI Bus Extender
and Signal
Converter, 6.47
StorageWorks Enterprise
Storage Arrays, 6.55
StorageWorks
EZ3x1EZ6x Solid
State Disks, 6.69
StorageWorks FDDI
Server FamilyHS211, HS221, and
HS241, 6.59 .
StorageWorks HSDlO
Array Controller,
6.28
StorageWorks HSD30
Array Controller,
6.30
StorageWorks HSJSeries Array
Controllers, 6.33
StorageWorks HSZ40
Array Controller,
6.36

Index
StorageWorks Network
Storage Array
Family-SWXNA,
6.50
StorageWorks Pedestal
Comparison Chart,
6.10
StorageWorks RAID
Array 210
Subsystem, 6.44
StorageWorks RAID
Array 230 Controller

ISubsystem, 6.41
StorageWorks RAID
Array 2301PIus
Controller
Subsystem, 6.38
StorageWorks RAID
Software V2.2 for
OpenVMS Systems,
6.115
StorageWorks RRD45
CD-ROM Drive,
6.72
StorageWorks RW500
Optical Library
Family, 6.74
StorageWorks RWZ52
Multifunction
Optical Drive, 6.73
StorageWorks RX26
Flexible Diskette
Drive, 6.71
StorageWorks RZ
Family of Disk
Drives, 6.67
StorageWorks SF346
DSSI Expansion
Subsystem, 6.66
StorageWorks Software,
6.102
StorageWorks Storage
Solutions, 6.1
StorageWorks Supported
Devices for 8-bit
BA350, BA35R and
BA353,6.14
StorageWorks SW300
Deskside Cabinet,
6.18
StorageWorks SW301
DSSIRAID
Subsystem,6.65
StorageWorks SW500
Departmental
Cabinet, 6.21
StorageWorks SW830 CI
RAID Subsystem,
6.63
StorageWorks SW8xx
Data Center Cabinet,
6.23
StorageWorks TKZ9E
8 mm Helical Scan
Tape Drive, 6.93
StorageWorks TL810
DLT Automated
Tape Library, 6.76
StorageWorks TL812
DLT Automated
Tape Library, 6.77
StorageWorks TL820
DLT Automated
Tape Library, 6.78
StorageWorks TL822
DLT Automated
Tape Library, 6.80
StorageWorks TLZ09
DAT Tape Drive and
TLZ7L Autoloader,
6.90

StorageWorks
TZ87ffZ88 DLT
Cartridge Tape
Drives, 6.82
StorageWorks
TZ877ffZ875
Magazine Tape
Subsystems, 6.84
StorageWorks
TZ887ffZ885 DLT
Magazine Tape
Subsystems, 6.86
StorageWorks TZKll
Quarter-Inch
Cartridge (QIC)
Tape Drive, 6.100
SW300, 6.18
SW301,6.65
SW3D2,6.56
SW3D3,6.56
SW3D4,6.56
SW500,6.21
SW5XP,6.21
SW800,6.23
SW820,6.23
SW821,6.23
SW822,6.23
SW830, 6.63
SW852,6.56
SW853,6.57
SW8Dl,fi.5fi
SW8Ml, 6.56
SW8M2,6.56
SW8M3,6.56
SW8T1,6.56
SW8T4,6.57
SW8T5,6.57
SW8T6,6.57
SW8XP, 6.23
SWXNA,6.52

·T
TKZ60, 6.96
TKZ60ffKZ61ffKZ62
Tape Drive Family,
6.95
TKZ61,6.96
TKZ62,6.96
TKZ6R,6.95
TKZ9E,6.93
TL81O,6.76
TL812,6.77
TL820, 6.79
TL822,6.80
TLZ09,6.91
TLZ7L,6.91
TradeIn '96 Advantage
Upgrade Program,
4.1
TruCluster Available
Server Software,
5.25
TruCluster Production
Server Software,
5.32
TruCluster Systems
Configuration
Information, 5.23
TSZ07 Reel to Reel Tape
Device, 6.98
TSZ07,6.98
TZ87,6.83
TZ875,6.84
TZ877,6.84
TZ885,6.86
TZ887,6.86
TZ88N,6.83
TZKll,6.100

. u·
Upgrades, 4.1

. V·
VAX 4000 106A CPU
Upgrades, 3.41
VAX 4000 Comparison
Chart, 3.27
VAX 4000 Expansion
Pedestals (B400X),
3.56
VAX 4000 Mod31 505A
and 705ACPU
Board Upgrades
3.50
VAX 4000 Model106A
Advantage Servers,
3.37
VAX 4000 Model 106A
CPU Board
Upgrades, 4.22
VAX 4000 Model 106A
Rackmount, 4.22
VAX 4000 Model 108
Advantage Servers,
3.28
VAX 4000 Model 505A
and 705A
Advantage Servers,
3.46
VAX 4000 Models
505A1705A CPU
Board Upgrades,
4.22
VAX 4000, 3.26
VAX 7000 and VAX
7000 Rackmount,
3.58
VAX 7000 Board
Upgrades, 4.23
VAX 7000 Enterprise
Expansion Packages,
3.59
VAX 7000 Rackmount
Systems, 3.68
VAXIDEC 7000 Incabinet Upgrades to
AlphaServer 8400,
4.16
VAXstation 4000 Board
Upgrades, 4.21
VAXstation 4000 Model
96,3.1
VAXstation 4000
Upgrades, 3.7